Fine Woodworking Tools September 2011

USA: 814 Proctor Avenue, Ogdensburg, N.Y. 13669-2205 Canada: 1090 Morrison Drive, Ottawa, Ont. K2H 1C2 Tel: 613-596-0350 Fax: 613-596-3073

Dear Customer, Yes, those really are hockey pucks on the back cover, just above a newly released Veritas plane. Both originate from our product development staff, and deserve a bit of explanation. The plane is an addition to our bevel-up series, and is sure to become a favorite. In between a block plane and a smoothing plane in size, it is well suited as a general-purpose plane and can be used for everything from small box work to full-size cabinetry. It is a capable smoother for work of all sizes, and can be used for shooting. A century or so ago, it could have been called a "Gents plane", a finely made, smaller tool suitable for precise work. Truth be told, our working name for it was actually the "Charlotte" plane, as we originally set out to make a plane that would be more appropriately sized for the daughter of one of our staff. Of course, implying that the design was intended for children would be the kiss of death for a serious tool, so we vowed not to use that name publicly. Until now, that is. "Bench Pucks", however, is a strong name with an athletic association that evokes an image of hard work and exertion. Hockey pucks, being 3 in diameter and 1 thick, have an ideal form to use as the basis of a workbench spacer just apply grip surfaces on both sides. Of course, many Canadian households have at least a puck or two hanging around the garage, so all we had to do was provide the adhesive grip discs to enable you to make inexpensive, useful standoffs for workbench use. Upon further thought, and once we found out how affordable pucks were when purchased by the truckload, we decided we should offer the pucks as well. After all, many of us play hockey, and these are a great price. The only thing were unsure of now is whether well have more hockey players or more woodworkers buying them. All of this just goes to show that not every idea ends up leading us where we thought it would.

Guarantee We pledge to you the best service we can provide with personal attention and the best values on every order. If you are not satised for any reason, just return your purchase within 3 months by parcel post to our Ogdensburg, N.Y., address. You can choose to either exchange the product or receive a complete refund (including our regular shipping charges); we will also refund your return parcel post costs.

About Us
See page 154 to learn more about Lee Valley, including: our other catalogs send a catalog to a friend our privacy policy our web newsletter and special offerings

Have You Signed Up?

Visit us at www.leevalley.com/newsletter for our web newsletters and e-mail notication of sales and special buys. Published every 4 to 8 weeks, our newsletters contain technical information and articles of interest to woodworkers and gardeners. You can view the newsletters online, or sign up to receive them by e-mail. You can also choose to receive e-mail notication of our sales and special buys.

Cheers,

Robin C. Lee President

For additional products not found in this catalog and new items, visit our website.

4 EASY WAYS TO SHOP

1-800-871-8158
Phones are staffed Monday to Friday from 7 to 7 and from 9 to 5 on Saturday, Eastern Time. Outside these hours, answering machines are used.

Prices
Prices in this catalog are in effect as of September 1, 2011, and are in US dollars. We reserve the right to change prices if our costs increase significantly or an inadvertent error has been printed. Prices are subject to change without notice; however, our website reflects our current prices, which supersede those in print.

www.leevalley.com QUICK INDEX

Full index see pages 155 and 156. Adhesives & Accessories ...................... 129-131 Assorted Tools ........................................ 260-279 Books........................................................ 238-256 Carving Tools & Supplies ...........................35-47 Chisels & Gouges ........................................23-27 Clamping & Accessories........................ 132-150 Clock Parts............................................... 213-215 Drilling ...................................................... 102-118 Dust Collection ........................................ 200-203 Finishing................................................... 204-211 Gift Card ...........................................................154 Jig & Fixture Parts................................... 157-160 Late Additions ......................................... 280-284 Log Building ............................................ 224-227 Magnets .................................................... 151-153 Marking & Measuring.....................................4-22 Picture Framing ....................................... 257-259 Planes & Scrapers........................................68-89 Power Tool Accessories ........................ 180-191 Project Supplies ...................................... 212-223 Router Accessories ................................ 176-179 Router Bits ............................................... 161-171 Router Table Systems ............................ 172-175 Safety Equipment .................................... 124-128 Sanding & Shaping ................................. 192-199 Saws ..............................................................28-35 Screwdriving............................................ 119-123 Sharpening..................................................90-101 Storage ..................................................... 228-237 Turning Tools ...............................................48-67

www.leevalley.com
Our website makes it easy to browse and order online 24 hours a day. Click on "Whats New" in each section and take a look at our latest new products. Try our "Wish List" feature.

Special Symbols
Product is made in USA. Product is made in Canada. Product is new to this catalog. Product shipped by ground methods only.

P.O. Box 1780 Ogdensburg, N.Y. 13669-6780

Simply complete the order form and mail it to us.

Lee Valley Gift Card

A gift card from Lee Valley is always welcome. It is available in any amount of $10.00 or more, and can include a personal message. We can send the card by mail, or alternatively as an electronic version by e-mail. Either version may be purchased and redeemed by phone, fax or mail order, or online.
Copyright Lee Valley Tools Ltd. 08/2011 Content may not be copied from this catalog without our express permission.

Fax: 1-800-513-7885
Simply complete the order form and fax it to us.

Customer Service: 1-800-267-8735

customerservice@leevalley.com

Cover Photo
Antique drills from the Lee Valley collection.

A. B. C.

D.

Veritas Detail Palm Planes With a height-adjustable palm rest for better in-hand registration, these miniature planes are easily maneuvered and permit ne, controlled cuts. The investment-cast steel body has a 45 bed angle and a xed mouth, and uses a brass retention screw to secure the included 30 bevel A2 tool steel blade (0.06 thick by 3/8 wide). The soles are approximately 11/2 long by 5/8 wide and are available in four profiles. The concave and convex planes have curved soles with a side-to-side radius of 1/2. The doubleconvex (spoon) version has a 1/2 side-to-side radius and a 4 front-to-back radius. Replacement blades are available separately (convex and double convex planes use the same blade). The bubinga palm rest is removable for work in tight spaces. Made in Canada. Patent pending. 05P90.01 Flat Plane $ 59.00 05P90.02 Repl. Blade, Flat $ 9.75 05P90.05 Double-Convex Plane $ 59.00 05P90.09 Convex Plane $ 59.00 05P90.06 Repl. Blade, $ 9.75 Convex/Double Convex 05P90.13 Concave Plane $ 59.00 05P90.14 Repl. Blade, Concave $ 9.75 05P90.20 Detail Palm Planes, set of 4 $199.00 Bessey Auto-Adjust Toggle Clamps To eliminate the need for frequent adjustment, these new toggle clamps from Bessey are designed to automatically accommodate material thickness changes of up to 1, without altering the clamping force.
Clamping force adjustment screw Material varying by up to 1 in thickness can be clamped automatically without adjustment.

C
Flat Double Convex

Convex

Concave Rotate knob to adjust height. Height adjustable palm rest Palm rest is removable for precise control.

Rotate collar to lock knob position.

The high-prole and low-prole horizontal clamps have capacities of 23/4 and 2 thick respectively; the in-line clamp has a 1 throw. Each has a knurled screw to adjust the clamping force to a maximum of 550 lb. The clamps are 0.100 (just over 3/32) thick plated steel with generously sized handles for easy operation. The swivel feet have non-marring caps. Convenient and versatile, these clamps expedite production and jig and xture work. 1+ 4+ E. 17F72.02 H-P Horiz. Clamp, ea. $20.90 $19.30 F. 17F72.01 L-P Horiz. Clamp, ea. $19.90 $18.30 G. 17F72.03 In-Line Clamp, ea. $21.90 $20.20 E

Guide can be held in place with hand.

Veritas Magnetic Saw Guides These anodized aluminum guides help keep a saw square to a workpiece. They are particularly useful when crosscutting tenon shoulders or dening the edges of a dado, since the guide helps a backsaw track straight and true. Held against a workpiece with a hand or secured with clamps (not included), it provides a registration surface, about 11/4 high, to help maintain accuracy throughout the cut. The machined reference face has three embedded 1/2 dia. rare-earth magnets and is covered with a lowfriction UHMW pad. The magnets help maintain tool contact with the guide while the pad allows tools to glide along the reference face. The bottom of the guide has two highfriction strips to resist slipping on a surface. It also has a T-slot to accept a pair of 2 capacity clamps (available separately). These clamps make the guide easy to secure with accuracy, particularly if you have the use of only one hand. The guides are available in 8 and 14 lengths. Made in Canada. Patent pending. H. 05T20.01 Magnetic Saw Guide, 8 $26.50 J. 05T20.04 Magnetic Saw Guide, 14 $29.50 K. 05J50.09 2 Capacity Clamps, pr. $42.50

Reference face has three embedded rare-earth magnets and is covered with a low-friction UHMW pad.

Magnets maintain tool contact with guide.

T-slot in the bottom face accepts 2 capacity clamps (sold separately).

High friction tape on bottom provides grip.

Guide can be held to workpiece with a pair of clamps (not included).

Tenon

Dado

MARKING & MEASURING

A C Rosewood Mortise/Marking Gauges Made of durable and beautiful rosewood, these Shefeld-made gauges have the same pin arrangement (double on the mortise side and single on the marking side) but different slide mecha- Thumbscrew adjusts distance nisms. The deluxe gauge has a threaded rod between pins. B with a brass thumbscrew for pin-slide adjustment; the standard gauge has a brass post. The screw mechanism on the deluxe model makes ne adjustment easier. Both gauges have brass rubbing strips and a brass wear plug. Should last for generations. A. 35N02.01 Standard Rosewood Gauge $38.50 B. 35N01.01 Deluxe Rosewood Gauge $54.50
C. Rosewood Cutting Gauge

35N07.11

An excellent cutting gauge made from Indian rosewood with all-brass ttings. The stem has a brass inlay wear strip and the head has brass rubbing strips. The steel cutting knife is held in position with a brass wedge. 35N06.01 Rosewood Cutting Gauge $34.50 Our Canadian-made deluxe marking gauges and our Japanese-style ebony g y marking/cutting gauges are available at m
D. Beech Marking Gauge
07P15.50

www.leevalley.com

A good, standard marking gauge with an 8 post, brass rub strips, and a plastic locking thumbscrew. Made in England. 35N06.05 Beech Marking Gauge $15.50
E. Pocket Marking Gauge

Antique marking gauge Single-sided bevel on cutting wheel pulls gauge tight to stock and scribes cleanly.

Cutting wheels store safely in gauge faces.

When we purchased an unusual double-ended marking gauge (shown left) for our antique tool collection, we immediately saw an opportunity to reinterpret this useful design. Like the antique version, our pocket marking gauge has a sliding head and scoring cutter at each end. It can retain two separate measurements at once (up to 31/4 combined) so that you can alternate between them as you work, without having to reset the stops; each 3/4 diameter sliding head has a thumbscrew with a brass shoe to lock it in position. This is particularly convenient for transferring and marking repetitive dimensions such as those needed for mortises and tenons. The single-sided bevel on each cutting wheel pulls the gauge against stock to maintain accuracy while marking. It slices rather than tears bers, scribing cleanly even on cross grain. The cutting edge is at the very end of the rod which is useful for transferring depth measurements. Our modied version is 41/2 long, making it a good t in the hand but still easy to keep in an apron pocket. For safe storage, the cutting wheels retract into the gauge faces. Stainless steel with hardened steel cutters and brass locking shoes. A fast, accurate direct-transfer tool. Made in Canada. 15N02.01 Pocket Marking Gauge $19.90 15N02.02 Repl. Blade, ea. $ 3.00 Our elegant marking gauge is a cutting gauge, a pin gauge, and a wheel gauge all in one. The swivelling chuck takes a pin or a blade that locks in place (after extension is set) with a set screw in the end of the 41/2 gauge stem. The blade can be set for right- or left-handed use. The opposite end of the stem is tapped to accept a 3/8 dia. wheel cutter. The fence and the inner portion of the locking collet are a single eccentric brass turning. The 1 dia. fence is eccentric to maximize rub depth and prevents the gauge from rolling off the workbench. Comes with a dozen spare blades, two hardened steel pins, a wheel cutter and screw, and a hex key. Extra stems available separately. Patented. An excellent tool that is a great buy. 05N65.01 3-in-1 Brass Marking Gauge $24.50 05N65.02 Extra Stem $ 4.50 a at face on the reverse for ush registration against a reference surface. For right- or left-hand use, it marks in either direction. The machined bronze ferrule forms a seamless transition to the turned cocobolo handle. The subtle addition of three grooves in the ferrule provides tactile cues for nger placement and improves grip, permitting ne control. Just over 7 long overall. 16N01.01 Kerf Kadet Marking Knife $43.95

Cutting blade

Marking pin

Marking wheel

F. 3-in-1 Brass Marking Gauge

Thin blade reaches into tight recesses.

G. Czeck Edge Kerf Kadet Marking Knife

Hand crafted in the USA, this elegant, wellbalanced marking knife is a pleasure to use. Not only useful for general layout work, the 0.029 thick blade reaches into tight recesses, ideal for transferring the prole of narrow dovetail pins. Hardened to Rc59-60 for durability, the 5/16 wide by 17/16 long O1 tool steel blade has a 44 spear-point tip, with a 40 bevel on one face, and

4 Marking and Measuring

Finger-placement grooves in the ferrule improve grip.

Actual size

A. Veritas Dual

Marking Gauge With two independently adjustable rods, this gauge lets you set two measurements at once, Depth gauge so you can quickly alternate between them when transferMortise Tenon ring or marking repetitive B dimensions. Projection up to 53/4 is easy to set, since an internal O-ring keeps light but C constant friction on each rod; a thumbscrew locks the setting. Cutting wheels are oriented with opposing bevels so you can The hardened steel wheel always set the bevel on the waste side of the cut. cutters scribe perfectly at any point of their circumference. Since they cut wood bers rather than tear, marks are clean, even on cross grain. The cutting wheels are oriented with opposing bevels, ensuring that you can always set the bevel in the waste side of a cut. One rod has its cutting edge at the extreme end of the rod, making it useful for transferring dimensions such as tenon shoulder and mortise depth. Each cutter can be retracted into the brass face for safe storage or to permit use with a single cutter. The eccentric placement of the rods ensures a large reference face and helps the gauge resist rolling on a surface. Aluminum housing with brass face and stainless-steel rods. 71/4 overall. Made in Canada. 05N70.01 Dual Marking Gauge $59.00 B. 05N70.02 Repl. Outside Cutter $ 3.75 C. 05N70.03 Repl. Inside Cutter $ 3.75 Veritas Wheel Marking Gauges The hardened steel wheel cutter on these gauges scribes perfectly at any point of its circumference. Since it cuts wood bers rather than tears, it marks cleanly, even on cross grain. The wheels single-sided bevel also pulls the gauge face against the stock, maintaining accuracy. Its cutting edge is at the extreme Micro-Adjust Gauges end of the rod, useful for transferring dimensions such Locking collet as tenon shoulder and mortise depth. The wheel retracts into the face of the gauge for storage and protection. The gauges are easy to set, since each has an internal O-ring to keep light but constant friction on the rod. Micro-adjust mechanism We offer a standard marking gauge and a microUse as a depth gauge to adjust model that has a slightly longer body tted with transfer measurements. a two-stage collet to allow ne adjustment of the cutting wheel. The collet has a ne-pitch thread; one revolution advances or retracts the wheel 1/32, a half turn 1/64, a quarter turn 1/128, etc. The knurled thumbscrew then locks the setting. Standard and micro-adjust gauges are available with a plain rod, or with an Imperial or metric graduated rod. The rod of the Imperial gauge is graduated to 6 in 16ths; the metric version has graduations to 150mm. Patented. Available separately, the gauge heads are a simple retrot for any marking gauge with a 5/16 diameter shaft. Made from carbon steel, the 5/8 diameter single-bevel cutters are usable in-line for marking parallel lines, or with bevels facing for sure Marking Knives Primarily used for cutting leather, these knives also make excellent marking knives. Ebony handle, brass rivets, and a 21/4 long high-carbon blade, available with either a right or left bevel. J. 33N07.01 Marking Knife, RH Bevel $34.90 K. 33N07.02 Marking Knife, LH Bevel $34.90
L. Lee Valley Scratch Awl

Two independently adjustable rods can be used for scribing both sides of a mortise.

Direct dimension transfer of mortise width for marking a tenon.

Cutting wheels retract into gauge head for protection during storage.

E mortise sizing and chisel registration. The blades can be set as close as 3/8 apart. The shaft collar registers against the gauge face to keep the shaft parallel to the workpiece surface, preventing accidental tilting of the cutters. Supplied as a pair of cutters with a shaft collar and a hex key. Non-Graduated Marking Gauges 05N33.21 Standard $29.50 05N35.10 Micro-Adjust $36.50 Imperial Graduated Marking Gauges 05N33.22 Standard, Imperial $32.50 05N35.20 Micro-Adjust, Imperial $39.50 Metric Graduated Marking Gauges 05N33.23 Standard, Metric $32.50 05N35.21 Micro-Adjust, Metric $39.50 Replacement Wheel for all gauges 05N35.11 $ 3.70 Marking/Mortise Gauge Heads 15N01.01 $10.90

Imperial graduated marking gauge

F
Metric graduated marking gauge

D. E. F.

G
Marking a mortise.

G.

Marking gauge not included.

H.

The 3 long rosewood handle on this scratch awl has two ats to ensure it wont roll away when you lay it down. The 5 long tapered blade is dressed to a ne point for precise marking and layout. Hardened to Rc55, the high-carbon steel blade does not dull quickly. 50K06.01 Lee Valley Scratch Awl $16.50
M. Striking Knife

Starrett Pocket Scribers These elegant scribers have 1/4 diameter knurled shafts with a 3/8 domed hexagonal head to prevent rolling on a bench. The nely tapered points are 23/8 long, and reverse for storage in the handle. The points are locked in place by a two-jaw knurled chuck. Available with hardened steel or carbide points. Made in USA. N. 30N28.01 Steel Point Scriber, 23/8 $ 9.90 O. 30N28.05 Carbide Point Scriber, 23/8 $27.00 J K L

Steel

Carbide

Made to our exacting standards, this marking knife has a 55 included angle on the tip, ideal for a relaxed grip with maximum control. The blade is perfectly ground and razor sharp. For right- or left-hand use, it marks in either direction. The rosewood handle is designed for comfort and precise control with ats on the sides to prevent rolling. Just under 7 long. 50D01.01 Striking Knife $24.50

Point reverses for storage in handle.

N O

Marking and Measuring 5

Transfer measurements

A B

Machine set-up

Compact size

Veritas Precision Square This could easily become the most-used measuring tool in your shop. An ideal size for cabinetmaking, it has the accuracy of an engineers square (0.001 per inch of length). All four edges are ground, and both faces are graduated on the inside and outside edges. The Imperial square is graduated in 32nds on the 3 leg and in 16ths on the 6 leg, while the metric version is graduated in half millimetres on the 8cm leg and in millimetres on the 15cm leg. Each is useful not only for general layout and checking whether surfaces are at or straight, but also for machine set-up, since it lets you measure and check for square on the same plane. Since the legs are made from chrome-plated high-carbon steel, they can be marked upon with pencil for direct-reference use. Legs are 3/4 wide on the Imperial, and 20mm wide on the metric. The relieved interior corner ensures that the square seats well, even over saw whiskers. The markings are etched and blacklled for ease of reading. This thin, compact Check for square ts easily into an apron slot or pocket so square surfaces. its there when you need it. Made in USA. Excellent value in a superb square. A. 05N35.01 Precision Square, Imperial $24.50 B. 05N35.03 Precision Square, Metric $24.50 Saddle Squares Transferring a line from one surface to a perpendicular one with a small square is D tricky. Our saddle squares let you scribe two perpendicular faces at once, or pick up on a line already marked and accurately transfer it to a 90 face. Both sizes are anodized aluminum with end faces machined square to within 1/4. The small size (patented) is 2 wide with 11/4 and 21/4 inside legs, for use on workpieces up to almost double this. For standard 24s, our large square has 13/8 and 33/8 legs. A slot machined through the center helps lay out stud locations. Mark stud centers on the top and bottom plate, place the slot on the center and mark both sides of the square; it is 11/2 wide so the marks t nominal 2 lumber. C. 05N56.01 Veritas Saddle Square $14.50 D. 05N56.10 Veritas Lg. Saddle Square $17.50 Veritas

Precision Double Square Made to our design, this square features a slimmer than normal stock and an accuracy guaranteed to be better than 0.001 per inch, exceeding our regular machinists squares. It doubles as a try square and a precision square, suitable for both layout work and machinery set-up and checking. The precision open-work casting not only provides the accuracy required but avoids the stock-heavy feel of most machinists squares. Available with a 4 or 6 blade that locks securely in any position from full left to full right. E. 24N08.01 4 Double Square $36.50 F. 24N08.02 6 Double Square $38.50 Small Squares Both squares have a thick brass facing on a rosewood stock with a triple-pinned blade. The try square has a 4 long blade and a 3 long stock. The try/miter square has a 3 long blade and a 21/2 stock. (Blade lengths are nominal.)
G. 4 Try Square

Veritas Sliding Squares Used to lay out or transfer measurements quickly and accurately, our cabinetmakers squares simplify working in two axes at once. The machine-ground, stainlesssteel blade is 3 (77mm) wide and 6 (152mm) long. The Imperial model is graduated to 4 along both edges and across one end to 3. The metric model is graduated to 100mm along both edges and across one end to 70mm. Each has an easy-to-read matte nish that can be marked with a pencil, and the diamond cut-out in the blade holds a pencil tip in position for drawing lines parallel to an edge. Rules are interchangeable and can be purchased separately. J. 05N32.01 Sliding Square Imperial $36.50 05N32.02 Imperial Rule only $14.30 K. 05N32.05 Sliding Square Metric $36.50 05N32.06 Metric Rule only $14.30
How to Use The Steel Square Extracted from a 1923 edition of Audels Carpenters and Builders Guide #1, this booklet describes many uses of the steel square with the main focus on how to calculate and cut rafters, including hip, jack, valley, cripple and common rafters. When this was written, a carpenters square was the primary layout tool in a carpenters toolbox, used to solve numerous geometric problems that we use a calculator for today. Softcover, saddle stitched, 57, 56 pages. Reprinted in 2001 as part of our Classic Reprint Series. 49L80.54 How to Use The Steel Square $6.95

G H

35N09.01 35N16.01 F
6 Marking and Measuring

$17.50 $20.50

H. 3 Try/Miter Square

To order call 1-800-871-8158

A. B. C. D. E. F.

Starrett Combination Squares These classic combination squares have a black wrinkle finish on machined cast-iron heads. Used for joint layout, machine set-up, determining level/plumb, or as a depth, height, or marking gauge, they have accurately machined components, steel scribing pins, and built-in levels in the protractor and square heads. The 6 square/miter ts comfortably in your apron pocket. It measures up to 5 from the square face. Its rule is 0.080 thick by 3/4 wide and graduated in 8ths, 16ths, 32nds and 64ths. For larger layout work, the full-size 12 model includes a 1/10 thick, reversible 12 etched steel rule (same graduations as the 6 size). The blade is square to the head within 0.001 for the 6 model and 0.002 for the 12 size; the 45 measurement is accurate within 0.004 per foot on both. The rules are straight and parallel within 0.001 per foot. The four-piece combination set comes in a foam-lined case and includes the 12 square/miter and rule, the bevel protractor and the centernding head. An 18 rule (same graduations as the 12 Imperial) is offered separately. The optional 12 (30cm) Imperial/metric rule is graduated in 64ths and millimetres on one side, and 32nds and 1/2 millimetres on the other. Both rules are compatible with the heads included in the combination set. 30N03.01 12 Square/Miter & Rule* $ 76.50 30N03.03 Protractor Head only* $ 79.50 30N03.04 Center-Finding Head only* $ 34.50 30N03.02 4-pc. Set* $184.00 30N03.06 18 Etched Steel Rule $ 71.50 30N03.07 12 Imperial/Metric Rule $ 54.50 30N03.08 6 Square/Miter & Rule $ 72.50

B F

C D

A E
Checking a table saw blade for square.

90 45

135

H J

G. Pocket Folding Squares

edge does not groove a pencil and works well with a marking knife. Made in Sweden. 01N02.01 6 Folding Square $28.50 01N02.02 10 Folding Square $34.50

J. Engineers Squares

This is one those rare multi-purpose tools that H. Aluminum and Steel Try Squares performs as well as the single-purpose tools it Ideal for cabinetmaking, these squares have anodreplaces. Using a patented system of ball detents, ized aluminum stocks and milled stainless-steel this square locks at 45, 90 and 135 with an tongues. The anodizing eliminates any oxide accuracy of 0.06, and folds closed to slide into marking. Guaranteed to an accuracy of 0.001 per a pocket or apron. With an anodized aluminum inch of tongue length. Available in four sizes. stock and stainless-steel blade, it is light but 60N30.01 6 Stainless Square $14.90 sturdy. Available in two sizes of blades, 6 and 60N30.02 8 Stainless Square $18.50 10. Graduated in 16ths on both sides. The 60N30.03 10 Stainless Square $21.50 smoothly machined, slightly radiused blade 60N30.04 12 Stainless Square $29.50

These extremely accurate squares are particularly valuable in setting up workshop power equipment required to make precision cuts. Machined to continental engineering standards (British Standard 939 Grade B less than 0.001 deviation per inch over the entire length of the blade). 24N07.02 2 Steel Square $10.50 24N07.03 3 Steel Square $11.50 24N07.04 4 Steel Square $13.50 24N07.06 6 Steel Square $16.90 24N07.08 8 Steel Square $24.50
Visit us at www.leevalley.com

K L
K. Square

Gauge Set These solid brass gauges clamp onto a carpenters square to make repetitive angle marking easy. Useful for laying out stair stringers and for roof framing, scarng, etc. You can use any carpenters framing square that has stock and tongue long enough to cover your tread:riser ratio. About 1 high by 3/4 wide, with 3/16 jaw capacity. There are two to a set. 05N53.01 Square Gauge Set $13.50
L. Veritas Square Fence

M The face of the square fence aligns with the edge of the workpiece while the weight of the framing square rests on the material. One side offers a 1 high face; the opposite side has a 1/4 face, letting you use it on workpieces this thin without having to slide them to the edge of your workbench. Its purposeful shape also gives your framing square a handle, hugely increasing its utility. Ideal for use on round-edge material and sheet stock. 05N54.01 Veritas Square Fence $23.50

L faces in 8ths and 16ths on one face and in 10ths and 12ths on the other. The angular accuracy is 0.001 radian (1/17) for the outside edge. The markings, filled with permanent black chrome nish, are deeply photo-engraved to resist wear. The hardened stainless-steel construction makes the 1624 square rustproof, rigid, and nonmarking in use. Made in Japan. 60N48.01 Carpenters Square $69.50

The key disadvantage of a carpenters square (its lack of a supporting fence ledge) can be eliminated using our square fence. M. Carpenters Stainless-Steel Square The 8 long anodized aluminum extrusion can Used both to calculate and to lay out, this square be readily attached to either the stock or blade of has a rafter table, a brace table, and an octagon your square with the two integral brass screws. scale engraved on it, as well as graduations on both

A. Japanese Square

A
Thicker corner for rigidity

This Japanese square is light (31/2 oz) and exible. The thin, pliable stock and tongue, combined with the bevelled prole, allow you to hold it anywhere on the tongue and force the edge at to the work for accurate measuring. The corner is much thicker for rigidity. The 101/2201/2 arms are graduated in Imperial measure on one face and metric measure on the other. It has large numerals and etched, black-lled markings for wear resistance and legibility. Square to within 0.1mm per 100mm, it is made from hardened stainless steel. 60N03.15 Japanese Square $31.50 Japanese-Style Layout Squares These compact layout squares are suitable for both joint layout and machine set-up, and have hardened stainless-steel blades that resist scoring. The combination square/miter comes in Imperial and metric versions (graduated in 16ths or millimetres) with clear etched and black-lled markings on both sides. About 63/4 long, it has a 33/4 wide blade. The double miter square is a traditional design, 41/2 along the base with a 21/4 wide blade. Both squares can be used for any joint incorporating a miter. The combination square/miter can also be used for any joint requiring a line at 90 to a surface, such as tenons, dovetails, and half-laps. The 5/8 wide bases register solidly when setting table saw blades and jointer fences. Accurate to 1/10. Excellent quality. B. 60N03.10 Square/Miter, Imperial $19.50 C. 60N03.11 Square/Miter, Metric $19.50 D. 60N03.12 Double Miter Square $12.50
E. Aluminum Sliding Bevel

B C

D D

A sliding bevel is an essential tool for marking off odd angles when installing molding, for laying out dovetails, for framing cuts, etc. This Japanese bevel has an anodized aluminum body. The 10 milled stainlesssteel blade can be set at any angle from 0 to 180. It has a locking screw in the end of the stem so the tool can be ipped for use on either side. 60N20.10 10 Aluminum Bevel $22.50
F. 3 Sliding Bevel

Half the size of a regular sliding bevel, this little rosewood model is far handier for laying out dovetails or any ne detail work. The 3 blade is in a brass-trimmed rosewood stock only 23/4 long. A pleasure to use. Weighs only 1 oz. Made in England. 35N14.01 3 Sliding Bevel $15.50 Veritas Sliding Bevel & Bevel Setter Our sliding bevel features a unique cam locking mechanism that is completely ush with the body, allowing the bevel to be used on either side. It can be used in the most restricted places, since the lever cam lock can be operated with a single J nger. Because the locking mechanism operates by compression with no rotary movement, accu racy is perfect. Features a stainless-steel blade and resin-impregnated wood body. Two models are available a full-size model with a 10 blade, as well as a modelmakers version, which has a 4 blade and weighs less than an ounce. This is the best sliding bevel design on the market and is the perfect companion to our bevel setter. Our bevel setter lets you set specic angles (from 0 to 60 in 1/2 increments) on a sliding bevel or a J J workpiece, as well as read angles already set. Useful for dovetailing, machine set-up, or polygon work. Common dovetail and polygon angles are highlighted on the reverse side. The stainless-steel blade is 3 wide and 7 long. Patented. G. 05N44.02 Veritas 4 Mini Bevel $46.50 H. 05N44.01 Veritas 10 Sliding Bevel $52.50 J. 05N66.01 Bevel Setter w/Imperial Rule $36.50 05N66.03 Bevel Setter w/Metric Rule $36.50

Bevel has a quick-release locking mechanism.

J
8

 Veritas Dovetail Markers For quick, accurate marking of dovetails, a dovetail marker is the best tool available. We offer markers that are precision machined at 1:6 and 1:8 angles, the traditional angles for softwood and hardwood dovetails respectively. The 14 marker is designed to approximate a 1:4 ratio, for those who prefer this angle when working in thinner stock, as it not only provides stronger material interlock than traditional ratio angles but produces a slightly exaggerated dovetail joint that many nd attractive. Made in Canada from anodized aluminum, they are light and durable, and will never mark your work.

D C

B E

Veritas Dovetail Saddle Markers These markers have long legs that ensure accurate registration. Also, much like the Veritas saddle square they are based on, they allow a continuous line to be transferred around the corner, so the straight and angled lines can be scribed at the same time, ensuring perfect alignment. The inside corner is relieved to ensure ush seating even on saw whiskers. The 1:6 and 1:8 ratios are available individually or as a pair. 1:8 A. 05N61.04 1:6 Dovetail Saddle Marker $13.50 1:6 B. 05N61.05 1:8 Dovetail Saddle Marker $13.50 F. Veritas Miter Saddle 14 05N61.06 1:6 & 1:8 Markers, pr. $24.50 (1:4) When working on small items such as C. 05N61.08 14 Dovetail Saddle Marker $13.50 picture frames, a large combination square or try square can often be cumbersome. Not Veritas Dovetail Markers so with our miter saddle. The relatively With riding ledges on both sides, these 22 dovetail markers can be small size makes it easy to use. It has a large ipped over to mark both slopes of the dovetail. They are designed so that reference face (31/2 at the wide end) set the entire ledge is riding on the reference face, even when marking edge dovetails. The relieved corners at the join of the body and the riding ledges at 45. The sides are machined so that a ensure perfect seating even on saw whiskers. Available as a set in 1:6 and line can be accurately transferred around 1:8 ratios, color coded to indicate slope and avoid error; the 14 marker is workpiece corners. Made from anodized sold individually. aluminum, this marker is light and durable, and will never mark your work. D. 05N10.10 1:6 & 1:8 Dovetail Markers, pr. $11.50 E. 05N10.12 14 Dovetail Marker $ 6.50 05N56.15 Veritas Miter Saddle $14.50
Saw guard removed for clarity.

180

G. Acu-Angle

Checking

50

bevel angle Level of mortise chisel. Based on the principle of the G plumb bob, this tool is both an H. Veritas H inclinometer and Poly-Gauge a level. It is accurate, Our poly-gauge sensitive and makes it easy to compact. The set equipment for cutting pentagons, hexagons, weight to establish the vertical octagons, etc. Used to set table saws, jointers, and the ne-line indicator needle radial arm saws, bandsaws, drill presses or rotate freely on a micro ball- With gauge ush to table, 5 6 bearing center set within a housing 4 8 12 set dial to 0. thats oil-lled for damping. The Setting miter cuts with Veritas Poly-Gauge. indicator reads accurately against degree markings on the outer rim. similar machines, the gauge is accurate to 5 arc A built-in vernier lets you measure Magnets minutes (1/12) on every angle. It can be used at to 12 of arc (1/5). The magnetic hold for setting miter fences or for layout work, or vertically for adjusting and locking a fence or base allows you to attach the gauge against blade. blade. Ideal for picture frames and planters, inclinometer to a steel bar or pipe can now glued-up cylinders for turning, or any job that for greater accuracy. Also, a steel Blade be set precisely requires precise equipment setting for 4, 5, 6, 8 ruler can be clipped onto the in relation to table or 12 sided miters. Made from brass and zincback to extend the base. It surface. aluminum alloy, the gauge measures 81/26 measures only 1/223/83. A versatile system for levelling, setting, or determining slopes. overall and comes with instructions. 99N05.01 Acu-Angle Level $29.50 05N14.01 Veritas Poly-Gauge $34.50

The metal rudder automatically halves the angle.

25 90

J. Angle Fix

This is an excellent tool for copying odd angles for mitering purposes (angles you nd in any house with supposedly square room corners), and can be used for inside angles to 70 and outside angles to 290. No calculations are necessary; as you position the guide to match the desired angle, the internal gear automatically aligns the integral rudder to bisect the angle. To transfer the half angle, simply move the guide to the miter saw and align the blade parallel with the rudder. Also useful as a layout gauge to mark angles for handsaw cuts. Made of stable, glass-berreinforced nylon, with a 17/83/4 steel rudder, it is about 101/2 overall. Made in Sweden. 60N20.20 Angle Fix $19.50

K. Protractor Square

180, reading left to right and right to left. The Although very handy as a long-armed protractor arms are 20 and 9 and are graduated in 16ths for measuring inside or outside angles, this tool and millimetres. excels as a cutting guide. Without calculating 99N04.01 9 Protractor Square $22.50 anything, an angle can be duplicated perfectly. Check the angle, lock the protractor, and make L. Engineers Protractor A good protractor is a necessity in the shop. This your cut. Hard anodized aluminum with platedprotractor has a 33/421/4 head with a 6 shaft steel ttings. The protractor is graduated to projection graduated in 32nds. It is very handy for measuring bevel angles prior to grinding L or honing. 60N20.03 Engineers Protractor $29.70
9

A. Tilt Box II Digital Inclinometer

Display reads left to right even when inverted.

for Tool Setting Ideal for setting angles on table saw blades, jointer fences, and bandsaw or drill press tables. You place it on the rst surface, zero the display to calibrate it, and then move it to the second surface and set the desired angle. The display always reads left to right, even if inverted, and a "hold" button keeps the measurement for referRare-earth magnets ence. It has a range of 90 left or right and a on sides and bottom resolution of 0.05 (accurate to 0.2). It can also be calibrated to read absolute angles to measure level and plumb. Rare-earth magnets on either side and on the bottom secure it to any ferrous surface. 9V battery included. 88N90.50 Tilt Box II $34.50
B. Digital Protractor

This versatile tool makes it easy to read, transfer or set angles with speed and precision. Ideal for layout, measuring trim corners, or for machine set-up, it consists of two overlapping 0.05 thick 81/2 stainless-steel arms with a digital LCD readout at the pivot. Accurate to within 0.3, it measures inside and outside angles over a full 360 range in 0.1 increments. The readout zeroes at any position, and the arms lock at any angle for direct transfer. Because the arms overlap, the offset is just enough to register one arm against the edge of the work, yet not enough to distort measurements signicantly when using both on a plane surface. Arms are graduated on one edge with two 7 rules zeroed at the inside corner (when the arms are at an angle of 270) and form a continuous 151/2 rule on the other edge when set at 180. Scales are etched and black-lled for wear resistance and legibility. Button-cell battery included. 88N99.00 Digital Protractor $19.90 Starrett Miter-Saw Gauges & Protractor These professional-quality bevels provide direct angle readings both for cutting mitered joints and for complementary Measure angles in corner work. Accurate to about 1/2. the angle. You simply position the legs in the corner or on the workpiece and then read the appropriate dial scale for setting the miter saw to either bisect or C complement the angle. With the same features, the 5-in-1 protractor also has a protractor scale for reading or laying out inside and outside angles (within a 180 range), a chart to make compound miter cuts for 45 and 38/52 crown molding, and a gauge for setting roof pitches from 2/12 to 16/12. Made from aluminum, the larger gauge and the protractor have 12 machined legs that are 1/4 thick and 21/2 wide. With 71/4 legs that are 1/4 thick and 5/8 wide, C the smaller gauge is ideal to carry in a tool pouch, and is available in aluminum or plastic. Made in USA. Set the 30N03.10 12 Aluminum Gauge $ 66.50 saw and make 30N03.12 71/4 Aluminum Gauge $ 54.50 the cut. 1 / 30N03.17 7 4 Plastic Gauge $ 23.50 30N03.15 5-In-1 Protractor $105.00

D F

C
C. D. E. F.

Center-Finding Tapes One of the most frequent functions you have to perform with a measurement is nding the center. These tapes make it simple. The top edge has normal graduations, while the opposite edge has 1/2-scale graduations. To divide 575/8 in G. H G

half, just read 575/8 from the bottom scale its that simple. Each tape is housed in a durable plastic case with rubber nger grips on the top and bottom. The 16 size is 11/16 wide; the 25 is 7/8 wide. Clever and useful tapes. 25N10.16 16 Center-Finding Tape $12.50 H. 25N10.25 25 Center-Finding Tape $14.50 Blade guard Steel Jig Tapes A steel tape fixed to a jig often comes in handy. These tapes read right to left or left to right, and are just under 1/2 wide. They can be press-tted into a shallow, 0.47 wide groove or glued into wider slots. 10 long. Can be shortened for smaller jigs. J. 06K17.01 10 Jig Tape, Right-to-Left $3.95 K. 06K17.02 10 Jig Tape, Left-to-Right $3.95
removed for clarity.

K J

10

Shown actual width.

Lee Valley Right-Handers and Left-Handers Tapes

A. Metric Tape

This standard tape has metric markings only. It is 8 metres long by 25mm wide and rigid enough to extend about 2 metres without buckling. Graduated in millimetres and centimetres. 06K11.08 Metric Tape, 8m $11.60 Tapes for Carpenters Our 25 and 33 long right-to-left reading tapes are better suited to carpenters. The 1 wide blades are rigid enough to extend 7 before "breaking". Graduated in 16ths, the blades have red stud markers, and all Imperial markings. B. 06K11.25 R to L 25 Tape, 16ths $11.60 C. 06K11.33 R to L 33 Tape, 16ths $14.20

E A B D

G C F

Blindmans Tapes The original blindmans folding rule was so called because it could be read by weak eyes Right-handers tape Standard tape reads left to right, Left-handers tape in bad light. This tape measure is made with right-to-left reading. markings are upside down left-to-right reading. for right-handers. similar bold markings. 12 long by 1 wide in a light but tough plastic case. Offered in both right-to-left reading and left-to-right reading. D. 50K16.01 R to L 12 Blindmans Tape $7.95 Most tape measures read from left to right, which is OK for just measuring, but becomes a E. 50K16.02 L to R 12 Blindmans Tape $7.95 problem when a right-hander needs to mark a measurement, especially when doing cut-off Tapes for Cabinetmakers work. You either have to hold the pencil in your left hand or switch the tape to your left The smallest of our tapes, the 101/2 tape, is the perfect size for hand and read markings that are upside down. We developed a line of tape measures for keeping on the bench or in an apron. At just over 21/2 oz, it is right-handers that read right to left. You can hold the tape in your left hand and mark with hardly noticeable in your apron pocket. Graduated in 16ths and your right hand against markings that are facing you. For left-handers, we make some of available in right-to-left and left-to-right reading. our cabinetmakers tapes in left-to-right reading versions as well; they read the same as F. 06K15.01 R to L 10 Tape, 16ths $4.95 standard tape measures. G. 06K15.02 L to R 10 Tape, 16ths $4.95
Rare-earth magnets hold tape in place.

J. Miter Hook

1 to center of pencil.

H
1

1 Add 1 for inside measurements.

H. Tape Tip

This miter hook makes measuring from an inside corner simple. Just press the pins into the end grain and hook your tape measure into the slot that is exactly even with the miter end. A rare-earth magnet grips the tape as you measure. Also usable for outside corners. The miter hook has 1/8 and 1/4 wide ledges perfect for accurately setting reveals in house trim. Injection molded using a high-impact plastic, it has hardened pins and two rare-earth magnets. It is fully reversible; the magnets are exposed on both sides. 50N37.01 Miter Hook $9.50 Magnetic Tape Holder Quickly converts a regular tape measure for use with the magnetized belt plate. The steel star screws onto the tape case, using the same screw that normally holds the belt clip. The magnet will securely hold the largest of tape measures (including plastic-case tapes) for easy snap-off, snap-on use. The belt plate has a springsteel belt clip that locks onto belts up to 13/4 wide. Extra stars are available to convert other tapes. (Tape measure not included.) 99K87.05 Magnetic Tape Holder $14.90 99K87.06 Extra Star, ea. $ 3.80 Starrett Adhesive Bench Tapes These tapes are made of annealed steel with a protective coating and can be mounted directly on the top or front of your bench. They are available in a variety of lengths, with Imperial or Imperial/metric scales, and with measurements that run right-to-left or left-to-right (standard). The adhesive backing will bond to any clean, dry surface. 25U02.13 25U02.21 25U02.02 25U02.20 25U02.01 25U02.32 25U02.30 25U02.31

Outside corner measurement

Used with any 11/2 standard tape measure, this device helps you measure diagonals with condence. An angled boss on the Secure to surunderside hooks securely on a face for long corner while a measurement is measurement. taken. For an inside measurement, you simply add 1 to the measurement indicated on the tape measure, while outside measurements are direct read. To turn a tape measure into a compass or a marking gauge, use the center hole with a screw or nail for laying out an arc or circle, or use the V-notch end to locate a pencil for marking straight lines. For simply measuring long distances, hook the center hole over a nail to secure the tip to prevent it from accidentally coming loose as you measure. Made from ABS, it has a generous hook slot and two integral rare-earth magnets for grip. Destined to become a toolbox favorite. Patented. 50K58.01 Tape Tip, ea. $4.95
Outside measurement, direct read. Room corner measurement, add 11/2.

Rare-earth magnet

Inside corner measurement

1/8 and 1/4 reveal guides

Slot holds tape end. Pins hold miter hook in place to measure inside corners.

Rare-earth magnets secure tape in cradle.

Setting a reveal.

K. 25U02.11 R to L Imperial, 61/2 L. M. N. O. P.

R to L Imperial, 121/2 R to L Imp./Metric, 121/2 L to R Imp./Metric, 41/2 L to R Imp./Metric, 121/2 L to R Imp./Metric, 63/4 L to R Imperial, 41/2 L to R Imperial, 121/2 L to R Imperial, 63/4

$7.50 $9.50 $9.50 $7.50 $9.50 $9.50 $7.50 $9.50 $9.50

Compass, subtract 1/4.

Marking gauge, add 1.

Holds tape end for long measurement.

Inside measurement, add 1.

Tape measure not included. Diagonal measurement

P
11

C A

Rules simplify Phi calculation and proportioning during design. Table Some examples: width to length

D
A. Pocket Rule

B
Chair back to seat height

This 63/4 stainless-steel rule is graduated in 8ths, 16ths, 32nds, and 64ths. Easy to read, it has a satin nish, E milled edges and tips, and is graduated (in 32nds) on the ends as well, making it particularly useful for setting router bits, marking board ends, or working in restricted areas. Small enough to t comfortably into a pocket. Comes with a soft vinyl protective sleeve. 60N47.01 6 Pocket Rule $10.60
B. Cabinetmakers Rule

Vessel diameter to height

F
Side 1

Adjustable Hook Rules Known as 4R rules, each of these has four different scales. One face has 1/8 and 1/16 divisions, the other 1/32 and 1/64 divisions, letting you be as picky or as approximate as you wish. All have adjustable hooks that you can slide fully to one side to clear the opposite edge. Accuracies range from +0.005/-0.003 on the 6 to H. Phi (Golden Ratio) Rules +0.007/-0.004 on the 18 rule. Made from C. Stainless-Steel Cabinetmakers Rules Phi (or the golden ratio as it is also 0.040 thick satin chrome-plated hardened and These are nely made rules. Hardened stainless known) is a value of approximately tempered tool steel; etched and black lled for steel with a matte nish; all markings are etched 1.618. Named to honor Phidias, the lead readability. Excellent-quality rules. and black-lled. The edges are milled and each sculptor of the Parthenon in Greece, this rule is Imperial/metric. Graduations are mm and D. 24N08.10 63/4 Hook Rule $14.90 unique number plays a prominent role in 16ths, with smaller sections in 1/2mm, 32nds and E. 24N08.11 121 Hook Rule $25.50 architectural and furniture composition 64ths. Reverse side has Imperial/metric, tap drill F. 24N08.12 1811/8 Hook Rule $36.50 and design, where it is used to proportion objects for aesthetic appeal. Example of In woodworking as an example, tableisometric tops are usually about 1.6 times longer drawing than wide. Dining chairs often have backAs a straightrests that are about 1.6 times taller than the edge, the rule is held seat height. The most appealing drawer off the surface by magnets, preventing felt pens from proportions, and their placement, are also bleeding ink into the paper. typically related by Phi. In turning, use of Phi helps guide height vs. diameter proportions. These rules simplify Phi calculation and Can be used proportioning during design (and help identify G inverted on thicker note or the golden ratio in existing objects). They have a drawing pads. dual scale with normal graduations on the top edge and Phi-scale graduations on the bottom G. Magnetic Straightedge edge. Both faces are graduated; one face converts This convenient guide provides a suite of Slots locate a known long measurement to an unknown short commonly used angles. The 122 wide Depth the rule while integral rare-earth magnets hold measurement, and the other face does the oppoanodized aluminum body has machined slots gauge it in position. site. To scale a measurement, you simply nd set at 0, 30, 45, 60, 90 and their supplethe identical measurement from the top scale on ment angles. The slots locate the included the lower scale. chrome-plated steel rule, and integral rare-earth magnets The hardened stainless-steel rules have a matte hold it rmly in position, while allowing you to adjust its finish, ground edges and black-filled etched projection as desired. The 123/4 rule has ground sides, markings. Excellent layout aids, they are availwith Imperial and metric graduations on one side and 90 able individually or as a set of four containing 6, an angle-setting guide on the other. All markings are 120 12, 18 and 24 rules. etched and black-lled for lasting legibility. While not 60 135 intended for precision applications, this is an excellent 06K30.06 6 Phi Rule, ea.* $ 3.00 45 tool for quick layout or sketching 06K30.12 12 Phi Rule, ea.* $ 5.70 150 designs when inspiration strikes. 06K30.18 18 Phi Rule, ea.* $10.00 Pulling a line 30 Patent pending. 06K30.24 24 Phi Rule, ea.* $13.90 0 06K30.36 36 Phi Rule, ea. $17.10 Magnetic Straightedge 06K30.50 Set of 4 Rules* $29.50 15N03.01 $39.50
12 Marking and Measuring
Angle-setting guide on rule

This rule has all the features that make a good cabinetmakers rule. It has machined edges, is accurate (including the rst increment), has four different scales to suit a variety of requirements from checking lumber size to machinery set-up, and is easy to read in varying light conditions. Reading from both the left and right, the scale subdivisions are in 8ths, 16ths, 32nds and 64ths, making it an extremely useful rule for woodworking. At 11/8 wide by 12 long, it is an excellent rule at a good price. Guaranteed to be straight 0.010 over its length. 60N20.06 12 Cabinetmakers Rule $14.50

and thread conversion charts (6 rule has only an Imperial/metric chart). One of the best buys in rules weve ever seen. 06K20.06 Stainless-Steel Rule, 6* $ 2.90 06K20.12 Stainless-Steel Rule, 12* $ 5.50 06K20.18 Stainless-Steel Rule, 18* $ 9.90 06K20.24 Stainless-Steel Rule, 24* $13.90 06K20.36 Stainless-Steel Rule, 36 $17.00 06K20.50 Stainless-Steel Rules, set of 4* $29.30

H
Side 2

To scale a measurement, simply nd on the lower scale the identical measurement from the top scale.

A. B. C.

D.

E.

F. G.

Center Point Rules These rules have normal graduations on the top edge and half-scale graduations on the opposite edge. To nd the center, nd the identical measurement from the top scale on the lower scale. Stainless steel with a matte nish. The graduations (16ths) are etched and black-lled for readability. 60N46.01 24 Center Point Rule $9.90 60N46.02 12 Center Point Rule $8.20 Center-Finding Rule This stainless-steel rule, with the front face graduated both ways from 0 in the center, has many uses in marking and layout, all related to nding the center of a piece. Reading conveniently from left or right, it saves mathematical calculations, which are a basic source of error in woodworking. The front is graduated in 16ths and 32nds, the back in 32nds and 64ths. 60N20.11 12 Center-Finding Rule $13.80 Incra Rules Designed to eliminate parallax errors and used with standard 0.5mm lead mechanical pencils, these rules are perforated with slots or holes just slightly larger than Rigid bend rule has slots 0.5mm at standard increments. Etched from 0.008 thick for marking both faces. stainless steel, they are very exible. The exception is the more rigid bend rule that has wrap-around slots for marking both faces next to an arris. The T-rule is particularly convenient for layout work. It is perforated in 1/64 increments as well as 32nds and 16ths. Non-glare nish. 27N10.08 6 T-Rule $22.50 Rule has slots or 27N10.03 12 T-Rule $30.40 holes for marking. 27N10.13 18 T-Rule $38.50 27N10.07 6 Rigid Bend Rule $16.50 27N10.02 12 Rigid Bend Rule $21.50 27N10.12 18 Rigid Bend Rule $29.50 27N10.06 6 Marking Rule $ 9.20 27N10.01 12 Marking Rule $16.90 T-rule lets you mark along 27N10.11 18 Marking Rule $24.50 both axes for layout work. Incra Protractor This stainless-steel protractor has micro-ne marking lines every half degree. There are four angle scales: zero left to 180 right, zero right to 180 left, zero top to 90 left and right, and 90 top to zero left and right. With the use of the metal T-bar, you can hold your workpiece perfectly square to an edge. The T-bar is removable to work on at surfaces or to use the 6 centering scale with marking holes every 1/32. A 0.5mm mechanical pencil is included, but regular wooden pencils and metal scribes can also be used. 27N10.20 Incra Protractor $29.50

D G

We carry a variety of Starrett products on our website. To view our full selection, search for "Starrett" at

30N08.40 30N08.20

www.leevalley.com
88N16.06

Ruler not included.

H. Veritas Ruler Stop

The Veritas ruler stop slides onto any ruler 7/8 to 11/8 wide and up to 0.05 thick to provide a solid reference point. It is ideal for setting saw fences, repeat cuts, etc. With an anodized aluminum body and brass adjustment screw, it is 1 wide by about 21/4 long. Veritas Ruler Stop 05N68.01 $14.95
Ideal for repeating measurements.

Stop Rules These are handy for layout and machine J set-up, because the movable stop provides a reliable reference point. You can use them to locate saw fences, plot the position of hardware mounting holes, set the height of a saw blade or router bit, and draw lines parallel to any at surface. The stop face is 2 wide for solid registration, and the ruler tip is 7/32 thick to provide a broad land when using the tool as a height gauge. Graduated in Imperial/metric. Each scale has a vernier for adjustment to within 1/128 or 0.1mm without parallax error. Made from chromed steel with a non-glare matte nish, each rule has clear etched and black-lled markings and a knurled locking knob. A versatile tool. J. 88N89.12 12/30cm Stop Rule $19.95 K. 88N89.08 8/20cm Stop Rule $14.95
L. Czeck Edge Ruler Stop

stock for use as a depth gauge. Combined with a 6 ruler, it even serves as an improvised double square. Precisely machined from aircraft-grade aluminum, the 23/411/2 body presents a broad bearing surface for positive registration. To ensure a rm, square hold on even the thinnest rulers, the jaws have bevelled faces and travel on 1/4 dia. steel guide rods to prevent racking. Maximum opening of 11/2. A convenient and well-made accessory for layout, repeat measurements, and machine set-up. Made in USA. 16N01.05 Czeck Edge Ruler Stop $31.95
Ruler not included.

This simple accessory expands the capabilities of a metal ruler by adding a reliable reference surface. It L can also be mounted to a shop-made story stick for direct measurement transfer, and accepts 3/16 to 1/4 diameter round

Depth gauge

Marking and Measuring 13

Interlocking layers of butyrate

Blending Curves Blending curves are ideal for drawing a curve dened by a series of points or for smoothing an intersection between a curve and a straight line. Made from interlocking layers of butyrate, these are easy to form and hold steady while marking. While longer versions are typically used in boatbuilding, these shorter lengths are shop favorites for furniture design and layout, particularly for furniture legs. The 3/163/418 curve will form to a minimum radius of 41/2; the 7/327/836 curve will form to a minimum radius of 51/2. An excellent layout tool, made in USA. A. 07K01.10 18 Blending Curve $18.50 B. 07K01.15 36 Blending Curve $32.50
C. Lee Valley Asymmetric Drawing Bow

H G J K

L Veritas Offset Wheel Gauges This deceptively simple-looking set has myriad uses in the shop. The wheels let you draw parallel lines around any curvilinear item a roundel, an ellipse or even a chubby teddy bear. They can also be used for enlarging templates or for making production cut-out templates by tracing around prototype production samples, or for any work where a known offset from a curved line is needed. The set of ve includes wheels with 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16 and 1/2 offsets. Four larger sizes (5/8, 3/4, 7/8 and 1) are available separately. 05N64.01 Boxed Set of 5 Gauges $12.95 05N64.05 5/8 Offset Wheel Gauge $ 3.00 05N64.06 3/4 Offset Wheel Gauge $ 3.60 05N64.07 7/8 Offset Wheel Gauge $ 3.90 05N64.08 1 Offset Wheel Gauge $ 4.40

Asymmetric

This bow lets you draw an asymmetric arc a useful design element when making proles for arm rests, chair legs, and back rests. The bow tapers in thickness from 1/8 to 1/16 over its length, so when bent it forms a curve of continually changing radius. It works like a ships curve. The 41 strip of glass-reinforced plastic has an adjustable nylon strap and buckle so the bow can be bent and held in the desired conguration. A useful tool for furniture makers. G. 05N55.20 Asymmetric Drawing Bow $29.50
H. D. Lee Valley Symmetric Drawing Bow
Symmetric

J. Drawing elliptical curves can be daunting, as it is K. impossible to hold a thin strip of wood on edge, L. bow it to the desired curvature and hold it steady, while tracing its shape onto your workpiece. Our drawing bow solves this problem. The bow itself is a strong, but incredibly exible, 1/814 long strip of glass-reinforced plastic. The integral nylon strap has an easily adjusted buckle that can be used to set the curvature you want and hold it. The torsional stiffness of the bow resists deformation as you trace the shape. A necessary tool for any cabinetmaker. 05N55.01 Symmetric Drawing Bow $28.50 A pantograph is used to change the scale of drawings; this one, with 15 wooden arms, has 19 different settings and can be used to enlarge any plane gure up to 10 times its size, or reduce it to 1/10 of the original. The set includes instructions, all necessary parts, and a container of leads. 07K06.01 Pantograph $21.50

E. Pantograph

Antique lumber thickness gauges

F. Veritas Bar Gauge Heads

Wood not included. Ideal for inside measurements.

Simple bar gauges are among the most useful tools in a shop. They have two primary purposes, comparing measurements (such as ensuring equal diagonals in drawers or carcasses to guarantee squareness) and transferring measurements directly, without converting them into numbers. Bar gauges not only shine in basic measurement transfer, but are unequalled for inside measurements such as for sizing shelves, or interior trim in windows. They can also be used as "story sticks" for complex built-ins where nothing is square. Gauge head openings are 1/23/4; you just rip 1/4 slices off standard 3/4 lumber to make bars of the length you want (wood is not included). Made of brass and ABS plastic. Two brass pins are included for transferring measurements smaller than the length of the sticks or for transferring outside measurements without making hook tips. 05N31.01 Bar Gauge Heads $14.50

Lumber Thickness Gauge Acting as a simple go/no-go gauge for checking lumber thickness, this tool has steps that measure thickness from 3/8 to 2 (in 1/8 increments under 1 and 1/4 increments over 1). It is especially useful when you are looking for a piece with a certain minimum thickness. It has a sleek, thin design that slips easily into a pocket or attaches to a key ring. Made in Canada from stainless steel, it is about 31/4 long overall and comes with a split ring. 50K63.01 Lumber Thickness Gauge $9.95
The antique lumber thickness gauges shown are a sampling of those commonly available in the 1950s. The gauges were typically of similar style, made from stamped steel, aluminum or brass, and variously graduated for thickness measurement. Because of their promotional nature, the name of the lumberyard and their specialty would be stamped on the gauge.

14 Marking and Measuring

C. Veritas Transfer/Log Scribe

A. Veritas

Beam Compass Ordinary compasses Window trim scribed just dont cut it in the and cut to shop; a beam compass (or trammel) is much t a stone wall. more practical. Using a single beam section, the Veritas beam compass deals with circles from 11/2 to 24 in diameter. Additional sections take you up to 80 (203cm) for circular tables, See the Log Building section for more information rockers, arches, etc. It has carbide-tipped points on how the above product is used for log scribing. that readily scribe metal as well as wood, although the pencil head is usually used for D. Large Heavy-Duty Compasses scribing wood. A micro-adjust feature quickly Large workshop compasses can save a lot of the frustration that D D gives accurate settings. All of this comes in a goes along with using bits of string and pencils. These are tted wooden case that even includes a small machined from solid bar stock and can take substantial torque brass center pivot disc for use where it is impor(e.g., when marking rough stock). They open to something tant not to mar work. The beams are steel and the greater than their stated length (i.e., the 16 compass will open ttings are all solid brass. to a 171/2 radius circle). 05N30.01 Veritas Beam Compass $109.00 33N06.01 6 HD Compass $38.50 33N06.03 12 HD Compass $49.50 33N06.02 16 HD Compass $73.50
E. Lee Valley Pencil Compass

The Veritas transfer scribe is used for transferring the contours of one shape onto another. This is what makes it an ideal log scribe. But this also makes it an excellent carpenters scribe. It can translate that notso-straight, 100-year-old wall prole onto a cabinet panel, letting you get a perfect match. The photographs show the very tight ts that are standard using it as a transfer scribe. With a maximum capacity of 12, it is calibrated so that any opening can be used once the double bubbles are set for a given pin and pencil projection. The rotatable double-level post can be adjusted and locked in any position on either axis. The pointed end of the steel pin is for compass work; the blunt curved end is non-marring for transfer scribing. Other components are non-corroding brass and zinc-aluminum alloy. Comes in a foam-lined hard-shell plastic case. Usable with any standard pencil, it comes with a purple pencil that marks well with light pressure. Extra pencils are available in either dark purple or red for better contrast. 05U05.01 Transfer/Log Scribe $99.00 83U01.16 Purple Pencils (10) $ 9.50 83U01.20 Red Pencils (10) $ 9.50

Used as a carpenters scribe.

Soft trim scribed to t stone perfectly.

Ideal for heavy-duty shop use, this pencil compass is machined from 3/8 square stock, giving it a very strong joint. Maximum opening is 71/2. The ttings are solid brass. 05N21.01 71/2 Pencil Compass $42.50
F. Yardstick Compass Set

B. Brass Naval Divider

A much sought-after instrument in the antique market is the 1740 vintage caliper (British Patent G. Veritas Beam Compass Heads #490) that was used in the Royal Navy for two For projects involving large circles or arcs, our aluminum centuries. (An original is shown in the backbeam compass heads are ideal. Clamped onto a piece of wood ground.) Now made by an instrument maker in from 5/8 to 3/4 thick, they create a compass whose radius is India, it comes in a presentation box with a limited only by the length of stock you have at hand. A brass classic fouled-anchor brass inlay in the lid. The clamping knob holds the head securely to the beam using a adjustable friction joint makes it ideal for singletrapped pin that prevents pivoting and shifting. The pins withhanded adjustment and use. Holding it as shown, draw as the knob is backed off. The hardened steel points (one you can use it one-handed, putting pressure with an eccentric tip for 1/8 of ne adjustment) can mark hard on the arches to open it or pressure on the legs surfaces such as steel plate, sheet metal or aluminum. Also to close it, keeping the other hand "free for included is a small pencil for marking wood and wallboard. the ship". It makes a great gift for latter-day All parts pack into the slim tubular hard-shell storage admirals. Just under 8 overall. case. A simple yet highly useful layout tool. 09A01.50 Brass Naval Divider $24.95 05N50.01 Beam Compass Heads $49.50 Veritas Carpenters Gauge Designed to be carried in an apron or pocket, this is both a compass and a marking gauge. The rotatable head locks vertically and horizontally for storage. It is direct reading, for both radius and diameter, in inches and centimetres. Made of brass, stainless steel and high-impact ABS, it is 71/2 long overall, and will scribe circles up to 12 in diameter. Patented. 05N36.01 Veritas Carpenters Gauge $23.50

These trammel points turn a standard yardstick (not included) into a compass. This is a particularly handy arrangement, as the distance from pin to lead can be read directly from the yardsticks calibrations. Made from solid aluminum with a milled slot that will t 1 wide rulers. Use standard-size leads (one included). 88N04.01 Yardstick Compass Set $8.50

Yardstick not included.

Wood not included.

Our beam compass heads can be converted into circle cutters by replacing the pencil with an X-Acto knife.

G
Wood not included.

Marking and Measuring 15

D A B

Thickness Calipers Primarily used by turners, Direct-Reading Digital Calipers these thickness calipers The great advantage of these calipers is that they can be tted into virtually are direct reading. Not only can you set the opening All ttings are solid brass. Particularly useful is any shape of vase or bowl. without reference to a ruler, you can also check the quick-adjust mechanism that incorporates a To use, open the caliper dimensions quickly and easily, with measurements sliding speed nut. The nut engages only when it by pulling the legs apart displayed in large, easy-to-read numerals on the comes up against the centering collar next to the (having the spacing nut LCD screen. Both inside and outside calipers read leg post. The strong spring holds any setting between the legs rather in fractional inches, decimal inches or millimetres accurately. Black oxide nish. Sizes indicated than outside them allows this), put in position (to a resolution of 1/64, 0.01 or 0.1mm), and are maximum opening. The 4 is ideal for ner and then set the spacing nut to the wall thickness. turning; the 8 size for general-purpose use; and instantly convert among units. Quick-setting Open calipers, remove and measure tip gap. The the 12 for large work. Available individually or sprung legs help ensure that the tips maintain spacing nut can be adjusted for any thickness as a set of three containing one of each tool (all contact with the workpiece, and a thumbscrew from 0 to 131/2 on the 161/2 model and 0 to the same size). locks the opening. Accurate to 0.01, the calipers can be zeroed for differential measuring, and a 51/2 on the 9 model. The respective throat E. 05N19.01 Outside Caliper, 4 $19.40 "hold" button keeps the measurement displayed depths (from nut to tip) are 111/2 and 51/2. These 05N19.02 Outside Caliper, 8 $23.40 after the legs are released, so you dont have to are equally good for dimensional take-offs of 05N19.05 Outside Caliper, 12 $30.30 commit it to memory. The outside calipers have 4 almost any oddly shaped object. Steel with brass F. 05N18.01 Inside Caliper, 4 $19.00 legs with a 7 maximum opening; the inside calittings. Made in France for Lee Valley. 05N18.03 Inside Caliper, 8 $23.00 pers have 31/4 legs with a minimum opening of C. 05N22.01 9 Thickness Caliper $38.50 05N18.05 Inside Caliper, 12 $30.30 1/2 and a maximum opening of just over 63/4. D. 05N22.03 161/2 Thickness Caliper $49.50 G. 05N20.01 Divider, 4 $19.00 Each has a 4 handle and comes with two button05N20.03 Divider, 8 $23.00 cell batteries (one installed and one spare). Lee Valley Calipers 05N20.05 Divider, 12 $30.30 Made in France for Lee Valley, these steel caliA. 88N90.28 Outside Caliper $24.50 05N20.10 Set of 3 Tools, 4 $54.50 pers and dividers all have ground tips. The B. 88N90.29 Inside Caliper $24.50 05N20.15 Set of 3 Tools, 8 $65.00 divider tips are hardened for scribing on metal. 88N90.30 Pair of Calipers $45.00 05N20.18 Set of 3 Tools, 12 $84.50
H. Veritas Direct-Reading Caliper

16

K. 48 Transfer Caliper mark along the jaws and cut to the lines marked. Most calipers used by turners must be read from the Under 2 oz and only side, forcing you to cock your head to take a 5 long when closed, this reading. Our direct-reading caliper has the scale situcaliper measures length ated on the back end, reading vertically. The anodized and width and retains both aluminum arms make this caliper lightweight, yet it for direct transfer to the is rigid enough (0.080 thick) to withstand most workpiece. As the caliper Cut regular turning demands. The graduated aluminum opens, the jaw and keeper to this side scale is etched for good contrast with the anodized bar move together. You of the surface. Graduated in 32nds, 0 to 4, with a throat can measure length, then pencil line. capacity to cover the same range. A torsion spring advance the jaw to measprovides light but constant closing force, and a ure width. The keeper bar brass thumbscrew allows you to set the caliper at holds the rst measurement any opening for comparative measurements. as you make the next one, Offcuts Should you ever damage a tip, requiring regrinding, so you can transfer both the pointer can be re-zeroed with one screw. to the stock without conWith the nger-shaped cut-outs, it is as comfortable verting them into numbers. Transfer Transfer blind hole as it is effective. Just hold the caliper on the outside measurement measurement work and mark along the 05N39.01 Direct-Reading Caliper $49.50 jaws. No more stock cut too J. Veritas Proportional Calipers short, whether the measurement Designed for sculptors and turners, these calipers transfer is an inside or outside quickly nd a role in any shop. The small caliper dimension, or one of each. 3 measures 9 /4 overall and has ratios of 1:1, 1.5:1, Keeper 48 Transfer Caliper 2:1, 3:1 and 4:1. The large caliper is 20 overall bar and has the same ratios as the small plus three 09A01.15 $9.95 more 1.25:1, 1.75:1 and 2.5:1. Both have a rm joint system where you adjust the amount of joint K friction you want with the knurled brass thumbscrews. The arms are anodized aluminum. These are useful for scaling up or down as well as direct measurement transfer. 05N34.01 Small Proportional Caliper $28.50 05N34.03 Large Proportional Caliper $49.50

Hold the caliper on your work,

Inside measurement

Millimetres

Blindmans Fractional Electronic Caliper Displaying 1/2 high numerals on an LCD screen, this caliper is easy to read. With all the usual caliper functions (including depth measurement), it also converts back and forth among decimal inches, fractional inches and millimetres at the touch of a button. It can be locked for measurement transfer using the integral thumbscrew and zeroes at any point for differential measuring. Available in a compact 4 length that slips easily into an apron pocket, or in a 6 length for general use. Each version is graduated in 0.0005, 0.01mm, or 1/128 increments; accurate to 0.001 or 0.03mm. Automatically displays reduced fractions, eliminating the need for mental arithmetic. Has an on/off button but automatically shuts off after five minutes to conserve battery power. Hardened stainless steel. Comes with a plastic storage case, instructions and a spare battery. A. 88N90.44 4 Blindmans Caliper $24.50 B. 88N90.46 6 Blindmans Caliper $26.50
C. 6 Combination Dial Caliper

A B
Decimal inches

C C

E D

Useful for inside, outside and depth measurements, it has both Imperial and metric scales, with graduations of 0.001 or 0.02mm (the dial has separate indicator hands). Measurements can be locked for transfer with an integral thumbscrew. Also ideal for measurement conversion. Hardened stainless steel with a satin finish. Storage case included. 88N62.05 6 Combination Caliper $43.50
D. Fractional/Decimal Inch Combination Caliper

This dual-scale Imperial caliper has a combination fractional/decimal inch display that is easy to read, K graduated in 64ths (with major divisions every 1/8) on the inner portion of the 13/8 diameter dial and in 0.01 increments on the outer portion. Effective for direct inside, outside and depth measurements, it ne-adjustment caliper has a maximum opening also provides instant measurement conversion and of 51/2.) Storage case included. locks with a thumbscrew for measurement transfer. $19.80 Hardened stainless steel with a satin nish, it comes H. 88N70.01 6/15cm Fractional $19.80 in a protective storage case. Instructions included. J. 88N70.02 6/15cm Caliper 88N71.01 6/15cm Fine Adj. Caliper $22.50 88N72.10 6 Fractional Caliper $36.50 K. 88N71.02 8/20cm Fine Adj. Caliper $29.50 Stainless-Steel Dial Calipers Available in Imperial (graduated in thousandths) L. Imperial Vernier Micrometer Accurate to 0.0001, this 0 to 1 micrometer is or metric (with graduations of 0.02mm), these just about at the practical limit of hand measurecalipers have capacities of 6 and 15cm respecment. Graduated in 0.025 increments on the tively. Each has a built-in depth gauge and barrel, 0.005 increments on the knob, and 0.0001 comes in a plastic storage case. They have a satin increments on the vernier scale. A lever lock lets nish with well-etched numbers. you fix a given measure, and a fixed tension E. 88N17.01 15cm Metric Dial Caliper $29.50 ratchet adjustment knob ensures standard force F. 88N72.01 6 Imperial Dial Caliper $29.50 when measuring deformable material. Comes in a protective case. Overall length is 51/4. G. 4 Dial Caliper This caliper ts in a shirt or apron pocket. Only 88N75.01 0-1 Micrometer $18.50 61/4 overall, it has 4 capacity for inside, outside and depth measurements all of the standard M. Imperial/Metric features expected in a caliper. Graduated in Vernier Calipers thousandths of an inch. Stainless steel. Comes in Ideal for checking a vinyl/cloth carrying case. bit and dowel sizes, material thickness, etc., 88N62.01 4 Dial Caliper $29.50 these lightweight, Imperial/Metric Vernier Calipers M non-marring plastic Accurate to 0.001 and 0.02mm, these stainlesscalipers have Imperial steel calipers can take readings in either Imperial and metric scales (to 1/128 or metric, or convert from one to the other. or 0.05mm) on the caliper Gauges have locking jaws and an integral depth beam, enabling quick gauge. The fractional caliper will read in conversion from one increments of 1/128 or 0.05mm. The other system to the other. Sold three calipers read in decimal inches and millias a package of six. metres. The two ne-adjustment calipers have a lower jaw stop that locks in place, allowing ne Plastic Calipers, pkg. of 6 adjustment using the thumb wheel. (The 6/15cm 99W20.03 $9.50

Caliper not included.

N. Miter Slot Caliper Holder

This simple accessory lets you adapt a caliper for use much like a dial indicator, using a xed reference surface for differential measurements. Secured to the caliper beam using an integral clamping screw, the 4 nylon holder has a 3/4 wide foot sized for use in a standard miter slot. Using two countersunk through holes, it may be afxed to a jig or another reference surface. Flexible compression tabs in the foot take up play within a miter slot, ensuring the caliper beam remains square to the slot. Compatible with most 6 calipers with a nominal 5/8 wide by 1/8 thick beam. A useful adapter for checking or setting blade or fence alignment. 88N90.70 Caliper Holder, ea. $7.95
Marking and Measuring 17

Decimal inch

A
Metric

point. Useful for applications such as setting table-saw blade or router bit height, or jointer knife projection, it can also be placed on a known at surface (e.g., a surface plate) to measure thickness. The base is solid aluminum alloy, with a hardened stainless-steel beam. 6/150mm capacity; 11 high overall. Button-cell battery included. 88N90.01 Digital Height Gauge $49.50
B. Height Gauge

A. Digital Height Gauge

A height gauge is indispensable in the shop for setting the projection of table saw blades and router bits, and setting jointer knives. It can also be used for measuring thickness when used on a known at surface (such as our granite surface plate). This gauge functions in the same manner as a caliper, where one "jaw" is the surface upon which the gauge sits. It has an easy-to-read dial face that is graduated in thousandths of an inch. A ne-adjustment screw lets you lock and adjust the head slowly. Unit is 11 in total height with 6 range of measurement. 88N87.06 6 Height Gauge $69.50

This is a great height gauge. With easy-to-read 3/8 high LCD numerals, it accurately C. Granite Surface Plate displays graduations in decimal inch, fractional inch, or metric (to 0.0005, 1/128, and A granite surface plate is very useful in a woodworking shop, particularly for checking plane bottom atness as well as for 0.01mm; accurate to 0.001/0.03mm), provides instant conversion capability, and lapping planes, using the plate as a bed for PSA-backed paper. mounts to any ferrous machine table or fence with the embedded rare-earth magnets. Superb quality, this plate is 2 thick, 912 overall and weighs It performs differential measuring without recalibration and can be zeroed at any 253/4 lb. Obviously it is moisture and corrosion proof. It is also accurate to 0.0001 overall. Excellent buy. 88N85.01 *Granite Surface Plate $36.00 G G
Colors may vary.

* A shipping surcharge of $8.00 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates. D. Angle Blocks

D C

By stacking these blocks, you can set any angle from 0 to 90 in 1 increments. Each block is 3 long, hardened and precision ground to an accuracy of 0.0001 per inch. The set includes angles from 1 to 5 in 1 increments, and 10 to 30 in 5 increments. Indispensable for accurate machine set-up. Comes in a protective case. 88N82.01 Angle Blocks, set of 10 $39.50
E. Feeler Gauge Set

Veritas Tapered Gauges A tapered gauge effectively stretches any scale for accurate reading. These stretch the standard scale by a factor of seven. When a thickness difference of 1/8 is stretched over 7/8 of the scale, small differences in thickness can easily be measured with ne accuracy. The aluminum gauges can be used many ways for setting fences, router bits and drill-press stops, as well as measuring gaps when you repair your work. The hard anodized surface is scratch resistant, yet easy to write on with a pencil. In most uses accurate to 0.002, the gauges are guaranteed to have no greater error than 0.005 in any measurement. Available in three scales: fractional in 1/64 graduations, decimal in 0.010 graduations, and metric in 0.2mm graduations. All have ne tips (1/32 thick) and measure up to 11/8 (or equivalent) thickness. Hard-shell case included. Patented. J. 05N38.01 Tapered Gauge, Fractional $32.50 K. 05N38.02 Tapered Gauge, Decimal $32.50 L. 05N38.03 Tapered Gauge, Metric $32.50 05N38.10 Tapered Gauges, set of 3 $79.00
Router Set height of router bit. Table saw Check fence setting.

Feeler gauges are incredibly handy in a woodworking shop for adjusting plunge stops, fences, bits, planer knives, etc. The ngers of a standard set are often too short, but these 1/2 wide by 51/2 long gauges are ideal; you can reach into equipment and still see what you are doing. The extra length also lets you use built-up combinations (e.g., 0.025 + 0.016) without distortional error. From 0.001 to 0.025 (accurate to a quarter thou!). Polished tempered steel. 86K99.01 Feeler Gauges, set of 20 $18.50 This 1/2 travel digital indicator has a large (7/16 high), easy-toread numerical display. It converts instantly between Imperial and metric and can be zeroed at any point to measure deviation from a known position. Accurate to 0.001 or 0.02mm, it is compatible with standard magnetic bases (available separately, see item H below). Useful for setting jointer knives or determining runout on a table-saw arbor or drill-press quill. Includes batteries and instructions. 88N32.01 1/2 Digital Indicator $44.50

F. Digital Indicator

K L J
Joinery Measure groove for tongue thickness.

Dial Indicator & Base Dial indicators are useful for checking and setting jointer tables and blades, aligning fences, checking for runout on table saws or drill-press shafts, etc. Our dial indicator has 1 of travel and reads to 0.001 (accurate to 0.0005). The powerful magnetic base is tted with a two-part articulated arm for positioning the dial indicator at any angle or orientation. A ne-adjustment knob allows for precise positioning. An ideal set for a woodworking shop at an excellent price. G. 88N31.01 Dial Indicator only $18.50 H. 88N31.02 Magnetic Base and Arm $24.50 88N31.20 Dial and Base Set $37.50

18 Marking and Measuring

Veritas Straightedges Shop accuracy begins with a benchmark straightedge as a surface reference. Our steel and aluminum straightedges are wide enough to stand on edge unsupported, so you have both hands free to adjust tools. All have hang holes for storage on a nail or hook. Steel Straightedges These 11/2 high precision steel straightedges are ground at over the entire length on both edges, the 12 and 24 lengths to within 0.0010 and the 36 length to within 0.0015. All have been stress relieved to remain true under temperature variation. Just over 1 lb and 1/4 thick, the 12 straightedge is a handy size for checking plane soles or water stones for atness, or anywhere a larger straightedge would be unwieldy in use or could damage the item being checked. The 24 straightedge is invaluable for setting up stationary machines such as planers and jointers. Just over 2 lb, it weighs enough to stay in place while you make adjustments. 1/4 thick. Great for long-bed jointer and large machine set-up, the 36 straightedge is a good master shop reference. It weighs a substantial 53/4 lb and is 3/8 thick. The linished sides have a texture that is easier to grip with condence. A. 05N62.00 Steel Straightedge, 12 $36.50 B. 05N62.01 Steel Straightedge, 24 $49.50 C. 05N62.03 Steel Straightedge, 36 $79.00 Veritas Aluminum Straightedges Economical alternatives to our steel straightedges, these rustproof anodized aluminum straightedges are useful for setting up machines such as planers and jointers. They are 13/4 high by 7/16 thick, with a reference edge machined at to within 0.003 over the entire length. Available in three sizes, 24 (1 lb), 38 (just under 2 lb) and 50 (2.5 lb). D. 05N63.01 Aluminum Straightedge, 24 $27.50 E. 05N63.03 Aluminum Straightedge, 38 $39.50 F. 05N63.05 Aluminum Straightedge, 50 $85.00
To make a rule into a straightedge, lap the edge on a sheet of glass sprinkled with silicon carbide grit. Use a scrap of wood as a guide to keep the rule at 90 to the glass. G. Feeler Gauge Set

A
Checking a water stone for atness with a 12 straightedge.

A
1/4

B
1/4

C
3/8

Veritas

Easily stand on edge unsupported.

B G

Used with a straightedge as a at reference, feeler gauges measure how much a surface is out of true. With these 1/2 wide, 51/2 long gauges, you can see what you are doing when probing a gap, and stack thicknesses without distortional error. From 0.001 to 0.025 (accurate to a quarter thou!). Polished tempered steel. 86K99.01 Feeler Gauges, set of 20 $18.50

Feeler gauge used with straightedge to true a table surface.

J. Veritas Set-Up Blocks

H. Lee Valley

Winding Sticks H Winding sticks are used to check the atness of material. Placed at opposite ends of a board, they accentuate any twist (wind), making it easier to identify and correct. With the sticks in place, sight across their top edges. If the edges are parallel, Winding sticks the board is not twisted. Reposition and repeat nest together for storage. to check the entire board. Unlike wooden ones, our extruded aluminum sticks remain dimensionally stable and straight. The satin black anodized nish on one side reduces glare, and the machined section on the other side provides contrast when sighting. The machined grooves are spaced 1/8 apart to help estimate the amount of twist and how much stock to remove. The two 18 long sticks nest together and have hanging holes. Made in Canada. Patented. Winding Sticks, pr. 50N01.01 $29.50

Setting up machines in the shop can be a frustrating and inaccurate undertaking. Tape measures and rulers are difficult to use when measuring gaps between curved bits and guide fences. Worse, machines often require two hands to adjust, leaving nothing to hold the measuring tool being used. The Veritas set-up blocks help solve this problem. Simply place the appropriate block or combination of blocks between the fence and bit or blade and adjust accordingly. The set includes ve 2 long anodized aluminum blocks 1/16, 1/8, 1/4, 1/2 and 3/4 thick, accurate to within 0.002, plus a steel 1-2-3 block (so named for its 123 size), accurate to within 0.0002! Combined, they stack from 1/16 to 411/16 in 1/16 increments. The entire set comes in a hard-shell plastic case with dividers to protect the blocks. 05N58.01 Veritas Set-Up Blocks $39.50

Check for twist across the width of a board.

Marking and Measuring 19

A. Lanyard Level

This level is perfect for keeping in a desk, kitchen drawer or household tool set for all those little jobs, from installing shelving and small cabinets to levelling picture frames, mirrors, and furniture. At only 33/815/85/8 thick, it contains plumb and level vials, as well as a bullseye level for checking all horizontal axes at once. Integral magnets along the V-grooved edge securely fasten it to any at or curved ferrous surface. Made in Japan, it has a tough ABS case, comes with a detachable neck lanyard and is accurate to 2.50mm/m (about 1/10 over 40). 36N35.15 Lanyard Level $21.50
B. Wood

Magnet

Though it contains no magnets, this versatile levelling tool attaches to joists, studs, and posts, freeing your hands to position the work and fasten it in place. U-shaped to straddle nominal 2 stock (i.e., 15/8), it has a small amount of spring to provide clamping pressure, holding securely even in vertical applications (such as plumbing a wall). The vial arrangement also lets you rotate it 90 for use on stock up to 6 square, using the V-notch for registration and the elastic strap to hold it. It can even be used to transform a long, straight board into a level for beams or sills. Molded from high-impact ABS, it has three level vials and a high-friction grip. At only 833/421/2, it stores easily in a toolbox. 61N02.07 Wood Magnet $11.50
C. Post Level
Perfect t. Press to shape. Trace prole. For round or square pipes, posts, and rails, this versatile level makes it easy to ensure plumb or level installation. G. PVC Prole Gauge With two vials for plumb and one for levelling, it can be Particularly useful in tting tiles, copying moldattached using the included elastic strap or with the four ings, patternmaking and turning, this gauge will integral magnets for metal components. The tough, copy proles up to 10 long. The 3 deep ngers ABS body has a central hinge allowing a 270 opening will measure proles up to 11/4. Two gauges for easy positioning on odd-shaped material. can also be joined together to take the prole of a larger workpiece. The attached magnets keep it 25N43.10 Post Level $9.95 secure on a magnetic reference plane. Made D. Bullseye Level from tough, low-friction PVC. Bullseye levels read in all horizontal axes at once. The 03N01.01 10 PVC Prole Gauge $15.50 fast bubble provides an instant reading, whether you are levelling a drill-press table or a camper trailer. Compact H. Stainless-Steel Tracing Prole Gauge in size, it is easily carried in a pocket or toolbox. Made With nearly twice as many ngers per inch (26 1 of durable acrylic, it is accurate to 2.5mm/m ( /10 versus 15) as plastic models, this gauge gives over 40), and is 45mm (approx. 13/4) in diameter. you smoother curves and ner details (but does Made in Japan. not work as well on things like cross sections of 36N35.10 Bullseye Level $6.95 smooth cylinders). The stainless-steel ngers are held rmly in the steel bar. Proles can be taken E. Starrett Line Level up to 31/8. An excellent gauge. Lightweight to minimize line sag, this aluminumbodied line level has integral tabs to hook onto and slide 44K14.02 7 SS Prole Gauge $23.50 along a line. The large vial sight makes it easy to read. 30N07.40 Line Level, 3 (7.6cm) $5.95 J. Pocket Level The same size as a credit card, this level ts F. Torpedo Level easily in a shirt pocket. Ideal for quick reference, A compact level that is ideal for little jobs around the it reads plumb and level as well as slopes of 45 house, from installing shelving and small cabinets to and 60. The integral rule is metric with 1mm levelling picture frames and mirrors. Cast aluminum graduations. The durable plastic housing with a durable powder-coat nish and a milled refermeasures 31/221/83/16 thick. Made in Japan, ence surface for better registration (0.5mm over 1m). it is particularly useful for levelling picture Acrylic plumb and level vials are set into epoxyframes to avoid arguments. reinforced mounts and will never require adjustment. 45K01.15 Pocket Level $9.95 Just under 10 long. Made in Germany. 25N41.56 Torpedo Level $31.50

J E

20 Marking and Measuring

A. Timber Check Moisture Meter

A workhorse as a moisture meter, this is not only tough (you can stand on the case!) but is hard-wired for invariable accuracy. The wired circuits are for 6% (or under), 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 18, 22, and 25% or over. Temperature stable, the circuitry is also coated to protect against moisture, oxidation, corrosion, etc. The sensing pins are xed in a 3/8 thick end plug for durability. The ABS case is over 1/8 thick. The tubular shape is ideal for pressing the 1/2 pins into wood. Used as direct reading on most North American woods, it includes a species table with adjustment factors for all woods (domestic and exotic) normally used in cabinetmaking. Complete operating instructions included, as well as spare pins and a 9V battery. Three-year warranty, exclusive of pins or battery. 99N15.01 Timber Check Meter $79.00 99N15.02 Repl. Pins, set of 4 $ 5.50 This non-invasive meter uses advanced electromagnetic wave technology to accurately measure wood moisture content without damaging wood surfaces. It instantly scans an area measuring 11/221/2 to a depth of 3/4, computes the average moisture content, corrects for the specic gravity of the species being worked and then displays the result (from 5% to 30% in 0.1% increments). Its continuous scan ability allows measurement of numerous board feet within just a few seconds. For testing in hard-to-reach areas where you cant read the display, a "hold" feature lets you take the measurement and then remove the meter to read it. The specic gravity correction is push-button programmable within the 0.20 to 1.0 range in 0.01 increments, making it suitable for use with domestic and exotic woods. Up to 10 commonly used species values can be written on the front panel. The meter measures about 41/223/41 thick. It comes with battery, manual, species correction tables, a moisture measuring reference library CD, and a clip-on ballistic nylon storage case. 99N15.22 Wagner MMC-220 Meter $375.00
Visit us at www.leevalley.com

Electromagnetic waves penetrate to a depth of 3/4.

B
3/4

A B

B. Wagner Extended Range Moisture Meter

Lee Valley Wood Movement Reference Guide This reference guide will let even novice woodworkers quickly calculate dimensional change for any change in moisture content. It provides data for 73 domestic and imported species. You dial the species of choice and the window displays values used to determine dimensional change for both quartersawn and atsawn material as well as an overall rating of the tendency of that species to distort with moisture content change. Also shown is the percentage of shrinkage each species will undergo as it dries from 30% moisture content (green) to 0%. A sample calculation and complete instructions are included. A valuable reference tool. 50K24.01 Wood Movement Ref. Guide $9.50

C. Plumb Bob & Reel

Easy to set up, this plumb bob and reel combination has a hang-hole, an integral spring-loaded pin and a built-in magnet so it can be hung from a nail, pinned to a wooden stud, or stuck onto anything steel. The bob is on a counterbalanced reel of braided line so it can be raised or lowered like a blind, stable at any point in its 3m (9 10) extension. The top of the 200g (7 oz) bob also has an integral swivel to minimize spinning. 83U02.60 Plumb Bob and Reel $28.50
Pin Hole for hanging on nail. Magnet Bob may also be hung ush with case edge.

Pinned to wooden stud.

Magnet enables use with steel-stud construction.

E Color of winding This handy chalk line automatically rewinds mechanism F may vary. when not under tension, letting you snap and recharge the line quickly. The nely woven cord creates a sharply dened line for accurate layout. The reel comes loaded with 50 of line, 25 of which will automatically rewind. With the spring load released, the full 50 is available but must be retracted manually. Rubber O-rings D prevent chalk leakage and it has interchangeable pin and hook ends. The durable, clear plastic housing is shaped to t the hand. The chalk powders have a ne consistency for even line absorption and release. Instructions included. 83U02.50 Retractable Chalk Line $26.50 E. 83U02.52 Blue Chalk Powder, 300g $ 7.50 F. 83U02.54 Red Chalk Powder, 300g $ 7.50 H. Veritas Flat-Bob Our Flat-Bob doesnt roll and stabilizes rapidly. G. Veritas Plumb Bob & Case You can press it against the wall as you mark a Suitable in the shop or just to park on a desk to line dead center through the play with, this plumb bob is not only beautiful but body slot or use it as a tradivery functional. The 2 long bob ts into a case tional plumb bob. The cord that is a tip protector and a cord spool. Compact, spool has two open holes functional, and well designed. Solid brass. Cord that can be used to hang the and drawstring bag included. Patented. plumb bob at a given length 05K95.01 Plumb Bob & Case $27.50 of cord. For storage, the H spool snaps into the body slot. All-brass ttings on a precision-molded nylon body with 8 of nylon cord, 33/4 long overall. Usable anywhere construction, G plumbing cabinetry, or for wallpaper jobs. Patented. Veritas Flat-Bob 05K97.01 $19.50

D. Retractable Chalk Line

21

J L

F E K G

M D Carpenters Retractable Lead Pencil L. Carpenters Pencil Sharpener The rectangular cross section of a carpenters This is the rst functional carpenters pencil sharppencil makes it ideal for marking lumber, metal, ener weve seen. Until now, the lead of a carpenters ceramic or concrete, as the lead forms a knifepencil had to be whittled or sanded. This sharplike edge that resists Push-button top ener has two blades on each end one for each fracturing. This one opens jaws to side of the pencil. A sliding guide holds the uses a notched lead feed lead. pencil at the correct angle for each pair of blades. that wont slip in Simply lay the sharpener at and slide the pencil the toothed jaw. A back and forth. A simple and practical solution. Notches in lead push-button release 61N05.01 Carpenters Pencil Sharpener $5.95 grip toothed jaw. opens the jaws, letting the lead slide forward or retract by simply M. Belt-Clip tipping the pencil. The high-impact ABS body Pencil Sharpener resists breakage when dropped or stepped on. For shop use, a regular The pencil comes with three black leads, 4 long pencil is preferred to a 7/32 by 3/32 (5.5mm by 2.5mm) in cross and carpenters pencil, and Veritas Pencils it needs a sharp point section, that are easily sharpened on sandpaper. These hard pencils leave a distinct, long-lasting for maximum accuracy. Replacement leads, available in black or red (for mark on a moist surface (it is often helpful to wet This clip-on pencil sharpener, which handles contrast with dark materials), come in packs of the surface rst with a spray-mist bottle). Suitable regular and fat pencils, goes where you go and can ve in a durable storage tube. for use in scribers, they mark with very little presbe used one-handed. The clips are also available G. 61N03.20 Retractable Pencil & 3 Leads $2.95 sure, allowing you to concentrate on accuracy. separately for use with other tools. High utility, H. 61N03.21 Black Repl. Leads, pkg. of 5 $2.25 B. 83U01.16 Purple Pencils (10) $9.50 low cost the best of all worlds. J. 61N03.22 Red Repl. Leads, pkg. of 5 $2.25 C. 83U01.20 Red Pencils (10) $9.50 50K13.01 Clip-On Sharpener $6.50 D. One Dozen Mechanical Pencils K. Super Pencil 50K13.02 Belt Clips, pkg. of 6 $3.20 Mechanical pencils with 0.7mm leads are handy in Made of a graphite comthe home, shop or ofce. Good value, these pencils posite, this versatile layout N. Tug-N-Back Writer Pencil Holder have a soft rubber barrel cover for a comfortable tool is signicantly more Similar in function to the retractable key chains Super grip, a decent-sized eraser, and a push-button lead durable than a regular often used by building "supers" or security Regular Pencil advance. Use standard-size lead rells. carpenters pencil. It resists pencil guards, this pencil holder has a 28 cord in a wear when marking abrasive materials (e.g., 11/211/4 rectangular case 88N14.02 Mechanical Pencils (12) $9.50 rough lumber), and can even mark painted with an attached mounting E. The Original Mechanical Pencil, Fixpencil surfaces, metal, and tile. Around HB hardness, it cup. The tapered cup is This Swiss mechanical pencil has a light, rugged, is non-toxic, smudge and water resistant, and can exible, gripping an item machined aluminum body and a specially toughbe used as is or shaped to a chisel tip just like a much like a Chinese nger ened lead that can be used on rough lumber conventional carpenters pencil. 1/41/27, it trap, so it wont accidentally N without breaking or slipping in the four-jaw dislodge in use. The retractable is unbreakable in normal use. Made in the USA. collet chuck. The leads are 3mm in diameter, but cord can be set for two modes: 1+ 3+ the sharpener in the push-button cap can put a constant tension, with auto61N05.10 Super Pencil, ea. $5.95 $5.35 point on one as ne as you get on a 0.5mm lead. matic retraction when released, (Color of push-button cap may vary.) or lock and release, where once 61N03.10 Mechanical Fixpencil $29.50 To order call 1-800-871-8158 extended, the cord retracts F. 61N03.11 Repl. HB Leads (6) $20.50 only with a tug. Metal clip on the back to attach to a shirt or Veritas Workshop Pads belt loop. A great way to keep These are no ordinary scratch pads. The paper is Pencil not pens and pencils at the ready. whiter, more opaque, and 27% heavier than the included. usual stock. There are inch gradua61N05.30 Pencil Holder $4.95 Veritas Workshop Pad tions along the left-hand side and across the bottom, as well as metric P graduations on the right-hand side. N Regular scratch O The dotted lines are 1/4 apart; the pad dots are 1/16 apart. The 31/26 scratch pad is sold in packs of ve pads, 50 sheets to a pad. The 81/211 workshop pad is available with either 48 or 96 sheets. O. 05L21.20 Pkg. of 5 Scratch Pads $ 3.95 P. 05L21.10 Workshop Pad, 48 sheets $ 3.40 05L21.15 Pkg. of 5 Pads, 48 sheets $15.50 Q Q. 05L21.01 Workshop Pad, 96 sheets $ 4.80 05L21.05 Pkg. of 5 Pads, 96 sheets $21.50 B C A A. Lee Valley Pencils These pencils are made in Great Britain in the traditional way with incense-cedar bodies and rened graphite leads that are silky smooth and black. Not only are they easy to write with, but the light, stiff cedar body keeps the lead in one piece. The sample pack contains one each of 4B, 2B, B, HB, H, and 2H. 83U04.10 Sample Pack of 6 Pencils $4.95 83U04.01 4B Pencils, box of 12 $9.50 83U04.02 2B Pencils, box of 12 $9.50 83U04.03 B Pencils, box of 12 $9.50 83U04.04 HB Pencils, box of 12 $9.50 83U04.05 H Pencils, box of 12 $9.50 83U04.06 2H Pencils, box of 12 $9.50
22 Marking and Measuring

CHISELS
B C

F D E Narex Mortise Chisels Well made to our specications by a small Czech rm, these chisels are available individually or as a set of six. About 53/4 from tip to bolster, the accurately ground chrome-manganese steel blades (hardened to Rc59) have relieved edges and taper from tip to shoulder for sidewall clearance. The stained-beech handles are oval shaped both for K. Lee Valley Bevel-Edge Chisels L. Lee Valley Butt Chisels good grip and to resist rolling on a work surface, Made for us in Japan, these bevel-edge chisels are Butt chisels got their name from their popularity and have steel hoops and ferrules. 111/2 long particularly well ground. The at, oval handles in installing butt hinges. However, they also are a comfortable design; made from a butyrate make excellent chisels for beginning cabinetoverall. Tip guards included. Excellent value. compound, they are nearly indestructible. The makers because of the ease of control and the A. 10S09.29 Mortise Chisel, 1/8 $13.80 high-carbon alloy blades hold a ne edge. Overall strength of the shorter blade. These chisels are of B. 10S09.30 Mortise Chisel, 3/16 $12.80 length is 93/4; blade length (including bolster) is the same style and quality as our regular bevelC. 10S09.31 Mortise Chisel, 1/4 $12.80 edge chisels, with a at, oval handle, high-carbon 51/2. Edge guards are included. Sets are offered D. 10S09.32 Mortise Chisel, 5/16 $12.80 alloy blade, and well-sharpened edge. Overall as chisels only, or with a tted wooden box that E. 10S09.33 Mortise Chisel, 3/8 $13.80 length is about 7; blade length (including accommodates seven chisels. F. 10S09.34 Mortise Chisel, 1/2 $16.80 bolster) is about 3. Well-made chisels, equally 10S09.41 Set of 6 Chisels $74.50 44S01.02 LV Chisel, 1/4 $ 14.40 usable in general carpentry. Edge guards 44S01.03 LV Chisel, 3/8 $ 14.70 included. The set of three includes 1/2, 3/4 and Magnetic Chisel Guards 44S01.04 LV Chisel, 1/2 $ 14.90 Plastic chisel guards are OK for chisels that never 1 chisels; the set of six includes all six sizes. 44S01.06 LV Chisel, 3/4 $ 15.50 leave the shop, but they are inadequate for tools 44S01.08 LV Chisel, 1 $ 16.20 44S02.02 LV Butt Chisel, 1/4 $13.20 that travel. These galvanized steel guards are of a 44S01.10 LV Chisel, 11/4 $ 17.20 44S02.03 LV Butt Chisel, 3/8 $13.80 design that ensures the cutting edge of a chisel 44S01.12 LV Chisel, 11/2 $ 19.50 44S02.04 LV Butt Chisel, 1/2* $14.40 never touches the tip of the guard. The chisel is 44S01.20 Set of 5 Chisels (1/4-1) $ 69.50 44S02.05 LV Butt Chisel, 5/8 $15.50 fully protected even if the chisel is dropped 44S01.22 Boxed Set of 5 (1/4-1) $ 89.50 44S02.06 LV Butt Chisel, 3/4* $16.20 blade-down. A rare-earth magnet holds the guard 44S01.21 Set of 7 Chisels (1/4-11/2) $105.00 44S02.08 LV Butt Chisel, 1* $17.20 rmly in position, ensuring forces are absorbed 44S01.23 Boxed Set of 7 (1/4-11/2) $125.00 44S02.20 LV Butt Chisel Set of 3* $44.50 by the chisel face and bevel, not the cutting edge. 44S01.24 Wooden Box only $ 26.00 44S02.30 LV Butt Chisel Set of 6 $79.50 Available in 1, 11/2 and 2 widths. G. 09A02.26 1 Chisel Guard, ea. $2.60 M. Hirsch Firmer Chisels Known for their high quality, Hirsch chisels are H. 09A02.28 11/2 Chisel Guard, ea. $2.80 hand forged from high-carbon steel, hardened to J. 09A02.30 2 Chisel Guard, ea. $3.20 Rc61 for durability and then nely polished over Cutting edge of the chisel never touches the length of the blade to achieve a mirror-like the tip of the guard. sheen. The hooped handles are hornbeam and have ats on the top and bottom for better grip and comfort. Available individually, or as a set of six including one of each size (Imperial sizes M listed are nominal). Overall chisel lengths are 10 to 11. Edge guards included. Great value in nely made chisels. Made in Germany. 55J01.06 Firmer Chisel, 6mm (1/4) $ 20.80 55J01.10 Firmer Chisel, 10mm (3/8) $ 21.80 55J01.12 Firmer Chisel, 12mm (1/2) $ 22.50 Chisels not 55J01.16 Firmer Chisel, 16mm (5/8) $ 22.80 included. 55J01.20 Firmer Chisel, 20mm (3/4) $ 24.80 55J01.26 Firmer Chisel, 26mm (1) $ 27.80 55J01.60 Firmer Chisel Set of 6 $132.00

Bevel-Edge Chisels A chisel is not complex. In todays world, it should not be difcult to use a suitable alloy, properly forge, harden, and grind it, and put a handle on straight. Nonetheless, it seems to be more than most current manufacturers can achieve. Though some seem to feel that getting four of the ve basics right is a good average, the bevel-edge chisels we offer typically meet all ve basic criteria. We have been very pleased with the consistency of our Lee Valley bevel-edge chisels. The grinding is the best we have seen anywhere. The side bevels are not ground as close to the chisel face as with our other lines. While this might be limiting in a specialized use (like cutting dovetails), it makes the chisels more rigid; the additional strength is highly desirable in general-purpose use. All of our chisels are either at or slightly hollow on the face. A slight hollowness should not be of concern. They are easy to lap in the regular course of sharpening. What you dont want is a chisel that is convex on the face. Good makers aim for atness or a slight hollow to ensure that they never produce a convex one. All are hardened to Rc58-62.

See pages 280 and 282 for our newest chisels.

23

C
A. Sorby

Registered Mortise Chisels Originally developed for barge builders on the Thames River, these chisels are still popular for rugged use. The blades (41/2 to 7 B. Swan-Neck long) are rectangular in cross section and taper Chisels 1/16 from the shoulder to the bevel. The heavy A swan-neck chisel is used to clean the bottoms hardwood handles (61/2 long) have steel hoops of mortises. The chisel is top and bottom and a thick leather shock washer levered in use, not struck. next to the bolster. Made in England. Available in two widths 85S02.01 Mortise Chisel, 1/4 $ 39.50 1/4 and 3/8. Both can be 85S02.02 Mortise Chisel, 3/8 $ 40.50 used to clean other sizes of 85S02.03 Mortise Chisel, 1/2 $ 42.00 mortises (e.g., 1/2). Made 85S02.04 Mortise Chisel, 3/4 $ 43.50 specically for us by 85S02.05 Mortise Chisel, 1 $ 48.00 Henry Taylor of England. 85S02.06 Mortise Chisel, 11/2 $ 63.50 85S02.07 Mortise Chisel, 2 $ 74.00 58S07.01 Swan-Neck Chisel, 1/4 85S02.10 Mortise Chisel Set of 7 $325.00 58S07.03 Swan-Neck Chisel, 3/8
D. Sorby Corner Chisels

C. Hirsch Mortise Chisels

$29.40 $34.50

These are massive chisels for quickly wasting material from deep mortises. The 1/2 thick, high-carbon steel blades (Rc61) taper in width from tip to shoulder for sidewall clearance when cutting deep mortises. The 61/2 hooped hornbeam handles are oversize for grip and have leather shock washers. About 13 to 14 long overall, these are hefty tools. Made in Germany. 55J05.06 Mortise Chisel, 6mm (1/4) $47.50 55J05.10 Mortise Chisel, 10mm (3/8) $49.50 55J05.13 Mortise Chisel, 13mm (1/2) $51.50 55J05.16 Mortise Chisel, 16mm (5/8) $55.50

two-handed paring cuts. G. Sorby Boxwood-Handled Paring Chisels Used for truing corners and These Shefeld steel chisels have close-grained 85S01.03 Framing Chisel, 1 $ 72.00 general clean-up, these two are boxwood handles with brass ferrules. The long, 85S01.04 Framing Chisel, 11/2 $ 80.00 milled from solid bars of steel. thin blades taper toward the cutting edge and are 85S01.05 Framing Chisel, 2 $ 96.00 The 3/8 is 51/2 to the shoulder D about 91/2 long. Used for paring cuts, these 85S01.15 Framing Chisel Set of 3 $228.00 and 10 long overall. The 1 chisels are usually sharpened at a low bevel 85S01.11 Repl. Handle $ 17.50 chisel is 93/8 to the shoulder and 181/2 long angle for smooth action in cross-grain work. overall. For general cabinetmaking, only the 3/8 F. Sorby Bevel-Edge Framing Chisels Normally used with both hands or tapped lightly would be used. The 1 should be used for large with a mallet. Available separately or as a set of Standard North American timber-framing mortises such as those used in timber framing. four with 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 and 1 sizes. chisels, they taper from 7/16 thick at the shoulder 85S07.01 Corner Chisel, 3/8 $ 71.00 to about 3/16 at the bevelled cutting edge. The 85S03.01 Paring Chisel,1/4* $ 49.50 85S07.03 Corner Chisel, 1 $128.00 sides are bevelled at a 60 angle to the face but, 85S03.02 Paring Chisel, 1/2* $ 53.00 most important, they have an even width of land, 85S03.03 Paring Chisel, 3/4* $ 56.00 making the chisel suitable for dovetail work. E. Sorby Framing Chisels 85S03.04 Paring Chisel, 1* $ 61.00 Blade lengths are about 83/4. These long, strong chisels are used for very deep 85S03.06 Paring Chisel, 11/2 $ 72.00 mortising, or much like slicks for paring cuts. 85S05.03 BE Framing Chisel, 1 $ 85.00 85S03.10 Paring Chisel Set of 4* $199.00 The blades are 101/4 to 11 long and taper from 85S05.04 BE Framing Chisel, 11/2 $106.00 3/16 at the bevelled cutting edge to 7/16 at the 85S05.05 BE Framing Chisel, 2 $117.00 Visit us at www.leevalley.com shoulder. The 9 long handle is large enough for 85S05.15 BE Framing Set of 3 $279.00 D

24 Chisels

A. B. C. D.

All-Steel Carpenters Chisels Though not ne woodworking chisels, these are useful for general carpentry, particularly for roughing work where you need a tough but not unwieldy chisel. The massive 5mm thick bevel-edged blades are hardened to Rc57-61 for superior edge retention, while the handles are considerably softer to withstand hammer blows. You can even pry with these chisels, since both blade and handle are forged from a single piece of chrome-vanadium steel. Made in France; sold individually or as a set of four. Overall lengths range from 103/4 to 143/8. Tip guards included. 44S11.20 20mm Chisel (3/4) $14.50 44S11.25 25mm Chisel (1) $15.50 44S11.30 30mm Chisel (11/4) $16.50 44S11.40 40mm Chisel (11/2) $23.50 44S11.50 Carpenters Chisels, set of 4 $63.00

D C B A

E F Veritas Skew Chisels Basically a trimming E F chisel, a skew chisel cuts more cleanly than a square-end chisel, Proles of Skew Chisels Shown actual size. and requires less force. These beautiful 1/2 wide chisels were hand crafted by Paul Beebe. The 4 pau ferro hardwood handles are shaped for maximum control. The O1 tool steel blades are extremely sharp and hold their edge well. Patented. E. 05K04.75 Right Skew Chisel, 1/2 $39.50 F. 05K04.76 Left Skew Chisel, 1/2 $39.50 05K04.77 Pair of Chisels $72.50 Veritas Detail Chisels Designed by cabinetmaker Yeung Chan, and hand made by knife maker Paul Beebe, these O1 tool steel chisels should be used only with hand force. There are three dovetail-style chisels (bevel-edged to a narrow land on each side), a 1/16 wide tapered chisel executed in a mortise-chisel shape for stiffness, and a trimming chisel that tapers to a slim wedge. The pau ferro octagonal handles afford excellent control. The chisels come beautifully honed, ready for use. Limited supply. A delight to own and use. Patented. 05K04.56 Dovetail-Style Chisel, 1/2 $ 42.50 05K04.54 Dovetail-Style Chisel, 1/4 $ 40.50 05K04.52 Dovetail-Style Chisel, 1/8 $ 38.50 05K04.50 Tapered Chisel, 1/16 $ 38.50 05K04.60 Paring Chisel, 1/2 $ 42.50 05K04.70 Boxed Set of 5 Chisels $199.00 05K04.65 Box Only $ 17.50 G H J K L

Polished Firmer Gouges Sturdy gouges with double-hooped hardwood handles, in the classic European style, suitable for use with a mallet. The blades are forged from chrome vanadium steel and are fully polished. Hardened to Rc57-59, they need only nal honing. Overall gouge lengths are 10 to 11. Available in 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 11/16 and 1 sizes, or as a set of all ve. 06S10.01 Firmer Gouge, 6mm (1/4) $13.90 06S10.02 Firmer Gouge, 10mm (3/8) $14.90 06S10.03 Firmer Gouge, 12mm (1/2) $15.60 06S10.05 Firmer Gouge, 18mm (11/16) $16.30 06S10.07 Firmer Gouge, 25mm (1) $19.40 06S10.20 Firmer Gouges Set of 5 $72.50

U. J. Ramelson Cranked-Neck Chisels Handy clean-up chisels with cranked necks that keep your hands clear of the work and let you get into restricted areas. Right skew, left skew and square-end. Hand forged. Blade width nominally 3/8; overall length 61/2. M. 57D11.03 CN Square-End $11.50 N. 57D11.01 CN Right Skew $11.50 O. 57D11.02 CN Left Skew $11.50 57D11.10 CN Chisel Set of 3 $31.50
P. Cranked-Neck Paring Chisels

Ideal for tting housed joints such as dadoes and sliding dovetails, and for trimming projections, the 41/4 long bevel-edged blades (Rc57-59) are short for easy maneuvering. Offset beech handles. Made in England by Henry Taylor; available individually or as a set of four. 58S08.01 Cranked-Neck Chisel, 1/4 $ 44.60 58S08.02 Cranked-Neck Chisel, 1/2 $ 46.40 58S08.03 Cranked-Neck Chisel, 3/4 $ 49.00 58S08.04 Cranked-Neck Chisel, 1 $ 56.40 58S08.10 Chisel Set of 4 $182.00
Q. Hirsch Cranked Trimming Chisels

G. H. J. K. L.

These are ideal for ush trimming of small joints, glue lines, plugs, etc., and for insidecorner work. The cranked blade keeps the handle clear of the work surface. The hooped hornbeam handle can be struck with a mallet for additional force. Polished high-carbon steel blade, Rc61. About 10 to 11 long overall. Edge guard included. Made in Germany. 55J03.10 Cranked Chisel, 10mm (3/8) $26.80 55J03.16 Cranked Chisel, 16mm (5/8) $27.80 55J03.20 Cranked Chisel, 20mm (3/4) $30.80
To order call 1-800-871-8158

Proles of Detail Chisels- Shown actual size.

M G H J K L

O N Q
Chisels 25

Carpenters Beech Mallet These are classic mallets made from steamed European beech, lacquered and polished. The faces are slightly raked to ensure a square strike; the face size lets you watch your work, not just the tool. Chamfered edges prevent splintering in use. Suitable for light-duty work, the 31/4 (10 oz) mallet is also ideal for children. The 41/2 size is standard (16 oz), and the 6 is for heavy mortising (24 oz). A. 35E01.04 Beech Mallet, 31/4 $16.50 B. 35E01.02 Beech Mallet, 41/2 $22.50 C. 35E01.03 Beech Mallet, 6 $29.50
E. Chisel Guards

B A Made of a exible plastic, these well-made guards can be used to cover the tips of bevel-edge or rmer chisels and some smaller sizes of gouges (depending on the sweep). Set of 10 includes sizes 4, 6, 10, 12, 16, 18, 22, 25, 35, and 40mm (the equivalent Imperial sizes are 1/8, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 11/16, 7/8, 1, 13/8, and 11/2). 33E01.01 Set of 10 Chisel Guards $6.30
F. Brass Ferrules

Veritas Journeymans Brass Mallet This mallet will nestle in the palm of a hand, a position preferred by carvers and sculptors or anyone doing work ner than mortising. Solid brass head. Cherry wood handle. At 11/4 lb with an overall length of 6, it is as effective as it is graceful. 05E14.01 Veritas Brass Mallet $32.50
D. Carvers Mallet

These solid brass ferrules cover the range from 5/16 to 11/2 in diameter. Sizes listed are the inside diameter (I.D.), the size of the hole in the ferrule tip (Hole), and the length (L) of the sleeve portion. Slightly ared bases make them easy to press on. Price per ferrule
I.D. Hole L 1+ 10+

This well-made mallet has a turned hardwood handle and an indestructible high-density polyurethane 31/2 dia. head. The slight give of the polyurethane allows the head to remain in contact with the tool being struck for a longer time, resulting in a smoother and better transmission of force. Guaranteed not to split or crack. 101/2 long overall. Head weighs 20 oz. 27E05.01 Carvers Mallet, 20 oz $39.50

27K30.02 27K30.05 27K30.08 27K30.11 27K30.14 27K30.17 27K30.20 27K30.23 27K30.26 27K30.30

.312 .225 .500 .375 .265 .437 .500 .328 .500 .625 .453 .550 .750 .438 .875 .875 .687 .843 1.000 .875 .968 1.125 .875 .968 1.250 1.000 .968 1.500 1.125 1.000

$ .50 $ .55 $ .60 $ .65 $ .85 $ .95 $1.60 $1.80 $1.90 $2.00

$ .40 $ .44 $ .48 $ .52 $ .68 $ .76 $1.28 $1.44 $1.52 $1.60

When placing chisels in a roll, leave the blades exposed so you dont need to search for the one you need.

G. Leather Tool Roll

Tools not included.

H. Lee Valley Carving Tool Roll Exceptionally durable, this tool roll is made from Our 18-pocket heavy-duty canvas roll is designed sturdy split leather. The 131/222 roll has 17 to fully protect your tools and show the blades at the same time. The blades nestle between neighpockets of various sizes to hold a wide assortboring handles as you roll them up and an ment of carving tools, chisels, les, etc. (Tools end-ap covers the last few blades. Also handy not included.) for holding auger bits. It is compact since it 68K40.31 17-Pocket Roll $27.50 accommodates twice as many tools for a given length of roll. 24131/2 overall. 67E02.01 LV Carving Tool Roll $20.80
J. Canvas Chisel and Gouge Rolls

Available with 6, 9 or 12 pockets, these rolls are designed for cabinetmakers chisels and larger gouges. A protective ap folds over the blades when the tools are rolled up the best way to store

26

your ne chisels and gouges. Fully bound, made of heavy-duty canvas with a sturdy cloth tie. 67E01.01 6-Pocket Canvas Roll $13.50 67E01.02 9-Pocket Canvas Roll $15.50 67E01.03 12-Pocket Canvas Roll $18.50 G

JAPANESE CHISELS

B C A

Japanese Chisels B. Japanese Dovetail Chisels C. Premium Japanese Dovetail Chisels Japanese chisels have blades made of hand-forged Known as umeki-nomi, these versatile traditional These exceptional chisels are hand forged by laminated steel with a hard high-carbon steel face tools are favored for their ability to work into Teruo Miyanaga, considered one of the nest and a shock-absorbing softer steel back. Their sharp corners. Hand forged and nely nished by blacksmiths in Japan. The laminated blades hollow-ground backs reduce lapping. Although master blacksmith Hiroshi combine a hard high-carbon similar in length to Western chisels, they have Koyama (Koymaichi), the Yasuki blue steel face with a shorter blades for better control, and longer laminated blades combine a softer kamaji iron backing. A shoulders and tangs. The tapered ferrule acts as hard high-carbon Hitachi challenge to forge and a socket to compress the handle as the tang white steel face with softer temper, blue steel has a high exerts spreading force. The chisels we offer have steel back. Hardened to Rc65tungsten and chromium oak handles with pre-seated 66. Red oak handles. content to give a durable hand-forged steel hoops Available individually or as a edge, especially in hard or Removing waste Removing waste and ferrules. The handles set of all six sizes in a canvas abrasive woods. Kamaji between dovetails. are slightly canted to tool roll. (reclaimed wrought iron) has between dovetails. provide clearance for ushunique working properties and a distinct grain 60S05.03 DT Chisel, 3mm (1/8) $ 65.00 trimming projections and structure with a textured wood-grain finish. 60S05.06 DT Chisel, 6mm (1/4) $ 69.00 paring recessed joints. The Hardened to Rc65-66. White oak handles. 60S05.09 DT Chisel, 9mm (3/8) $ 69.00 dovetail chisels excel at Available individually or as a set of all six sizes 60S05.12 DT Chisel, 12mm (1/2) $ 73.00 removing the waste from in a canvas tool roll. 60S05.18 DT Chisel, 18mm (11/16) $ 78.00 between dovetails, but they are suitable for a 60S05.24 DT Chisel, 24mm (15/16) $ 82.00 60S10.03 3mm (1/8) DT Chisel $124.00 variety of tasks because their triangular sections 60S05.50 DT Chisel Set of 6 $415.00 60S10.06 6mm (1/4) DT Chisel $129.00 and narrow edges allow them to work adjacent 60S10.09 9mm (3/8) DT Chisel $134.50 to any inclined surface. (As these chisels are 60S10.12 12mm (1/2) DT Chisel $142.00 hand forged, they may vary in size by 1mm.) 60S10.18 18mm (3/4) DT Chisel $152.50 60S10.24 24mm (15/16) DT Chisel $174.50 Laminated softer steel Hard high-carbon steel A. Japanese Bevel-Edge Chisels 60S10.36 Set of 6 DT Chisels w/Roll $795.00 Canted handles provide clearance With red oak handles, these chisels are hardened for ush-trimming. to Rc63-64. Available individually or as a basic Visit us at www.leevalley.com set of ve in a canvas tool roll containing sizes 6, 9, 12, 18, and 24mm. 60S06.03 BE Chisel, 3mm (1/8) $ 36.00 60S06.06 BE Chisel, 6mm (1/4)* $ 36.50 Embedded rare60S06.09 BE Chisel, 9mm (3/8)* $ 37.00 Veritas Magnetic Corner Chisel earth magnets in guide hold chisel in Designed specifically for squaring off the 60S06.12 BE Chisel, 12mm (1/2)* $ 37.50 place. corners of routed hinge gains. The 3/8 square 60S06.18 BE Chisel, 18mm (11/16)* $ 43.00 blade is precision ground with a 35 bevel on 60S06.24 BE Chisel, 24mm (15/16)* $ 46.50 each face, made of long-wearing A2 tool 60S06.36 BE Chisel, 36mm (13/8) $ 53.00 steel, and hardened to Rc60. Though it can be 60S06.42 BE Chisel, 42mm (15/8) $ 57.50 used on its own, using the 2 tall anodized 60S06.51 BE Chisel Set of 5* $199.00 aluminum guide block ensures greater accuHard high-carbon steel racy. Two embedded rare-earth magnets hold Laminated softer steel the chisel squarely in place, while the outside faces of the block register against the routed pocket. A tap on the chisel cuts the corner square and ush with the routed edges. 50S01.01 3/8 Magnetic Corner Chisel $39.50

27

SAWS
A B C E

G H

E. Japanese Flush-Cutting Saw Japanese Detail Saws This Japanese ush-cutting saw is used for a variety of jobs, from trimming These detail saws kugihiki, ryoba and dozuki give a range of capabilities, through tenons to dressing dovetails and trimming plugs ush with a surface from dimensioning stock to cutting joints and ush-cutting. The kugihiki (anywhere a ush cut is needed next to a nished surface). The blade has 6 ush-trims projections, such as screw plugs and the wedges or pins securing of standard eam-cut teeth at 22 tpi. It is tapered from tang to tip to give a tenon, without damaging the adjacent surface. The 43/4 long exible blade flexibility, and from tooth to back to eliminate is about 11/4 deep and has 26 eam-tipped teeth per inch that leave a smooth binding since it doesnt have any set in the teeth. nish but cut quickly. There is no tooth set, allowing you to approach work This is an excellent tool. from either direction in conned space. The ryoba, a combination rip and Actual size 60T19.01 Japanese Flush-Cutting Saw $32.50 crosscut saw, has 26 tpi crosscut (0.022 kerf) on one edge and 13 tpi in ripping pattern (0.028 kerf) along the other. Its 47/8 long blade tapers from Japanese Flush-Cut & Rip Dozuki Saws 23/16 wide at the toe to 17/8 next to the haft. The 28 tpi dozuki has ripping teeth with a small transverse bevel on each tip to These impressive little saws have comfortable bubinga handles, nice Actual size shear the wood bers, making it ideal for dovetails balance, and an even cutting action. The ush-cutting kugihiki is perfect for or tenon shoulders. Cutting a kerf of just 0.010, the sawing adjacent to a nished surface. The 61/4 long exible blade has 17 tpi Kugihiki blade is 43/4 long by 7/8 deep and has a steel spine and cuts quickly, yet leaves a smooth nish. Can be used from either for rigidity. Saws come with stained paulownia direction in restricted space. The ripping teeth of the dozuki are bevelled to handles in a protective vinyl case. Overall lengths cleanly shear wood bers, cutting quickly with the grain but smoothly Ryoba rip range from 12 to 13. Made in Japan, they are across it. Ideal for tenon shoulders or haunches F available individually or in a set of all three. as well as dovetails. 131/2 overall, it has an 18 tpi Ryoba crosscut blade that is 61/4 long, with a maximum cutting A. 60T06.61 Detail Kugihiki Saw $27.50 depth of 11/4. The spine is slightly arched for G B. 60T06.63 Detail Ryoba Saw $32.50 Actual size additional stiffness. C. 60T06.62 Detail Dozuki Saw $29.50 Dozuki 60T06.70 Set of 3 Japanese Saws $81.50 F. 60T06.20 Kugihiki Saw $28.00 G. 60T06.10 Small Rip Dozuki $29.50 Visit us at 60T06.50 Pair of Saws $53.00 www.leevalley.com 60T06.21 Repl. Kugihiki Blade $16.00 D 60T06.11 Repl. Dozuki Blade $18.50

Lightweight Dovetail Saws Made in Japan to our specications, these dovetail Actual size saws have the advantage of precise diamond-cut teeth. The straight saw, used for traditional joinery, cuts on the push stroke; the reversible offset model is used D. Japanese Keyhole Saw for right- and left-handed ush cutting. Both have 10, This saw is for ne trimming in cabinetry or roughing work in carving. Only 1/2 deep at the handle, its 17 tpi crosscut pattern blade is tapered for access 14 tpi eam-cut blades in the classic Japanese pattern. Very fast cutting with excellent control. to restricted areas. Kerf width is 0.055. Stained paulownia handle. Overall length is 12. Made in Japan. H. 60T51.07 Straight Dovetail Saw $24.50 60T06.64 Detail Keyhole Saw $22.50 J. 60T51.06 Reversible Dovetail Saw $29.50
K. Folding Dozuki
Actual size

H&J
Actual size

28 Saws

A folding saw is convenient for working on the job site as it easily ts into a pocket or can be stored in a tool bag. Made exclusively for us, this saw has a 16 tpi Japanese-tooth pattern blade that provides a ne, smooth cut. The 21/2 deep and 0.010 thick blade cuts with a thin kerf and is exible for trimming out. After use, the blade folds into the slotted wooden handle to a compact length of just under 12. Despite the ne teeth, it will cut a 24 faster than any traditional Western saw. 60T56.01 Folding Dozuki $34.50 60T56.02 Repl. Blade $23.50

A
A. Japanese Rip-Tooth Dozuki

Rip-Tooth Dozuki

A superb saw that cuts both cheeks and shoulders, it excels at ripping and performs acceptably on crosscuts. Tiny secondary bevels on the tooth tips facilitate crosscutting with virtually no reduction in ripping efciency. The 18 tpi alloy-steel blade, hardened to Rc61, tapers from 0.011 at the tooth to just under 0.010 at the steel spine and has only 0.004 of total set. The steel spine is arched for additional rigidity. The 93/4 blade widens from 11/2 depth of cut next to the haft to about 21/8 at the tip. 24 long overall. Made in Japan. 60T04.04 Rip-Tooth Dozuki $99.50 60T04.05 Repl. Blade $68.00
B. Professional Dozuki Ikeda Tooth

al Dozuki Profession

i Dozuk acked Steel-B

D A well-made dozuki saw that can be used for ne work, such as dovetails and tenons. The 25 tpi blade cuts quickly and leaves a clean, crisp 0.016 kerf in both hardwoods and softwoods. Solid brass back. 21 long with a 9 blade. Made in Japan. 60T03.15 Professional Dozuki $59.50 60T03.16 Repl. Blade $37.50
C. Steel-Backed Dozuki

aw zuki S ard Do Stand

w tail Sa Dove

Actual size

A B C D E

Made in South Korea, this dozuki saw has a Japanese tooth pattern (cuts on the pull stroke). You will nd it very comparable to our professional dozuki. The 25 tpi blade will not fail on tiny pin knots and will quickly cut both softwoods and hardwoods. Wooden handle with a steel ferrule. 221/2 overall with a 101/2 (265mm) blade that cuts a kerf of 0.016. The best value we have ever offered in a dozuki. 60T55.01 Steel-Backed Dozuki $32.50
D. Japanese Standard Dozuki Saw

Our most popular saw in the Japanese line is the dozuki. It can be used as a tenon saw, a backsaw, or a dovetail saw. The ne teeth (17 tpi) and the thin blade combine to give a very smooth cut. At the H. Japanese Plywood Saw same time, it cuts more quickly than almost any conventional saw. Dirt inclusions and glue lines in plywood can quickly dull saw teeth. This saw has The blade is only 0.011 thick and gives a kerf of 0.018. The tiny specially hardened teeth to deal with plywood. Twice as thick as our other secondary bevels give the teeth strong tips that do not dull easily. dozukis, the kerf is still only 0.040 (~1mm) wide. The shortened back frame lets The 91/2 long blade has a short uncut portion on the tip that makes you saw through long sheets easily. The 17 tpi, 91/223/8 blade cuts quickly but starting a cut easier. 21 overall. leaves a smooth nish with almost no tear-out. 21 overall. 60T03.01 Standard Dozuki $49.50 60T03.25 Plywood Saw $39.50 60T03.02 Repl. Blade $29.50 60T03.26 Repl. Blade $22.50
E. Japanese Dovetail Saw

Japanese Saw Tooth Patterns Unless otherwise specied, all of our dozukis have traditional Japanese crosscutting tooth patterns. The teeth have three sharpened cutting surfaces the knife-like tips rst score the wood bers, sharply dening the edges of the kerf, then the edges of the teeth pare out the material left in between. Similar to those of Western ripsaws, the triangular, chisel-like teeth of Japanese ripping saws are designed to cut quickly with the grain. Ryoba and azebiki saws feature both ripping and crosscutting patterns, one on each edge of the blade.

This ne-tooth saw offers a measure of control that is not available with larger saws. Measuring 16 long with a 71/2 blade, the saw is exceptionally lightweight and is easily maneuvered. Suitable for dovetail, tenon and trim cuts, the thin blade has 24 tpi and cuts a kerf of just 0.016. The blade cuts (on the pull stroke) quickly and cleanly to a depth of about 11/2. Wooden handle. Made in Japan. A delightful saw to use. 60T22.01 Dozukime Fine-Cut Saw $42.50 60T22.02 Repl. Blade $21.00
F. Japanese Traditional Ryoba Saw

J. Japanese Azebiki Saw

Similar to a ooring saw, the blade shape allows you to start cuts in the center of panels. Boatbuilders appreciate its ability to make ush cuts in awkward places. The 4 blade is 16 tpi crosscut and 8 tpi rip. 18 overall. 60T05.01 Azebiki Saw $42.50 F
Ryoba Saw Traditional

A ryoba is a combination rip and crosscut saw. This ryoba saw has a 91/2 long blade with 17 tpi crosscut on one side; the other side has a graduated tooth pattern, 10 tpi next to the haft (for starting cuts) to 71/2 tpi at the tip. Blade thickness tapers from 0.030 at the haft to 0.016 at the tip, and from 0.020 at the tooth line to 0.016 at the blade center. 24 long overall. Canvas blade case included. 60T01.01 Traditional Ryoba $48.50
G. Japanese Modern Ryoba Saw

yoba Modern R

Saw

Saw Plywood

A good toolbox or beginners saw with impulse-hardened teeth and a textured ABS handle. The blade is 91/2 long with 17 tpi crosscut on one side; the other side has a graduated tooth pattern, 9 tpi next to the haft to 6 tpi at the tip. Comes apart for toolbox storage. Overall length 22. 60T20.40 Modern Ryoba $29.50 60T20.41 Repl. Blade $19.50

Saw Azebiki

F F G G H J J

Actual size

Veritas Flush-Cutting Saws

Veritas Flush-Cutting Saws Traditionally used for the rapid trimming of plugs and dowels ush with a surface, our ush-cutting saws can be used where you want to cut off a projection without damaging the adjoining surface. The thin blade is exible and can be pressed ush to any surface, yet is rigid enough for good control. The 22 tpi Japanese toothpattern blade cuts aggressively on the pull stroke. The saw is available with teeth cut on only one edge or in a double-edged style that cuts in either direction. Each is about 111/2 long with 43/4 of blade. These work like a charm. A. 05K34.01 Flush-Cut Saw, Single Edge $19.95 B. 05K36.01 Flush-Cut Saw, Double Edge $24.95
Veritas Snug-Plug Cutters & Saw Set We are offering our set of three Snug-Plug cutters (1/4, 3/8, 1/2) with either our singleedge or our double-edge ush-cutting saw at a discount. This combination will quickly become indispensable in the shop. See page 106 for information on Snug-Plug cutters. 05K34.02 Single Flush-Cut & Cutters $53.00 05K36.02 Double Flush-Cut & Cutters $58.00

B
Teeth set on one side Tooth set Protruding on one side plug

A&B
Actual size Teeth ush to surface Flush to surface

Veritas Dovetail Saw Guide System

C

E F D

C. D. E. F.

Veritas Dovetail Saw Guide System This system lets amateurs make professional-quality dovetails by hand, and helps experts make dovetail joints more quickly and easily. Clamped in position, the anodized aluminum guides hold the saw at the correct place and angle for a perfect cut. Embedded 3/4 rare-earth magnets covered with low-friction UHMW plastic keep the saw aligned as you cut. Instructions explain how to quickly and accurately chop out waste from the tails and pins. The guides clamp material 1/4 to 1 thick and come in the traditional ratios of 1:6 for softwood and 1:8 for hardwood. The 14 guide approximates a 1:4 ratio, often preferred for working in thin stock, as it provides stronger material interlock and yields a slightly exaggerated dovetail that many nd attractive. The guides work best with the Veritas dovetail saw designed specically for them. Its dozuki tooth form handles both crosscuts and rip cuts. Patented. 05T02.01 1:6 Dovetail Guide $42.50 05T02.02 1:8 Dovetail Guide $42.50 1:8 05T02.05 14 Dovetail Guide $42.50 1:6 05T02.03 Dovetail Saw $24.50 05T03.01 Veritas 1:6 Guide with Saw $59.00 14 (1:4) 05T03.02 Veritas 1:8 Guide with Saw $59.00 05T03.05 Veritas 14 Guide with Saw $59.00

Veritas Right-Angle Saw Guide

G G

Veritas Right-Angle Saw Guide After receiving many requests from our customers for a 90 version of our dovetail saw guide, we developed a right-angle saw guide for making nger joints, cutting tenons, or on-the-spot trimming of small items. It is also ideal for beginners or children learning to make perfectly square perpendicular cuts on board ends. Manufactured using the same precision-machined aluminum extrusion as our dovetail saw guides, each reference surface has an embedded 3/4 rare-earth magnet and is covered with a low-friction UHMW pad. The magnets keep the saw aligned as you cut; the pads allow the saw to slide easily against the reference surface. The clamp can accommodate material from 1/4 to 1 thick. The guide can be used with any backless saw that has approximately 0.005 or less of tooth set. Our dovetail saw is a suitable companion. With a 281/2, 22 tpi blade, the dozuki tooth form is effective in both crosscuts and rip cuts. Patented. G. 05T04.01 Right-Angle Saw Guide $39.50 H. 05T02.03 Dovetail Saw $24.50 05T04.05 Right-Angle Guide with Saw $57.50 Razor Saws Usually associated with modelmaking, these ne-tooth stiff-backed saws are useful for any detailed work. They cut a variety of materials, including wood, plastic and brass. Both have quick-cutting ripping teeth that are so ne they leave a satin-smooth nish regardless of grain direction. Their alloy-steel blades have minimal set, but do not bind because they cut on the pull stroke. The general-purpose saw has a 61/2 long by 11/8 deep blade with 24 tpi and cuts a 0.014 kerf. It has a comfortable lacquered maple handle. At 52 tpi, the ultra-thin saw has teeth that are twice as ne for especially delicate work cutting inlay stringing, musical instrument construction, etc. Its blade is 41/2 long by 7/16 deep and produces a kerf of only 0.010. Both are made in USA. J. 60F03.10 Ultra-Thin Razor Saw $ 6.50 K. 60F03.12 General-Purpose Razor Saw $10.50
L. Classic Gents Saw

L
Actual size

Designed with less set and ner teeth than regular gents saws. Made from steel 0.022 thick, it has 0.016 total set to give a kerf of 0.038. At 17 tpi, the saw cuts smoothly. The modied eam pattern works effectively cross grain or cutting dovetails. This is a ne trimming saw with a solid brass back and rosewood handle. 131/2 long, 8 blade. Made in England. 29T20.03 Gents Saw $23.50

Veritas Joinery Saws

Our premium joinery saws are innovative blends of tradition and technology, incorporating critical characteristics of a classic ne joinery saw, yet executed using modern production processes and state-of-the-art materials. All share the same platform, with a revolutionary spine injection molded under high pressure using an advanced material that incorporates stainless-steel powder for weight, glass ber for stiffness, and a polymer resin binder. The high-carbon steel blade and stainless-steel handle-mounting bolt are completely over-molded, creating a solid one-piece blade/spine/mount assembly. A single brass fastener secures the bubinga handle. The saws have excellent balance, cut easily and true, and have a comfortable pistol grip that makes the saw feel as if its an extension of your arm. Patented.
Spine material incorporates stainless-steel powder for weight and glass ber for stiffness. Single brass fastener secures the bubinga handle.

Crosscut saw 16 tpi Actual size

Standard dovetail saw 14 tpi Actual size

A. Veritas Crosscut Saw

You want a crosscut saw whenever cutting across, or perpendicular to, the grain, such as when cutting tenon shoulders. A crosscut blade has teeth led with alternating bevel angles so it severs rather than tears wood bers. It tracks better and leaves a smoother nish than would a rip-cut blade used across the grain. The 91/4 long, 0.020 thick blade has 16 teeth per inch, with 0.003 of set per side. 15 The teeth have 15 rake and bevel angles. Cut depth is about 19/16. 141/4 long overall. 60 05T06.01 Crosscut Saw, 16 tpi $65.00

Fine-tooth dovetail saw 20 tpi Actual size

Veritas Dovetail Saws For cuts with the grain, our rip-cut tooth pattern dovetail saws have blades in 14 or 20 teeth per inch; the standard 14 tpi model is most efcient with stock thicker than 1/2, while the less aggressive cut of the 20 tpi ne-tooth version is best for stock under 1/2 thick. Both are 91/4 long and have 0.020 thick blades. The teeth, set 0.003 per side, have a rake angle of 14, and an included angle of 60. Cut depth is about 14 19/16. 141/4 long overall. B. 05T05.01 Standard Saw, 14 tpi $65.00 60 C. 05T05.05 Fine-Tooth Saw, 20 tpi $65.00 Veritas Saw Sets The set of three saws includes both dovetail saws and the crosscut saw (save $36 off the individual prices). For those who already own the 14 tpi dovetail, we offer the 16 tpi crosscut and the 20 tpi dovetail saws as a pair (save $21). 05T05.12 Set of 3 Veritas Saws $159.00 05T05.10 Pr. of Veritas Saws $109.00 Veritas Carcass Saws These traditional carcass saws, scaled for smaller work than a tenon saw, are typically used to cut joints in drawer runners, dividers, and stretchers (the framework or carcass of a piece. Available in rip and crosscut versions. The 12 tpi rip saw has a 10 rake angle and an included angle of 60 for efcient cutting parallel to the grain. The 14 tpi crosscut saw has a Crosscut Rip rake angle of 15, an included angle of 60, and teeth led with alternating 15 bevels so they sever wood bers rather than tear them. The teeth on each have relatively minimal set, at only 0.003 per side. The blade, 11 long and 0.02 thick, has a cut depth of about 23/8. Each saw is 163/8 long overall and weighs just under a pound. Offered individually or as a pair. D. 05T07.05 Rip Carcass Saw, 12 tpi $ 69.00 E. 05T07.01 Crosscut Carcass Saw, 14 tpi $ 69.00 05T07.10 Pr. of Carcass Saws $125.00

Rip carcass saw 12 tpi Actual size Crosscut carcass saw 14 tpi Actual size

Saws 31

B H

D E J

Pax Handsaws E. Pax Fret-Wire Saw Premium Backsaws from E A First developed in 1776, For cutting fret slots in Wenzloff & Sons Actual size Pax handsaws have a acoustic guitar ngerThese handmade saws are exceptionally well depth stop and reputation for quality boards, the ne luthiers Wooden nished and balanced, with Swedish spring-steel B hardware not included. and performance. The saw is made in Shefeld, blades (hardened to Rc52) and milled brass Actual size alloy-steel blades are England, with a springspines for heft and rigidity. The teeth are hand set taper ground and breasted to reduce binding; the steel blade, polished brass and sharpened. The comfortable bubinga handles, teeth are hand set and sharpened. Available in rip ttings and a comfortable with stopped chamfers and contoured webs, allow (5 tpi) or panel (10 tpi) style tooth congurations, turned rosewood handle. excellent control. Secured with a brass medallion the 22 long blades have comfortable, two-tone, The teeth are set to cut a screw and split nuts, they have a matte lacquer steamed beech handles with brass rivets. A plea0.021 kerf, accommonish. Lifetime warranty. As these saws are hand sure to use, these are professional-quality saws. dating standard medium-gauge fret wire. The made by a small rm, delivery delays may occa10 long, 16 tpi blade cuts on the pull stroke; it sionally arise. If so, we will advise you of expected A. 33T08.01 Rip Saw $94.00 has a brass spine for rigidity, is through-drilled in delivery dates when you place your order. B. 33T08.02 Panel Saw $94.00 two places for mounting a shop-made wooden depth stop, and has a hang hole. C. Pax Rip Pattern Dovetail Saw A smooth-cutting dovetail 33T08.26 Fret-Wire Saw $32.50 H. Rip Dovetail Saw H C Since most dovetail cuts saw with a brass-backed, are oriented along the Actual size alloy-steel blade set within F. Toolbox Saw Actual size grain, this saw has ne F a two-tone, steamed beech handle. The 20 tpi At only 17 long overall ripping teeth (14 tpi) to strike a good balance blade, nely set and sharpened by hand, has a rip with a 141/2 blade, this between cutting speed and surface nish. Made Actual size pattern for ne joinery cuts with the grain. The 10 tpi saw is designed to be from steel 0.020 thick, it has about 0.006 of total 8 blade has a 21/4 cut depth. Measures about carried in a toolbox. It is small enough to be set to give a kerf of just 0.026. It measures 133/4 handled easily and the hardened teeth are well 13 overall. Made in England. overall with a 9 blade and 13/4 cutting depth. sharpened to avoid the frustration normally associ33T08.41 Rip Pattern Dovetail Saw $89.00 Weighs 11 oz. An exceptional dovetail saw. ated with small tools. High-impact plastic handle 33T08.60 9 Rip Dovetail Saw $129.00 with a soft thermoplastic grip. Guard included. D. Pax Tenon Saw D This handsomely styled 97T20.15 Toolbox Saw $22.50 Actual size tenon saw has an alloy-steel J. Small Tenon Saw J blade with hand-set and sharpened teeth. Brass G. Professional Handsaw Named a tenon saw G backed for rigidity, the thin 13 tpi, crosscut Well suited for crosscutbecause it excels at cutting Actual size pattern blade cuts quickly and accurately with no ting or ripping a wide tenon shoulders, this saw is Actual size drift. The two-tone, steamed beech handle has a range of materials equally useful in other applications where an accucomfortable closed grip. Brass ttings secure the (soft/hard woods, chipboard, plywood, construcrate crossgrain cut is needed, such as dadoes, blade and handle. The 12 blade cuts to a depth tion timbers, plastic, etc.), this premium sliding dovetails, or work with a miter box. With of 3. Made in England. German-made handsaw features precision set and 12 tpi led to a crosscut pattern, it cuts quickly and sharpened, cross-ground teeth that cut quickly and 33T08.32 Tenon Saw $89.00 leaves a smooth nish. The saw plate is 0.025 leave a clean kerf. The tensioned blade has hardthick, and the teeth have 0.008 of total set to give a ened teeth set with a thin 0.048 kerf. The We carry more styles of Pax saws on kerf width of 0.033. Measures 165/8 overall with high-impact plastic handle has a soft, thermoplastic our website. Search for "Pax" at a 12 long by 31/16 deep blade. Weighs 16 oz. grip for comfort. Blade measures 211/2 with 7 tpi. 33T08.64 12 Crosscut Tenon Saw $178.00 www.leevalley.com 97T20.01 Professional Handsaw $31.50 F We offer other styles of Wenzloff saws: carcass, large tenon, half-back, rip panel, and 8 tpi and 10 tpi crosscut panel saws. For details, please visit

www.leevalley.com
G

60

50 40 20 55 45 30

C&D C&D
55 45 35 25 50 40 30 20

A B

B, C & D A
Swivelling hold-down foot secures work while cutting.

Adjustable hold-down secures work while cutting.

B. Standard Miter Box A. Economical Miter Box

Professional Miter Box This professional miter box will handle stock 71/4 high, 8 wide at 90, and 5 wide at 45. The saw can be set at any angle and has automatic stops for 90, 45, and for 5, 6, 8 and 12-sided frames. The high back fences for supporting tall stock can be removed for cutting compound miters. Grooves in the base 10 tpi allow you to cut molding at seven compound angles. The saw parks at the maximum height 12 tpi to make setting your work easier. An improved saw tensioner holds the 25 blades taut for 18 tpi smooth cuts. The saw also features fast-action 24 tpi material clamps and an end stop that extends 32 tpi 281/2. An excellent system. Made in Sweden.

With capacities of 6 at 90 and 37/8 at 45, this miter box will handle stock up to 45/16 high. Integral detents ensure square crosscuts and accurate 45 miters, and provide presets for 15, 22.5, 30 and 36 cuts. An adjustable stop allows repetitive cuts for pieces up to 203/4 long, while the work clamp has a swivelling foot to conform to molding contours. The 2218 tpi impulsehardened blade cuts quickly yet leaves a smooth nish. Other blades available in 12, 24 and 32 tpi. An effective tool for picture framing and cutting short lengths of molding. 01H06.05 Economical Miter Box $48.50 01H03.05 22 Extra Blade, 12 tpi $14.50 01H03.02 22 Repl. Blade, 18 tpi $14.50 01H03.06 22 Extra Blade, 24 tpi $14.50 01H03.11 22 Extra Blade, 32 tpi $14.50
F. Fret-Saw Blades for Wood

Actual size With many of the same features as the profes- C. Pro Miter Box with Standard Blades sional model but with a smaller capacity, this Supplied with an impulse-hardened 18 tpi Western-style saw can handle stock 6 wide at 90 cuts and blade. A 10 tpi blade is available for faster cutting, a 24 tpi 315/16 wide at 45, and has a vertical capacity for extra-ne work, and a 32 tpi for non-ferrous metals. of 45/16. The saw features the same auto01H08.10 Miter Box with 18 tpi blade $169.00 matic miter angle settings as the professional, 01H08.02 25 Extra Blade, 10 tpi $ 15.50 as well as the ability to cut compound miters 01H08.03 25 Repl. Blade, 18 tpi $ 15.50 at eight angles. The simple method of cutting 01H08.04 25 Extra Blade, 24 tpi $ 15.50 compound miters makes this a particularly 01H08.05 25 Extra Blade, 32 tpi $ 15.50 versatile saw for picture framing and trim work. Cuts are smooth and accurate with the D. Pro Miter Box with Japanese Blade standard 2218 tpi blade. Other blades are Congured with a ne, fast-cutting 16 tpi Japanese Ikeda available in 12, 24 and 32 tpi. (32 tpi is for tooth blade suitable for all wood types. The teeth are non-ferrous metals.) Made in Sweden. impulse hardened for long life. 01H07.01 Standard Miter Box $97.50 01H08.12 Miter Box with Ikeda Blade $189.00 01H03.05 22 Extra Blade, 12 tpi $14.50 E. 01H08.06 25 Repl. Blade, Ikeda $ 35.50 01H03.02 22 Repl. Blade, 18 tpi $14.50 01H03.06 22 Extra Blade, 24 tpi $14.50 Japanese blade shown actual size. E 01H03.11 22 Extra Blade, 32 tpi $14.50

J. Featherweight Fret-Saw Frame

Suitable for fret saws or power scroll saws, these 5 blades cut wood, plastic, tagua, bone, and hard rubber. The skip-tooth pattern gives good chip clearance and a fast rate of cut. Sizes range from #2/0 for marquetry or similarly ne work, to #9 for cutting thicker material up to 2. Price shown is per package of 12.
Blade # Tpi Thickness Width 1+doz. 6+doz.

02T10.20 02T10.21 02T10.22 02T10.23 02T10.24 02T10.25

2/0 1 3 5 7 9

30 25 18 16 14 14

.009 .012 .013 .015 .018 .020

.025 .025 .030 .040 .045 .053

$6.50 $6.50 $6.50 $6.50 $6.50 $6.50

$5.80 $5.80 $5.80 $5.80 $5.80 $5.80

G. Spiral Fret-Saw Blades

These 5 blades are typically used in detailed fretwork where cut directions are constantly changing and throat depth would normally limit a reverse cut. Since spiral blades allow cutting in any direction (not just one, as with regular fret blades), they are also used in plaster, tagua, etc., where some internal shaping is required, sculpting rather than sawing. Sold in packages of 12. For use in fret saws only. 02T16.10 #2/0 Spiral Blades, dozen $4.95 02T16.11 #1 Spiral Blades, dozen $4.95 02T16.12 #3 Spiral Blades, dozen $4.95
H. Special Marquetry Blades

A lightweight, German-made fret saw, excellent for marquetry. The tension created by the tubular U-shaped steel frame keeps blades taut, both increasing cutting accuracy and reducing blade breakage. The vise-like blade holders accept 5 or longer blades. The frame has a 12 throat and weighs just 9 oz. Blades not included. 29T30.10 Featherweight Fret-Saw Frame $15.50 K. Fret-Saw Blade Assortment This assortment of 22 blades contains four each of woodworking skip-tooth blade #s 1, 3, 5, 7 and 9, plus two metalworking blades (#1 and #3). Blades are 5 long and supplied in a plastic wallet. For use in fret saws only. 29T04.01 22 Fret Blade Assortment $7.80 L. Coping Saw This strong, rigid, German-made saw (41/2 deep frame) keeps blades well tensioned for accurate cutting and reduced blade breakage. Its high-carbon steel blade has 15 tpi for use in both hardwoods and softwoods. Replacement blades are available in packages of 12. Pinned blades (61/2 pin-to-pin, 5 cutting length) t standard coping saws. 02T10.01 Coping Saw & Blade $14.50 M. 02T10.11 Pkg. of 12 Repl. Blades, 15 tpi $ 7.80 J K

A 5 double skip-tooth blade with excellent chipclearing capacity. The back is rounded for smooth, tight curves. 2/0 tooth. Sold in packages of 12. For use in fret saws only. 29T03.01 Marquetry Blades, pkg. of 12 $4.75

L M
33

A F E D B
A. Japanese Utility Saw

G. Japanese Carvers Saw Japanese Pocket Saws D Essentially a small keyhole saw, this 18 tpi saw These saws fold to only 6 long, Actual size is useful for ne trimming in cabinetry or for so you can tuck them into a tool roughing work in carving. The narrow blade belt or toss them into a toolbox allows access to restricted areas, cutting on the or drawer without damaging the pull stroke. The blade is 5 long; the saw is 91/2 teeth (or anything else). The E Actual size long overall with a pinned hardwood handle. 5 tpi cardboard saw makes quick work of 60T09.01 Carvers Saw $21.00 breaking down boxes for recycling, and is useful anywhere you need a scalloped-tooth blade; it Folding Japanese Flush-Cut cuts through 3/8 rope in a single slice, speeds & Crosscut Saws through foam insulation, and neatly sections B. Japanese Rip/Crosscut Saw rigid PVC tubing. The 12 tpi keyhole saw cuts The virtues of a folding This is an impressive saw. H on the pull stroke to tension the blade for tightsaw are that it ts easily Developed for construction use, radius curves. Suitable for wood, PVC or plywood, into an apron pocket or it readily cuts plywood, particleActual size its narrow blade accesses conned spaces and toolbox and the slotted Undercut board and PVC pipe, but can be slips into a 5/16 drilled hole to start a cut in the handle protects the teeth. used for ne work as well. J These ne saws are well middle of stock. Both saws have non-slip, elasThe ush-cutting tooth balanced and smooth tomer-coated handles with a spring catch that Actual size pattern is particularly useful Actual size cutting, with comfortable secures the blade in line Handle adjusts for knuckle for undercutting end grain (e.g., when you want to with the handle or at bubinga handles and a positive locking mechaclearance. trim just a smidgen off a chair leg to stop it from 30 for clearance. Made nism. The kugihiki is for ush-cutting projections, rocking). It cuts on the pull stroke, and has a in Japan. such as tenon wedges, drawbore pegs, or screw 265mm (101/2) 14 tpi blade, impulse-hardened plugs, without damaging the adjacent surface. Its D. 60T07.10 Pocket Cardboard Saw $ 19.95 teeth, and a soft, non-slip handle (various colors). blade is exible to bend at against the work yet 60T07.11 Repl. Cardboard Blade $ 9.95 60T54.01 Rip/Crosscut Saw $31.50 rigid enough for good control. There is no tooth E. 60T07.20 Pocket Keyhole Saw $ 19.95 60T54.02 Repl. Blade $16.50 set, so you can approach work from either direc60T07.21 Repl. Keyhole Blade $ 9.95 tion in conned space. Essentially the same as the C. HSS Japanese Saw kugihiki but with set teeth, the crosscut kataba What separates this saw from F. Japanese Keyhole Saw cuts a kerf of 0.028 and is perfect for docking other Japanese carpentry saws is This keyhole saw provides the most striking Close-up dowelling, moldings and small dimension stock the 7/16 deep strip of high-speed example of the advantage of cutting on the pull showing 7/16 to length. Both saws have 6 of standard eamstroke, the traditional cutting action of Japanese steel welded to a "normal" steel HSS strip welded to regular steel blade. tipped teeth at 17 tpi to cut quickly but leave a saws. Because the blade is under tension rather blank. The HSS provides a smooth nish. Folded length is about 81/4. A than compression on the cutting stroke, it can be superior working hardness, much narrower than an ordinary keyhole saw. higher wear resistance, and delight to use, these are excellent trimming saws. Actual size Very small radius cuts are possible. The teeth H. 60T06.90 Folding Kugihiki Saw excellent toughness in the $41.50 need little set because the blade is tapered from teeth. With a 265mm long blade, it has just shy 60T06.91 Repl. Blade, Kugihiki $15.50 tooth to back. It comes razor sharp with a 12 tpi J. 60T06.80 Folding Kataba Saw of 10 of crosscut teeth, at 14 tpi. Composite $41.50 blade, 8 long; 121/2 long overall. The blade handle provides a comfortable grip. Replacement 60T06.81 Repl. Blade, Kataba $15.50 blades available separately. Made in Japan. is double pinned in a hardwood handle. An To order call 1-800-871-8158 excellent saw. 60T57.01 HSS Japanese Saw $34.50 60T57.02 Repl. Blade $16.50 60T08.01 Keyhole Saw $18.00 K. Carpenters Saw Bag This durable nylon and polypropylene bag is Tools not included. K suitable for saws of both Western and Japanese style. Internal bafes provide organized space for four saws measuring up to 31 long (includes most 26 Western saws). Two zippered pockets can hold small tools or accessories. The bag has an adjustable shoulder strap for easy transport and a hang loop. An ingenious method for organizing and protecting your saw investment. 68K37.01 Carpenters Saw Bag $28.50

Designed for plumbers to Actual size cut PVC pipe, this nickelplated saw is ideal for general carpentry and utility use. The impulse-hardened teeth can deal with plywood, chipboard, wallboard, etc. 9 blade with 17 tpi. Only 15 long overall, it ts in a small tool kit. Cuts on the pull stroke. 60T52.01 Japanese Utility Saw $19.50 60T52.02 Repl. Blade $ 7.50

34

CARVING TOOLS
C F A D E

U. J. Ramelson Carving Tools

Now in its third generation, U. J. Ramelson has been a family-run business since 1937. All tools are made in the USA. The blades are high-carbon steel hardened to Rc60-62 for edge retention, and come factory sharpened and polished, needing only nal honing before use. The handles are hardwood. Basic Carving Sets These sets are recommended for the beginning carver. The fully polished steel blades come nely ground and require only nal honing. The steel (hardened to Rockwell hardness 60-62) holds an edge well. The palm-handled set is best for someone with large hands. The long-handled set is better for smaller hands. Each set includes six tools: 3/8 bent, skew and straight chisels; a 9/64 straight gouge; a 5/16 bent gouge; and a 9/64 bent parting Carving Proles of Basic and Detail Sets tool. The palm-handled tools are about 5 long Basic Basic Detail Detail overall; the long-handled tools are about 6 long overall. Excellent starter sets. C. 57D06.01 Set of 6 Basic, Palm Handle $42.50 D. 57D05.01 Set of 6 Basic, Long Handle $42.50
Saw packs into handle for transport or storage.

A. Portable Buck Saws

These well-made, portable modern buck saws assemble in under a minute and pack up into a compact 13/8 dia. by 19 and 13/8 dia. by 25 size respectively for easy transport or storage. The open A-frames have 61/4 throats and are made of lightweight anodized aluminum. Swedish steel blades. Ideal for camping, backpacking, or trips to the wood lot. 29T32.01 18 Portable Buck Saw $29.95 29T32.02 18 Repl. Blade $ 9.95 29T32.05 24 Portable Buck Saw $38.50 29T32.06 24 Repl. Blade $14.95

Visit us at www.leevalley.com B. Miter Trimmer

Made from machined cast iron, this is a heavy-duty miter trimmer designed for production picture framers and trim carpenters. It can handle stock up to 6 wide and 4 thick. First cut your work oversize (a miter trimmer does not make through cuts), then trim to the exact length required with the trimmer. The blades have high-speed steel inserts and come honed ready for use. (Note: Hone the blades only on the bevel side for ideal cutting action.) The shearing cut from the low-bevel skewed blades leaves a silky nish, even in softwoods. Imported. 03H01.01 *Miter Trimmer $215.00
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

E. F. G. H.

Detail Carving Sets These six-tool sets are particularly good for intricate work because of the chisel sizes. The palm-handled set ts snugly in the palm of the hand, giving good nger control of the blade. About 41/2 long overall. The set includes: 1/8 bent, skew and straight chisels; a 1/16 bent parting tool; a 1/16 #7 straight gouge; and a 3/32 #7 straight gouge. The palm-handled parting tool and straight gouge are also available separately. The long-handled set (same handle as item D, Basic Carving Set) has the same selection except each tool is 1/32 wider and about 51/2 long overall. Both sets have lacquered hardwood handles with chromed ferrules. These tools come nely ground and require only nal honing (Rc60-62). G 57D03.10 Set of 6 Detail, Palm Handle $42.50 57D04.10 Set of 6 Detail, Long Handle $42.50 H 57D03.04 1/16 Parting Tool $10.50 57D03.05 1/16 #7 Straight Gouge $10.50 Extending the range of our basic carving sets, this set, with fully polished blades, includes four gouges (sizes 5/16 #5, 1/4 #7, 5/16 #7 and 5/16 #8), a 9/16 straight chisel, and a 9/16 skew chisel. Only final stropping required (Rc60-62). About 6 long overall. 57D13.01 Set of 6 Large Carving Tools $79.50 Resembling carving tools, block cutters are traditionally used for cutting designs into wooden blocks for print making. This set contains a 1/4 skew chisel, 1/8 parting tool, 1/8 veiner, and three #7 gouges: 1/8, 3/16, and 1/4. The hardened blades require only nal honing. Hardwood handles. This set is ideal for working material such as our tagua nuts (see page 43). 57D01.01 Set of 6 Block Cutters $42.50 J K

Proles may vary slightly from set to set.

J. Large Carving Set

K. Block Cutters

Carving 35

Henry Taylor Carving Tools

Our professional carving tools are made by the rm Henry Taylor Tools Ltd. of Shefeld. All of the sets and individual tools shown on this and the facing page are hand forged, which results in a negrained steel that holds an edge well and will last a lifetime if given normal care. All tools have brass ferrules and select beech or pau marn handles. Due to the hand forging, sizes are nominal and shapes may vary slightly. The individual tools come with a factory grind and require sharpening and nal honing. Basic Carving Tool Sets We are frequently asked to recommend carving sets for beginners. These were developed in consultation with our many resident carvers. The set of seven relief-carving tools includes a 3/8 skew chisel; a 1/4 60 parting tool; 3/8 and 5/8 #3 gouges; and 1/2 #5, 3/8 #7, and 1/2 #9 gouges. The set for carving in the round includes seven tools: a 3/8 skew chisel; a 1/8 60 parting tool; 3/8 and 1 #3 gouges; a 3/8 #7 shtail gouge; a 1/4 #9 bent gouge; and a 1/32 veining tool. Excellent introductory carving sets. Each includes a nine-pocket canvas tool roll. Tools are fully honed and ready for use. 58D24.01 Relief Carvers Set of 7 $239.00 58D24.02 Round Carvers Set of 7 $249.00 Sayers Carving Tool Selection In The Book of Wood Carving, Sayers recommends a basic set of ve tools for bold relief carving. The tools are: a 3/8 60 parting tool, a 5/8 #5 gouge, a 3/8 #7 gouge, and 3/8 and 1 #3 gouges. A 3/8 skew chisel has been added. The set comes in an 18-pocket canvas tool roll and includes a copy of Sayers book. 58D90.01 Sayers Set of 6 $234.00 Henry Taylor Carving Set Suitable for both relief and round carving, this Henry Taylor set of wellbalanced, hand-forged carving tools with beech handles is designed for novice carvers. About 8 long, the six-piece set includes a 1/4 #1 at chisel, a 1/4 #3 shallow gouge, a 5/16 #5 medium gouge, a 1/4 #6 shtail gouge, a 5/16 #8 steep-cut gouge and a 1/4 straight parting tool. A 7101 thick basswood project blank is included, as well as step-by-step instructions outlining a simple relief carving. The basswood blank is also available separately. The tools are honed, ready for use, and come in a presentation box. 58D24.55 Carving Set & Blank $139.00 55K53.50 Basswood Blank $ 6.70 Henry Taylor Palm Set Ideal for delicate wood carving, these tools can also be used for block cutting and linoleum. To give them a razor edge, all tools are nish ground and honed. At 51/4 long overall, they have comfortable hardwood handles that allow excellent control. The set of six includes a 5/16 bent chisel, a 3/8 bent skew, a 3/8 straight chisel, a 1/8 #6 gouge, a 1/8 60 bent parting tool and a 5/16 #5 bent gouge. 58D91.00 Henry Taylor Palm Set of 6 $85.00 Sculpting Tools by Henry Taylor These hand-forged sculpting tools will make short work of roughing out large carvings or signs. Although large, they are well balanced and easy to work with. Four styles are available: a 1 straight gouge with a deep #11 sweep, a 3/4 60 parting tool, a 11/4 double-bevel chisel, and a 2 shallow-sweep #3 gouge. Factory ground with 15 bevels, the tools are tted with doubledhooped hardwood handles and leather shock washers. Usable with or without a mallet, the tools need only honing for softwood applications, but should have a 25 secondary bevel for use on hardwood. These tools can remove massive amounts of wood quickly. Hardened to Rc56-60. 58D92.03 1 #11 Straight Gouge $56.00 58D92.06 3/4 60 Straight Parting Tool $67.00 58D92.02 11/4 Straight Chisel $58.00 58D92.04 2 #3 Shallow Gouge $67.00

A B
A. B. C.

D.

E.
Mallet not included.

F. G. H. J.

E G H J

Individual Henry Taylor Carving Tools

CHISELS Chisels are at with no curvature. There are two kinds of chisels: straight and skew cut. Straight Straight chisels are ground straight across the end of the blade. Skew chisels are ground at an angle (about 23).
STRAIGHT

BENT GOUGES These gouges have the same curvature as straight gouges, but have a long bend in the blade. They are useful for removing large amounts of wood on concave shapes.
#5 BENT

58D01.03 58D01.05 58D01.07 58D01.09 58D01.10

1/8 1/4 1/2 3/4 1

$28.50 $29.40 $30.50 $31.20 $33.40

SKEW

58D14.05 58D14.07 58D14.09 58D14.10 58D16.05 58D16.07 58D16.09 58D16.10 58D18.05 58D18.07 58D18.09 58D18.10

1/4 1/2 3/4 1 1/4 1/2 3/4 1

$34.20 $34.80 $35.80 $37.70

#7 BENT

FISHTAIL GOUGES These differ from other tools in that the blade is shaped like a shtail invaluable for making sharp corners and edges. #3 LONG POD FISHTAIL 58D63.06 3/8 $30.50 58D63.07 1/2 $31.00 58D63.09 3/4 $32.20
#7 LONG POD FISHTAIL

58D02.06 3/8 58D02.07 1/2 58D02.09 3/4 STRAIGHT GOUGES Straight gouges are similar to straight blade chisels, but with a curvature to the blade. They are used for grooving, or, when turned over, for carving convex shapes.
#3 GOUGE

$29.90 $30.50 $31.20

$35.20 $35.80 $37.70 $44.90 $35.80 $37.70 $40.60 $44.90

58D67.06 3/8 58D67.07 1/2 58D67.09 3/4

ALLONGEE FISHTAIL

$33.40 $32.90 $34.80 #3, 11/2 #5, 11/2 $53.50 $57.80 $66.90

#9 BENT
1/4 1/2 3/4

58D73.01 58D73.02 58D73.03

1
#11 BENT

#7, 11/2

58D20.07 1/2 58D20.09 3/4 58D20.10 1 BACK BENT GOUGES These have the same general function as the spoon gouge, but are for working on convex, rather than concave, shapes. $29.40 $29.90 $30.50 $31.00 $31.20 $32.20 $34.20
#7 BACK BENT

$40.60 $42.50 $51.60

PARTING TOOLS These have a V cutting shape and are used for renishing corners, cutting sharp-edged grooves, and outlining patterns.
60 STRAIGHT

58D03.03 58D03.05 58D03.06 58D03.07 58D03.08 58D03.09 58D03.10 58D05.05 58D05.06 58D05.07 58D05.08 58D05.09 58D05.10 58D07.05 58D07.06 58D07.07 58D07.08 58D07.09 58D07.10 58D09.03 58D09.05 58D09.06 58D09.07 58D09.09 58D09.10 58D11.03 58D11.05 58D11.06 58D11.07 58D11.09 58D11.10

1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1

58D37.05 1/4 58D37.07 1/2 58D37.09 3/4 SPOON GOUGES These have a similar curvature to straight gouges with the same number, but the end of the tool is shaped like a spoon for ne concave shaping.
#5 SPOON

$32.20 $34.80 $45.80

58D39.03 1/8 58D39.05 1/4 58D39.06 3/8

60 BENT

$35.20 $35.80 $43.90 $37.70 $39.00 $45.80

45 STRAIGHT

58D40.03 1/8 58D40.05 1/4 58D40.06 3/8 58D41.03 1/8 58D41.05 1/4 58D41.06 3/8 VEINING TOOLS These are very narrow, straight gouges for making ne detail cuts and grooves. Useful for lettering. 58D48.00 1/32 58D48.01 1/16 58D48.03 1/8 58D48.04 3/16 MACARONI TOOL A square-ended tool used to prevent splintering in incised cuts or crossgrain work. 58D49.05 1/4

#5 GOUGE
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

1
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

$30.50 $31.00 $31.20 $32.90 $33.40 $35.20

#7 GOUGE

$35.20 $35.80 $43.90

1
#9 GOUGE
1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1

$32.20 $32.90 $33.60 $34.80 $35.20 $40.60 $32.20 $33.60 $34.80 $35.20 $36.60 $43.90 $33.60 $35.20 $35.80 $36.60 $39.00 $48.20

58D26.05 58D26.06 58D26.07 58D26.09 58D28.05 58D28.06 58D28.07 58D28.09

1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4

$31.00 $32.20 $32.90 $44.90

#7 SPOON

$32.20 $33.40 $34.80 $45.80 $33.40 $34.80 $35.20 $47.30

$39.00 $35.80 $33.60 $34.80

#9 SPOON

#11 GOUGE

58D30.05 58D30.06 3/8 58D30.07 1/2 58D30.09 3/4

1/4

#11 SPOON

58D32.05 58D32.06 58D32.07 58D32.09

1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4

$34.80 $35.20 $35.80 $48.20

$54.50

Hirsch Carving Tools

A Produced by one of Germanys oldest tool-making rms, these professionalquality tools are the style traditionally favored by European carvers. The lacquered handles are boxwood, which is scarce today but was the standard in times past because of its exceptional impact resistance. The octagonal shape gives a secure grip and prevents smaller tools from rolling on the bench. The fully polished blades are hand forged from highcarbon steel, hardened to Rc61 for durability, and require only nal stropping. Tools measure 91/2 to 10 overall. Due to hand forging, sizes are nominal and shapes may vary slightly. Available individually and in sets tailored to carving in the round or relief carving, these are ne tools that will last a lifetime with normal care.
A. Carving-in-the-Round Set

This set of seven tools contains a 10mm skew chisel, a 6mm 60 parting tool, 25mm #3, 12mm #7, and 3mm #11 straight gouges, a 10mm #3 shtail gouge, and a 6mm #9 bent gouge, along with a nine-pocket canvas tool roll. 61U60.02 Carving-in-the-Round Set $209.00 B. Relief Carving Set The set of seven tools includes a 10mm skew chisel, a 6mm 60 parting tool, 12mm and 20mm #3 straight gouges, and 12mm #5, 6mm #7, and 12mm #9 straight gouges, all in a nine-pocket canvas tool roll. 61U60.01 Relief Carving Set $206.00

Individual Hirsch Carving Tools

Chisels Chisels have no curvature and come in straight or skew patterns. The straight chisels are ground square across the end of the blade; the skew chisel is ground at an angle (about 18). 61U01.06 6mm Straight Chisel 61U01.12 12mm Straight Chisel 61U01.20 20mm Straight Chisel 61U02.10 10mm Skew Chisel Straight Gouges The mainstays of any carvers kit, these have straight blades that are curved across their width. Curvature (or sweep) ranges from #3 (slight) to #11 (U-shaped). They perform a multitude of tasks, from setting in and waste removal, to modelling and grounding. Can be used with bevel down or up. 61U03.03 61U03.06 61U03.12 61U03.20 61U03.25 61U05.06 61U05.12 61U05.20 61U07.06 61U07.12 61U07.20 61U09.06 61U09.12 61U09.20 61U11.03 61U11.06 61U11.12 61U11.20
38 Carving

Parting Tool With a 60 V-shaped section, this tool is for cutting grooves, nishing corners, and outlining patterns. 61U50.06 6mm 60 Parting Tool $25.50 $28.50 $32.00 $25.50 Bent Gouges These gouges have the same lateral curvature as straight gouges, but with a gradual curve along their length. Ideal for working concave shapes where a straight blade limits access. 61U25.06 61U25.12 61U29.06 61U29.12 6mm #5 Bent Gouge 12mm #5 Bent Gouge 6mm #9 Bent Gouge 12mm #9 Bent Gouge $29.50 $31.00 $32.00 $35.00 $32.00

3mm #3 Straight Gouge 6mm #3 Straight Gouge 12mm #3 Straight Gouge 20mm #3 Straight Gouge 25mm #3 Straight Gouge 6mm #5 Straight Gouge 12mm #5 Straight Gouge 20mm #5 Straight Gouge 6mm #7 Straight Gouge 12mm #7 Straight Gouge 20mm #7 Straight Gouge 6mm #9 Straight Gouge 12mm #9 Straight Gouge 20mm #9 Straight Gouge 3mm #11 Straight Gouge 6mm #11 Straight Gouge 12mm #11 Straight Gouge 20mm #11 Straight Gouge

$27.50 $28.50 $30.00 $31.50 $33.50 $28.50 $30.00 $31.50 $29.50 $31.00 $32.50 $31.00 $32.00 $36.00 $30.00 $31.00 $32.00 $36.00

Spoon Gouges These have the same sweep as straight gouges of the same number, but with a spoon-shaped tip for ne concave shaping or work in conned areas. 61U35.12 12mm #5 Spoon Gouge 61U37.12 12mm #7 Spoon Gouge Fishtail Gouges As the name suggests, these gouges have a blade with a ared tip for making sharp edges and getting into corners without damaging adjacent shapes. 61U43.10 10mm #3 Fishtail Gouge 61U43.20 20mm #3 Fishtail Gouge $30.00 $35.00 $31.50 $33.00

Hirsch Micro Carving Set

Close-up of micro tool tips

A. Micro Carving Tools

These micro tools are superb for ne detail work. Hand forged from high-carbon steel, the cutters are hardened to Rc61 for durability and then polished to a mirror-like sheen. The octagonal hornbeam handles give you comfortable grip and control. Tools measure about 63/4 long overall. The set is offered as tools alone, or with a custom-made wooden box. Final honing required. Made in Germany.
Proles shown actual size.

Warren Carving Tools

Warren tools have been known to carvers for over 80 years. The regular knife blades are made from cutlery tool steel to hold a keen edge in both hard and soft woods. The large blades are high-carbon steel. Warren Carving Chisels and Gouges This set of high-quality tools is ideal for Honed ready for use, these high-carbon those who want to try carving. It contains steel, forged tools are about 33/4 long. a medium walnut handle, seven blades, a We recommend you use them with the #7 bent gouge and a 75 parting tool, all walnut palm handle, although they can be ready for use and stored in a plastic case. used with any Warren three- or four-way For both whittling and carving, the set will jawed handle. serve as a starter to which other Warren J. 81D03.01 #1 Straight Chisel $13.00 blades can be added. K. 81D03.03 #3 Straight Gouge $13.00 81D08.01 Beginners Carving Kit $52.50 L. 81D03.07 #7 Bent Gouge $13.30 M. 81D03.09 #9 Spoon Gouge $13.00 D. Warren Fishtail Gouge N. 81D03.11 #11 Straight Gouge $13.00 A 3/4, #4 straight shtail gouge with a short O. 81D03.75 75 Parting Tool $13.30 shank, it is made for one-handed use, not for P. 81D03.76 Bent Parting Tool $17.10 mallet work. At 51/2 long overall with a 1 Q. 81D03.80 Skew Chisel $13.00 diameter turned (unfinished) hardwood handle, it is compact, comfortable, and easy R. Warren Regular Knife Blades to control. Useful for volume wasting and These regular knife blades are 21/4 long basic outline work. Made of forged highand are made from 1/32 tungsten alloy. carbon steel, it is honed ready for use. Fully honed, they are available in packages of three per style or in a set of six 81D09.01 Warren Fishtail Gouge $18.90 containing one of each style. E. Warren Large Carving Tool Kit 81D01.01 Style #1 (pkg. of 3) $4.90 This set contains a medium walnut handle, 81D01.02 Style #2 (pkg. of 3) $4.90 three heavy-duty knife blades, and six 81D01.03 Style #3 (pkg. of 3) $4.90 carving tool blades, all in a plastic case. 81D01.04 Style #4 (pkg. of 3) $4.90 The carving tools supplied are a straight 81D01.05 Style #5 (pkg. of 3) $4.90 75 parting tool, a #11 straight gouge, 81D01.06 Style #6 (pkg. of 3) $4.90 #7 and #9 bent gouges, a #1 straight chisel, 81D01.10 Set of 6 (1 of each style) $8.90 and a skew chisel. Good value for the F novice or advanced carver. 81D07.01 Warren Large Kit $98.00 G Warren Handles While all the Warren handles will t their tools, the small handle (35/8 long) is J usually used with the regular knife blades. K The medium (4 long) can be used with all H knife blades, chisels, and gouges. The L palm handle (33/8 long) is only for carving chisels and gouges. All handles have four- M way jaws and are designed for hand work. #1 N (Do not use with a mallet.) #2 F. 81D04.01 Small Walnut Handle $17.20 #3 G. 81D04.02 Medium Walnut Handle $18.20 #4 H. 81D04.03 Palm Walnut Handle $17.60 #5 O P Q
#6 C. Warren Beginners Carving Tool Kit

61S00.01 61S00.02 61S00.03 61S00.04 61S00.05 61S00.06 61S00.07 61S00.08 61S00.09 61S00.10 61S00.15 61S00.20 61S00.21

Chisel, 1.5mm Shallow Gouge, 1mm Medium Gouge, 1mm Deep Gouge, 1mm Deep Gouge, 1.5mm Deep Gouge, 2mm Parting Tool, 1.5mm Bent Chisel, 1.5mm Bent Deep Gouge, 1mm Bent Parting Tool, 1.5mm Set (10) Tools Boxed Set (10) Tools Wooden Box only

$ 36.50 $ 36.50 $ 36.50 $ 36.50 $ 36.50 $ 36.50 $ 36.50 $ 36.50 $ 36.50 $ 36.50 $345.00 $365.00 $ 22.50

Hirsch Cabinetmakers Set

B. Cabinetmakers Carving Set

For adding decorative embellishments to cabinetry and furniture, this small relief carvers set is ideal. Supplied as four tools: 8mm (5/16) #8 gouge, 8mm (5/16) straight chisel, 6mm (1/4) 75 parting tool and a standard chip carving knife. Hand forged from high-carbon steel (HCS), the gouge, chisel and parting tool are each hardened to Rc61, the chip carving knife to Rc57. At about 8 long overall, the regular carvers are tted with steel bolsters and comfortable octagonal hornbeam handles. The 6 long chip carving knife has a white beech handle. Made in Germany. All tools require nal honing. 61S01.04 Carving Set of 4 $85.00

A B C D E F G H
A. B. C. D.

#2 #3 J #4 #7 #8 K L M

E. F. G. H.

Flexcut Knives J. German Chip Carving Knives These comfortable knives have ergonomically This range of knives was specically developed shaped wooden handles suitable for extended for chip carving. Primarily intended for softwood carving periods. Exceptionally sharp and easily carving (but usable for hardwood), the variety of controlled, the double-bevelled high-carbon, blade styles allows you to make the various cuts spring-steel blades come fully honed ready for necessary to this decorative carving form. The use. The 5/8 skew knife is ideal for paring cuts most popular is the general-purpose #8 knife. About 6 long overall with white beech handles. and permits very thin shavings. The standard cutting knife has a sturdy 13/16 blade for general 06D04.02 Chip Knife #2 $12.60 carving use. The 15/16 ne-nosed knife is useful 06D04.03 Chip Knife #3 $12.60 for detail work. Essential for quickly roughing 06D04.04 Chip Knife #4 $17.20 workpieces, the large roughing knife has a 13/4 06D04.07 Chip Knife #7 $12.60 long blade. The detail and cutting knives are 06D04.08 Chip Knife #8 $13.80 about 6 long overall. The skew and roughing 06D04.12 Set of 5 Chip Knives $64.50 knives are 51/2 and 65/8 long respectively. Moor Chip Carving Knives 06D05.11 Flexcut Skew Knife $18.50 These excellent-quality knives have Rc60, high06D05.12 Flexcut Cutting Knife $20.50 carbon steel blades and ergonomic composite 06D05.13 Flexcut Detail Knife $21.50 handles. They are comfortable to grip and let you 06D05.14 Flexcut Roughing Knife $23.50 distance your thumb from the blade, giving you 06D05.16 Flexcut Knives, set of 4 $76.00 a good view of the cutting action. The large knife Bubinga Carving Knives is the main workhorse, the small is for detail These are well-made knives. The 41/2 long work, and the stab is for decorative accents. All contoured bubinga handles seat nicely in your are about 61/2 long. Final honing required. hand. The high-carbon steel blades are supported K. 06D05.22 Small Chip Knife $24.95 by a brass bolster and secured by a brass through- L. 06D05.21 Large Chip Knife $24.95 pin. Available individually in four styles, or as a set. M. 06D05.23 Stab Knife $24.95 Blades are hardened to Rc58-62. Made in Japan. 60D04.01 Curved Knife $22.50 All Our Catalogs 60D04.03 Convex Knife $22.50 Are Now Online 60D04.04 Stab Knife $22.50 Shopping our catalogs 60D04.05 Skew Knife $22.50 is easier than ever. 60D04.20 Set (4) Carving Knives $83.50
The choice is yours at www.leevalley.com

Handle with magnetic end cap stores up to 6 blades.

Veritas Carvers Knife This versatile knife has an oval handle for a comfortable t and ne grooves for a good grip in your hand. Designed to use standard disposable scalpel blades, it comes with 12 razor-sharp high-carbon blades (four of each style shown) that are easy to hone for repeated use. The solid brass collet on an anodized aluminum body makes blade change quick and easy. About 6 long. The magnetic end cap is removable to store

up to six blades in the handle and keeps blades from rattling around inside. Although offered as a carvers knife for ne detail work, it is equally effective as a multi-purpose shop knife. 05K73.01 Knife with Blade Storage $29.50 Replacement Blades: 05K72.02 Pkg. of 10, Spear 05K72.03 Pkg. of 10, Curved 05K72.04 Pkg. of 10, Classic $ 4.50 $ 4.50 $ 4.50

Carvers Lap Apron Developed specically for lap protection while carving, this apron has a generous cut to cover a large area, and a reverse taper from the waist to the knee so it wont bunch at the waist while you are seated. The 5 oz split cowhide leather is tough and slash resistant. Adjustable for waists up to 48, the nylon belt is rivet reinforced and secures with a quick-release nylon buckle. Made in Canada. 67K34.05 Carvers Lap Apron $39.50

Miniature Chisels & Scalers (4 and 6mm). The chisels require only final These surgical dental instruments are superb for honing before use. The scalers can be used as detail work. About 6 long with 1/4 dia. serrated, scrapers and picks. The set of four includes a bullnose and three claw-shaped trapezoids. hexagonal handles, the tools are well balanced Stainless steel hardened to Rc40. and easy to control. The set of seven chisels includes three straight (2, 3 and 4mm), left- and N. 81D40.01 Miniature Chisels Set of 7 $17.90 right-hand 3mm skews, and two fantail chisels O. 81D40.02 Miniature Scalers Set of 4 $12.50 N O P Q Carving and Clean-Up Picks Perfect as a general shop tool or for detailing carvings. The scraping set has seven different ends, primarily triangular-shaped cross sections; the carving picks have eight ends, primarily round shaped. Hardened 440 stainless steel. P. Scraping Set of 4 86K95.01 $10.90 Q. Picking Set of 4 86K95.02 $11.90

Example of knife with customized handle

#4 #2 #3 B

#5 #8 #9 #11 C D E F G

#12 Beebe Carving Tools Paul Beebe, a Canadian knife maker, makes these tools to our specifications. They are ground and honed by hand, ready to use. The 51/2 pau ferro hardwood handles are shaped to be comfortable and to provide the feel that is so necessary for good control. To maintain their edges, honing with our blade-honing compound is recommended. The micro scorps are normally honed only on the exterior, but you can also rene the edge by honing the interior. Use a length of dowel (charged with honing compound) slightly smaller than the hole. Hone on a trailing stroke only, away from the cutting edge. An alternative is to use a stiff, cotton cord (charged with honing compound) for the same purpose.
A. Beebe Bent Knife

This knife has a double bevel on the outside of the bend rather than on the inside. This lets it function more like a gouge with an easily controlled cutting action. Designed for feather shaping, it is also useful in general roughing. 05U03.01 Beebe Bent Knife $42.50

C. D. E. F. G.

B. Beebe Carving Knives

H. The hand-forged and polished blades on these knives are extremely sharp and hold their edge well. Though all are suitable for general carving, consider the #11 knife for wasting and whittling work. With the blade canted about 10 forward, it is more comfortable and effective in use than a straight blade. For incised work, undercutting, or chip carving, the #12 blade (canted about 30 forward) tapers to a thin tip and penetrates well. Blade lengths range from 11/8 for the #5 knife to 13/4 for the #2. Available individually or in sets of the most popular styles. Knives are shown with the cutting edge facing down. 05K04.02 Beebe Knife #2 $35.50 05K04.03 Beebe Knife #3 $35.50 05K04.04 Beebe Knife #4 $35.50 05K04.05 Beebe Knife #5 $35.50 05K04.08 Beebe Knife #8 $35.50 05K04.09 Beebe Knife #9 $35.50 05K04.11 Beebe Knife #11 $35.50 05K04.12 Beebe Knife #12 $35.50 05K04.10 Set of 3 (#2, #4, #5) $99.00 05K04.21 Set of 3 (#8, #9, #11) $99.00
Birch tongue depressors can be used to make tail feathers for small bird carvings.

Japanese Detail Carving Tools These are great small carving tools. The relatively short blades (about 1) let you get your hands close to the work, while the uniquely shaped handle can be held like a pencil, or with the ared butt in your palm. All tools (about 51/2 to 6 long overall) come razor sharp and ready to use. Rc63-65. The set, which comes in a presentation case, includes 3mm and 6mm deep gouges, 7.5mm straight and skew chisels, and a 4.5mm parting tool. A perfect set for adding decorative detail to cabinetwork. Other sizes are available. Tip protectors included when purchased individually. An excellent buy for any carver, beginner or pro. Made in Japan. K. 44D10.05 Detail Carving Set of 5* $36.50 44D10.15 #11 Gouge, 1.5mm $ 8.50 44D10.30 #11 Gouge, 3mm* $ 8.50 Clos se-up of mic cro 44D10.45 #11 Gouge, 4.5mm $ 8.50 H scor rp tips s 44D10.60 #11 Gouge, 6mm* $ 8.50 Beebe Micro Scorps 44D10.75 #11 Gouge, 7.5mm $ 8.50 These micro scorps solve the problem of wood 44D12.75 RH Skew, 7.5mm* $ 8.50 removal in a deep recess. The 1/16 diameter 44D12.76 LH Skew, 7.5mm $ 8.50 model is capable of very ne detail in narrow, 44D14.15 Str. Chisel, 1.5mm $ 8.50 deep recesses. The 2/16 (1/8) is for ne detail 44D14.30 Str. Chisel, 3mm $ 8.50 and is probably the best general-purpose scorp. 44D14.45 Str. Chisel, 4.5mm $ 8.50 The 5/16 model is for rapid stock removal. 44D14.75 Str. Chisel, 7.5mm* $ 8.50 05U04.01 1/16 Micro Scorp $ 40.50 44D16.15 60 Parting, 1.5mm $ 8.50 05U04.02 2/16 Micro Scorp $ 41.50 44D16.30 60 Parting, 3mm $ 8.50 05U04.03 5/16 Micro Scorp $ 42.50 44D16.45 75 Parting, 4.5mm* $ 8.50 05U04.10 Set of 3 Micro Scorps $115.00 44D18.90 Shallow Gouge, 9mm $10.50

Haida Carvers Knife Blades Made by a West Coast custom knife maker in the Haida style, these blades are uniquely suited to working softwoods where a trailing skew cut gives a superb nish without ber tearing or crushing. For finishing work, there are four styles of blades made from 1/16 stock, with three of them offered as a basic set. The hogging blade, made from thicker 3/32 stock, has a shorter blade and is meant for rougher surfaces. Blades are hollow ground on the back for ease of honing, are hardened to Rc58 in the 21/2 cutting portion and annealed in the tang for ease of screw countersinking, and are extremely sharp. Hand forged from Swedish steel and double tempered for toughness (but not meant for digging or prying). All blades come with two rivets and instructions on mounting a handle using rivets or whipping cord. 06D10.32 Haida Carvers Blade #2 $32.50 06D10.34 Haida Carvers Blade #4 $32.50 06D10.38 Haida Carvers Blade #8 $32.50 06D10.41 Haida Carvers Blade #11 $32.50 06D10.20 Starter Set of 3 (#2, #4, #8) $89.00 06D10.45 Hogging Blade $32.50

J. Japanese Carvers Set

An ideal toolbox carving set, this inexpensive ve-piece detail carvers set includes two sizes of gouges, a V-groove parting tool, and straight and skew chisels. Just 51/4 long, the lightweight carvers have slender composite handles and rubber nger grips for pencil-like control. The blades, hardened to Rc60-61, are honed ready for use. The tools have blade protectors and come packaged in a compact plastic storage case. Excellent for use on relief carvings or for detailing furniture. Made in Japan. 58D00.05 Japanese Carvers Set $20.50

K
41

B A

C particularly comfortable grip and a positive locking ring that prevents accidental closure. Sold individually or as a pair of the two smallest. E. 61K80.01 #6 Opinel Knife, 23/4 $13.50 F. 61K80.02 #8 Opinel Knife, 31/4 $13.90 G. 61K80.03 #10 Opinel Knife, 33/4 $19.50 61K80.10 Pair of Knives (#6 & #8) $25.90

Frost Knife Blades Handles can be made from a variety of woods and shaped to suit. Ground and honed, these blades D are made from steel 3/32 thick, except the 5 highcarbon stainless model, which is 1/8 thick. The largest blade is solid high-carbon steel (with an M F E G J K L H unground back); the smallest is laminated steel. Tangs range from 41/8 to 41/2 long. A. Japanese Carpenters Knife Murphy Mill Knife H. 02D03.04 High-Carbon Blade, 6 $16.50 This folding knife has a sturdy laminated carbonThis handsome, rugged knife is made from a J. 02D03.01 Stainless Blade, 5 $31.50 steel blade and a formed brass handle. The block aluminum casting with walnut inserts K. 02D02.03 Laminated Blade, 41/4 $18.50 nearly 4 long blade is nished with tung oil. The 45/8 long handle is Integral thumb hardened to Rc60 and rest prevents unusually large yet quite comfortable. The knife L. Frost Laminated Steel Knife accidental comes honed ready for set includes a bevel-point and a sharp-point Made in Sweden, this knife has a high-carbon blade use. An integral thumb blade, both 61/2 long, plus the handle. steel core clad with milder steel for shock absorpclosure. rest prevents accidental tion. The Rc62 core holds a superne edge. With B. 38D04.05 Mill-Knife Handle only $18.80 blade closure and provides a comfortable birch handle, it is a pleasure to use. C. 38D04.03 Sharp-Point Blade only $ 7.40 a bearing surface for For carving or shop use, or as a belt knife, it D. 38D04.02 Bevel-Point Blade only $ 7.90 heavy cuts. It has a hole includes a plastic sheath. An excellent knife. 38D04.11 Knife Set (all of the above) $31.50 for hook storage or a lanyard (not included). 02D01.01 Frost Knife, 2 Blade $19.50 Measures 83/4 when open; 51/4 closed. Opinel Knives 06D07.01 Japanese Carpenters Knife $24.50 These famous peasant knives from France have a M. Swedish Sloyd Knife This whittling knife has a full through tang and a single high-carbon steel blade that folds into a When you are trying to get a smooth curve on a comfortable handle with nger guard. 35/8 long hardwood handle. They are available in three small carved piece, hold the knife still and rotate sizes to suit the size of your hand; blade lengths blade. Comes with a belt sheath. the wood. are 33/4, 31/4, and 23/4. The knives have a 01D11.01 Swedish Sloyd Knife $15.50 Forged Drawknives perfect edge; blade guard supplied. Optional T. Sculptors Adze These well-designed drawknives, made from leather case available separately. A large hand adze suitable for quickly removing hot-forged high-carbon steel (hardened to waste stock. The 13/4 lb head is 91/2 long with a 3 17U06.30 4 Carvers Drawknife $56.50 Rc55), have blades ground to a 36-37 bevel Q. 17U06.18 4 Leather Case curved adze face on one side and a 3 axe face on $12.90 angle, then polished to a razor-sharp edge. The the other. Austrian head. 15 hardwood handle. 17U06.31 Drawknife & Case $65.00 hardwood handles let your ngers curl over the 65U14.01 Sculptors Adze $99.50 knob and blade tang, creating a natural grip for pulling. The general-purpose small drawknife is R. Hook Knife U. The All-Purpose Pushknife about 13 long overall, with a 6 long cutting Traditionally Used as a pushknife or a drawknife, edge. About 18 long, with a 10 cutting edge, used for hollowing wooden this is a handy shop tool. It can U the large version is for large-scale shaping and bowls and spoons, this hook knife has a double for a spokeshave, sloyd stock removal such as peeling logs for log home double-bevelled blade for push and pull cuts with knife, chisel, or hatchet, for a construction. Leather blade cover included. either hand. The 11/4 dia. blade (5/8 wide) is variety of jobs from making axe Excellent for working green or dry wood. handles to taking the corners off made from Swedish tool steel. The oval handle Made in France. turning squares. The double-bevel has a through tang; the knife is 6 long overall. blade design and the double handle N. 64K13.01 Sm. Forged Drawknife, 13 $57.50 01D20.01 Hook Knife $28.50 (with through tangs) make it easy O. 64K13.10 Lg. Forged Drawknife, 18 $64.50 to control. With the work rmly S. Inshave U braced, tremendous force can be An inshave is a form of specialized drawknife P. Veritas Carvers Drawknife applied for rapid waste removal. Fully honed, extremely useful for hollowing out bowls or An ordinary drawknife is too large for carving. 41/2 long Swedish steel blade. 14 long overall. chair seats, or for any "scooping" work. The Our drawknife is designed for ease of use with edge is about 7 long. Beech handles are maximum control. The teardrop-shaped walnut A leather case is available separately. A ne tool. cocked slightly outwards for more leverage, handles are cocked at 45 to the blade and nestle 01D30.01 Pushknife $29.50 control, and clearance. comfortably in your hands. The polished V. 17U06.15 Leather Case only $ 9.95 41/83/4 blade is ground and honed to a 65U11.01 Inshave $64.50 01D30.10 Pushknife and Case $37.50 N P T R S

V U

42

A. Tagua Nuts (Vegetable Ivory)

Tagua nuts come from the ivory palm. Like ivory, they are white, very hard, and take a polish well. Superb for turning to make chess pieces, nials, drawer pulls, etc., and for decorative plugging, they hold carving detail well. They can be sawn into slices and cut into intricate shapes on a scroll saw, and they take stain well. The nuts vary from 11/2 to 2 long with a fairly at void in the center. Approximately 10 tagua nuts to the pound. Instructions for working them included. 33K01.60 Tagua Nuts, 1 lb $10.95 33K01.65 Tagua Nuts, 5 lb $34.50
B. Soapstone Carving Blocks

striking signs. It buffs readily to a variegated green nish. An excellent medium for beginning carvers. Block measurements are approximate; they weigh 4 1/ 2 lb and 44 lb respectively. Instructions included. 1+ 5+ 55K40.01 335 Block $ 21.50 $ 19.30 55K40.06 6612 Block $159.00 $149.00
To order call 1-800-871-8158

will yield one large or two small songbirds. The 634 blocks are suitable for small birds, whittling, and head blanks for the large birds. The veneer sheets are ideal for feather rendering; the boards can be used in relief or chip carving. All sizes are nominal. Good-quality basswood is becoming increasingly difficult to obtain because of intense offshore demand. $49.50 $38.50 $18.50 $10.50 $12.50 $20.90 $14.50 $15.50 $16.50

This soft soapstone is even easier to shape than wood. Regular carving tools, gravers and les work well with it, and it can be readily cut on a table saw or bandsaw. A scroll saw or fret saw can be used to cut letters or numbers for

C. Basswood Blocks Basswood Blocks and Sheets 55K50.01 Basswood 1457 These basswood blocks and veneer sheets are 55K51.01 Basswood 1446 all select-grade with no pith wood included. 55K52.01 Basswood 1234 Basswood is a favored carving wood that is 55K53.01 Basswood 63 4 known by many names, including linden and, in French, tilleul. It is lightweight with a ne D. Basswood Veneer Boards and Sheets texture that holds detail very well and permits 55K36.05 Pkg. 5 Boards 1/4312 excellent control. 55K37.05 Pkg. 5 Boards 1/2412 The 1457 blocks are suitable for large 55K34.10 Pkg. 10 Sheets 1/32312 ducks; the 1446 blocks are big enough for 55K35.10 Pkg. 10 Sheets 1/16312 medium and small ducks. The 1234 blocks 55K35.50 Pkg. 10 Sheets 1/8312 E. Universal Bird Feet & Legs

#1

#3

#7

Veritas Carvers Screw Turned from a solid bar of brass, this carvers screw, with its tapered tip and high-prole threads, grips securely and guarantees that remounted pieces are held as securely the third and fourth time as they were the rst time. The hex portion clamps securely in a vise while you thread on a blank, or you can use a wrench. The molded tightening knob has a lowfriction brass insert. At 5 long overall, this screw can be used on work surfaces up to 33/4 thick in a dog hole 1/2 in diameter or larger. 05G08.01 Veritas Carvers Screw $18.95

Suitable for songbird carvings, the legs are steel and the pewter talons can be bent to suit your carving (boil in water for a few minutes and bend to shape before they cool). They are usually joined to each other by contact cement, and they take paint well. Each size is suitable for a variety of species; examples listed will help you determine the right size. 93K11.01 Pr. #1 (Bluebird, Goldnch, $5.50 Small Chickadee) 93K11.02 Pr. #2 (Cedar Waxwing, $5.50 Large Chickadee, Sparrow) 93K11.03 Pr. #3 (Cardinal, Small $5.50 Jay, Small Robin) 93K11.07 Pr. #7 (Blue Jay) $6.50
SIZE CLEAR IRIS

Nail sets can be used to make eyes in a carving but use hand pressure, not a hammer, to make the indentation.

Bird Eyes Handmade eyes are among the best available for bird carvings. These are crystal glass eyes with good scratch resistance. They come wire mounted for easy handling and storage. Eyes with brown, yellow and red irises come in popular sizes; a complete range with clear (int) irises is available. All have black pupils. The clear irises can be back-painted with any color of acrylic paint. Prices shown are per pair. The 10+ price applies to a purchase of 10 or more pairs of a specic eye. Mixed colors and sizes cannot be combined to obtain quantity discount.
7mm 8mm 9mm 10mm 11mm

3mm

4mm

5mm

6mm

93K04.03 93K04.04 93K04.05 93K04.06 93K04.07 93K04.08 93K04.09 $3.50 $3.50 $3.50 $4.20 $4.20 $4.20 $4.20 $3.15 $3.15 $3.15 $3.75 $3.75 $3.75 $3.75 93K05.05 93K05.06 93K05.07 93K05.08 93K05.09 BROWN 1+ $5.60 $5.60 $5.60 $5.60 $6.00 IRIS 10+ $5.00 $5.00 $5.00 $5.00 $5.40 93K06.08 93K06.09 Quikwood epoxy on page 207 YELLOW 1+ $5.60 $6.00 is a shapeable putty ideal for IRIS mounting glass eyes. The spat10+ $5.00 $5.40 ulas shown on the same page 93K07.08 93K07.09 are excellent tools for applying RED 1+ $5.60 $6.00 and detailing the putty. IRIS $5.40 10+ $5.00 1+ 10+

93K04.10 $4.20 $3.75 93K05.10 $6.00 $5.40 93K06.10 $6.00 $5.40 93K07.10 $6.00 $5.40

93K04.11 $4.20 $3.75 93K05.11 $6.00 $5.40

C D E

Razertip Wood Burning Systems These systems are well made and built to last. The two models are the same quality and have the same features except for the number of handpiece plug-ins. Model SK accepts one handpiece; Model SS-D10 accepts two handpieces, allowing quick switching between the two (extra cord needed). Since the heating time of the tip is only about 8 seconds, model choice depends on the amount of use and frequency of changing tips. Both models feature a solid-state power supply (10 amp, 45 watts) with variable heat control (340F to 1400F), a vented, xedtip handpiece and a 39 cord. The handpiece is light, controllable and has excellent recovery. It has a large tip (#1L), which is standard for most wood burning. For special applications, a selection of other handpieces is offered below. Three-year warranty on the power supply. The CSA certication is recognized across North America. A. 38N20.03 Razertip, Model #SK $149.00 B. 38N20.01 Razertip, Model #SS-D10 $179.00 38N20.02 Extra Cord, 39 $ 16.50 (these tips should be regularly cleaned). The handle must be purchased separately. See chart below.
For wood burning, it is best to avoid woods with high resin content. The resin fouls the tip and requires frequent removal.

Handpieces for Razertip System We carry an assortment of vented, xed-tip handpieces, including some heavy-duty models. Although the fixed-tip handpieces are recommended for general use, two interchangeable-tip sets are also available for intermittent light-duty use

C. FIXED-TIP HANDPIECES As tips are individually shaped, they may vary slightly from illustrations shown. Small skew-shaped tip. 38N21.01 #1S Handpiece Medium skew-shaped tip. 38N21.02 #1M Handpiece $27.50 $27.50 Same as #F18S handpiece, only with a large tip. 38N36.02 #F18L Handpiece $27.50 D. HEAVY-DUTY FIXED-TIP HANDPIECES These heavy-duty xed-tip handpieces are larger than the other handpieces and will withstand considerably more pressure. Since they require a higher heat setting, they should only be used with the heavy-duty cord (although they will work with the regular cord supplied with the Razertip unit). A medium tip used for layering feathers, quills, general shading. 38N37.01 #5MC Heavy-Duty Handpiece $31.50 A large V-shaped bent tip used for shading and pyrography. 38N37.03 #16L Heavy-Duty Handpiece $31.50 A medium spoon tip that is used for making dots, shading and pyrography. 38N37.04 #30M Heavy-Duty Handpiece $31.50 38N37.02 39 Cord for Heavy-Duty $17.50 Handpiece E. INTERCHANGEABLE TIPS & HANDLE

Replacement large skew-shaped tip (included with Razertip wood burning system). 38N21.03 #1L Handpiece $27.50 For detailing inside tight concave areas. 38N22.01 #2S Handpiece $27.50 Ultra-ne point for miniature carvings and songbirds. 38N25.01 #5S Handpiece

Feathering Tips Particularly useful for defining feathers and barbs, these wood-burning tips have a tight wirecoil wrap to produce patterns of ne parallel lines, much faster and more evenly than a singlepoint tip. In addition to feathering, they can be used to apply texturing effects or hatched shading. Available in sets of four, with roundend, square-end, skew-end and spear-end tips. The ne tips range from 4mm to 6mm wide, and produce approximately 85 lines per inch. Medium tips range from 6mm to 10mm wide and apply approximately 70 lines per inch. Also effective on leather. Made in Canada. Compatible with our 38N30.04 handpiece (sold separately). F. 38N30.05 Fine Tips, set of 4 $29.80 G. 38N30.06 Medium Tips, set of 4 $29.80

$27.50

Used by turners for embellishing. 38N25.02 #5M Handpiece $27.50 Small chisel tip for working in conned areas. Also popular for calligraphy. $27.50 38N26.01 #6S Handpiece Large rounded skew tip used by advanced carvers to "bump" feathers. $27.50 38N27.03 #7L Handpiece Writing tip used for signing or shading. $27.50 38N29.01 #9 Handpiece Unique small curved spear tip to contact wood under wing tips. $27.50 38N32.01 #12S Handpiece Quill tip for pressing down small areas on sides of a quill or for layering feathers on small carvings. 38N35.03 #15L Handpiece $27.50 For multi-purpose use. Can be used for layering feathers, carving quills, ne detail, calligraphy, shading, and making scales. Small tip. 38N36.01 #F18S Handpiece $27.50 44 Carving

F G

H. Five-Piece Pyrography Tip Set

Suitable for miniature work. Handle sold separately. $17.90 38N30.01 Set of 5 Interchangeable Tips

A selection of the most common pyrography tips, this ve-piece set includes a writing tip, a shading tip, a small round-end tip, a small spearpoint tip, and a transfer/shader tip. Made in Canada. Compatible with our 38N30.04 handpiece (sold separately). 38N30.09 Pyrography Tips, set of 5 $18.00

Suitable for bird carvings. Handle sold separately. $26.50 38N30.02 Set of 8 Interchangeable Tips Must be purchased for use with interchangeable-tip sets above. 38N30.04 Handle for Interchangeable Tips $31.50

A. Wood Burning Pen

A handy pen for decorative burning of wood or leather. It is light and easy to use. Includes ve interchangeable tips that can be used for wood burning, soldering, and cutting stencils, plastics or Styrofoam. 30 watts, 1050F, CSA/UL certied. 17J18.01 Wood Burning Pen $35.50
Pyrography Workbook by Sue Walters This is a complete course in the art of pyrography. Walters covers the properties of various materials (wood, leather, paper, gourds, tagua) and their preparation, pattern transfer, using color, and choosing nibs. A texturing chart and well-illustrated exercises help the student develop the full range of effects possible with the three principal nibs: skew, writer and shader. Step-by-step projects are graded for the beginner (ducks and bulrushes), intermediate (head of a golden eagle), and advanced (wolf). Each project expands skills in rendering hair, feathers, eyes, grass, water, etc. Ten patterns, shown in both line and tonal formats, include chickadees, a polar bear, a raccoon and a squirrel. Softcover, 81/211, 137 pages, 2005. 49L50.34 Pyrography Workbook $16.00

E
D. Foredom SR Power Carver Kit

motor and another for older S-series motors. Please verify your motor type before ordering. This kit contains everything you need for power Replacement ex shafts and sheaths common to carving: a ex shaft, motor and handpiece, and both motors are also available separately. an assortment of burrs, drums, discs and other accessories. It is a good general-purpose rotary 78J02.65 Maintenance Kit, SR model $16.50 carving set for shaping wood, and for high-speed 78K01.02 Maintenance Kit, S models $17.50 polishing, drilling, grinding, sanding and other 78J50.04 Repl. Flex Shaft only $11.50 medium-duty applications with various mate78J50.03 Repl. Flex Sheath only $16.50 rials. The braided core of the ex shaft can rotate in either direction, and is enclosed in a neoprene H. Ceramic Abrasive Stones sheath impervious to grease or oil. The ballIdeal stones for texturing and feathering. The bearing motor is 1/6 hp, 1.7 amp, maximum points are a blend of ceramic and aluminum oxide materials that runs cooler and longer 18,000 rpm. A non-skid foot pedal lets you without clogging. Suitable for all woods, hard control speed without interrupting work. The metals, bone, alabaster, glass, gemstone and heavy-duty collet handpiece (model 44T) has plastic, the bits keep their shape, even when sealed ball bearings for quiet, smooth operation. working metal. Can be touched up on a dressing Two-year warranty on electrical components. stone. The boxed set contains 7 ne (120x) and 2 The kit comes with 3/32, 1/8 and 1/4 collets, a medium grit (80x) stones with points ranging pin and wrench for changing collets, 1 oz of from 5/64 to 1/4 dia. and 7/64 to 1/2 long. All ex shaft lubricant, a 26-piece assortment of burrs, mandrels, radial bristle discs, sanding shanks are 3/32. Overall length is 13/4 to 2. Steel Carving Burrs discs, drums and sleeves, plus a multi-tier burr Developed for jewellery making, these SwissMaximum 45,000 rpm. stand and an instructional DVD. made tool-steel rotary burrs are ideal for beginner 78J17.01 Set of 9 Stones $28.50 Collets ranging in size from 1/16 to 1/4 in 1/32 carvers. Suitable for use on wood, acrylics and mild steel, the durable burrs are congured in two increments are available individually. The set of J. Diamond Carving Discs sets. Intended primarily for quick stock removal, seven includes collet sizes 3/32, 3mm, 1/8, 5/32, Ideal for use on carbide, hardened steel, glass, 3/16, 6mm and 1/4. Sold separately, the 42 the 1/8 shank 12-piece set includes a selection of ceramics, stone, etc., these durable electroplated 3/4 discs are well suited for grinding, shaping, barrel, bud, cone and cutter burrs (styles may height-adjustable motor hanger lets you suspend vary). The more comprehensive 20-piece set the motor out of the way, allowing the ex shaft polishing and slicing (will cut through nails). offers a collection of 12 burrs (1/8 shank) suitfull freedom of movement. Made from solid 1/2 The set includes 2 edge-treated discs as well as 3 single-sided and 3 double-sided treatments, able for heavy stock removal as well as an thick hexagonal steel rod, it includes a handpiece and a 3/32 shank mandrel. assortment of eight ne-detail burrs (3/32 shanks). rest and a mounting clamp that attaches to any bench up to 21/4 thick. We also offer a mainteEach set comes with a plastic storage case that 77J81.01 Set of 8 Discs & Mandrel $16.95 will hold up to 48 burrs (1/8 and 3/32 shanks). nance kit (see below). Maximum 12,000 rpm. Excellent value. 78J02.60 SR Power Carver Kit $265.00 B. 77J01.01 Set of 12 Carving Burrs $34.50 E. 78J09.01 7-pc. Collet Set for #44T $ 49.50 C. 77J01.02 Set of 20 Carving Burrs $46.50 78J09.02 *Single Collet for #44T $ 8.50 F. 78J02.70 Motor Hanger $ 39.50 H * Specify size A(1/16), B(3/32), C(1/8), D(5/32), E(3/16), F(7/32), G(1/4). C
G. Foredom Power Carver Maintenance Kit

Foredom recommends cleaning and lubricating the ex shaft every 50 hours of operation. Kit includes lubricant, replacement ex shaft, two motor brushes, and a maintenance manual. We offer two different kits: one for the current SR B
Additional handpiece styles are available on our website. Search for "Foredom handpieces" at www.leevalley.com.

J
45

Items A to P are shown smaller than actual size but in proportion to each other.

C D Kutzall Carving Burrs Covered with hundreds of extremely sharp carbide teeth, these aggressive carving burrs remove stock quickly and stay sharp 7 to 10 times longer than HSS burrs. They are not prone to loading. When working with pine (which will load any burr), clean them with solvent or burn out the wood and gum with a gas torch; the heat wont harm the teeth. These burrs are about 0.100 larger than the nominal diameter indicated. They can be used on wood, berglass, plastic, composites and soapstone. Shanks are either 1/4 or 1/8. The gold burrs are not quite as aggressive but leave a smoother nish that looks like it was sanded.
To order call 1-800-871-8158 R. HSS Carvers Burrs A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L. M. N. O. P.

G K H J

P
Q. Rotary Rasps and Files

Silver Kutzall (Fast Cutting) 77J26.01 77J21.02 77J26.02 77J21.04 77J21.05 77J27.02 77J22.05 77J28.01 77J23.02 77J28.02 77J23.04 77J23.05 77J29.02 77J24.04 77J24.05 77J24.06 77J30.03 77J31.01 77J32.01 77J25.01 77J33.01 77J33.05 77J33.09

Gold Kutzall (Sanding) 77J46.01 77J41.02 77J46.02 77J40.04

Shape Taper Taper Taper Taper Taper Cylinder Cylinder Ball Nose Ball Nose Ball Nose Ball Nose Ball Nose Sphere Sphere Sphere Sphere Dovetail Birds Eye Rotosaw Rotosaw Flame Flame Flame

Shank
1/8 1/4 1/8 1/4 1/4 1/8 1/4 1/8 1/4 1/8 1/4 1/4 1/8 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/8 1/4 1/4

77J48.01 77J43.02

77J43.05 77J49.02 77J44.05

77J33.02 77J33.06 77J33.10

Dia. Length (Nominal) 1/83/4 1/411/2 1/41/2 1/21 3/411/4 1/41/2 3/41 1/83/4 1/411/2 1/41/2 1/23/4 3/41 1/41/4 1/21/2 3/43/4 11 3/81/2 3/83/4 1/21/8 3/41/4 1/41/2 1/21 3/413/8

$12.30 $15.80 $14.20 $17.00 $18.40 $14.20 $18.40 $12.30 $15.80 $14.20 $15.80 $19.50 $14.20 $17.00 $17.50 $21.80 $16.60 $18.40 $14.50 $17.00 $15.40 $15.80 $18.40

S. Ruby Carvers Burrs

These second-cut rasps and les are excellent for use with Foredom power units or other exshaft equipment. Made of high-carbon steel, these bits are approximately 21/2 long with 5/8 diameter heads. There are three rasps and three les in the shapes shown. Set comes in a wooden block holder. 1/4 shanks. 51W04.01 Set of 6 Rotary Rasps/Files $48.50 Q

These high-quality burrs, made of high-speed steel hardened to Rc63-65, are well suited for shaping all low to medium tensile materials (including hardwoods). The slightly higher cost of high-speed steel burrs will easily pay for itself in the long run. All have 6mm (1/4) shanks and can be used with Foredoms #44 or Dremels #236 handpieces. Available individually or as a set of 10. To order a single burr, add the number shown in the photo to the prex 77J05. Example: the burr at the far left would be 77J05.01. Made in Germany. 77J05.01 to .06 (specify Burr #) ea. $ 17.50 77J05.08 to .13 (specify Burr #) ea. $ 31.80 77J05.21 Set of 10 HSS Burrs $225.00
.12 .13

.01

.02

.03

.05

.06

.08

.09

.10

A favorite of decoy carvers for years now, ruby carvers were originally designed for working acrylics, where they leave a satin nish. They are effective in a wide range of woods since the ruby particles retain their sharpness and are non-plugging in use. Used for undercutting, contouring and feather detailing, they have a wide application in all types of woodcarving. Shanks are 3/32 in diameter by about 13/8. Available individually or as a set of 10. To order a single burr, add the number shown in the photo to the prex 77J08. Example: the burr at the far left would be 77J08.15. 77J08.15 to .20 (specify Burr #) ea. $ 11.50 77J08.21 to .27 (specify Burr #) ea. $ 12.90 77J08.30 to .31 (specify Burr #) ea. $ 15.70 77J08.03 Set of 10 Ruby Carvers $119.00 T

T. Felt Bob Set of 10

.15

.18

.19

.20

.21

.23

.25

.27

.31

.30

S
Items Q to S are shown smaller than actual size but in proportion to each other.

This selection of 10 hard-felt bobs is particularly useful for polishing or detailing metal, hardwood, soapstone, etc. They are also well suited for honing the insides of gouges and readily accept our blade honing compound (see page 99). Bobs are mounted on 1/8 or 3/32 shanks. Packaged in a plastic storage case. Maximum 30,000 rpm. 77J81.30 Felt Bob Set of 10 $9.95

V X W
U. V. Flex-Shaft & Dust Extractor W. This is no ordinary ex-shaft. It has a built-in dust collection X.

(10,000 rpm maximum; cannot run in reverse). Chuck capacity is 3/8. We offer an optional shroud extender for working with the rounded tip of ball-end attachments. An excellent accessory. 68Z50.85 Flex-Shaft & Dust Extractor $109.00 68Z50.83 Extender $ 9.95 05J21.14 21/2 to 11/4 Adapter, ea. $ 2.50 03J60.85 21/2 Splice, ea. $ 1.90

port for vacuum attachment, letting you capture waste material Y while using rotary sanding or carving tools, keeping Y. Carbide Burr Set airborne dust to a minimum. The handle extends to form an These eight small carbide unobtrusive 11/2 diameter shroud that surrounds the three-jaw burrs can be used on any steel, steel alloy, or non-ferrous Jacobs-style chuck. A 54 exible vacuum hose branches metal. Useful for detail work off the rear of the handle, ending in a two-piece cuff to link to on hardwoods, tagua, bone, 11/4 diameter dust-collection hose (21/2 to 11/4 adapter and etc. 3/32 shanks. 13/4 long. 21/2 splice available separately). The 46 ex-shaft contains three bearings for smooth operation and has a steel core with Set of 8 Carbide Burrs a 6mm (7/32) shank that can be driven by a power drill, 78J07.02 $28.50 drill press, motor with an arbor, or anything with a chuck Burrs shown actual size, but not full length.

C Dura-GRIT Shaping Burrs These aggressive burrs are effective for quickly cutting and shaping materials such as wood, berglass, laminates, plastic and leather. The durable copperbrazed tungsten carbide grit will not loosen or shear under load. The 11/4 dia. shaping wheel is domed for sanding curved and at surfaces. The cutting wheels are available in two diameters; the 1 size has a maximum depth of 3/8, while the 11/2 size cuts up to 5/8. The 1 wheel has grit on both faces for removing projections, and cutting channels or bevels. The tapered, conical and round-end burrs are for general carving and shaping; the tapered burr can also be used to bore into materials. The 1/2 dia. by 1/2 tall hollow drum has grit on the lip, allowing it to be used as a hole saw. Usable at speeds up to 35,000 rpm, each has a 1/8 shank and measures 11/4 to 15/8 in length. Available individually, as well as in two sets of four selected for general household use and for

C D D

H G E

A. Economy Diamond Burr Set of 30

These are good value in nickel-plated diamond burrs. They have 1/8 dia. shanks and are between 13/4 and 2 long overall. Maximum 30,000 rpm. 77J04.01 Economy Burr Set of 30 $15.95
B. Industrial Diamond Burr Set of 30

This industrial-grade set of diamond burrs can be used for general shaping, grinding, and sharpening. They are 13/4 long, and have shanks just under 1/8 in diameter. At about 350 grit, they are ne enough for detailed work, yet wont easily load up. Our best-quality diamond points. Operate at a minimum 12,000 rpm and a maximum 30,000 rpm. 17J20.01 Industrial Burr Set of 30 $49.50

C. D. E. F. G. H. J.

carving (symbols in price lines indicate components of sets). Made in Canada. 77J81.76 #5 Cutting Wheel, (11/2 dia.), 60x $15.80 77J81.51 #1 Shaping Wheel, (11/4 dia.), 60x $15.80 77J81.56 #9 Cutting Wheel, (1 dia.), 80x $15.80 77J81.61 #2 Tapered-Point Burr, 80x $ 9.80 77J81.66 #4 Conical-Tip Burr, 80x $12.60 77J81.71 #6 Round-End Burr, 80x $12.60 77J81.81 #2 Hollow Drum, 80x $12.60 77J81.91 Homeowners Set of 4 Burrs $49.50 77J81.96 Carvers Set of 4 Burrs $46.50

M. Lancelot Woodcarving Tool Wood-Shaping Cutters This woodcarver is particularly useful for major wood removal in sculpting Designed to t 4 to 41/2 angle grinders, these tools are used by carvers for (busts, chair seats, etc.). It has a 22-tooth circlet held between two stainlessroughing large carvings; renovators and contractors use them for quickly steel discs. 4 in diameter, it mounts on an angle grinder with either a 5/8 or a cutting oor openings, notches, grooves, etc., for tting conduits and wiring. 7/8 arbor. Circlets are resharpenable (using a 5/32 chain-saw le) and replaceable. The versatility and ease of operation of the tool are remarkable. You K. Freestyle Woodcarver have to use one before you can fully appreciate the speed and smoothness of Unlike a chain-saw circlet cutter, this woodcarver blade has no tendency to cut. Maximum 14,000 rpm. catch and skitter along the wood potentially damaging the workpiece and possibly the user. Made from a single piece of steel, the blade has been 99T20.01 *Lancelot 5/8 Arbor $48.50 proled to prevent kickback and grabbing. The teeth (hardened to Rc62) are 99T20.02 *Lancelot 7/8 Arbor $48.50 all chip-limited and remove a maximum of just 1mm of material per cut (teeth 99T20.11 Repl. 22-Tooth Circlet $25.50 sharpen with a 1/4 chain-saw le). Easily controlled, 62W13.11 5/32 Chain-Saw File $ 1.80 it handles plunge, lateral and freestyle cuts without * Before ordering, please check the arbor size of your grinder (5/8 or 7/8) to ensure you receive the correct size. difculty. The kit includes mounting hardware and a polycarbonate blade guard assembly. N. Kutzall Sanding/Carving Disc 99T33.20 Pro-4 Woodcarver $64.50 For use in angle-head machines (or disc grinders), 99T33.21 Repl. Pro-4 Blade $48.50 this aggressive sanding and carving disc is covered 99T32.02 *Washer Kit $ 9.90 with hundreds of extremely sharp carbide-coated 99T32.03 *Double Handle Kit $ 9.90 teeth, which remove stock quickly, resist loading, and stay sharp through extended use. Suitable L. Industrial Wood-Shaping Cutter Kit for shaping large carvings, chair seats, or other This is the ultimate tool for shaping in soft and applications for which you would normally use hard woods, and even soft metals. What sets it N a large gouge. 41/2 in diameter with a 7/8 bore. apart is the industrial grade of tungsten carbide teeth that will cut through wire nails without a Maximum 15,000 rpm. Made in USA. hiccup. If you hit something harder, simply 77J62.02 Sanding/Carving Disc $58.50 rotate the tooth for a fresh cutting edge. The solid steel body has a thick rim and chip-limitation design to ensure a smooth but fast cutting action. Arbor is 7/8 with a 5/8 bushing. The kit includes a blade guard made from a tough polycarbonate material and a xing key. 99T31.01 Industrial Cutter Kit $155.00 Grinders not included. 99T31.02 Repl. Set of 3 Cutters $ 52.50 99T32.02 *Washer Kit $ 9.90 99T32.03 *Double Handle Kit $ 9.90 * Please check your grinder model before ordering the industrial cutter kit or the Pro-4 Woodcarver. Angle grinders Black & Decker #2750, Sears Craftsman and Master Mechanic #MM9620 require the washer kit; Makita models #N9514B and N9501BZ/BKW require the double handle kit. The DeWalt #400 & #402 grinders are not compatible with either Arbortech carver.

N K L M
Carving 47

TURNING TOOLS
A

N M L

C Henry Taylor Turning Tools includes 3/16 and 1/4 gouges, a 1/4 roundWhere noted, our turning tools are from the Diamic nose scraper, a 1/4 skew, and a 1/8 wide line of high-speed steel (HSS) lathe tools made by parting tool. Packed in a plastic wallet. Henry Taylor Tools Ltd. of Sheffield, England. 58B16.01 HSS Miniature Set of 5 $109.00 These tools are of excellent quality. The M2 HSS blades have 6% tungsten content. HSS retains its C. High-Speed Steel Spindle-Turning Set E. hardness at high temperatures to give superior These HSS full-size professional-quality edge-holding ability in oily abrasive woods, or Henry Taylor tools also make a good beginwoods with difcult grain such as burls, and gives ners set. Included are a 1/2 skew, a 1/2 spindle F. clean, smooth turnings. When you regrind a HSS gouge and a 1/8 wide parting tool, packed in tool, it will also retain its hardness (above Rc60), a racked cardboard presentation box. G. even if bluing takes place. The hardwood handles 58B17.01 Spindle-Turning Set of 3 $109.00 are stained and lacquered.
A. High-Speed Steel Basic Turning Set D. High-Speed Steel Pro Set

A basic set of ve Henry Taylor lathe tools ideal for the beginner. With 41/2 to 51/2 blades and overall lengths of 111/2 to 121/2, these tools are easy to control. Useful for a range of turning projects, this set consists of 4mm, 6mm and 9mm spindle gouges, a 13mm skew chisel, and a 3mm parting tool. A ne set. 58B18.01 HSS Basic Set of 5 $119.00
B. High-Speed Steel Miniature Turning Set

A set of ve Henry Taylor lathe tools specically designed for turning small pieces. With 31/2 to 41/4 blades they are 101/2 to 111/4 long overall. The set

This set of eight professional-quality Henry Taylor HSS lathe tools permits a wide range of work on the face plate or between centers. Packed in a racked cardboard presentation box, it includes a 3/4 roughing gouge, a 1/4 long strong deep-U bowl gouge, 1/4 and 1 / 2 spindle gouges, a diamond-section parting tool, a 3/4 skew, a 3/4 square-end scraper, and a 1 round-nose scraper. Complements a basic turning set or makes a deluxe beginners set. 58B19.01 HSS Pro Set of 8 $359.00 Economy Turning Tools Excellent value, these good-quality tools are milled from 6542 HSS (an alloy similar to M2) and hardened to Rc60-62. They come sharpened ready for use (though the scrapers benet from burnishing a hook). About 22 overall, all tools have comfortable 16 ash handles that allow excellent control and provide signicant leverage during heavy work. Though they are ideal for the budgetconscious beginner, experienced turners will find them useful for experimenting with different grinds or creating custom scrapers. Tools are available individually or in sets that include our specially designed polyester tool roll (see description on page 49). The face-plate set of three contains a 1/2 bowl

H. J. K. L. M. N.

Crown Pro PM Turning Tools These premium turning tools are made by Crown in Shefeld, England, from a proprietary PM (powder metallurgy) steel, an advanced alloy that holds an edge up to three times longer than M2 high-speed steel. It is remarkably easy to sharpen despite its exceptional wear resistance, so you can spend more time at the lathe and less at the grinder. These tools have 61/4 to 7 long blades and 121/2 black lacquered ash handles, except for the bowl gouges and Ellsworth gouge, which have 10 blades and 16 handles for leverage. Each is hardened to Rc64-68 and carries a lifetime guarantee. 35B03.01 3/4 Spindle Roughing Gouge $ 99.50 35B03.02 1/4 Spindle Gouge $ 41.80 35B03.03 3/8 Spindle Gouge $ 49.00 35B03.04 1/2 Spindle Gouge $ 55.00 35B03.05 3/8 Detail Gouge $ 54.00 35B03.06 1/2 Detail Gouge $ 59.00 35B03.10 1/4 Bowl Gouge $ 64.50 35B03.11 3/8 Bowl Gouge $ 71.00 35B03.12 1/2 Bowl Gouge $ 92.00 35B03.13 1/2 Ellsworth Gouge $121.50 35B03.07 3/16 Parting Tool $ 71.00 35B03.08 3/4 Skew Chisel $ 56.00 35B03.16 3/4 Square-Nose Scraper $ 56.00 35B03.18 3/4 Round-Nose Scraper $ 56.00

Instead of cutting large hardwood branches into firewood, split and dry them for woodturning. There is a lot of good turning wood in a 6 diameter (or larger) limb.

O P Q R

O. P. Q. R. S. T. U. V. W.

S
48

gouge, along with square and round-nose scrapers. The spindle set of six includes 1/4, 3/8, and 1/2 spindle gouges, a 3/4 roughing gouge, a 1 oval skew chisel, and a 3/16 parting tool. The complete set contains all nine tools in one roll. 58B25.07 1 Round-Nose Scraper $ 33.80 58B25.06 1 Square Scraper $ 33.80 58B25.09 1/2 Bowl Gouge $ 27.90 58B25.05 1 Oval Skew Chisel $ 33.80 58B25.08 3/16 Diamond Parting Tool $ 25.00 58B25.04 1/2 Spindle Gouge $ 24.40 58B25.03 3/8 Spindle Gouge $ 22.60 58B25.02 1/4 Spindle Gouge $ 20.90 58B25.01 3/4 Roughing Gouge $ 37.60 58B25.25 Face-Plate Set of 3 & Roll $ 88.00 58B25.20 Spindle Set of 6 & Roll $139.00 58B25.30 Set of all 9 + & Roll $199.00

A.

B. C. D. E.

F. G. H.

J.

K. L.

$ 40.00 $ 47.00 A B C D E $ 54.00 $ 76.50 M. Multi-Tip Scraper This versatile heavy-duty scraper offers a $ 40.00 full range of cutter proles on a single handle. $ 47.00 Developed to produce smooth cuts with $ 54.00 little chatter, it has three easily interchanged $125.00 blades: 11/16 square, 1 dia. round, and 11/2 $ 55.00 long by 1 wide pear. The blades are all 3/16 $ 55.00 thick and made from high-speed steel (HSS) $ 55.00 hardened to Rc62-64. Measures just over $145.00 15 long overall, with an 81/2 stained beech $ 40.00 handle. Made in England by Crown. $ 47.00 35B01.30 Multi-Tip Scraper $89.50 $ 54.00 $ 40.00 Easy Wood Turning Tools $ 31.00 Easy to master, these unique turning tools $ 40.00 yield remarkably smooth forms that require minimal sanding. Unlike regular bowl and Heavy-Duty Scrapers spindle gouges, which require a complex These HSS scrapers are extra thick to dampen sweeping motion to maintain a smooth cut, 1 chatter; the /2 thick blades can remove material these scrapers are designed to work by quickly or can take tissue-thin cuts to leave a smooth simply advancing or retracting the tip as you nish. Five styles are available: 1 radiused for move them across the tool rest. The tips are shaping bowls, 1/2 and 1 square for box work, and durable carbide for excellent edge retention; 1/2 and 1 round nose for general scraping. All are once they eventually begin to show signs between 19 and 21 long overall with blades of wear, simply loosen the screw mount 1 ranging from 6 /2 to 7 long. Stained beech handles. and rotate the tip to expose a fresh edge. Excellent scrapers. Made in England by Crown. Reinforced with copper ferrules, the stout 35B01.05 Radiused Scraper, 1 $87.50 maple handles have a stepped prole for 35B01.21 Square Scraper, 1/2 $59.50 secure grip. Overall tool length listed in 35B01.22 Square Scraper, 1 $87.50 price lines. 35B01.25 Round Scraper, 1/2 $59.50 The nishers have round tips (5/8 diam35B01.26 Round Scraper, 1 $87.50 eter on the large, 7/16 on the mini) for shaping and smoothing inside vessels or Lee Valley Turning Tool Roll cutting coves on spindles. Used like a This portable turning tool roll offers good orgaparting tool or small gouge, the detailers nization, accessibility, and protection. The heavy have 13/8 double-ended diamond-shaped polyester fabric (double layered for durability) tips that excel at cutting narrow beads or has pockets for nine tools up to 22 long. coves, and are handy for cutting dovetail Elasticized handle pockets accommodate recesses for chuck jaws. Primarily used to handles up to 15/8 in diameter. Internal aps remove large amounts of material, the cover the blades to prevent damage and fold out roughing tools are also capable of nishing of the way for access. Nylon quick-release cuts on outside curves. The mini rougher buckles secure the roll for transport, and addicomes with a 7/16 square tip, and accepts an tional buckles are included for wall mounting. optional 7/16 cutter with edges curved to a Measuring 231/4 square without the aps, it 2 radius. The large rougher comes tted folds to 101/2231/4. A well-made tool roll. with a 9/16 cutter, with edges curved to a 4 50K60.10 LV Turning Tool Roll $21.50
Can be wall mounted. Shown actual size.

Individual High-Speed Steel Turning Tools These turning tools are made by Henry Taylor Tools. All are made from steel 1/4 thick or thicker (5/16 for the heavy-duty skew chisel and 3 / 8 for the beading tools). About 16 long overall, with blades ranging from 61/2 to 7 long. 58B07.01 Skew Chisel, 1/2 58B07.02 Skew Chisel, 3/4 58B07.03 Skew Chisel, 1 58B07.04 H.D. Skew Chisel, 11/4 58B06.01 Round-Nose Scraper, 1/2 58B06.02 Round-Nose Scraper, 3/4 58B06.03 Round-Nose Scraper, 1 58B06.10 R.N. Scraper Set of 3 58B09.01 Small-Radius Scraper 58B09.02 Large-Radius Scraper 58B09.03 Angled-End Scraper 58B09.10 Scraper Set of 3 58B05.02 Square-End Scraper, 1/2 58B05.03 Square-End Scraper, 3/4 58B05.04 Square-End Scraper, 1 58B04.01 Diamond-Point Scraper, 1/2 58B15.01 Beading Tool, 1/4 58B15.02 Beading Tool, 3/8

Burnished hook is sharp and strong.

Veritas Scraper Burnisher for Turners This tool turns scrapers into cutting tools. Compared to a scraper with a grinder burr, a smooth edge-hook makes a big difference. Grind the scraper, deburr the at face, and roll a hook onto the edge. Hook size depends on how much pressure is used. Two 1 carbide burnishing rods supplied, one ground at 10 to burnish scrapers with 70 or 75 bevels, the other at 5 for 75 to 80 bevels. With the burnisher clamped or screwed to a stable base, you can use your whole body for leverage, so you can even put hooks on HSS scrapers. Easy to use with full-size or miniature tools; instructions included. Aluminum, steel and carbide, 41/2 by 25/8. Patented. 05K35.01 Veritas Scraper Burnisher $46.50 05K35.03 Carbide Rod, 5 $ 7.95 05K35.02 Carbide Rod, 10 $ 7.95 radius. Two optional 9/16 tips are available separately: a cutter with 2 radius edges for forms under 8 in diameter, and a straight cutter for square shoulder cuts. Excellent tools. Made in USA. 36B01.22 Large Finisher, 241/2 $129.00 36B01.30 Repl. Tip, Lg. Finisher $ 17.40 36B01.02 Mini Finisher, 151/2 $ 84.00 36B01.26 Repl. Tip, Mini Finisher $ 16.90 36B01.23 Large Detailer, 241/2 $119.00 36B01.03 Mini Detailer, 153/4 $ 84.00 36B01.31 Repl. Tip, Detailers $ 18.40 36B01.21 Large Rougher, 241/2 $113.00 36B01.28 Repl. 4 Rad. Tip, Lg. Rougher $ 12.90 36B01.29 Opt. 2 Rad. Tip, Lg. Rougher $ 12.90 36B01.27 Opt. Str. Tip, Lg. Rougher $ 12.90 36B01.01 Mini Rougher, 151/2 $ 84.00 36B01.24 Repl. Str. Tip, Mini Rougher $ 13.40 36B01.25 Opt. 2 Rad. Tip, Mini Rougher $ 13.40

N. O. P. Q. R. S. T. U. V.

N T O P Q
Tools not included.

V R U

Turning 49

D. Ellsworth "Signature" Bowl Gouge

E A B C D

The Ellsworth gouge is distinguished by its steep bevel and side-ground wings a versatile grind useful for a wide range of cuts, particularly shearing. It is used both for interior and exterior bowl surfaces and makes heavy wasting or nishing cuts equally well. The 5/8 diameter, 10 long blade is high-speed steel hardened to Rc61-62. About 271/2 long overall. Stained beech handle. Instructions included. Made in England by Crown. 35B01.09 Ellsworth Bowl Gouge $99.50

A. High-Speed Steel Spindle Gouges

Henry Taylor. Sizes indicate groove width. E. High-Speed Steel Roughing Gouges Spindle gouges are shorter than bowl gouges, 58B13.03 HSS Bowl Gouge, 1/2 $ 77.50 Deep sweep roughing gouges are used to have a shallower sweep, and have a ngernail 58B13.02 HSS Bowl Gouge, 3/8 $ 62.00 "rough"square stock into round before using more grind rather than a square-end grind. They are 58B13.01 HSS Bowl Gouge, 1/4 $ 50.00 specialized tools for detail work. These gouges for minor roughing or slicing, and finishing 58B13.10 HSS Bowl Gouge Set of 3 $165.00 (from Henry Taylor) are forged from a solid HSS between centers. These gouges, made by Henry bar. The 3/4 gouge is 163/4 long overall with a 7 Taylor, are milled from round bar and have C. HSS Super-Flute Bowl Gouge blade. The 11/2 gouge (shown) is 19 long overall blades 6 to 71/2 long (13 to 17 long overall). This unique gouge performs the with a 71/2 blade. These are not for bowl turning. Available individually or as a set of three. functions of a whole range of bowl 58B14.01 Roughing Gouge, 3/4 $ 73.50 58B10.01 Spindle Gouge, 1/4 $ 28.00 gouges. Traditionally, bowl gouges 58B14.02 Roughing Gouge, 11/2 $116.00 58B10.02 Spindle Gouge, 3/8 $ 39.00 were forged or machined to a consisF. Forged HSS Gouges 58B10.03 Spindle Gouge, 1/2 $ 55.00 tent round radius of a particular size, Forged from solid HSS at bar and are nished 58B10.10 Spindle Gouge Set of 3 $105.00 with each size for a different purpose. superbly, this is a general-purpose gouge. Forged The super-ute gouge is made from 5/8 HSS gouges are more costly to produce than those B. HSS Long Strong Deep-U Bowl Gouges round bar machined with an elliptical cross-section milled from round bar, but Henry Taylor still Ideal for face-plate work, these extra-long deep-U ute instead of a consistent round radius. The makes them for enthusiasts of traditional quality gouges with a steep bevel angle cut quickly and bottom of the ute is 1/8 wide, increasing to 7/16 and style. Available individually or as a set of cleanly, reducing the need for sanding at the top. This gives a cutting range of 1/8 to 7/16, three. Blades range from 63/4 to 71/2 long. 16 and scraping. The 1/2 size is for large depending on how the tool is held against the to 17 long overall. bowls and roughing work, the 3/8 is wood. With a steep bevel grind, the bottom of 58B11.02 Forged Gouge, 1/2 $ 67.00 general-purpose, and the 1/4 is for the ute protrudes slightly to yield a ne nish. 58B11.03 Forged Gouge, 3/4 $ 67.00 fine trimming. 211/4 to 25 long The blade is approximately 81/2 long with a 58B11.04 Forged Gouge, 1 $ 72.00 overall, with blades about 81/2 long, heavy-duty 15 handle. Made by Henry Taylor. 58B11.10 Forged Gouge Set of 3 $179.00 made of solid HSS rod. Made by 58B12.01 HSS Super-Flute Gouge $112.00
G. Extra-Narrow HSS Parting Tool K. High-Speed Steel Fluted Parting Tool

At about 1/16 thick, this is an ideal tool for small box work or anywhere that you want minimum stock removal such as on a small lathe. Very rigid, the blade is 11/4 deep. 8 long overall. Rosewood handle. Made in England by Crown. 35B01.01 HSS Parting Tool $35.20
H. Firmager Parting/Shaping Tool

L G
50 Turning

H J

This tool is suitable for both parting and scraping activities. The tip is shaped for parting, the hollow-ground edge section for shear scraping. At 1/16 thick, the rigid high-speed steel (Rc6264) blade produces a very clean cut. Comes with instructions, including how to fashion a uted parting edge or round the edges slightly to assist in turning miniature coves. Measures about 11 L. Raffan Spear-Point Tool long overall. Rosewood handle scales. Made in Ideal for detail work, this England by Crown. spear-point tool has a steep double-bevel tip 35B01.02 Firmager Tool $42.60 that lets you use either face for shear-scraping J. High-Speed Steel Standard Parting Tools bowl exteriors or for Standard rectangular-section parting tools are Spear-point tool shown shearcleaning up footings and used for parting off work between centers. Made scraping bowl exterior. beads. The tip can also be by Henry Taylor, they are available in two sizes: 1/8 wide by 1/2 deep with a 43/4 blade (113/4 used to cut grooves. The underside corners of the long overall) for light work; or 1/8 wide by 3/4 tool shaft are eased for deep with a 63/4 blade (161/4 long overall) for smooth movement over general-purpose use. tool rests. Made from 58B04.05 HSS Std. Parting Tool, 1/2 $34.50 high-speed steel (HSS) 58B04.06 HSS Std. Parting Tool, 3/4 $52.50 Spear-point tool tip shown cutting a groove. hardened to Rc62-65. Measures about 161/2 long overall with a 91/2 handle. Made by Henry Taylor. Visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com 58B04.20 Raffan Spear-Point Tool $55.00

A uted parting tool has a radius groove along the bottom with two leading spurs to score the outline of a cut before the center of the cut is removed. This virtually eliminates end-grain tearing. The tool also tapers from a width of 3/16 at the cutting edge to less than 1/8 at the top, reducing friction and binding. This Henry Taylor version is the nest made, with a 61/4 blade, 3/4 deep (153/4 long overall). It is used with the uted edge down on the tool rest and is sharpened only on the bevel. 58B04.08 HSS Fluted Parting Tool $77.50

D. Lee Valley

A B
A. Combination Skew Chisel & Gouge

B A

rigidity of a much heavier tool. The rounded Called a "Skewchigouge" by the maker, this edge is not only easier to use in a rolling motion, combination skew chisel and gouge turning tool but will not mark your tool rest. 61/2 blade; 16 works equally well with hard or soft woods. The long overall. Made by Henry Taylor. tip is used as a skew chisel, the sides as a shallow 58B07.25 HSS Oval Skew, 3/4 $44.50 gouge. A combination of the two cutting proles 58B07.26 HSS Oval Skew, 1 $52.50 is used to quickly form beads, coves, shoulders, grooves, etc. A great tool for spindle work. The C. HSS Captive Ring Tool blade is high-speed steel (HSS) hardened to Turning captive rings typically requires two Rc62-64. Measures about 151/2 long overall tools a right and left hand, making it a costly investment. This combination tool has a unique with an 81/2 beech handle. Instructions included. tip (similar to a modied skew chisel) designed Made in England by Crown. to make both the right- and left-hand separating 35B01.07 Skewchigouge $39.60 cuts after initial shaping with a beading tool. Cuts a 3/8 thick ring. Blade is 1/2 wide by 1/4 B. HSS Oval Skews thick and 6 long. Hardwood handle. Overall These HSS skews have one rounded edge for length is 141/2. Made in England by Crown. beads or pommels and a at edge for straight 35B02.01 Captive Ring Tool $42.50 cuts. The sides are bulged for strength, giving the
E. Sorby Sizing Tool H. Bedan Tools

Turners Smock We designed this D three-quarter-length smock primarily for turners. The 65/35 polycotton blend sheds chips well but is light and cool. It features a wrap-around neck with hook-and-loop closure, roomy fulllength sleeves with elastic cuffs to keep them safely back on your forearms, waist-cinch side tabs to keep the smock away from work, and a two-way zip front closure that lets you unzip the bottom for Waist-cinch side tabs comfort when crouched or sitting. Highly practical for all power woodworking operations, it has reinforced pencil pockets on each arm and large patch pockets on the back for calipers and a rule. Available in mens sizes Large back pockets keep tools handy medium, large, X-large and yet out of the way. XX-large (chest sizes indicated). Machine washable. 67K20.04 Med. Smock (38-40) $66.50 67K20.05 Lg. Smock (42-44) $66.50 67K20.06 XL Smock (46-48) $66.50 67K20.07 XXL Smock (50-52) $66.50

This sizing tool, made by Robert Sorby, is designed to be used with a standard 3/8 beading tool for cutting critical sizes on repetitive turnings. The diameter is set on the sizing tool and then the spindle stock is cut with backward and downward pressure on the beading tool to keep the tip in contact with the wood at all times. This produces accurate diameters without the need for calipers. Die-cast body. 85B62.01 Sizing Tool $33.50 Tool rest
F. Sorby Spiralling/Texturing System

This is a traditional spindle-turning tool that cuts convex shapes quickly and leaves a smooth surface that needs only minimal sanding. The tool is well supported through the cut, so it is less prone to catching than a skew. Though made in England by Henry Taylor, this is the straight-sided French style intended for bevel-up use. Two sizes available: a 5mm (3/16) wide, 63/4 long blade for detail work (91/2 handle), and a general-purpose 10mm (3/8) wide, 81/4 long blade with an 111/2 handle. While either can be used to cut tenons, the 10mm is particularly efcient because of its wide edge. Both have 3/8 thick M2 high-speed steel blades (Rc62-64), brass ferrules and lacquered beech handles. Visit us on the web at 58B15.11 Bedan, 5mm (3/16) $47.00 www.leevalley.com 58B15.12 Bedan, 10mm (3/8) $51.50
Beading tool not included.

This tool lets you create a variety of patterns, textures, twists and spirals with ease. Used on goblets, candle holders, boxes, vases and bowls, it creates left- or right-hand spirals. With an indexed tool rest (for replication), the system allows different pitch and twist profiles simply by varying the angle of presentation. Without the tool rest, it serves as a texturing tool for orange peel, striated and ribbed patterns. Includes a removable tool rest, four interchangeable cutters (a texturing cutter and 2, 4 and 6mm spiralling cutters) and instructions. 181/2 long overall. 85S08.01 Spiralling/Texturing Tool $185.00
G. Deep Hollowing Tool

Ideal for end-grain hollowing, this tool cuts in areas that are difcult for a bowl gouge, for making vases, boxes, egg cups, and goblets. The polished high-speed steel cutter (Rc62-64) has adjustable projection and cant for full control of the depth of cut. It can be honed with a ne slip stone as needed. 26 long overall; 14 stained beech handle. Made in England by Crown. 35B01.10 Deep Hollowing Tool $121.50 35B01.11 Repl. Cutter only $ 46.00

G
Cuts tenons efciently. Rotate bevel to cut convex shapes.

H G
51

N O P Q

A. B.

C. D.

E. F. G. H.

P&N Professional Turning Tools The Australian-made Patience & Nicholson (P&N) turning tools are renowned for their robust construction and edge-holding ability. They are hard-wearing, M2 high-speed steel. Sold unhandled, they can be tted to a custom-made handle or to a heavy-duty metal one (such as a Kelton handle), so shaft projection can be set for best comfort and rigidity, and to reduce chatter. Overall blade lengths are between 91/4 and 12. The beading tool has a square shank; the parting tool and skew chisel have rectangular shanks. The detail gouges and spindle gouges are shanked to size. The 3/8 bowl gouge has a 3/8 shank; the 1/2 and 5/8 sizes have 1/2 shanks. The supa gouges and roughing gouge have 1/2 shanks. Excellent-quality, heavy-duty tools. All benet from honing before use. 37B01.51 Parting, 1/81/2 (312mm) $ 34.50 Proles of P&N Tools 37B01.56 Beading, 3/83/8 (1010mm) $ 34.50 37B01.25 Detail Gouge, 5/16 (8mm) $ 43.50 37B01.26 Detail Gouge, 3/8 (10mm) $ 46.50 C 37B01.27 Detail Gouge, 1/2 (12mm) $ 49.50 37B01.13 Bowl Gouge, 3/8 (10mm) $ 34.50 D E 37B01.14 Bowl Gouge, 1/2 (12mm) $ 39.50 37B01.15 Bowl Gouge, 5/8 (16mm) $ 48.50 37B01.02 Spindle Gouge, 5/16 (8mm) $ 28.80 37B01.03 Spindle Gouge, 3/8 (10mm) $ 32.50 37B01.04 Spindle Gouge, 1/2 (12mm) $ 39.50 37B01.62 Supa Gouge, 5/8 (16mm) $ 74.50 G 37B01.64 Supa Gouge, 7/8 (22mm) $ 85.00 37B01.36 Roughing Gge., 11/4 (32mm) $109.00 37B01.44 Skew, 5/1611/8 (830mm) $ 67.50 Kelton Hollowers These sturdy cutters are used to remove wood from the inside of hollow forms. Useful for both aggressive wasting and subtle nishing cuts, the alloy steel cutters do not clog, and perform well in both green and dry woods. Each set contains three progressively larger incurved cutters for broad hollow-form application (cutters sold individually on our website). The sets are available in four sizes: miniature (101/2 long with 5/16 dia. shanks), small (131/2 long with 1/2 dia. shanks), medium (141/2 long with 5/8 dia. shanks) and large (18 long with 3/4 dia. shanks). Handles are sold separately. Instructions included. Made in New Zealand. 53B01.51 Mini Hollowers, set of 3 $ 81.50 53B01.52 Small Hollowers, set of 3 $105.00 53B01.53 Medium Hollowers, set of 3 $145.00 53B01.54 Large Hollowers, set of 3 $195.00

N. O. P. Q.

Kelton Tool Handles These hefty, vibration-absorbing steel handles have a corded plastic wrap for secure grip. The hollow core lets you optimize tool shaft projection to minimize chatter and allows you to add ballast, such as lead shot or a bar of solder, to absorb vibration. The KH4 and KH3 sizes accept an optional 11/4 dia., 5 long torque-arresting handle for a secure two-handed grip. Two or more handles link together with a short length of steel rod (available on our website) for greater leverage. Dual grub screws secure tool shafts in the handle. The KH1 handle is 113/4 long and accepts 5/16 and 3/8 diameter tool shanks, the 16 long KH3 accepts 1/2 and 5/8 shanks, and the 153/8 long KH4 accepts 5/8 and 3/4 shanks and includes a 7 extension for added leverage. Superb handles. Made in New Zealand. 53B01.04 153/8 + 7 KH4 Handle $86.00 53B01.03 16 KH3 Handle $60.00 53B01.01 113/4 KH1 Handle $54.00 53B01.09 Torque-Arresting Handle $33.00

Proles of Tool Handle Ends

KH1 handle accepts 5/16 and 3/8 diameter tool shanks.

KH3 handle accepts 1/2 and 5/8 diameter tool shanks.

KH4 handle accepts 5/8 and 3/4 diameter tool shanks.

We also carry Keltons "Ultimate" handle for large-scale work (53B01.10). Visit our website at www.leevalley.com

R S Kelton Shear Scrapers These heavy-duty scrapers dampen vibration and chatter. The round-nose cutter (about 1 wide by 7/32 thick) swivels for best positioning and makes both coarse and light shearing cuts. The massive tool shafts (7/8 dia.) have bevelled undersides to orient the tip at 50, the optimal shear-scraping angle. The top side of the large scraper is rounded for freehand use; the small is at for regular scraping. The small tool, for exterior hollow form application, has a 7 shaft. The large size (17 shaft) is for inside work. A 5/8 wide round-nose cutter, for small forms, is available separately. Fits Keltons 5/8 capacity handles (sold separately). Instructions included. Made in New Zealand. R. 53B01.30 Sm. Shear Scraper $78.50 S. 53B01.31 Lg. Shear Scraper $93.50 T. 53B01.32 5/8 Scraper Tip $35.50
U. Kelton Hollowing Gate

Shear scraper shafts Small 50

Large 50

Small shear scraper in use for outside work.

J. K. L. M.

Large shear scraper in use for inside work.

J
Blades may be polished or have a black oxide nish.

A specialized tool rest for hollow-form turning, the gate is a pivoting U-shaped saddle that cradles the tool shaft, resisting torsional forces, limiting catches, and increasing overall leverage and control. The adjustable sliding saddlearm can be advanced up to 5 inside the mouth of a hollow form to reduce chatter from tool overhang. Comes with saddles for 1/2, 5/8, and 3/4 diameter tool shafts. 1 diameter tool post*. Instructions included. Made in New Zealand. 53B01.70 Hollowing Gate, 1 Post $124.50
* 3/4, 11/8, 11/4 and 30mm diameter post sizes are available. Visit our website at www.leevalley.com or ask our Customer Service dept. for more information.

H A B C

Custom handle

Grub screws

Ferrule

Tool

A. B. C. D.

McNaughton Center-Saver SystemW If you have much bowl work, you can quickly pay for a set of center savers with the amount of wood Two grub screws lock the tool into the ferrule, which mounts in and time you save. You can also produce sets of the handle with epoxy. matched-grain nesting bowls. What was previously shavings becomes saleable product. The McNaughton Hosaluk Ferrules system comes in three sizes, each with a specialized Making your own turning-tool handles lets you tool gate, a steel handle and an assortment of cutters customize the grip prole, diameter, length and that let you cut everything from shallow bowls to tool projection, add ballast to minimize vibraquite deep cones. The large system includes one tion, or apply decorative detail. Through-drilled straight and two incurved cutters for cores ranging to accept 3/8, 1/2 or 5/8 dia. round-shanked from 10 to 24. The straight cutters are also suittools (3/8 size also accepts 5/16 shanks), these able for freehand parting. The standard and mini machined chromated-steel ferrules simplify systems are suitable for bowl diameters from 4 to tting the tool to the handle, for a secure connec16 and up to 10 respectively (depending on the tion that allows quick tool changes without desired shape of the core), and each includes one switching handles. To drill the stepped hole for straight and three incurved cutters. Each system has installation, you need one bit sized to match the a tool gate, with a 1 post*, which controls the tool shank diameter and another bit 1/4 larger to orientation of the cutters, and serves to minimize accommodate the ferrule. Two grub screws lock torsional forces while coring; the post accepts the the tool into the ferrule, which mounts in the mini, small, and medium Kelton Hollowers for handle with epoxy. Made in Canada. hollow form work. The combined sets include all 27K30.40 3/8 Hosaluk Ferrule $21.50 the respective cutters (e.g., Mini/Standard includes 27K30.42 1/2 Hosaluk Ferrule $21.50 four mini cutters plus four standard cutters), a tool 27K30.44 5/8 Hosaluk Ferrule $21.50 gate and handle. Instructions included. Made in Veritas Center Marker New Zealand. A precision aluminum die casting with a steel F. 53B02.02 Standard Saver System $329.00 scoring blade, this is the best center marker avail- G. 53B02.01 Mini Saver System $295.00 able. To mark the center of any square or round H. 53B02.03 Large Saver System $329.00 piece up to 6 across, set the material in the 53B02.25 Combo Mini/Standard $479.00 marker, tap it with a mallet, rotate it approximately 53B02.26 Combo Standard/Large $510.00 1/4 turn, and tap it again. Two score 53B02.27 Combo Mini/Std./Large $689.00 lines will intersect at the exact * 3/4, 11/8, 11/4 and 30mm diameter post sizes are available. Ask our Customer Service dept. for more information. center. Guaranteed to be accurate to 1/12 of a degree. Comes drilled and countersunk Cutters that are included with Square for mounting near your lathe. the McNaughton center-saver systems are available individually on our website. It particularly shines when work For details, search "center-saver" at has to be replaced on the lathe www.leevalley.com after waste ends have been removed. Because it is so accurate, you can re-establish the exact Cylinder center of any cylinder. 05N15.01 Veritas Center Marker $24.50 Face-plate turning can be greatly simplied with the use of double-sided tape instead of screws to hold the turning blank. This industrial-quality tape has a heavy, high-tack rubber/resin adhesive on both sides of a cotton backing. Comes in 1 and 2 wide rolls, 23m (75) long and 0.013 thick. 25U03.11 1 Double-Sided Tape $11.50 25U03.12 2 Double-Sided Tape $21.50

A tool gate is included with each center-saver system (standard system tool gate shown).

E. Double-Sided Turning Tape

D E

Mike Mahoney on the McNaughton Center Saver DVD In this instructional DVD, Mike Mahoney demonstrates his approach to coring multiple centers from large blanks using the McNaughton Center Saver system. Basic principles from lathe set-up and chucking methods to selection, maintenance and application of the various cutters (miniature, regular and large) are discussed and shown in clear detail. Advanced techniques for turning nested bowls are also shown, making this an excellent reference for anyone interested in bowl work. Revised 2010 edition. Length: 80 minutes. 26L32.03 Center Saver DVD $28.00
Turning 53

Basic

Stronghold

M E J L M
Jumbo jaw will hold large or irregularly shaped stock.

Talon

Oneway Scroll Chucks These scroll chucks have a nickel-plated body, casehardened base jaws, and a scroll coated with a dry, B long-lasting lubricant. Precisely made, the chuck body typically has less than 0.001 of runout; with the jaws mounted, runout can be expected to be less than 0.005. Due to their special construction, the jaws can be easily tightened on round or square stock. A stop pin prevents overextension of the jaws. The arbor is an adapter that is mounted separately (Oneways Basic and Talon chucks share the same adapter); if you wish to use the chuck on a different lathe, you need only purchase another adapter. The unique taper-lock adapter makes the chuck run truer, while guaranteeing safe use of the chuck for right- or left-hand turning. (The 18 tpi adapter is specially threaded for both inboard and outboard mounting.) The Basic Oneway chuck is lever operated. The Stronghold and Talon chucks use a 5:1 ratio chuck key for tightening, ensuring greater holding power on large pieces. Each chuck is available in a body-only version (without jaws, woodworm screw or taper-lock adapter) or in a kit that includes a taper-lock adapter, a standard 11/2 woodworm screw, a #2 standard jaw set, the appropriate levers or chuck key, and a hex key. The Basic chuck weighs 4 lb, the Talon about 31/2 lb, and the Stronghold about 8 lb.
Headstock Thread Size 7/814 tpi 3/416 tpi 18 tpi 11/48 tpi 5/8 plain 11/26 tpi 11/28 tpi Morse Taper #1 #1 #2 #2 #2 #3 A. Basic Chuck Kit $195.00 66B01.08 66B01.01 66B01.03 66B01.10 66B01.06 n/a n/a 66B02.11 $129.00 66B03.20 $24.50 B. Talon Chuck Kit $229.00 66B05.51 66B05.52 66B05.53 66B05.54 66B05.55 n/a n/a 66B05.49 $164.00 66B03.20 $24.50 C. Stronghold Kit $285.00 66B10.04 66B10.01 66B10.02 66B10.05 66B10.03 66B10.06 66B10.07 66B11.02 $215.00 66B12.00 $24.50

Jaw Sets Four styles are available: standard, dovetail, spigot and at. The approximate capacities of jaw sets are listed in the chart below. Please note that the #2 standard jaw set is included with the Basic, Talon and Stronghold chuck kits.
H. Standard Jaw Sets

These have serrated internal and external surfaces for rm grip.

J. Spigot Jaw Sets

Available with standard (serrated) or smooth faces, these are for use on small workpieces.
K. Dovetail Jaw Sets

For lighter-duty application, these have smooth, non-marring internal and external gripping surfaces.
L. Flat Jaw Sets

Ideal for awkward or difcult-to-hold workpieces. Screw wooden blocks to the face of these jaws and shape them on the lathe to develop a custom jaw set.
Product # 66B04.01 66B04.02 66B04.11 66B04.03 66B04.12 66B04.09 66B04.05 66B04.07 66B04.01 66B04.02 66B04.11 66B04.13 66B04.14 66B04.09 66B04.06 66B04.07 66B13.01 66B13.11 66B13.02 66B13.13 66B13.03 66B13.14 66B13.15 66B13.16 66B13.12 H, J, K & L Jaw Sets (all measurements are approximate) Jaw Set Chuck External Internal 3/8 2 7/8 21/2 Basic #1 Standard (Stepping) Basic #2 Standard 15/8 3 2 35/8 Basic #2 Dovetail 15/8 3 2 35/8 Basic #3 Standard 31/4 43/4 37/8 53/8 Basic #3 Dovetail 31/8 41/2 37/8 51/2 Basic Flat n/a n/a 1/4 13/4 Basic Spigot Standard 11/16 21/2 1/4 17/8 Basic Spigot Smooth 11/16 21/2 3/8 15/8 Talon #1 Standard (Stepping) 1 23/8 Talon #2 Standard 15/8 23/4 2 33/8 Talon #2 Dovetail 15/8 27/8 2 31/2 Talon #3 Standard 27/8 4 33/8 45/8 Talon #3 Dovetail 25/8 33/4 33/8 43/4 Talon Flat n/a n/a 3/8 15/8 Talon Spigot Standard 1 23/8 1/4 13/4 Talon Spigot Smooth 11/16 21/2 3/8 17/8 Stronghold Spigot #1 Standard 11/8 25/8 3/8 2 Stronghold Spigot #1 Smooth 11/16 25/8 Stronghold #2 Standard 13/4 31/4 23/8 4 Stronghold #2 Dovetail 2 31/2 25/8 41/8 Stronghold #3 Standard 37/8 51/4 43/8 6 Stronghold #3 Dovetail 35/8 5 43/8 6 Stronghold #4 Standard 41/4 53/4 47/8 61/2 Stronghold #4 Dovetail 41/4 53/8 5 61/2 Stronghold Flat n/a n/a Price $39.95 $41.50 $35.00 $48.50 $43.50 $41.50 $39.95 $39.95 $39.95 $41.50 $35.00 $49.50 $43.50 $41.50 $39.95 $39.95 $47.50 $47.50 $48.50 $43.50 $52.50 $49.50 $58.50 $54.50 $41.50

Chuck Body Only Extra Adapter (specify)

D. Spur Center

The spur center mounts directly in the chuck and is hardened for long life. Fits all Oneway chucks we offer. 66B06.01 Spur Center $35.00 With deep threads for powerful grip, these are right-hand screws for inboard turning. They t all Oneway chucks we offer. 66B07.03 Std. 11/2 Woodworm Screw $21.50 66B07.05 2 Woodworm Screw $26.50
F. Chuck Cuff

E. Woodworm Screws

Spinning chuck jaws are virtually invisible and can remove a fair chunk of skin if you arent careful. If you slide this cuff over your chuck, it covers any sharp projection, as well as making the chuck much more visible. Fits chuck M. Jumbo Jaw Sets diameters of 3 to 6. F Milled from solid aluminum for excellent balance and accuracy. Can be 66B20.01 Chuck Cuff $5.95 used with four or eight grippers and will hold odd-shaped parts through the use of adjusting slots. Ideal for adding wooden jaws for custom work. G. Dovetail Scraper Capacities stated below. The jumbo jaws have a 12 swing. The mega jumbo Tests have shown that as much as 50% of a collet jaws have a 16 swing and are for use with the Stronghold chuck only. chucks gripping power is lost if the dovetail angle is out by as little as 5. This chisel removes any guesswork by cutting an exact 15 dovetail recess. M. Jumbo Jaw Set Chuck External Internal Price Suitable for inboard turning only. The HSS blade measures 6 long. Jumbo Basic 27/8 101/2 47/8 113/4 66B05.01 $ 99.00 141/2 long overall. Made in England by Crown. Jumbo Talon 27/8 101/4 47/8 111/2 35B01.04 Dovetail Scraper $40.60 $ 99.00 66B13.05 Jumbo Stronghold 3 11 5 12
66B13.06 Mega Stronghold 3 131/4 5 15 $119.00

A. Oneway Live Centers

These versatile live centers include a rotating cup center, a solid, full-point cone (suitable for candlestick turnings) and a large reversible bullnose cone (provides support to turnings on the inside or outside). Accurately machined and hardened for strength with two bearings for minimum vibration. Available in two Morse taper (MT) sizes. 66B08.11 #1 MT Live Center $119.00 66B08.12 #2 MT Live Center $119.00
B. Live Center Set

F A M L

J B G H Collet Chuck Typically used for metalworking, a collet chuck is also well suited to wood turning. Able to accurately grip small hardwood blanks without marring them, it also allows stock to be removed and remounted with repeatable concentricity a factor important for sanding and nishing a workpiece. Usable with or without tailstock support, the machined steel chuck mounts on a 18 tpi spindle and includes two wrenches for securing/removing the nut. The precisionground collets are available individually (internal diameters listed) or as a set of ve (one of each). Also useful for holding mandrels, small custom face plates, and metal turning blanks. Suitable for mid- to large-size lathes. 67B00.01 Chuck only, 18 tpi $79.00 67B00.05 Collet, 1/4 $21.00 Chuck and 1/2 67B00.06 Collet, 3/8 $21.00 collet in use. 67B00.07 Collet, 1/2 $21.00 67B00.08 Collet, 5/8 $21.00 67B00.09 Collet, 3/4 $21.00 67B00.10 Set of 5 Collets $95.00 wood as they will not rust or transfer stains. Softer than steel, they also reduce tool damage from accidental contact while turning. Each plate (except Shop-smith) has a perimeter hole for a tommy bar to aid removal, and all are color coded by spindle size handy for those with multiple lathes. Best suited for smaller turnings; we recommend steel plates for large stock. The center markers guide initial plate mounting and provide a positive reference for tailstock positioning. The stainless-steel centering pin, included with the center marker but also available separately, doubles as a tommy bar for plate removal.

Made with the same exacting standards as the medium-duty centers, this set comes with seven interchangeable tips: 7/16 and 5/8 cup centers, four cone centers ranging in size from 5/8 to 1 (with varying angles), and one carbide-tipped 5/8 cone. Comes in a protective plastic case. 88B20.02 #2 MT Live Center Set $129.00 C D Medium-Duty Live Centers These are excellent-quality live centers. The forged bodies are machined to a tolerance of 0.0008, and F. Drill Chuck with Morse Taper Adapter contain thrust and needle bearings to accommodate One of the handiest lathe accessories you radial and axial stresses separately. Available in #1 can have, this drill chuck can be used for and #2 Morse taper, these are superb value. both turning and drilling applications. To use in the headstock as a turning chuck, you C. 88B10.01 Med.-Duty #1 MT Live Center $32.50 rst turn a spigot on the piece and then put D. 88B10.02 Med.-Duty #2 MT Live Center $35.50 the spigot in the chuck. For drilling, it can be used in either the headstock or the tailVisit us on the web at www.leevalley.com stock. The 1/2 three-jaw chuck is available with either a #1 or a #2 Morse taper (MT) E. Lathe Spindle Taps adapter (drilled and tapped for a 1/4-20 These hardened steel taps correspond to headstock restraining rod, not included). Please check thread sizes to let you make wooden xtures such as your lathe specications for Morse taper glue and jam chucks, or special face plates. You size before ordering. simply drill a block of wood (using either a lathe 58B01.15 #1 MT Drill Chuck $31.50 chuck or a drill press), tap it, and then thread it onto 58B01.16 #2 MT Drill Chuck $31.50 the headstock spindle for facing off with a scraper or skew chisel. Work holders made this way run very N. Don Pencil Aluminum Face Plates true because they are turned directly on the lathe. Hole These anodized aluminum face plates are an size is 1/8 less than tap size for the Imperial taps, and excellent alternative to cast iron. Machined 13/16 for the 33mm tap. An easy way to make inexaccurately and drilled with eight screw holes pensive custom lathe accessories. for secure mounting, they are ideal for green 44J23.30 18 tpi Spindle Tap $18.50 Headstock Face-Plate 44J23.31 11/48 tpi Spindle Tap $27.50 Product # Price Thread Size Diameter 44J23.32 33mm3.50mm Spindle Tap $27.50
2 F. Plate Center Marker 2 F. Plate 3/416 tpi 3 F. Plate Center Marker 2 F. Plate 18 tpi 3 F. Plate Center Marker 2 F. Plate 112 tpi 3 F. Plate Center Marker 21/2 F. Plate 11/48 tpi 31/2 F. Plate Center Marker 21/2 F. Plate 33mm 4 F. Plate 3.5mm Center Marker 3 F. Plate 11/28 tpi 4 F. Plate Center Marker O. Centering Pin/Tommy Bar, ea. Shopsmith
5/8

G. H. J. K. L. M.

Cutaway view of threaded face plate

37B03.52 37B03.90 37B03.32 37B03.34 37B03.92 37B03.22 37B03.24 37B03.93 37B03.72 37B03.74 37B03.94 37B03.12 37B03.14 37B03.95 37B03.42 37B03.44 37B03.96 37B03.62 37B03.64 37B03.97 37B03.85

$24.80 $ 8.90 $24.80 $29.00 $11.90 $24.80 $29.00 $11.90 $24.80 $29.00 $11.90 $28.00 $30.00 $14.20 $28.00 $35.00 $14.20 $26.00 $31.80 $14.20 $ 3.95

O
55

Sharpening jig

H
Munro hollower with handle shown in use on a lathe. Vase side is cut away to show articulated head cutter.

F
Supports and posts are shown mounted for photo display. Tools sold individually.

A G

E H C D
Cutter head and three cutters

B
H. Munro Articulated Hollower 2

Modular Tool Rest System This modular system lets you choose the tool rest best suited to the job. The cross bars are made from hardened steel to keep their smooth surface nish, so that tools move smoothly over the tool rest. The 4, 6 and 9 straight lengths
External bowl support in use on a lathe. Internal bowl support in use on a lathe.

A. B. C. D. E. F.

shown in brackets. If you have more than one lathe, you need extra posts only, since the heads are interchangeable with a common thread size of M12. Made in England. 85S08.36 9 External Bowl Support $40.50 85S08.35 9 Internal Bowl Support $40.50 85S08.40 Box Scraper Platform $17.50 85S08.32 4 Straight Support $28.50 85S08.33 6 Straight Support $34.50 85S08.34 9 Straight Support $38.50 to t your lathe: 85S08.51 Threaded Post, 1/2 dia. (31/2) $13.80 85S08.52 Threaded Post, 5/8 dia. (31/2) $13.80 85S08.53 Threaded Post, 3/4 dia. (41/2) $13.80 85S08.54 Threaded Post, 1 dia. (43/4) $13.80 85S08.55 Threaded Post, 11/8 dia. (5) $13.80 85S08.56 Threaded Post, 25mm dia. (43/4)$13.80 85S08.57 Threaded Post, 30mm dia. (51/2)$13.80

G. Order a threaded post in the appropriate diameter

are primarily for spindle work and the 9 S-shaped curves are for internal or external bowl turning. The scraper platform (41/211/43/8 thick) offers a machined reference surface with the necessary stability for scraping the insides of boxes. The threaded support posts complete the rigid tool support system; overall lengths are

This hollower for medium to large vessels has been updated with new linkages for inboard and outboard turning, and to include durable carbide cutters. Used alone or with the two 11/2 arm linkages, the articulating cutter head allows you to form a large range of vessel shapes and sizes, and to reach difcult areas such as the inside shoulders of semi-enclosed forms. An adjustable hood over the circular carbide steel cutter sets depth of cut. When dull, the circular cutter is simply rotated to reveal a fresh edge. An included jig holds the small cutters securely for sharpening. The 5/8 diameter, 163/4 long steel tool shaft allows substantial reach into deep vessels. The hollow aluminum handle with cushioned grip is about 191/2 long by 11/2 in diameter. Ballast, such as lead shot, can be added for stability and to absorb vibration. The tool shaft secures with a knob that, when aligned with the cutter head, provides a visual reference of the cutter position within hollow forms. The cutter head and arm linkages are stainless steel. Comes with three cutters, a sharpening jig, hex keys, a screwdriver set and instructions. Made in New Zealand. 83B01.08 Articulated Hollower 2 $310.00

Steady-Rests for Spindles and Bowls Thin bowls and long spindles are prone to speed wobble, causing difculty in making accurate, chatterfree cuts. These rests counter vibration and whip. The spindle steady-rest has three capture wheels that adjust to support work from about 1/2 to 3 in diameter. Similarly designed, the bowl steady (suitable for bowls up to 24 in diameter) positions an adjustable dual-wheel head rmly against the exterior of a bowl or platter to control shudder. Both versions have a sliding base to allow best positioning. The size of base clamp block* you need (ordered separately) is dictated by the distance between your bed ways; please measure before ordering. Made in Canada. J. 66B14.05 Bowl Steady $109.00 K. 66B14.01 Spindle Steady $134.00
L. Order a clamp block* to match the bed gap

of your lathe: 66B14.13 Clamp Block, 11/2 66B14.15 Clamp Block, 13/4 66B14.17 Clamp Block, 2 66B14.20 Clamp Block, 21/2

$ $ $ $

14.50 14.50 14.50 14.50

* Special orders can be placed for other clamp block sizes. Please specify your bed gap.

Don Pencil Hollowing Sets The Scorpion is a complete deep-boring system, M good for hollowing end and face grain in medium to large forms. The high-speed steel cutters include three 21/2 roughing bits (two 1/4 thick, one 3/16), two sizes of teardrop scrapers, a cylinScorpion hollowing set in use on a lathe. drical (11/2 long by 3/16 dia.) nishing bit, and a swivel-head cutter (11/4 long by 3/16 thick) for shaping inside shoulders. The shafts are 3/4 dia. N chromed steel. The 16 straight version is primarily for boring. For scraping, the 151/2 curved shaft holds bits top or bottom and is Stinger hollowing set (in Scorpion handle) usable for outboard work. The pistol-grip handle in use on a lathe. has an arm brace restraint to bolster torsion and vibration control, and includes four inserts (3/8, N 7/16, 1/2, and 5/8 inside dia.) for specialty tools. Add the Stinger set to hollow small forms; set includes one 101/2 curved and two 9 straight shafts, each with a replaceable 13/16 dia. cutter blank. Shafts t the pistol-grip handle supplied with the Scorpion, or a 1/2 capacity heavy-duty metal or custom wooden handle. Sold separately or in combination. M. 37B02.01 Scorpion Hollowing Set $235.00 N. 37B02.02 Stinger Hollowing Set $ 59.50 37B02.05 Scorpion & Stinger Set $285.00 N
See page 52 for Kelton tool handles.

Stock may be square or round, depending on supply.

56

A. Veritas Lathe Chuck/Face-Plate Adapters

The great convenience of these adapters lies with their ability to let you quickly transfer work between your lathe and our Veritas carvers vise, without ever having to remove your lathe chuck or face plate. Once it is mounted in the carvers vise, the work can be positioned as desired for adding detail such as carving or pyrography, or for sanding or finishing awkward tasks to perform on a lathe. You can also accurately return work to the lathe for further turning, where it will continue to run true since its center remains unchanged. All-steel construction with a 5/8 diameter, 41/2 long shaft, these are a boon for anyone wishing to nish work off the lathe. Made in Canada. 05G20.12 3/416 tpi Adapter $13.50 05G20.10 18 tpi Adapter $13.50 05G20.14 11/48 tpi Adapter $13.50 05G20.16 33mm3.5mm Adapter $13.50
To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com

A
Compatible with the Veritas Carvers Vise (see Clamping section).

E A

Lathe Mandrels #2 Morse Taper D. Pentacryl Wood Stabilizer These mandrels have a #2 Morse taper for use on When you are working with a lathe and are drilled and tapped for a 1/4-20 green wood, cracks and checks restraining rod (not included). They have thrust can develop as the piece begins washers and a hex nut to secure accessories that to dry. Made from siliconized only need to be clamped between thrust washers polymers, the viscous liquid (e.g., a felt wheel). quickly migrates into the wet B. 50J51.03 #2 MT Mandrel, 1/213 tpi $13.95 wood (up to 90% faster than wax C. 50J51.05 #2 MT Mandrel, 5/811 tpi $13.95 emulsion products) and stabilizes the cellular structure of the wood by displacing its natural B moisture. Best applied through immersion, the stabilizer can also be sprayed or brushed on after each carving or turning D session ideal for use with large carving projects that can take weeks or months to complete. Once dry, treated wood can be glued, C stained and nished. Includes instructions. 56K08.01 Pentacryl, 32 oz (940ml) $22.50
F. Wolverine Sharpening System

1/2 7/8

11/4

E. Sorby Stebcenters

A good choice for spindle work, these lathe drives have a spring-loaded center point to speed setting up and dismounting the blank, and a series of sharp teeth that wont split the wood. By tightening the tailstock, you can vary the degree of holding power, ranging from engagement of just the tip of the center point to full engagement of the teeth. With lighter tailstock pressure, the teeth are designed to shear the wood, lose grip and stop the piece from revolving if a severe dig-in occurs a factor especially of value to novice turners. Convenient and safe, they are available with a #2 Morse taper in 1/2, 7/8 and 11/4 diameters. 85S09.01 #2 MT, 1/2 Stebcenter $68.50 85S09.02 #2 MT, 7/8 Stebcenter $68.50 85S09.03 #2 MT, 11/4 Stebcenter $79.50
J. Wolverine Wheel Dressing Jig

H. Wolverine Skew Attachment Installed in the V-arm, this attachment simplies This versatile system produces consistent proles grinding both sides of the skew identically. The on a wide range of turning tools. The basic jig is tool handle registers in pockets on either side of the composed of two bases, a 35 grinding platarm, automatically setting a 30 rake angle. form, and a 273/4 long adjustable V-arm. Since the Pivoting the skew gently from side to side reduces platform and the V-arm can be used in either base, the amount of hollow grind, resulting in improved you can have concurrent set-ups or switch between control at the lathe. To produce the same grind fine and coarse wheels. A sturdy cam-lock on the opposite face, simply switch pockets. provides a rm hold, but releases easily. Ideal for 66B04.42 Skew Attachment $29.50 scrapers and parting tools, the platform adjusts for different bevel angles and locks with a gyratory handle. The V-arm produces awless straight grinds on bowl and roughing gouges, and accomF modates your longest tools. Instructions included. 66B04.40 Basic Wolverine Jig $87.50
Basic system includes 2 bases, platform & long arm.

Any grinding wheel benets from periodic truing. This jig, with its 1/4-carat diamond and micrometer adjustment, allows controlled removal of minute amounts of material from the wheel, both truing it and exposing fresh abrasive. 66B04.43 Wheel Dressing Jig $64.50

G. Wolverine Vari-Grind Accessory

This accessory for the basic Wolverine jig makes quick work of fingernail-profile grinds and complex bowl gouge proles. Simple to set up and maneuver, it guides the tool through the combined movements that are so difcult to accomplish free hand. Secure clamping is provided by a spindle and a brass adjustment knob with clamp pad. Its 3/4 capacity accepts even the largest bowl gouges. 66B04.41 Vari-Grind Accessory $52.50

F
Tools, grinder and grinding wheels not included.

Turning 57

Premium-Quality Pen Hardware With this hardware from Berea Hardwoods (shown on the next four pages), you can create attractive and durable pens and pencils. Their high-quality plating process produces a uniform surface with crisp detail and ensures smoothly operating components. Superior to conventional plating, their gold nish includes small amounts of cobalt and palladium for abrasion resistance. Kits with a twist action have a heavy-duty mechanism, while those with a "click" advance are jam-free. All are specially engineered to combine ease of assembly with trouble-free function. Ballpoint and rollerball pens have black ink; fountain pens do not include ink. Blanks not included. For blanks, see page 63; for mills, mandrels, bushings, and drills for pen kits, see page 65.
Examples of nishes. Iridium-tipped nib Black titanium/platinum Gold Satin gold Titanium-gold/black titanium Chrome Satin nickel

Titanium-gold/sterling silver

Sterling silver/titanium-gold

Satin gold

Chrome

Chrome

Chrome

Gold

A B C

A. El Toro Fountain Pen Hardware Starter Kits Each of these starter kits consists of two hardware kits in a gold nish, bushings, and the required drill bit(s). Mandrel or shaft not included. Please consult the charts below and on pages 59 and 61, to select the required mandrel size, A or B. Mandrels available with a #1 or #2 Morse taper. Alternatively, either shaft can be held in a self-centering chuck.
88K77.19 88K77.29 88K77.39 88K77.49 88K77.59 88K77.69 88K77.79 88K77.84 88K77.89 88K77.95 88K77.97 88K77.96 88K77.98 88K78.08 88K78.09 88K78.39 88K78.18 88K78.19 88K78.37 88K78.38 88K76.26 88K76.34 88K76.39 88K76.45 88K76.59 88K76.69 88K76.79 88K78.36 88K76.19 88K76.89 88K76.99 Slim Pen Kit Slim Pencil Kit RT European Pen Kit XL Twist Pen Kit FT Rollerball Pen Kit FT Fountain Pen Kit Cushion-Grip Ballpoint Kit El Grande Rollerball Kit El Grande Fountain Pen Kit Deco Pen Kit Deco Pencil Kit Greek Key Pen Kit Greek Key Pencil Kit Streamline FT Pen Kit Streamline RT Pen Kit Sierra Pen Kit FT Dbl.-Twist Pen Kit FT Dbl.-Twist Pencil Kit Half-Twist Pen/Pencil Kit, Floral Half-Twist Pen/Pencil Kit, Triangle Two-Tone Sierra Kit Cambridge Rollerball Pen Kit Cambridge Fountain Pen Kit Ornate XL Twist Pen Kit El Toro Pen Kit Baron Rollerball Pen Kit Baron Fountain Pen Kit Button-Click Sierra Pen Kit Electra Rollerball Kit Triton Rollerball Kit Rinehart Rollerball Kit $19.90 $21.50 $24.00 $28.50 $34.50 $34.50 $21.50 $56.00 $56.00 $22.00 $24.00 $22.00 $24.00 $21.20 $23.00 $30.00 $25.50 $30.50 $44.00 $42.50 $49.00 $84.00 $89.00 $41.50 $63.00 $52.00 $52.50 $34.50 $46.50 $70.00 $59.50

A substantial 0.6 in diameter, this stylish pen is designed for comfort and balance. With the cap screwed on, the pen measures a compact 41/2. Its high-grade gold, chrome, sterling silver and titanium-gold alloy platings are extremely durable and tarnish resistant. It has an iridium-tipped nib and uses a cartridge (sold separately).
B. Cambridge Fountain Pen Hardware C. Cambridge Rollerball Pen Hardware

Features sculptural hand-polished accents set against a dark background for contrast. The band and clip have a grape-leaf design; the cap end carries a sunburst motif. Available in titanium-gold with sterling silver accents, or sterling with titanium-gold accents. The fountain pen has an iridium-tipped nib and uses a cartridge (sold separately) or bottled ink (siphon pump included). The rollerball cartridge is ceramictipped for durability.
D. Flat-Top Rollerball Pen Hardware E. Flat-Top Fountain Pen Hardware

Inspired by classic Parker-style pens of the 1920s, these have a quick-acting threaded cap that seals tightly to keep ink fresh. The rollerball includes a long-lasting ceramictipped cartridge. The fountain pen has a an iridium-tipped nib and uses a cartridge (sold separately) or bottled ink (siphon pump included).
F. El Grande Rollerball Pen Hardware G. El Grande Fountain Pen Hardware

Surprisingly light and well balanced for their size (0.600 cap diameter), these boldly styled pens are ideal for showing off spectacular gured woods or marbled acrylic acetate. The rollerball cartridge is ceramic tipped for durability. The fountain pen has an iridiumtipped nib and uses a cartridge (sold separately) or bottled ink (siphon pump included).
H. Electra Rollerball Pen Hardware J. Electra Fountain Pen Hardware

Simple to make, since only the barrel is turned. The cap has a woven pattern, with faceted accents on the clip and nial, and a Celtic knotwork design on the end medallion. Gold plated with chrome accents. Standard Parker-style rells. The fountain pen has an iridium-tipped nib and uses a cartridge (sold separately) or bottled ink (siphon pump included).

This chart (continued on the facing page) outlines what is required for each kit mandrel, bushings, drill size, and minimum blank dimensions. All pen kits take standard rells, available at stationery stores or from us. Sold in packages of ve, the rollerball rells contain black ink, while the fountain pen cartridges have blue ink. Because mishaps can occur during turning or assembly, we offer brass replacement tubes for each kit. Package contains enough tubes to make ve pens. Blanks not included in kits. For blanks, see page 63; for mandrels, bushings and drill bits, see page 65. Hardware A. 88K76.50 88K76.51 88K76.52 88K76.53 B. 88K76.35 88K76.36 C. 88K76.30 88K76.31 El Toro Fountain Pen El Toro Fountain Pen El Toro Fountain Pen El Toro Fountain Pen Cambridge Fountain Pen Cambridge Fountain Pen Cambridge Rollerball Pen Cambridge Rollerball Pen Finish Gold Chrome Titanium-Gold Sterling Silver Titanium-Gold/ Sterling Silver Sterling Silver/ Titanium-Gold Titanium-Gold/ Sterling Silver Sterling Silver/ Titanium-Gold AStandard 88K78.81
35/64 & 31/64 3/433/4

Mandrel

Bushing

Drill Bit

Min. Blank Size

1+ $13.10 $13.10 $18.20 $17.00 $29.50

5+ $12.45 $12.45 $17.30 $16.15 $28.00 $28.00 $25.30 $25.30

10+ $11.80 $11.80 $16.40 $15.30 $26.50 $26.50 $23.90 $23.90

25+ $11.15 $11.15 $15.50 $14.45 $25.10 $25.10 $22.65 $22.65

Rells (pkg. of 5) 88K78.57* 1+ 5+ $2.00 $1.70 88K78.57* 1+ 5+ $2.00 $1.70 88K78.58 1+ 5+ $5.50 $4.70

Repl. Tubes (for 5 pens) 88K78.53 $7.00

B - Large

88K78.75

33/64 & 31/64

3/433/4

$29.50 $26.60 B - Large 88K78.75

33/64 & 31/64

88K78.46 $3.90 88K78.46 $3.90

3/433/4

$26.60

* Ink cartridges must be protected from freezing. Available between April and October only. 58 Turning

Chrome

Gold

Gold

Gold

Gold

K. Baron Fountain Pen Hardware L. Baron Rollerball Pen Hardware

Titanium-gold/black titanium

Gold/chrome

Platinum/black titanium

Satin nickel

Chrome

Chrome

Gold

Gold

Gold

Gold

The regular Sierra pen, O, has a single straight barrel that is easy to turn. The tapered black grip and nial contrast with the plated surfaces for a sleek, rened appearance. It operates with a 1/2-turn and O P Q takes a Parker-style rell. The premium N L M two-toned version, M, is plated with highly Q. Cushion-Grip Ballpoint H J K P. Round-Top European Pen Hardware durable alloys hand buffed to an extremely Pen Hardware ne nish. Available with tip, band and clip plated in titanium-gold or Among the most popular of commerStyled after an elegant design by Montblanc, in platinum, each nish features a contrasting smoky black-titanium cially made pens, with a positive this medium-weight pen operates with a 3/4-turn. Attractive, nicely balanced, and alloy on the grip and nial. The button-click version, N, has a positive push-button mechanism and non-slip soft-click mechanism that is jam-free, and comes in a gold or cushion grip to reduce fatigue. Easy straightforward to produce, it takes standard chrome plate nish. It takes a Parker-style or UNI-Ball rell. to turn, it uses a Parker-style rell. Cross-style rells.

Hardware D. 88K77.50 88K77.51 88K77.52 88K77.53 E. 88K77.60 88K77.61 F. 88K77.80 88K77.81 G. 88K77.85 88K77.86 FT Rollerball Pen FT Rollerball Pen FT Rollerball Pen FT Rollerball Pen FT Fountain Pen FT Fountain Pen

Finish Gold Chrome Satin Gold Satin Nickel Gold Chrome

Mandrel

Bushing

Drill Bit

Min. Blank Size

1+ $10.70 $10.70 $11.90 $11.90 $10.70 $10.70 $10.70 $10.70 $10.70 $10.70 1+ $16.30

10+ $ 9.10 $ 9.10 $10.15 $10.15 $ 9.10 $ 9.10 $ 9.10 $ 9.10 $ 9.10 $ 9.10 5+ $15.50 $17.90 $12.00 $12.00 $21.80 $17.00 $11.80 $11.80 $18.25 $14.65 $17.30 $14.65 10+ $ 8.45 $ 8.45 $ 6.30 $ 6.30 $10.40 $10.40 $ 5.00 $ 5.00 $ 5.00 $ 5.00 $ 5.00 $ 5.00

25+ $8.05 $8.05 $8.95 $8.95 $8.05 $8.05 $8.05 $8.05 $8.05 $8.05 10+ $14.70 $16.95 $11.35 $11.35 $20.65 $16.15 $11.20 $11.20 $17.30 $13.90 $16.40 $13.90 25+ $7.45 $7.45 $5.55 $5.55 $9.15 $9.15 $4.45 $4.45 $4.45 $4.45 $4.45 $4.45

50+ $7.50 $7.50 $8.35 $8.35 $7.50 $7.50 $7.50 $7.50 $7.50 $7.50 25+ $13.90 $16.00 $10.75 $10.75 $19.50 $15.25 $10.55 $10.55 $16.35 $13.10 $15.50 $13.10 50+ $6.95 $6.95 $5.20 $5.20 $8.55 $8.55 $4.15 $4.15 $4.15 $4.15 $4.15 $4.15

Rells (pkg. of 5) 88K78.58 1+ 5+ $5.50 $4.70 88K78.57* 1+ 5+ $2.00 $1.70 88K78.58 1+ 5+ $5.50 $4.70 88K78.57* 1+ 5+ $2.00 $1.70 Rells (pkg. of 5) 88K78.58 1+ 5+ $5.50 $4.70 88K78.57* 1+ 5+ $2.00 $1.70 88K78.57* 1+ 5+ $2.00 $1.70 88K78.58 1+ 5+ $5.50 $4.70 88K78.55 1+ 5+ $3.50 $3.00 Rells (pkg. of 5) 88K78.55 1+ 5+ $3.50 $3.00 88K78.55 1+ 5+ $3.50 $3.00 88K78.56 1+ 5+ $2.00 $1.70 88K78.55 1+ 5+ $3.50 $3.00

Repl. Tubes (for 5 pens) 88K78.44 $2.00 88K78.44 $2.00 88K78.46 $3.90 88K78.46 $3.90 Repl. Tubes (for 5 pens) 88K76.18 $3.00

B - Large

88K78.73

3/44

B - Large

88K78.73

V
33/64 & 31/64

3/44

EI Grande Rollerball Pen Gold EI Grande Rollerball Pen Chrome EI Grande Fountain Pen Gold EI Grande Fountain Pen Chrome Hardware Finish

B - Large B - Large Mandrel

88K78.75 88K78.75 Bushing

3/433/4

33/64 & 31/64

3/433/4

Drill Bit

Min. Blank Size

H. 88K76.15 Electra Rollerball Pen Gold/ Chrome J. 88K76.16 Electra Fountain Pen K. 88K76.70 88K76.71 88K76.72 88K76.73 L. 88K76.60 88K76.61 88K76.62 88K76.63 M. 88K76.20 88K76.21 Baron Fountain Pen Baron Fountain Pen Baron Fountain Pen Baron Fountain Pen Baron Rollerball Pen Baron Rollerball Pen Baron Rollerball Pen Baron Rollerball Pen Sierra Two-Toned Pen Sierra Two-Toned Pen Hardware N. 88K78.34 88K78.35 O. 88K78.30 88K78.31 88K78.32 88K78.33 P. 88K77.30 88K77.31 88K77.32 88K77.33 Q. 88K77.70 88K77.71

A - Standard

88K78.83

3/427/8

$18.80 Gold Chrome Titanium-Gold Sterling Silver Gold Chrome Titanium-Gold Sterling Silver Titanium-Gold/ Black Titanium Platinum/Black Titanium Finish Gold Chrome Gold Chrome Satin Gold Satin Nickel Gold Chrome Satin Gold Satin Nickel Gold Chrome $12.60 $12.60 $22.90 $17.90 $12.40 $12.40 $19.20 $15.40 $18.20 A - Standard 88K78.80
27/64 3/421/4

A - Standard 88K78.82

15/32 & 25/64

3/441/2

88K78.54 $6.00

A - Standard 88K78.82

15/32 & 25/64

3/441/2

88K78.54 $6.00

$15.40 Mandrel Bushing Drill Bit

27/64

88K78.52 $2.70 Repl. Tubes (for 5 pens) 88K78.60 $3.40 88K78.52 $2.70

Min. Blank Size

3/421/4

1+ $ 9.90 $ 9.90 $ 7.40 $ 7.40 $12.20 $12.20 $ 5.90 $ 5.90 $ 5.90 $ 5.90 $ 5.90 $ 5.90

Sierra Button-Click Pen Sierra Button-Click Pen Sierra Pen Sierra Pen Sierra Pen Sierra Pen RT European Pen RT European Pen RT European Pen RT European Pen Cushion-Grip Pen Cushion-Grip Pen

A - Standard 88K78.80

A - Standard 88K78.80

27/64

3/421/4

A - Standard 88K78.71

7mm

3/443/4

88K78.43 $3.40 88K78.45 $3.40

B - Large

88K78.74

5/821/4

* Ink cartridges must be protected from freezing. Available between April and October only.

Gold

M-O. Sierra Pen Hardware

Chrome

Chrome

This pen has a simple, elegant look and a slim, comfortable prole, with gold, chrome, titanium-gold or sterling silver plating on the clip, nial, and band ttings. The fountain pen, K, uses bottled ink (siphon pump included) or a cartridge (sold separately), and has a round grip with an iridium-tipped nib. The rollerball, L, has a plated six-faceted grip and a durable ceramic-tipped cartridge.

Satin nickel

Chrome

Chrome

Chrome

Chrome

Chrome

Chrome

Chrome/gold

Gold/chrome

Chrome

Chrome

Gold

Gold

Gold/chrome

Chrome/gold

This pen has a diamond lattice pattern on the center band and a sunburst motif on the cap end. Available in gold-plated finish with chrome accents or chrome plate with gold accents. Rells are standard Parker style. R. Rinehart Rollerball Pen G. Streamline Round-Top Pen Hardware This pen features a six-faceted grip, and hexagH. Streamline Flat-Top Pen Hardware onal bands on the cap ends to ensure the pen Variants of the 7mm slim pen, the round-top wont roll on a desk. Available in a gold or pen, G, has a domed nial and elegant ball chrome plate. Rells are standard Parker style. clip, while the at-top pen, H, has a pointed clip and sleek double-tapered prole. Both S. Ornate Extra-Large Twist (Cigar) use Cross-style rells. Pen Hardware Pens E and F incorporate either an Art Decoinspired or a Greek-key pattern center band and tapered ball-tip clips. Half-twist operation. Cross-style rell.
J-M. Half-Twist Ballpoint Pen

E. Slim-Style Deco Pen Hardware F. Slim-Style Greek Key Pen Hardware

Q. Triton Rollerball Pen

A. Slim-Style Deco Pencil Hardware B. Slim-Style Greek Key Pencil Hardware

& Pencil Hardware Robust looking but well balanced, 9/16 diameters with large at clips. Center bands have a oral motif or a pattern of repeating triangles. The pen rell is standard Parker style; the high-quality German-made pencil mechanism accepts 0.7mm leads.

Matching the Deco and Greek key pens E and F, N. Extra-Large Twist (Cigar) Pen Hardware This 9/16 diameter double-twist pen has black A and B use 0.7mm leads advanced by a nonaccent bands, a prominent at clip and a hexagonal jamming "click" mechanism. nial. Easy to grip for those with large hands or C. Slim Pencil Hardware limited strength. Standard Parker-style rells. A matching pencil to the slim ballpoint pen D, this uses heavy 0.7mm leads propelled by a O. Flat-Top Double-Twist Pen Hardware P. Flat-Top Double-Twist Pencil Hardware sturdy, jam-free "click" mechanism. Patterned after a classic design by Parker with D. Slim Ballpoint Pen Hardware distinctive black accents and a well-balanced 1/2 A simple but versatile design, this easy-to-make diameter barrel. A 1/2-twist in either direction kit is readily customized with nger grips and exposes the tip. The pen, O, uses a standard Parkercontrasting center bands. Operates with a style rell. The pencil, P, has a robust, jam-free 1/2-twist and requires a Cross-style rell. lead-advance mechanism and uses 0.7mm leads.

This pen has ripple patterns in raised relief on the band ttings, a wave pattern on the clip, and a sunburst motif on the nial, plated either in gold with chrome accents, or chrome with gold accents. Operates with a 1/4-twist and requires a Parker-style rell. Laser-Cut Inlay Kits for Pens Completing these pen-inlay kits is not as complicated as you might think. Laser cut to ensure a close t, all pieces are natural and dyed woods. First, you assemble the parts and carefully glue them in place on the pen tube. Then you turn the barrel, and sand and finish the pen as you normally would. All designs are suitable for use with the Sierra and/or the Baron pen hardware that is sold separately (K-O, page 59). T. 88K82.19 Flame, Baron $45.00 U. 88K82.18 Flame, Sierra $45.00 V. 88K82.11 Cdn. Flag, Baron $24.50 W. 88K82.10 Cdn. Flag, Sierra $24.50 X. 88K82.15 Jigsaw, Baron $47.00 Y. 88K82.14 Jigsaw, Sierra $44.50 Z. 88K82.17 Grand Piano, Baron $22.00 AA. 88K82.16 Grand Piano Sierra $22.00 BB. 88K82.13 Stars & Stripes, Baron $36.50 CC. 88K82.23 Teddy Bear, Sierra $39.50 DD. 88K82.22 Balloon, Sierra $20.00 EE. 88K82.21 Angler, Sierra $20.00 FF. 88K82.20 Moonscape, Sierra $45.00 GG. 88K82.12 Betsy Ross, Sierra $36.50
Kit for Baron-style pen (hardware sold separately) Kit for Sierra-style pen (hardware sold separately)

Baron style

Sierra style

T
Flame

V
Cdn. ag

X
Jigsaw

Z
Grand piano

AA
Stars & Stripes

BB

CC

DD

EE

FF

GG

Chrome

Gold

Gold

Gold

Gold

Gold

Gold

Gold

Gold

Gold

Gold

Gold

Gold

Teddy bear Balloon Angler Moonscape Betsy Ross

60

The following chart outlines what is required for each kit mandrel, bushings, drill size, and minimum blank dimensions. All kits take standard rells, available at stationery stores or from us. Sold in packages of ve, the ballpoint and rollerball rells contain black ink. Because mishaps can occur during turning or assembly, we offer replacement tubes for each kit. Package contains enough tubes to make ve pens or pencils. Blanks not included in kits. For blanks, see page 63; for mandrels, bushings and drill bits, see page 65. Hardware A. 88K77.92 B. 88K77.93 C. 88K77.20 88K77.21 D. 88K77.10 88K77.11 88K77.14 88K77.15 E. 88K77.90 F. 88K77.91 G. 88K78.03 88K78.04 H. 88K78.00 88K78.01 J. 88K78.20 88K78.21 K. 88K78.25 88K78.26 L. 88K78.22 88K78.23 M. 88K78.27 88K78.28 N. 88K77.40 88K77.41 88K77.42 88K77.43 O. 88K78.10 88K78.11 88K78.12 88K78.13 P. 88K78.14 88K78.15 Deco Pencil Greek Key Pencil Slim Pencil Slim Pencil Slim Ballpoint Pen Slim Ballpoint Pen Slim Ballpoint Pen Slim Ballpoint Pen Deco Pen Greek Key Pen Streamline RT Pen Streamline RT Pen Streamline FT Pen Streamline FT Pen Half-Twist Ballpoint Pen, Triangle Half-Twist Ballpoint Pen, Triangle Half-Twist Pencil, Triangle Half-Twist Pencil, Triangle Half-Twist Ballpoint Pen, Floral Half-Twist Ballpoint Pen, Floral Half-Twist Pencil, Floral Half-Twist Pencil, Floral XL Twist Pen XL Twist Pen XL Twist Pen XL Twist Pen FT Dbl-Twist Pen FT Dbl-Twist Pen FT Dbl-Twist Pen FT Dbl-Twist Pen FT Dbl-Twist Pencil FT Dbl-Twist Pencil Hardware Q. 88K76.80 88K76.81 R. 88K76.90 88K76.91 S. 88K76.40 88K76.41 Triton Rollerball Pen Triton Rollerball Pen Rinehart Rollerball Pen Rinehart Rollerball Pen Ornate XL Twist Pen Ornate XL Twist Pen Finish Gold Gold Gold Chrome Gold Chrome Satin Gold Satin Nickel Gold Gold Gold Chrome Gold Chrome Gold B - Large Chrome Gold B - Large Chrome Gold B - Large Chrome Gold B - Large Chrome Gold Chrome Satin Gold Satin Nickel Gold Chrome Satin Gold Satin Nickel Gold Chrome Finish Gold/Chrome Chrome/Gold Gold Chrome Gold/Chrome Chrome/Gold 88K78.79 88K78.79 88K78.79 88K78.79 Mandrel Bushing Drill Bit Min. Blank Size $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1+ 7.10 7.10 5.50 5.50 4.70 4.70 5.40 5.40 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 10+ 6.00 6.00 4.70 4.70 4.00 4.00 4.60 4.60 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 25+ 5.35 5.35 4.15 4.15 3.55 3.55 4.05 4.05 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 50+ Rells (pkg. of 5) Repl. Tubes (for 5 pens) 88K78.41 $2.00

A - Standard

88K78.70

7mm

1/241/2

A - Standard

88K78.70

7mm

1/241/2

$ 5.90 $ 5.00 $ 4.45 A - Standard 88K78.70 7mm

1/241/2

$ 5.90 $ 5.00 $ 4.45 A - Standard A - Standard 88K78.77 88K78.76 7mm 7mm

5/843/4

$ 5.40 $ 4.60 $ 4.05 $ 5.40 $ 4.60 $ 4.05 $ 5.40 $ 4.60 $ 4.05 $ 5.40 $ 4.60 $ 4.05 $ 8.80 $ 7.50 $ 6.60

5/843/4

O&
11/32

5/85

$ 9.80 $ 8.35 $ 7.35 $14.80 $12.60 $11.10

5/85

O&
11/32

$15.80 $13.40 $11.80

5.00 0.7mm leads 88K78.59 5.00 (pkg. of 12) 3.85 1+ 5+ 3.85 $2.00 $1.70 3.30 88K78.56 3.30 (pkg. of 5) 1+ 5+ 3.80 $2.00 $1.70 3.80 88K78.56 $ 4.15 (pkg. of 5) 1+ 5+ $ 4.15 $2.00 $1.70 88K78.56 $ 3.80 1+ 5+ $ 3.80 $2.00 $1.70 88K78.56 $ 3.80 1+ 5+ $ 3.80 $2.00 $1.70 88K78.55 $ 6.15 (pkg. of 5) 1+ 5+ $ 6.90 $3.50 $3.00 0.7mm leads $10.35 88K78.59 (pkg. of 12) 1+ 5+ $11.00 $2.00 $1.70 88K78.55 (pkg. of 5) 1+ 5+ $3.50 $3.00

88K78.40 $2.00

88K78.40 $2.00 88K78.48 $3.00 88K78.40 $2.00 88K78.51 $3.90

88K78.51 $3.90

O&
11/32

$ 9.80 $ 8.35 $ 7.35 $ 6.90

5/85

$ 8.80 $ 7.50 $ 6.60 $ 6.15 $15.80 $13.40 $11.80 $11.00

5/85

88K78.51 $3.90

O& 11/32

$14.80 $12.60 $11.10 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 7.10 7.10 7.40 7.40 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 5.80 5.80 5.80 5.80 6.00 6.00 6.30 6.30 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.35 5.35 5.55 5.55

A - Standard

88K78.72

10mm

3/441/2

0.7mm leads 88K78.59 (pkg. of 12) 1+ 5+ $10.35 $2.00 $1.70 $ 4.80 88K78.55 $ 4.80 1+ 5+ $ 4.80 $3.50 $3.00 $ $ $ $ $ 4.80 5.00 5.00 5.20 5.20 88K78.55 (pkg. of 5) 1+ 5+ $3.50 $3.00

88K78.51 $3.90

88K78.42 $3.40

B - Large

88K78.78

5/85

88K78.49 $2.70

B - Large B - Large Mandrel A - Standard

88K78.78 88K78.78 Bushing 88K78.84

O O Drill Bit Z & 12.5mm

15/32 & 25/64

5/85

5/85

0.7mm leads 88K78.59 (pkg. of 12) 1+ 5+ $ 9.90 $ 8.45 $ 7.45 $ 6.95 $2.00 $1.70 $ 9.90 $ 8.45 $ 7.45 $ 6.95 1+ 5+ 10+ 25+ Rells (pkg. of 5) 88K78.58 1+ 5+ $5.50 $4.70 88K78.58 1+ 5+ $5.50 $4.70 88K78.55 1+ 5+ $3.50 $3.00

88K78.50 $4.20 Repl. Tubes (for 5 pens) 88K76.88 $4.20 88K76.98 $6.00 88K78.42 $3.40

Min. Blank Size

3/433/4

$18.80 $17.90 $16.95 $16.00 $18.80 $17.90 $16.95 $16.00 $16.30 $15.50 $14.70 $13.90 $13.90 $13.25 $12.55 $11.85 $13.90 $13.25 $12.55 $11.85 $13.90 $13.25 $12.55 $11.85

A - Standard A - Standard

88K78.82 88K78.72

3/44

10mm

3/441/2

* Ink cartridges must be protected from freezing. Available between April and October only. Pen Starter Kits All our Berea pen kits are available in starter sets that consist of two hardware kits, bushings, and the required drill bit(s). Starter kits can be found on page 58, or on our website (listed with the individual pen styles) at www.leevalley.com. See page 194 for Micro-Mesh pen-sanding pads. Turning Pens and Pencils Book the standard 7mm "slimline" pen. Turning Pens with Kip & Rex DVDs Running time is 68 minutes. The second by Kip Christensen and Rex Burningham volume, More Pens plus Tips & Tricks, Between them, Burningham and Christensen have introduces the more challenging made thousands of pens. Their book covers all "European" and "American" pens, and aspects of pen and pencil making, including explores advanced techniques such as history, safety, tools, material choices, jigs, and turning plastic and antler. Tips on special techniques. A number of projects are shown repairs, gluing, disassembly, and in detail. Softcover, 81/211, 164 pages, 1999. specialized jigs and techniques are The DVDs allow you to watch Burningham and also given. 88 minutes in length. Christensen as they work. Volume I, The Basics HH. 31L17.17 Turning Pens and Pencils Book $15.50 and Beyond, presents the fundamentals, including JJ. 50L01.10 Turning Pens, Vol. I DVD $18.50 material selection and preparation, tools and their KK. 50L01.11 Turning Pens, Vol. II DVD $18.50 use, drilling, adhesives and nishing, with focus on 50L01.12 Turning Pens, Vols. I & II DVD $34.50

HH JJ KK

Pens not included.

B P

E C

Q
Wood not included.

D
A. Pen Roll

P. Paperweight Desk Magnier Kit

Provides a compact and attractive way to transport and display 18 pens and pencils. Made of heavy black velour with a fold-down ap to secure the contents. Accommodates even the largest pens (such as the El Grande). Bound edges with a sturdy ribbon tie. 88K74.16 Pen Roll $9.30
B. Pen Case

An efcient solution for storing a multitude of pens and pencils, this 32-pen case accommodates even the largest pens (extra-large twist and El Grande). Flocked grooves with elasticized bands hold the contents securely. With a black leatherette exterior and plated brass hardware, the case is 71/214. 88K74.18 32-Pen Case $43.50 G

C. D. E. F.

A custom-turned (or carved) top completes this combination paperweight and magniPen Boxes fier. The base is gold-plated brass and A variety of presentation cases suitable for pens and steel, and houses a 25/16 dia. 2-power pencils. The black leatherette case will hold one of our glass lens. Wood not included. large pens (such as the El Grande) or two slim pens/ 88K81.59 Paperweight Kit $14.50 pencils. The black plastic felt-lined case will hold two narrow turnings or any pen except the El Grande. The Q. Letter Opener Blade attractive, hinged-lid maple/bubinga wood case is This stainless-steel letter opener blade is about 21/4 wide. It has a deep groove to hold a large pen gold plated to prevent tarnishing. The 7/8 (except the El Grande), plus a slot for business cards tang has a cross-hole to provide a good and a small hole to hold a narrow pen upright. The mechanical glue lock. 45/8 long blade (51/2 hinged black plastic case has an integral clip that will long overall). Wood not included. 1+ 10+ hold all our pen styles except the extra-large twist and 00B10.24 Letter Opener, ea. $4.60 $3.90 El Grande pens. All are 61/2 long. 1+ 10+ 25+ 88K74.15 Leatherette $5.00 $4.25 $3.75 K. Stick Pen Hardware 88K74.02 Plastic/Felt $2.95 $2.50 $2.20 The simplest pen to turn. Insert the brass 88K74.05 Maple/Bubinga $8.50 $7.25 $6.40 sleeve into the blank, screw the piece onto a 88K74.07 Plastic $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 mandrel, and turn. Rells are Cross style. F

Parts for Pens, Pencils and Perfume Applicators

L. Extra-Large Twist Pen Hardware

An alternative to our premium pen and pencil hardware, these components can be used with any close-grained H hardwood (or similar material such as Corian) to make pens, pencils and perfume applicators at a fraction of their retail prices. You cut a square blank to length, J drill it and insert the brass tubular components, then turn the square to size on a mandrel using soft-iron bushings as size guides. Exterior components have a K 24-karat gold nish. Blanks not included in kits. M. G. Ballpoint Twist Pen Hardware L Hardware for a standard full-turn twist pen. Rells are M Cross style. N N. H. Pencil Hardware This kit features a metal lead holder, connector, and push-button lead advance. Uses standard 0.5mm leads. O J. European-Style Pen Hardware O. A classic style pen (medium weight) that is easy to make. This 3/4-turn twist pen takes standard Cross-style rells.

At 1/2 diameter, this 1/4-turn twist pen is almost twice the diameter of standard pens. A stylish pen that is ideal for people with large hands (or very important thoughts), or for people with limited hand strength, because it is so easy to grip. Straightforward to turn and assemble. Accent rings are high-density plastic. Metal parts are gold plated. Takes standard Parker-style rells. Pen Rell This Cross-style rell will t three of our pen kits. If using the rells for the stick pen, simply remove the plastic end cap. Blue ink. Perfume Applicator Hardware Perfume is stored by a wick inserted in the brass sleeve. Felt applicator tip. Perfume Atomizer Hardware Kit includes a glass vial atomizer, gold-plated caps and ttings, and a plastic rell syringe.

The following chart details what is required for each kit mandrel, bushings, drill size, and minimum blank dimensions (see page 65 and the facing page for these items). The ttings are solid brass. All kits have 24-karat gold plating on the exterior brass components. All pen and pencil kits take standard rells that are available at stationery stores or from us (all pens and pen rells have blue ink). Blanks not included in kits. Hardware Mandrel Bushing Drill Blank Rell # 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+ 1/25 G. 88K70.02 Twist Pen 88K71.08 88K70.09 7mm A - Standard $ 4.90 $4.15 $3.65 $3.40 5/86 H. 88K70.20 Pencil 88K71.08 A - Standard 7mm 0.5mm leads $ 7.90 $6.70 $5.95 $5.50 3/45 J. 88K70.45 European-Style 88K78.71 88K70.09 A - Standard 7mm $ 8.00 $6.80 $6.00 $5.60 1/4 1/26 K. 88K73.02 Stick Pen 88K70.09 Threaded not reqd $ 3.20 $2.70 $2.40 $2.25 3/45 L. 88K70.30 Extra-Large Twist 88K71.23 88K70.32 A - Standard 10mm $10.80 $9.20 $8.10 $7.55 88K70.32 Pen Rell, XL Twist (1) $ 1.00 $ .85 $ .75 $ .70 M. 88K70.09 Pen Rells (5) $ 3.90 $3.30 $2.90 $2.70 5/16 (8mm) 1/25 N. 88K70.08 Perfume Applicator 88K71.07 A - Standard n/a $ 5.90 $5.00 $4.40 $4.15 7/831/2 O. 88K70.40 Perfume Atomizer 88K71.26 A - Standard 15mm (19/32) n/a $10.50 $8.95 $7.90 $7.35 62 Turning

Pen Blanks
Figured & Exotic Wood Blanks All blanks measure 3/4 square by 6 long and are available in a variety of woods. Amboyna Burl (Pterocarpus indicus) A highly variegated wood from the burl of a tree related to padauk, yellow-brown to light orange-brown in color with darker reddish-brown markings. A very dense, moderately hard wood with heavily gured grain that is challenging to turn. Due to natural variations in burled wood, some blanks may have small bark inclusions or other minor defects. Birdseye Maple (Acer saccharum) A highly sought after, gured form of sugar maple speckled with distinctive eye-like markings, pale golden-yellow in color with patches of reddish-brown heartwood. Despite its swirling gure, this dense, hard wood turns beautifully. Bocote (Cordia gerascanthus) With a waxy texture, it works easily and takes a high polish. Best glued with epoxy or polyurethane. Its heartwood is tobacco- to reddish-brown with a variegated appearance, while the sapwood is grayish-yellow. Chechen (Metopium brownei) Fine textured and variegated in color from brown to reddish-brown, with a golden luster. Cocobolo (Dalbergia retusa) Variable color, but is typically deep orange-red with dark markings. Excellent working properties, but natural oils make it tricky to glue. African Ebony (Diospyrus crassiora) Black-brown to jet-black in color, this wood is extremely dense and hard. It has a very smooth texture and polishes to a glossy luster, but is hard on tool edges. Honduras Rosewood (Dalbergia stevensonii) Pink-brown to purple with alternating light and dark zones. Moderately difcult to work due to hardness, but takes detail beautifully. Olivewood (Olea europaea) Tan to golden in color with distinctive dark brown grain patterns, this fragrant medium-hard wood turns and carves well, and polishes to a smooth, high nish. Padauk (Pterocarpus soyauxii) Open-grained, but takes a good nish and is vivid red to purple-brown with white sapwood. Pink Ivory (Rhamnus zeyheri) Typically an extraordinary deep pink hue, the color ranges from brownish peach to deep red. A very hard, ne-textured wood that nishes to a high polish. Purpleheart (Peltogyne spp.) Deep purple to dark brown with lighter sapwood. With a medium to high luster, it turns, glues and nishes well, but is hard on tool edges. Tulipwood (Dalbergia frutescens) Color ranges from light sandy yellow to pinkish in color, with dark brown to reddish grain. It turns, glues and polishes well. Zebrawood (Microberlinia brazzavillensis) Takes its name from its striking striped appearance. Lustrous, but open-grained with a medium to coarse texture. Ziricote (Cordia dodecandra) Dark brown to reddish-brown with distinctive irregular darker brown or black streaks, this hard, medium-textured wood turns and nishes well.
The Pen Turners Workbook by Barry Gross Now in its second edition, this useful guide takes you through the basics of setting up shop, including lathe selection, hand tools, and safety considerations. It also describes the wide variety of blank materials and kits available, as well as turning techniques and nishing options. Includes seven projects for turning pens with wooden blanks, six for non-wooden materials such as Corian, Inlace and deer antler, and four other projects for the advanced turner. A question-and-answer chapter covers everything from separating a glued nger from the blank to repairing cracks and chips. Softcover, 81/211, 125 pages, published in 2006. 49L50.39 The Pen Turners Workbook $11.95

1+ A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L. M. N. O.

10+

A B

Amboyna burl

88K75.20 88K75.21 88K75.22 88K75.23 88K75.24 88K75.25 88K75.26 88K75.27 88K75.28 88K75.29 88K75.30 88K75.31 88K75.32 88K75.33

Amboyna Burl, ea. $8.40 Birdseye Maple, ea. $2.70 Bocote, ea. $2.20 Chechen, ea. $2.20 Cocobolo, ea. $2.20 African Ebony, ea. $2.70 Rosewood, ea. $2.20 Olivewood, ea. $3.50 Padauk, ea. $2.20 Pink Ivory, ea. $3.50 Purpleheart, ea. $2.20 Tulipwood, ea. $4.40 Zebrawood, ea. $2.20 Ziricote, ea. $3.50

$7.15 $2.30 $1.85 $1.85 $1.85 $2.30 $1.85 $2.95 $1.85 $2.95 $1.85 $3.75 $1.85 $2.95

Birdseye maple

Bocote

C
Chechen

D
Cocobolo

E
African ebony

F
Honduras rosewood

P. Q. R. S. T.

Stabilized Maple Burl Blanks G Natural & Dyed Similar to a dense exotic hardwood to drill and turn, these resin-impregnated blanks combine H the beauty and bold guring of maple burl with the stability and consistent texture of J plastic. Obtain a semi-gloss nish by sanding with ne paper (400x) and bufng with a polishing compound. Apply a shellac-based K friction polish for additional depth and richer color. A special dyeing process ensures consis- L tent color throughout. Due to natural variations in burled wood, some blanks may have small M bark inclusions or other minor defects. All are nominally 3/43/45. 1+ 10+ 88K79.10 Natural, ea. $7.90 $6.70 N 88K79.11 Teal Dyed, ea. $7.90 $6.70 88K79.12 Black Dyed, ea. $7.90 $6.70 88K79.13 Green Dyed, ea. $7.90 $6.70 O 88K79.14 Red Dyed, ea. $7.90 $6.70 Dymondwood P Laminated Wood Blanks 5 These /8 sq. by 5 long blanks are made from multi-colored hardwood veneers that Q are impregnated with dyes and phenolic resins, laminated and compressed. They are R then cut on the diagonal to give a slant-grain effect, yielding colorful and unique patterns. S 1+ 10+ 88K79.52 Applejack, ea. $4.20 $3.55 88K79.53 Olympic, ea. $4.20 $3.55 T 88K79.54 Dakota, ea. $4.20 $3.55 88K79.55 Bubble Gum, ea. $4.20 $3.55 88K79.56 Field & Stream, ea. $4.20 $3.55 U 88K79.57 Sunrise, ea. $4.20 $3.55 Acrylic Acetate Blanks V Richly colored, shimmering, and translucent, these blanks let you reproduce the iridescent effect seen in classic pens. W Specially formulated for easy drilling and turning, they polish to a mirror nish right on X the lathe. At 3/4 sq. by 5 long, they are suitable for the largest of pens. 1+ 10+ Y 88K78.90 Bronze & Black, ea. $3.90 $3.30 88K78.91 Blue & Black, ea. $3.90 $3.30 88K78.92 Deep Green, ea. $3.90 $3.30 Z 88K78.93 Yellow & Black, ea. $3.90 $3.30 88K78.94 Orange, ea. $3.90 $3.30 AA 88K78.95 Rust & Black, ea. $3.90 $3.30 BB CC DD EE

Olivewood

Padauk

Pink ivory

Purpleheart

Tulipwood

Zebrawood

Ziricote

Natural

Teal dyed

Black dyed

Green dyed

U. V. W. X. Y. Z.

Red dyed

Applejack

Olympic

Dakota

Bubble gum

Field & stream

AA. BB. CC. DD. EE. FF.

Sunrise

Bronze & black

Lee Valley sells blanks in a range of materials for pens, pencils and perfume applicators. Of course, you are not restricted to using these. If you have a good relationship with your local wood vendor, he will probably be happy to cut you a 6 length from a board. Dont neglect to check your own back yard for wood, as there are some interesting grain and color patterns to be found in local shrubs, and you only need to have pieces with a 1/2 to 3/4 diameter.

Blue & black

Deep green

Yellow & black

Orange

Blanks in photo have been polished to highlight FF grain and color.

63
Rust & black

Woodworking set-up

Metalworking set-up

Motor not included.

C
A. B. C.

F Taig Miniature Lathe for Wood or Metal The Taig lathe was originally designed for precision F. 3-Jaw Scroll Chuck General Accessories machining of watch parts. With the range of accessoSelf-centering with reversries, this accurate, versatile lathe will turn wood, steel, ible soft aluminum jaws. aluminum, brass, tagua, and composites. You can turn D. 1/4 hp Motor Capacity 1/8 to 11/8. For 1725 rpm, 115V, 5 amp, 1/2 wood and brass freehand in woodworking mode, or round or hex-shaped materials. D shaft, open case motor with steel to an accuracy of 0.0005 in metalworking mode. 03J70.05 3-Jaw Scroll Chuck $66.00 cord and plug. Cord not Stock up to 31/293/4 can be turned between centers; mounted (supplied 41/2 diameter for face-plate turning. You can make G. 4-Jaw Chuck G separately). accessories or parts for tools and household items. Independent jaw adjustEasy to store or transport, it ts an 8824 case. ment for holding round, 1/4 hp Motor The basic lathe has a 15 ground and stabilized steel oval or square stock. 03J60.43 $119.00 bed on aluminum base (45 ways are accurate to Hardened steel stepped 0.001 in width), headstock with hollow ball-bearing reversible jaws with range of 1/8 to 31/4. More accurate for precision spindle (3/4-16 tpi), two 6-step pulleys (1/2 arbor) E. Mounting Board E 525 to 5200 rpm, V-belt, motor bracket, adjustable Melamine covered, pre-drilled for lathe. or eccentric parts, but takes longer to set up. tailstock for offset turning, lever-feed tail-center, 03J70.04 824 Mounting Board $7.75 03J70.08 4-Jaw Chuck (steel jaws) $67.00 centers 21/4 above bed (41/2 swing), and instruction booklet. T-slots in the headstock, tailstock and cross slide accept #10 square nuts for auxiliary mountings. Taig Lathe Accessories The woodworking set includes the basic lathe, our 2 face plate, 21/2 tool rest with a base and post We carry a wider selection of swivel, 7/16 cup center, 3/4 spur center (3/4-16 tpi) accessories for the Taig lathe and a needle-bearing live center. on our website. Search for The metalworking set includes the basic lathe, one "Taig" at toolbit, rotating toolbit post, cross slide (13/4 travel) www.leevalley.com with handwheel graduated to 0.001, and carriage with handwheel (9 travel). The accessories on this page, along with many others available on our website, are more fully H. U. J. Ramelson Micro Turning Tools J. Mini-Lathe Tool Rest described in the instruction These tools are ideal for use with our Taig lathe This 12 long tool rest has double the capacity booklet, which is available or for small pieces on larger lathes. Made of of the tool rests typically supplied with a separately at no charge and is W1 tool steel, they are 7 to 71/2 long overall mini lathe, allowing large plates or long also posted on our website. spindles to be turned without having to repoand come ground, ready to use. Available indisition the rest. The steel guide rod has a vidually or as a set of eight. With these accessories you smooth surface nish for easy tool travel, and can adapt the woodworking 57D14.01 1/8 Gouge $12.70 is mounted to a cast-iron yoke for rigidity version of the lathe for use 57D14.02 3/16 Gouge $12.70 and vibration dampening. The threaded as a metalturning lathe, 57D14.03 9/64 Beading Tool $10.80 support post is about 2 long overall. and vice-versa.Two-year 57D14.04 9/64 Square Nose $10.80 Available with three different post diameters warranty. Requires a 1/6 to 57D14.05 9/64 Diamond Point $10.80 1/4 hp motor (not included). to t your lathe. 57D14.06 1/8 Round Nose $10.80 03J71.08 Woodworking Taig Lathe $275.00 57D14.07 1/8 Parting Tool $12.70 50S02.01 1/2 Post, 12 Tool Rest $29.50 03J71.01 Metalworking Taig Lathe $268.00 57D14.08 3/8 Skew $12.70 50S02.03 5/8 Post, 12 Tool Rest $29.50 03J71.00 Taig Instruction Booklet FREE 57D14.10 Micro Turning Tool Set of 8 $85.00 50S02.05 3/4 Post, 12 Tool Rest $29.50

64 Turning

L Bushing Sets These soft-iron bushings are specically sized to match the brass sleeves in our pen/pencil/project kits in this section. Premium Bushing Sets (sets of 3) A. 88K78.70 Slim Pen/Pencil Set $3.80 88K78.71 European Pen Set $5.90 88K78.72 X-Lg. Twist (Cigar) Pen Set $3.80 88K78.73 FT Rollerball/Fountain Pen Set $6.10 88K78.74 Cushion-Grip Ballpoint Set $3.80 88K78.75 El Grande Set $5.70 88K78.76 Streamline FT Pen Set $3.80 88K78.77 Streamline RT Pen Set $5.70 88K78.78 FT Dbl.-Twist Pen/Pencil Set $5.70 88K78.79 Half-Twist Pen/Pencil Set $5.90 88K78.80 Sierra Pen Set $5.70 88K78.81 El Toro Pen Set $6.70 88K78.82 Baron Pen Set $6.70 Standard Bushing Sets (sets of 3) B. 88K71.08 Pen/Pencil Set $4.60 88K71.23 Extra-Large Pen Set $5.95 88K71.07 Perfume Applicator Set $8.50 88K71.26 Perfume Atomizer Set $7.50 88K71.20 Magnier Set $3.50
C. HSS Drills

A D C E

H J

Specially made for our pen/pencil kits as an inexpensive alternative to extra-long HSS bradpoint drills. The tip has a steep angle for easy entry. 6 long overall, 4 of ute. 7/16 shank for the 15mm drill; the rest are shanked to size. 88J10.18 9/32 HSS Drill $ 8.00 88J10.20 5/16 HSS Drill $ 9.10 88J10.23 23/64 HSS Drill $ 9.30 88J10.24 3/8 HSS Drill $ 9.80 88J10.27 27/64 HSS Drill $10.80 88J11.07 7mm HSS Drill $ 8.30 88J11.10 10mm HSS Drill $10.10 88J11.15 15mm HSS Drill $13.00
D. HSS Brad-Point Drills for Pen Kits

lasting and provide superior chip clearance. All are jobber length; drills from 25/64 to 31/64 and letter V have 3/8 shanks; 33/64 and 35/64 drills have 1/2 shanks. Others are shanked to size. 07J16.07 7mm HSS Brad-Point $ 9.00 07J16.08 8mm HSS Brad-Point $11.25 07J16.10 10mm HSS Brad-Point $14.60 07J03.14 Letter O HSS Brad-Point $ 8.40 07J03.22 Letter V HSS Brad-Point $11.20 07J02.22 11/32 HSS Brad-Point $ 9.20 07J02.25 25/64 HSS Brad-Point $11.50 07J02.27 27/64 HSS Brad-Point $12.80 07J02.30 15/32 HSS Brad-Point $15.30 07J02.31 31/64 HSS Brad-Point $15.70 07J02.33 33/64 HSS Brad-Point $19.40 07J02.35 35/64 HSS Brad-Point $21.90 07J16.25 12.5mm Brad-Point $18.80 07J03.26 Letter Z Brad-Point $14.40

With sharply dened lips to score the perimeter for clean entry and smooth sidewalls in hardwoods, stabilized wood, and acrylic acetate, these brad-point drills are ideal for use with our pen kits. Made from high-speed steel, they are long

Pen Mills Held in a drill or lathe chuck, these high-speed steel mills are used to square and trim a wood blank after the brass sleeve has been glued into the pen body. They also remove glue squeezeout from inside the brass sleeve. The pilot shafts M. Universal Pen Mandrel are interchangeable in the 3/4 cutter head. The The primary advantage of this universal pen pilot shaft sizes are nominal and correspond to mandrel is its adjustability. Because the Morse the drills used with our pen kits. The 7mm and taper has been through-drilled, the projection of 10mm mills come as a complete unit (pilot shafts the shaft is easily adjusted to suit the project at are not interchangeable). Excellent quality. hand without need to inll with spacers. The E. 88K77.01 3/4 Cutter Head $21.60 knurled brass nut on the threaded end of the F. 88K77.02 7mm Pilot Shaft $15.00 mandrel tightens simply under nger pressure, 88K77.03 Letter O Pilot Shaft $15.60 eliminating the need for the cumbersome 88K77.04 Letter V Pilot Shaft $20.50 wrench used with standard pen mandrels. 88K77.05 10mm Pilot Shaft $22.00 Entirely compatible with kits that require a G. 88K72.07 Pen Mill, 7mm $42.50 standard-diameter "A" mandrel, this is a conveH. 88K72.10 Pen Mill, 10mm $49.50 nient and fast method of securing blanks for turning. Instructions included. Made in U.K. See page 104 for a HSS parabolic-ute drill bit (with a 88K69.01 Universal Mandrel, #1 MT $33.50 ve-point tip) that cuts cleanly through dense hardwoods. 88K69.02 Universal Mandrel, #2 MT $34.50
O. Self-Centering Pen Drilling Vise

Mandrels Headstock Available with a #1 or #2 Morse taper, or for Thread Size Morse Taper lathes that do not have 7/814 tpi #1 a Morse taper head3/416 tpi #1 stock (e.g., Taig 18 tpi #2 lathes). Either shaft 11/48 tpi #2 can be held in a self5/8 plain not required centering chuck. Please use the charts on pages 58, 59, 61 and 62 to determine the mandrel required for a particular pen/pencil kit. The threaded mandrel is for use only with the stick pen kit on page 62 (bushings are not required for this kit). For all other project kits, use the mandrel indicated in the copy for each kit. J. 88K71.17 Std. "A" Mandrel, #1 MT $14.50 88K71.18 Std. "A" Mandrel, #2 MT $15.50 88K71.00 Std. Shaft, Nut & Washer $ 7.50 K. 88K78.64 Lg.-Dia. "B" Mandrel, #1 MT $17.80 88K78.65 Lg.-Dia. "B" Mandrel, #2 MT $18.30 88K78.63 Lg.-Dia. Shaft & Brass Nut $ 9.80 L. 88K73.03 Threaded Mandrel $ 7.30

Visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com N. Pen Press

A pen press enables quick assembly with minimal effort. It prevents the misalignment common to other methods by applying pressure directly along the center axis of the components. Its length is adjustable for use with any kit, eliminating guesswork when assembling multiples of the same kit by allowing you to preset the distance the transmission will be inserted into the barrel. The 12 handle supplies plenty of leverage. The sturdy aluminum and steel hardware is mounted to a rubber-footed hardwood base. 88K77.00 Pen Press $52.50

This vise lets you use a single set-up for drilling pen blanks, not only for multiples of the same kit but for squares, rounds and kits of different sizes. The secret is in the synchronized jaw movement; whether you are opening or closing the vise, the jaws move the same distance from center in either action. Once centered on the drill press, all sizes of squares and rounds will be centered for

drilling. V-shaped channels hold both round and square blanks securely. The location of the guide rods lets you remove material sideways, rather than vertically, overcoming a common problem with other designs. Made from anodized aluminum and steel, the spindle has brass bushings for smooth operation. Opens to 25/8, making it useful for projects larger than pens. 70G11.05 Pen Drilling Vise $43.50

Synchronized movement keeps jaws equidistant from center when opening or closing.

Pen parts not included.

V-channels hold round or square stock.

65

Wood not included in kits on this page.

C A

D
A. Decorative Oil Lamp Insert

E F

L. Stainless-Steel Inserts E. Ball-Bearing Yo-Yo Kit Combined with a custom-turned or carved base, You can use these inserts as liners for small Yo-yos with ball-bearing axles can perform advanced this hand-blown glass insert makes an attractive turned vases or as holders in a wooden base. tricks. This kit supplies the hardware and two strings; oil lamp. About 4 tall overall, it projects about About 3 tall and just shy of 1 in diameter, you supply and turn the wood blanks (min. 21/2 square 3/4 from the base and is stabilized by the raised with a rolled lip, they t in a 1 drilled hole by 3/4 thick). A threaded mandrel for holding the with minimal play (slight sanding may be lip on the reservoir. Used with kerosene (not hubs is available separately. 1+ 5+ 15+ required at the top of the hole due to included), it comes with a long-life glass-ber 88K81.61 Yo-Yo Kit $14.50 $13.05 $12.35 manufacturing variances). Package of four. wick and a small plastic funnel for lling. Fits into F. 88K81.62 Yo-Yo Mandrel $ 4.90 an 11/16 dia. hole at least 31/2 deep. An econom88K92.70 SS Inserts, pkg. of 4 $13.50 G. Spinning Top Kit ical high-carbon steel 11/16 utility brad-point bit is This kit provides a gold-plated brass axle and grip ring sold separately. 1+ 5+ 25+ and a length of braided nylon string. Simply drill a 88K92.75 Lamp Insert, ea. $5.00 $4.25 $3.75 centered 11/64 dia. hole in a minimum 2213/4 B. 68J04.01 Brad Point, ea. $4.40 wood blank, turn it to shape, and install the axle and grip ring. A threaded mandrel for holding the blank is C. Candle Cup Holder sold separately. 1+ 5+ 15+ These candlestick parts are made of lightweight 88K81.51 Top Kit $6.10 $5.50 $5.20 steel with an antique brass nish. The slightly H. 88K81.52 Top Mandrel $3.20 tapered and uted 11/4 tall cup holds most 3/4 to J 7/8 candles securely, and the 2 bobeche catches J. Mini Kaleidoscope Kit dripping wax. The included mounting screw This kit includes all the hardware for making a mini K requires a 1/8 pilot hole. kaleidoscope. You supply a wood blank (about 2 1+ 6+ square by 21/4 long), drill a centered 13/16 dia. hole, 50K50.01 Candle Cup Holder, ea. $2.40 $2.05 Sample view and turn it to size. The inner works are then assembled in the blank and sealed with gold-plated brass eye and end D. Brass Candle Cup Insert caps. To hold the small stock on the lathe, we recomThis brass insert for wooden candle cups ts snugly mend using a standard or universal mandrel (see page in a nominal 7/8 hole in softwood (slightly larger in hardwood). The rolled lip sits well on a drilled hole 65) and kaleidoscope bushings. 1+ 5+ 15+ or in the candle cup shown. 1+ 6+ 88K81.55 Kaleidoscope Kit $16.80 $15.15 $14.30 41K19.01 Brass Insert, ea. $1.20 $1.00 K. 88K81.56 Bushing Set $ 4.90 Q. Counter Bell Kit These pewter-nish castings are ideal for potpourri dishes. Just Spun from thick sheet material, this polished brass bell is 25/8 in over 3 in diameter, they have three small stubs on the bottom to diameter by 11/4 high. It has a nickel-plated steel yoke, a cast brass center them on the bowl top if the lid is not inset. 1+ 6+ clapper, and a solid brass strike button and bolt. 1+ 5+ 88K83.04 Tulips, ea. $5.00 $4.25 00K82.20 Counter Bell Kit $12.50 $10.60 88K83.05 Hummingbird, ea. $5.00 $4.25 R. Hand Bell Kit 88K83.06 Buttery, ea. $5.00 $4.25 Polished brass bells with brass-plated steel clappers, steel handle Gold-Plated Box Rings rods, and polished brass end caps. The small bell is spun from thick To simplify small box work, turn a shoulder to size on each piece sheet; the large bell is cast. Size given is bell diameter; approx. and glue these brass rings in position, aligning the grain before overall handled length in brackets. 1+ 5+ the glue sets. They avoid all the problems of threading wood or 00K82.30 27/8 Bell (61/4) $14.50 $12.30 endlessly adjusting for a friction t. Two sizes; outside diameters S. Magnifying Glass Kit are 30mm (13/16) and 42mm (15/8) with inside diameters of M You only need to turn a handle for this gold-plated split ring that approx. 3/4 and 13/8. 1+ 6+ encases a 21/2 dia. 3X lens. Blank should be at least 5 long by 1 N. 88K74.09 30mm Ring Set, ea. $5.00 $4.25 square. Threaded insert (for attaching the handle), brass handle sleeve O. 88K74.10 42mm Ring Set, ea. $7.50 $6.40 and gold-plated end plug included. For easy turning, we recommend our standard or universal mandrel and magnier bushings (for further P. Gold-Plated Round Box Hinge details, see page 65). Requires a 7mm drill. Ideal for small boxes, this hinge has a 52mm (21/16) 1+ 5+ inside diameter and 57mm (21/4) outside diameter. 88K70.31 21/2 Magnier Kit $16.50 $14.85 After tting the shoulders snugly, use an adhesive 88K71.17 Std. Mandrel, #1 MT $14.50 suitable for metal-to-wood gluing. 1+ 6+ 88K71.18 Std. Mandrel, #2 MT $15.50 88K84.02 Round Hinge, ea. $4.70 $4.00 88K71.20 Bushing Set $ 3.50 M. Potpourri Covers

N O Q P
Wood not included in kits.

R S

A. Nut Cracker Mechanism

Ceramic Pepper Mill Mechanisms With non-corroding ceramic burrs, these mechaD nisms have a grind-adjustment knob located at the To install these shaker inserts in a custom-made base, bottom for greater body design freedom. The 3 simply drill a 15/16 hole at least 2 deep. Made of tough E long shaftless mechanism can be mounted along plastic, they have chrome-plated brass caps with one the mill body at different positions to vary the hole for salt and four holes for pepper. Supplied as a C proportions. It installs in a blind hole, allowing set of two with instructions. 1+ 5+ 15+ you to make a short mill or an "upside down" mill 88K81.58 S&P Shaker Kit $10.50 $9.45 $8.90 that keeps your tablecloth clean by discharging pepper from its "top" when ipped over. Requires C. Pepper Mill Mechanisms 11/16, 19/16, and 13/4 forstner bits. The 101/2 F. Claro Walnut Pepper Mill Blanks Made by Americas oldest pepper mill manufacturer, these tempered stainless-steel mechanisms with long shaft-driven mechanism makes a standard Prized for its contrasting hues and aluminum shafts have all the components needed to top-loading mill. The stopper afxes to the shaft gured appearance, claro walnut has produce a top-load, adjustable-grind pepper mill. 8, with a plastic insert and is removable for relling. exceptional working qualities. These 12 and 18 nominal lengths, with instructions, and a Makes a 12 mill. The 81/2 aluminum shaft can be rough-sawn blanks are 21/2 wide by salt top and plug for a matching shaker. cut to produce a mill as little as 5 tall. Requires 21/2 thick (nominally) with wax-dipped 15 / 16 , 1 1 / 16 , 1 9 / 16 , and 1 3 / 4 forstner bits. ends. Length indicated in price line. 1+ 5+ 15+ Instructions included. 93K03.20 8 Mechanism $14.50 $13.05 $12.35 1+ 5+ 15+ 41B14.10 10 Blank - 8 Mill $13.80 93K03.21 12 Mechanism $16.80 $15.15 $14.30 D. 93K03.15 Mech. with Shaft $16.80 $15.15 $14.30 41B14.14 14 Blank - 12 Mill $19.30 93K03.22 18 Mechanism $21.50 $19.40 $18.30 E. 93K03.17 Shaftless Mech. $14.60 $13.15 $12.45 41B14.20 20 Blank - 18 Mill $28.50
B. Salt & Pepper Shaker Kit G. Unhandled Knife Steel

This powerful mechanism, which works like an old-fashioned letter press, cracks shells with controlled pressure so it does not crush the contents. Made of polished cast brass, it comes with a mounting bolt. You simply turn the cross handle and bowl to make a nished gift. 1+ 6+ 93K20.01 Nut Cracker, ea. $31.50 $28.00

A B

The traditional tool for sharpening knives, a "steel" both abrades and burnishes. This steel is for those who would like to turn their own handle. The 95/16 long striated portion is magnetized to keep iron lings from falling on your work surface. The 7/8 tang is 7mm in diameter and ts into a 9/32 hole. 45K36.05 Unhandled Knife Steel $12.50 Key-Ring Kits These three easy kits are complete, except for the turned blank. Each has a swivel-mount key ring on one end and either a safety whistle, a detachable ring (for separating house keys from car keys) or a brass cap on the other end. Bodies are brass and key rings are gold-plated steel. Blanks (not included; see page 63) must be at least 1/2 square by 21/2 long (13/8 long for the whistle kit as the brass tube is shorter). Requires a standard "A" or universal mandrel H and a 7mm drill bit (see page 65), and bushings. 1+ 10+ 25+ H. 88K73.23 Detachable, ea. $9.60 $8.15 $7.20 J. 88K73.20 Whistle, ea. $7.20 $6.10 $5.40 K. 88K73.22 Swivel, ea. $3.60 $3.05 $2.70 J 88K71.08 Bushing Set $4.60 Stainless-Steel Bottle Stopper Components These stoppers t most bottles with 3/4 inside diameter necks. The plain cork stopper has an integral machine screw for mounting a decoration. It is available on its own or paired with a turned collar (3/4 tall by 11/2 top diameter) with knurled edges for grip; just epoxy a turning, carving, or polished stone into the top recess (13/32 inside diameter). The cone-shaped stopper (21/8 tall by 3/4 top diameter) has a durable butyl rubber O-ring for a snug seal. All threads are 1/4-20. 1+ 10+ 25+ L. 50K71.03 Cork & Screw only, ea. $ 2.00 $ 1.70 M. 50K71.01 Collar & Cork, ea. $11.80 $10.00 $8.85 N. 50K71.02 Cone & O-Ring, ea. $10.80 $ 9.15 $8.10 Razor Handle & Brush Kits The razor kit has chrome-plated end ttings (uses Gillette Mach3 rell blades). Requires a standard "A" or universal mandrel and a 7mm drill bit (see page 65). Blank must be at least 3/425/8. We offer replacement tubes in case of mishaps. Made of genuine badger hair, the shaving brush comes as a pre-formed bunch mounted on a base that is easily glued into a 20mm blind hole. Requires a 200mm drill bit and a minimum 11/413/4 blank.
1+ O. 88K80.10 Razor Kit 5+ 10+ 25+

Wood not included in kits on this page.

M L

N K

88K80.15 Repl. Tubes (5) 88K80.19 Bushing Set P. 88K80.20 Shaving Brush

$11.20 $10.65 $10.10 $9.50 $ 2.50 $ 4.20 $ 9.90 $ 9.40 $ 8.95 $8.40

Wood not included in kits on this page.

PLANES
Veritas Bench Planes
Over the past half-century, plane makers have focused more on reducing manufacturing costs than on making planes work better. When designing our bench planes, we chose to focus on better adjustment and feed mechanisms, structural innovations to prevent blade vibration, and blades offering a choice of bevels and metallurgical properties to suit your preferences.

Frog and handle are combined in a single unit that moves to adjust mouth opening.

Adjustable mouth

Set screws prevent blade from shifting, maximizing lateral adjustment. Combined feed and lateral adjustment

Mouth can be closed for ne shavings (minimum tear-out) or opened for heavier cuts.

plane is that best suited to the Loosen ball planes primary function, with knob to Mouth adjustment stop-screw optional replacement blades adjust mouth. available with 25, 38 or 50 bevels. A toothed blade for working difcult grain is also 12 bed available. A stop-screw in the throat can be used to adjust the mouth. It enables you to quickly open the mouth fully for blade removal, while preserving your settings. These three planes, combined with the optional bevel-up blades, cover a full range of planing tasks smoothing, jointing, and working end grain or difcult grains in any wood. We also offer a low-angle smooth plane with all the above features, but with a 2 wide, 1/8 thick blade with a 25 bevel. Optional 38 or 50 blades, as well as a toothed blade, are also available. LAPPED BLADES CHOICE OF A2 OR O1 TOOL STEEL Veritas bench, bevel-up, shoulder, apron and block planes come with lapped blades made of either A2 or O1 tool steel. Both steels are excellent choices. Choosing between an A2 or O1 blade depends on your preferences how you like to work, how much planing you do, and your sharpening methods. Our A2 blades are air-quenched and double-tempered to a hardness of Rc60-62. They hold an edge longer than most highcarbon steel blades, but take more effort to sharpen. Choose A2 if edge durability is of primary importance to you. Our O1 blades are oil-quenched and double-tempered to Rc58-60. They can be sharpened more quickly than an A2 blade, but will dull faster and rust more readily. O1 blades are a good choice for rapid honing, but require it more frequently. We lap our Veritas A2 and O1 plane blades* on the face (non-bevel side) to a atness tolerance of 0.0002 or better over the working surface, with an Lapped working Lapped working average roughness of 5 microsurface on regular surface on shoulder and and bevel-up inches (0.000005) or better. bullnose plane plane blades. On regular and bevel-up plane blades. blades, the working surface extends from about 1/8 below the screw slot to the cutting edge; on shoulder and bullnose plane blades, it is the widest section of the face from the shoulder to the cutting edge. Average roughness (Ra) measures the height variations in the surface over a given area the lower the value, the better the nish. While the blade faces are both smooth and true, the intersecting bevel should be honed before use. * except Veritas scrub, scraping, router and ush plane Apron
Plane 13/4

Materials, Manufacturing and Design With the exception of our NX60 premium block plane (see page 73), all Veritas bench planes are made from fully stress-relieved ductile cast iron, which maintains its dimensions after machining and takes hard knocks without cracking. All machining is done to exacting standards in our own factory, ensuring a precise t between parts for fast, accurate adjustment. Surface ground to a high degree of nish, the soles are at and the sides are square to the sole. Most of our bench planes have extra-large side wings for stable shooting. The large bubinga front knob and rear tote provide excellent control and comfort. A combined feed and lateral adjustment mechanism makes blade setting easy and accurate, and set screws in the sides prevent the blade from shifting when it hits a knot. BENCH PLANES Our #4, #41/2, #51/4W and #6 bench planes employ an entirely new concept: the frog extends all the way to the sole. This provides complete blade support, reducing chatter, and allows quick adjustment of the mouth, which can be closed to a narrow slit for ne shavings with minimum tear-out, or opened for heavier cuts all without removing the lever cap or anything else; simply loosen a pair of screws and dial the desired opening with the thumb wheel. Bench plane blades are 1/8 thick. BEVEL-UP BENCH PLANES Our bevel-up planes (low-angle jack, smoother and jointer) have 12 beds, and all use the same 21/4 wide, 3/16 thick blades. Effective cut angles can be optimized by altering the bevel angle, or by switching blades. The standard blade bevel angle for each
NX60 Block Plane 21/4 DX60 Block Plane 21/4 Low-Angle Block Plane 2 Standard Block Plane 2 Skew Block Plane 13/4

blades, and all Veritas A2 toothed blades.

27/8

Size Comparison of Veritas Planes

65/8 21/4 65/8 63/8 15/8 63/8 15/8 63/8 13/4 51/2 13/4 27/8

21/4

11/4 11/2 21/2

23/4

13/8 21/4

13/8 21/2

15/8

15/8 21/2 31/8

27/8

22

18 15 12 103/4 10 10 91/2 43/8 43/4 63/8 10 73/4 23/8 #6 Fore Plane 21/4 Bevel-Up Jointer

31/4

23/8

11/2 Scrub Plane

2 Low-Angle Smooth Plane

21/4 Bevel-Up Smoother

2 #4 Smooth Plane

23/8 #4 Smoothing Plane

2 #5W Bench Plane

21/4 Low-Angle Jack Plane

Planes 68

Optional grips make it easier to use a low-angle block plane with bevel-up blades on difcult grains.

See page 72 for blades.

C D
Mouth can be closed for ne shavings (minimum tear-out) or opened for heavier cuts.

Knob and tote sold separately.

A E A

A. B. C. D.

Converting Your Veritas Low-Angle E. Veritas Low-Angle Smooth Plane Block Plane Into a #3 Smoothing Plane A low-angle smooth plane has three key Shooting miters. We now make a small bevel-up smooth plane comparable in uses. With a diagonal stroke, partly across size to a #3 bench plane (shown on the back cover); however, and partly along the grain, it is used to smooth surfaces. The if you already own our low-angle block plane, our inexpensive generous side wings are ideal for shooting miters. Its 37 cutting hardwood grips will convert it into a small bevel-up plane ideal angle minimizes ber tearing and makes it well suited for endfor small-scale work or working in tight areas. The grips make grain work. With a 12 bed angle, this is a bevel-up plane, like a it easier for those with small hands or less strength to get a rm low-angle block plane. It has an adjustable mouth with a unique grip, allowing the greater leverage needed to plane difcult stop-screw, and a combined feed and lateral adjustment knob for wood. Totes come in small or large, to suit a range of hand blade setting. The cast-iron body is tted with a large bubinga sizes; the small tote is ideal for children to use. Combined with front knob and rear handle. It includes a lapped 25 blade, 1/8 thick, in A2 or O1 tool steel. For working difcult grain, a selection of available blades (see page 72), they convert our low-angle block plane into a highly versatile plane that can lapped 38 and 50 blades in A2 or O1 steel and an A2 toothed work a wide variety of woods and is easy and comfortable to use. blade are available (described below). Patented. 05P22.01 Low-Angle Block Plane, A2 $139.00 05P25.01 LA Smooth Plane, A2 $189.00 05P22.51 Low-Angle Block Plane, O1 $139.00 05P25.02 Repl. 2 A2 Blade, 25 Bevel $ 28.50 05P22.17 Small Tote $ 27.50 05P25.51 LA Smooth Plane, O1 $189.00 05P22.15 Large Tote $ 27.50 05P25.52 Repl. 2 O1 Blade, 25 Bevel $ 28.50 05P22.04 Tall Front Knob $ 7.95 Optional Blades 05P25.03 2 A2 Blade, 38 Bevel $ 28.50 Sole Sole Blade Product Weight 05P25.53 2 O1 Blade, 38 Bevel $ 28.50 Length Width Width 05P25.04 2 A2 Blade, 50 Bevel $ 28.50 3 5 Veritas Low-Angle Block Plane 6 /8 2 1 /8 1 lb 12 oz 05P25.54 2 O1 Blade, 50 Bevel $ 28.50 05P25.06 2 Toothed A2 Blade $ 33.50
See the back cover for our new Veritas Small Bevel-Up Smooth Plane.
Product Veritas Low-Angle Smooth Plane Sole Length 10 Sole Width 21/2 Blade Width 2 Weight 3 lb 10 oz

Veritas Bevel-Up Bench Plane Blades

A selection of lapped replacement and optional blades is available for our bevel-up jack, in end grain no tearing in difcult grain tear-out smoother and jointer planes, and low-angle block plane. The bevel-up conguration of these 37 effective planes lets you vary the cutting angle as needed by altering the blade bevel angle. Having an 37 effective cutting angle cutting angle Tear-out extra blade of a given bevel angle simplies this process and eliminates the time-consuming process of regrinding back to a lower bevel angle when required. The three blade bevels we offer are ideal starting points, but can be changed to meet a particular task. The cutting angles Micro-bevel Micro-bevel stated describe the actual cutting angle where the blade meets wood. This angle is determined by a ne micro-bevel at the edge; the blades primary angle is typically a few degrees less. 50 Blade 38 Blade Blades are listed on page 70. High-angle cutting York pitch smoothing The 25 blade is the best choice for all end-grain work, including shooting. The resulting 37 Type I chip starting angle Type II chip tear-out minimized cutting angle effectively severs end-grain bers and minimizes tearing. This blade is also capable of general smoothing, but is susceptible to tear-out in all but the most well-behaved grain. 50 effective 62 effective cutting angle cutting angle The 38 blade yields an effective cutting angle of 50 (commonly known as a York pitch) and is an excellent blade for general smoothing. Higher cutting angles require greater force to push the plane, making the 38 bevel the ideal starting point (a balance of performance and Micro-bevel Micro-bevel effort) when working difcult wood. The 50 blade is for smoothing woods with widely varying or reversing grain (e.g., birds-eye maple) where tear-out is difcult to control. The resulting cutting angle of 62 produces what is known as a Type II chip (or shaving), one created by wood failure right at the cutting edge, eliminating tear-out on even the most difcult grains. Planing wood at this cutting angle is quite a workout but the results are well worth it. The toothed blade (38 bevel) is for working with difcult grain, especially knots. The small, square teeth leave a textured surface that can be smoothed with a nely set plane or a scraper. Note that toothed blades work only with our bevel-up planes and not with our regular "bevel-down" bench planes. 69 Planes

25 Blade

25 Blade

Bevel-Up Bench Planes

F

Mouth can be closed for ne shavings (minimum tear-out) or opened for heavier cuts.

H. Veritas Bevel-Up Smoother Plane A nice complement to our low-angle jack plane, Our low-angle jack plane is ideal for shooting our state-of-the-art smoothing plane is the tool to miters, working end grain, and initial smoothing. use for the nal nish on surfaces, especially We designated it as a 621/2 due to its generous size woods of difficult grain patterns. Dubbed a and weight, low center of gravity, and radically 1641/2H, it combines the generous width and set-back mouth. You will appreciate the way this weight of a dedicated smoother with the versatile plane (with a toe one third the length of the sole) inner workings of a low-angle bevel-up plane. registers to the workpiece. With sides machined The cofn-shaped body has an exceptionally square to the sole, a specially shaped lever cap, low center of gravity for smooth, stable cutting and machined thumb recesses on each side, it action. The 12 bed angle, coupled with the 38 provides both comfort and excellent control blade bevel, yields an effective cutting angle of when shooting. Includes a lapped 25 blade, 3/16 50, often called a York pitch. This is an ideal (0.187) thick, in A2 or O1 tool steel (see page starting angle for minimizing tear-out on dif68 for details). A well-rounded workhorse. cult wood. For the most difcult grains, even J. 05P34.01 Low-Angle Jack Plane, A2 $219.00 higher cutting angles (for creating Type II chips) 05P34.51 Low-Angle Jack Plane, O1 $219.00 can be achieved, either by honing the blade with Sole Sole Blade a higher micro-bevel or using one of the optional Product Weight Length Width Width blades described on the previous page. Includes Veritas Low-Angle a lapped 38 blade, 3/16 (0.187) thick, in either 3 1 2 /4 5 lb 12 oz 15 2 /4 Jack Plane A2 or O1 tool steel (see page 68 for details). 05P36.01 BU Smoother Plane, A2 $219.00 05P36.51 BU Smoother Plane, O1 $219.00 G. Veritas Bevel-Up Jointer Plane The Veritas low-angle jointer is the largest member Sole Sole Blade Product Weight of our bevel-up bench plane family. It is a hefty Length Width Width plane, ideal for jointing edges and attening large Veritas Bevel-Up 21/4 4 lb 14 oz 10 31/8 panels. The bevel-up blade conguration results Smoother Plane in a plane that is versatile and straightforward to use. The 12 bed angle, coupled with the 25 Veritas Bevel-Up Jointer Fence blade bevel, creates an effective cutting angle of The Veritas low-angle jointer fence enables you to 37. Simply increasing the blade bevel results in shoot consistent and accurate square or bevelled higher cutting angles for improved performance edges with your Veritas in more difficult-grained woods. Includes a bevel-up jointer. The 11 3 lapped /16 (0.187) thick blade in A2 or O1 tool not long anodized aluminum Plane included. steel (see page 68 for details). An adjustable fence can be attached to throat plate allows a wide range of mouth adjusteither side of the plane ment. Our unique stop-screw retains mouth with the brass thumbscrews settings while preventing blade damage when provided; a set screw can removing and replacing blades. be adjusted to square the 05P37.01 Bevel-Up Jointer Plane, A2 $275.00 fence to the sole. As supplied, the 2 tall guiding 05P37.51 Bevel-Up Jointer Plane, O1 $275.00 face can be used to plane edges perfectly square to
F. Veritas Low-Angle Jack Plane
Product Veritas Bevel-Up Jointer Plane Sole Length 22 Sole Width 27/8 Blade Width 21/4 Weight 7 lb 8 oz

For details on Veritas bevel-up plane construction and blades, see page 68.

Veritas Bevel-Up Bench Plane Blades Please see page 69 for a full description of the lapped replacement and optional blades available for our bevel-up jack, jointer and smoother planes. Information on selecting between A2 or O1 tool steel blades is found on page 68. 05P34.02 21/4 A2 Blade, 25 Bevel $34.50 05P34.52 21/4 O1 Blade, 25 Bevel $34.50 05P34.03 21/4 A2 Blade, 38 Bevel $34.50 05P34.53 21/4 O1 Blade, 38 Bevel $34.50 05P34.04 21/4 A2 Blade, 50 Bevel $34.50 05P34.54 21/4 O1 Blade, 50 Bevel $34.50 05P34.06 21/4 A2 Blade, Toothed $42.50
Plane not included.

the face of your workpiece. It can also be used to shoot angles less than 90 when a bevelled wooden guide is attached to the inside face of the fence. 05P37.05 Bevel-Up Jointer Fence $38.00

Adjustable throat plate

Offset fence to guide blade on wood.

70 Planes

Bench Planes

M N

L
For information on bench plane construction and details on A2 and O1 tool steel blades, see page 68. See page 82 for our plane screwdriver.

K
K. Veritas #4 Smooth Plane

M. Veritas #51/4W Bench Plane O. Veritas Jointer Fence Planing a square edge on a board requires a Due to its versatility, the #4 smooth plane is the Also called a junior jack, the traditional #51/4 was jointer fence, whether you are using an electric most commonly used bench plane. It is the ideal 12 long, in between a #4 smooth plane at 10 and jointer or a hand plane. The Veritas jointer fence size for general smoothing, nish work, trima #5 jack at 14. Our #51/4W differs from the allows you to shoot accurate ming parts and other odd jobs. It has enough original in many ways mainly, ours has a wider and consistent square or mass to cut smoothly but is light enough to use blade and the mouth is 43/8 behind the nose, bevelled edges with most without fatigue. Patented. unlike the original at 31/2. For better accuracy, an iron or steel bench planes*. extra-long sole in front of the blade makes it easier 05P26.01 Veritas #4 Smooth Plane, A2 $199.00 The integral rare-earth to keep the sole ush to the wood when starting a 05P26.51 Veritas #4 Smooth Plane, O1 $199.00 Plane magnets make it quick and cut. Combined, the mouth location and sensitive 05P24.02 Repl. A2 Blade, 2 $ 36.50 easy to attach or remove the feed adjustment let the #51/4W serve as a jointer 05P24.52 Repl. O1 Blade, 2 $ 36.50 11 long anodized aluminum for most cabinet work. Patented. Jointer Sole Sole Blade Weight Product fence fence from either side of all 05P24.01 Veritas #51/4W Plane, A2 $229.00 Length Width Width sizes of bench planes, from a 05P24.51 Veritas #51/4W Plane, O1 $229.00 Veritas #4 21/2 2 4 lb 6 oz 91/2 smooth plane (#4) to a jointer 05P24.02 Repl. A2 Blade, 2 $ 36.50 Smooth Plane Work(#8). As supplied, the 2 tall 05P24.52 Repl. O1 Blade, 2 $ 36.50 piece guiding face can be used to L. Veritas #41/2 Smoothing Plane Sole Sole Blade Product Weight plane edges perfectly square to the face of your An excellent plane for the nal smoothing of a Length Width Width workpiece. It can also be used to shoot angles surface already worked by other planes or a 1 Veritas #5 /4W 2 4 lb 14 oz 12 21/2 less than 90 when a bevelled wooden guide is thickness planer. It has the mass needed for an Bench Plane attached to the inside face of the fence. Patented. effective smoother. Patented. 05P23.01 Veritas #41/2 Plane, A2 $229.00 05P30.01 Veritas Jointer Fence $44.50 Visit us at www.leevalley.com *except our Veritas bevel-up jointer and smoother planes. 05P23.51 Veritas #41/2 Plane, O1 $229.00 05P23.02 Repl. A2 Blade, 23/8 $ 38.50 05P23.52 Repl. O1 Blade, 23/8 $ 38.50 N. Veritas #6 Fore Plane One of our largest bench planes, the #6 fore Sole Sole Blade plane is ideal for smoothing and attening large Product Weight Length Width Width surfaces, such as panels, table tops and workPlane not included. Veritas #41/2 bench tops. The long sole ensures accuracy, as it 10 27/8 23/8 5 lb Smoothing Plane will not follow the bumps and valleys that a shorter plane would. Patented. 05P28.01 Veritas #6 Fore Plane, A2 $265.00 Extra length of sole in front of 05P28.51 Veritas #6 Fore Plane, O1 $265.00 cutting edge provides ample registration for start of cut. 05P23.02 Repl. A2 Blade, 23/8 $ 38.50 05P23.52 Repl. O1 Blade, 23/8 $ 38.50
Product Veritas #6 Fore Plane Sole Length 18 Sole Width 27/8 Blade Width 23/8 Weight 6 lb 12 oz

M&N

For optimum planing results, put slightly more pressure on the front of the plane at the beginning of each stroke and keep slightly more pressure on the back of the plane at the end of a stroke.

Planes 71

B
Standard Low-Angle

Fits into an apron pocket.

20 bed angle

12 bed angle

Standard and Low-Angle Block Planes These block planes stand apart from the rest. The tall side wings are ideal for shooting, and nger grips in the sides improve control. The combined blade advance and lateral adjust Back of blade swings. is the most sensitive, accurate adjustment mechanism available. Two guide screws prevent blade shifting. Pivot The ductile cast iron body can take Front of blade skews. hard knocks, and the adjustable nosepiece does not extend past the body, so it cannot be driven into the blade if you drop the plane. Both planes are machined to exacting standards, with milled sides and soles that are surface ground to a ne nish. For general-purpose work, the standard model is 1/8 taller than its low-angle sibling and has a 20 bed angle and a low-prole lever cap that ts the hand well. The low-angle plane is a delight to use. With its 12 bed angle, it excels at end-grain work (see right for optional grips for use with the low-angle model). Both include a chatterfree 25 blade in A2 or O1 steel (see page 68). For working difcult wood, lapped 38 and 50 bevel blades (see page 70) are available in A2 or O1 tool steel. Our A2 toothed blade (38 bevel) works the most difcult grain, especially knots. The small, square teeth leave a textured surface that can be smoothed with a scraper or nely set plane. A. 05P22.30 Standard Block Plane, A2 $139.00 05P22.61 Standard Block Plane, O1 $139.00 B. 05P22.01 Low-Angle Block Plane, A2 $139.00 05P22.51 Low-Angle Block Plane, O1 $139.00 05P22.02 Repl. A2 Blade, 15/8, 25 $ 26.50 05P22.52 Repl. O1 Blade, 15/8, 25 $ 26.50 Blades for Low-Angle Block Plane 05P22.07 A2 Blade, 38 $ 26.50 05P22.08 A2 Blade, 50 $ 26.50 05P22.57 O1 Blade, 38 $ 26.50 05P22.58 O1 Blade, 50 $ 26.50 05P22.06 A2 Toothed Blade, 15/8 $ 28.50
Product Veritas Standard & Low-Angle Block Planes Sole Length 63/8 Sole Width 2 Blade Width 15/8 Weight

Veritas

C. D. E. F.

Optional Grips for the Veritas Apron Plane Veritas Low-Angle Block Plane This small, low-angle block plane is ideal for trim carpentry. The bevel-up conguration of our low-angle It is half the weight of a stanblock plane lets you vary the blade angle to suit dard block plane, a big plus if the task, from low-angle blades for use on end you carry it in an apron all day. The ductile cast grain to high-angle blades on figured wood. iron body takes knocks in stride. It has good However, steeper cutting angles require more hand feel; unique side wings allow a comfortforce to push the plane. We offer inexpensive able, rm grip and provide stability for shooting. hardwood grips to adapt our low-angle block A combined feed and lateral adjustment mechaplane into a small bevel-up smoothing plane that nism makes setting easy and accurate. Patented. can work a wide variety of woods, providing the It comes with a lapped 25 bevel blade made of rm hold and greater leverage needed to plane either O1 or A2 tool steel (see page 68). The O1 difcult wood. Used with these simple retrots, the plane works similarly to a #3 smoothing blade, hardened to Rc58-60, is 0.098 thick, nearly plane (see page 69 ) for small-scale work, 25% thicker than standard 0.080 block plane blades. For yet more beef, choose a 1/8 thick A2 working in tight areas, and for use by children or those with small hands or less strength. Choose blade (Rc60-62). A 38 A2 toothed blade is availsmall or large totes according to hand size. able for working difcult grain, especially knots. Combined with a selection of optional blades, The small, square teeth they convert our low-angle block plane into a leave a textured surface that highly versatile plane that is easy and comfortcan be smoothed with a scraper. able to use. A split-leather holster with Alternatively, we offer a ball tail, a more tradibrass ttings is sold separately. tional style of rear grip that serves much the It keeps your apron plane close same purpose as a tote, but which demands a at hand while working and different grip that some prefer. It is offered in a protects it from damage. set with a tall front knob. G. 05P27.01 Apron Plane, O1 Blade $85.00 05P22.17 Small Tote $27.50 05P27.02 Apron Plane, A2 Blade $85.00 05P22.15 Large Tote $27.50 05P27.03 Repl. O1 Blade $19.50 05P22.04 Front Knob $ 7.95 05P27.04 Repl. A2 Blade $19.50 05P22.05 Ball Tail and Knob Set $31.50 05P27.06 Toothed A2 Blade $26.50 H. 67K73.16 Leather Plane Holster $19.95
Product
Knob and tote sold separately.

Sole Length 51/2

Sole Width 13/4

Blade Width 11/4

Weight 14 oz

C D

Veritas Apron Plane

J. Veritas Chamfer Guide

This anodized aluminum guide converts a Veritas low-angle or standard block plane into a chamfer plane. Just set the chamfer width on the guide, unscrew the front knob and replace the toe piece with the guide. Adjustable for chamfers up to 1/2 wide, the wings are xed at 90 to hold the plane at a consistent 45 to the work. Patented. 05P22.10 Veritas Chamfer Guide $22.00

Optional grips make it easier to use a low-angle block plane with bevel-up blades on difcult grains.

F
1 lb 12 oz

72 Planes

Veritas Skew Block Plane This is a truly versatile plane. It excels at trimming Right-hand skew rabbets, working end grain, or making nal jointing block plane cuts on boards, plus you can use it in all the ways you would a regular block plane. The blade is A skewed at a 15 angle, which makes cutting easier, either with or across the grain, Skewed and helps pull the fence tight blade against the work. Because the blade sits ush with the side of the body, corner cuts are clean and accurate. A Norris-style adjuster combines feed and lateral positioning for easy, precise blade setting. Set screws on either side of the blade prevent the blade from shifting in use. A scoring spur ahead of the blade reduces tear-out direction). It comes with a lapped blade 1/8/0.125 thick, 11/2 wide, with a 25 bevel, on cross-grain work; it is adjustable for depth and projection and can be recessed when working with made of either A2 (Rc60-62) or O1 (Rc58-60) tool the grain. Machined and surface ground, the steel. Available separately, an optional 31/2 contoured 63/813/4 ductile cast iron body has a stainless-steel fence rod (11/8 longer than the 12 bed angle and a movable toe fully enclosed by 23/8 rod supplied) lets you add a thicker fence the body casting. A bubinga locking knob sets the extension (e.g., a tapered spacer for angled cuts) toe to control the mouth opening, while an unobtruwithout restricting cutting width. Patent pending. Set screw in the throat sive set screw in the throat Planes with A2 Steel Blade retains toe position. allows repeatable mouth posiA. 05P76.01 RH Skew Block Plane $209.00 tioning and prevents contact B. 05P77.01 LH Skew Block Plane $209.00 between the blade and toe. 05P76.80 Pair of RH & LH Planes $369.00 Held by a large brass locking 05P76.02 RH Repl. Blade, A2 $ 22.50 knob, a sliding collet allows 05P77.02 LH Repl. Blade, A2 $ 22.50 adjustment of the 31/2 wide, 5/16 thick hardPlanes with O1 Steel Blade wood fence. The fence base is tapped to substitute 05P76.51 RH Skew Block Plane $209.00 a user-made fence extension such as a wooden 05P77.51 LH Skew Block Plane $209.00 wedge for cutting controlled bevels. 05P76.82 Pair of RH & LH Planes $369.00 The plane is available in left- and right-hand 05P76.52 RH Repl. Blade, O1 $ 22.50 models (neither is for left- or right-handed use 05P77.52 LH Repl. Blade, O1 $ 22.50 only, but having both lets you handle any grain C. 05P76.62 Optional Fence Rod, 31/2 $ 6.50

Left-hand skew block plane

Locking knob adjusts mouth opening. Scoring spur Spur locking screw

Blade set screw

Norris-style adjuster

Adjustable toe can be fully open for heavy cuts or closed for ne cuts.

To use as a standard block plane, remove fence and rod, and retract scoring spur.

Adjustable fence with locking collet 23/8 fence rod (included) Optional 31/2 fence rod

Blade set screws

requires slower feed rates during production. Veritas Block Planes The standard version (the DX60 Block*) is These are two of the nest planes we have ever made. Though they share a made from our regular ductile iron, has a die-cast common pedigree, the polished version represents the rst of our premium lever cap, and is nished with a durable powderplane line, while the black version is part of our standard line. coat polymer paint. Both are made to the same exacting standards and have newly rened Made in Canada. Patented. stainless-steel hardware. The knobs and wheels have elegant elliptical knurled $185.00 edges for a rm grip. The lever cap has been extensively redesigned to integrate D. 05P70.01 DX60 Block Plane cleanly with the plane body and provide an almost continuous hand-contact E. 05P70.11 NX60 Premium Block Plane $295.00 05P70.03 Repl. A2 Blade $ 32.50 surface, with tactile cues for nger placement. The Norris-type adjuster mecha05P70.05 Optional 01 Blade $ 32.50 nism combines feed and lateral adjustments, making blade setting accurate and easy. Close manufacturing tolerances reduce backlash to no more than 1/4 turn. Sole Sole Blade Product Weight The adjuster is locked to the body, and will not become inadvertently unseated. Length Width Width Mouth adjustment is effected by loosening the stainless-steel locking Veritas 1 lb 12 oz 13/4 13/8 65/8 knob. An unobtrusive set screw in the throat of the plane allows repeatable Block Planes mouth positioning while at the same time preventing the movable toe from contacting the blade. The toe is completely enclosed by the body casting. With a 12 bed angle, the contoured body is machined and surface ground to half our normal atness and surface nish specications; the sole and D sides are at and square to within +0.000 and -0.0015 over the entire surface. The A2 tool steel blade (hardened to Rc60-62) is 9/64 (0.14) thick and has a 25 primary bevel. An optional O1 tool steel blade (Rc58-60) is also available separately. Please see page 68 for details on A2 and O1 steel blades. The back of the blade is lapped at within + or -0.0002 (two-tenths of a thousandth of an inch) in the working area of the blade. The premium version (the NX60 Block*) is made from a corrosionresistant material a nickel-resist ductile iron. Signicantly more expensive than regular ductile iron, it contains about 20% nickel and retains all of the benecial properties of regular ductile iron. It also
Lever cap wheel Lever cap Bed Front locking knob Locking knob for mouth adjustment Mouth adjustment locking set screw

Set screw locks the adjuster to the body.

* In our new number system, the rst letter designates the material (Nickel, Bronze, Stainless Steel, Std. Ductile Iron). The number represents the model, and the "X", of course, stands for excellent!

E
Adjustment mechanism

25 primary bevel The enclosed toe can be adjusted to a narrow slit for ne shavings or opened for heavier cuts.

Blade Blade guide screw

12 bed angle

73

B A
The description of the miniature shoulder plane is on the facing page.

Veritas Shoulder Planes

Our shoulder planes have many unique features. Through-holes in the body let you insert a nger for improved grip and control. This reduces the chance that the plane will accidentally slip out of your hand, as occurs all too easily with typical shoulder planes, which are often considered awkward to handle and control. If you have ever held a traditional shoulder plane, you will appreciate how these planes come to hand. The broad lever cap ts nicely in the palm. The tough ductile cast iron bodies are accurately machined and ground so that the sole and sides are at and square. An adjustable toe lets you narrow the mouth for very ne shavings with minimum tear-out. The low bed angle of 15 combined with the 25 blade bevel yields a cutting angle of 40 for exceptional performance on end grain. Set screws accurately position the blade and need no readjustment when replacing the blade after sharpening. Blades are lapped, 1/8 (0.125) thick, and come in A2 or O1 tool steel (see page 68 for details). Patented.
A.

B. Veritas Medium Shoulder Plane

C. Veritas Small Shoulder Plane A versatile tool, our medium shoulder plane can Designed to seat nicely in the hand, our small be used on end grain (e.g., trimming tenon shoulshoulder plane is easily controlled using a oneders) or for paring cross grain as is often required handed grip. The lever cap wraps around the on tenon cheeks. rear of the body, shrouding the blade adjustThe 11/16 width ment mechanism so it does not obstruct the grip while acting as a comfortable rest for the makes it ideal for palm. The 1/2 wide ductile cast iron body is rebate and dado work. The unique accurately machined and ground so that the lever cap with a sole and sides are at and square. B pivoting knob 05P47.01 Small Shoulder Plane, A2 $169.00 adjusts to t your 05P47.51 Small Shoulder Plane, O1 $169.00 3/4 dado clean-up hand and 05P47.02 Repl. A2 Blade $ 31.50 preferred grip. 05P47.52 Repl. O1 Blade $ 31.50 The concave knob rests in the web of your hand, allowing a secure grip without the need of a viseVisit us at like pressure. www.leevalley.com 05P41.01 Med. Shoulder Plane, A2 $179.00 05P41.51 Med. Shoulder Plane, O1 $179.00 05P41.02 Repl. A2 Blade $ 31.50 Sole Sole Blade Product Weight 05P41.52 Repl. O1 Blade $ 31.50 Length Width Width
Pivoting lever cap knob Pivoting lever cap knob

A.

Veritas Large Shoulder Plane Shoulder Plane

81/4 7 61/4 43/4

11/4
11/16

11/4
11/16

3 lb 12 oz 2 lb 1 lb 2 oz 1 lb 5 oz

B. Veritas Medium

Veritas

Large Shoulder Plane This specialized rabbet plane is the largest of our shoulder planes, with size and mass that bring both authority and precision to larger work. It is perfect for trimming breadboard tenons, adjusting shoulders, or even paring tenon cheeks. To ensure a solid, comfortable grip for all users in all applications, it has a lever cap that ts properly in the palm, a bubinga lever cap knob that pivots 180, and a multi-positional front knob that can be mounted on the top or on either side. You can also grip the plane in the recesses cast into the side. For those who want the performance of a superior shoulder plane, this is the tool. 05P43.01 Lg. Shoulder Plane, A2 $219.00 05P43.51 Lg. Shoulder Plane, O1 $219.00 05P43.02 Repl. A2 Blade $ 32.50 05P43.52 Repl. O1 Blade $ 32.50
Multi-positional front and rear knobs

Lever cap

C.

Veritas Small Shoulder Plane Plane

1/2

1/2

D. Veritas Bullnose

Blade & adjuster

Body

Blade-setting screws Adjustable toe/mouth

A B
Tenon shoulder trimming

Veritas Chisel Plane Rabbet planes used to be widely available, but are now being discontinued by manufacturers. We developed this specialized plane to convert a chisel into a rabbet plane. The body is made of ductile cast iron and is congured to hold a 1 bevel-edge chisel at a 45 angle, the same pitch as used on bench planes. It becomes a small plane that works equally well as a shoulder plane or rabbet plane and can be used to clean up machine-cut rabbets and tenons. It works like a butt mortise plane for cutting hinge gains. It will also cut 1 dadoes and grooves up to a depth of 3/8. Precisely machined. Overall size is 13/8 wide by 51/2 long by 21/2 high. The clamping screw is solid brass. While it excels as a job-site plane, it is equally handy in the shop. Chisel not included. 05P21.01 Veritas Chisel Plane $49.00

D
D. Veritas Bullnose Plane

This tool is two planes in one, serving as either a bullnose or a chisel plane. For use as a chisel plane, just loosen the brass toe-locking knob and remove the upper body frame to work right up to a blind corner. An adjustable set screw in the toe acts as a stop to accurately set the mouth opening. When you switch congurations, it repositions the toe to the exact opening previously set, so you will never accidentally jam the nose against the blade.
Toe locking knob

Convert to a chisel plane by removing the toe. Toe

Veritas Detail Rabbet Planes These slender pocket-size planes allow ne, controlled cuts in areas you could ordinarily trim only with a chisel. With very narrow soles, they are also useful for cleaning dados or grooves. Comfortable and easily maneuvered, they are relatively tall to provide a good gripping surface and have an upswept palm rest for registration in the hand. The ductile cast iron body has a xed mouth, a 3 long sole, and is accurately machined and ground. The low 15 bed angle combined with the 30 blade bevel provides a 45 cutting angle. The lapped blade is made of O1 tool steel. A brass, one-piece lever cap/palm rest holds the full-width blade in place. Available in ve widths, 1/4, 5/16 (8mm), 3/8, 6mm, and 10mm; sold separately or in sets. Made in Canada. Patented. Upswept palm rest seats comfortably in the hand. Imperial Actual width E. 05P75.03 Detail Rabbet Plane, 1/4* $ 69.00 F. 05P75.06 Detail Rabbet Plane, 5/16 (8mm)* $ 69.00 G. 05P75.08 Detail Rabbet Plane, 3/8* $ 69.00 05P75.30 Set of 3 Imperial Sizes $169.00 Metric 05P75.01 Detail Rabbet Plane, 6mm* $ 69.00 05P75.06 Detail Rabbet Plane, 8mm (5/16) $ 69.00 05P75.10 Detail Rabbet Plane, 10mm* $ 69.00 05P75.35 Set of 3 Metric Sizes $169.00 05P75.40 05P75.13 05P75.16 05P75.18 05P75.11 05P75.20 Set of 5 Planes* $279.00 Repl. Blade, 1/4 $9.75 Repl. Blade, 5/16 (8mm) $9.75 Repl. Blade, 3/8 $9.75 Repl. Blade, 6mm $9.75 Repl. Blade, 10mm $9.75
One-piece ductile cast iron body One-piece polished brass lever cap and palm rest

Shaped to t comfortably in the hand, the low, O1 tool steel broad lever cap meets your palm, and your foreFixed mouth lapped blade nger rests in the toe pocket for extra control. If you dont already own any shoulder planes, this H. Veritas Miniature Shoulder Plane Weighing a mere 1.7 oz and measuring 21/2 long by 1/4 wide, this miniature version of our medium is an excellent rst purchase. shoulder plane was developed out of a desire to test the limitations of our materials, design, and manu05P42.01 Bullnose Plane, A2 $169.00 facturing processes (not to mention the patience of our engineers!). Despite its diminutive size, it is 05P42.51 Bullnose Plane, O1 $169.00 fully functional and remarkably effective for ne trimming or cleaning the bottoms of narrow dados. 05P42.02 Repl. A2 Blade $ 31.50 It is surprisingly comfortable to hold, making it exceptionally easy to maneuver and control. 05P42.52 Repl. O1 Blade $ 31.50 The investment-cast stainless-steel body has a xed mouth, with a machined sole and ground sides. A low 15 bed angle combined with the 25 blade bevel provides a 40 cutting angle. The stainless-steel Norris-style adjuster lets you set the full-width Adjusting the chisel. A2 blade (0.060 thick) with precision. Supplied in a French-tted embossed leatherette box. Made in Canada. 05P80.01 Miniature Shoulder Plane $32.50 05P80.02 Repl. Blade $ 5.50
Parallel Cutting edge Actual size

21/2 Norris-style blade adjuster

75

A A

Left-hand plow plane

Right-hand plow plane

edges to avoid marking your work. A wave washer in the locking mechanism steadies the shoe during adjustment. Best used in the direction of the grain, the plane comes with a 1/4 wide lapped A2 tool steel blade; other blade widths (1/8, 3/16, 5/16 and 3/8) are available separately. The large wooden rear tote offers a solid, comfortable grip, and the 9 long ductile cast iron body weighs 13/4 lb and is machined with a 45 blade bed. It is available in right- and left-hand versions to match your dominant hand. Made in Canada. An excellent (and quieter) alternative for work often performed with a router. Patented.
A. 05P51.01 Veritas Plow Plane, RH

$229.00 05P51.20 Plane with all 5 Blades, RH $275.00 B. 05P52.01 Veritas Plow Plane, LH $229.00 05P52.20 Plane with all 5 Blades, LH $275.00 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 59.00

Asymmetric sculpted fence grip ts the hand comfortably and securely. Locking collets for fence adjustment.

Right-Hand Blades 05P51.02 1/8 Blade, RH* $ 05P51.03 3/16 Blade, RH* $ 05P51.04 Standard 1/4 Repl. Blade, RH $ 05P51.05 5/16 Blade, RH* $ 05P51.06 3/8 Blade, RH* $ C. 05P51.10 Set of 4 RH Blades only* $
Right hand plane blades shown.

Veritas Small Plow Plane Closest in size to the classic Record #044 plane, the preferred size of the old-style plow planes, the Veritas small plow plane is ideal for quickly cutting grooves and rabbets, such as on drawer and box bottoms and cabinet backs, and in frame and panel construction. The 65/8 long fence registers solidly to the workpiece and is throughdrilled to accommodate the addition of a wooden fence extension. The asymmetric fence grip has
D. Veritas Side Rabbet Plane

Front view showing fence set for rabbeting.

C
Metric sizes are available on our website at www.leevalley.com

been sculpted to comfortably fit the natural curvatures of the hand. Double guide rods and a special collet locking system prevent the fence from racking. The large brass knobs make adjustments fast and easy without need for tools; the fence can be offset from ush to 11/2 from the 1/4 blade. The adjustable shoe controls the depth of cut (maximum 1/2 deep), and has relieved

Left-Hand Blades 05P52.02 1/8 Blade, LH** 05P52.03 3/16 Blade, LH** 05P52.04 Standard 1/4 Repl. Blade, LH 05P52.05 5/16 Blade, LH** 05P52.06 3/8 Blade, LH** 05P52.10 Set of 4 LH Blades only**

$ $ $ $ $ $

16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 59.00

E. Veritas Small Router Plane In an ideal world, every joint would t perfectly the rst time, and thered be little use for a plane A versatile tool for ne work, particularly on narrow material like this. However, in the real world, a side rabbet plane helps you make the "saves" we all have or in conned areas, this plane excels at work requiring small to make once in a while. It is used for cleaning up or trimming sidewalls of rabbets, dadoes or recesses, grooves or dadoes. In the closed-throat position, the grooves to yield a perfect t with its mate. It has a practical dual-blade conguration, coupled sole encircles the blade to register fully to the workpiece, even with an ingenious pivoting handle that permits right- or left-hand use to accommodate grain when approaching from the side or working an edge, and it direction. The thin sole functions much like a skate, allowing use in slots as narrow as 3/16 and bridges recesses for stability on narrow stock. The blade may to a depth of 1/2. The toe is removable for use in stopped dadoes and has a xing screw that be positioned inboard for standard closed-throat use, or is trapped to prevent loss. The depth stop helps orient and stabilize the plane during use and is outboard, with the blade extending past the body, for true bullboth height adjustable and reversible (simply loosen the screw and rotate the stop without nose work. Positioned behind the blade, the blade-clamping removing it from the body). Sculpted to t the hand comfortably, the handle has a spring-loaded knob allows visibility and chip clearance. The comfortable, pivot for sure positioning it wont move accidentally in use. The accurately machined, accurately machined ductile cast iron body has a lapped sole. 41/2 long ductile cast iron plane body and the two O1 tool steel blades The 7 oz plane is 31/4 wide by 21/4 deep, with a 1/4 wide (Rc58-60) are lapped. Pressure on the blade cap from a wave washer keeps high-carbon steel blade. Patented. Made in Canada. the blades steady during set-up. Weighs 1 lb. Made in Canada. Patented. 05P38.50 Veritas Small Router Plane $55.00 05P44.01 Veritas Side Rabbet Plane $129.00 05P38.51 Repl. Blade $ 9.50 05P44.02 O1 Repl. Blade, Left $ 10.00 Inboard blade position 05P44.03 O1 Repl. Blade, Right $ 10.00 allows sole to bridge D
Removable toe and shoe for stopped dado and bullnose applications. Trapped xing screw and registration pins align toe. Handle pivots for right- or left-hand use. recesses for stability on narrow stock.

E
Lapped sole completely encircles the blade. Base registers easily off end of workpiece.

Wave washer keeps tension on blade during adjustment.

Lapped sole Depth stop adjusts to a maximum of 1/2.

Blade positioned outboard for true bullnose work.

76

A. Veritas Router Plane

The Veritas router plane is an invaluable tool for work on stopped or through dadoes and grooves, or for any work that requires an area cut to a precise depth. The blade depth is regulated by a ne screw feed that travels 1/32 per turn for precise adjustment, with the resulting depth of cut controlled by a locking depth stop. Unique to the Veritas router plane is a spring-loaded blade-clamping collar that holds the blade in position when the collar is loosened. It provides tactile feedback, allowing controlled blade adjustment to a depth of 1. The collar can also be set to fully release for quick and easy blade removal, for repositioning in front of the post for general work, behind the post for bullnose applications, or laterally (left or right) for work on hinge gains. Made to the same high standards as our other planes, the ductile cast iron body has been accurately machined and ground at. Weight is 2 lb. The large wooden knobs are positioned to provide both comfort and excellent control. If you would like to customize a pair of handles, a C hardware kit that includes two turned brass connectors, two hanger bolts, a hex bolt, and a mandrel for lathe mounting is available separately. The plane includes two high-carbon steel cutters: a two-piece 1/2 straight blade, and a twopiece 1/2 spear-point blade (for nal smoothing). A blade sharpening jig is also included. The optional fence (made of stainless steel and aluminum) can be positioned on either side of the plane and will work on both straight and curved pieces. In addition to using for dadoes or grooves, our router plane is the perfect tool for inlay or intarsia work, or for cleaning out areas for hardware installation, where ne control is critical. Made in Canada (except for blades). Patented. 05P38.01 Router Plane (with 2 blades) $139.00 B. 05P38.07 Optional Fence $ 21.50 05P38.20 Router Plane & Fence $149.00 C. 05P38.10 Handle Hardware Kit $ 7.50

Router plane with optional fence attached.

Depth of cut is controlled by a steel stop collar with brass locking knob.

Blade positioned for bullnose conguration.

Jig for sharpening 1/2 blades

Router Plane Blades Our high-carbon steel router plane blades t our Veritas Router Plane (05P38.01), as well as Stanley #71 router planes (with the heightadjustment nut inverted). The narrow single-piece blades are available in four metric sizes (3mm, 4mm, 5mm and 6mm) and four Imperial sizes (3/32, 1/8, 3/16 and 1/4). The 1/2 blades have a two-piece design and are available in two styles: straight and spear-point (for nal smoothing). The blade sharpening jig is for use only with the 1/2 wide blades. Sizes stated are nominal.

D
1/2

E G&M H
1/2

L M&G N
3/32 1/8

3mm

4mm 5mm 6mm

3/16 1/4

Wide Blades * included with Veritas Router Plane D. 05P38.04 1/2 Straight* $13.50 Imperial Narrow Blades E. 05P38.05 1/2 Spear-Point* $13.50 L. 05P38.23 3/32 Straight Blade $13.50 F. 05P38.08 Jig for 1/2 Blades* $ 3.50 M. 05P38.24 1/8 (3mm) Straight Blade $13.50 N. 05P38.26 3/16 Straight Blade $13.50 Metric Narrow Blades $13.50 G. 05P38.24 3mm (1/8) Straight Blade $13.50 O. 05P38.03 1/4 Straight Blade 05P38.40 Set of 4 Imperial Blades $45.00 H. 05P38.34 4mm Straight Blade $13.50 J. 05P38.35 5mm Straight Blade $13.50 K. 05P38.36 6mm Straight Blade $13.50 Visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com 05P38.41 Set of 4 Metric Blades $45.00

Veritas Skew Rabbet Plane With a blade skewed at a 30 angle to reduce cut resistance and Scoring spur aid in shaving clearance, this plane cuts quickly and quietly, avoiding the set-up, noise and dust associated with power tools. Corner cuts are clean and accurate. Tear-out on cross-grain work is reduced with a scoring spur that sits ahead of the blade. The 73/8 long fence allows a maximum rabbet width of 11/2 and is through-drilled to accept a wooden extension. An adjustBlade lies able shoe controls the depth of cut to a maximum 3/4 deep. ush with Supplied with a lapped A2 tool steel blade 1/8 thick and just side of 5 3 / / over 1 8 wide, with a bevel edge that is about 1 4. The depth- plane body for clean, adjustment mechanism is fast and accurate. Set screws along accurate 3 / the side allow repeatable blade positioning. The 9 4 long cuts. ductile cast iron body is machined with a 45 blade bed and weighs 31/2 lb. The plane is available in left- and right-hand versions. You may need only the version that suits your dominant hand, though they are in fact complementary, since having both lets you accommodate any grain direction. Patented. A pair of 6 stainless-steel fence rods (21/2 longer than the rods supplied with the plane) are available separately. They are desirable when you need to add a thicker auxiliary fence for stable registration against a workpiece, such as with a tapered spacer for angled cuts, but still require use of the full cutting width of the blade. Flats on the ends of the rods permit wrench tightening. P. 05P45.01 RH Skew Rabbet Plane $239.00 Q. 05P45.02 LH Skew Rabbet Plane $239.00 05P45.10 Pr. of RH & LH Skew Planes $439.00 05P45.51 Repl. A2 Blade, RH Skew $ 29.50 R 05P45.52 Repl. A2 Blade, LH Skew $ 29.50 R. 05P45.60 6 Fence Rods, pr. $ 11.00 Plane with
regular fence rods

Left-Hand Skew Rabbet Plane

Adjustable fence with locking collets

Screw behind front knob adjusts scoring spur.

P
Adjustable fence with locking collets

Right-Hand Skew Rabbet Plane

Plane with long fence rods

A B

C. Veritas Miniature Edge Plane

Independent traveller

Set screw

Having both models lets you handle any grain direction. Set screw

A 1/3-scale version of our current iron edge plane, which is the third-generation design of a model we rst produced in 1986, this is a fully functional miniature. Useful for ne trimming work on thin stock up to 3/8 thick, such as with small-scale boxes or maquettes, it ts the hand well, making it easy to control under ngertip pressure. The 23/8 long body and lever cap are machined, investment-cast stainless steel. The 0.060 thick by 1/2 wide A2 steel blade has a 25 bevel angle and, Miniature like the original, is bedded at 12 and Edge Plane skewed at 30. The blade position and depth of cut are easily set by hand. Weighs a mere 1.6 oz. Presented in a French-tted A embossed leatherette box, this diminutive edge plane makes a great gift for any woodworker or tool acionado. 05P81.01 Miniature Edge Plane $34.50 Right Edge Plane 05P81.02 Repl. Blade $ 5.95

Depth-adjustment thumb wheel

D. Razor Blade Block Plane

Veritas Iron Edge-Trimming Planes Edge-trimming planes work end grain or give nal trimming cuts on jointed boards, for smooth edges exactly 90 to the face. This plane is cast in durable ductile iron for everyday use, and is available in right- and left-hand models. You may need only one model; the choice is often based on which of your hands is dominant, but neither model is exclusively for left- or righthanded users. They are in fact complementary. Having both lets you handle any grain direction, which is handy for working boards with only one true reference face, such as lengths of molding. They have a 12 bed angle and 30 blade skew. The 1/8 thick, 11/4 wide blades in A2 or O1 steel (see page 68 for details) work wood up to 1 wide. Each plane weighs 1 lb 6 oz. Depth is adjusted with a large thumb wheel and an independent traveller, for fast, accurate setting with no blade skewing. Set screws in the side keep the blade from shifting when it hits a knot. The fence is drilled so you can add blocks or a wooden wedge to cut controlled bevels, as used in boatbuilding. Sold individually or in pairs (right and left, same type of blade steel). Planes with A2 steel blade B A. 05P03.01 Right Edge Plane $119.00 B. 05P03.61 Left Edge Plane $119.00 05P03.81 Pr. R & L Planes $215.00 05P03.02 Repl. A2 Blade, 11/4 $ 19.50 Planes with O1 steel blade 05P03.51 Right Edge Plane $119.00 Attach 05P03.71 Left Edge Plane $119.00 wooden wedge for cutting 05P03.82 Pr. R & L Planes $215.00 controlled bevels. 05P03.52 Repl. O1 Blade, 11/4 $ 19.50

For planing work too rough for a ne block plane, this is the tool. Made in Germany for modelmaking, it trims glue lines, plywood, Masonite or laminate, or unsticks painted doors. Two blade positions are bedded at 27 at the toe for ush trimming, and mid-body for surface planing. The toe blade also serves as a knife to cut linoleum, cardboard or leather. A third blade position in the heel is for smoothing thin, concave work (nding the best cutting angle takes some practice). The 5 long, 2 wide zinc-alloy body ts in an apron pocket or toolbox. At Rc60, the double-edged blades are very durable (ve included; replacements sold separately). 19P16.00 Razor Blade Plane $22.50 19P16.01 Repl. Blades, pkg. of 5 $ 2.50 D
Blade in heel smoothes concave surfaces.

Blade installed at toe.

Stanley Block Planes Block planes are necessary tools in any workshop. Held with one hand, they are excellent for use where a larger plane is too bulky. Both models are fully adjustable, including the nosepiece (for throat control in difcult woods). For best results, always keep the blade razor sharp and set it to make light cuts. Two models are available, both about 61/4 long. The standard plane has a 15/8 blade set at about 20. The low-angle version has a 13/8 blade set at about 13.5 and is especially good for ne work on end grain. E. 23P03.01 Stanley Standard Block $36.50 23P03.02 Repl. Stanley Blade, 15/8 $ 7.50 F. 23P02.10 Stanley Low-Angle Block $36.50 23P02.11 Repl. Stanley Blade, 13/8* $ 7.50
* This blade is not compatible with old-style Stanley #601/2 planes. G. Stanley #90 Rabbet Plane

G
Upper body removes to make a small chisel plane.

This is a particularly comfortable and convenient small rabbet plane. It is 4 long with a 1 blade and it nestles nicely in the hand. It features a positive feed screw mechanism and adjustable throat. The upper body completely removes to make a small chisel plane. It is well-machined nickeled cast iron. 23P01.01 Stanley #90 Rabbet $109.00 23P01.02 Repl. Blade #90 $ 15.50

78 Planes

Curved blade

A
Reverse blade for safe storage. High-carbon blade A2 steel blade

The Veritas ush plane is ideal for ush trimming projections such as glue lines, laminate edges, plugs, etc. It can also be used for cleaning out inside corners (e.g., hinge gains, tenons, half-laps). It is as handy on the job site as it is in the shop. The purposeful shape provides a comfortable, secure grip and is designed so that the blade can easily be reversed for safe storage and edge protection. At only 8 oz, it can be carried in a pouch or pocket, or loosely stored in a toolbox without fear of damaging the edge. A powerful 1 diameter rare-earth magnet holds the 2 wide blade in place. A steel pin molded into the tough ABS body takes thrust loads. The included blade, with a 25 bevel angle, is readily removed for honing in the usual way. Patented. 05P20.01 Veritas Flush Plane $39.00 05P20.02 Repl. Blade, 2 $17.50
B. Veritas Invisible Nailing Kit

A. Veritas Flush Plane

The challenge of using ller to hide countersunk nails is matching the wood color. To avoid this, our invisible nailer lifts a small, exible shaving, under which you drive a screw or nail. Then glue the shaving down and tape it in place until dry. A stainless-steel body and brass lever cap hold the 1/4 chisel (with gouge-shaped edges to prevent tear-out) at 15; blade projection sets the shaving thickness. Includes 1/2 oz of high-tack sh glue. 05K51.20 Invisible Nailing Kit $29.50 B
Raise a small Drive in nishing Glue and tape in shaving of wood. nail or screw. position until dry.

Plane Sacks Made from a silicone-treated knit cotton that resists moisture, these sacks are ideal for plane storage. Designed much like a tube sock with a drawstring G. Spill Plane Before matches were widely available, long, coiled wood shavings known as closure, they keep dust and dirt off planes and help deter rust. A tag on the spills were used to transfer a ame from a replace to a candle, lantern or outside of the sack lets you label the contents. For owners of Veritas planes, stove, and also as a tinder material. Made using a special inverted plane, we offer black-colored sacks printed with the Veritas logo; for other plane spills burn more slowly and consistently than paper. This plane is based on an brands we offer khaki green sacks bearing the Lee Valley logo. Available in 1850s Edward Preston spill plane. Simply push a piece of straight-grained four lengths. The chart below lists the sizes and styles of planes that can be softwood 5/8 to 3/4 wide over the blade, guiding it along a channel in the sole, stored in each sack. to produce a long, tightly curled shaving. A 1/2 tall, 21/2 wide fence projects V denotes Veritas Length Fits Planes: Price from the base to register against the edge of a bench, table or hearth; a LV denotes Lee Valley screw-hole in the fence also allows it to be fastened to a block of wood and All block planes, Veritas block, apron, chisel, $ 8.90 C. 05P61.07 V clamped in a vise. Made from ductile cast iron with an O1 tool steel blade, 71/2 bullnose, medium shoulder, side rabbet, edgethe plane measures 8 long overall and weighs 1 lb 9 oz. Made in Canada. $ 8.90 D. 22P01.07 LV trimming and small router planes 15P15.01 Spill Plane $49.50 All smoothing planes, Veritas smoothing, scrub, 05P61.12 V $ 9.50 15P15.02 Repl. Blade $ 9.50 121/2 large shoulder, scraping, router and small plow
22P01.12 05P61.16 22P01.16 E. F. 05P61.25 22P01.25 LV V LV V LV planes 16 All #5 planes, Veritas #51/4W and low-angle jack planes All #6, 7 and 8 jointer planes, Veritas #6 fore and bevel-up jointer planes $ 9.50 $10.00 $10.00 $10.80 $10.80

Veritas Scrub Plane The scrub plane is the tool of choice for major stock removal, the rst step when attening rough stock by hand. Much like a low-angle smooth plane, a scrub is not usually used parallel to the grain, but at an angle of 30 or more. The blade edge is ground with a 3 radius, so that it takes an aggressive cut. This is the tool you use to get stock into a condition where you then can use a smooth plane. The curved cutting edge of the 11/2 wide by 3/16 thick blade gives a distinctive, hand-worked texture to the workpiece. It is sometimes used by timber framers to replicate gouge marks. This is a single-iron tool, meaning there is no cap iron or chip breaker. Set screws along the side prevent the blade from shifting sideways when knots are encountered. Available with either a high-carbon steel blade (Rc58-60) or an A2 tool steel blade (Rc60-62). The Veritas scrub plane measures 103/421/4 and weighs 3 lb. The ductile cast iron body is accurately machined and ground so that the sole is at. A very rened yet rugged performer. 05P35.01 Scrub Plane, HCS Blade $119.00 Example of cut using scrub plane. 05P35.02 Scrub Plane, A2 Blade $135.00 05P35.04 Repl. HCS Blade $ 23.00 05P35.05 Repl. A2 Blade $ 39.00

25

C E

D G

F
Straight-grained softwood is pushed over plane to produce a long, tightly curled shaving.

Planes 79

F A E B

Moving Fillister Plane Scoring spur Dovetail plane sloped 10 Depth stop

G
Dovetail Plane Moving llister plane with depth stop

D. Primus Jack Plane

Wooden Planes Nothing represents tradition in woodworking like the wooden plane. Many features, such as shape, size, blade and wedge have remained unchanged for hundreds of years. They are light and non-tiring to use. The wedged blades are adjusted by light hammer taps to set angle and projection, a process that permits very ne, quick adjustment.

With the same blade-adjustment mechanism as the reform smooth plane, this jack plane has a bed angle of 45 to take heavier cuts. It can surface wide, rough boards. Red beech body with a hornbeam sole and a xed mouth opening. The left-hand (LH) version is differentiated by a left-biased horn-shaped handle. A good all-purpose plane.
E. Primus Reform Smooth Plane

E.C. Emmerich German Wooden Planes These planes are made in Germany by E.C. Emmerich, the maker of Primus planes, traditionally the nest wooden planes available. For those who prefer screw-feed blade adjustment but like a wooden plane body, the block plane, jack plane, and smooth plane incorporate a very smooth steel mechanism.
A. Scrub Plane
Convex cutter blade

Used for rough planing of high spots prior to smooth planing, this plane has a wedged convex cutter for fast stock removal. The body is European beech with a hornbeam sole. Blade is chrome vanadium (Rc60-62).
B. Gents Plane

This is the Cadillac of wooden planes, with a fruitwood body and a sole of lignum vitae. This reform-type plane has a movable shoe in the sole in front of the blade, so you can close the mouth for ne cuts on wood with unreliable grain, avoiding tear-out. The Primus screw-feed blade-adjustment mechanism has no lost motion, making adjustment accurate and easy. Bed angle is 50. The left-hand (LH) version is differentiated by a left-biased horn-shaped handle.
F. Moving Fillister Plane G. Dovetail Plane

Traditionally used by "gentlemen" for occasional work. Made of European red beech with a hornbeam sole with a wedged blade (Rc58). Less tiring to use than a full-sized plane. C. Adjustable Block Plane This 62 block plane has a regulator that is machined to eliminate backlash. The regulator adjustment knob, over 13/4 wide, ts the palm comfortably. 50 pitch. Hornbeam body with a lignum vitae sole. Lee Valley Plane Hammer Adjusting blades in wooden planes is not as complex as many people think. The main problem was that people used steel hammers, which mushroom blades and destroy bodies over time. The brass end of the head on our hammer will not deform steel and the wooden insert end is kind to the body. At 8 oz, the cast head is an ideal weight. 11 ash handle. Patented. 50K56.01 Plane Hammer $29.50

These accurate, efcient planes have changed little in centuries. Guided by integral fences, they have wedged highcarbon steel blades (hardened to Rc58) that are quick and easy to adjust. The moving llister has a depth stop and produces rabbets up to 11/4 wide by 7/8 deep for frame-and-panel work, furniture carcasses, breadboard cleats, boatbuilding, etc. Similar to the llister but with a sole sloped 10, the sliding dovetail plane cuts a tail up to 11/4 long with a shoulder depth up to 7/8. It has no depth stop, but this lets you ne-tune the t for a hand-cut socket. Both planes have European beech bodies with durable hornbeam soles, and scoring spurs to reduce tear-out on cross-grain work.
Product # A. B. C. 24P07.01 Scrub Plane Gents Plane Adjustable Block Plane Primus Jack Plane LH Primus Jack Plane Primus Reform Smooth Plane LH Primus Smooth Plane Moving Fillister Plane Dovetail Plane 24P22.01 24P61.01 D. 24P02.01 24P02.03 E. 24P04.01 24P04.02 F. 24P22.10 G. 24P22.05 Plane

Asian Wooden Planes Generally used with a pull stroke, these planes have mouths set farther back in the body than European wooden planes, affording a more positive registration on the wood being planed. With the exception of the machine-mortised throat, the rosewood planes are all shaped and nished by hand. In a heated shop (where humidity can be very low), wood contraction can bind the blades some of these planes. Be prepared to shave a bit of wood from the throat sides if you will be using them in very dry conditions. All stated dimensions and angles are close, but approximate. H.-L. Taiwanese-Style Planes These rosewood planes can be pushed or pulled. When pulled, the bevelled and curved upper front surface seats comfortably in the heel of your hand. When pushed, it is an equally comfortable configuration for applying downward pressure. All four sizes have solid highspeed steel blades, held by steel wedges. Though not directly comparable to Western plane designations, they cover the range from a block plane to a jack. Each has the iron bedded at about 45, and a mouth opening of about 0.5mm (0.020 to 0.025). In testing, we were easily able to produce shavings less than 0.002 thick. M.-O. Japanese Wooden Planes These resemble traditional Japanese planes with white oak bodies, but a metal chip breaker with a capscrew replaces the traditional wooden wedge. The high-carbon steel blades hold a keen edge to take tissue-thin shavings, even in difcult woods. The smooth plane, with a 4mm (3/16) thick blade, works like a block plane. The chamfer plane adjusts to cut 30, 45 or 60 chamfers. The round molding plane works like a cornering tool with 3/32 and 3/16 cutting radii. Chamfer and molding plane blades are 3mm (1/8) thick. P. Rabbet Plane Made from a single piece of rosewood, this plane has a hand-forged high-carbon steel blade. The blade tapers from 1/8 in thickness at the shoulder to 3/32 at the bevel, and is bedded at 45 and secured with a wooden wedge. Best suited for use on softwoods (or with the grain on hardwood), as this type of blade is wedged farther from the edge, and is prone to chatter on heavier cuts or in difcult grain.
Length 91/2 8 6 10 10 9 9 91/2 91/2 Blade 33mm/13/8 39mm/11/2 39mm/11/2 48mm/17/8 48mm/17/8 48mm/17/8 48mm/17/8 33mm/13/8 33mm/13/8 Price $ 85.00 $ 59.00 $ 85.00 $169.00 $169.00 $239.00 $239.00 $179.00 $159.00 Repl. Blade 24P54.33 24P52.39 24P56.39 24P31.48 24P31.48 24P31.48 24P31.48

$23.50 $12.50 $18.50 $31.50 $31.50 $31.50 $31.50

80

J H

M O

V S S
60

W
Hollow Round (concave sole) (convex sole)

Q.-S. Hong Kong-Style Planes Beautifully made rosewood planes with solid 3mm (1/8) thick high-speed steel blades bedded at about 60, secured with rosewood wedges. The trim planes are often used for knocking corners off boards, or for bevelling long edges. The removable through-handle is comfortable for one-handed use. Designed for smoothing varying-grain woods such as cocobolo and blackwood acacia, the xed-mouth high-angle smooth plane can be pushed or pulled. An excellent choice for nishing cuts on hardwood for a smooth, glass-like surface. Weighs 1 lb 10 oz. T.-W. Traditional Asian Hollow & Round Planes

cross pin, the forged highcarbon steel blades are ground to R closely match the sole curvatures; you need only lap the faces to nish sharpening them. Sold individually, in matched pairs, or as a full set of 12 planes.
Product Description

Traditional Asian Hollow & Round Planes Sole Curvatures 6 mm 10 mm 13 mm 19 mm 25 mm 32 mm

T-W

Length Width Blade Toe Price mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch 148 175 220 245 150 150 180 240 100 120 5.8 6.9 8.7 9.6 5.9 5.9 7.1 9.4 3.9 4.7 48 58 58 64 50 45 55 24 33 40 1.9 2.3 2.3 2.5 1.97 1.77 2.17 0.94 1.3 1.6 36 40 40 48 25 25 36 25 22 30 1.4 1.6 1.6 1.9 1 1 1.38 1.0 0.87 1.2 58 94 125 145 36 90 91 73 43 52 2.3 3.7 4.9 5.7 1.4 3.54 3.6 2.9 1.7 2 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 45.00 49.50 53.50 61.50 39.50 39.50 36.50 37.50 26.50 29.50 48.50 58.50 32.50 32.50 58.50 29.50 29.50 53.50 26.50 26.50 48.00 24.50 24.50 44.00

Repl. Blade 07P10.11 07P10.21 07P10.21 07P10.41 44P02.02 44P03.02 44P01.02 07P14.11 07P12.11 07P12.21 $ 8.70 $ 9.80 $ 9.80 $12.90 $10.50 $14.50 $13.50 $ 4.90 $ 7.00 $ 7.40

These versatile planes are used for working radiused proles. The round planes smooth the inside of coves and coopered work or cut utes when run along a fence, and the hollow planes smooth convex proles, ease corners, or radius edges. The rosewood bodies are contoured for a comfortable grip on either the push or pull stroke. Suitable for hardwoods or softwoods, they have tight mouths to minimize tear-out. Hardened to Rc60 for durability, and secured by a wedge and
X. Mini Edge-Rounding Plane

This small molding plane quickly rounds corners to a 1/16 radius. It cuts neatly in a single stroke and nests comfortably in the hand for positive control on a push or pull stroke. It has a 45/8 long sole and an adjustable 0.08 thick high-speed steel blade (hardened to Rc62-64). Made of Indonesian ebony with a brass lever cap, it is a beautiful, well-crafted tool, and a ne gift for any woodworker. 07P15.07 Mini Edge-Rounding Plane $22.50 07P15.08 Repl. Blade $ 8.80
Close-up of 1/16 radius blade

H. 07P10.10 Taiwanese-Style Block J. 07P10.20 Taiwanese-Style Short Smooth K. 07P10.30 Taiwanese-Style Smooth L. 07P10.40 Taiwanese-Style Jack M. 44P02.01 Japanese Chamfer N. 44P03.01 Japanese Round Molding O. 44P01.01 Japanese Smooth P. 07P14.10 Rabbet Plane Q. 07P12.10 Hong Kong-Style Trim R. 07P12.20 Hong Kong-Style Trim 07P12.50 Pair HK Trim Planes S. 07P12.70 Hong Kong-Style HA Smooth T. 07P16.26 Asian Round, 32mm U. 07P16.28 Asian Hollow, 32mm 07P16.30 Pr. 32mm Hollow & Round 07P16.23 Asian Hollow, 25mm 07P16.21 Asian Round, 25mm 07P16.25 Pr. 25mm Hollow & Round 07P16.18 Asian Hollow, 19mm 07P16.16 Asian Round, 19mm 07P16.20 Pr. 19mm Hollow & Round 07P16.13 Asian Hollow, 13mm 07P16.11 Asian Round, 13mm 07P16.15 Pr. 13mm Hollow & Round 07P16.08 Asian Hollow, 10mm 07P16.06 07P16.10 V. 07P16.03 W. 07P16.01 07P16.05 07P16.50 X. 07P15.07 Asian Round, 10mm Pr. 10mm Hollow & Round Asian Hollow, 6mm Asian Round, 6mm Pr. 6mm Hollow & Round Set (12) Hollow & Round Mini Edge-Rounding Plane

225 8.9 55 2.2 44 1.7 110 4.3 160 6.25 45 1.77 32 1.25 69 2.72 160 6.25 45 1.77 32 1.25 73 2.87 160 6.25 38 1.5 25 0.98 60 2.36 160 6.25 38 1.5 25 0.98 60 2.36 160 6.25 34 1.34 19 0.75 61 2.4 160 6.25 34 1.34 19 0.75 61 2.4 160 6.25 26 1.02 13 0.51 61 2.4 160 6.25 26 1.02 13 0.51 59 2.3

07P12.71 $17.50 8.80

160 6.25 23 0.91 10 0.39 59 2.3 $ 23.50

160 6.25 23 0.91 10 0.39 61 2.4 $ 23.50 $ 42.50 160 6.25 18 0.71 6 0.24 59 2.3 $ 19.80 160 6.25 18 0.71 6 0.24 61 2.4 $ 19.80 $ 36.00 $249.00 69 4.62 27 1.06 13 0.51 55 2.17 $ 22.50 07P15.08 $

Leading edge of the iron is machined with a relief angle to ensure it always contacts the face Cap iron of the blade. Blade

E
3/16

Underside of cap iron

A
A. Stanley/Record Cap Irons

Cap iron assembled with blade

Stanley/Record Plane Blades made by Veritas made by Veritas A cap iron serves to stiffen a plane blade, helping We offer top-quality replacement blades for to damp vibration and reduce the potential for other manufacturers planes (e.g., Stanley or blade chatter. Made of corrosion-resistant A2 Record) in A2 and O1 high-carbon tool steel. All steel, our 1/8 thick cap irons are sized to t are lapped on the face side to a atness tolerance Stanley and Record planes. The leading edge of of 0.0002 or better, with an average roughness the iron is machined with a relief angle to ensure (Ra) of 5 microinches (0.000005) or better. it always contacts the face of the blade, so no gap Our bench plane blades are 0.100 thick, 25% can form. The cap irons are available separately thicker than the industry standard of 0.080. or paired with our A2 or O1 blades. For informaIncreased thickness reduces chatter. All are 7 tion on our blades, see description at right. Made long, have a 30 bevel, and t almost all makes of in Canada. the plane sizes listed. Due to minor manufacturing Cap Irons Only variations over the last century, the pawl on the 05P63.20 15/8 Cap Iron $24.00 end of the lateral adjust lever on older planes may 05P63.22 13/4 Cap Iron $25.00 have to be led slightly to t in the blade slot. 05P63.24 2 Cap Iron $26.00 Blade widths and plane model numbers listed. 05P63.26 23/8 Cap Iron $29.00 Block plane blades are 0.125 (1/8) thick with 05P63.28 25/8 Cap Iron $30.00 a 25 bevel. The grooves in the blades are for the A2 Blades & Irons rear depth-adjust mechanism. Check the width 05P31.10 15/8 A2 Blade & Cap Iron $52.00 to determine the right blade for your plane; it is 05P31.11 13/4 A2 Blade & Cap Iron $54.00 either 13/8 (low-angle, 601/2 style) or 15/8 (stan05P31.13 2 A2 Blade & Cap Iron $55.00 dard 91/2 style). The British-made Stanley planes 05P31.15 23/8 A2 Blade & Cap Iron $59.00 we carry have a lateral adjust lever and require a 5/8 slot (3 grooves). Planes with no lateral adjust 05P31.17 25/8 A2 Blade & Cap Iron $62.00 O1 Blades & Irons lever (older American Stanley block planes) 05P31.30 15/8 O1 Blade & Cap Iron $52.00 require a 7/16 slot (8 grooves). 05P31.31 13/4 O1 Blade & Cap Iron $54.00 B. Bench Plane Blades A2 Steel 05P31.33 2 O1 Blade & Cap Iron $55.00 05P31.00 15/8 A2 (#2) $33.50 05P31.35 23/8 O1 Blade & Cap Iron $59.00 05P31.01 13/4 A2 (#3, 51/4) $34.50 05P31.37 25/8 O1 Blade & Cap Iron $62.00 05P31.03 2 A2 (#4, 5) $34.50 05P31.05 23/8 A2 (#41/2, 51/2, 6, 7) $36.50 05P31.07 25/8 A2 (#8) $38.50 Bench Plane Blades O1 Steel 05P31.20 15/8 O1 (#2) $33.50 05P31.21 13/4 O1 (#3, 51/4) $34.50 05P31.23 2 O1 (#4, 5) $34.50 05P31.25 23/8 O1 (#41/2, 51/2, 6, 7) $36.50 05P31.27 25/8 O1 (#8) $38.50 Plane Screwdriver Block Plane Blades A2 Steel We designed this screwdriver to make it both safe C. 05P31.51 13/8 A2, 5/8 slot (#601/2) $28.50 and easy to remove, replace or adjust cap irons. It 05P31.53 13/8 A2, 7/16 slot (#601/2) $28.50 has a turned brass collar surrounding the tip to D. 05P31.55 15/8 A2, 5/8 slot (#91/2) $28.50 capture the head of a cap iron screw up to 21/32 in 05P31.57 15/8 A2, 7/16 slot (#91/2) $28.50 diameter, and a generous bubinga knob for a Block Plane Blades O1 Steel comfortable, secure grip. The slot-style tip is 05P31.71 13/8 O1, 5/8 slot (#601/2) $26.50 durable alloy steel. Not only for Veritas planes, 05P31.73 13/8 O1, 7/16 slot (#601/2) $26.50 it ts all standard cap iron screws on current and 05P31.75 15/8 O1, 5/8 slot (#91/2) $26.50 vintage Record and Stanley planes as well as 05P31.77 15/8 O1, 7/16 slot (#91/2) $26.50 others based on them. Made in Canada. Patented. 50K39.01 Plane Screwdriver $14.90 B C D J

E. F. G. H.

Hock Krenov-Style Plane Blades with Chip Breakers Shorter than traditional blade assemblies, these are specially designed for the low-slung wooden planes popularized by James Krenov. Made of high-carbon (0.95%) steel hardened to Rc62, the blades take a keen edge (nal honing required) and are a hefty 3/16 thick to greatly reduce chatter. The 1/8 thick chip breakers provide additional mass and stiffness and are shaped to allow shavings to pass over them smoothly. The three widths of straight blade let you make a full range of bench planes, and the curved blade (approx. 41/2 radius) is ideal for making a hollowing or scrub plane. 19P20.10 11/2 Str. Blade/Chip Breaker $46.50 19P20.11 13/4 Str. Blade/Chip Breaker $49.50 19P20.12 2 Str. Blade/Chip Breaker $52.50 19P20.13 11/2 Crvd. Blade/Chip Breaker $49.50 Steel Spokeshave Blades These are top-quality replacement blades for Stanley #51/#52 and Record/Stanley #151 spokeshaves. Available in A2 (Rc60-62) or O1 (Rc58-60) tool steel, the blades are 21/8 wide by 17/8 high, have a 30 bevel and are lapped on the face to a atness tolerance of 0.0005 or better over the entire surface. The blades are a hefty 3/32 thick to reduce chatter. An easy way to enhance the performance of your spokeshave. Made in Canada. 05P31.59 21/8 Spokeshave Blade, A2 $18.50 05P31.79 21/8 Spokeshave Blade, O1 $17.50

J. Lee Valley A2 and O1

K. Lee Valley Blades for Wooden Planes

For custom work or for retrofitting an older wooden plane, these hefty 6 long blades are 3/16 thick to reduce chatter, and come with a nely ground 30 bevel. We lap the face of the blades to a atness tolerance of 0.0005 or better over the entire surface. Available in either A2 (Rc58-62) or O1 high-carbon tool steel (Rc58-60), in three widths to cover most applications, the blades are designed to be wedge secured and are used without a chip breaker. Made in Canada. A2 Steel Blades 05P62.05 17/8 A2 Blade $36.50 05P62.07 21/8 A2 Blade $36.50 05P62.09 23/8 A2 Blade $36.50 O1 Steel Blades 05P62.25 17/8 O1 Blade $34.50 05P62.27 21/8 O1 Blade $34.50 05P62.29 23/8 O1 Blade $34.50 K

82

Blades have lapped faces.

A. "Little Victor" Plane

Squirrel-Tail Palm Planes This little plane is a close copy of Leonard Baileys Palm planes are ideal for working on small 1877 "Little Victor" #51 block plane, which was projects and in areas where a larger plane would once advertised as the perfect tool, useful in be cumbersome. These compact planes, while house, shop, bank, ofce and especially in scroll similar to the saw work. A simple and effective tool with an Stanley #100 and elegant design, it is a great miniature-makers or #1001/2, have an modelmakers plane. For a highly controlled cut enlarged squirrelon a at surface, it can be pushed with a thumb tail handle for on the lipped toe better in-hand while the palm of registration and the hand is rmly comfort, and the planted on the elegant bladework, similar to xing mechanism using two hands of the Little Victor. The at palm plane is perfect for a paring cut for chamfering and trimming, while the curved with a chisel. The palm plane has the sole rounded side-to-side investment-cast (11/2 radius) and front-to-back (12 radius), steel body is accumaking it ideal for working hollows such as on Suggested hand position for rately machined, chair seats. The investment-cast steel bodies are controlled cuts. has a 45 bed angle accurately machined and have a 45 bed angle and a xed mouth, and uses a cogwheel screw to and a xed mouth. The at plane has a lapped secure the included 30 bevel O1 tool steel blade sole (to a flatness tolerance of 0.0002 or (measures 0.085 thick by 1 wide). Both the sole better); the curved plane has a nely milled sole. of the plane and the working surface* of the blade The blades are 30 bevel O1 lapped tool steel are lapped to a atness tolerance of 0.0002 or (0.085 thick by 1 wide), and are secured with better. At 31/8 long by 11/4 wide, and weighing a cogwheel screw. Each plane weighs less than 7 oz and is 33/8 long at the sole, 13/8 wide, and just under 5 oz, this is truly a pocket plane. Made in Canada. 47/8 long overall. Made in Canada. 15P01.01 "Little Victor" Plane $39.50 B. 15P10.10 Flat Palm Plane $44.50 15P01.02 Repl. O1 Blade $10.50 15P01.02 Flat Repl. O1 Blade $10.50 * The working surface is the 1/2 section of the face C. 15P10.20 Curved Palm Plane $49.50 closest to the cutting edge. 15P10.21 Curved Repl. O1 Blade $14.50

A B
A & B have lapped soles; C has a milled sole. All have blades with lapped backs.

A
Flat

B
Flat

A, B & C
Blade secured with cogwheel screw.

Sole rounded side-to-side (11/2 radius) and front-to-back (12 radius).

slightly rounded in both directions. The blades K. Bronze Spokeshaves match this slight curvature. Choose from plane These attractive bronze spokeshaves come in lengths of 25mm to 47mm (1 to 17/8); blade three styles: at sole, round sole, and a spoon sole with a convex blade. Overall length is 31/2; widths as stated. Planes come with standard blades, but toothing blades are available. For blades are 15/16 wide. They are particularly information on replacement blades, contact our useful for detail work such as patternmaking, Customer Service department or visit our website. 55P10.01 25mm Plane, 8mm Blade $46.50 55P10.02 30mm Plane, 10mm Blade $48.50 Flat Round Spoon 55P10.03 36mm Plane, 12mm Blade $49.50 55P10.04 47mm Plane, 18mm Blade $54.50 cabinetmaking, modelmaking, carving and instrument making. They are excellent value, but the Miniature Planes throat nish on some is not as good as it could be. Made of brass and Indonesian ebony, these A few le strokes will set everything right. compact planes are useful for working on small 61P10.10 Set of 3 Spokeshaves $25.50 items such as instruments, models or jewellery 61P10.03 Repl. Blade (straight) $ 3.50 boxes, and are simply a pleasure to look at. 61P10.05 Repl. Blade (convex) $ 3.50 Each has an adjustable 1/2 wide, 1/16 thick high-speed steel (Rc62-64) blade. The block L. Small Palm Plane plane sole is 31/813/16; the chisel plane is This small plane will literally t in the palm of your hand. It is very useful for work where even 2 15/ 16 1/ 2. The chisel plane is especially a block plane would be too large or would get in handy for casework. the way. The sole is 15/1635/16. G. Instrument Makers Planes H. 07P15.01 Miniature Block Plane $19.50 These are very nely made silicon bronze planes J. 07P15.05 Miniature Chisel Plane $19.50 19P05.01 Palm Plane $24.50 with chrome vanadium blades. The soles are 07P15.10 Pair of Miniature Planes $34.50 19P04.02 Repl. Blade, 1 $ 5.95 D E F G

Japanese Shaping Planes These small planes are well suited to a variety of detailed shaping tasks, from making musical instruments and models to sculpting and building furniture, particularly moldings and chair seats. Of traditional construction, their mouths are set well back in the white oak bodies to give ne control on the pull stroke, and they have selfwedging laminated steel blades that are honed ready for use. Their tight mouths permit tissuethin shavings, even in highly figured stock. Setting the blade is done with gentle taps from a light hammer a process that may seem daunting at rst, but once mastered provides positive ne adjustment (instructions included). The round plane measures 33/411/8 and has a 3/4 blade. The two compass planes are 31/2 long by 7/8 wide and have 5/8 wide blades. D. 60K22.01 Mini Round Plane $42.50 E. 60K22.02 Mini Compass Plane $39.50 F. 60K22.03 Mini Convex Compass Plane $42.50

Planes 83

E A

Concave spokeshave

E A

B
Flat spokeshave

B C C
Round spokeshave

Wide offset handles provide ample hand clearance from workpiece.

E
For use on large surfaces.

A.

B. C.

D.

Veritas Spokeshaves E. Veritas Large Spokeshave Our large spokeshave provides all the utility of our regular spokeThese beautiful spokeshaves are easy to use and are designed for smooth, effective shaves a tight mouth, simple blade-depth adjustment, and very shaping. The 1/8 thick blade, machined lever cap, and blade bed achieve chatterprecise machining but in a larger, more robust package for quick yet free cutting in virtually all conditions. The ductile cast iron body has bubinga controlled stock removal on larger-scale work. At over 18 across, it handles, and the toe serves as a thumb rest, allowing the affords ample space to comfortably grip the tool without worry of user to choke up on the body to attain exceptional scraping your knuckles against the workpiece a common issue when control for ne work. Twin adjustment wheels quickly using a small tool on a larger project. and accurately control cut depth and skew, and shims Shims adjust the mouth opening. The shave comes with a 25/8 wide, 1/8 thick A2 or O1 tool steel let you adjust the mouth opening as needed. blade, seated at 45 to the sole. The integrated thumbwheels allow The concave spokeshave, with a 45 bed angle, a sole radius of 15/16, and a quick and repeatable blade-depth and skew 11/2 wide blade, is popular with chair and paddle makers. The at and round adjustment, and two shims are supplied to enable spokeshaves have a 21/8 wide blade and are suited to most kinds of woodmouth-opening adjustment from 0.040 (no working. The round shave has a 13/4 radius. Each weighs about 12 oz. 101/2 long shims) to 0.020 (with shims) to suit your work overall. Blades come in A2 or O1 tool steel (see page 68 for details). Patented. Shims adjust the requirements. The body is investment-cast ductile We also offer a kit that allows you to make custom handles for any of these mouth opening. iron tted with comfortable African rosewood spokeshaves. The kit includes brass washers, hanger bolts, a hex bolt, a mandrel handles. The combination of a thick blade with machined lever cap for lathe mounting and assembly (although handles can be carved or shaped with and blade bed produces chatterfree cutting in virtually all conditions. other freehand techniques), and instructions. not Weighs 1.3 lb. Patented. 05P33.11 Concave Spokeshave, A2 $99.00 Wood included. For those who cannot resist the urge to customize their tools, we offer a 05P32.61 Concave Spokeshave, O1 $99.00 kit for making custom handles. The kit includes two brass washers, two 05P33.12 Repl. A2 Blade, 11/2 wide $25.50 hanger bolts, a hex bolt, detailed instructions, and a mandrel for lathe 05P32.62 Repl. O1 Blade, 11/2 wide $25.50 mounting (though handles can be carved or shaped with other freehand 05P33.01 Flat Spokeshave, A2 $95.00 D techniques). 05P32.51 Flat Spokeshave, O1 $95.00 Wood not 05P33.90 Large Spokeshave, A2 Blade $109.00 included. 05P33.03 Round Spokeshave, A2 $95.00 05P33.92 A2 Replacement Blade $ 22.50 05P32.53 Round Spokeshave, O1 $95.00 F for 05P33.91 Large Spokeshave, O1 Blade $109.00 05P33.05 Repl. A2 Blade, 21/8 wide $19.50 Mandrel inserting 05P33.93 O1 Replacement Blade $ 22.50 05P32.55 Repl. O1 Blade, 21/8 wide $19.50 hanger bolt. F. 05P33.97 Lg. Spokeshave Handle Kit $ 8.00 05P33.20 Spokeshave Handle Kit $ 7.60 nylon quick-release buckles for transport and wall-mount clips for hanging. Includes two cutresistant inside pockets for extra blades and a small pouch for shims, plus an external 710 zippered pocket for notes, etc. At 23 long by 13 wide without the flaps, it folds up to a compact 813. Excellent value. 50K60.01 Spokeshave Roll $18.50
H. Regular Spokeshave Set

G. Lee Valley Spokeshave Roll

This unique tool roll keeps your spokeshaves organized, accessible and portable. Made from heavy polyester, the exterior is double-layered and padded. Elastic straps hold six spokeshaves up to 12 long. The aps can be closed with hook-and-loop strips to cover the shaves, or folded behind the roll for display or use. Has G H

with Roll Our regular at, round and concave A2 spokeshaves are available in a set that includes our specially designed woven polyester tool roll. A2 Spokeshave Set & Roll 05P33.15 $255.00

Contour Planes These simple small shaves have elegantly shaped rosewood bodies and hand-forged highcarbon steel blades. The smaller has a 11/2 wide blade, while that of the larger is 21/2. The blade tangs are a friction fit blade projection is adjusted by lightly tapping each tang (or the blade back) with a mallet, or on a hard surface. Handy, inexpensive, and useful! J. 07P13.10 Mid-Size Contour Plane, 7 $18.90 K. 07P13.20 Small Contour Plane, 6 $16.80 07P13.50 Pair of Contour Planes $29.50 J
End view

Roll can be wall mounted.

Bottom view

4 kit shown.

Cross Section of Wooden Spokeshave Kit Tapped threads in wood body Blade Blade depth adjustment

Blade seats against depth adjust.

Example of nished spokeshave. Wood not included.

Lock nut

A. Veritas Hardware Kits for Wooden Spokeshaves

Secure blade Depth of cut adjustment is a weakness of traditional depth with lock nut. wooden spokeshaves. The blades have tangs that wedge into holes in the tool body, and cut depth is adjusted by tapping the tang ends or the base of the blade. Rening this process usually requires a screwdriver or other tool, or removing the blade. With this kit you can build a spokeshave with a simple, effective depth adjustment that requires no blade removal or tools. The large size (shown) is a good general-purpose tool. The small is for general tasks on a slightly smaller scale, allowing ne control on detail work (e.g., small chamfers). Kits include an A2 steel blade, a brass wear strip, two brass lock nuts and adjustment thumb wheels, a tap, and instructions. The large blade is 23/41/8 thick (411/16 overall); the small blade is 17/83/32 thick (23/41/2 overall). You provide and shape the wood of your choice (minimum blank sizes are 1111/27/8 or 1011/83/4 respectively). Patented. 05P33.30 Lg. Spokeshave Kit, 4 $39.50 05P33.40 Sm. Spokeshave Kit, 23/4 $36.50

D. Veritas Pullshave

B. Bronze Drawknife Guides

Clamped onto a drawknife blade, these guides form a pair of depth-limiting fences that prevent the blade from diving into the workpiece. Designed for cutting consistent chamfers, they are also used for quick removal of stock from a square blank in preparation for turning. The guides have 45 faces for chamfers, and 30 faces for reducing square stock. The distance you set between the guides governs the width and depth of cut made. The rounded nose lets the blade pivot for the best cutting angle. Designed for straight blades measuring at least 3/16 thick and between 3/4 and 11/4 in depth, the guides have narrow slits to trap the cutting edge, and brass thumbscrews to clamp the blade. The back of the blade needs to have a slight forward slant in the clamping area (the part above 3/16 blade thickness), which can be ground if necessary. 15P20.01 Drawknife Guides, pr. $29.50
Narrow slit traps the cutting edge.

Used to hollow or recess an area, our pullshave Wood not included. excels at work traditionally done with inshaves and travishers, such as shaping and smoothing chair seats. Our unique design recongures a E convex spokeshave with a bubinga handle and front knob, providing both control and comfort for rigorous work. It features a 1/8 thick lapped blade and an accurately machined blade bed and cap iron for chatterfree cutting. The ductile cast iron body has a 45 blade bed angle and a 31/2 sole radius. Twin adjustment thumb wheels quickly and accurately control depth of cut. Blades come in A2 or O1 tool steel (see page 68 for details). There is no tool like it on the market. Patented. We also offer a kit that allows you to make a custom rear handle for a Veritas pullshave. The kit includes a brass washer, a hanger bolt, a hex bolt, a mandrel for lathe mounting and assembly (although the handle can be carved or shaped with other freehand techniques), and instructions you just need to supply the wood. 05P50.01 Veritas Pullshave, A2 $139.00 05P50.51 Veritas Pullshave, O1 $139.00 05P50.02 Replacement Blade, A2 $ 27.50 05P50.52 Replacement Blade, O1 $ 27.50 E. 05P50.60 Pullshave Handle Kit $ 7.25
F. Veritas Low-Angle Spokeshave

Shown actual size. The guides nose allows the blade to pivot for the best cutting angle while shaving the workpiece. Brass thumbscrew secures blade in place.

30 faces for reducing square stock.

45 faces for cutting chamfers.

C. Austrian Drawknife

The drawknife shown with our bronze drawknife guides ts our guides with no modication required. Made in Austria, it has a curved tang and drop-handle design. The blade, drop forged and hardened to Rc58-60, is 11/4 wide by 91/4 long. Overall length is 15. An excellent-quality tool. 64K01.02 Austrian Drawknife $43.50 B B C
Reducing square stock for turning.

This spokeshave has a traditional shape, not of the spokeshaves of the last century, but of the century before. Until about 1900, most spokeshaves had low cutting angles and wooden bodies. Although they cut beautifully, they were not easy to adjust and became very expensive as hand processes gave way to automated manufacturing methods. This one employs the same low cutting angle as spokeshaves of old (20 basic bevel with a 25 micro-bevel), but setting the cutting depth has been simplied substantially. The blade is xed, forming the sole of the spokeshave, while the adjustable toe piece controls the depth of the cut. Used in one orientation, the toe piece is suited to convex and at work; ipped 180, it allows the tool to be used on concave work. Because the blade can be moved either forward or backward, the mouth opening is controllable. A beautiful tool with classic origins. 05P32.01 Low-Angle Spokeshave $69.00 05P32.02 Repl. Blade, 2 $20.50

Used for convex or concave cutting. Drawknife and guides sold separately. Cutting chamfers.

Planes 85

J K

G B
11/4
1/2 1/8

7/8

Blank

3/16 3/32 A With this tool, you can do Reeding Single point beading, uting and reeding A in difcult woods with ease and confidence. The cutter can be adjusted along the A. Veritas Scraper Shave E. Veritas Cornering Tool Set 1/8 1/8 3/16 3/16 center post for work next to With a controlled action that effectively smoothes A cornering tool is actually a small molding 1/4 1/4 the head or inches away from the workpiece, our scraper shave is a versatile tool plane. It cuts a xed-radius curve on an edge. it. The integral fence is slotted Fluting Beading for small-scale work, ne detailing, or anywhere a Our cornering tools have a different radius so that a cutter can be partly recessed. The rock normal scraping plane would be too large. It is an cutter at either end. One tool cuts a 1/16 and a 1/8 radius and the other cuts a 3/16 and a 1/4 maple body has all-brass ttings. Cuts on either ideal complement to our chair devils for smoothing the push or pull stroke. It can be used with the non-round chair parts, such as crest rails, arm radius. They are ground with two xed fences grain on any wood as well as across the grain on bows and seat blank edges. It has a machined that stop the tool from cutting past the xed hardwoods. It comes with a 3/32 radius singlesteel body, comfortable bubinga handles, and radius. Made in England from tool steel hardpoint cutter and ve blank cutters for custom machined brass thumbscrews and toe. The ened to Rc48-52, they hold an excellent edge. shaping. Cutters are 5/8 wide and made of hard0.040 thick high-carbon steel blade is hardened Easy to use, they cut on either the push or pull ened spring steel. Since both ends of each cutter to Rc48-52, with a 45 edge that can be burnished stroke. They remove material quickly and can be used, this gives you a dozen possibilities. into a long-lasting hook. Instructions included. easily. They are accurately ground, ready for Standard shapes are also available. Patented. 05P33.70 Veritas Scraper Shave $69.00 nal honing. Included in the set is an extrusion 05P04.01 Veritas Beader & 6 Cutters $57.00 05P33.71 Repl. Blade $ 9.00 designed to sharpen the four different cutting $ 9.00 radii plus the 1/2 radius inside curve. A piece of H. 05P04.04 Fluting Cutters, set of 3* Veritas Chair Devils $ 9.00 600x silicon carbide paper and a wedge (to hold J. 05P04.03 Beading Cutters, set of 3* Chair devils are wonderful tools for nal shaping $ 6.75 it into position) complete the sharpening kit. K. 05P04.05 Reeding Cutters, set of 2* and smoothing of round parts such as chair 05P04.10 Master Set of 8 Cutters* $23.00 The set includes both cornering tools and the spindles and posts. The specially shaped scraper 05P04.02 Repl. Single-Point Cutter $ 3.80 sharpening kit. The sharpening kit is also availblade rounds the workpiece, removing any 05P04.06 Repl. Blank Cutter, ea. $ 1.60 able separately. spokeshave marks. We offer three sizes: the 1/2 05K50.30 Cornering Tool Set $32.50 diameter for spindles, the 7/8 diameter for rungs, 05K50.15 Sharpening Kit only $ 7.50 L. Traditional English Shaving Horse Plan by Veritas and the 11/4 diameter for legs and posts, as well as 1/16 The shaving horse is a natural companion for tradicanoe paddle shafts. The machined steel bodies F. Lee Valley E&F 3/ 16 tional woodworking projects such as chairs, are tted with bubinga handles shaped for comfort Cornering Tools 1/4 paddles, walking sticks and snowshoes. Based on a and control when either pulling or pushing. The There is no faster way to 1/8 shaving horse used by chairmaker David Fleming, machined toe and the two thumbscrews are solid ease the corners of work this is both a shaving horse and a traditional chairbrass. The high-carbon steel blades are 0.040 than with cornering tools. makers low bench used when brace drilling and thick, hardened to Rc48-52, and come with a You can put a 1/16 or 1/8 radius on a corner as for seat sculpting. It is also useful for any other nely ground 45 cutting edge. Full instructions fast as you can run the tool down the work. work best performed sitting down with the work included. These tools are a joy to use and are an They are excellent when creating pieces that do clamped on a bench between your knees. Several excellent companion for spokeshave use. not require routing, but benet from having the options are described for building the horse that B. 05P33.50 Chair Devil, 1/2 dia. $ 69.00 edge of stock eased to prevent splinters. With best ts your needs and skills. The design does not C. 05P33.51 Chair Devil, 7/8 dia. $ 69.00 stainless-steel blades and wooden handles, they require any specialized hardware and can be built D. 05P33.52 Chair Devil, 11/4 dia. $ 69.00 are reliable, small hand planes that come ready by anyone with intermediate woodworking skills. 05P33.60 Set of 3 Chair Devils $179.00 to use and include resharpening instructions. Versatile, comfortable and efcient to use. 05P33.55 Repl. Blade, 1/2 dia. $ 10.50 05K50.61 Cornering Tool, 1/16 radius $14.50 05L19.01 Veritas Shaving Horse Plan $13.95 05P33.56 Repl. Blade, 7/8 dia. $ 10.50 05K50.62 Cornering Tool, 1/8 radius $14.50 05P33.57 Repl. Blade, 11/4 dia. $ 10.50 05K50.65 Set of 2 Cornering Tools $24.50

G. Veritas Beading Tool

Clamping for short, long or irregular-shaped workpieces. Completed shaving horse with removable legs for easy storage.

F E L

86

Pivoting knob

A. Veritas Beading Tool

Flat side Hand beading, uting or reeding in hard or soft woods is easy with our beading of fence tool. Using one of the standard cutters or one that you custom shape, you can for straight put ne detail in furniture quickly and accurately. Cutters are held against the edges. body with a clamping bar and are adjustable for height and fence offset. Nearly 23/4 long, the fence has two mounting locations to provide up to a 1 blade Curved side offset and is positional to expose one of three bearing surfaces: at for straight of fence for slight and convex applications, curved for slightly concave and waved edges, and concave bullnose for scribing use on more complex profiles. Both the fence and edges. clamping bar are reversible for left- or right-hand use and to handle any grain Scribe lines direction. Designed to cut on the push stroke, but usable with a pull stroke. with bullnose The body, clamp bar and fence are precision-machined investment-cast steel. for The leading and trailing edges of the sole are radiused for smooth travel. The more generous handles are African rosewood with brass ttings; the adjustable ball complex proles. knob pivots 90 to allow varying grip. Supplied with a 3/32 radius single-point cutter and ve blank cutters. The 5/8 wide cutters, made from hardened spring steel, are the same used with our wooden beading tool for compatibility. Since both ends of each cutter can be used, this gives you a dozen possibilities. Standard shapes are also available. Made in Canada. Patented. B C D 05P04.50 Beading Tool & 6 Cutters $75.00 B. 05P04.05 Reeding Cutters, set of 2* $ 6.75 C. 05P04.03 Beading Cutters, set of 3* $ 9.00 1/8 1/8 1/8 Blank D. 05P04.04 Fluting Cutters, set of 3* $ 9.00 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/32 1/4 05P04.10 Master Set of 8 Cutters* $23.00 1/4 05P04.02 Repl. Single-Point Cutter, ea. $ 3.80 Single Beading Fluting Reeding 05P04.06 Repl. Blank Cutter, ea. $ 1.60 point

Left-hand conguration

Right-hand conguration

Six blades included with beading tool.

C B
Fence is aligned by registration bosses and sockets.

Clamp bar can be set for left- or right-hand use by moving it from one side to the other.

E.

F. G. H. J.

Veritas Ball-Joint Scrapers M. Veritas Cabinet Scraper For any major scraping work, nothing beats a ballUsed in place of a belt sander, this versatile cabinet joint scraper. The handle can be set anywhere in a scraper can clean a dirty workbench top, remove F 70 cone, allowing a comfortable grip and effective dried glue and smooth a tricky grain efciently, blade orientation in virtually any circumstance. leaving behind a surface free of digs or tear-out. The handle unlocks or locks It has several improvements over the #80 solidly with a quarter turn. cabinet scraper. To allow pressure directly in Another advance on its predeline with the cutting edge and prevent the blade cessors is the hand rest on the from catching when the scraper runs off the end blade. Substantial pressure of the workpiece, the sole is longer and the can be applied to speed work. Completely adjustable handles are placed further back and slightly E The scraper is available in a lower than on other scrapers. The 23/4 wide carbide-blade style or high-carbon steel (HCS) blade has both edges ground at 45 so that two style. The carbide is preferred for paint scraping cutting edges may be prepared at once, halving and the HCS for nishing bare wood surfaces the number of sharpening sessions. where maintenance of a nely formed edge is K. Veritas Chairmakers Scraper Made from ductile cast iron. The sole is 33/16 Although designed for chairmaking, this tool can more significant. The 331/16 HCS blade long, 33/8 wide. Overall length is 111/2. Weighs also perform other scraping tasks. The included comes with one edge bevelled. You may wish to about 1 lb, 10 oz. Includes instructions. Patented. straight blade is for at surfaces; for round work we 05P32.05 Veritas Cabinet Scraper $65.00 offer three concave blades in 1/2, 7/8 and 11/4 05P32.06 Repl. Blade $ 5.20 HCS blade diameters, as well as a 11/2 radius convex blade. & grip Carbide blade The straight blade can also be ground to other & grip shapes as needed. All blades are 0.060 thick highIntegral thumbscrew is H carbon steel. The machined cast steel body is tted used to set blade camber. with a large rear handle and front knob of bubinga. J 05P33.80 Chairmakers Scraper $59.00 05P33.81 Repl. Straight Blade $ 8.50 G M 05P33.82 1/2 Concave Blade* $ 8.50 7 bevel one or more others, but it also works 05P33.83 /8 Concave Blade* $ 8.50 perfectly well treated as a heavy-duty cabinet 05P33.84 11/4 Concave Blade* $ 8.50 scraper with square, burnished edges. The 2 long 05P33.85 11/2 Convex Blade* $ 8.50 carbide blade requires a specially designed holder L. 05P33.88 Set of 4 Optional Blades* $29.50 and both edges can be used. Both blade assemblies 05P33.89 Scraper + Set of 4 Blades $79.00 are priced separately from the handle and ball joint so that you can mix and match. Both scrapers are particularly useful on large surfaces like table tops K or even floors. You might want to round the corners a bit on both blade styles (depending on your use) to avoid sharp transition lines between adjacent passes. Both styles are 81/2 long overall. 05K21.01 Ball-Joint Scraper, HCS Blade $49.50 Pressure is applied in line 05K21.02 Repl. HCS Blade, 33 $ 8.50 M with the cutting edge. 05K21.04 Ball-Joint Scraper, Carb. Blade $59.50 Handles are further back 05K21.06 Repl. Carbide Blade, 2 $ 7.50 and lower for 05K21.05 Carbide Blade Assembly $22.50 better registration. 05K21.07 HCS Blade Assembly $12.50 Longer sole prevents snipe L
on end of workpiece.

Planes 87

Optional toothed blade cuts grooves for better glue adhesion for veneering.

Articulating palm rest adjusts to your hand position.

Diagrams exaggerated for clarity.

D C
Blade bow adjustment set screw Lapped sole

Straight scraping blade.

Blade extends to the full width of the plane body.

Bowed blade eliminates cut ridges.

D. Veritas Small Scraping Plane

D
A. Veritas Scraping Plane
Diagram exaggerated for clarity. This is the ideal tool for nal smoothing, espeA cially when working with highly figured wood or reversing grain. Tear-out is virtually eliminated with the cutting action of the scraping blade. The bubinga front knob and rear handle are comfortable to use, and the Bowed blade Traditional Blade bow eliminates straight large sole ensures an accurately flattened thumbscrew cut ridges. scraping blade. surface. The adjustable frog sets blade angles increase surface area for better glue adhesion. It is from 0 to 25, providing ne control of the also used to precondition areas of very difcult grain cut. A unique integral thumbscrew bows the before the regular scraping blade is used. Blades are blade to prevent ridges in the work surface hardened to Rc48-51, and come with the cutting caused by blade corners. The included 0.055 edges ground at 45. The ductile cast iron body has thick high-carbon steel blade is suited to this been fully stress relieved, machined, and surface technique; an optional 1/8 (0.125) thick A2 ground on the sole. Instructions included. Patented. steel blade is available for those who prefer 05P29.01 Veritas Scraping Plane $169.00 uncambered blades. A 1/8 (0.125) thick 05P29.02 Repl. Blade, HCS $ 13.50 toothed A2 steel blade, with V-shaped teeth $ 28.50 (25 tpi), is also available. To prepare a surface B. 05P29.03 Optional Blade, A2 for veneering, it lightly grooves the wood to C. 05P29.04 Optional Toothed Blade, A2 $ 39.00

Designed for one-handed use, this small scraping plane has an articulating palm rest for comfortable, controlled grip. The 0.040 thick high-carbon steel blade occupies the full width of the plane body, D permitting clean, accurate cuts ush against a perpendicular surface. A set screw lets you bow the blade to make ne depth-of-cut blade allows adjustments and to prevent Full-width scraping to corners. blade corners from leaving ridges in the work. The blade is ground at 45, allowing you to easily burnish a hook. A xed frog sets the blade at 20, the optimum angle for ne scraping. Ductile cast iron body. Patented. 05P29.50 Small Scraping Plane $125.00 05P29.51 Repl. Blade $ 10.00
Product Veritas Scraping Plane Veritas Small Scraping Plane Sole Length 91/2 51/4 Sole Width 33/4 2 Blade Width 27/8 2 Weight 4 lb 11/2 lb

E. Veritas Jointer/Edger

G. Veritas Scraper Holder Veritas Scraping Set This holder lets you use a cabinet To restore a dull scraper, you should le it to We are offering our variable burnisher, a set Bow adjustment scraper to maximum advantage. remove any existing hook. To get a perfectly of four super-hard milled scrapers, our The light, strong, glass-lled nylon true edge, you need the filing marks to be jointer/edger, an 8 mill le, and our scraper body, with all-brass ttings, is kind perfectly parallel to the holder at a discount of 20%. A complete and File to a sharp hook. You can slip any edge. Our jointer/edger Loosen effective scraping set. clamp to thickness of scraper (6/150mm holds a le at 90 to the Scraper 05K33.20 Veritas Scraping Set $89.50 adjust blade height. long) into it, clamp it in position, scraper face as well as and set the amount of bow with the screw-actuated ensuring that it is Clearance center pad. The molded body ts your hands comfortperfectly at. This tool is for saw set ably. You can easily scrape toward yourself as well as H. Veritas Variable Burnisher also designed to joint saw Saw blade A cabinet scraper can be made into a highly away, letting you work to best advantage with the blades preparatory to sharpening and will versatile tool with each of its four edges having a grain. Set the scraper at any projection you want; the sharpen scraper plane blades at 45. Anodized different cutting characteristic. Our variable conical brass clamping plugs have a at on one side aluminum with solid brass screws. It is 6 long. burnisher makes it easy to perfectly burnish the for solid scraper support at any projection. It comes Use with a 6 or 8 mill le (not included). desired angles. It has a carbide rod xed in a with a milled-edge, super-hard scraper. Patented. 05M07.01 Veritas Jointer/Edger $19.50 brass hub at an angle. A knob on the face of the 05K33.01 Veritas Scraper Holder $39.50 F. 62W16.02 8 Mill File $ 6.80 body lets you set any angle from 0 to 15. Rotate the hub to the chosen angle and then lock it into position with the brass thumbscrew. Because the body is Locking screw slotted, you can Carbide rod burnish a scraper G with condence that F Angle-setting the angle is being knob maintained. High impact-resistant, injection-molded Clamped scraper body. Includes Simply clamp scraper H instructions and a E in vise, set knob to milled-edge scraper. desired hook angle, and run burnisher over scraper. Patented. 05K37.01 Veritas Variable Burnisher $32.50
88

Scrapers not included.

H F

B G

A J A D E

C
A. Lee Valley Scraper Case

of ten cutting surfaces, including diameters This double-layered, heavy polyester case keeps ranging from 1/4 to 11/4 by 8ths, plus 11/2. C Burnisher/Scraper Set scrapers protected in individual padded sleeves. Approximately 3 to 31/2 in overall diameter, Two super-hard Nine pockets, arranged in groups of three, they are milled from 0.03 thick steel, hardened to curved scrapers accommodate many thicknesses and shapes. Rc45-50. Available in pairs of concave or convex (0.6mm thick), plus Each section has a hook-and-loop strip to hold scrapers, as well as in a set of all four scrapers. our carbide burnisher, the contents. A nylon quick-release buckle D. 33T08.55 Convex Scrapers, pr. $11.50 at a saving of 20%. secures the case for transport. Includes a wall- E. 33T08.51 Concave Scrapers, pr. $11.50 3 / mount clip. 7 4 wide by 18 long, it folds to a Burnisher/Scraper Set 33T08.56 Set of Scrapers (4) $19.95 compact 73/46 to t in a toolbox or drawer. 05K20.31 $14.90 F. Super-Hard Curved Scraper Sets 50K60.05 Scraper Case $13.50 These three-scraper sets (Rc48-52) cover a range of scraping jobs. The rectangular model has B. Super-Thin Milled Scrapers concave/convex ends for bowl or spindle work. Only 0.010 (0.25mm) thick, these milled scrapers The "shmoo" shape handles various concave are for nal nishing of raw wood or smoothing an surfaces, large moldings or small spindles. The L. Veritas Carbide Burnisher applied nish. At 26 (50mm150mm), they can We made this burnisher to suit the paring-knife third style has gently cambered surfaces for stripbe used two-handed or one-handed. Used square action used to roll an edge on curved and ne ping glue lines or controlled localized scraping. edged as provided, they take a ne shaving. To detail scrapers with a thumb on the scraper and The 0.4mm (0.016) set is for fine work; the make them slightly more aggressive, put a hook on four ngers drawing the burnisher along. A 1/8 0.6mm (0.024) set is for regular scraping. them (with light pressure), for a shaving that is a diameter polished carbide rod projects 3/4 from 05K20.20 Curved Set of 3, 0.4mm $14.50 tight curl rather than a wavy ribbon. They take very the hardwood handle, ideal for one-handed use. 05K20.10 Curved Set of 3, 0.6mm $14.50 thin shavings and you have to be really hamThe carbide rod will not nick or groove regardhanded to do any harm. To smooth a nish with G. Mini Spoon Scraper less of pressure applied. dust specks in it, lay one at on the surface and This scraper is effective inside bowls or in uted 05K20.30 Carbide Burnisher $7.50 sweep it back and forth, knocking off the bumps work anywhere a hollow or rounded groove needs Actual left by the specks. Complementing our other work. By angling it, very narrow grooves can be size L scrapers nicely, they are just a bit harder (Rc51-53) worked. Completely forged and easy to sharpen. to make up for their thinness. 50K01.01 Mini Spoon Scraper $11.50 50K30.04 Super-Thin Scrapers, pr. $11.50 H. Leather Scraper Pouch C. Super-Hard Milled Scrapers Scraper edges should be protected to stay sharp. Most cabinet scrapers are sheared from spring Equally important, their sharp corners can cut you M. Veritas Tri-Burnisher steel, hardened to Rc38-42. These are harder if carried in a pocket or apron. This split-leather Designed to perform the functions of round, (Rc48-52) and hold an edge longer. The edges pouch keeps them organized and both of you triangular and oval burnishers, this burnisher has are carefully milled to a square, sharp 90 ready protected. The four compartments hold scrapers up a mirror finish to smoothly form hooks on for use on ne work, saving you the initial effort to 31/861/2 (not included). All-brass ttings. cabinet scrapers. The Actual of ling and stoning. For heavy-duty use, you 67K73.15 Leather Scraper Pouch $19.95 unique shape lets you size can burnish a hook onto them. apply just the right J. Bahco Scraper For fine work, the two thinnest are 26 amount of pressure at Some woodworkers hold that a Bahco (formerly (50mm150mm). Two thicker ones are 23/86 each stage of the Sandvik) scraper outperforms other Swedish (60mm150mm) and are for heavier stock burnishing process on scrapers of all shapes. The scrapers. The Bahco scraper is 23/857/8 long and removal, the 1mm scraper being suitable for superior surface nish is the key to avoiding 0.8mm (0.032) thick. Rc48-52. Sleeve included. paint removal. All come with edge guards and galling and hook tearing. Hardened to Rc58-60, 97K50.02 Bahco Scraper $9.50 resharpening instructions. this tool is substantially harder than scrapers it is K. Miniature Scrapers 05K30.04 Scraper, 0.4mm (0.016) $ 5.60 used on. The ample length (11 with the hardThese are especially useful for working in tight 05K30.03 Scraper, 0.6mm (0.024) $ 5.60 wood handle) makes it easier to gauge and hold corners and scraping glue off joints. Made to the 05K30.02 Scraper, 0.8mm (0.032) $ 5.90 burnishing angles. The most versatile and effecsame specifications as our larger super-hard 05K30.01 Scraper, 1mm (0.042) $ 5.90 tive hand burnisher available. milled scrapers, they are 0.4mm (0.016) thick 05K30.10 Set of 4 Super-Hard Scrapers $19.50 05K32.01 Veritas Tri-Burnisher $32.50 and hardened to Rc48-52. Just 2 long by 1 Pax Concave & Convex Scrapers wide to provide considerable control. Set of Useful for chairmaking, blending the curves of three with sharpening instructions. M moldings, or smoothing reeds and coves, these 50K30.01 Mini Scrapers, pkg. of 3 $5.20 scrapers yield a nished surface with crisp detail. Made in Shefeld, England, each pair has a total

89

SHARPENING
Sharpening Sets

A B C

SELECTING A SHARPENING SYSTEM Most basic sharpening in the shop can be done with stones of two grits: one for the initial bevel, and one for a secondary (or micro) bevel. For those of you wondering where to start, we recommend Japanese water stones as the best all-purpose choice: 800x and 4000x as separate stones, or 1000x and 4000x in a combination stone. For more rapid material removal (removing nicks, restoring old tools, etc.), use a cool-cutting grinding wheel (such as our 08M18.01) or a coarse sanding belt. This will give you all you need to get started; you can add more items as you need them. Specialty Sharpening Micro-abrasives in both belt and sheet form are inexpensive and incredibly versatile. They can be shaped to fit almost any tool. For carbide bits, you will need diamond hones.

Veritas Stone Pond included with each set.

Cabinetmakers Sharpening Sets These three sets are suitable for the occasional woodworker, or as a toolbox set for the professional. One includes an 821 1000x/4000x combination water stone (see page 92 for stones) plus our Veritas Sharpening System (page 91). The second contains the same 82 water stone along with our Mk.II honing guide (page 91). For sharpening wide plane blades, our Mk.II honing guide is paired with a large 81/423/42 1000x/4000x combination water stone. Each set allows you to easily set and maintain bevel angles when sharpening tools such as chisels and plane blades. (Chisel and blades not included.) A. 05D05.01 Cabinetmakers Set with Sharpening System & 2 Stone $ 79.50 B. 05D05.03 Cabinetmakers Set with Mk.II Honing Guide & 2 Stone $ 92.50 C. 05D05.05 Cabinetmakers Set with Mk.II Honing Guide & 23/4 Stone $129.50 Professional Cabinetmakers Sharpening Sets For regular shop use, these sets will meet all of your chisel and plane blade requirements. Sets include either our Veritas Sharpening System or our Mk.II honing guide (page 91), plus separate 800x and 4000x standard-size water stones (page 92) and a Veritas Stone Pond (page 93). (Chisel and plane blade not included.) D. 05D07.10 Professional Cabinetmakers Set with Sharpening System $146.50 E. 05D07.13 Professional Cabinetmakers Set with Mk.II Honing Guide $159.50

D E

F. Deluxe Power Sharpening Set

Includes a 63/4 80x white aluminum oxide wheel (page 99), a Veritas Grinding Jig, plus a Veritas Grinder Tool Rest (page 98). With this combination, you can easily do accurate grinding with utility bench grinders. (Chisel not included.) 05D12.01 Deluxe Power Sharpening Set $97.00
G. Basic Sharpening Set for Carvers

For most beginner carvers, this set is all that is required for edge maintenance. The set includes 1000x and 4000x pocket water stones for shaping and honing (page 92), a 4000x traditionally shaped slip stone for gouge work (page 95), and a 45 leather strop and 6 oz bar of Veritas Honing Compound for nal honing of bevels to a mirror nish (page 94). 05D01.04 Carvers Sharpening Set $48.50 F
H. Strop and Honing Compound Set

Primarily for knives and carving tools, our double-sided leather strop (page 94) comes with a 6 oz bar of Veritas Honing Compound (page 99), which is very fast cutting and leaves a mirror nish. (Knife not included.) 05D11.01 Strop & Compound Set $37.00 With a 63/4 ne (120x) white grinding wheel, a 63/4 medium felt wheel, and a 6 oz bar of Veritas Honing Compound, this set includes all the grinding accessories a carver needs for power sharpening. See page 99 for details. (Gouge not included.) 05D10.01 Carvers Power Set $66.50

J. Carvers Power Sharpening Set

Gouge not included.

H J

90

C. Veritas Mk.II Honing Guide

Stone not included.

Blade not included.

Micro-bevel on a nished blade

A. Veritas Sharpening System

Our original honing guide and angle jig set quickly and easily produces a very sharp edge on blades. First, use the guide in its normal position to grind the basic bevel angle. Then turn the guide-setting knob to set a micro-bevel at a slightly higher angle. The small secondary bevel means you remove less steel and quickly achieve a sharp edge, without unclamping or resetting the tool in the guide. The guide holds blades up to 23/8 wide and 5/8 thick and, in combination with the Veritas angle jig, lets you set blade projection to the ve most common bevel angles (15, 20, 25, 30 and 35). With the three-height settings on the roller, another 20 angles can be set. Loosen the knurled brass bolt and turn the wheel to the selected angle facet to set the blade angle. With a blade loosely held in the guide, roll the guide up to the wheel, clamp the blade, and hone. The 11/4 wide roller on the guide and the positive positioning action of the jig automatically square the blade as you set the angle. The bed of the guide has a series of parallel lines for visually aligning narrow chisels or squaring up blades. The roller can be set at three heights, where it automatically locks in position. You can return to exactly the same angle each time you want to hone a blade. Instructions included. For holding very short blades, see our smallblade holder below. 05M02.10 Sharpening System $46.50
B. Veritas Small-Blade Holder

The key to consistent and fast honing is repeatability and this guide delivers it in spades. It will set bevel angles from 15 to 54 and a range of back bevels from 10 to 20. It can easily accommodate chisels as narrow as 1/4 and blades as wide as 27/8 and up to 15/32 thick. The blade-registration jig slides onto the guide body, centering and squaring the blade with an integral fence. The blade stop has discrete positions for preset bevel angles. Features a three-position eccentric roller, allowing you to hone micro-bevels quickly and accurately with only a turn of a knob. Manufactured from die-cast zinc alloy, with precision-machined brass and steel parts. For the user, this means quick, accurate sharpening and perfectly repeatable results, reducing unnecessary stone and blade wear. Patented. Also included in various sharpening sets (see previous page). 05M09.01 Mk.II Honing Guide $64.50
25 26 27

C
Blade and stone not included.

Registration jig included with guide. Up Middle Down Three-position eccentric roller Micro-bevel on a nished blade Blade carrier set for standard-angle range. Registration blade stop Clamping mechanism registers on the non-bevel blade face. Fence aligns blade square to the guide.

C
Registration jig attached to guide body.

Micro-bevel adjustment

D. Veritas Camber Roller Assembly

The Veritas small-blade holder was designed to be used with the Veritas sharpening system to hold short blades, such as spokeshave blades, when sharpening. The blade is secured using two powerful rare-earth magnets embedded into anodized aluminum and an adjustable stop block. In effect, it transforms your short blade into something larger (11/2 wide by 4 long) that can be effectively held for sharpening, either by hand or by mounting in a honing guide. Stone and blade not included. 05P32.03 Small-Blade Holder $19.50

The Veritas Mk.II honing guide has been designed to produce accurate and repeatable square bevels on chisel and plane blades. However, when using smoothing planes on large, at surfaces, it is desirable to hone a slight curve, or camber, into the edge of the blade. This allows the cut to taper out on each side, and avoids plane tracks in the surface. The Veritas camber roller assembly has a D barrel-shaped roller that allows limited rocking, while still maintaining an accurate and consistent bevel angle. Simply replace the standard roller assembly with the camber assembly and hone, rst applying more pressure on one side of the blade, and then on the other. Blade extension is still set using the registration jig, and the camber roller includes the standard eccentric system to allow micro-bevels to be honed. Made in Canada. Patent pending. 05M09.05 Camber Roller Assembly $23.90

E Veritas Skew Registration Jig

for the Mk.II Honing Guide The Veritas skew registration jig locks into the Mk.II honing guide to make quick work of setting both skew and bevel angles (left- or right-hand) of chisel and plane blades. The jigs machined aluminum base provides skew angle markings that are laser etched for accuracy and legibility. The skew angle graduations cover the range of E 10 to 45 in 5 increments, and there are additional marks (18, 22, 28) to cover the angles of popular skew plane blades. The base has four distinct tracks providing four bevel angle settings: 20, 25, 30, and 35. (The honing guides eccentric roller allows variation from these angles for creating a micro-bevel.) The unique sliding fence with blade stop allows you to match an existing skew angle visually even if it is nonstandard. Made in Canada. Patent pending. 05M09.03 Skew Registration Jig $29.50
Sliding fence with blade stop has a relieved corner to protect chisel edges. Honing guide, chisel and stone not included.

Alignment pin Cutting edge is slightly curved.

Camber exaggerated for clarity.

Standard roller

Camber roller

Attach jig to honing guide to set bevel and skew angles.

Skew can now be sharpened like a normal chisel.

91

King Water Stones

A C

E J

H B D F G N

M
K. Basic Stone Set

These two Japanese water stones are the best all-purpose choice for basic sharpening. Set includes an 800x stone (60M01.01) and a standard 4000x stone (60M03.01). 60M03.10 Basic Stone Set $55.60 Pocket Water Stones These small pocket stones are perfect for touching up tools when you are not near the shop. At 41, they are ideal for carrying on the job in a pocket or tackle box. The 3/4 thick 1000x is for general-purpose work and the 5/8 thick 4000x will put a mirror nish on knives, gouges, and chisels. L. 60M30.01 1000x Pocket Stone $ 6.50 M. 60M30.04 4000x Pocket Stone $10.80 60M30.10 Pair of Pocket Stones $15.50
N. Articial Nagura Stone

Full-Size Water Stones

There are many types of man-made water stones, which vary primarily in the durability of the abrasive particles and the strength of the bond between them. Tough abrasives cut quickly and lose aggressiveness slowly. Less durable abrasives may cut well initially, but the rate diminishes as the particles dull. Stones with strong bonds wear slowly, releasing fresh, sharp abrasive at a lower rate than those with weak bonds, which release abrasive at a higher rate but wear more rapidly. Formulating a stone is a balancing act, since the properties of the abrasive particles and the bonds holding them together combine to affect cutting speed and wear resistance. Selecting a stone depends on what you sharpen most often and how much you are willing to spend. For those trying water stones for the rst time, or wanting a more portable stone system, a combination stone is an economical answer. King Water Stones King water stones were among the first Japanese stones introduced to the West. Except for the coarsest 200x stone (which is silicon carbide), they are aluminum oxide abrasive in a resin bond. In our testing, they were effective in O1 steel but noticeably slower in tough alloys such as A2. The particles fracture and dull after a short period, performing like progressively finer grits, which allows you to move from a medium grit straight to a nishing stone. They are economically priced, require only a quick soaking before use, and are a good choice for honing softer tool steels, or when cost is a concern. The 200x and 250x grits are used to remove nicks before sharpening, and for basic tool shaping. The 800x, 1000x and 1200x are general-purpose stones for most sharpening needs. The 1000x is ideal for use in the shop or the kitchen for sharpening ne cutlery; it gives knives a good edge with just enough "tooth" for good vegetable slicing and meat carving. The 4000x will quickly put a mirror nish on tools and the 8000x is for nal polishing.

Product # A. 60M60.01 B. 60M01.01 C. 60M40.01 D. 60M02.01 E. 60M03.01 F. 60M03.03 60M03.02 G. 60M10.01 H. 60M50.04 60M50.05 J. 60M50.03

Description 200x Green Silicon Carbide 800x w/Plastic Box 1000x w/Base 1200x w/Plastic Box 4000x Standard w/Base 4000x Standard no Base 4000x Large w/Base 8000x Gold w/Base 1000x/4000x Combo, Std. 1000x/4000x Combo, Lg. 250x/100x Combo

Size 831/821/8 821/213/8 721/25/8 821/213/8 721/21/2 721/23/4 823/47/8 721/21/2 821 81/423/42 821

Price $48.30 $27.80 $27.40 $29.40 $31.70 $27.80 $57.80 $60.50 $38.30 $78.00 $27.40

Nagura stones are for truing stones or for creating a slurry for faster sharpening. Slightly coarser than a natural stone, this articial Nagura abrades quickly, yet builds a ne slurry. Use only on 4000x and 8000x stones. Measures 311. 60M91.03 Articial Nagura Stone $10.60 Norton Water Stones Norton water stones have an aluminum oxide abrasive held by a relatively weak bond that releases fresh particles at a fast rate. In our tests, they were comparable to King stones when sharpening O1 steel, but in tough alloys such as A2 and M2 they cut approximately 40% faster than King. Because of the steady release of fresh abrasive, they produce a consistent scratch pattern at each grit, making it important to work through the grits progressively to obtain a nal polish. Regular lapping is also recommended with these stones. The 220x is used to remove nicks, the 1000x to establish a basic edge, the 4000x to rene the edge, and the 8000x to All stones come with produce the nal polish. a rubber-footed storage case. Except for the 8000x, which requires only a quick spritz, all need to be immersed for about 10 minutes before use. They are ready for use without having to produce a slurry. At 77/827/81, they easily accommodate wide blades. Each comes in a rubber-footed plastic storage case that doubles as a sharpening stand. 08M15.01 220x Water Stone $26.50 08M15.03 1000x Water Stone $44.50 08M15.05 4000x Water Stone $58.50 08M15.07 8000x Water Stone $89.00 08M15.21 220x/1000x Combo Stone $37.00 08M15.23 1000x/4000x Combo Stone $57.00 08M15.25 4000x/8000x Combo Stone $79.00 08M15.27 1000x/8000x Combo Stone $66.00

Norton Water Stones

R
O. P. Q. R. S. T. U. V.

S
92

A. B. C. D. E.

Bester/Imanishi Ceramic Water Stones Excellent for general use, Bester/Imanishi stones have a moderately strong bond that allows abrasive particles to release quickly enough to maintain a fast cutting rate, yet wear well. Both are good choices if you regularly sharpen tough steel or if a minimum of maintenance is important. In our tests, they abraded O1, A2, and M2 steels at a speed second only to the Sigma Select II stones (our #60K82.01+), but remained flat as long as slow-cutting stones with much stronger bonds. Bester 700x, 1000x, and 2000x stones have a vitried bond and should be soaked for about 15 minutes before use. The ne 4000x and 8000x resinbonded Imanishi stones need just a spritz. Best used in progression, the 700x stone grinds a primary bevel, the 1000x stone establishes a basic edge, the 2000x is an intermediate stone for use prior to honing with the 4000x, and the 8000x polishes to a mirror finish. Overall dimensions are 205mm75mm25mm (about 8215/161). 60K80.70 700x Bester Stone $43.00 60K81.01 1000x Bester Stone $47.00 60K81.02 2000x Bester Stone $62.00 60K81.04 4000x Imanishi Stone $59.00 60K81.08 8000x Imanishi Stone $74.00

A H F G

Bester/Imanishi & Sigma Water Stones

Stone Grading The nish you get with a stone is a function of particle size, durability of the abrasive and bond strength. This table shows the approximate particle sizes for particular stones. For reference, the thickness of a human hair is about 40 microns. Table of Stones and their Particle Sizes
Stone Particle Size in Microns Stone Particle Size in Microns

Sigma Power Select II Ceramic Stones Despite their remarkable cutting speed, Sigma stones are little known outside of Japan. They are signicantly faster than any other stones we have tested; the 1000x stone cut O1, A2, and M2 steel 10-15% faster than 1000x Bester/Imanishi stones, and between two and ve times faster than 1000x water stones with less durable abrasive or stronger bonds. Sintered under heat and pressure, the resulting stone readily releases new, aggressive particles during use. While these stones wear at a more rapid rate than those with stronger bonds, this is offset by the extremely fast cutting action, resulting in reduced stone wear, since you can achieve comparable material removal in far fewer strokes. The 1000x produces a primary bevel, the 3000x quickly establishes a micro-bevel, and the 10000x provides a ne nish. All require only a few minutes of soaking before use. F. 60K82.01 1000x Select II Stone, 203mm78mm29mm (approx. 8 311/8) $68.00 G. 60K82.03 3000x Select II Stone, 203mm74mm31mm (approx. 8215/1611/4) $73.00 H. 60K82.10 10000x Select II Stone, 210mm76mm26mm (approx. 81/431) $94.00
J. The Stone Pond by Veritas

Green Compound Imanishi 8000x Sigma 1000x King 8000x King 4000x Imanishi 4000x/ Norton 8000x Hard Black Arkansas/ Norton 4000x Bester 2000x Sigma 3000x Bester 100x/Hard White Arkansas

0.5 1.2 1.5 2 2.5 3 6 6.7 7 11.5

King 1200x Sigma 1000x/ Norton 1000x King 1000x Bester 700x King 800x Soft Arkansas Fine India Norton 220x King 200x Coarse India

13 14 16 17 20 22 35 65 74 102

The Stone Pond is a complete system to store, use and maintain water stones up to 12 long. Stones can be stored, ready for use, in a stand that also clamps them and provides a base for lapping. The twin-clamping system holds both coarse and ne stones at the same time and the quick-acting cam clamps are fully adjustable. There is ample space for three or more bench stones. Stones are kept clean and evaporation is minimized. The clamp hardware is stainless steel, anodized aluminum, and glass-reinforced plastic. The tough, rigid ABS case has high-friction pads for non-slip use. The lapping system is a glass plate, a sheet of PSA-backed plastic laminate, and 90x silicon carbide. The safety-glass top is guaranteed to be at enough to allow you to lap a stone to a atness better than 0.001 per inch of stone length. You can put your coarse stone (800x, 1000x or 1200x) in the water and leave your wooden-based nishing stone (4000x or 8000x) clamped on a bar. For stones sitting in the water, ribs on the box bottom keep them clear of any sludge. The clamping and lapping part of the system can be used equally effectively with oil stones. This is a fast, clean, dependable system for use Twin-clamping Storing wooden-based Storing water stones with all of your bench water stones. system stones 05M20.06 The Stone Pond $59.00 05M20.07 Repl. 90x Sil. Carbide (2 oz) $ 4.50 05M20.11 Repl. Laminate Sheets (4) $14.50
High-friction pads Separation ribs

K. No-Rust Water Additive

For those who use water as a lubricant for sharpening or lapping, this concentrated additive prevents the oxygen in water from bonding with iron; the mixture will not rust edge tools, wet grinders, or the steel substrate of diamond stones. It is easy to use and does no harm to the adhesive used in synthetic water stones. It comes in a 250ml (8.5 oz) container, enough to make 6l (1.6 gal) of uid (over 200 uid ounces of prevention!). Made in England. 56Z80.88 No-Rust Additive, 250ml $28.50
L. Truing Stone for Water Stones

J K
Stones not included.

Periodic truing re-establishes a at surface on a stone and restores its cutting ability by removing any glazing. Developed using an aggressive silicon carbide abrasive held in a durable hard resin bond, this specially designed 933/4 stone is larger than most water stones for easy registration. Diagonal grooves remove the slurry. Comes with instructions and a plastic storage case. 08M15.30 Truing Stone $29.00

Sharpening 93

D E
A. 3M Micro-Abrasives for Sharpening

Lapping plate shown without oil and abrasive for clarity.

Channels have been chamfered to eliminate sharp edges and corners.

B. C. D. E.

These silicon carbide (SiC) or chromium oxide (Cr2O3) abrasives on mylar lm cut quickly and produce an excellent nish. Applied to Plexiglas, wood or steel, they can sharpen everything from plane blades to razors, but are at their best with carving tools, where they can hone or strop any shape. Adhesive (PSA) backing is available with the 15 micron and 5 micron grits only. Sheets are 81/211. Revolutionary sharpening materials. Price per sheet 1+ 5+ 54K93.01 15 SiC, Plain $2.70 $2.40 54K93.02 15 SiC, PSA $3.50 $3.15 54K94.01 5 SiC, Plain $2.20 $1.95 54K94.02 5 SiC, PSA $3.50 $3.15 54K95.01 0.5 Cr2O3, Plain $2.20 $1.95 F. Lapping Accessories Silicon carbide is ideal for attening oil and water stones or lapping plane bottoms and blades. Just sprinkle the grit on a piece of glass or a steel lapping plate, add a shot of oil or water (as required), and lap the item at. This fast and easy process lets you keep all of your stones dead at. 90x is used for most applications, while the ner grits are used to put a silky finish on plane bottoms or blades. Available as a 4 oz container of 90x (enough grit to lap dozens of stones and plane bottoms) or as a kit of ve 2 oz containers of 90x, 180x, 280x, 400x and 600x and instructions. Using PSA-backed plastic laminate sheets on glass speeds up the process, but is not mandatory. For your convenience, we also offer a safety-glass lapping plate (81/2141/4 thick) that is guaranteed to be at. 05M24.01 90x Lapping Grit, 4 oz $ 6.50 05M01.01 Lapping Kit of 5 Grits $24.50 05M20.11 Laminate Sheets (4) $14.50 05M20.12 Glass Lapping Plate $13.50
K. Veritas Blade

G. Veritas Lapping Plate

Veritas Jointer Blade Sharpener Designed to restore blades dulled from normal use, this sharpener clamps blades up to 8 wide (including hand-plane blades) for sharpening on PSA-backed abrasives. Just stick the abrasive to a at surface (such as plate glass), adjust the elevating screw until the bevel is at on the abrasive, and hone. After basic sharpening, switch to a ne abrasive and hone a micro-bevel. Two position stops ensure identical honing of successive blades. Easy and effective. Cast aluminum with brass and steel ttings. Comes with a half sheet (51/281/2) of 15 micron (1000 grit) 3M micro-abrasive film. This PSA-backed lm is also available in 5 micron (see item A). 05M25.01 Jointer Blade Sharpener $62.50

Measuring 1241/811/8 high and weighing about 14 lb, this substantial lapping plate is made from an iron chosen for its dimensional stability and material consistency. The bottom and sides are machined, and the top is ground at to within 0.001 over the entire surface. The unique channel design, optimized for a figure-eight lapping pattern, eliminates resistance from hydraulic lock and captures excess oil, abrasive and slurry. For ngertip safety, the channels are chamfered to remove sharp edges. Not intended for heavy material removal, it is designed to condition or smooth previously ground surfaces and is used with light mineral or honing oil and silicon carbide (SiC) abrasive grit. Useful for improving the surface quality of plane soles, blades and chisels, it will lap materials up to the same surface area of the lapping plate, accommodating even a jack-plane sole. Patented. We offer a range of grits, but we recommend 280x for twisted, wavy or linished objects, 400x for ground surfaces with a slightly rough texture, and 600x for surfaces requiring little material removal. 05M20.20 Veritas Lapping Plate $89.00 Silicon Carbide Grit 05M20.07 90x Lapping Grit, 2 oz $ 4.50 05M01.04 180x Lapping Grit, 2 oz $ 4.80 05M01.05 280x Lapping Grit, 2 oz $ 5.20 05M01.06 400x Lapping Grit, 2 oz $ 5.60 05M01.07 600x Lapping Grit, 2 oz $ 6.60 C. 05M01.01 Set of 5 Lapping Grits $24.50 These man-made bench stones are for basic work to bring an edge to a condition ready for nal honing or general carpentry. They do not cut as quickly as water stones of similar grit, but wear more slowly. Both stones are 90x/600x combinations. The standard stone is 821; the extra-large stone is 111/221/21. 08M04.01 Standard Combo 90x/600x $32.90 08M05.01 XLarge Combo 90x/600x $56.90
J. Honing Oil

H. Aluminum Oxide Oil Stones

Honing Compound See page 99 for details on honing compound. Honing Compound, 6 oz 05M08.01 $11.95 K

M
94 Sharpening

At about 15 long, this classic 913/4 strop lets you use a long, full stropping stroke. For best control, rest the square end on a table or bench as you strop the knife using a trailing stroke. It can be used with any edge tool, but excels with knives. Available single or double sided. The double-sided strop would be used when you want green compound on one side and another type of compound (or left natural) on the other. It also comes in a set with a 6 oz bar of Veritas Honing Compound. 70M03.50 Single-Sided Hand Strop $22.50 70M03.55 Double-Sided Hand Strop $27.50 05D11.01 Double Strop & Compound Set $37.00 M. Leather Strop Pack This pack includes ve 41/211/2 strops and one 45 piece. They can be glued to blocks for stropping, shaped for use on small tools or, in the case of the largest piece, used folded as a slip. All are vegetabletanned leather about 1/8 thick. Best used with Veritas Honing Compound. 70M03.58 Leather Strop Pack of 6 $15.50

L. Large Hand Strops

Never use Arkansas or aluminum oxide stones without a lubricating oil. A good light mineral oil keeps metal particles from glazing the stone. 08M02.03 Honing Oil, 4.5 oz $6.20 H J

A. Vise-Type Honing Guide

This vise-type on-stone guide accommodates blade widths from 1/8 to 3. It consists of two parts, set on a threaded bolt, that grip the sides of the blade when the bolt is tightened. 60N01.05 Vise-Type Honing Guide $10.90
B. Veritas Bevel Gauge

Nothing is handier than a bevel gauge for quickly checking the grind angle of chisels, plane blades, turning tools, etc. A quick check conrms the angle last used for grinding or honing so that the edge geometry can be maintained. Our bevel gauge has seven individual slots that will measure the most commonly used angles from 15 to 45 in 5 increments. The slots on the gauge are about 3/4 deep for good registration. The pocketsized disc is 21/2 in diameter with a center hole for hanging it on a nail. Solid brass. 50K09.01 Veritas Bevel Gauge $7.50

H B Ceramic Sharpening Stones Ceramic stones are valued for their durability and the very keen edge they give in the ner grits. These two stones are ideal for carvers who do all their sharpening free hand, and can quickly wear grooves in water stones. The dark stone is about 800 grit. It is used for edge shaping. The white stone is about 8000 grit and is used for final honing. Both are 421/2. The manufacturer states that neither requires lubrication and that both clean up quickly with soap and water. It is our belief that they benet from a bit of water during use (preferably with a drop of soap in it) to avoid any grain plugging an ounce of prevention. Both come with vinyl slip covers. Good toolbox stones. G. 60M21.01 800x Ceramic Stone $33.50 H. 60M21.02 8000x Ceramic Stone $33.50

C. Water Cones

Water cones are suitable for both in-cannel and out-cannel gouges. Both sides are used; one for sharpening and one for deburring. We offer two grits, a medium (1000x) cone and a ne (4000x) cone. 60M90.52 1000x Water Cone $37.20 60M90.53 4000x Water Cone $42.80 60M90.56 Pair of Water Cones $76.00
D. Carvers Miniature Water Slips

A set of four 4000x water stones particularly suited to sharpening carving tools. Each is 21/2 long by 1 wide; the actual proles are shown. A
The Complete Guide to Sharpening Book Sharpening Woodworking Tools DVD by Leonard Lee Nothing is more central to the best use of tools than proper sharpening. The Complete Guide to Sharpening is a book that covers the eld, from equipment and general theory to specic methods for each class of tool. Lee describes not only how to create a razor-sharp edge, but also how to shape it so it best performs its function and retains its sharpness. The chapters on each tool type (chisels, planes, carving tools, turning tools, etc.) are profusely illustrated to show technique, theory and results. Highly readable, it is both educational and enjoyable. Softcover, 81/211, 242 pages, 1995. The principles developed in the book are demonstrated by Lee in the DVD, Sharpening Woodworking Tools. He focuses on basic sharpening principles the proper edge shape for the tools purpose, and the range of abrasives used to reach the necessary keenness. His examples include knives, chisels, cabinet scrapers, turning tools and carving tools, including the dreaded V-tool. Length: 110 minutes. 73L01.55 Sharpening Book $16.50 50L01.02 Sharpening DVD $21.50

good, complete set for maintaining a razor-sharp edge on your detailing tools. 60M93.10 Set of 4 Carvers Mini Slips $28.40
E. Traditional Water Slip Stones

Made to our design and to a specied hardness, these slip stones are used for sharpening rmer gouges, carving tools, radiused blades, or any curved cutting edge of simple or compound shape. The 1000x is the fastest cutting and is used for establishing a basic edge. The 4000x is the most useful combination of cutting speed, hardness, and degree of nish obtained. It cuts quickly, but still leaves a tool with a near-mirror nish. The 8000x is for nal touch-up or occasional stropping while carving. 60M90.01 1000x Trad. Slip Stone* $14.90 60M90.02 4000x Trad. Slip Stone* $17.20 60M90.03 8000x Trad. Slip Stone $27.80 60M90.00 Pair of Trad. Slip Stones* $29.40
F. Carvers European-Style Slips

J. Water Stone Holder

Adjustable for stones from 51/2 to 81/2 long, this holder grips stones securely and has a stable, non-skid base. The hardware is chrome plated for rust resistance. Ideal for use with any water stone lacking an integral base. 60N01.01 Water Stone Holder $17.50

These are Japanese water stones made in the European style. One edge is curved and decreases from 1/2 to 1/8 over its length while the other side is tapered at an angle of about 30 for working the inside of parting tools. This design allows you to sharpen a wide variety of tools from small to large gouges and all at or V-shaped tools. The pair of slips (1000x and 4000x) is sufcient for most carving needs. 60M90.32 1000x Carvers Slip $16.60 60M90.33 4000x Carvers Slip $19.80 60M90.36 Pair of Carvers Slips $33.20

C E D F

Sharpening 95

One-direction pull sharpens knife.

A G H
A. Knife Sharpener C. Sportsmans Hone F. Knife Sharpening Set Sub-micron carbide particles in this sharpener Useful for a wide variety of blades, this round This system, with two aluminum oxide hones are about one-fortieth the diameter of a human polycrystalline hone has brass ttings and ne and one ceramic hone, sharpens everything from hair and are the kind used in the most demanding diamond grit. The hollow handle can be removed penknives to butcher knives. Clamp the knife of metal-machining processes. Extremely hard to double as a protective sleeve for storage. blade in the frame, select the grit you want and durable, the carbide can be ground to a much Measures 8 long overall open and 41/2 closed, (120x, 600x or 1200x), and insert the attached keener and more durable edge than common rod in the slot for an 11, 15, 19, 22, 25 or and comes with a leather belt case. carbides. Each of the two blades has four edges 30 bevel angle. Both bevels can be honed 70M02.06 Sportsmans Hone $19.95 and can be rotated to a new edge if one is acciwithout unclamping the knife; just use the dentally damaged. The sharpener comes as a equivalent slot on the opposite arm of the clamp. right-handed version but the blades are easily Set includes three mounted hones and rods, a reversed to convert it for left-handed use. clamp, honing oil, a storage case (with two To sharpen a knife you just draw it through the empty slots for additional hones), spare clamp C intersecting carbide blades with light pressure. A screws and instructions. Triangular-shaped very dull knife may initially require several light medium-grit hone for use on serrated knives passes but can be maintained thereafter with a available separately. The 1200x ceramic hone single pass for touch-ups. Not only is it easy to D. Honing Guide for Knives (with light-blue handle) is available separately use, but if used with care, it should last for as for sets purchased before September 2000. Honing knives by hand is fast and easy with this long as you (or we) live. 70M45.02 Knife Sharpening Set $42.50 guide. Just clamp it on the knife back, adjust it 70M46.50 Knife Sharpener $16.50 $11.50 to the desired angle and hone. It lets you con- G. 70M45.03 Serrated-Knife Hone 70M45.05 Ceramic Hone, 1200x $15.50 centrate on sharpening without worrying about B. Universal Sharpener controlling blade angle at the same time. Because H. Diamond Sharpening Steel Applying a very different concept in sharpening, this honing guide is designed to work with The manufacturer of our diamond bench stones the sub-micron carbide blade in this sharpener bench stones, our 1000x water stone (available makes a diamond steel that is excellent for shaves the steel rather than abrades it. The action separately on page 92 ) is the perfect companion sharpening carbon or stainless-steel kitchen is like using a cabinet for kitchen use. The polyethylene guide slides knives (not recommended for laminated-steel scraper instead of smoothly on table or counter tops. knives; use a water stone instead). The 600x sandpaper to smooth 70M11.01 Knife Guide $11.50 monocrystalline diamonds are bonded to a 3/8 wood you get a dia. by 113/4 long, solid-steel core. The plastic smooth nish without E. Knife Sharpening System handle features an extra-wide hand guard and a using much force. This simple two-stage system is ideal for anyone hanging hook. The tool has been who despairs of sharpening. Just draw a knife 70M12.01 Diamond Sharpening Steel $37.50 made possible by through the V intersection of the ceramic stones advances in carbide to remove nicks in the blade (on the coarse tan J. Lee Valley Ceramic Rod Honing Kit quality in recent years. It can be used to sharpen wheels) or to hone it (on the ne white wheels). With this kit you can make a knife sharpening tools as big as a broad axe or as small as a sh83 and 11/4 thick. High-impact plastic set-up for yourself or as a gift for someone else. hook. Axes, hatchets, hoes, knives of all sorts, frame. Not for use with laminated knives. The kit includes two 3/8 diameter ceramic rods, scissors, etc., are all fair game. The slim tip makes 70M46.01 Two-Stage Knife Sharpener $23.50 8 long, an 8 rigid nylon safety rod and instrucit ideal for accessing the blades of tools such as tions for building a compact base for use and curved blade pruners, one of the ultimate sharpstorage. The rods are about 280 grit, coarse ening tests for most people. The simple instructions enough to remove material but ne enough to allow a rst-time user to succeed quickly. The leave an ideal edge for kitchen knives. D folding blade, with safety guard built in, locks 50K54.01 Ceramic Rod Honing Kit $9.95 open or closed. The stainless-steel body has anodized aluminum scales with belt clip. Wood not 09A03.30 Universal Sharpener $17.50 included.
Stone not included.

E J

96 Sharpening

A.

B. C. D.

Monocrystalline Diamond Bench Stones Diamond bench stones cut aggressively because of the spacing of the diamond and because of the perforation pattern. The perforations eliminate any tendency to clog, since they create reservoirs to hold swarf, which can then be periodically ushed away. Although they are good for basic sharpening, they excel as tools for truing other tools, particularly bench stones. They do an excellent job on water stones and vastly simplify the task of keeping them at. The extra-coarse (220x) or coarse (325x) diamond stones are the best for this purpose. The ne stone (at 600x) can also be used, but it is best for fast steel lapping or general sharpening. The extra-ne stone (at 1200x) is ideal for ne sharpSteel ening it puts a factory-quality Nickel nish on carbide and is also excelDiamonds Plastic lent for cutlery. The manufacturer aims for a surface tolerance of 0.003, but you can be safe in assuming a tolerance of 0.005. Available in three sizes. The 6 stones are 2 wide by 3/4 high and include a wooden base with non-skid rubber feet. The 8 and 10 double-sided stones have a different grit on each side. The 8 is 25/8 wide by 3/8 high. The 10 stone, at 4 wide by 3/8 high, is a specialized size for very large stones or wide plane blades. A non-skid mat is included with each double-sided stone. For those who prefer a mounted stone, the plastic stand (will t 6, 8 or 10 stones) can be purchased as an accessory. 70M06.01 6 Diamond, 220x $ 48.00 70M06.02 6 Diamond, 600x $ 48.00 70M06.03 6 Diamond, 1200x $ 48.00 70M04.10 8 Diamond, 325x/1200x $ 84.00 70M04.11 8 Diamond, 600x/1200x $ 84.00 70M04.19 10 Diamond, 325x/1200x $109.00 70M04.20 10 Diamond, 600x/1200x $109.00 70M04.30 Stand for 6, 8, 10 Stones $ 16.50 Folding Diamond Hones and File These have all the advantages of a monocrystalline bench stone in a portable hone. Excellent for steel or carbide, they make ideal hones in the shop, kitchen or camp. The working surface of the key-chain hone is 25/81 (5/32 thick), the folding hone is 43/87/8 (3/16 thick), and the le is 41/23/4 (1/16 thick). All will t in the slot of chip-limitation router bits, but the le is best for saw tooth bits or other bits with restricted access teeth. The double-sided hone has 600x on one side and 1200x on the other. 220x (extra-coarse) or 325x (coarse) is best for stock removal, 600x (ne) is good for knives and shears, while 1200x (extra-ne) gives the best edge on router bits. 70M10.01 Key-Chain Hone, 220x $ 9.95 70M10.02 Key-Chain Hone, 325x $ 9.95 70M10.03 Key-Chain Hone, 600x $ 9.95 70M10.10 Set of 3 Key-Chain Hones $27.50 70M07.03 Folding Hone, 325x $22.50 70M07.01 Folding Hone, 600x $22.00 70M07.04 Folding Hone, 1200x $22.50 70M07.06 Set of 3 Folding Hones $62.50 70M13.01 Double-Sided Folding Hone $38.50 70M09.01 Folding File, 600x $24.50

D E B F C G

H J K L

Diamond sharpening tools are available in two basic types, monocrystalline and polycrystalline. Monocrystalline are the best. They have individual diamond crystals bonded to a substrate (usually steel). Polycrystalline tools are less expensive, but not as durable. These have clusters of crystals bonded to the substrate and are subject to fracturing in use. They cut well, but tend to wear down to a less aggressive crystal pattern over time. Both types effectively abrade glass and carbides as well as high-speed and regular tool steels.
Monocrystalline Polycrystalline

Tormek Water-Cooled Sharpening System

Versatile, accurate and easy to use, the Tormek system not only sharpens chisels and plane blades, but a range of compatible jigs is available for everything from turning and carving tools to axes and scissors. Such precise jig-guided control allows even the novice to consistently produce tools with proper edge geometry, makes the process easily repeatable, and helps minimize steel removal so tools last longer through successive sharpenings. Lapping, grinding and stropping can easily be performed on the same machine. Its double-ended arbor carries both a water-cooled 220x aluminum oxide grindstone and a leather wheel that can be charged with compound for stropping. Water ows constantly over the grindstone, so the tool cannot overheat and lose its hardness. Made in Sweden from sturdy, high-quality components. For more details on the basic T-3 and the professional T-7 machine, as well as compatible jigs and accessories, search "Tormek" at

E.

www.leevalley.com
Included with the T3 and T7 systems Angle guide sets and measures edge angle.

F.

Honing compound, instruction book and DVD

G. H.

Square edge jig Knife Jig

Diamond Paste With diamond paste, you can strop to an exceptionally keen edge quickly and easily. Simply make a strop from closegrained hardwood or MDF, apply a few drops of paste, and use it as you would a sharpening stone. Composed of monocrystalline diamond in a mineral oil base, the paste embeds in the surface, abrading quickly but lasting a long time. Begin with the grit that corresponds to your nest stone and progress to ner paste: 6-micron following a ne stone, 3-micron after the 6-micron paste or an extra-ne stone, and the 1-micron to provide a mirror nish. Made in the USA, the paste comes in 2g (0.07 oz) syringes and is sold individually or as a set. J. 70M14.01 1 Paste, 2g (0.07 oz) $12.50 K. 70M14.03 3 Paste, 2g (0.07 oz) $12.50 L. 70M14.06 6 Paste, 2g (0.07 oz) $12.50 70M14.10 Set of all 3 Diamond Pastes $35.00

68M01.20

T3 SYSTEM
68M01.03

T7 SYSTEM
68M01.07

Gouge Jig

68M01.25
Chisel and plane blade not included.

Sharpening 97

POWER SHARPENING

A. Veritas Mk.II Power Sharpening System

Our Mk.II sharpening system lets you sharpen hand tools to a degree not possible any other way, easily making blades razor-sharp in minutes, even if you have little sharpening experience. The system combines modern abrasives with a stable, at 650 rpm turntable. You can accurately set the tool rest to sharpen any straight-edged tool at a bevel angle from 15 to 45 (in 5 increments). Whats more, it will be exactly repeatable time after time. Blade projection in the holder is constant; only the tool rest height changes. The tool rest post has positive-position detents at 5 intervals. The blade holder and blade-setting jig ensure blade squareness and accurate projection. We offer extra holders for sharpening more than
C. Veritas Grinder Tool Rest

and 1200x for the thin platter. Changing from coarse to ne discs increases the angle by 1 to form micro-bevels. We recommend the discs supplied as the fastest cutting in their grit range; we offer extra platters and discs if you want to use other grits or cloth discs with honing Can be used free hand compounds. Use spray adhesive to mount discs for carving gouges and V-tools. of various materials. Driven by a V-belt from the sealed verticalmount 1/4 hp motor, the turntable is mounted on a large double-row ball bearing for rigid location and smooth operation. Running at a quiet 60dB, the motor and turntable are mounted to a precision-machined, cast aluminum chassis to ensure proper alignment of the drive belt. Belt tension adjusts easily by hand. Nylon dust cover included. The system has integral thermal overB load protection. CSA/UL certified. Limited warranty of 5 years; 2-year warranty on electrical one tool between grit changes. components. Weighs 23 lb. Sharpening any hand The system also allows better control and tool is fast, accurate, and repeatable. Patented. precision when sharpening tools such as gouges 05M31.01 Mk.II Sharpening System $399.00 and V-tools. Simply adjust the rest, extend the $ 38.50 tool past it until you reach the desired bevel B. 05M30.43 Extra Tool Holder 05M30.11 Extra 4mm Platter $ 14.50 angle, and use your ngers as a stop. Reduce 05M30.10 Extra 3mm Platter $ 13.50 abrasion rates for many curved-edge tools (or V-tools) by sliding the tool along the rest from Replacement/Extra 8 Discs; each 1+ 5+ the outside of the platter to the center. 05M30.15 Zirconia, 80x* $7.90 $7.00 The quick-change platters that mount on the 05M30.16 Zirconia, 120x $7.90 $7.00 turntable are made from sandwich aluminum 05M30.20 Al. Oxide, 150x* $4.10 $3.65 with an inert core, a stable, dead-at material 05M30.21 Al. Oxide, 220x $4.10 $3.65 that is an ideal base for the 8 dia. adhesive05M30.22 Al. Oxide, 320x* $4.10 $3.65 backed abrasive (available in 80x to 1200x 05M30.23 Al. Oxide, 500x $4.10 $3.65 grits). The system includes two platters and four 05M30.24 Al. Oxide, 1200x* $4.10 $3.65 discs: 80x and 150x for the thick platter, 320x * Discs included with sharpening system.

position and can be rotated out of the way after E. Veritas Skew-Grinding Jig It is nearly impossible to nd a bench grinder locking. You can easily move it from one To prevent digs when using skews in turning, with a tool rest that is solid and square. The grinder to another or quickly remove it from this jig allows you to grind a slight radius rather Veritas grinder tool rest mounts in front of 6 or the bench. Accurately machined, anodized than a straight 20 8 utility bench grinders and many belt sanders/ aluminum construction. Completely compatible skew. It ts on just grinders and can be readily folded out of the way with the Veritas grinding jig and skew-grinding about any grinder; just Regular Radiused skew skew for freehand grinding. jig. Includes an angle-setting gauge to set the drill a 1/4 hole in the The 4 wide table straddles wheels up to 1 table to the common bevel angles of 20, 25, tool rest (if required) to hold the base pin. The wide. It is grooved for sliding jigs and center 30 and 35. radius of the grind is determined by the amount drilled for rotating jigs. The slotted arms allow a the skew projects from the jig. After grinding one 05M23.01 Veritas Grinder Tool Rest $49.50 wide range of angular and height adjustments. D. Veritas Grinding Jig side, ip the skew to the other side of the jig and Spring-loaded gyratory handles lock it solidly in repeat. The skew is clamped in position, leaving This grinding jig works with any power or hand both hands free to regulate grinding pressure and grinder that has a tool rest. Put a tool in the jig, travel across the wheel. The pin is steel; otherslide it against the alignment pin and one C wise, the jig is brass and anodized aluminum. clamping thumbscrew to square it, adjust the 05N13.01 Veritas Skew-Grinding Jig $29.50 blade projection for bevel angle, and tighten in place. Slide the jig back and forth across the F. Drill Grinding Guide tool rest and stone face to sharpen the tool. This bench-mounted drill grinding guide is used Nylon washers on the brass clamping bolts with an electric bench grinder. Twist drills (1/8 prevent galling; other parts are made from hard to 3/4 dia.) can anodized be sharpened on 30 30 90 aluminum. 90 the side of the High-friction grinding stone. It pads ensure Anglewill grind all setting solid angles, providing gauge clamping edge relief as it without grinds on an arc. Alignment pin inadvertent Complete misalignment. The jig ts in the slot of the Veritas instructions are grinder tool rest; the riding ledges adapt it to other included. F tool rests. D Grinding Guide 05M06.01 Veritas Grinding Jig $24.50 93K70.01 $17.50 Chisel and blade Veritas Basic Grinding Set not included. Our grinder tool rest and our grinding jig can E be bought at a saving of $5.00 when ordered To order call as a set. 1-800-871-8158 05D13.02 Basic Grinding Set $69.00
98 Sharpening

0.25 carat diamond

B
Bronze tip Shaft

B
D. Cool Grinding Wheels

A. Diamond Bar Wheel Dresser

Any grinding wheel benets from periodic dressing to ensure it runs true or to restore its cutting ability after it has become glazed. With a 1/2 wide by 13/4 long head, this inexpensive but effective dresser provides a broad registration surface to ensure a flat wheel face. The 36-grit diamond abrasive works quickly, yet leaves a smooth nish because of its dense pattern. Measures 45/8 long with a 1/2 diameter knurled aluminum handle. 70M50.03 Diamond Bar Wheel Dresser $8.60
B. Diamond Point Wheel Dresser

Used for truing or shaping grinding wheels, this dresser has a DeBeers 0.25 carat industrial diamond set in a bronze tip. The 1/2 diameter shaft is 61/2 long. A very durable dresser that can be used to true hundreds of wheels. It can be used free hand for shaping a wheel, but is best used in a grinding jig. 25M01.01 0.25 Carat Wheel Dresser $21.50

C. Oneway Balancing System

Virtually all grinding wheels are press formed and only approximately balanced, ours included. F. Veritas Felt Wheel for Carving Tools Always rotate wheel H. Felt Wheels away from To achieve consistent bevels on tools, a vibrationThis felt wheel has the right shape for honing the One of the nest edges you tool being free wheel is a godsend. Suitable for wheels with inside of gouges and parting tools. As it is extra can get on any tool is with a buffed. 1 or 11/4 arbor holes, this simple jig comes hard, it will also hold that shape. It is particularly strop or a felt bufng wheel. with everything you need to balance two grinding handy with tools too small for easy honing with A hard felt wheel dressed wheels*. The system includes a dual-bearing a slip stone. The side of the wheel can be used for with our blade honing balancing stand and two mounting anges, plus out-cannel honing or for at blades of all types. compound creates an edge that is comparable to all the hardware needed to correct imbalance. The center hollow is ideal for high-sweep most razor blades. A medium felt wheel is still Once balanced, rebalancing is not required for gouges. 57/8 in diameter, 7/8 thick, 5/8 hole very rm, but is more suitable for carving tools the life of the wheels. Available for grinders with with 1/2 bushing. Maximum 3600 rpm. where controlled bevel rounding is desirable to 1/2, 5/8 and 3/4 shafts with minimum spindle 08M42.03 Shaped Felt Wheel $59.50 give edge strength. A narrow, medium felt wheel lengths of 23/16, 21/4 and 23/8 respectively. is best for the inside of carving gouges. All our felt Instructions included. Check spindle size care- G. Veritas Blade Honing Compound wheels are bored for 5/8 diameter arbors, but a This honing compound is a blend of both chro1/2 bushing is provided. Maximum 3600 rpm. fully before ordering. mium and aluminum oxide to give the best 66B04.24 Balancing System, 1/2 shaft $69.50 08M40.01 Med. Felt Wheel, 61/2* $18.90 combination of cutting speed and ne nish. It 66B04.25 Balancing System, 5/8 shaft $69.50 08M40.03 Med. Felt Wheel, 63/4* $27.90 cuts quickly but leaves a mirror finish. The 66B04.26 Balancing System, 3/4 shaft $69.50 08M40.05 Med. Felt Wheel, 61* $32.90 average size of scratch pattern it leaves behind is * An additional washer kit is required for use with 08M41.03 Hard Felt Wheel, 63/4* $31.90 0.5 microns or .00002 inches. Used with a felt Baldor grinders. Please contact our Customer Service 08M41.05 Hard Felt Wheel, 61* $37.90 wheel or leather belt for power honing or with a Department for more information. * Nominal Imperial sizes are given for easier referleather strop for hand honing. ence. Actual diameters are 150mm (57/8) and widths 05M08.01 Honing Compound, 6 oz $11.95 are 13mm (33/64), 20mm (25/32), and 25mm (63/64). C H F F

These soft bond, open structure wheels cut quickly but are far cooler than regular grinding wheels. There is no reason to ever "blue" a tool again. 80x is best for the broad range of chisels and plane blades. 120x is for ner grinding. Custom made by Norton for Lee Valley. The 6 is bushed for 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 and 1 shafts, the 8 for 5/8, 3/4 and 1. Note: The 8 wheel should only be used on grinders that are designed for this size of wheel and require no modications to the grinder to t the wheel. 08M18.02 80x Wheel, 63/4 $31.50 08M18.01 80x Wheel, 61 $37.50 08M19.01 80x Wheel, 81 $48.50 08M21.01 120x Wheel, 63/4 $31.50 08M21.02 120x Wheel, 61 $37.50 08M21.03 120x Wheel, 81 $48.50 E. Norton 3X Grinding Wheels These are designed for tough grinding jobs, such as reshaping turning tools, grinding hard alloys, heavy material removal in tool-making and

restoration, or sharpening small or rounded tools that could hollow softer wheels. They have a hard grade-K bond, yet run cooler than standard wheels because the ceramic alumina abrasive micro-fractures to expose fresh cutting edges, reducing friction. The wheels do not wear quickly, so require truing less often. Two grits are available: 46x for heavy stock removal and a general-purpose 80x. The 6 and 8 wheels have 1 arbor holes; the 6 has four bushings (for 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, and 7/8 shafts); the 8 has three bushings (for 5/8, 3/4, and 7/8 shafts). Maximum rpm is 5410 for the 6 wheels and 3600 for the 8. Note: The 8 wheel should be used only on grinders that are designed for 8 wheels, with no modication to the grinder. 08M22.01 46x 3X Wheel, 63/4 $39.50 08M22.02 46x 3X Wheel, 61 $45.50 08M22.03 46x 3X Wheel, 81 $51.50 08M23.01 80x 3X Wheel, 63/4 $39.50 08M23.02 80x 3X Wheel, 61 $45.50 08M23.03 80x 3X Wheel, 81 $51.50

C
Grinding wheels not included.

G
Sharpening 99

A. Sander/Grinder

Motor not included.

This 1 belt sander is an excellent sharpening center as well as a handy sander. It removes steel quickly and coolly. It can be used for freehand grinding of a range of tools and is ideal for carving and lathe tools. It does a superb job on kitchen knives. The 461/2 tool rest has a groove to accept sliding jigs. An excellent attachment for sharpening jointer and planer blades up to 6 long is available separately. The sander will house a motor (not included) with a base up to 7 wide by 73/4 long and a 1/2 shaft. A minimum 1/8 hp motor (counterclockwise rotation) is recommended. One 142 sanding belt is included (see below for our selection of 42 belts). For sharpening, we offer a set of our specialized belts for hand-tool grinding and nal honing a 120x blue zirconia belt and a 15 micron (1000x) silicon carbide belt. 68Z75.01 Sander/Grinder $89.00 B. Planer Blade Attachment 68Z75.03 $51.50 C. Sharpening Belts (2) 68Z75.05 $ 7.50

E
Belt to motor

F
Grinding wheel

Double-Ended Mandrels These are good-quality mandrels suitable for numerous shop applications, including use with grinding and bufng wheels for sharpening and polishing. The shaft is threaded on both work ends with 1/2-20 RH and LH thread. The shaft is 12 long. The basic mandrel is furnished with two low-friction bronze-bushing pillow blocks, two locking shaft collars, two hex nuts, one 2 V-drive pulley, and four 15/8 diameter machined anges. The deluxe mandrel substitutes heavy-duty sealed and lubricated ball-bearing blocks. (Belt and felt wheel not included.) D. 68K01.01 Basic Double Mandrel $29.80 E. 68K01.02 Deluxe Double Mandrel $47.50 F. Shaft Adapters These shaft adapters can be used directly on an unthreaded 1/2 or 5/8 arbor. Each adapter has a shaft with 1/2-20 RH threads, and comes with two washers and a retaining nut for holding wheels. 68K02.02 1/2 Shaft Adapter $5.95 68K02.03 5/8 Shaft Adapter $5.95
L. 3M Trizact Sharpening Belts

Honing & Sharpening Belts

G. 3M 15 Micron Silicon Carbide Belts

J. Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts

These belts have electrostatically oriented particles (on a mylar backing) that cut quickly, but leave a near mirror nish. The belts become ner in use as the silicon carbide particles are reduced in size through fracturing. Very controllable, they are ideal for carving tools, but are equally usable on straightedged tools like chisels. 15 micron is the equivalent of 1000x in Japanese water stones. 1+ 5+ 54K98.02 15 SiC Belt, 130 $4.20 $3.75 54K98.01 15 SiC Belt, 142 $5.30 $4.75

Our aluminum oxide belts are all semi-open coat with resin-resin bond and X-weight cloth suitable for general sanding. Price per belt 130 Belt Grit 1+ 10+ 30+ 68Z130.08 80x $2.10 $1.80 $1.60 68Z130.12 120x $2.10 $1.80 $1.60 68Z130.15 150x $2.10 $1.80 $1.60 68Z130.22 220x $2.10 $1.80 $1.60 68Z130.32 320x $2.10 $1.80 $1.60
142 Belt Grit 1+ 10+ 30+

H. 3M Aluminum Oxide Sharpening Belts

Ideal for use with hardened tool steels, these belts are especially suited to knife sharpening. Their bonded coating differs from the slurry coating found on most sheet or belt abrasives. Made with electrostatically K. Blue Zirconia Sharpening Belts oriented particles bonded to the mylar backing in a Zirconia belts are a combination of aluminum heat-set resin, they are durable and leave a consistent oxide and zirconium oxide, extremely hard, long nish. Depending on the amount of shaping required, lasting, and very resistant to particle dulling. optimal performance is obtained when several Designed to grind hardened steels of all kinds, successively ner grades are used. The 1200x belt is including stainless, the 40x is used for major suitable for nal honing in most applications. stock removal (e.g., lawnmower blades), while 130 Belt Grit 1+ 5+ the 80x and 120x are for hand-tool blades. 05M30.30 180x $4.40 $3.95 130 Belt Grit 1+ 5+ 05M30.31 320x $4.40 $3.95 68Z230.04 40x $3.30 $2.95 05M30.32 500x $4.40 $3.95 68Z230.08 80x $3.30 $2.95 05M30.33 1200x $4.40 $3.95 68Z230.12 120x $3.30 $2.95
142 Belt Grit 1+ 5+

68Z142.08 68Z142.12 68Z142.15 68Z142.22 68Z142.32

80x 120x 150x 220x 320x

$2.90 $2.90 $2.90 $2.90 $2.90

$2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50

$2.20 $2.20 $2.20 $2.20 $2.20

54K98.10 54K98.11 54K98.12 54K98.13 G H

180x 320x 500x 1200x J

$5.00 $5.00 $5.00 $5.00

$4.50 $4.50 $4.50 $4.50 K

142 Belt

Grit

1+

5+

68Z242.04 68Z242.08 68Z242.12 L

40x 80x 120x

$4.00 $3.60 $4.00 $3.60 $4.00 $3.60 M. Leather Honing Belts Use these lap-joint leather belts on your belt M sander to hone chisels, plane blades and carving tools to a mirror nish. Available in 130 and 142 sizes to t many disc/belt sanders. We recommend our blade honing compound (see page 99) for use with these belts. 68Z80.01 Leather Belt, 130 $21.50 68Z80.02 Leather Belt, 142 $24.50

These are not your typical aluminum oxide belts. The grit particles are stacked in multiple layers forming uniform rows of tiny pyramidal structures that are designed to shed grit evenly, constantly exposing fresh layers of sharp particles as wear occurs. Not only does this let the belts cut quickly and produce a consistent nish, but they signicantly outlast standard belts, remaining Close-up of grit particles effective longer, since the particles do not become rounded in use. Resinbonded to a heavy X-weight cloth backing, the abrasive has a low-friction coating to minimize heat build-up. The 1 wide belts are available in 30 and 42 sizes in ve grits, from 240x (80) for aggressive material removal, through successively ner grits for polishing, up to an ultra-ne 2000x (6). Made in USA. 1+ 5+ 54K98.50 130, 80/240x $6.95 $6.25 54K98.51 130, 45/400x $6.95 $6.25 54K98.52 130, 30/800x $6.95 $6.25 54K98.53 130, 16/1400x $6.95 $6.25 54K98.54 130, 6/2000x $6.95 $6.25 54K98.60 142, 80/240x $7.90 $7.10 54K98.61 142, 45/400x $7.90 $7.10 54K98.62 142, 30/800x $7.90 $7.10 54K98.63 142, 16/1400x $7.90 $7.10 54K98.64 142, 6/2000x $7.90 $7.10

100 Sharpening

A. Italian Needle Files

These fine-cut needle files are ideal for jobs where delicacy is required, such as sharpening saw tooth bits, shaping beading tool blades, and touching up marking gauge points. The set of six in a plastic wallet includes rectangular, tapered triangle, half-round, round, triangular and square shapes. Files are 51/2 long overall. 51W03.01 Needle Files, set of 6 $56.50
B. Nicholson Handsaw Files

regular dozuki and the very ne teeth in our profes- F. Garden Tools File sional dozuki, a 75mm (3) le is best. A safe-cut A mill le is ideal for sharpening axes and many C. Nicholson Auger Bit File le is recommended for those who have not sharpgardening tools, such as shovels and hoes. This There is no le more versatile than this one. With ened Japanese saws before. Depending upon the Nicholson mill le is double cut on one side for safe edges and a cut face on one end and the intensity of use, sharpening once per year should be fast stock removal and single cut on the other for reverse on the other, it is useful for much more adequate. (For our 6 file handle, #73W01.04, smoothing the nal edge. For sharpening axes, than auger bits. It is ideal for brad-point drills, which ts these les, see page 199.) use the single-cut side and follow up with an oil multi-spurs, shell augers, and any fine work stone. Garden tools need only a well-formed 60W03.01 Full-Cut 100mm File $16.40 where you want controlled cutting of only one edge, not a honed edge, and can easily be sharp60W03.02 Safe-Cut 100mm File $16.40 surface. You can work in restricted openings ened in a few minutes. About 111/2 long overall 60W03.03 Full-Cut 75mm File $14.20 without causing accidental damage (as you would with 71/2 of cutting surface. The integral handle 60W03.04 Safe-Cut 75mm File $14.20 with a le cut on all surfaces). If you could have has a hole for hanging. E. Nicholson Mill Bastard Files only two les in the shop, this one and a good mill 62W16.10 Mill File $9.90 These single-cut at les are particularly useful for le would be your top choices. 7 long. removing nicks or shaping blades on drawknives, 62W08.01 Auger Bit File $11.90 hatchets, and axes. They are also the best les for See page 199 for draw-ling cabinet scrapers. Bastard (coarse) cut. D. Japanese Saw Feather-Edge Files our self-threading 62W16.01 6 Mill File $6.00 Japanese saws require special feather-edge les for le handles. 62W16.02 8 Mill File $6.80 sharpening. For the ryoba, azebiki, anahiki and 62W16.03 10 Mill File $8.90 pruning saws, a 100mm (4) le is required. For the
G. Handsaw Sharpener

These single-cut les are graded according to the teeth per inch (tpi) of the saws to be sharpened. Made in USA or Mexico. 62W12.02 7 Extra Slim (8 tpi) $6.50 62W12.03 6 Extra Slim (10 tpi) $5.40 62W12.04 6 Dbl. Extra Slim (12 tpi) $5.40 62W12.05 4 Extra Slim (15 tpi) $5.20 62W12.06 4 Dbl. Extra Slim (22 tpi) $5.30

A B C

This is an extremely well-designed jig, with its own integral le to allow you to resharpen the teeth on any Western crosscut or rip saw up to 12 tpi. Supplied with a detailed set of instructions that even takes into account the differences in usage between right- and left-handed craftsmen. This tool is easy to use and handy for maintenance of your handsaws. 02K08.01 Handsaw Sharpener $47.50

Saw Set After sharpening, your rejuvenated handsaws should be reset to ensure the teeth cut evenly. This saw set easily tackles this tricky job. L. Deluxe Chain-Saw Sharpener Adjustable for Western-style tooth patterns, the This is an easy-to-use, well-calibrated sharpcorrect set is obtained simply by squeezing the ener that takes the guesswork out of sharpening handles together. The ne-tooth model has a and keeps your saw working at peak perfor1/16 wide plunger (much narrower than most) mance. The metal jig clamps to the bar and that works well on ne teeth from 12 to 26 tpi. calibrated adjustments set the filing and tilt The coarse-tooth model has a wider plunger with angles for cutters, as well as the height for depth a greater amount of travel for use on coarser gauge jointing. A pawl mechanism ensures that teeth (from 4 to 12 tpi). all teeth are identically led. A well-designed H. 60K02.01 Saw Set, Fine $24.50 and manufactured jig, it will accept 6 and 8 J. 60K02.02 Saw Set, Coarse $24.50 round les (not included) up to 1/4 in diameter. Files (top-quality Nicholson) are available K. Chain-Saw Burrs separately. Check your saw manual for le size Nothing improves the function of a chain saw before ordering. as much as regular tooth sharpening. Frequent 75U03.30 Chain-Saw Sharpener $36.50 touch-ups are far better than massive material M. 62W13.11 5/32 Chain-Saw File $ 1.80 removal. These diamond burrs make the 62W13.12 3/16 Chain-Saw File $ 1.80 process easy. Sized specically to t standard 62W13.13 7/32 Chain-Saw File $ 1.80 tooth congurations, the electroplated burrs are available with 5/32, 3/16 or 7/32 diameter Visit us at www.leevalley.com heads. For use in a Dremel tool or a hand drill,

they are also useful for smoothing sharp edges of glass, ceramics or metal. In single size packs of three or, if you have more than one chain saw or are unsure of the chain saws tooth size, we also offer a set of three containing one of each size. Burrs are 13/4 long overall with 1/8 diameter shanks. Maximum 24,000 rpm. An effective alternative to the traditional chainsaw le. 77J81.11 5/32 Burrs, pkg. of 3 $5.95 77J81.12 3/16 Burrs, pkg. of 3 $5.95 77J81.13 7/32 Burrs, pkg. of 3 $5.95 77J81.10 Set of 3 Burrs (5/32, 3/16, 7/32) $5.95

5/32

Shown actual size.

3/16

7/32

101

DRILLING

Forstner/Saw Tooth Bits Individual Sizes

Decorative edge work

Forstner bit
Pocket holes

Saw tooth bit

Size
1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 13/16 7/8 15/16

Counterbored screws

Flat-bottomed holes

Product # 06J71.04 06J71.05 06J71.06 06J71.07 06J71.08 06J71.09 06J71.10 06J71.11 06J71.12 06J71.13 06J71.14 06J71.15 06J71.16 06J71.17 06J71.18 06J71.19 06J71.20 06J71.21 06J71.22 06J71.23 06J71.24 06J71.25 06J71.26 06J71.27 06J71.28 06J71.29 06J71.30 06J71.31 06J71.32 06J71.33 06J71.34 06J71.35 06J71.36 06J71.37 06J71.38 06J71.39 06J71.40 06J71.41 06J71.42 06J71.43 06J71.44 06J71.45 06J71.46 06J71.47 06J71.48 06J71.50 06J71.52 06J71.54 06J71.56 06J71.58 06J71.60 06J71.62 06J71.64 Sets 06J81.07 06J80.07 06J80.06 06J80.13 06J80.16

Description Forstner Forstner Forstner Forstner Forstner Forstner Forstner Forstner Forstner Forstner Forstner Forstner Forstner Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth Saw Tooth

Sets

1 11/16 11/8 13/16 11/4 15/16 13/8 17/16 11/2 19/16 15/8 111/16 13/4 113/16 17/8 115/16 2 21/16 21/8 23/16 21/4 25/16 23/8 27/16 21/2 29/16 25/8 211/16 23/4 213/16 27/8 215/16 3 31/8 31/4 33/8 31/2 35/8 33/4 37/8 4 Set of 7 Box of 7 Set of 6 Box of 13 Box of 16 Box of 29 10mm 12mm 13mm 14mm 15mm 16mm 20mm 25mm 26mm 30mm 35mm

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

Price 7.10 7.10 7.60 8.00 8.20 8.60 9.10 9.50 9.80 10.50 10.70 11.00 11.20 11.70 12.20 12.80 13.00 13.30 13.60 14.40 14.80 15.00 15.30 15.50 15.80 16.90 17.50 18.00 18.60 19.70 21.30 22.90 25.30 26.50 28.30 29.40 31.20 32.00 33.50 34.60 36.10 36.80 38.10 38.30 40.70 40.80 42.60 45.30 48.20 51.40 53.90 56.20 58.30

Mortises

Lee Valley Design Features FORSTNER Made exactly to our specications, these bits took over SAW TOOTH END VIEWS TOOTH PROFILE a year to develop and rene. The great advantage of Traditional Lee Valley Rim is 0.005 to grind makes eam-cut 0.010 proud of the high-speed steel (HSS) bits is that heat build-up will a tearing cut. teeth make a chipping bevel to not soften them, as will happen with carbon steel. Bits shearing cut. ensure clean entry larger than 1 in diameter have 1/2 hex shanks. Bits up and a smooth cut. Center brad to 1 in diameter are forstner pattern and have 3/8 round shanks. The rim on the forstners is proud of the chippers by Center brad only 0.005 to 0.010, reducing rim heat. The saw tooth styles are true saw tooths, not forstner bits with Forstner-pattern bits are used wherever edgeholding ability is needed, such as in the overlapping rim notches. The teeth have a skewed shear-cut holes of a mortise. The razor rim allows the bit to design to prevent ber pull and to give clean holes. hold perfectly, even if the brad point is over a void. Both styles have slightly sloped chipping bevels so Since the rim is several thousandths of an inch that bits ride a shallow cone of wood to keep them higher than the chippers, the bit enters cleanly and boring straight. Center brads can then be shorter, the double chip channels clear well. The bit gives a increasing bit versatility in thin material. As a last cleanly cut, at-bottomed hole ideal for plugging. touch, bits have been nished with extra-ne grinding A primary use for this bit in the woodworking wheels to reduce friction. industry is to drill out knots for later plugging. Overall length is 31/2 for bits up to 1, 5 for bits Saw tooth bits (usually over 1 in diameter) are primarily for use in a drill press. They are most from 11/16 to 2, and 61/2 for bits over 2. These are useful for boring smooth, clean holes in all wood the best value we have in bits. Available individually varieties at any angle. The double chip channels are or in various sets. less subject to rim heat than forstners and are easier Set of 7 Forstner Bits in 8ths to sharpen. Although their edge-holding ability in 1 3 Our most popular set of bits. It includes sizes /4, /8, overlapped holes is slightly less than forstners, the 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 7/8 and 1. Also available with a wooden difference is negligible in drill-press use. box for storage. 06J81.07 Set of 7 HSS Forstners $ 51.00 A. Center-Finding Pin There are many times when you want to mark 06J80.07 Box of 7 HSS Forstners $ 57.00 a center point before you start to drill or rout, Set of 6 Forstners in 16ths particularly when using larger, harder-toThis set of six includes sizes 5/16, 7/16, 9/16, 11/16, center bits. Chuck this alignment pin into your 13/16 and 15/16. drill press or router, mark the center point, and 06J80.06 Set of 6 HSS Forstners $ 44.00 you are all set. Case hardened and zinc plated, the double-pointed pin is 1/4 in diameter on Set of 13 Forstners in 16ths one end and 1/2 on the other. 3 long. A set of 13 sizes from 1/4 to 1 by 16ths. Wooden box 50J50.01 Center-Finding Pin $5.95 included. 06J80.13 Box of 13 HSS Forstners $ 92.00 Set of 16 Saw Tooths in 8ths This boxed set includes 16 sizes from 11/8 to 3 by 8ths. 06J80.16 Box of 16 HSS Saw Tooths $295.00 Set of 29 Bits This boxed set of 29 bits includes our set of 13 forstners (1/4 to 1 by 16ths) and our set of 16 saw tooths (11/8 to 3 by 8ths). 06J80.29 Box of 29 HSS Bits + $369.00
Throughout this section, symbols (, , , , , , *) are used to indicate which items are components of sets. 102 Drilling

HSS Forstner/Saw Tooth Bits

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

Forstner Forstner Forstner Forstner Saw Tooth Saw Tooth 06J80.29 & Forstner Metric Sizes 06J72.10 Forstner 06J72.12 Forstner 06J72.13 Forstner 06J72.14 Forstner 06J72.15 Forstner 06J72.16 Forstner 06J72.20 Forstner 06J72.25 Forstner 06J72.26 Forstner 06J72.30 Saw Tooth 06J72.35 Saw Tooth

$ 51.00 $ 57.00 $ 44.00 $ 92.00 $295.00 $369.00 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 8.40 8.60 8.70 8.80 9.00 9.50 10.90 11.20 11.90 13.10 14.30

Shank Dia. 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2

A. Maxi-Cut Forstner Bits

Designed to cut quickly with minimal friction and heat build-up, these innovative M2 high-speed steel bits have two scoring spurs to limit contact with the wood, and the sides are slightly relieved so only the leading edge touches the wall of the hole. Chip-breaking grooves machined in the cutting bevels eliminate clogging by splintering waste into small chips that are readily ejected. Available individually and in a boxed set of ve sizes from 1/2 to 1 in 1/8 increments. We offer three specialized sizes for making peppermills: the 11/16 is the standard for the central bore; the 15/16 and 40mm bits are for our ceramic mechanisms. We also carry three lengths of bit extender. All forstners and bit extenders have lobed shanks to interlock and prevent slippage in the chuck; a simple insert-and-twist action holds securely yet allows quick changes. The lobed shanks also interlock with the three sizes of Morse taper adapters we offer, allowing you to mount any of the bits and extenders directly in a lathe. Patented. Made in Germany.
33J04.08 33J04.10 33J04.12 33J04.14 33J04.15 33J04.16 33J04.40 33J04.17 33J04.20 33J04.24 33J04.28
1/2 5/8

Scoring spur Relieved sides

Cutting bevel with chip-breaking grooves

B C D
F. Single-Flute Auger Bits

Forstner* $ 26.50 33J04.32 2 Forstner $43.40 Forstner* $ 27.20 B. 33J05.40 40mm Forstner $39.80 3/4 Forstner* $ 28.40 C. 33J04.43 90mm Extender $26.00 7/8 Forstner* $ 29.40 33J04.45 150mm Extender $31.00 15/16 Forstner $ 31.20 33J04.47 270mm Extender $34.60 1 Forstner* $ 32.00 D. 33J04.51 #1 MT Adapter $38.80 Boxed Set of 5* $119.00 33J04.52 #2 MT Adapter $42.40 11/16 Forstner $ 33.00 33J04.53 #3 MT Adapter $50.00 11/4 Forstner $ 34.80 11/2 Forstner $ 36.50 To order call 1-800-871-8158 13/4 Forstner $ 40.80

E. Carbide-Tipped Dowel, Plug & Tenon Cutters

For straight plugging operations, nothing works better in the 1/4 to 1/2 sizes than our carbon steel Snug Plug cutters (page 106), but for larger plugs or for cutting tenons, these are the best you can get. Not only are they made to very tight tolerances and will therefore cut accuCarbide tipped rate tenons and plugs, but we spent nearly two years in a design and test process to get the cleanest possible nish and the least heat build-up while cutting. With carbide tips on the cutting spurs and rakers, they excel in hardwoods or heavy use. The convenience of being able to cut tenons and plugs up to 3 in diameter makes these bits indispensable. Plugs 1 long or shorter automatically side eject. Total available depth of cut is 2. Cutters up to 1 in diameter have 1/2 round shanks, and above 1, 1/2 hex. For use only in a drill press. The set of six comes in a box. Patented.
Dowel/Plug Cutters 06J30.06 06J30.08 06J30.10 06J30.12 06J30.14 06J30.16 06J30.18 06J30.20 06J30.22 06J30.24 06J30.26 06J30.28 Size
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

These high-carbon steel bits are accurately ground and have excellent chip-carrying capacity. Meant to be used at low speeds, they have a well-formed lead screw, a single scoring spur, and hexagonal shanks (bits 3/4 and larger require a 1/2 chuck). Intended for use on softwoods or green hardwoods; use with dry hardwood will eventually burn the scoring spur. Sizes under 3/8 must be used with care as the generous ute size makes the small bits inherently weaker. Good bits at a very good price, they will serve you well if treated reasonably. Available in 1/16 increments from 1/4 to 11/2. Length given is overall bit length. Sets include a wooden box.
Description HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit HCS Auger Bit Product # 06J40.04 06J40.05 06J40.06 06J40.07 06J40.08 06J40.09 06J40.10 06J40.11 06J40.12 06J40.13 06J40.14 06J40.15 06J40.16 06J40.17 06J40.18 06J40.19 06J40.20 06J40.21 06J40.22 06J40.23 06J40.24 06J40.01 9 Long Dia. 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 13/16 7/8 15/16 1 11/16 11/8 13/16 11/4 15/16 13/8 17/16 11/2 Set of 7 Price $ 7.80 $ 8.50 $ 8.90 $ 9.40 $10.10 $11.10 $11.90 $13.00 $14.20 $15.60 $16.80 $19.10 $21.10 $23.80 $27.20 $31.10 $35.60 $38.20 $40.70 $45.30 $49.80 $85.00 Product # 06J42.04 06J42.05 06J42.06 06J42.07 06J42.08 06J42.09 06J42.10 06J42.11 06J42.12 06J42.13 06J42.14 06J42.15 06J42.16 06J42.17 06J42.18 06J42.19 06J42.20 06J42.21 06J42.22 06J42.23 06J42.24 06J42.01 18 Long Dia. 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 13/16 7/8 15/16 1 11/16 11/8 13/16 11/4 15/16 13/8 17/16 11/2 Set of 7 Price $ 10.10 $ 11.40 $ 12.20 $ 12.90 $ 15.40 $ 17.60 $ 20.10 $ 22.70 $ 25.30 $ 27.90 $ 30.40 $ 33.50 $ 35.70 $ 38.30 $ 40.60 $ 45.20 $ 49.90 $ 55.10 $ 59.90 $ 63.30 $ 66.70 $142.00

Sets

Price $15.80 $16.50 $18.00 $19.60 $21.30 $22.40 $25.40 $26.50 $28.00 $29.40 $31.40 $32.40

1 11/8 11/4 13/8 11/2 15/8 13/4

Dowel/Plug Size Sets Cutters 7 06J30.30 1 /8 06J30.32 2 06J30.34 21/8 06J30.36 21/4 06J30.38 23/8 06J30.40 21/2 06J30.42 25/8 06J30.44 23/4 06J30.46 27/8 06J30.48 3 06J31.04 Set of 4 06J32.06 Box of 6

Price $34.30 $35.20 $37.00 $38.20 $39.70 $40.60 $41.60 $42.80 $44.20 $46.50 $64.00 $99.00

Drilling 103

Our bits score perimeter before chipping edge begins wood removal.

Normal lip tears on entry.

Regular length

B
Jobber length

B. Boxed HSS Brad-Point Drill Sets

Our top-of-the-line lipped brad-point drills are available in steel index boxes. Both sets are in 64th increments; the set of 12 covers all clearance and tap holes for screw sizes #2 to #16. 07J01.12 Set of 12 (5/64 to 1/4) $ 45.00 07J01.28 Set of 28 (5/64 to 1/2) $179.00 Individual Sizes of HSS Brad Points
07J02.05 07J02.06 07J02.07 07J02.08 07J02.09 07J02.10 07J02.11 07J02.12 07J02.13 07J02.14 07J02.15 07J02.16 07J02.17 07J02.18 07J02.19 07J02.20 07J02.21 07J02.22 07J02.23
5/64 3/32 7/64 1/8 9/64 5/32 11/64 3/16 13/64 7/32 15/64 1/4 17/64 9/32 19/64 5/16 21/64 11/32 23/64

A
A. HSS Lipped Brad-Point Drills

These are the best brad-point drills we have ever offered for sale. Starting with a top-of-the-line American-made twist drill, we reshape and sharpen the tips on a state-of-the-art Swiss CNC grinder. Made from high-speed steel, the bits are not subject to burning, and stay sharp about 10 times as long as carbon-steel bits. The polished utes give superior chip clearance, and the sharply dened lips have a slight negative rake angle on the lip tips to score the hole perimeter for clean entry and smooth sidewalls. Equally important, the diameters of these bits conform to exacting standards of accuracy. Bits from 5/64 to 3/8 and all metric bits are shanked to size. Bits from 25/64 to 1/2 have 3/8

dia. shanks and bits from 33/64 to 1 have 1/2 dia. shanks. All are jobber length bits, with overall lengths varying from 2 with 1 of uting for the 5/64 bit to 6 with 33/4 of uting for the 1/2 bit. All bits over 1/2 are 6 with 3 of uting. The most popular set of seven sizes (1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16 and 1/2) comes in a vinyl pouch. 07J01.03 Set of 3 (1/4, 3/8, 1/2) $ 31.50 07J01.07 Set of 7 (1/8 to 1/2) $ 54.50 07J01.04 Set of 4 (5/8 to 1) $134.00
Throughout this section, symbols (, , , , , , *) are used to indicate which items are components of sets.

$ 3.40 $ 3.50 $ 3.50 $ 3.60 $ 3.80 $ 3.90 $ 4.00 $ 4.40 $ 4.70 $ 4.90 $ 5.00 $ 5.70 $ 6.80 $ 7.20 $ 7.60 $ 8.00 $ 8.40 $ 9.20 $10.30

07J02.24 07J02.25 07J02.26 07J02.27 07J02.28 07J02.29 07J02.30 07J02.31 07J02.32 07J02.33 07J02.35 07J02.36 07J02.40 07J02.44 07J02.48 07J02.52 07J02.56 07J02.60 07J02.64

3/8 25/64 13/32 27/64

7/16 29/64 15/32 31/64 1/2 33/64 35/64 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 13/16 7/8 15/16

$10.70 $11.50 $12.30 $12.80 $14.30 $14.60 $15.30 $15.70 $18.30 $19.40 $21.90 $22.80 $25.40 $27.20 $30.80 $33.40 $36.80 $41.50 $48.80

Metric Sizes of HSS Brad Points

07J16.03 07J16.04 07J16.05 07J16.06 07J16.07 07J16.30 3mm* $4.75 07J16.75 4mm* $5.40 07J16.08 5mm* $6.40 07J16.09 6mm* $7.60 07J16.10 7mm* $9.00 Set of 8 Metric HSS* 7.5mm 8mm* 9mm* 10mm*

$ 9.80 $11.25 $13.45 $14.60 $62.00

HSS Parabolic-Flute Drill Bits Specifically designed for pen-making, these extra-long high-speed steel bits have a patented ve-point tip that cuts quickly and cleanly Central point through the end grain of dense hardwoods, Inside epoxy-stabilized woods, point brittle synthetics (such Outside as acrylic acetate), or point other challenging materials. The central point prevents skating when starting the cut. Four other points score the cut to eliminate breakout when exiting the blank. These Utility Brad-Point Drills These are high-carbon steel bits with standard brad points. They do not enter as cleanly, clear chips as well, or stay sharp as long as our HSS bits. These are suitable for the hobbyist, or where occasional use does not justify the higher cost of a HSS bit. Available in Imperial and metric Imperial Sizes
33J02.02 33J02.03 33J02.04 33J02.05 33J02.06 33J02.07 33J02.32 33J02.30 33J02.34 $2.10 33J02.08 $2.20 33J02.10 1/4 $2.40 33J02.12 5/16 $2.70 33J02.14 3/8 $3.40 33J02.16 7/16 $4.20 Set of 7 (1/8 to 1/2) Set of 4 (5/8 to 1) Set of 11 (1/8 to 1)
1/8 3/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

tips also divide each cutting edge into two distinct bevels, creating narrow shavings that the parabolic utes can clear quickly. All bits are 6 long and shanked to size. Made in Germany. 33J03.01 Parabolic Pen Bit, 7mm $10.00 33J03.02 Parabolic Pen Bit, Letter O $12.60 33J03.03 Parabolic Pen Bit, 11/32 $14.70 33J03.04 Parabolic Pen Bit, 10mm $15.70 33J03.05 Parabolic Pen Bit, Letter V $16.80 33J03.06 Parabolic Pen Bit, 27/64 $20.00 33J03.07 Parabolic Pen Bit, 31/64 $22.60 33J03.08 Parabolic Pen Bit, 33/64 $23.60
Visit us at www.leevalley.com

sizes. Bits have shank sizes of 1/4 for 1/4 to 1/2 bits, 3/8 for 5/8 to 1, 10mm for 10mm to 20mm, and shanked to size for 1/8, 3/16, and all other metric bits. Length increases from 21/2 on the smallest bit to 8 on the largest. Metric Sizes
33J01.03 33J01.04 33J01.05 33J01.06 33J01.07 33J01.08 33J01.09 33J01.10 33J01.41 33J01.45 33J01.51 3mm $2.50 33J01.11 11mm 4mm $2.60 33J01.12 12mm 5mm $2.80 33J01.13 13mm 6mm $2.90 33J01.14 14mm 7mm $3.00 33J01.15 15mm 8mm $3.40 33J01.16 16mm 9mm $4.40 33J01.18 18mm 10mm $5.00 33J01.20 20mm Set of 8 (3mm to 10mm) Set of 8 (11mm to 20mm) Set of 16 (3mm to 20mm) $ 5.60 $ 6.20 $ 7.30 $ 8.40 $ 9.50 $10.50 $13.30 $16.80 $23.50 $68.50 $89.50

$ 5.10 $ 9.50 $16.40 $20.30 $23.50 $20.00 $61.00 $80.00

104 Drilling

Utility

Radius

Lipped

Triumph HSS Twist Drill Sets Really good twist drills are hard to nd. These Replacement Triumph HSS Drills 1+ 5+ are made of high-speed steel (will stay sharp 61J04.04 HSS Drill Bit, 1/16 $1.20 $1.10 much longer) and are extra-long, full jobber 61J04.05 HSS Drill Bit, 5/64 $1.20 $1.10 sized. Used in a drill press or an electric hand A. Carbide-Tipped Lipped Brad-Point Drills 61J04.06 HSS Drill Bit, 3/32 $1.20 $1.10 drill, they are superb for use in all hardwoods These carbide-tipped brad-point drills have 61J04.07 HSS Drill Bit, 7/64 $1.20 $1.10 and metals, except hardened steel. Each set outlining spurs for clean entry. HSS drills stay 61J04.08 HSS Drill Bit, 1/8 $1.30 $1.15 comes racked in a metal case. The 13-piece set sharp up to 10 times longer than carbon steel 61J04.09 HSS Drill Bit, 9/64 $1.40 $1.25 is 1/16 to 1/4 by 64ths. The 15-piece set is 1/16 models; carbide outlasts HSS by another 10:1. 61J04.10 HSS Drill Bit, 5/32 $1.40 $1.25 These are the drills of choice for production to 1/2 by 32nds. The 29-piece set is 1/16 to 1/2 61J04.11 HSS Drill Bit, 11/64 $1.40 $1.25 work where you need a bit that can take continby 64ths. Number sets are also available. Bits 61J04.12 HSS Drill Bit, 3/16 $1.80 $1.60 uous use. As with router bits, a carbide tip in a up to 3/8 are shanked to size; larger bits have 61J04.13 HSS Drill Bit, 13/64 $2.10 $1.90 3/8 shanks. bit quickly repays your initial investment. 61J04.14 HSS Drill Bit, 7/32 $2.20 $2.00 Guaranteed to be within 0.001 of the stated 61J01.01 13-Piece Set $16.50 61J04.15 HSS Drill Bit, 15/64 $2.30 $2.10 diameter. Shanked to size up to 3/8; larger bits 61J02.02 15-Piece Set $49.50 61J04.16 HSS Drill Bit, 1/4 $2.70 $2.45 have 3/8 shanks. B. 61J03.01 29-Piece Set $87.00 61J04.17 HSS Drill Bit, 17/64 $3.20 $2.90 61J04.18 HSS Drill Bit, 9/32 $3.50 $3.15 33J62.02 1/8 $15.50 33J62.06 3/8 $ 24.30 C. 61J03.08 20-Pc. Number Set, #61- #80 $24.00 61J04.19 HSS Drill Bit, 19/64 $3.90 $3.50 33J62.03 3/16 $17.30 33J62.07 7/16 $ 27.20 D. 61J03.07 60-Pc. Number Set, #1- #60 $61.50 61J04.20 HSS Drill Bit, 5/16 $4.10 $3.70 33J62.04 1/4 $19.10 33J62.08 1/2 $ 28.30 Replacement Triumph HSS Drills 61J04.21 HSS Drill Bit, 21/64 $4.60 $4.15 33J62.05 5/16 $21.70 If youre like most people you probably have 61J04.22 HSS Drill Bit, 11/32 $4.80 $4.35 $ 63.00 33J62.20 Set of 3 (1/4, 3/8, 1/2) several sets of twist drills, all missing at least one 61J04.23 HSS Drill Bit, 23/64 $5.30 $4.75 33J62.30 Set of 7 (1/8 to 1/2 in 16ths) $133.00 bit. Now you can replace missing or damaged bits 61J04.24 HSS Drill Bit, 3/8 $5.50 $4.95 with a top-quality replacement bit. These highSame as above, the 5mm and 7mm bits t our 61J04.25 HSS Drill Bit, 25/64 $6.00 $5.40 speed steel bits (full jobber size) can be used in all selection of shelf supports (shown on page 117). 61J04.26 HSS Drill Bit, 13/32 $6.10 $5.50 woods and metals, except hardened steel. Made 33J62.50 Carbide Brad Point, 5mm $17.90 61J04.27 HSS Drill Bit, 27/64 $6.70 $6.00 by Triumph, these are the same high quality as our 33J62.70 Carbide Brad Point, 7mm $19.60 61J04.28 HSS Drill Bit, 7/16 $6.90 $6.20 twist drill sets. Shanked to size. 33J62.80 Carbide Brad Point, 8mm $21.00 1+ 5+ 61J04.29 HSS Drill Bit, 29/64 $7.80 $7.00 61J04.01 HSS Drill Bit, 1/64 $2.20 $2.00 61J04.30 HSS Drill Bit, 15/32 $8.10 $7.30 Hex-Shank Drill Adapters 61J04.02 HSS Drill Bit, 1/32 $1.80 $1.60 61J04.31 HSS Drill Bit, 31/64 $8.80 $7.90 With these adapters you can preserve your 61J04.03 HSS Drill Bit, 3/64 $1.40 $1.25 61J04.32 HSS Drill Bit, 1/2 $9.20 $8.30 investment in expensive drills and countersinks, and have the convenience of quick-change Short Drill Bits harder materials such as dense hardwoods, acrylic hex shanks. You simply insert a regular twist Aside from their obvious utility in confined plastic and unhardened metal, and come in a set of drill and lock it in with the grub screw (hex key spaces, short bits can be easier to position and ve in 3/32, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 and 5/16 sizes. They are included). The sizes below will accept the drills control than standard bits, as well as less prone to good bits at a great price. most commonly used for screw sizes #5 to #9. breakage. Further, they wont amplify chuck E. 61J02.05 Twist Bits, set of 5 $14.50 (Drill not included.) run-out as would a longer bit, reducing the F. 61J02.06 Brad-Point Bits, set of 6 $18.50 potential for an oversize hole. These have 1/4 50J03.21 Drill Adapter, 1/8 (#5) $ 2.60 hex shanks, making them convenient for use with 50J03.22 Drill Adapter, 9/64 (#6) $ 2.60 quick-change chucks on drills and other 1/4 50J03.23 Drill Adapter, 5/32 (#7) $ 2.60 driver adapters, including 50J03.24 Drill Adapter, 11/64 (#8) $ 2.60 extensions. All the bits 50J03.25 Drill Adapter, 3/16 (#9) $ 2.60 are ground M2 high50J03.20 Set of 5 Drill Adapters $12.50 speed steel, and range in length from 1 15/ 16 to E F 25/16 overall. The utility brad-point bits, with central points and outer scoring spurs to help ensure clean entry in wood or UHMW plastic, come as a set of six in 3/32, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 sizes. The twist-style bits, with a lower cutting angle on the tips, are a better choice for
Drill bit not included.

Brad-Point Drills Brad-point drills are basic to good woodworking. Although they look like twist drills at rst glance, there are several design differences. The most signicant difference is the brad point. This point prevents "skating" of the bit, as well as allowing accurate bit positioning. The better brad points have two lips or outlining spurs on the perimeter that score the circumference of the hole before the chipping bevels begin stock removal. This results in very clean holes with negligible ber pull and no tearing of the wood as the bit enters. Utility bradpoint drills have angled chipping bevels with no perimeter spurs. Although they will also drill clean holes, a slight hesitation on entry is desirable for the cleanest hole. This allows the tips of the chipping bevels to fully score the circumference of the hole rst, preventing any woolliness on the surface. All of our brad-point drills are relieved back of the cutting edges to reduce friction. With their clean entry and nearly at-bottomed hole, they are the rst bits that any woodworker should buy.

D A

Drilling 105

#14 #5

A. Drill Bit/Countersink/Counterbore Units

These combination units are specifically designed for woodworkers. The high-speed tapered drill bits are preCountersink cisely ground on a CNC grinder and match the shapes of wood screws so that screw threads grip for the entire length of the screw. Our countersink/counterbore units (unlike most others) are hardened; they are also sharpened after hardening. Used in combination with a stop collar, Counterbore they let you set the unit for a wide range of screw lengths for everything from ush countersinking to a full 1/2 of counterbore. The drills are multi-purpose and will serve the needs of most woodworkers for both hard and soft woods. 23/4 to 4 long overall. For softwood, you should always use a drill one size smaller than the screw calls for. Components can be purchased individually, or in complete units for a specic screw size the unit includes a countersink/counterbore, drill, stop collar, and a hex key. Boxed sets are also available (items G, H and J).

D E F

A. Drill Bit/Countersink/Counterbore Units Screw Size Drill #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #12 #14

Normal
1/8 9/64 5/32 11/64 3/16 13/64 7/32 1/4

D. Plastic Drill Stops

HSS Taper Drill Bit Item # Price 07J05.02 07J06.02 07J07.02 07J08.02 07J09.02 07J10.02 07J12.02 07J14.02 $4.50 $4.70 $4.80 $5.00 $5.20 $5.80 $6.10 $6.80

Countersink/Counterbore Bore Item # Price

3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2

Stop Collar Item # Price 07J04.03 07J04.03 07J04.03 07J04.03 07J04.03 07J04.04 07J04.04 07J04.04 $2.55 $2.55 $2.55 $2.55 $2.55 $2.90 $2.90 $2.90

Complete Unit Item # Price 07J05.10 07J06.10 07J07.10 07J08.10 07J09.10 07J10.10 07J12.10 07J14.10 $15.25 $15.45 $15.55 $15.75 $15.95 $17.50 $17.80 $18.50

07J05.01 07J06.01 07J07.01 07J08.01 07J09.01 07J10.01 07J12.01 07J14.01

$8.20 $8.20 $8.20 $8.20 $8.20 $8.80 $8.80 $8.80

This pair of stops ts all drill bits from 1/16 to 1/2. The smaller one takes bits from 1/16 to 1/4, and the larger takes 1/4 to 1/2 bits. Designed with double-ended collets inside threaded sleeves, they lock in position with a quick twist. 86K65.01 Pair of Drill Stops $6.50 Split collars have several advantages over the standard grub screw type. They dont tilt, there is no grub screw damage to the bit web and, most important, they lock on solidly to prevent slipping. Available as a set of seven in Imperial drill sizes (1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16, and 1/2) or metric (3mm, 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 8mm, 10mm and 12mm). Hex key included. 03J94.01 Set of 7 Collars, Imperial $9.50 03J94.05 Set of 7 Collars, Metric $9.50

E. Split Depth Collars for Drills

Extra-long taper-point

B
B. Extra-Long Taper-Point Drill Bits

Regular Plug Sides are rough because of ber tearing.

Tapered Plug Sides are smooth since they are shaved to size while being cut.

C. Veritas Tapered Snug-Plug Cutters

F. Metric Depth Collars

Craftsmen who regularly use #8 screws longer than 2, or #9 or #10 screws longer than 21/2, should buy extra-long drill bits so that they dont have to remove the countersink/counterbore unit from the drill for extra-depth drilling. These HSS drill bits all about 6 long will handle just about any long screw you will be using. They can be used with our drill bit/countersink/counterbore assemblies. 07J08.20 Taper-Point, 11/64 (#8) $14.50 07J09.20 Taper-Point, 3/16 (#9) $15.20 07J10.20 Taper-Point, 13/64 (#10) $15.70 07J15.23 Set of 3 XL Taper-Point Bits $41.00

Regular plug

Tapered plug

It is always difcult to t plugs perfectly; any slight runout in your drill-press quill can make the holes oversize and the plugs undersize, leading to ill-tting plugs. Snug-Plug cutters are designed to cut slightly tapered plugs; the rst 1/8 of the plug is the stated size (1/4, 5/16, etc.) and then ares out at a 3 included angle. Unlike regular plug cutters, they shave the plug sides as they cut, producing smooth plugs. Just tap a plug into a hole until you meet resistance, then cut off the excess. The plug ts perfectly, with a nearly invisible line between it and the workpiece. These cutters are carefully reamed after hardening to ensure perfect concentricity. 3/8 shanks. Patented. Resharpening instructions included. 05J05.01 Snug-Plug, 1/4* $17.50 05J05.05 Snug-Plug, 5/16 $17.90 05J05.02 Snug-Plug, 3/8* $17.90 05J05.06 Snug-Plug, 7/16 $18.90 05J05.04 Snug-Plug, 1/2* $18.50 05J05.10 Set of 3 Imperial Cutters* $46.50 05J05.11 Set of 5 Imperial Cutters $74.50 05J05.31 Snug-Plug, 6mm $16.90 05J05.33 Snug-Plug, 8mm $17.50 05J05.35 Snug-Plug, 10mm $17.90 05J05.50 Set of 3 Metric Cutters $45.50

Adjustable collars make drilling fast, easy, and accurate. Slip the collar onto the drill bit and tighten the locking set screw to allow you to drill holes to exact depth without guesswork. This metric set of seven steel collars is for 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 and 12mm diameter bits. Can be used on brad-point or twist drills. Grub screws can be set on the web or on the shank. 25J01.01 Set of 7 Metric Collars $9.50
G. Lee Valley Drilling Kit

In good-quality work the proper drilling accessories can make a tremendous difference. This kit, in a tough, foam-lined plastic storage case, is a precision woodworking outt. It contains ve of our top-quality, standard-length tapered bits with matching countersinks (for screw sizes #6, 8, 10, 12, 14), 3/8 and 1/2 stop collars, two hex keys, and our patented Veritas 3/8 and 1/2 Snug-Plug cutters to complete the kit. The box also has space for additional drivers or bits. This is a most useful ensemble for any woodworker. 07J01.01 Lee Valley Drilling Kit $105.00 Drill Bit/Countersink/Counterbore Boxed Sets The set of ve (for screw sizes #5, 6, 7, 8, and 10) contains five countersink/counterbores, five standard-length taper-point bits, two stop collars (3/8 and 1/2), and two hex keys. The set of all eight adds the drills and counterbores for screw sizes #9, 12, and 14. Both sets include a foamlined plastic storage box with space for additional drivers or bits. Excellent value. H. 07J15.50 Boxed Set of 5 $ 69.50 J. 07J15.80 Boxed Set of 8 $109.00

H G
106 Drilling

A D
A. 82 Hand Countersink C. Hex-Shank Countersinks

E F

When you need to countersink a few screws, it is often easier to use a hand tool than a power tool. This eight-uted hand countersink with an 82 included angle makes quick work of countersinking or easing hole edges and it is perfectly suited to deburring holes in brass and mild steel. The large number of utes means the handle need only be rotated 45 when countersinking. Ideal for installing shelf-support sleeves, whose rounded shoulders must be accommodated for flush seating. With an octagonal hardwood handle and 5/8 diameter head, it is 51/2 long overall. A simple yet useful tool. D. 50K62.01 82 Hand Countersink $19.50
B. Drill/Countersink System

This drill/driver combination unit is a real time saver. It features a depth-adjustable, HSS twist bit and a four-ute 3/8 countersink (case hardened to Rc50). Made to tight tolerances, the drill/countersink cuts quickly and cleanly, has virtually no vibration and produces little residual E. HSS 82 Drill/Countersinks heat build-up. The aluminum bit driver (accepts These HSS drill/countersinks drill the ANSIany 1/4 hex shank bits) chucks solidly over the specied clearance hole and an 82 countersink in hardwood, plastic, brass, or other non-ferrous drill/countersink for screw driving applications metals. The center pilot is sized for the correct and releases instantly for drilling applications. shaft clearance. Ideal for fast countersinking in Supplied with four 1 drivers #2 Phillips, wood, and dressing or resizing holes in hardware. #2 square recess, 3/16 and 1/4 slot and a hex Each size will also countersink for one size lower key. Eliminates the need for designated-use (e.g., #4 will do both #3 and #4 screws). Shanked drills and time-consuming drill/hex bit changeto size from 0.3125 to 0.500. Sold individually, overs. The #6 size has a 3/32 drill bit, the #8 a 7/64 bit, and the #10 a 1/8 bit. or as a set of the three smaller sizes. A super buy. 50J03.36 #6 (3/32) Drill/Csink/Driver $15.95 66J40.04 82 Countersink, #4* $ 7.50 50J03.38 #8 (7/64) Drill/Csink/Driver $15.95 66J40.06 82 Countersink, #6* $ 9.00 50J03.40 #10 (1/8) Drill/Csink/Driver $15.95 66J40.08 82 Countersink, #8* $10.70 66J40.10 82 Countersink, #10 $10.90 DRILL/COUNTERSINK SYSTEM 66J40.30 Set (3) Drill/Countersinks* $22.50
H. Hex-Shank Centering Bits

F. 82 Countersink These two-flute, countersink/counterbore, 1/4 The best designed countersink we sell. It is chathex-shank bits have standard twist drills. A set terless and will countersink all screws from #0 to screw holds the drill at any projection. Counterbore the largest. It is ideal for chamfering hole edges size is 3/8, except for the #10, which is 1/2. Sold (e.g., for bench dogs) up to 11/4 dia. as well. An individually, or as a set of ve. Hex key included. excellent tool that works equally well free hand Screw and drill sizes listed. or in a drill press. 3/8 dia. shank. 50J04.04 #4 Countersink, 5/64 $ 7.90 44J21.01 82 Countersink $23.50 50J04.05 #5 Countersink, 3/32 $ 7.90 G. HCS 82 Single-Flute Countersinks 50J04.06 #6 Countersink, 7/64 $ 7.90 These are exceptionally smooth, high-carbon 50J04.08 #8 Countersink, 1/8 $ 7.90 steel countersinks. Used after pre-drilling for a 9 / 50J04.10 #10 Countersink, 64 $ 7.90 screw, they cut cleanly and are chatter free. The 50J04.20 Set of 5 Countersinks $29.50 cone tip assures accurate centering and the cutter design ejects chips rapidly. They can also be Adjustable Carbide Countersink used for counterboring as necessary. Available This countersink will t any bit from 7/64 to 9/32, which covers all drill sizes normally used in two sizes: 3/8 dia. (1/4 shank) and 1/2 dia. for screws #3 to #16. The countersink body (5/16 shank). 82 countersink. adjusts with two socket-head bolts (hex key 06J50.03 3/8 Countersink $11.20 provided). Carbide cutter inserts ensure long life. 06J50.08 1/2 Countersink $12.30 (Bit not included.) 06J50.20 Pr. of Countersinks $21.00 15J70.01 Carbide Countersink $23.50

Typical hinge Typical screw 90 82

Drill bit 82

Perfect t

Getting wood screws to seat properly in hardware is frequently a problem because European hardware is countersunk at 90 and wood screws need an 82 countersink, otherwise there is an unsightly gap. Replacement Drill Bits

Commonly used for pre-drilling holes for hardware using screws (particularly hinges), these self-centering drill bits are easy to adjust. The set screw in the barrel body is used to adjust the drill bit projection. Travel of the spring-loaded portion of the barrel varies by size and determines the maximum pre-drill depth. Nickel-plated steel construction. Includes a HSS drill bit. The 1/4 and 5mm sizes are for drilling shelf supports. All have 1/4 hex quick-change shanks. Barrel travel and appropriate screw sizes listed.
Drill Size Travel Screw Size
3/8 04J04.05 5/64 #3, #4 3/8 04J04.07 7/64 #5, #6 1/2 04J04.09 9/64 #8 to #10 04J04.20 Set of 3 (#3 to #10) 04J04.11 11/64 1/2 #12 04J04.13 13/64 1/2 #14 to #16 1/2 04J04.16 1/4 Shelf 04J05.05 5mm 1/2 Shelf

04J06.05 5/64 04J06.07 7/64 04J06.09 9/64 04J06.11 11/64 04J06.13 13/64 04J06.16 1/4 04J06.06 5mm

$1.80 $1.80 $1.80 $1.80 $2.05 $2.05 $2.05

$ 7.10 $ 6.60 $ 7.10 $19.50 $ 8.10 $ 8.40 $ 8.90 $ 8.50

H
Drilling 107

B. Kreg K4 Pocket-Hole Jig E. Kreg Micro-Pocket The K4 jig is a complete Drill Guide With pocket-hole joinery, construction is simple pocket-hole jig. For benchtop and fast, joints are strong, and assemblies dont A retrot drill-guide block work, the drill-guide block require an elaborate clamping for the K4 jigs at left, the installs in a base, or is remov- Shown with dust set-up. Traditionally used for joining micro-pocket guide lets able for use as a simple shroud and vacuum rails and skirts to tables and chairs, it you take advantage of the drill guide portable jig. The hardened- adapter installed. is now popular for face-frame and simplicity and speed of Micro-pocket installed in the K4 jig steel insert places holes 9/16, 7/8 or 17/16 apart, panel work as well as with assempocket-hole joinery when (available separately). blies that would otherwise require depending on stock width. A pin registers in a using thin stock. Specically designed for 1/2 to Installed in a portable extra-long screws or specialized 3/4 material (but also effective in thicker work), series of holes, adjusting for material from 1/2 to base. fasteners. Made largely from glass11/2 thick in 1/8 increments, and the base has a it functions Standard Micro-pocket reinforced nylon, the Kreg K4 identically to drill guide fast-acting toggle clamp and depth-collar setting drill guide 19/16 Master System jig is designed the standard guides. A snap-in dust-collection shroud prevents 15/16 3/8 19/64 around a drill-guide block with drilling block, drill utes from packing with debris and overinterchangeable bench-top and but uses a 19/64 heating (11/4 dia. outlet requires a separate portable bases. Installed in the adapter to link to standard 21/2 hose). The body step drill instead of 3/8. This not only lets you bench-top base, it is an effective tool is made largely from rigid glass-lled nylon. counterbore screws as small as #63/4, it also for production work, while the Includes a 3/8 step-drill bit and depth collar, a allows you to space the screws closer together Shown with dust shroud and vacuum portable base makes it ideal for as needed for small-scale work or repair jobs in hex key, a 6 #2 square-recess driver, a spacer adapter installed. large workpieces or job-site use. tight spots. Set includes the steel and glass-lled for portable use, a starter pack of screws and The guide block has a hardened steel insert and nylon drilling block, a 19/64 HSS step drill bit plugs, instructions, and an instructional DVD. allows you to center two holes 9/16, 7/8 or 17/16 Made in USA. with a 1/4 hex shank, a depth collar and hex key, apart, accommodating different widths of stock. plus a selection of ne thread self-tapping screws 25K60.19 Kreg K4 Pocket-Hole Jig $99.00 A series of holes register a locating pin to provide (3/4, 1 and 11/4 #6 pan head). Additional step 03J61.12 Vacuum Adapter $ 2.40 adjustment in 1/8 increments for material from drill bit (below) and pocket screws (facing page) 25K60.13 Repl. 3/8 Step Drill $16.50 1/2 to 11/2 thick. The bench-top base has a fastare available separately. Made in USA. C. Mini Kreg Pocket-Hole Kit acting toggle clamp and depth-collar setting 25K60.55 Micro-Pocket Drill Guide $45.00 For drilling single pocket holes anywhere in 1/2 guides. A snap-in shroud collects debris, 25K60.56 19/64 Micro Drill Bit, 1/4 hex $16.50 or thicker material, this portable jig kit comes preventing the drill utes from packing with dust with the and overheating. The shroud outlet is 11/4 in C mini jig, a diameter and requires an adapter (available sepa3/8 Kreg rately) for connection to standard 21/2 hose. Also HSS step included are a positioning stop (which doubles as drill bit and a stock support), a 31/2 capacity face-frame a depth clamp, a 3/8 step drill bit and depth collar, 3 and collar. Made 6 #2 square-recess drivers, an assortment of from rigid, screws, and instructions. A Mini Kreg jig is glass-reinforced nylon with a hardened steel included with this system. Additional one-piece bushing. Mini jig and drill bit also sold separately. HSS step drill bits are available separately. They 25K60.15 Mini Kreg Kit $19.95 measure 61/4 long, with a 3/16 dia. by 5/8 long Jig only 25K60.14 Mini Kreg $ 9.50 F pilot and 3/8 dia. counterbore. A versatile, 25K60.13 3/8 Step Drill only $16.50 complete and well-designed system for accurately drilling pocket holes. Made in USA. D. Kreg R3 Pocket-Hole Kit F. Kreg Quick-Change Drilling/Driving Kit 25K60.20 Kreg K4 Master System $139.00 This economical kit contains the essentials for This kit lets you to quickly switch between pocket-hole joinery, all organized in a convenient drilling and driving screws, a frequent occur03J61.12 Vacuum Adapter $ 2.40 carrying case. It is quick and easy to set up the rence in pocket-hole work. The specially 25K60.13 Repl. 3/8 Step Drill $ 16.50 guide has graduated stops for accurate positioning designed 1/4 hex quick-release chuck has a deep and the drill stop collar is set using a depth gauge well to stabilize long bits and minimize runout. Kit includes the chuck, a 3/8 HSS Kreg step drill built into the case. Stock capacity is between 1/2 and 11/2 thick. The doublebit with a 1/4 hex shank, a depth collar and hex hole drill guide is molded from key, plus a 6 #2 square recess driver. Drill bit glass-reinforced nylon and has hardened also sold separately. Since the chuck solidly steel bushings spaced 3/4 apart on center. grips plain and grooved shanks, you can use it with any 1/4 hex attachment. Includes the drill guide, a clamp pad, a 3/8 Kreg step drill bit and depth collar, a 25K60.03 Kreg Quick-Change Kit $27.50 hex key, a 6 #2 square-recess driver, and 25K60.04 Repl. 3/8 Step Drill, 1/4 hex $17.90 a starter pack of screws and white plastic D and maple plugs. To order call 1-800-871-8158 25K60.17 Pocket-Hole Kit $39.95
108 Drilling

A. Kreg K4 Master System

B A D E F G H M

Kreg Joinery Clamps C These quick-release clamps are adjustable for clamping force and have pads to reduce marring. Clamps have 2 or 6 throat capacities for materials up to 2 and 41/2 thick respectively. The right-angle clamp, with a 4 throat and 4 material capacity, is for perpendicular joins such as with carcass construction. Its swivel pad on one arm and special dowel-like jaw on the other quickly draw joints together, using the pocket-hole recess as a support, while screws are driven in adjacent pocket holes. All steel construction. A. 25K60.62 Sm. Face-Frame Clamp $19.80 B. 25K60.64 Lg. Face-Frame Clamp $29.40 C. 25K60.66 Right-Angle Clamp $28.50 Pocket Screws These self-tapping screws were developed specifically for pocket-hole joinery. The larger screws with washer-style heads have large head surface areas to help reduce overcompression of wood pockets. The smallest screws are pan head only. Fine threads are best suited to hardwoods; coarse threads for softwood, particleboard, plywood, etc. Square-recess drive. Cut thread. Depending on supply, nish will be bronze or zinc. Washer-Style Head:
Size Length Threads Qty.

D. E. F. G. H.

Pocket-Hole Plugs N The two outside guides allow These pre-formed plugs are shaped specically driving at compound angles to t 3/8 pocket holes. Available in white plastic L. Kreg Deck Jig where access is difcult. for laminated materials, or in walnut, maple, oak This jig lets you counterand pine for wood application. Supplied in packbore screws into the ages of 50. edges of decking to 25K60.25 White Plastic Plugs (50) $7.50 produce a surface free of 25K60.21 Walnut Plugs (50) $7.50 exposed fasteners. Made 25K60.23 Maple Plugs (50) $7.50 of glass-lled nylon with 25K60.24 Oak Plugs (50) $7.50 hardened steel bushings, the jig has a central 25K60.22 Pine Plugs (50) $7.50 guide hole for driving in line with a joist; the two other guides allow driving at compound angles where access is difcult, such as next to a wall. You simply drill a pilot hole at each joist and then use the jig over each hole to drive the screw at the correct angle. The jig includes decking spacers See page 30 for (three 5/16 deck-board spacers, and three 1/4 Veritas spacers), a 6 hardened-steel stepped drill bit FlushCutting for drilling pilot holes, a special 6 long thinSaws. . diameter Phillips/square-recess driver to fit through the guide bushings when driving deck screws, and depth-stop collars for the drill and driver. Comes with DVD instructions plus 100 ceramic-coated screws to get you started. For use with deck boards from 3/4 to 11/4 thick and the Kreg screws described below. Made in the USA. J 25K60.80 Kreg Deck Jig Kit $99.00 25K60.81 Repl. Deck Drill Bit, 6 $17.50 25K60.82 Repl. Deck Driver, 6 $ 4.90

25K60.33 25K60.43 25K60.34 25K60.44 25K60.35 25K60.45 25K60.36 25K60.46 25K60.38 25K60.47

#7 #7 #7 #7 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8

11/4 11/4 11/2 11/2 11/4 11/4 11/2 11/2 21/2 21/2

Fine Fine Fine Fine Coarse Coarse Coarse Coarse Coarse Coarse

100 500 100 500 100 500 100 500 50 250

$ 5.00 $19.50 $ 5.20 $21.00 $ 5.00 $19.50 $ 5.20 $21.00 $ 5.20 $19.50

Pan Head:
Size Length Threads Qty.

25K60.39 25K60.49 25K60.31 25K60.41 25K60.40 25K60.50 25K60.32 25K60.42

#6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #7 #7

Fine Fine 1 Fine 1 Fine 11/4 Fine 11/4 Fine 1 Coarse 1 Coarse
3/4

3/4

100 500 100 500 100 500 100 500

$ 4.30 $16.90 $ 4.60 $17.70 $ 4.50 $17.90 $ 4.60 $17.70

When trimming a plug with a chisel, choke up on the blade and use the thumb of your free hand for control. Take thin shavings and always cut across the grain to avoid grain-running that could carry you below the nished surface. Visit us at www.leevalley.com

Kreg Exterior Screws We offer #82 screws made of either ceramiccoated steel or 304 stainless steel for the Kreg Ream old Sharpen Insert glued Cut dowel ush. deck jig or general exterior use. Both are for screw hole. dowel. dowel. natural and ACQ-treated lumber, as well as J. The Plugger by Veritas synthetic materials, but in especially harsh With a 16 taper, the same as a standard crankconditions, the stainless-steel screws offer type pencil sharpener, this reaming bit lets you superior long-term corrosion resistance. They easily restore stripped screw holes. Used in a have nishing heads with a combination #1 hand drill, it reams the hole, which you then plug Phillips/#1 square drive. 1+ 6+ with a dowel (or scrap of wood) sharpened in M. 25K60.85 Coated Screws (100) $ 7.50 $ 6.90 your pencil sharpener. The plug matches the N. 25K60.87 SS Screws (100) $17.90 $16.50 hole perfectly every time. It works equally well preparing holes for decorative plugging. By O. Kreg Blue-Kote Exterior adjusting the depth control on a drill press, you Pocket-Hole Screws can ream to whatever size you want, letting you For pocket-hole joinery in exterior applications, easily make holes for plugs of any size up to 3/8 we offer these corrosion-resistant screws made of triple-coated in diameter. Plugs are almost costless since they steel. The washercan be made quickly in a pencil sharpener from style heads have a shop scraps. For restoring screw holes, instead of large surface area drilling a pilot hole in the center of a dowel, use to help reduce one of the included 10 pre-drilled dowels (leadover-compression less pencils). 10mm (3/8) shank. O of wood pockets. 05J14.01 The Plugger $19.95 Suitable for natural 05J14.02 Repl. pkg. of 10 Dowels $ 4.00 and ACQ-treated K softwood lumber, K. Giant Pencil Sharpener as well as particleThis is a heavy-duty twinboard, plywood, cutter sharpener with etc. Self-tapping tips and square-recess heads. approximately 16 of taper. Dial front for six sizes of dowel Blue-Kote Length Size Thread # per Price (or pencils!). Features a die-cast Screws package body and a steel barrel, plus $5.90 25K61.10 11/4 #8 Coarse 100 four mounting screws. $5.90 25K61.11 11/2 #8 Coarse 100 99K88.01 Pencil Sharpener $19.50
25K61.12 21/2 #8 Coarse Drilling 08 $4.90 50

Produces a variety of dowel joints.

G B

Birch dowels

C
A. Dowelmax Dowelling Jig

Miller Dowel System An alternative to biscuit, standard dowel or metal fasteners, this solid wood fastening system creates a strong and decorative joint. It consists of a stepped hardwood dowel and matching HSS

hole drilled, and a telescoping stop allows 2 repeatable spacing up to 83/8 from a hole, for This is a versatile, accurate, and easy-to-use 1 4 3 joinery system. Not only does it produce basic long or wide work. Made from aircraft-grade edge-to-edge or rail and stile connections, it also aluminum with heat-treated steel bushings, and creates joints for carcass corners, shelves, table hardened brass clamping screws, guide rods and or chair aprons, or attaching face frames to cabinuts. Patented. (high-speed steel) drill bit. Insertion is easy and nets. All can be done without measuring, letting Providing a clamping capacity from 3/4 to glue stripping is minimal since there is no you work quickly and condently. Positioning is scouring effect until the dowel is three-quarters 31/2, the 3/8 kit contains the jig, three spacers easy; mark the front and top faces of both workin. Excess is trimmed and sanded ush. The (3/8, 3/4, and 15/8), a 90 bracket for T-joints, an pieces and secure the jig to them using dowels are available in walnut, cherry, oak and indexing pin, end-stop, 9.7mm drill bit with stop corresponding marks machined into it. Joint birch. The system is available in three conguracollar, fifty 3/811/2 dowels, manual, and a alignment is assured because the same reference tions: mini for boards up to 3/4 thick, small for 45-minute instructional DVD. For centered faces are used to set drilling on 1 stock, or to create a 1/8 reveal on boards up to 1 thick, and large for boards up to Telescoping stop used for dowel positions on both 13/4 thick. Starter kits include the appropriate other material thicknesses, a 1/8 spacer is availlong application. workpieces, and a manable separately. To allow use with 1/2 thick size of stepped drill and 100 (mini kit) or ufacturing tolerance of 50 (small and large kits) matching birch dowels. stock, the 1/4 drill guide package includes ve 0.001 maintains guide bushings, an indexing pin, end-stop base, 41K32.00 Mini Kit (Model X) $23.50 precise hole spacing. 6.5mm drill bit and collar, and a 1/8 spacer. F. 41K32.01 Small Kit (Model 1X) $26.50 Spacers are supplied to Replacement bit and stop collar sold separately. G. 41K32.02 Large Kit (Model 2X) $31.50 accommodate different 25K64.10 3/8 Dowelmax Kit $310.00 Mini dowels stock thicknesses, to B. 25K64.11 1/4 Drill Guide Pkg. $ 80.00 Walnut Dowels add a reveal, or to drill C. 25K64.13 1/8 Spacer Plate $ 13.50 41K32.14 Mini (15/8), pkg. of 100 $24.80 Spacer multiple rows of holes Replacement/Optional Drill Bits 41K32.24 Small (25/8), pkg. of 40 $13.80 Basic referenced from a single 25K64.12 Repl. 9.7mm Bit&Stop Collar $ 17.50 41K32.34 Large (33/8), pkg. of 40 $17.50 conguration with spacer face. An indexing pin 07J03.22 Letter-V HSS Brad Point $ 11.20 Cherry Dowels lets you move the jig by 07J02.24 3/8 HSS Brad Point $ 10.70 41K32.12 Mini (15/8), pkg. of 100 $23.30 registering in the last 07J02.16 1/4 HSS Brad Point $ 5.70 41K32.22 Small (25/8), pkg. of 40 $13.80 41K32.32 Large (33/8), pkg. of 40 $15.90 D. Veritas Dowelling Jig This jig does centered dowelling and also dowels Oak Dowels boards of different thicknesses to one reference D 41K32.13 Mini (15/8), pkg. of 100 $16.50 face the assembly is perfectly at on one side and 41K32.23 Small (25/8), pkg. of 40 $10.50 all thickness variations are on the other side. This 41K32.33 Large (33/8), pkg. of 40 $13.80 saves a lot of planing and scraping time. Using a dial, each micrometer clamp head can be set from Birch Dowels 1/4 (6mm) to 1/2 (13mm) from the center line for 41K32.11 Mini (15/8), pkg. of 100 $14.50 work from 1/2 to 1 thick. The setting is positive 41K32.21 Small (25/8), pkg. of 40 $ 8.50 and accurate to a few thousandths of an inch. The 41K32.31 Large (33/8), pkg. of 40 $10.50 movable clamp heads grip work as small as 1/213/8. With boards of constant thickness, set H. Dowel & Tenon Centers the jig for centered dowelling; for uneven thickMachined with internal and external marking nesses, set the heads for a constant set back from points, these steel dowel/tenon centers are used the reference face. To quickly chain drill dowel for accurately aligning stock for proper dowel or holes for table tops or panels, use the tapered pin to tenon placement. Available in three sizes, 1/4, 3/8, and 1/2. Individual sizes are sold in packregister off the last hole drilled. The movable Reference face Min. 1/4 (6mm) bush carrier comes with three hardened steel ages of ve; the set of nine contains three of each bushings: 1/4, 8mm (5/16), and 3/8. Other sizes size. Inside diameters are noted within the parenWith dowel hole center line a constant distance from reference theses below. Excellent quality. are listed on page 116. Turnings are solid brass; face, material thickness variation shows up on one side only. machined parts are anodized aluminum. 66J45.01 1/4 (3/16) Centers, pkg. of 5 $2.70 05J08.01 Veritas Dowelling Jig $95.00 66J45.02 3/8 (5/16) Centers, pkg. of 5 $3.20 66J45.03 1/2 (3/8) Centers, pkg. of 5 $4.10 E. Self-Centering Dowelling Jig 66J45.05 Set of 9 Centers $4.80 This dowelling jig automatically centers itself on 3 3 any board from /8 to 2 /8 wide. It comes with Example showing two sets of removable bushings for hole sizes tenon application. 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8, allowing you to drill two holes of the same size at one setting. An extra bushing set of these three sizes (one of each) is available. Hole sizes 7/16 and 1/2 do not require bushings. E 25K64.01 Self-Centering Dowelling Jig $59.50 H 25K64.02 Set (3) Repl. Bushings $ 8.50

G. Premium Hollow Mortise Chisels

A B

D Pocket-Hole Drill Guides & Step Drills Pocket holes are used to join rails to table tops or skirts to chair seats with regular screws. Pocket holes also leave a screw head below a surface, but fully accessible for disassembly. The 15 single guide comes with two interchangeable hardened steel bushings for drilling 1/8 and 3/8 holes. Intended for material 3/4 (or more) thick. Just clamp the guide to your work and drill. The double-guide model lets you drill a pair of 15 pocket holes from 7/8 to 27/8 apart, and comes with two 1/8 and two 3/8 bushings. We have two types of step drills for pocket-hole jigs. The one-piece HSS bit is 51/2 Guide long, with a 1/8 dia. by 5/8 long pilot and 3/8 dia. by 82 countersink. The two-piece Step drill bit has a 3/16 dia. HSS pilot bit, 6 long, that is adjustable to project up to 21/2. Step drills should be used at low speed with the bit just turning as it enters the pocket-hole guide. 25K61.01 Single-Hole Guide $12.90 25K61.03 Double-Hole Guide $23.50 25K61.20 1-Pc. Step Drill, 1/8 Pilot $17.50 25K61.40 2-Pc. Step Drill, 3/16 Pilot $44.90 25K61.41 Repl. Drill Bit, 3/16 Pilot $18.10

A. B. C. D.

& Bits Made from special carbon steel, these excellent-quality chisel-and-bit sets from Japan are attractively priced. The chisel H bodies, accurately ground and hardened to Rc47-51, have polished outside faces and smoothly machined inner bevels. Designed for efcient chip ejection, the drill bits have well-ground cutting tips and spurs, and are extra long (between 83/4 and 11 overall) for compatibility with a variety of mortisers. Although the lower sections of the drills are Rc50-54, the shanks are soft enough to be easily docked if required (instructions included). For easy maintenance, we offer a pair of diamond sharpeners, one for the basic grind and the other to put a micro-bevel on the chisel corners. This set is specially designed to match the size range and geometry of this series of chisels. Shank diameters of the drill bits range from 11/64 (4.4mm) for the 1/4 bit to 1/2 (12.7mm) for the 1 bit. Chisels from 1/4 to 5/8 have 5/8 shanks, while those 3/4 and larger have 3/4 shanks. Please double-check your mortisers capacity before ordering. 04J11.04 1/4 Chisel & Bit $ 42.00 04J11.05 5/16 (8mm) Chisel & Bit $ 42.00 04J11.06 3/8 Chisel & Bit $ 43.00 04J11.07 7/16 Chisel & Bit $ 46.00 04J11.08 1/2 Chisel & Bit $ 49.00 04J11.09 9/16 Chisel & Bit $ 51.00 04J11.10 5/8 Chisel & Bit $ 56.00 04J11.12 3/4 Chisel & Bit $ 69.00 04J11.14 7/8 Chisel & Bit $ 75.00 04J11.16 1 Chisel & Bit $ 85.00 04J11.20 Set of 4 Chisels & Bits $162.00 H. 77J81.22 Large Cone Sharpeners, pr. $ 24.80
See page 179 in the Router Accessories section for our Mortise Pal Jig and Lee Valley Floating Tenons.

G
J. Economy Chisels & Bits

E. Bushings and Insert

If youve ever drilled holes in a scrap piece of wood to make your own drilling guide, you need these inserts. Just drill a 5/8 hole, drive in an insert, and thread in the appropriate-sized bushing. The steel insert is ribbed on the side to hold securely in place and is just shy of 1/2 in height. The hardened bushings are 3/4 high with a knurled top for easy insertion and removal. Insert and bushings can be reused again and again. Superb for making jigs for repetitive drilling operations such as installing hinges, handles, slides, and knobs. Bushings and insert sold separately. Insert ts Imperial and metric bushings. 1+ 10+ 25+ 25K62.02 1/8 Bushing, ea. $2.70 $2.35 $2.05 25K62.03 3/16 Bushing, ea. $2.70 $2.35 $2.05 25K62.04 1/4 Bushing, ea. $2.70 $2.35 $2.05 25K62.05 5/16 Bushing, ea. $2.70 $2.35 $2.05 25K62.06 3/8 Bushing, ea. $2.70 $2.35 $2.05 25K62.12 5mm Bushing, ea. $2.70 $2.35 $2.05 25K62.14 7mm Bushing, ea. $2.70 $2.35 $2.05 25K62.15 8mm Bushing, ea. $2.70 $2.35 $2.05 F. 25K62.20 Insert, ea. $2.70 $2.35 $2.05 E F

for Mortisers & Drill-Press Mortising Attachments These hollow mortise chisel and HSS bit J combinations are offered as replacement sets for mortisers and drill-press mortising attachments. Though K inexpensive, they are well made and hardened to Rc48-52. Shank sizes are 3/16 to 3/8 in diameter on the bits and 5/8 in diameter on the chisels. Please double-check your mortisers capacity before ordering. For easy chisel sharpening, a pair of diamond hones is recommended, one for the basic grind and the other to put a micro-bevel on chisel corners. The corners need the higher bevel angle for strength. 04J10.16 1/4 Chisel & Bit $14.50 04J10.17 5/16 Chisel & Bit $14.50 04J10.18 3/8 Chisel & Bit $14.50 04J10.19 1/2 Chisel & Bit $14.50 04J10.15 Set of 4 Chisels & Bits $49.80 K. 77J81.20 Cone Sharpeners, pr. $ 9.90 For easy sharpening, we offer a pair of diamond hones, one for the basic grind and the other for R the micro-bevel. 50K59.03 Square-Hole Punch, 3/16 50K59.04 Square-Hole Punch, 1/4 50K59.05 Square-Hole Punch, 5/16 50K59.06 Square-Hole Punch, 3/8 50K59.07 Square-Hole Punch, 7/16 50K59.08 Square-Hole Punch, 1/2 50K59.20 Set of 6 Punches 77J81.24 Cone Sharpeners, pr. O L M N P

Square-Hole Punches These tools simplify making a square hole up to 3/8 deep in softwood or hardwood, typically used to accommodate square plugs in decorative applications such as in Greene & Greene style furniture. Just drill a hole slightly undersize (3/64 smaller than the size of the punch) and position the punch over the hole; with a few hammer taps, it cuts the hole square, with smooth walls and 90 corners. Punch tips are machined and ground from hardened O1 tool steel (Rc48-52) and combined with shanks of softer steel for shock absorption. Shanks have a black-oxide nish to resist rust, and are grooved for grip. The 3/16, 1/4 and 5/16 sizes measure 23/4 long overall; the 3/8, 7/16 and 1/2 sizes are 31/16 long. Available individually or as a set of all six. Made in Canada.
Drill undersize hole. Place the bit back in the hole. Slide punch over bit, align, then remove bit. Tap punch with mallet to square the hole.

L. M. N. O. P. Q. R.

$ 25.50 $ 25.50 $ 25.50 $ 27.50 $ 27.50 $ 27.50 $139.00 $ 9.50 Q

Decorative square plug covers pinned mortise and tenon.

1/2 punch shown.

Drilling 111

A
1. Cut branch.

Built-in level makes in-line cutting accurate.

2. Drill hole.

3. Cut tenon.

4. Assemble pieces.

A. Veritas Power Tenon Cutters

For anyone building rustic furniture, our aluminum-body tenon cutters will cut smooth, perfect tenons with radiused shoulders. Cutters are designed to run vibration-free while being driven by an electric drill, yet still yield the same accuracy when used with a hand brace. The anodized body has been balanced to eliminate vibration and an integral level vial makes in-line cutting more accurate. To increase safety, the back end of the blade is contoured to avoid anything extending beyond the revolving aluminum body. The body has a built-in honing guide for easy sharpening of blades on a drill-press mounted sanding drum (see facing page). The blade is adjustable to cut the exact size of tenon required in both dry and green wood. Available in eight cutting diameters. Sizes 5/8 to 1 cut 23/4 long tenons and are typically used for most rustic furniture. Sizes 11/4 to 2 will cut 41/4 long tenons and are used for larger structural connections, such as bed frame to post, or

fence rail to post. All sizes have hex shanks; sizes 5/8 to 1 are for use in an electric drill with a 3/8 (or larger) chuck. Sizes 11/4 to 2, which require more torque to drive, are for use in larger electric drills with a 1/2 (or larger) chuck. (Not B. Veritas Mini Tenon Cutters for use in a drill press.) Patented. We developed our smaller-diameter mini tenon cutters for use with small stock. The 9/16 tenon 05J41.01 Power Tenon Cutter, 5/8 $ 87.00 is the size used historically for chair rungs. The 05J41.02 Power Tenon Cutter, 3/4* $ 89.00 other five sizes (1/4 to 1/2) are useful for 05J41.09 Power Tenon Cutter, 7/8 $ 91.00 building support structures for plants such as 05J41.03 Power Tenon Cutter, 1* $ 94.00 trellis or lattice work without using nails. These 05J41.07 Power Tenon Cutter, 11/4* $ 99.00 cutters have straight blades that cut a 60 shoulder 05J41.05 Power Tenon Cutter, 11/2* $102.00 tenon up to 11/2 long. 3/8 shank. Patented. (For 05J41.08 Power Tenon Cutter, 13/4* $105.00 use in an electric drill, not a drill press.) 05J41.06 Power Tenon Cutter, 2* $109.00 05J41.10 Set of 3 Cutters (5/8, 3/4, 1) $249.00 05J42.01 Mini Tenon Cutter, 1/4 $ 42.00 05J41.21 Set of 6 Cutters* $529.00 05J42.05 Mini Tenon Cutter, 5/16 $ 43.00 05J41.11 Repl. Blade $ 22.50 05J42.02 Mini Tenon Cutter, 3/8 $ 44.00 05J42.06 Mini Tenon Cutter, 7/16 $ 45.00 Lee Valleys Greenwood bits are 05J42.03 Mini Tenon Cutter, 1/2 $ 46.00 excellent for chairmakers and others 05J42.04 Mini Tenon Cutter, 9/16 $ 48.00 using green woods or softwoods. 05J42.11 Set of 5 Cutters (1/4 to 1/2) $190.00 For more information see page 114. 05J42.10 Repl. Blade $ 11.50

Set of 3 Tenon Cutters & DVD We offer a set of the three most popular sizes of tenon cutter, along with Paul Ruhlmanns DVD, Making Rustic Furniture (also available separately). Paul demonstrates how to make a rustic chair with mortise and tenon joinery, from the initial harvest of saplings to weaving the seat. Tenon cutter sizes included are 3/4, 1 and 11/2 diameters. Hex shanks. For use in an electric drill, the 3/4 and 1 cutters require a 3/8 or larger chuck and the 11/2 cutter requires a 1/2 or larger chuck. 05J41.25 Tenon Cutters (3) & DVD $265.00 73L10.24 DVD Making Rustic Furniture $ 7.95

C. Veritas Tapered Tenon Joinery System

To shape the tenon socket to match the tenon shoulder, we offer two sizes of countersinks, each with interchangeable bushings sized to match To make simple, fast work of mortise-and-tenon joinery, this system uses our tenon cutters. The small countersink comes with 5/8, 3/4, 7/8 and 1 power tenon cutters and matching countersinks to produce strong ushfitting joints in round or dimensioned stock. The cutters produce a bushings; the large comes with 11/4, 11/2, 13/4 and 2 bushings. symmetrical tenon with a 60 tapered shoulder that ts neatly in a counterMade in Canada. Patented. sunk socket. The main blade shapes the tenon and shoulder, while a nishing 05J46.02 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 5/8 $ 92.00 blade smoothes the tenon to a consistent diameter and cuts a slight relief at 05J46.04 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 3/4 $ 94.00 the base of the shoulder to ensure it seats ush. The nishing blades cutting 05J46.06 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 7/8 $ 96.00 depth is adjustable, so you can ne-tune the tenon diameter for close t. 05J46.08 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 1 $ 99.00 Cutting capacity for all sizes is 11/2 greater than the tenon diameter. Sizes 05J46.10 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 11/4 $104.00 5/8 to 1 cut 2 long tenons (not including the tapered shoulder) and are for Close tting 05J46.12 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 11/2 $108.00 joints on use in drills with a 3/8 or larger 05J46.14 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 13/4 $112.00 dimensioned Drill 1/4 to 2 cut 3 and rustic stock chuck. Sizes 1 05J46.16 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 2 $ 116.00 countersink. Drill tenons and are for use in drills 05J46.30 Repl. Main Tenon Blade, 5/8 to 1 $ 23.50 hole. with a 1/2 or larger chuck. All 05J46.32 Repl. Main Tenon Blade, 11/4 to 2 $ 23.50 Cut tenon. have hex shanks and anodized 05J46.34 Repl. Finishing Blade $ 23.50 bodies, and can be used in an Countersinks electric drill or hand brace (not D. 05J46.50 Small C-Sink w/ 5/8 to 1 Bushings $ 99.00 Assemble pieces. for use in a drill press). E. 05J46.53 Large C-Sink w/ 11/4 to 2 Bushings $108.00
Comparison of cut made by our tapered and regular tenon cutters.
Tapered Tenon Cutter The dual-blade design cuts a smooth 60 tapered shoulder for a countersunk t. Regular Tenon Cutter The single-blade design cuts a radiused shoulder for a traditional rustic-looking t.

D E
112 Drilling
1 bushing shown on small countersink. 2 bushing shown on large countersink.

B
A. Silicon Carbide Sleeves

E The four-sided square sockets are available individually or as a set that includes both sizes and a socket adapter. Dowel capacity listed. All have a 3/8 square-drive end. The socket adapter has a 1/4 hex shank. 05J60.01 Dowel Cutter, 3/8 $28.50 05J60.03 Dowel Cutter, 7/16 $28.50 05J60.05 Dowel Cutter, 1/2 $28.50 05J60.17 Set of 3 Dowel Cutters $75.00 05J60.20 Repl. Curved Blade $11.50 05J61.20 Optional Straight Blade* $ 5.50 D. 05J60.31 1/2 Socket (3/8 & 7/16 dowel) $ 3.80 05J60.33 5/8 Socket (1/2 dowel) $ 4.20 E. 05J60.30 Socket Adapter $ 2.40 05J60.39 Sockets & Adapter Set $ 9.40 tapered holes (e.g., legs and spindles on a Windsor chair). Can be used with soft, green or hard woods. 1 The size given for each cutter is the minimum tenon diameter it will cut the maximum is 1/2 greater, 1/2 /2 21 over a total tenon length of 21/2. A starter kit of the 3/8, Minimum and maximum 1/2 and 5/8 sizes will cover tenon dimensions stated most tenoning requirements for 1/2 cutter. for typical chairmaking. Some longer tenons may require cutting the major diameter with a larger cutter, and then nishing with a smaller cutter; with all ve sizes you can cut any diameter tenon up to 11/8 in diameter and as long as 2 in a single operation. Made in Canada. Patented. 05J61.04 3/8 Tenon Cutter (7/8 max.) $22.50 05J61.05 7/16 Tenon Cutter (15/16 max.) $22.50 05J61.06 1/2 Tenon Cutter (1 max.) $22.50 05J61.07 9/16 Tenon Cutter (11/16 max.) $22.50 05J61.09 5/8 Tenon Cutter (11/8 max.) $22.50 05J61.10 Set of 3 Cutters (3/8, 1/2, 5/8) $57.50 05J61.20 Repl. Blade, Straight $ 5.50 05J60.20 Optional Curved Blade** $11.50
** The curved blade on the dowel & tenon cutters (item C) can be used on the 3/8, 7/16 and 1/2 tapered tenon cutters (item F). Curved blade not recommended for the larger sizes as overheating may occur.

These silicon carbide sleeves are specically for sharpening our power tenon cutter blades. Available in 80x in a package of three. Although they t a standard 11/211/2 sanding drum, we have a single drum listed separately in case you do not have this size in your shop. 50J62.02 80x SiC Sleeves, pkg. of 3 $4.40 B. 50J62.01 Sanding Drum, 11/211/2 $4.40
C. Veritas Dowel and Tenon Cutters

Using these cutters like a hand-held pencil sharpener, you can put accurate tenons on the tips of turnings or on rustic furniture * The straight blade on the tapered tenon cutters components. Used with a (item F) can be used on the dowel & tenon cutters power feed, they can also (item C) to cut tapered tenons. make accurate dowelling. Cutters can be used by hand. Commercial dowelling (usually nondescript F. Veritas Tapered Tenon Cutters wood that has been milled, not turned) is seldom Although the body design is similar to our perfectly round or accurately sized. Using a hand Veritas dowel and tenon cutters (left), the cut is drill, you need only cut square stock slightly quite different. Our tapered cutters have a oversize (1/16 over is ample) and use a square straight-edge blade that tapers the end of the tenon at 12.8 to match our taper reamers, socket to power the stock through the cutter. The whereas the curved blade on the dowel cutters carbon-steel blade in the plated zinc-alloy body cuts cylindrical tenons with a radiused shoulder. is adjustable. Works equally well in soft, green Use the cutter like a hand-held pencil sharpor hard woods. The curved blade is relatively ener to put tapered tenons on the tips of turnings, easy to sharpen. Available in 3/8, 7/16 and 1/2 dowels or rustic furniture components to t into nish diameters. Patented.
G. Lee Valley Spoon Bits

forged steel, and the edges have been hand This style of bit is greatly favored by chairmakers nished to be ready to use. for boring a hole with a round bottom. This allows 50K65.06 3/8 Spoon Bit $18.50 maximum possible blind hole depth in a chair leg 50K65.07 7/16 Spoon Bit $18.50 to receive a stretcher with no chance of a brad 50K65.08 1/2 Spoon Bit $18.50 point or spur breaking through. But the most 50K65.09 9/16 Spoon Bit $18.50 impressive feature of this kind of bit is that, in a 50K65.10 5/8 Spoon Bit $18.50 single operation, you can bore an accurately sized 50K65.20 Set of 5 Bits $79.50 and positioned hole at an acute angle, lower than H. Veritas Pro Taper Reamer possible with any other kind of bit. Available in Used in a hand brace, our pro reamer offers excelve sizes. Just over 51/2 long overall, with a lent control and good cutting capability. It is 3 blade. For use only in a two-jaw hand brace useful for tapering through holes for wedged (such as 50J05.02 on page 115), all are heat-treated tenons, such as in chair construction. We have two designs of reamers, the one-piece reamer (below) and this design that has a cast steel alloy body, a separate spring-steel blade, and a pair of blade-adjusting set screws. When reaming an existing hole (7/16 to 13/16 dia.), you can adjust the depth for soft or hard woods, and the angle for Curved edge bores a tenon/socket t. The 12.8 body angle matches round-bottom hole. tenons from our Veritas tapered tenon cutters for chair-leg socket joints. 55/8 long overall, with a tapered square shank for use in a two-jaw hand brace (such as 50J05.02 on page 115). Weighs G about 8 oz. Blade is easy to sharpen. 05J61.01 Veritas Pro Taper Reamer $42.50
J. Standard Taper Reamers

to 3/4) to back-taper holes for through-tenon wedging (see diagram) and for general tenon tapering. The large Useful for back-tapering reamer (3/16 to 13/16) is an holes for through-tenon easy way for novice Windsor wedging. chairmakers to taper leg sockets. The bits are 33/8 and 51/2 overall with a 5/16 hex shank. The 12.8 body angle matches tenons made with the Veritas Tapered Tenon Cutters above. Designed for use in an electric drill, they may also be used in a traditional brace with an adapter (item #05J41.15, see page 115). 05J62.05 Small Standard Reamer $16.50 05J62.01 Large Standard Reamer $23.50

These simple, affordable, one-piece taper reamers are ideal for many woodworking tasks. Rustic furniture makers use the small size (3/16

113

A Veritas Dowel Maker Our dowel maker cuts perfectly sized dowel from 1/4 to 1 in diameter in 1/16 increments. It uses two wear-resistant A2 steel blades, one roughing and one nishing. Rip square stock 1/8 oversize, set both blades for the desired size, and drive the wood through the dowel maker using the included square socket drive set in an electric drill. Micrometer adjustments in both bladexing mechanisms allow for ne dimensional control and adjustment for different ber springback with various woods. The anodized cast aluminum body is drilled to E make 1 dia. dowel and has steel guide bushings to make 1 and 15/16 dowel. It can be held in a vise, bolted to a bench, or anchored through a 3/4 dog hole using the optional dog assembly. The basic dowel maker comes with the body and blades, a 11/8 square socket drive with drive adapter, 1 and 15/16 guide bushings, a wrench and hex keys. Optional anodized aluminum inserts include two steel guide bushings, the nominal size and the 1/16 undersize, and a square socket drive to accommodate both sizes. The 1/4 insert sleeve has only the nominal size bushing. The master set includes 13 sizes of inserts and bushings from 1/4 to 1 in 1/16 increments, all in
H. Short Auger Bits

A. B. C. D.

E.

a tted case (also sold separately) that holds everything except the main body. Make precise dowel from your own lumber, even in woods usually not available in dowel form. Patented. 05J45.01 Basic Dowel Maker (1) $195.00 05J45.20 Master Dowel Maker Set $369.00 05J45.03 1/4 Dowel Insert $ 39.50 05J45.05 5/16 & 3/8 Dowel Insert $ 42.50 05J45.07 7/16 & 1/2 Dowel Insert $ 42.50 05J45.09 9/16 & 5/8 Dowel Insert $ 42.50 05J45.11 11/16 & 3/4 Dowel Insert $ 42.50 05J45.13 13/16 & 7/8 Dowel Insert $ 42.50 05J45.17 Case only $ 15.95 05J45.18 Repl. Front Blade $ 17.50 05J45.19 Repl. Rear Blade $ 17.50 05G20.02 Dog-Hole Mount Assembly $ 12.50 An excellent way to make accurate arrow shafts using your own lumber, our 5/16, 11/32, and 23/64 dowel inserts are designed to match the traditional shaft diameters for wooden arrows. For use with our Veritas Dowel Maker, each anodized aluminum insert comes with the nominal-size steel guide bushing and a square socket drive. Available individually or as a set of three. 05J45.21 5/16 Dowel Insert $39.50 05J45.22 11/32 Dowel Insert $39.50 05J45.23 23/64 Dowel Insert $39.50 05J45.25 Set of 3 Dowel Inserts $99.50

F. Veritas Dowel Inserts for Arrow Makers

G. Lee Valley Greenwood Bits

Stanley Powerbore bits have not been available for some years now. After many customer requests, we have made a long-brad bit to ll the void. These bits have several advantages: an outlining spur ensures clean entry, the large throat avoids choking in green wood, and the long brad minimizes wander while letting you drill into wood at an oblique angle. The long brad is also helpful in preventing blast-out, which is usually unavoidable with shaped wood unless you use a long-brad bit. With this type of bit you bore from one side until the brad exits, then complete the hole from the other side using the brad hole as a centering point. All bits are 6 1/ 2 long and have 1/ 4 hex quick-change shanks. Suitable for use in a three-jaw brace. These bits excel in green woods and softwoods, but are unsuitable for dry hardwood. They are the traditional choice of chairmakers and workers in green wood generally. Patented. 07J31.06 Greenwood Bit, 3/8 $11.60 07J31.08 Greenwood Bit, 1/2 $12.10 07J31.10 Greenwood Bit, 5/8 $12.70 07J31.12 Greenwood Bit, 3/4 $15.40 07J31.14 Greenwood Bit, 7/8 $16.50 07J31.16 Greenwood Bit, 1 $18.20 07J31.40 Set of 6 Greenwood Bits $76.50

J. The Original Saw Drill There are so many bad imitations of this These are inexpensive 4 drill on the market, we thought we long, high-carbon steel should offer you the original that bits ideal for green wood everyone else has copied. Designed to or dry softwood. They drill through a workpiece and then cut can be used for drilling Screw point Brad point sideways (or generally enlarge a hole), tenon sockets in rustic this high-speed steel bit is titanium furniture work or used in construction for nitride coated for durability and has drilling between joists and in other tight spots. well-sharpened teeth. 1/ 4 dia., 1/ 4 Each bit comes in a plastic case, so will not get dulled rattling around in the bottom of a shank, 33/4 long. toolbox. On top of all this, they work well. 72J20.01 The Original Saw Drill $8.50 The single-ute style handles chips well and is J a much stiffer bit than the double-ute style. The brad point makes it easier to control depth compared with a screw point. Available in 3/8 to 1 diameters in 1/8 increments. 2 of ute, 4 long overall, 5/16 hex shank. Set includes a wooden box. K. Stake Pointer 06J39.06 3/8 dia. HCS Auger Bit $ 5.00 This cutter works much 1 / 06J39.08 2 dia. HCS Auger Bit $ 5.50 like an oversized hand06J39.10 5/8 dia. HCS Auger Bit $ 6.20 held pencil sharpener to 3 / 06J39.12 4 dia. HCS Auger Bit $ 6.70 put a smooth, evenly 06J39.14 7/8 dia. HCS Auger Bit $ 8.30 tapered point on round 06J39.16 1 dia. HCS Auger Bit $ 9.70 stock up to 11/2 in diameter or square stock up to 06J39.01 Boxed Set of 6 Auger Bits $39.50 1, creating a stake that can be easily driven into the ground. Effective on dry or green wood, it quickly Visit us at www.leevalley.com shapes the tip to a 60 cone. It has a rustproof anodized aluminum body, an adjustable O1 tool steel blade, and a hex shank for use in an electric drill or hand brace with a 3/8 or larger drill chuck (not for use in a drill press). A fast, simple way to sharpen stakes for plant supports, small fences or other garden structures. Made in Canada. 05J46.60 Stake Pointer $59.00 05J46.30 Repl. Blade $23.50

114

Two- and Three-Jaw Chuck Braces Though not inexpensive (there just arent as many good brace Tenon cutter not included. manufacturers around as there B used to be), these are goodquality braces and are excepC tional for both round- and F hex-shank bits. Manufactured G E D in France, these 10 sweep braces are sturdy, well nished, H and operate smoothly with a ballbearing head. Our two-jaw A. Hobbyist Drill Set chuck model is designed for This economical twist drill set is ideal for modeluse with bits that have squaremakers and hobbyists. The high-speed steel bits taper tangs with short shanks (such as spoon bits, H. Brace Adapter for Power Tenon Cutters are suitable for use in wood, plastic and soft reamers, socket adapters, etc.), but also works metals, and come in a metal index case. Set of 20 A tapered square-shank adapter is available to let with regular auger bits and round shanks from covers drill sizes #80 to #61 (0.0135 to 0.0390). you use the 5/8 to 1 power tenon cutters with a 3/16 to 11/32. The standard three-jaw chuck Made in China. hand brace, e.g., while cutting in the bush. model accepts round shanks from 7/64 to 19/32 81D40.28 20-Pc. Drill Set, #80 to #61 $6.50 05J41.15 Brace Adapter, 5/16 hex $8.40 in diameter and all standard hex-shank bits. It B. Jewellers Drill J. Adjustable Drill Bit also has the usual square-taper socket for convenJust over 4 long, this nicely machined jewellers This expansion bit is designed tional auger bits. Both braces have composite drill comes with two sizes of collet jaws that will for easy, accurate adjustment. heads and grips. hold bits from #80 to #56 (0.0135 to 0.0465) The two movable tool-steel D. 50J05.02 Two-Jaw Brace $69.50 and #51 to #36 (0.0670 to 0.106). Bits are not cutters are graduated in 16ths. E. 50J05.01 Three-Jaw Brace $76.50 included; see set of 20 drills above. For precise One cutter is used to drill holes work. Made from steel and chrome-plated brass. from 5/8 to 11/8; the other Brace Drivers for Screws and Sockets cutter adjusts from 1 to 13/4. 33J61.01 Jewellers Drill $24.50 For driving large screws it is hard to beat a hand Also useful when you need to brace. Our hex driver has a 1/4 hex socket with a C. Pin Vise/Modelmakers Drill Holder drill a hole of an uncommon or rare-earth magnet in it to rmly hold any stanThis drill holder, made of lightweight anodized in-between size. The long dard 1/4 bit Phillips, square-drive, POZIDRIV, aluminum that has been knurled for grip, measures screw point provides ample pulling power to just 33/4 long and allows considerable ngertip etc. We have a second brace driver for use with draw the cutter smoothly into the wood. 65/8 sockets. It is the fastest way to drive lag bolts or control. The hollow barrel holds a selection of 12 overall; nominal 3/8 hex shank. Made in Japan. wheel studs and can be used with any 3/8 Swiss-made HSS drills ranging from #75 to #52 72J03.20 Adj. Drill Bit & Cutters $34.50 (0.021 to 0.064). Ideal for drilling rigging holes, square-drive socket. Both brace drivers are pre-drilling micro hinges, etc. The bits are suitable nickel-plated steel and about 4 long. (Bit and for wood, plastic and soft metal. For replacement socket not included.) drills, see set of 20 drills above. F. 50J61.05 Brace Driver, 1/4 hex $9.40 81D40.27 Pin Vise w/12 HSS Drills $15.90 G. 50J61.06 Brace Driver, 3/8 socket $9.40 A Veritas Optical Center Punch To keep a twist drill from skating on metal you should always use a center punch, especially when using small exible bits. The dimple created by the punch holds the bit point true. Our optical center punch simplies the procedure and substantially increases accuracy. Even with wood there is an advantage to using a center punch; it creates Align crosshairs. a small crater that readily centers a brad-point drill. To use, place the gold-plated brass base and 8X magnifying optical post over the marked spot, adjust it until the crosshairs on the post are exactly on the mark, Insert punch and then replace with the A2 hard- tap with hammer. ened steel punch and tap the punch with a hammer. The optical post can also be used as an inspection monocular. 05N59.01 Optical Center Punch $39.50 Versatile Drill Guide Probably the best drill guide on the market for the money, this guide can be used to center drill spheres, cylinders, and dimension stock. It comes with four bushings (3/16, 1/4, 5/16, and 3/8) and a center punch. An optional pair of 7/16 and 1/2 bushings is available. Particularly useful for toy makers since it works so well on dowels and wooden balls. 50J40.01 Versatile Drill Guide $19.50 50J40.02 Pr. Bushings (7/16 & 1/2) $ 7.90
Centering

Two-jaw chuck accepts our spoon bits and reamers.

K. Traditional Hand Drill

Spheres

Corners

An excellent general-purpose hand drill with double-pinion gears and a 3/8 three-jaw chuck. The painted beech handles are a traditional butt handle style. 28K04.05 Traditional Hand Drill $62.50

115

J F C H

B A C

E D
Deluxe system shown.

Drill as required for screw holes, shelf supports or dowels. The jig is designed so that all holes are accessible at all times.

Assemble the case. The dowels make it easy to maintain squareness in assembly.

Individual Components
component is included A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. 05J06.05 05J06.06 05J06.07 05J06.14 05J06.13 05J03.15 05J03.30 05J06.10 * component is compatible $54.50 $ 6.95 $29.50 $49.50 $16.50 $14.50 $16.95 $38.50 $39.50 $11.50 $ 4.25 25 Rail with two brass xing screws Tapered Register Pin, ea. Pair Connector Rods & one Plate Pair Dowelling Jig Bases 208mm (8) Rail for dowelling (not shown) Pair Long Rods for work up to 24 wide Pair Extra-Long Rods for work up to 36 wide Gauge head with Imperial and metric scales for setting rails 05J06.11 Fitted Wooden Box (wont hold rods) 05J06.12 Bush Carrier and hex key Individual Hardened Bushings (specify)
05J03.12 7mm 05J03.21 9mm 05J03.13 7.5mm 05J03.20 10mm 05J03.18 8mm (5/16) 05J03.10 7/32 (The soft bushing can be drilled to any custom size.) 05J03.08 5mm 05J03.09 6mm 05J03.11 6.75mm

Veritas 32 Veritas 32 Dowelling ShelfDeluxe Basic Jig Drilling Jig 05J06.02 05J06.01 05J08.01 05J03.03

(3) (2)

(1)

(2)

* * * * * * *
(4)
(5, 8, 10mm, 3/32)

* * *

(4)
(5, 8, 10mm, 3/32)

*
(3)
(1/4, 8mm, 3/8)

*
(11)
(all 12 less 10mm)

05J03.17 1/4 05J03.19 3/8 05J03.22 3/32 Soft

Cabinetmaking System With the Veritas 32 system, anyone with moderate skills and an electric drill, a table saw, clamps and basic hand tools can build cupboards, wardrobes, entertainment centers, bookcases or built-ins. The system uses consistent 32mm hole spacing, measured from the sides and ends of panels. Metric and Imperial gauge head graduations make settings easy. Materials and cuts can be measured in either system, but we recommend metric for design and construction to avoid rounding errors. Instructions cover how to make three types of symmetrical panels (balanced, half-balanced and standard panels), which may be ipped end for end or Basic back to front without changing system shown. the hole pattern, so left and right panels are interchangeable, as are top and bottom panels. To use, place the jig on a side panel and set the rail(s) 37mm from the edge and clamp in place. The bush carrier straddles the rail, with the selected bushing in the hole in the rail where the rst hole is to be drilled. Drill vertical holes for screws, inserts, shelf supports and hinges. Use the dowelling jig bases to drill horizontal holes in the top and bottom panels, into which dowels are inserted for easy, square assembly. The basic system includes one rail with fixing screws, two rods (for work up to 12 wide), two clamp heads and two tails, a bush carrier with 5, 8 and 10mm bushings, a 3/32 soft bushing, a hex key and register pin. See chart at left for optional components. The deluxe system includes the above items, plus two rails, two long rods (for work up to 24 wide), a gauge head, dowelling jig bases, connector rods and plate, an extra register pin and a wooden storage box (ts all parts except the rails and long rods). Patented. Instructions included; the booklet is also available separately at no charge. 05J06.01 Basic System $119.00 05J06.02 Deluxe System $329.00 Instruction Booklet 05J06.00 FREE

K. Veritas Hinge-Boring Jig

Hole for 35mm ap hinge can be drilled.

Our hand-held boring jig drills 35mm holes for cup hinges with ease and speed. The cast aluminum alloy frame has a depth-adjustable carbide-tipped bit with outlining spurs for clean holes in wood, veneers, or melamine. The micrometer fence screws let you dial any backset up to 12mm, and an integral rule sets the cut depth up to 16mm; both dimensions cover all 35mm cup hinges available. Included spacers let you drill for ap hinges (with breakout up to 10mm). The 1/4 hex drive lets you use a quick-change chuck or a hex-head socket with an electric drill. The stop rod is usable left or right handed. The base plate is countersunk for drilling screw holes for most cup hinges, and has two countersinks spaced 32mm apart for drilling holes for the mounting plates. 05J07.01 Veritas Hinge-Boring Jig $149.00 05J07.02 Repl. 35mm Carbide Bit $ 46.50 Designed for production shops, this heavy-duty 35mm bit (10mm shank), with diamondhoned chippers and outlining spurs, cleanly bores chip-free, flat-bottom holes for European hardware in wood or laminate-coated material. 15J47.21 Pro. Hardware Bit, 35mm $31.00

L. Professional Carbide Hardware Bit

116 Drilling

Metric HSS Bits Some hardware requires a 26mm or 30mm bit. These high-speed steel bits are suitable. The 26mm size is forstner style, 3/8 shank. The 30mm size is saw tooth style, 1/2 shank. See page 102 for more information. M. 06J72.26 HSS Forstner Bit, 26mm $11.90 N. 06J72.30 HSS Saw Tooth Bit, 30mm $13.10

B. Veritas Shelf-Drilling Jig

Drill and bit not included.

A. Orbiter Drill Attachment

A This attachment lets you drill holes or drive fasteners where access is limited. One hemisphere of the split body has a 3/8 keyless chuck, the other a 3/8 hex shank. These independently rotate a full 360, allowing you to adjust the position of the chuck and drill relative to each other and to the handle for best access and most D. Multi-Tip Sleeve-Setting Punch comfortable handle location. The handle rotates to Our multi-tip sleeve-setting punch is designed to t the common lock the setting. Molded from a tough polymer, it sizes of shelf support sleeves 1/4, 7mm, 5mm and those with an contains permanently lubricated hardened-steel M5.8 thread. Simply match one of the steel tips to the size of gears for durability. Not for use with auger-style sleeve and press t it into the pre-drilled hole for a snug t. The bits, hole saws, or bits larger than 3/4. large bulb-shaped wood handle ts comfortably into the palm. 46J82.10 Orbiter Drill Attachment $29.90 00K61.10 Sleeve-Setting Punch $16.50

When installing shelf supports, set the jigs rails at the desired inset from the edge, clamp B them in position and then drill. The jig guarantees that the holes will be exactly opposite each other and equally spaced. The twin-register pins t snugly into any hole from 3/16 to 3/8 C (5mm to 10mm). The 24 rails have 20 holes at 1 knobs are turned brass with knurled heads. Our intervals. The bush carrier registers perfectly and 7mm sleeve-setting punch is included. moves easily along the rails. The 13/16 long hardened bushings ensure holes are drilled at exactly 05J03.03 Shelf-Drilling Jig $169.00 90; they accept bit sizes of 5, 6, 6.75, 7, 7.5, 8 05J03.15 Pr. Long Rods $ 14.50 (5/16) and 9mm, 7/32, 1/4 and 3/8. An unhard05J03.30 Pr. Extra-Long Rods $ 16.95 ened bushing for a custom drill size is included. The jig comes with clamp rods for use with C. Veritas Sleeve-Setting Punches material up to 12 wide. Long rods and extraThese punches set shelf-support sleeves neatly long rods are available for work up to 24 and without deforming them. The 7mm punch ts the 36 wide respectively. sleeves for our steel supports and the 4mm punch All aluminum parts are anodized black, except is for use with our solid brass threaded sleeves. for the red bush carrier. The steel rods are ferro00K61.02 7mm Punch $9.50 blacked. Register pins and xing and clamping 00K61.04 4mm Punch $9.50

Brad-Point Drills for Sleeves & Inserts These brad-point drills are ideal for drilling holes for bookcase ttings. For more information on these E drills, see pages 104 and 105. E. 07J16.05 HSS Brad-Point, 5mm $ 6.40 07J16.06 HSS Brad-Point, 6mm $ 7.60 07J02.17 HSS Brad-Point, 6.75mm $ 6.80 07J16.07 HSS Brad-Point, 7mm $ 9.00 07J16.75 HSS Brad-Point, 7.5mm $ 9.80 07J16.08 HSS Brad-Point, 8mm $11.25 F F. 33J62.50 Carbide Brad-Point, 5mm $17.90 33J62.70 Carbide Brad-Point, 7mm $19.60 33J62.80 Carbide Brad-Point, 8mm $21.00

Brass Paddle Sleeves & Supports The support projects 1/2, and seats well in the 5/16 outer diameter sleeve. Sleeves t 7.5mm holes in softwood, 5/16 in hardwood. Drill 1/4 holes if using supports only. Pkg. 1+ 5+ 10+ Q. 63Z06.06 Sleeves (20) $4.80 $4.10 $3.60 R. 63Z06.04 Supports (20) $8.70 $7.40 $6.50 5mm Steel Sleeves & Supports Available in brass plate, nickel plate, or dark oxide nishes. Forged supports have a 5mm root diameter. Paddle length is 12mm. Sleeves have a 5.5mm outer diameter (7/32), and are 7.5mm long. Sleeves t into a 13/64 hole in softwood, 7/32 in hardwood. Supports sold in packages of 20; sleeves sold in packages of 100. Pkg. 1+ 5+ 10+ 00S10.60 Brass Plate Sleeves (100) $2.90 $2.40 $2.20 00S10.50 Brass Plate Supports (20) $1.80 $1.50 $1.35 00S10.61 Nickel Plate Sleeves (100) $2.90 $2.40 $2.20 00S10.51 Nickel Plate Supports (20) $1.80 $1.50 $1.35 00S10.62 Dark Oxide Sleeves (100) $2.90 $2.40 $2.20 00S10.52 Dark Oxide Supports (20) $1.80 $1.50 $1.35

G J L

H K M

N P Q S U W Y Z

Solid Brass Threaded Sleeves & Supports S. The cylindrical shelf support projects 3/8 and is 7mm in diam- T. 17 eter. The sleeve is pressed into a drilled hole ( /64 or 6.75mm U. in softwood, 7mm in hardwood) and the post is threaded into V. the insert. Can be set with our 4mm sleeve-setting punch. W. Round Brass Pkg. 1+ 5+ 10+ X. G. 63Z02.14 Sleeves (20) $3.60 $3.10 $2.70 Economy Shelf Supports H. 63Z02.16 Supports (20) $4.90 $4.20 $3.70 Steel pins with a chromated nish or plastic supports in white or Round Bronze-Plated Pkg. 1+ 5+ 10+ brown, sized to t in a 5mm hole. Pkg. 1+ 5+ 10+ J. 63Z05.13 Sleeves (20) $3.60 $3.10 $2.70 Y. 00S10.01 Steel (50) $4.20 $3.55 $3.15 K. 63Z05.14 Supports (20) $4.90 $4.20 $3.70 Z. 00S10.02 White (50) $4.20 $3.55 $3.15 AA. 00S10.03 Brown (50) $4.20 $3.55 $3.15 Steel Sleeves & Supports Both sleeves have a 7.5mm outer diameter and can be set with Spiral Shelf Supports our 7mm sleeve-setting punch. Sleeves t into a 7mm hole in These supports let you compensate for shelf support holes that are softwood, 7.5mm in hardwood. not perfectly aligned. The spiral-shaped outline gives them a Brass-Plated Pkg. 1+ 5+ 10+ varying radius (pin height). Using a slot screwdriver, simply rotate L. 94Z03.16 Sleeves (100) $4.90 $4.20 $3.70 the spiral to adjust the height of the shelf within a 3mm (1/8) range M. 94Z03.12 Supports (50) $3.60 $3.10 $2.70 to eliminate shelf rocking. The clear supports are Nickel-Plated Pkg. 1+ 5+ 10+ made of polycarbonate; all other colors are ABS N. 94Z04.16 Sleeves (100) $4.90 $4.20 $3.70 plastic. Sized to t a standard 5mm (3/16) hole, O. 94Z04.12 Supports (50) $3.60 $3.10 $2.70 they project 8mm (5/16). 1+ 10+ P. 5mm Paddle Supports BB. 00S19.10 Clear Supports, (20) $3.80 $3.25 Brass-plated steel paddle supports for use without sleeves in CC. 00S19.11 White Supports, (20) $3.80 $3.25 the support 5mm holes. Pkg. 1+ 5+ 10+ DD. 00S19.12 Beige Supports, (20) $3.80 $3.25 Rotate to eliminate shelf 00S10.10 5mm Paddle (20) $2.80 $2.30 $2.10 EE. 00S19.13 Brown Supports, (20) $3.80 $3.25 rocking.

R T V X

AA

BB CC DD EE

Lets you drill in limited-access areas.

C B

Sets of Wire Wheels The following wire wheels all have 1/4 diameter shafts and are ideal for use in our chuck extender.
For bufng curved surfaces.

C. Set of 2 Knotted-Wire Wheels

B A D C A E
A. Chuck Extender
Sliding aluminum handle allows greater lateral force on attachments.

For those who have never used knotted-wire wheels, they are the most aggressive wire wheels made. Used in manufacturing for burr and ash removal, they are effective in stripping rust (or paint) down to bare metal, preparatory to repainting equipment. 09A01.74 Knotted-Wire Wheels (2) $5.95
D. Set of 5 Wire Wheels and 3 Arbors

B. Tapered Cotton Bufng Wheel

This 14 chuck extender with 3/8 capacity keyed chuck makes it possible to do many more things with a hand drill. You can drill (or drive screws) in areas that would normally be unreachable, or use a number of accessories that would be unmanageable if chucked directly in a drill. The sliding aluminum handle lets you apply greater lateral force on attachments with all the stress being absorbed by the extender chuck, not the drill chuck. Various wire wheels, cup wheels, bufng wheels and abrasive attachments are available separately. You will undoubtedly nd more uses than we mention here. 09A01.60 Chuck Extender $19.50
F. Adjustable Wheel and Circle Cutter

Either chucked directly or used with our chuck extender, this is used to buff all sorts of nishes. For wood, a hard carnauba wax can be applied to the wheel for transfer to the wood, or an existing finish can be buffed directly. The all-cotton wheel is very rm and can be used with light or E. Set of 3 Cup Wheels heavy pressure. It tapers from 21/2 (65mm) Made from brass-plated wire, cup brushes let you effectively work both flat and curved diameter at the arbor end to 15/8 (40mm) at the surfaces. Less aggressive than knotted wire tip. 1/4 diameter arbor. wheels, they still do a good job on paint and 09A01.80 Tapered Bufng Wheel $6.95 surface rust. The brushes have 1, 2 and 3 diameters (24mm, 50mm and 75mm). All have To order call 1-800-871-8158 integral arbors. 09A01.72 Cup Wheels (3) $5.50 quick-change locking mechanism and an adjustable pilot bit. The standard mandrel (3/8 shank) can be used only on hole saws up to 21/4. The heavy-duty mandrel (7/16 shank) can be used on all of the sizes listed below. 99J02.20 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 11/4 $ 7.90 99J02.24 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 11/2 $ 8.50 99J02.28 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 13/4 $10.00 99J02.32 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 2 $10.10 99J02.34 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 21/8 $12.60 99J02.36 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 21/4 $12.70 99J03.01 Std. Mandrel (up to 21/4) $15.80 99J03.10 7-piece Set (7 above) $67.50 99J02.40 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 21/2 $13.50 99J02.48 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 3 $13.90 99J02.56 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 31/2 $14.20 99J02.64 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 4 $21.10 99J02.68 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 41/4 $30.00 99J03.02 HD Mandrel (11/4 to 41/4) $16.40 99J03.20 6-piece Set (6 above) $97.00

Designed to get into more restricted areas, these brass-plated-wire wheels get into areas none of the other wire wheels can reach. The ve wheels range from 1 in diameter and 1/8 wide to 3 in diameter and 1/2 wide. The three arbors t all the wheels. 09A01.70 Wire Wheels (5) & Arbors (3) $4.95

This adjustable cutter makes clean cuts even in softwoods. To be used in a drill press at low speed (maximum is 500 rpm), the cutter Wheel cutting head is adjustable for wheel diameters from 1 to 6. The 1/4 pilot drill bit prevents accidents on cut-through. The high-speed steel Hole cutter is double ended: one end to cutting give a clean wheel, and the other to give a clean hole. Designed specically for use with wood, but can also be used on aluminum, copper, and plastic. It cuts much more cleanly than the multi-purpose circle cutters available to date. Ideal for toy makers. 99K09.01 Wheel and Circle Cutter $31.50 99K09.02 Repl. Wheel Cutter Bit $ 6.90
G. Hole Saws Bi-Metal (HSS-Tipped)

Bolt or screw

Drilling Extracting

With high-speed steel cutting edges bonded to a steel cup, these hole saws have the added advantage of variable pitch teeth. The alternate set and H. "Oops" Arbor repeating pattern of the teeth (varying from 15 of Particularly valuable for retrotting door locks, rake with large gullets to 0 of rake with shallow installing piping in an old house, or simply gullets) as well as the variable pitch (4 to 6 tpi) correcting mistakes, this clever attachment provide a smooth cut in a wide variety of matereplaces the mandrels pilot bit and couples two rials. The variable hook angles and spacing sizes of hole saw (with a minimum 3/16 diameter eliminate chatter and increase cutting efciency. difference). The smaller hole saw acts as the Two sizes of mandrel are available; each has a pilot by following Hole saws assembled the existing hole, on "Oops" arbor. while the larger saw cuts the new hole. Compatible with the hole saws F and mandrels listed above, it has a 1/4 diameter shank, and H its stepped mandrel is threaded to accept saws with 1/2 and 5/8 G diameter mounting holes. 30N03.90 "Oops" Arbor $8.50
118 Drilling

Micro Extractors These are top-quality extractors for stripped or broken screws or bolts. The double-ended (drill/ extractor) units are made from M2 high-speed steel hardened to Rc64. Offered individually or as a set of four that comes in a plastic storage case. 66J20.02 Extractor #5 & #6 (M3) $ 7.50 66J20.04 Extractor #8 (M4) $ 8.50 66J20.06 Extractor #10 & #12 (M5) $ 8.50 66J20.08 Extractor 1/4 (M6) $10.50 66J20.10 Extractors, set of 4 $26.50
Note: A quick tap with a center punch gives the drill an accurate starting place. J. Diamond Hole Saws

Ideal for cutting holes in glass, ceramic tile, or metal. Also useful for cutting nger holes in glass doors and pipe holes in tile. The diamond substrate runs up the side of the cutters, allowing them to be used for deburring holes after drilling. Sizes given are outside diameter by cut depth by shank size. 29J01.01 Hole Saw, 1/41/81/8 $ 8.30 29J01.03 Hole Saw, 3/81/81/8 $ 9.40 29J01.04 Hole Saw, 1/27/161/4 $10.50 29J01.06 Hole Saw, 3/47/161/4 $20.90 29J01.08 Hole Saw, 19/161/4 $29.20

SCREWDRIVING
F. 15-in-1 Screwdriver Ratcheting Screwdrivers This is a well-designed industrial-quality screwdriver. It These interchangeable-tip screwdrivers have is notable for its patented retractable cartridge that conunique internal bit clips that could have been veniently houses an assortment of 14 popular bits a selection designed for a science-ction lm. Just press a that includes Phillips #0, 1, 2 and 3, square recess #0, 1, 2 and button, and the clip slides slowly out of the handle 3, slot #4 and 6, and Torx #10, 15, 20 and 25. DoubleThree-way Press button to deploy clip. ended bits, Rc58, about 2 long, 1/4 hex shanks. The clutch durable high-impact plastic housing is embossed for grip. An excellent tool. About 9 long overall. 88K18.01 15-in-1 Screwdriver $22.00 as if actuated by a hydraulic cylinder, taking G. Premium-Quality Heavy-Duty Screwdrivers about ve seconds to deploy fully. Mesmerizing A rounded triangle is the best t in your hand. These screwaction aside, they are well-conceived and useful drivers have such handles, which not only feel good in your tools, each with a 20-tooth ratchet mechanism hand, but allow you to apply great torque. The handles have that operates right, left or locked. The micro-tip tted steel end caps and the through tang is tted to a version comes with eleven small interchangechromed striking cap. The blades are well hardened able bits (#00, #0, and #1 Phillips; 2mm, 2.5mm, and magnetized. Our best screwdrivers. Made in Japan. and 3mm slot; and T-6 to T-10 Torx) ideal for 44K11.01 Slot, 5.5mm (7/32) $11.90 working with the small screws commonly found 44K11.02 Slot, 6.0mm (15/64) $13.90 on assembled consumer products. The standard 44K11.03 Slot, 8.0mm (5/16) $18.90 version is supplied with 12 bits (#1, #2, and #3 44K11.10 Set of 3 Slot Screwdrivers $39.50 Phillips; #1, #2, and #3 square recess; 3mm, 44K10.01 Square Recess, #1 $11.90 5mm, and 6mm slot; and T-15, T-20 and T-25 44K10.02 Square Recess, #2 $13.90 Torx). Each screwdriver measures 61/4 long 44K10.03 Square Recess, #3 $18.90 overall. Available individually or as a pair. As 44K10.10 Set of 3 Square Recess $39.50 intriguing as they are practical. 44K12.01 Phillips Screwdriver, #1 $11.90 A. 17K01.95 Micro-Tip Screwdriver $12.50 44K12.02 Phillips Screwdriver, #2 $13.90 B. 17K01.97 Standard Screwdriver $12.50 44K12.03 Phillips Screwdriver, #3 $18.90 17K01.99 Pr. of Screwdrivers $19.95 44K12.10 Set of 3 Phillips Screwdrivers $39.50 C. Autoloader Screwdriver G This patented screwdriver houses an ingenious Full selection pump-action mechanism that automatically of tips shown. installs the selected bit. The clear bit chamber 3 holds six bits: Phillips #1 and #2, slotted /16 H. Lifetime Screwdrivers and 1/4, and square-recess #1 and #2. The Rc58 These screwdrivers come with a lifetime guarantee when 1 industrial-quality bits are 1 long with /4 used for driving screws (not chipping or prying!). All have shanks and can be replaced when worn. Durable, comfortable, non-slip, vulcanized-rubber triangular hexagonal composite handle. Excellent quality. handles. The square-recess drivers have hardened insert 88K18.50 Autoloader Screwdriver $18.50 tips, while the other styles have machined and hardened chrome vanadium blades and magnetic tips. The two largest sizes of slot and Phillips drivers have hex bolsters for applying extra torque using a wrench. Approximate shaft lengths are stated below. Well made and affordable. 24K03.00 #03 Phillips $ 2.50 Six-nger 24K03.01 #14 Phillips $ 3.90 grippers 24K03.02 #26 Phillips $ 5.00 hold shanks D securely. 24K03.03 #36 Phillips $ 6.80 Full selection 24K03.10 Phillips, set of 4 $15.70 H of tips shown. 24K02.02 1/83 Slot, Cabinet Tip $ 2.50 D. Screwdriver Holders 24K02.03 3/168 Slot, Cabinet Tip $ 3.90 These versatile holders grip all types of screw24K02.04 1/46 Slot, Keystone Tip $ 5.00 drivers with shanks from 2mm to 12mm 24K02.06 3/88 Slot, Keystone Tip $ 7.70 (3/32 to 1/2) in diameter, in a vertical or hori24K02.10 Slot, set of 4 $16.80 zontal position. An interlocking base makes 24K04.00 #05 Sq. Recess $ 5.70 spacing easy for handles up to 4cm (11/2) in 24K04.01 #15 Sq. Recess $ 5.70 diameter (they can be mounted separately if 24K04.02 #25 Sq. Recess $ 5.70 extra space is needed). Sold in a package of one 24K04.03 #35 Sq. Recess $ 5.70 dozen, four each of red, blue and yellow. 24K04.10 Sq. Recess, set of 4 $18.90 Mounting screws for 3/4 material included. 24K05.20 Screwdrivers, set of 12 $45.40 19J15.50 Screwdriver Holders (12) $7.50 Ratcheting Screwdriver E. Screw Grab Built for hard use, this screwdriver combines a This product prevents screwdrivers from E heavy-duty ratcheting mechanism with durable S2 torquing out of screw heads. It is particsteel bits. Its three-way clutch operates right, left, or ularly useful for screws with damaged locked. The eight double-ended bits include 3/16 to heads. The crystals in the carrier uid 5/16 slot, #1 to #3 Phillips, #0 to #3 squareThree-way lodge between the screwdriver and the drive, 5/32 and 1/8 hex, and T-10 to T-25 clutch screw, creating tremendous friction. Torx. Bits store inside the comfortable Only one drop needed. Non-staining. handle. A versatile and sturdy driver. Cleans up easily. It works! 0.5 oz. 24K05.30 Ratcheting Screwdriver $19.50 94K07.01 Screw Grab $5.95

G&H
Triangular handle offers superior grip.

119

Collar locks spiral down.

Integral ratchet

B
3-way clutch

With one depression of the handle, the Archimedes spiral rotates the bit twice.

A Spiral Ratcheting Screwdrivers & Bits These German-made Yankee-style drivers are useful in a variety of situations. The bit rotates twice with each depression of the handle, reducing effort. The integral ratchet lets you give a nal snug during installation or apply controlled force to begin backing out a stubborn screw. The slim prole lets you work close to an adjacent surface. The long shaft provides extended reach, and a collar at the top of the barrel locks the spiral down for use as a regular driver or for compact storage. The 111/2 driver is supplied with three 5.5mm shank bits: a #2 Phillips, a #2 square recessed, and an 11/64 slotted. The 171/2 driver comes with three 7mm shank bits: a #2 Phillips, a #2 square recess, and a 1/4 slotted. Both are made of chrome-plated steel and have wooden handles. A. 28K05.21 111/2 (292mm) Spiral Driver $42.50 B. 28K05.22 171/2 (445mm) Spiral Driver $56.50
C. Hex Adapter for Yankee Screwdrivers

Additional bits are compatible with most models of Yankee screwdrivers and are available individually or in sets. They are also compatible with our Yankee-style screwdrivers as indicated in the chart below. Ratcheting Driver Compatibility Yankee Driver #133, #135 and #233 Yankee-style drivers accepting 5.5mm (7/32) shank bits Shank Size

Item # 28K02.02 28K02.03 28K02.04 28K02.05 28K02.06 28K02.08 28K02.09 28K02.10 28K02.11 28K02.19 28K02.22 28K02.23 28K02.24 28K02.25 28K02.26 28K02.27 28K02.28 28K02.29 28K02.30 28K02.32 28K02.33 28K02.34 28K02.35 28K02.36 28K02.37 28K02.38 28K02.40

Price $ 2.10 $ 2.10 $ 1.40 $ 1.40 $ 1.40 $ 1.50 $ 3.90 $ 3.90 $ 3.90 $18.80 $ 2.60 $ 2.60 $ 2.60 $ 1.60 $ 1.60 $ 4.90 $ 4.90 $ 4.90 $23.50 $ 2.60 $ 2.60 $ 2.00 $ 2.00 $ 5.50 $ 5.50 $ 5.50 $23.50

Description #1 Phillips Bit #2 Phillips Bit 4mm (5/32) Slot Bit 6mm (1/4) Slot Bit Awl Bit 3.6mm (9/64) Drill Bit #1 Square-Recess Bit #2 Square-Recess Bit #3 Square-Recess Bit Set of 9 Bits (above) #1 Phillips Bit #2 Phillips Bit #3 Phillips Bit 6mm (1/4) Slot Bit 8mm (5/16) Slot Bit #1 Square-Recess Bit #2 Square-Recess Bit #3 Square-Recess Bit Set of 8 Bits (above) #2 Phillips Bit #3 Phillips Bit 7mm (9/32) Slot Bit 9mm (11/32) Slot Bit #1 Square-Recess Bit #2 Square-Recess Bit #3 Square-Recess Bit Set of 7 Bits (above)

5.5mm (7/32)

C This adapter lets you take advanBits not included. tage of the ratcheting action, added reach, and controlled torque of Collar slides back to release bit. a Yankee-style spiral screwdriver by adapting it to any 1/4 hex bit. It accepts bits that have plain or grooved shanks and has an integral rare-earth magnet to securely hold ferrous screws. Available in three sizes. A simple and inexpensive way to expand the capabilities of an already versatile tool.
Adapter Size Yankee #s

Yankee Driver #30 and #130 Yankee-style drivers accepting 7mm (9/32) shank bits Yankee Driver #31 and #131 Yankee-style drivers accepting 8mm (5/16) shank bits

7mm (9/32)

24K05.55 5.5mm (7/32) 133, 135, 233 24K05.70 7mm (9/32) 30, 130 24K05.80 8mm (5/16) 31, 131

$6.90 $6.90 $6.90

For a variety of screws and screw washers, see our Main Hardware catalog or visit our website at

8mm (5/16)

www.leevalley.com

Nut and bit not included.

Pull back collar to release bit.

Bit included.

D. Pocketwrench II

G E This pocket wrench excels at preventing a nut from spinning as you tighten High torque a bolt, and tightening or removing nuts from 3/16 G. Universal in restricted to 11/16 or 5mm to 17mm. One end is tapered for Adapter & Bit Set areas This set is built around an excellent bit holder. Not use as a pry or a screwdriver. The 1/4 hex hole only does it work with plain- or grooved-shank bits, allows you to slip the wrench over a standard hex E. Reversible Ratchet Screwdriver but it has the easiest operating action weve found bit (not included), creating a lever for applying Small enough to be used in restricted areas, this in a bit holder. Push the bit into the holder to lock it extra torque. Made from 420 stainless steel hardcomfortable screwdriver allows substantial in place; pulling the collar back makes the bit ened to Rc52, 1/8 thick, 4 long, and 1 wide. torque. Comes complete with 10 power bits spring up, where it is held by an integral rare-earth 25K17.01 Pocketwrench II $11.50 (2 slot, 4 Phillips and 4 square recess), all hardmagnet, ready to be removed. The belt-clip case ened to approximately Rc60. Can also be used has three individually sprung racks that provide 1 with /4 sockets by popping off the knurled cap. secure storage, and give easy access to the holder An excellent tool at a great price. and the 14 included precision-ground slot, Phillips, 88K11.10 Reversible Ratchet Set $7.95 square recess, Torx, and POZIDRIV bits. Bits are all made from S2 steel. (Bit holder also available F. Pocket Screwdriver Actual size separately with a 1 #2 Phillips bit.) This innocent-looking 1 dia. at steel bagel is really a versatile pocket screwdriver. What makes 17K02.05 Universal Adapter & Bit Set $12.50 it so effective is the range of edge thickness (from 1+ 3+ 0.030 to 0.090) created by a ramp formed on one H. 17K02.10 Magnetic Bit Holder $6.50 $5.50 side. It replaces dimes, quarters and table knives. We carry more screwdrivers online. For our Sold by the dozen as they make excellent gifts, F full selection, search for "screwdrivers" particularly for those whom you want to discourage at www.leevalley.co www.leevalley.com om from using cutlery for household repairs. 88K20.01 28K07.10 50K36.01 Dozen Pocket Screwdrivers $9.95
120 Screwdriving

F. Bit Extenders

E D

Screwdriver Shanks Crafting your own tools lets you customize handles Visit us at www.leevalley.com to suit your grip. The same quality of shank used in our lifetime screwdrivers (24K05.20+), these are G. Flex-Drive for Screwdriving available in slot, Phillips and square-recess styles. With a standard 1/4 hex shank and 1/4 hex socket, this 73/4 All have chromed-steel shafts and hardened tips. long ex shaft can be bent 90 to get at awkward spots with You can turn a handle on a lathe, make a simple precision. The outer sleeve does not rotate, but more imporoctagonal handle, or shape one freehand using tant, the shaft can be used in reverse or forward drive. For rasps or a spokeshave. Shanks friction-t into holes greater length, two or more can be joined together. Accepts bored in the handle. Projections prevent the shank all 1/4 hex-driver single-end bits. Recommended for use from rotating when torque is applied. High-speed only in cordless drills. steel brad point drill bits for boring and brass 28K10.01 Screwdriver Flex-Drive $9.50 ferrules to reinforce against splitting are available separately. Shank length, shaft diameter, and G ferrule size are listed in the chart.
Product # Drill Ferrule Price Dia. 3/16 Slot 1 / 4 4 5mm 1/2 $ 1.25 1/4 Slot 55/16 6mm 5/8 $ 1.75 5/16 Slot 73/8 8mm 5/8 $ 2.95 Set of 3 Slot Shanks $ 5.10 #1 Phillips 41/4 5mm 1/2 $ 1.25 #2 Phillips 55/16 6mm 5/8 $ 1.75 #3 Phillips 73/8 8mm 5/8 $ 2.95 Set of 3 Phillips Shanks $ 5.10 #1 Sq. Recess 55/16 6mm 5/8 $ 1.95 #2 Sq. Recess 69/16 8mm 5/8 $ 3.25 #3 Sq. Recess 69/16 8mm 5/8 $ 3.25 Set of 3 Square Recess Shanks $ 7.20 Set of 9 Shanks $16.40 Shank Length

A bit extender not only lets you reach into spaces Drill and accessories not included. where you cant t a drill, it also lets you drill and drive close to a corner, or nearly parallel to a surface. The quick-change chuck is sprung so the bit locks in place when inserted. To release it, slide the collar forward and the bit pops up, but remains lightly held by a rare-earth magnet. A oating sleeve on the shaft lets you hold the extender in use. Available When released, the bit is held in place by a rare-earth magnet until removed. individually, or as a set of three. Not for use with impact tools. 17K02.99 Set of 3 Bit Extenders $26.50 17K02.15 Bit Extender, 150mm (6) $ 7.50 F 17K02.30 Bit Extender, 300mm (12) $ 9.50 17K02.45 Bit Extender, 450mm (18) $12.50 A oating sleeve on the
shaft allows the extender to be held while in use.

A oating sleeve on the shaft allows the extender to be held while in use.

A.

B.

C.

D. E.

L.

G Tilting Bit Holder and Socket Drivers 88K98.01 Capable of tilting up to 15, these excellent-quality drivers are 88K98.02 ideal for installing cabinets or balusters, working between 88K98.03 joists, or anywhere access is 88K98.05 H difcult. The bit holder is 4 88K98.11 long, accepts standard 1/4 88K98.12 drivers, and has a rotating 88K98.13 outer sleeve for steadying the 88K98.15 88K98.21 bit. The chromed-steel socket N. 90 Angle Driver 88K98.22 drivers are available Converts any rechargeable drill into H 88K98.23 in 3/8 and 1/2 sizes an offset, quick-change screwdriver, 88K98.25 letting you use a power drill in places and have integral ball 88K98.30 that cant be reached with a straight detents to hold the J Brass Ferrules (inside dia.length) 1+ 10+ driver. Also ts 1/4 hex-insert hand socket securely. All 27K30.08 1/21/2 Ferrule, ea. $ .60 $ .48 have 1/4 hex shanks drivers. It has permanently lubricated K 27K30.11 5/80.550 Ferrule, ea. $ .65 $ .52 hardened steel gears and three sealed that are grooved for use bearings for smooth operation. Bits with quick-change Socket not included. are held by a 1/4 rare-earth magnet. chucks. Made in Japan. Drill Bits Includes #1 Phillips, #2 square $29.50 07J16.05 5mm HSS Brad Point Bit $ 6.40 H. 28K02.70 Tilting Bit Holder drive, and 1/4 slot bits. 6 overall; $10.50 07J16.06 6mm HSS Brad Point Bit $ 7.60 J. 28K02.80 Tilting Socket Driver, 3/8 weighs 81/2 oz. Only for use with cord$12.50 07J16.08 8mm HSS Brad Point Bit $11.25 K. 28K02.81 Tilting Socket Driver, 1/2 less drills (400 rpm maximum) and hand drivers. Jewellers Screwdrivers These are accurately ground, with 46J82.12 90 Angle Driver $19.90 Actual size of tough, hard tips (Rc56-58). The set of Phillips #1 six includes #1, #0 and #00 Phillips 3 5 3 and /64, /64 and /32 slot. The non-slip rubber composite handles have swivelling end caps. Comes in a plastic storage case. 44K06.55 Jewellers Screwdriver Set $19.50 N L M Ideal for miniature work, this 20-piece set includes 2 Phillips, 4 slot, 3 standard hex, 3 ball-head hex, 5 Torx-style and 2 star pattern bits plus a swivel-tip Actual size of Phillips #0 driver handle. Bits are hardened to approximately Rc57 and have ball-detent grips. Excellent quality, with a tted storage case. 44K06.50 Micro-Tip Screwdriver Set $22.50

M. Micro-Tip Screwdriver Set

Screwdriving 121

#3 #0

A
#2

Slot

Phillips

K
POZIDRIV

#1

C
A. Robertson Drive Bits Bit Type
Prices are per bit.

D
D. 115/16 Long $1.50 $1.35 19J01.21 19J01.22 19J01.23
1+ 5+ 1+

E
E. 31/2 Long $2.80 $2.40 19J01.31 19J01.32 19J01.33
5+

F
F. 6 Long
1+ 5+

G
Retracting screw holder/driver

C. 1 Long $ .95 $ .80 19J01.01 19J01.02 19J01.03 19J03.01 19J03.02 19J03.03

1+ 5+

These color-coded drive bits are essential when using genuine Robertson screws. They have a shock-resistant steel tip insert that seats rmly in the drive and will not cam out. Each bit is identied by a powder-coated color particular to the Robertson drive size. This is a common standard reference. All have 1/4 hex shanks.
Robertson # #0 #1 #1 #1 #2 #2 #2 #2 #3 #3 #3 #3 Bit Bit Screw Color Length Size Yellow #2, 4 1 Green #5, 6, 7 1 Green #5, 6, 7 2 Green #5, 6, 7 4 Red #8, 9, 10 1 Red #8, 9, 10 2 Red #8, 9, 10 4 Red #8, 9, 10 6 Black #12, 14 1 Black #12, 14 2 Black #12, 14 4 Black #12, 14 6 1+ $1.20 $1.20 $1.30 $1.60 $1.20 $1.30 $1.60 $2.10 $1.20 $1.30 $1.60 $2.10 5+ $1.05 $1.05 $1.15 $1.45 $1.05 $1.15 $1.45 $1.90 $1.05 $1.15 $1.45 $1.90

Phillips #1 Phillips #2 Phillips #3 Phillips #4 Sq. Recess #1 Sq. Recess #2 Sq. Recess #3 F. Extra-Long Bits

$2.50 $2.15 19J22.01 19J22.02 19J22.03 19J22.04 19J03.21 19J21.01 19J03.31* 19J03.22 19J21.02 19J03.32* 19J03.23 19J21.03 19J03.33* * actual length is 215/16.

19J40.01 19J40.11 19J40.12 19J40.14 19J40.21 19J40.22 19J40.24 19J40.26 19J40.31 19J40.32 19J40.34 19J40.36

These 6 long bits let you reach into corners, through framing, past skirting boards, and into other areas you cannot reach with short bits. The extra length gives better visual alignment, and the bit seats better for less cam-out. Durable at Rc60. To make your own screwdrivers, epoxy the bits into handles. All have a 1/4 hex shank.
G. Economy Magnetic Bit Holder

The 1/4 hex shank is grooved for use with quickchange chucks. Overall length is 3. M.
1+ 5+ N.

Robertson Drive Bit Set 25J11.01 3 Magnetic Bit Holder $3.60 $3.00 Color-coded for easy identication, these genuine Robertson screw drive bits are manufactured with H. Retracting Screw Holder/Driver accurate tool-steel square-recess drive tips for A great tool for driving long screws up to #10. precise t, and durable powder-coat carbon-steel The sleeve holds the screw in line with the bit shanks. The 12-piece set includes bits for screw and retracts as the screw is driven. Free oating, sizes #2 to #14: six of the most popular #2 (red) bits the sleeve can be held to provide more control. in 1, 2 and 3 lengths; one #0 (yellow) 1 long bit; The magnetic chuck has a 1/4 hex shank and three #1 (green) bits in 1, 2 and 3 lengths; and accepts 1/4 hex-shank bits (not included). The two #3 (black) bits in 2 and 3 lengths. holder extends from 43/4 to 71/2 long. 19J20.03 Robertson 12-pc. Bit Set $9.50 25J10.01 Screw Holder/Driver $4.90
B. One Dozen #2 Square-Recess Bits

O.

P.

Q.

Driver Bits for Stainless-Steel Screws When using stainless-steel fasteners, it is important to use a stainless-steel driver bit. A regular carbonsteel bit may transfer steel particles that can corrode and stain the workpiece. These bits are made from 420 stainless steel hardened to Rc50-55. Each is approximately 1 long with a 1/4 hex shank. A 25/16 magnetic stainless-steel bit holder, grooved for use with quick-change chucks, is available separately or with a set of all 12 bits. Style Size 1+ 5+ 19J31.15 Torx T-15 $ .95 $ .80 19J31.20 Torx T-20 $ .95 $ .80 19J31.25 Torx T-25 $ .95 $ .80 19J31.64 Slot 4mm $ .95 $ .80 19J31.65 Slot 5mm $ .95 $ .80 19J31.66 Slot 6mm $ .95 $ .80 19J31.51 Sq. Recess #1 $ .95 $ .80 19J31.52 Sq. Recess #2 $ .95 $ .80 19J31.53 Sq. Recess #3 $ .95 $ .80 19J31.41 Phillips #1 $ .95 $ .80 19J31.42 Phillips #2 $ .95 $ .80 19J31.43 Phillips #3 $ .95 $ .80 19J31.70 SS Bit Holder, 25/16 $ 3.90 $3.40 19J31.75 Holder & 12 Bits Set $13.50

The most commonly used bit for most woodworkers is a #2 square recess. We ordered these bits in a 3 length, substantially longer than those usually offered. Although inexpensive, these are good bits. They are well machined and hardened to Rc60. Available only by the dozen. 19J20.02 One Dozen #2 S.R. Bits $10.50
C-E. Screwdriver Bits

High-quality, 1/4 hex-shanked screwdriver tips. The shanks on the longer sizes are grooved for use with quick-change chucks. Tips are machined from chrome vanadium molybdenum tool steel and hardened to Rc59-62. These will last much longer than normal bits. Quantity discounts apply when ve or more of the same size and style are purchased.
122 Screwdriving

Diamond-Tipped Screwdriver Bits A coating of ne diamond grit on the tips increases friction between the driver and screw head to signicantly reduce cam-out. Each bit is milled from chrome molybdenum vanadium tool steel, hardened to Rc57-59, and nickel plated to resist corrosion. Made in Germany, they are 1 long with standard 1/4 hex shanks. The set of seven includes one of each bit. For long screws or the slot bits, we recommend using a retracting screw holder (sold separately). 1+ 5+ J. 19J30.01 4.0mm (5/32) Slot Bit $ 3.90 $3.40 19J30.02 5.5mm (7/32) Slot Bit $ 3.90 $3.40 19J30.03 6.5mm (1/4) Slot Bit $ 3.90 $3.40 K. 19J30.04 #1 Phillips Bit $ 3.90 $3.40 19J30.05 #2 Phillips Bit $ 3.90 $3.40 19J30.06 #3 Phillips Bit $ 3.90 $3.40 L. 19J30.08 #2 POZIDRIV Bit $ 3.90 $3.40 19J30.00 Set of 7 Bits $22.50

C. Veritas Chisel Point Brad Awl

A B
A. Veritas Screw Lifter

Screw removal is easy with this clever springsteel tool. Slip the slim tip under the screw and press the arched body to provide removal tension, or atten the arch and engage the screw in the keyhole cut-out, leaving both hands free to use a screwdriver. Weighs less than 1 oz. 05K52.01 Veritas Screw Lifter $9.50

B. Drywall Bit

This bit drills and countersinks drywall screws. A press-t aluminum collar forces the #2 Phillips bit to release once the screw is just below the D. Square-Blade Awl for Hardwoods E. Set of Auger Gimlets drywall surface. One bit should do an entire Originally called a birdcage-makers awl because Auger gimlets have a tapered screw tip and an room before it starts to wear. Nickel plated, it was used for drilling holes for the cage wire, auger body. The seven sizes range from 5/64 to hardened to Rc62. this square-bladed awl quickly spread to general just over 3/16 to pre-drill screw sizes #2 to #9. 1+ 10+ woodworking. It is ideal for quickly pre-drilling 99W87.01 Drywall Bit, set of 3 $5.80 $4.70 33J20.01 Set of 7 Auger Gimlets $13.95
Insert shown in socket (not included).

This is no ordinary brad awl. The diamondshaped cross section and chisel tip make it perfect for use in softwoods. The best hole is formed with the chisel tip at chisel 90 to the grain. When the tool The tip creates is moved back and forth while an oval hole best pushing it down, it quickly for screw grip. motors its way through softwoods, creating an oval hole perfect for best screw grip at the same time as preventing material from splitting. It is not only preferable to drilling (because of the wood compression instead of wood removal) but it is nearly as fast. It is also usable in hardwoods but there it only performs normally. The rosewood handle has an oval prole that not only allows for an effective grip, but also lets you feel the orientation of the chisel tip at all times. At 6 long it ts nicely in the palm of the hand. Comes in a reusable capped tube and includes a protective blade guard. This is a completely new design of brad awl. Patented. 05N60.01 Chisel Point Brad Awl $19.95

C D

E for screws or even for general mark-out work. Works well in hardwoods. Rosewood handle, forged and ground steel blade. 5 long overall. Made in England. 35N13.01 Square-Blade Awl $19.90

F. Magnetic Inserts for Sockets

A magnetic socket is a great frustration saver when you are working with a nut or bolt in an awkward spot, since it allows you to start or extract a fastener without fear of dropping it. These simple inserts seat unobtrusively in the bottoms of ordinary 6- or 12-point sockets, adding a strong rare-earth magnet that holds ferrous fasteners securely. The flexible plastic tabs surrounding the magnet conform to the socket walls for a snug t. Set includes ten metric sizes from 10mm to 19mm, and nine Imperial sizes from 3/8 to 7/8. A simple, useful retrot. 25K17.19 Magnetic Inserts (19) $9.90
G. Compact 28-pc. Ratchet Set

fans, adjusting small motors, etc.). Supplied in H. Grip-Tite Sockets a tted storage box that is just 51/2313/8 While these look like regular thick, it is portable and ts neatly in a drawer, sockets from the outside, shed or toolbox. The 72-tooth ratchet mechaeach inside corner of the nism operates with as little as 5 of swing, hexagonal well has a oating Floating ngers lock minimizing lost motion. The ratchet head (with steel gripping finger that on as socket turns. push-button socket removal), 2 extension, 1/4 acts as a wedge, locking against the ats on the nut or hex adapter, and nine sockets are durable, rustRatchet handle not bolt head as the socket resistant, nickel-plated chrome-vanadium steel. included. rotates. The more force you Includes 16 slot, Phillips, square drive, apply to the ratchet handle, POZIDRIV, hex, and Torx bits. The Imperial the more tenaciously the set comes with 3/16, 1/4, 9/32, 5/16, 11/32, 3/8, 7/16, 15/32, and 1/2 sockets, while those in the ngers grip. They excel at removing hex nuts and bolts metric set range from 5mm to 13mm. An that have rounded corners, exceptional price for a set of this quality. Socket grips and also grip the fastener 17K01.90 Ratchet Set, Imperial $16.50 rmly enough to firmly so that you can be used 17K01.91 Ratchet Set, Metric $16.50 one-handed. unscrew or install it onehanded. Made of nickel-plated chrome-vanadium steel for durability and rust resistance, the 3/8 drive sockets come with a lifetime guarantee. A full set of seven sockets (3/8, 7/16/11mm, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8/16mm, 11/16, and 3/4/19mm) comes in a molded storage case. Made in the USA. 25K17.17 Sockets, boxed set of 7 $25.50

This reversible ratchet set is a real nd. Its great benet lies with its compact size and versatile socket and bit selection. At just 41/4 long, the handle is low prole, easily gripped and ts wherever your hand will comfortably go. For light work, you can control the handle using fingertips only; for heavier work requiring greater torque, the handle nestles comfortably in your palm for enhanced grip. An excellent homeowners kit, it contains enough 1/4 drive sockets and screwdriver bits to tackle most jobs (tightening loose fasteners, knock-down furniture assembly, mounting light xtures/ceiling

Push-button lock allows easy socket removal.

Ratchet handle not included.

123

D B A C E

SAFETY
A. Chemical Splash Goggles

closely to prevent debris inltration and has a head sizes. The polycarbonate lens has a coating These professional-series goggles have a scratch-resistant anti-static and anti-fog coating. that is anti-fog, anti-static and scratch resistant. large, clear, replaceable polycarbonate lens Made in the USA, they meet ANSI Z87 and One model has a clear lens for indoor use, the with an anti-fog, anti-scratch and anti-static CSA Z94.3 standards. other, a tinted lens for outdoor use. 1+ 6+ coating. The large, soft elastomer seal 22R72.40 Pro. Safety Glasses, ea. $11.95 $10.75 F. 22R72.01 Safety Overglasses, Clear $15.50 conforms to the face comfortably and securely. G. 22R72.02 Safety Overglasses, Tinted $16.50 The wide elasticized fabric headband is easy D. Tinted Safety Glasses to adjust. There is indirect ventilation for The wrap-around polycarbonate lens on these H. Childs Safety Goggles minimum fogging and maximum protection It is important to teach good safety habits to glasses is stylish as well as having anti-fog and from splashes, ying particles and dust. They young woodworkers. These soft, exible goggles scratch-resistant features. You get style, safety t over most prescription glasses and meet with an acetate lens are designed to comfortably and UV protection in mod glasses with adjustANSI Z87+ and CSA Z94.3 standards. t the smaller faces of 5- to 12-year-olds, while able arms for different head sizes. 1+ 6+ 22R72.45 Chemical Splash Goggles $19.50 protecting them from sawdust and chips. 22R72.16 Tinted Glasses, ea. $15.50 $13.95 1+ 6+ B. Dust Goggles E. Safety Glasses 22R30.01 Childs Goggles, ea. $4.95 $4.45 Developed for protection in high-dust environThese tough, polycarbonate, high-impact safety ments, or for use outdoors in dusty or windy glasses are light, comfortable, and stylish. The conditions. They feature a wrap-around anti-fog, wrap-around style doesnt interrupt peripheral anti-static and scratch-resistant polycarbonate vision. The arms are adjustable in length for lens, a hypoallergenic foam seal and an adjustable best temple t. Black frame with a clear lens elastic headband. Comfortable anti-fog goggles. H that has a durable anti-fog, anti-scratch and 22R72.25 Dust Goggles $16.00 anti-static coating. 1+ 6+ 22R18.01 Safety Glasses, ea. $9.95 $8.95 C. Professional Safety Glasses The most comfortable safety glasses we have tried, these have a padded brow, exible ngers on the nosepiece, pivoting arms to modify the lens angle, and length-adjustable soft-cushioned temples. The low-prole frame does not impede peripheral vision. The wrap-around lens fits
J. Bifocal Safety Glasses

Safety Overglasses These safety glasses are designed to t over prescription glasses. The arm length and lens pitch are adjustable to t most

Adjustable arms

Pivoting lens Fits over prescription glasses

K. Stick-On Magnifying Lenses

These tough safety glasses offer wrap-around eye protection while providing the magnication and focal length change you need for close work. The polycarbonate lens is bifocal with integral magnifiers in the lower portion of the lens and no magnication in the upper portion. This allows you to focus on near or far objects without removing your safety glasses. The arm length and lens pitch are adjustable to comfortably t most head sizes. A convenient alternative to wearing safety glasses over regular reading glasses. 22R73.10 Magnifying Bifocals, +1.0 $16.50 22R73.15 Magnifying Bifocals, +1.5 $16.50 22R73.20 Magnifying Bifocals, +2.0 $16.50 22R73.25 Magnifying Bifocals, +2.5 $16.50 22R73.30 Magnifying Bifocals, +3.0 $16.50

These removable lenses let you quickly convert safety goggles or sunglasses into magnifying glasses for close work, eliminating the expense of customized lenses. Easy to apply and adjust, the soft lenses adhere using water, and can be peeled off and reused. Position them high for overhead work, central for eye-level work, or low for lower work. Available in four strengths, they are about 13/8 long by 5/8 high. Versatile and economical. 1+ 3+ 22R73.41 +1.50 Lenses, pr. $12.50 $11.25 22R73.43 +2.00 Lenses, pr. $12.50 $11.25 22R73.44 +2.50 Lenses, pr. $12.50 $11.25 22R73.45 +3.00 Lenses, pr. $12.50 $11.25
Visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com
Safety glasses shown with stick-on lenses applied. Safety glasses sold separately.

The best way to buy simple magniers ("drugstore" glasses) is to try different diopters (powers) to see what suits you and your intended use of them. For someone with perfect vision and eyes in a resting state, a +1.00 diopter lens will show an object clearly at one metre, or about 40, +2.00 diopters around 20 (half a metre), and +3.00 diopters at just over a foot (a third of a metre). These numbers may differ if you are near-sighted or far-sighted. With advancing age, you will probably nd that you will +2.5 need something like +1.50 to +2.00 diopters for lathe work and as much as +2.50 diopters for +2.0 detailed carving. The answer is to try several pairs and +1.5 match one of them to the +1.0 job at hand.

Stick-on lenses can be applied to specic area of safety glasses.

Carrying case included.

124 Safety

A. Cartridge Respirator

A B D Equipped with the same organic-vapor cartridges and prelters as our deluxe cartridge respirator, F this respirator provides protection against organic vapors, dusts, and vapors of paints/lacquers/ enamels when used with adequate C ventilation. The elastomer face piece ts E securely and seals well. G The comfortable three-point headband system D. Comfort-Fit Respirator Face shield sold separately. is completely adjustable. Available in three sizes This respirator has a three-point harness system F. Low-Prole (regular ts 90% of users), this is an economical Dust Respirator that distributes tension for a comfortable, secure and effective respirator suitable for home use or Suitable for protection t, even in prolonged use. The soft, doublein small shops. For replacement pre-lters and against hazardous dusts, ange elastomer seal conforms snugly to the cartridges, see replacement parts below. this low-profile respiface without gaps or pinching. The exhalation 22R20.01 Small Cartridge Respirator $37.50 rator fits easily under valve allows easy breathing and points down to 22R20.02 Regular Cartridge Respirator $37.50 full-face safety hoods prevent goggles or glasses from fogging. The 22R20.03 Large Cartridge Respirator $37.50 and shields (such as our mask also holds the lter away from the face, so 22R72.60 face shield). it doesnt restrict breathing or become uncomB. Deluxe Cartridge Respirator A strong polycarbonate fortably warm and moist. With a NIOSH rating This respirator is suitable for home use or in grill covering the front of the lter separates the of N95, the lter removes harmful dusts common small woodworking shops (not for industrial safety shield from the lter material, so breathing in woodworking shops. Comes with one lter; use). Equipped with two organic-vapor cartridges is not restricted. It has an exhalation valve for replacements available separately. and two pre-lters, it provides protection against easy breathing, two adjustable elastic headbands, 22R20.31 Small Respirator $16.90 organic vapors, dusts, and vapors of paints/ and a soft elastomer seal for a comfortable t. 22R20.32 Medium Respirator $16.90 lacquers/enamels. (It doesnt protect against NIOSH rating of N99. Comes with one lter; 22R20.33 Large Respirator $16.90 paint strippers containing methylene chloride, replacements available separately. E. 22R20.34 Repl. Filters, pkg. of 5 $ 7.80 which should be used only outdoors.) It features 22R20.25 Dust Respirator & Filter $17.70 To order call 1-800-871-8158 a silicone face piece that is less likely to irritate G. 22R20.27 Repl. Filters, pkg. of 2 $ 8.40 skin, is easy to clean, and ts comfortably. The straps are designed with cradle suspension for Rear-knob Professional Face Shield double-ratcheting secure positioning and have adjustable clips. In addition to providing excellent protection, this system Available in three sizes (the regular size ts 90% face shield is exceptionally comfortable and of users). See replacement parts listed below. easily adjusts for fit and shield angle. Its 22R20.10 Small Deluxe Respirator $54.50 contoured frame wraps around your face to 22R20.11 Regular Deluxe Respirator $54.50 protect your chin and forehead, much like a 22R20.12 Large Deluxe Respirator $54.50 goalie mask. Suitable for prolonged use, it has a C. Replacement Parts for cushioned headband with a washable brow pad. Padded headband Cartridge Respirators The headband adjusts and secures easily using a These are compatible only with the respirators rear-knob double-ratcheting system. The tough Shield above. Pre-lters have an N95 NIOSH rating polycarbonate shield has a scratch-resistant anti- locking knob and should be changed frequently to extend the static and anti-fog coating. Measures about 91/2 Polycarbonate shield life of the chemical cartridges. wide by 13 tall and weighs 12 oz. Meets ANSI 22R20.19 Pre-Filters, pkg. of 2 $ 3.80 Z87 and CSA Z94.3 standards. 22R20.20 Filter Clips, pkg. of 2 $ 5.30 22R72.60 Professional Face Shield $47.50 22R20.18 Chem. Cartridges, pkg. of 2 $14.50 22R72.61 Repl. Shield, ea. $22.50 Standard and Anti-Fog Dust Masks With molded outer shells for comfort and durability, these masks last up to ve times longer than conventional masks. Lightweight (under an ounce) and non-crushable, they offer a close facial seal without the need for a metal noseband strip. The anti-fog model has an exhalation valve that prevents fogging of glasses and is cooler to wear than the standard model. Both models provide excellent protection against dust and mists. Regular sizes of the standard and anti-fog dust masks are packaged in an innovative plastic locker that stores up to four unused masks in the lower compartment and one used mask in the upper compartment. This arrangement protects unused masks from dust and allows storage of a partially used mask without Mask for reuse is stored affecting the fresh stock. The small sizes are available only in on top of interior dome. bulk packaging as lockers are not available for them. H. 22R36.01 Locker (5) Std. Masks, Reg. $10.90 Fresh 22R36.02 Pkg. (5) Std. Masks, Sm. $ 9.90 masks are kept J. 22R36.03 Locker (5) Anti-Fog Masks, Reg. $20.50 inside 22R36.04 Pkg. (5) Anti-Fog Masks, Sm. $19.50 container.

125

Microphone

Microphone

B
G. ZEM Hearing

G Protectors These comfortable, lightweight (1.7 oz) hearing protectors attenuate harmful noise while allowing speech to be clearly heard, so you can converse in a workshop or on a job site without compromising hearing protection. Folds for easy Their patented storage. design redirects G and dissipates high-decibel sound. Noise reduction rating is 26dB. H Adjustable for size, they fold for easy storage. Two pairs of replacement cuffs are included; additional cuffs are available separately. 22R08.01 ZEM Hearing Protectors $23.50 H. 22R08.05 Repl. Cuffs, 2 pairs $ 2.90
J. Foam Ear Plugs

C
Volume adjustment Microphone and radio volume adjustment FM receiver

3.5mm stereo input jack Electronic Hearing Protectors With a built-in microphone and speakers, the Where air can go, so can noise. Ensure that the regular hearing protectors let you adjust the hearing protection product you use has an airtight ambient noise level to hear normal conversation, seal. but attenuate noise above 85dB. Safer and more useful than regular earmuffs, they weigh only D. Hearing Protectors These are industrial-standard hearing protectors, 13 oz. Passive noise reduction rating is 21dB. suitable for general workshop noise levels. The stereo model has a Lightweight (145g/5 oz), they have softly built-in FM radio receiver, a padded earpieces and a headband that ts easily stereo input jack (complete with face protectors. Noise-reduction rating of with 3 cable) for use with Adjust ambient 25dB. The replacement pad kit contains two ear CD and MP3 players, and noise cushions and two damping pads. For regularly electronic sound reduction level. used protectors, pads should be replaced every that lets you balance the 6 months. 1+ 6+ level of external sound, 22R10.01 Hearing Protectors $22.50 $20.15 while blocking all sound over 82db. Separate $11.90 $10.70 control knobs let you use the features indepen- E. 22R12.02 Repl. Pad Kit dently or balance them for use simultaneously. F. Shop Earmuffs Weighs 151/2 oz. Passive noise reduction rating The foam-lled cushions on these earmuffs seal is 25db. around your ears. The large-volume cups have a Both models require two AA batteries (not noise-reduction rating of 20dB. They can be included). Replacement pad set includes two ear worn with the adjustable band over the head, cushions and two damping pads. behind the head, or under the chin. Good value A. 22R12.75 Hearing Protectors, Reg. $29.90 for shop use. All-plastic construction. B. 22R12.80 Hearing Protectors, Stereo $49.90 1+ 6+ C. 22R12.76 Repl. Pads, set of 2 $ 5.00 22R15.01 Shop Earmuffs $19.50 $17.45

These have an NRR of 33dB, the highest of any single-use ear plugs. Made of a soft polyurethane foam material, they have a contoured shape that allows them to conform to the ear canal for a close fit. They are exceptionally comfortable; you simply roll them to size and insert. Sealed in pairs and sold in packages of 10 pairs. Economical and effective. 1+ 5+ 22R72.55 Foam Ear Plugs, 10 pr. $3.80 $3.25

K. AirSoft Corded Ear Plugs

These exceptionally comfortable plugs are molded from a soft, rubbery, sound-attenuating material with a noise-reduction rating of 27dB, the highest of any reusable plug. The slim, tapered design is easy to insert. The cord keeps the plugs within easy reach around your neck, or can be used to hang them up. Easily cleaned with mild soap and water.
1+ 5+

22R72.50 Corded Ear Plugs, 1 pr. $5.50 $4.70

L. Safety Chaps

Materials (ASTM) standard #F-1414-99 in the USA and BNQ/CAN 1923-450-M91 standard Providing excellent protection from a running chain saw, these followed by Underwriters Laboratories of are lighter and easier to wear than chain-saw pants. The 30 long Canada (ULC). by 14 wide protective pads have nine layers of RS2096 Tek-knit cloth (yarn bers that jam up a chain and sprocket). The heavy67K30.06 Safety Chaps $99.50 duty Cordura shell resists water, gasoline, grease, and oil. The M. Chain-Saw Gloves 39 long chaps have an Gloves should be worn when operating a chain adjustable, quick-release saw to protect the hand in case a chain breaks. belt and two quick-release The backs on these gloves have an outer layer of M buckles on each leg, leaving 1000-denier Cordura nylon and six inside layers room for boots and clothing of Ropeknit material that will protect the back of underneath, and a 79 the hand. These gloves feature trigger ngers and pocket on the front. a double layer of pigskin on the palms for Classied by Underwriters dexterity and a non-slip grip. Available in mens Laboratories (UL) as large (size 10) and extra-large (size 11). meeting the American 67K86.15 Pr. Chain-Saw Gloves, Lg. $45.00 Society for Testing and 67K86.16 Pr. Chain-Saw Gloves, XL $46.50

126 Safety

A. Gripper

Gloves Puncture resistant, these gloves are ideal for A handling the Thermal thorny branches of B brambles or rose bushes. The latex-covered Regular palms and ngers make them C hold their work by hand. ideal for handling wet or dry lumber, steel, etc., B When used with a regular while the cotton-blend backs let your hands grip, it is non-marring to C. Kevlar Gloves breathe to stay cool. The gloves are offered in a all but the softest woods. Made of Kevlar (originally developed for bulletregular version or with a thermal lining for Designed to fit loosely Sold individually, the glove proof vests), these heavy-duty knitted gloves are warmth. A nice t and very exible. for maximum dexterity, is reversible for use on strong, resist cuts and abrasion, and insulate A. GRIPPER GLOVES it has an adjustable wrist- either hand. well. Seven times as slash resistant as cotton SIZE 6 7 8 9 10 band and can be cleaned in the dishwasher. gloves of the same weight, they are exible and Though it provides outstanding protection wont shrink or stiffen when washed. Hundreds Regular AH150 AH151 AH153 AH155 AH157 $5.95 against mishaps with hand tools, it should never of rubber buttons on both sides provide an excel$ 7.95 AH161 Thermal AH163 AH165 AH167 be used with any power tool. Sold individually, lent grip. Great for use with grinders or sanders To determine your glove size, measure (in inches) the the glove is reversible for use on either hand. (to protect against sudden dimensioning of circumference of your hand (not including the thumb) UL/USDA approved. fingertips) or for rough outdoor work where and order the closest size, e.g., 73/4 would be size 8. 67K84.02 Sm. Glove (size 7-71/2) $79.00 solid grip is essential to safety. 67K84.03 Med. Glove (size 8-81/2) $79.00 B. Carvers Chain Mail Glove 67K80.01 Kevlar, Small (size 6-8) $19.90 67K84.04 Lg. Glove (size 9-91/2) $79.00 Made from thousands of welded stainless-steel 67K80.02 Kevlar, Medium (size 9-10) $19.90 67K84.05 XL Glove (size 10-101/2) $79.00 rings, this glove is exible and readily molds to 67K80.03 Kevlar, Large (size 11-12) $19.90 67K84.06 XXL Glove (size 11-111/2) $79.00 the hand, making it ideal for wood carvers who 67K80.04 Kevlar, XLarge (size 13) $19.90
D. Cotton Glove Liners

dexterity and flexibility over thicker nitrile Wearing vinyl or rubber gloves. Made of 100% synthetic nitrile, they D gloves can not only be hot contain no protein allergens. Nitrile provides the and sticky but, for some same protection as latex and vinyl gloves, except people, they can cause allergic reactions. Cotton they are not recommended for use with aniline glove liners solve both problems they keep dyes or ketones. They provide the best protecyour hands dry and protected. Knitted from tion for use with polyurethanes. Dispenser box 100% cotton, they stretch to t most hand sizes. of 100 gloves. Sold in packs of six gloves (three pairs) in mens 86K43.00 Thin Nitrile Gloves, Sm. $20.50 or womens sizes. 86K43.01 Thin Nitrile Gloves, Med. $20.50 67K91.01 Womens Glove Liners, 3 pr. $2.95 86K43.02 Thin Nitrile Gloves, Large $20.50 67K91.02 Mens Glove Liners, 3 pr. $2.95 86K43.03 Thin Nitrile Gloves, XLarge $20.50 E. Thick Nitrile Gloves G. Neoprene Gloves At 15 mil thick, these nitrile gloves resist cuts, Similar in chemical resistance range to polyvinyl snags and abrasion. They provide an excellent chloride (PVC) gloves, these are preferred for barrier to alcohols, ammonia, bleach, gasoline, acetone, ethylene glycol, caustics, oils and greases. kerosene, mineral spirits, naphtha, paint thinSuitable for short-term use with paint strippers ners, Stoddard solvent and turpentine. They containing methylene chloride (polyvinyl alcohol provide satisfactory resistance to toluene and gloves recommended for shop use). 1+ 6+ xylene. 1+ 6+ 67K82.06 Pr. Neoprene, Sm. $8.40 $7.55 86K41.00 Pr. Nitrile Gloves, Sm. $4.70 $4.20 67K82.05 Pr. Neoprene, Med. $8.40 $7.55 86K41.01 Pr. Nitrile Gloves, Med. $4.70 $4.20 67K82.04 Pr. Neoprene, Large $8.40 $7.55 86K41.02 Pr. Nitrile Gloves, Lg. $4.70 $4.20 67K82.03 Pr. Neoprene, XLarge $8.40 $7.55 86K41.03 Pr. Nitrile Gloves, XL $4.70 $4.20 H. Latex Gloves F. Thin Nitrile Gloves These are 5 mil thick, tight-tting molded gloves These gloves are only 4 mil thick, yet provide (lightly powdered with cornstarch). Latex provides three times the puncture resistance of similar the best protection against acetones, alcohols latex and vinyl gloves, as well as increased (isobutyl, isopropyl, methyl) and aniline dyes (dry D E F G

or liquid), and good protection against acids (dilute solutions), ethylene glycol, and ketones. Not recommended for solvent or oil-based products. 100% natural latex is cooler than vinyl. Using a cotton glove underneath or a barrier cream (such as Gloves in a Bottle) helps prevent skin reactions. Sold in a dispenser box of 100 gloves. 86K42.00 Latex Gloves, Sm. $12.90 86K42.01 Latex Gloves, Med. $12.90 86K42.02 Latex Gloves, Large $12.90 86K42.03 Latex Gloves, XLarge $12.90 J. Powder-Free Vinyl Gloves These gloves are made by bonding a low-friction inner layer (for easy on and off) with a higherfriction outer layer for good grip. At just 3.5 mil thick, they t tightly yet remain exible and nonrestrictive. A good choice for short-term use with most nishes and glues, including those containing alcohols (denatured, isopropyl and methyl), linseed oil, mineral spirits, naphtha, pure tung oil, esters, ethylene glycol and 90% phenols. Not recommended for use with paint strippers or nishes with strong solvents. Sold in a dispenser box of 100. Excellent value. 86K44.01 Powder-Free Vinyl, Sm. $12.95 86K44.02 Powder-Free Vinyl, Med. $12.95 86K44.03 Powder-Free Vinyl, Large $12.95 86K44.04 Powder-Free Vinyl, XLarge $12.95 H J

To avoid sweaty hands or a possible allergic reaction, wear a thin cotton liner under gloves.

Safety 127

A B
A. Magnier Tweezers

G To remove those bits that you cant see but know are in there. Hinged joint lets you adjust magnication as necessary. Very handy in the shop or anywhere else. Made of stainless steel, with a G. High-Friction quartz glass lens. 31/2 long. Guard Tape 86K98.05 Magnier Tweezers $7.90 Used in many indusB. "Sliver Gripper" Tweezers trial applications, this Some products are hard to describe because they tape increases grip and are so good that an accurate description sounds protects against cuts or like a carnival snake-oil pitch. This is such a abrasion. It is made product. These stainless-steel tweezers are from cotton gauze unequalled for removing slivers. They are accucoated with a latex rately ground to a ne point with a light cross-score compound. Widely on the inside to grip the sliver. The holes in either used medically as well, side make for a secure nger grip since the eshy this is a tape that sticks part of your nger naturally beds in the hole as to itself, not to other things. It holds its shape you squeeze. Every household should have a pair. well once formed. This makes it ideal for carv3/8 wide hardened stainless steel. ers nger guards; they can be slipped off when 86K94.01 "Sliver Gripper" Tweezers, ea. $7.95 not in use. It also makes an ideal wrap to increase C. Gloves in a Bottle tool handle friction. It has dozens of uses around This non-toxic, hypoallergenic lotion works like the shop, garden and house. a pair of gloves. It is absorbed into the skin to 22R70.01 Guard Tape, 3/490 $4.75 form a one-way barrier that will last about 4 hours against a wide range of environmental H. Anti-Vibration H irritants. Unlike gloves, it allows the skin to Gloves breathe and perspire normally. Effective protecVibrating tion against grease, solvents, thinners, paint, sanders, power herbicides, pesticides, epoxies, glues, cement, nailers and lime, gasoline, diesel, poison oak, poison ivy, similar equipand industrial detergents. Also helps protect ment can cause against reactions to latex gloves. Substances that Raynauds would normally cause stains or odors are easily Syndrome (better washed away. Ideal for woodworkers, homeknown as white nger), Carpal Tunnel Syndrome, makers and gardeners alike. and other physical disorders. These gloves insulate the palm, deadening the vibration that causes 25K90.20 Gloves in a Bottle, 2 oz $ 5.90 stress to the hand and wrist. The thick palm 25K90.21 Gloves in a Bottle, 8 oz $15.20 insert is flexible and cased in soft goatskin leather. Lycra on the back of the hand provides a Flexx-Rap Tape D snug and comfortable t. There are other top-ofLess restrictive than gloves or the-line anti-vibration gloves available, but they adhesive guard tape, this are about four times the price. These moderately exible, breathable priced gloves are suitable for home shop use. wrap protects ngers 67K86.23 Pr. A-V Gloves, Sm. $12.50 without leaving 67K86.24 Pr. A-V Gloves, Med. $12.50 sticky residue, or 67K86.25 Pr. A-V Gloves, Lg. $12.50 impairing dexterity 67K86.26 Pr. A-V Gloves, XL $12.50 and sense of touch. The latex-impregnated elastic fabric has a slightly wrinkled, F E rubbery texture that clings when wrapped over itself, staying snug with very little tension, while also aiding grip. It helps improve safety and is especially useful for doing work that is rough on ngers but A demands freedom of movement. Supplied in a 1 wide, 5-yard roll (stretched length). Made in USA.
1+ D. 22R69.92 Green Flexx-Rap E. 22R69.93 Pink Flexx-Rap F. 22R69.91 Blue Flexx-Rap 6+

$2.20 $2.00 $2.20 $2.00 $2.20 $2.00

128 Safety

B Titebond III Titebond III is an excellent all-around choice when faced with conditions that would challenge A any other E water-based D adhesive. Combining a strong initial C tack with a Chair Doctor Glue long open time Chair Doctor glue does exactly what the name (10 min.) but implies: it xes chairs. If a chair has a loose rung, short clamping an injection of Chair Doctor will bond it in positime (30 min.), tion. The secret is the low viscosity. It soaks into it has good the end grain, swells the wood and then freezes it gap-lling in the swollen state as it cures. A lm of dry glue capabilities with its high solids content (52%). lines the wood cells, preventing contraction. The It sands easily without softening, resists heat glue can penetrate the narrowest of cracks. and solvents, and cures to a light brown. Chair Doctor comes in a 2 oz bottle with a Titebond III is FDA approved for indirect slim applicator tip, or in a 4 oz bottle with one E. Lee Valley Cabinetmakers Glue 2002 GF food contact, such as cutting boards or serving syringe and three sizes of blunt-tip needles. With platters. Its advanced formulation allows it to Our 2002 GF glue is a polyvinyl acetate emulsion a syringe, it is easy to do a number of joints fully cure in cool weather (47F/8C), making adhesive with superior gap-lling characteristics quickly and neatly. Even better, everything it useful for on-site assembly. Solvent free and due to its high solids content (45%). Its high cleans with water so the needles and syringe can one-part, Titebond III cleans up easily with viscosity (6000 cps) reduces joint starving and be reused. 1+ 5+ water when liquid. virtually eliminates staining. Any squeeze-out A. 62K10.12 Titebond III, 8 oz $ 6.50 C. 05K99.01 Chair Doctor, 2 oz $ 9.50 $8.50 remains on the surface, allowing it to be fully B. 62K10.13 Titebond III , 16 oz $10.50 D. 05K99.04 Chair Doctor , 4 oz $13.90 removed (best done with a cabinet scraper once partially cured), avoiding any problems when a To clean up glue in an inside corner after the glue has dried, use a cabinet scraper. With a bit of nish is applied later. When dry, its light brown practice you can whip the glue out of corners in no time. color is hidden at joint seams, yet is easy to spot should any excess get elsewhere. With an open Stainable Wood Glue time of 15 to 20 minutes and a clamping time of 30 A Type I PVA, this general-purpose glue is for exterior use or interior to 90 minutes (depending upon application), it can projects where water resistance is required. It is effectively waterproof, be worked after 4 hours. After 24 hours it reaches although not for marine use below the waterline. Wood bers in the glue its full strength, which is in excess of the strength allow it to absorb stain, helping conceal glue lines or unintended smears, of the strongest wood in shear, sugar maple. An though normal clean-up and sanding must still be done. The glue has a excellent formulation, 2002 GF will become your strong initial tack and a fairly short clamping time (less than 1 hour), and favorite all-around glue. The three smaller sizes its 53% solids content provides good gap-lling capabilities. It sands come in squeeze bottles with applicator tips. easily without gumming up sandpaper, and resists heat and solvents 62K01.10 2002 GF Glue, 250ml (8.5 oz) $ 6.20 when fully cured. Non-toxic and solvent free, it cleans up with water, 62K01.11 2002 GF Glue, 500ml (17 oz) $11.20 but only when still liquid. Made in USA. 62K01.12 2002 GF Glue, 1l (34 oz) $18.50 80K85.35 Stainable Glue, 236ml (8 oz) $5.90 62K01.14 2002 GF Glue, 4l (135 oz) $52.50 Cyanoacrylates, Accelerator & Solvent Hot Stuff is a cyanoacrylate glue with the consistency of water. Its very low viscosity makes it perfect for invisibly repairing hairline cracks that are too narrow for ordinary glues, and it sets within 5 seconds. Ideal for turners, who can repair work right on the lathe. Also excellent for furniture repair since you dont have to disassemble the item. Hot Stuff can be applied to the edge of the join and will ow between parts. For repairs that are impossible to clamp (such as delicate carvings), ordinary nger pressure can be used to position the part. Unlike some brands of cyanoacrylate, it forms a bond that does not degrade over time. Shelf life of 1 year. Super T has the consistency of thin syrup and is used where you dont have a perfect t, e.g., a jagged wood break. Also used on porous woods such as cedar, where Hot Stuff might soak in too quickly for a good bond; it bonds in 10 to 25 seconds. Special T has a "cold molasses" consistency and is used as a gap ller, with a 30- to 50-second bond time. Shelf life of 1 year.

ADHESIVES

F. G. H. J. K.

The accelerator provides a nearly instant cure, L. Spare Tops particularly useful if you have to hold the parts In high-moisture conditions, cyanoacrylate adheby hand to keep them properly mated. Handy sives can clog the applicator tips. We offer spare 2 oz pump bottle. tops consisting of two spouts and two caps. Cyanoacrylates require a special solvent for 56Z96.06 Set of 2 Spare Tops $2.95 effective clean-up. With normal safety precauG tions, Super Solvent can be used to clean hands H K or remove glue spots from clothes or work surfaces. Do not use on lacquer, butyrate, or nitrate-based nishes. J F 56Z90.01 Hot Stuff, 1 oz $ 7.90 56Z90.02 Hot Stuff, 2 oz $12.50 56Z92.03 Super T, 1 oz $ 7.90 56Z92.04 Super T, 2 oz $12.50 56Z93.04 Special T, 1 oz $ 8.60 56Z95.02 Accelerator, 2 oz $ 7.90 56Z95.01 Super Solvent, 2 oz $ 9.30 Cyanoacrylate Set To give you the full range of applications possible, this set of ve includes: 1 oz Hot Stuff, 1 oz Super T, 1 oz Special T, 2 oz accelerator, and 2 oz solvent. 56Z96.03 Cyanoacrylate Set of 5 $34.50 L
129

C B

L. Wooden Picks

Used in restaurants to pin club sandwiches together, these sturdy, at picks are also useful for delicate glue placement and as disposable mixing and applicator sticks for epoxies. The tapered picks are about 31/2 long. Box of 750. 41K96.11 Wooden Picks (750) $3.95

M N

G
A. Biscuit & Roller Glue Applicator Set

J
E. Accordion Bottles

This set includes a bottle with two applicator heads. The biscuit applicator, having the same prole as a biscuit, spreads glue evenly within the slot produced by a biscuit joiner. Cap included. The standard 21/2 wide rubber roller is suitable for large surface applications. Can be used with PVA adhesives or liquid hide glues (regular wood glues). Bottle holds 8 oz. 17K22.01 Glue Applicator Set $15.50
B. Glue Spreader Set

This set does it all from biscuit slots to at surfaces, with other tips for dowels, dovetails, and hard-toreach areas. Set includes one bottle with eight tips and a roller head all organized on a plastic tray F. that includes a "wet well" so you can store the bottle tip down between applications. For use with G. H. all water-based glues. 03K24.01 Glue Spreader Set $16.50
C. Mixing Cups

One ounce (30cc) polypropylene cups (impervious to shop solvents, thinners, paints and epoxies) for J. accurate mixing of stains, epoxies, etc. Graduated in both metric and Imperial measure. The cups are packaged by weight, so you will receive between 90 and 100 cups (due to slight weight variances with each cup). 56Z82.02 Mixing Cups $4.40 Handy if you happen to be buying glue in bulk, these K. plastic (nylon) bottles are also convenient containers for storing other solutions. Bottles come with applicator top. 500ml or 1l capacity. 1+ 6+ 62K02.01 500ml (17 oz) Bottle, ea. $2.80 $2.50 62K02.02 1l (34 oz) Bottle, ea. $3.10 $2.80 62K02.04 Repl. Top, ea. $1.10 $1.00 P Q

D. Squeeze Bottles

Two 1 oz bottles and eight blunt needles, two each of gauges 14, 18, 20 and 22. Used for gluing in the same way as syringes. Excellent value. 25K07.45 Set of Accordion Bottles $5.90 Glue Syringes O For accurately applying glue in awkward spots, we have two types of syringes. The curved-tip syringe can be trimmed back for faster ow if desired. Our M. High Tack Fish Glue The long open time and 1-minute tack of this best buy is the set of ve syringes with 10 blunt-end product, combined with its high strength, needles (ve 18-gauge and ve 20-gauge; replacemake it a good choice for assembly work. It is ment set available). Flushed after use, they will all sandable and resists solvents, but the cured last indenitely. 1+ 6+ glue line has low water resistance. It is widely 25K07.31 5-Syringe Set $11.95 $10.75 used for "stick-on" consumer products 25K07.37 Repl. Set 10 Needles $ 4.70 because a cured layer can be moistened to 25K07.05 Curved Syringe, ea. $ 2.95 $ 2.45 restore the original tack and bond characterisAcid Swabs tics. The 15ml container has a brush-top Acid swabs are useful for applying glue. Sold in applicator, ideal for blind nailing. The 500ml packs of 12. Bristle section is about 3/8 wide and and 1l sizes are in squeeze bottles for general 3/4 long. 1+ 10+ use or for easy rell of the 15ml bottle. 83K04.01 Acid Swabs, pkg. of 12 $4.60 $3.75 56K60.04 Fish Glue, 15ml (0.5 oz) $ 3.50 Glue Spreaders 56K60.00 Fish Glue, 500ml (17 oz) $10.95 Lifted from the craft market, where they are used to 56K60.01 Fish Glue, 1l (34 oz) $19.50 apply glue to felts, paper, cardboard, etc., these spreaders work well with wood glues and epoxies. Antique Restorers Veneer Hide Glue The exible tip can be used with various amounts of Our granular hide glue is very strong (rated pressure. Glue wont stick to the polypropylene 260g Bloom strength) with a correspondplastic and dried glue just chips off. Various colors. ingly short open time; it is good for uncom99K50.10 Glue Spreaders, pkg. of 6 $3.95 plicated assemblies where strength is of paraBirch Tongue Depressors mount importance. Pearl hide glue is not quite At 11/16 wide, 6 long and 1/16 thick, these are as strong but takes longer to gel, making it great for spreading glue or stirring paint, stain, better for applications like veneering where ller, etc. They also make excellent clamping you need time to t, but where high strength cauls to protect your work and can be used as is not required. 1+ 5+ shims where you have blown it. 1+ 6+ N. 56K50.01 Gran. Glue, 1 lb $13.95 $12.55 41K96.01 Tongue Depressors (100) $5.95 $5.35 O. 56K50.05 Pearl Glue, 1 lb $12.95 $11.65
R. Dripless Glue Bottle

130

Double-Edged Plastic Razor Blades These blades are ideal for removing paint spatters from hardwood ooring, cleaning a glass-top stove, or simply peeling away a stubborn sticker. Molded from tough plastic, they resist common solvents and t most standard blade holders. The orange generalpurpose blades are slightly exible and conform to gently contoured shapes; the yellow blades are more rigid and intended for at surfaces or more difcult jobs. Will not rust in storage. Available in packages of 5 or 25 double-edged blades with a holder (holder colors may vary). P. 86K03.15 Gen.-Purp. Blades (5) & Holder $3.95 86K03.16 Gen.-Purp. Blades (25) & Holder $8.60 Q. 86K03.18 Rigid Blades (5) & Holder $3.95 86K03.19 Rigid Blades (25) & Holder $8.60

This dripless glue dispenser is ideal for small-scale work. A gentle squeeze of the bottle forces the glue through the bottom of the airtight reservoir and up the spout. This creates a vacuum that siphons excess glue from the spout as you ease your grip. The 4 oz bottle has two trimmable nozzles, at for dispensing a strip of adhesive and conical for beads. The included nozzle cap stores on the lid when not in use. A replacement set of nozzles and caps (two of each) is available separately. 62K02.10 Dripless Glue Bottle, 4 oz $4.95 S. 62K02.11 Nozzles & Caps, set of 6 $1.70
Two different tips for dispensing glue.

S
Convenient cap storage. Flat Conical A perfect bead with a dripless end.

A H C E B

F
A. G2 Epoxy

G2 epoxy (2:1 ratio) is formulated to work well on oily and acidic woods. Do not use below 10C/50F; cure time is 48 hours at 10C/50F or 24 hours at 20C/70F. Ideal where exibility is required. The joint will yawn rather than fracture. 56Z72.03 G2 Epoxy, 355ml (12 oz) $24.50 56Z72.01 G2 Epoxy, 710ml (24 oz) $35.50 56Z72.00 G2 Epoxy, 1.4l (48 oz) $56.50

A two-part, 5-minute epoxy used in a 1:1 noncritical ratio. It is formulated for use where quick repairs or patching must be done. It has good gap-lling ability and can even be used in mold making. Hardening time can vary from 4 to 7 minutes, depending on the ratio of mix and on the temperature; a slower cure will result if used below 5C/40F. Not recommended for immersion in water or for use above 95C/200F. It will work on wood, metal, berglass, concrete, leather and china, but not on Teon, polyethylene, or similar plastic and rubber materials. Ideal for carvers and model builders. 56Z77.00 QuickCure 5, 236ml (8 oz) $19.00 56Z77.01 QuickCure 5, 474ml (16 oz) $34.50 C. Cold Cure Epoxy Adhesive The most versatile of our epoxy systems, Cold Cure is a waterproof structural bonding agent and penetrating sealer. It will cure at temperatures down to 2C/35F, even under water. Cure time varies with temperature; at 20C/70F it is 24 hours. A low-viscosity epoxy with good wettability. It can be used on wood, metal, plastic, porous or non-porous surfaces, as an adhesive, sealer or laminating resin. A two-part system, 2:1 ratio. 56Z74.05 Cold Cure, 355ml (12 oz) $29.50 56Z73.00 Cold Cure, 710ml (24 oz) $44.50 D. Glue Dots These double-sided adhesive dots are ideal for mounting posters, photographs or plans. They stick readily to most clean, dry surfaces, such as drywall, paper, wood, plastic, metal or glass, and can be removed without causing damage or leaving a gummy residue. Acid-free, they will not leave any discoloration. Packaged in a resealable pouch containing sixty 1/2 diameter dots. An excellent alternative to push pins, spray adhesives and tapes. 25U03.25 Glue Dots, pkg. of 60 $2.60 D

B. QuickCure 5 Epoxy

West System Epoxy West System is the industry standard epoxy for highstrength waterproof adhesives. The #105 epoxy resin is mixed in a 5:1 ratio with the #205 and #206 hardeners, and a 3:1 ratio with the #207 hardener to form a high-strength solid with excellent moisture resistance. The #205 fast-cure hardener has a working time of about 60 to 70 minutes at 20C/70F with a minimum cure temperature of 4C/40F. The #206 slow-cure hardener has a longer working time of 90 to 110 minutes at 20C/70F with a minimum cure temperature of 16C/60F. The #207 special coating hardener was developed for coating and berglass cloth application where an exceptionally clear, moisture-resistant, natural wood nish is desired. The 105/207 mixture resists clouding in humid conditions and has a low blush formation. Three coats or more can be applied in one day without additional surface preparation. The #207 working time is 110 to 130 minutes at 20C/70F with a minimum cure temperature of 16C/60F. The curing time for maximum strength is 1-4 days for #205 and #206 hardeners, and 4-7 days for the #207. The 5:1 kits contain 32 oz (946ml) of resin and 7 oz (207ml) of hardener, and the 3:1 kit contains 32 oz (946ml) of resin and 10.6 oz (310ml) of hardener. Kits include three dispensing pumps and a 30-page manual. Components are also available individually. The llers thicken the mixture for specic applications. All cure to an off-white color, except for the #407, which cures to a dark red/brown. The #403 microber blend is suitable for gap lling. The #404 high-density ller is used for lleting and
GLUE CHARACTERISTICS
Heat Water Solvent SandResistResistance Resistance ability ance #205 West #206 West #207 West 2002 GF Glue Chair Doctor Cold Cure Fish Glue G2 Epoxy Gorilla Glue Hide Glue Hot Stuff QuickCure 5 Special T Stainable good good good good good good 500F good good low low good low good low high waterproof waterproof waterproof moderate good waterproof low waterproof waterproof low low good low waterproof low high good good good moderate good good good good good moderate good good good good good high good good good low good good good good good good good good good good good good

E.

F.

G. H.

gap lling where maximum strength is needed, such as screw and bolt holes. The #406 colloidal silica is a thickening additive to prevent run-off in vertical and overhead joints, but can also be used for additional strength or a tougher surface. The #407 is a micro-balloon-based, low-density ller for making fairing putties that are easy to sand or carve. The #410 microlight ller (not shown) is a thermoplastic-based ller that mixes and sands easily. Its smooth texture produces a fairing compound that allows a ne feather edge. The repair kit (about 38g of resin, fast hardener, and ller) is ideal for emergency repairs around the boat, shop or home. Wooden Boat Restoration & Repair is a 78-page booklet that contains in-depth technical information on dry rot and hull and deck plank repairs, plus general information on the restoration of wooden boats with West System epoxies. 54Z20.01 #205 Fast-Cure Kit, 39 oz $69.50 54Z20.04 #206 Slow-Cure Kit, 39 oz $69.50 54Z20.06 #207 Coating Kit, 42.6 oz $88.50 54Z20.10 #105 Resin, 32 oz $38.50 54Z20.16 #205 Hardener, 7 oz $19.50 54Z20.18 #206 Hardener, 7 oz $19.50 54Z20.22 #207 Hardener, 10.6 oz $39.50 54Z20.20 Pumps, set of 3 $15.50 54Z21.03 #403 Microbers, 6 oz $11.00 54Z21.04 #404 High-Density, 15 oz $15.00 54Z21.06 #406 Silica, 1.7 oz $10.00 54Z21.07 #407 Fairing Filler, 4 oz $16.00 54Z21.10 #410 Microlight Filler, 2 oz $14.80 54Z22.02 Repair Kit $15.50 54Z22.01 Wooden Boat Restoration ... $ 5.50
N/A: Not Applicable NR: Not Required Wet Clean-Up acetone acetone acetone water water acetone water acetone acetone water Super Solvent acetone Super Solvent water Super Solvent water

GLUE APPLICATIONS

Open Clamp Joint FreezePot Life Assembly Time Conditioning Thaw Time (min.) (min.) (hours) (cycles) 9-12 min. 20-25 min. 22-27 min. N/A N/A variable N/A 40 min. N/A all day N/A 4-7 min. N/A N/A N/A N/A 60-70 90-110 110-130 15-20 10 20-60 60-90 40 15 3-5 5 sec. 4-6 30-50 sec. 5 10-25 sec. 10 NR NR NR 30-90 NR NR 12 hr. NR 3-4 hr. 60 3-5 NR 3-5 30-60 3-5 30 6 (95%) 12 (95%) 14 (95%) 4-24 12 12-48 (80%) 12 24 (80%) 3-4 (90%), 24 (100%) 24 8-24 N/A 8-24 24 8-24 24 stable stable stable 5 3 stable stable stable stable stable stable stable stable 1 stable 5

Super T Titebond III

Shear data is not listed for these glues as their strength is generally in excess of the strength of most woods. Selection should therefore be made on the basis of other properties required.

131

CLAMPING
Large jaws maximize clamping surface and minimize ber crushing.

Removable end stops allow reversal of the screw jaw to switch from clamping to spreading.

Parallel-Jaw Bar Clamps Parallel-jaw bar clamps have several advantages over the traditionally styled fast-acting bar clamps we sell. First, the large clamping surface area eliminates the need for gluing shims, since ber crushing is not a problem. Second, you need fewer clamps for a job. For example, an entire drawer back can be done with one clamp. Third, they maintain the squareness of the item being clamped. Finally, they can be used with the clamped material parallel to the bar at, which is very handy for large at pieces. All of these clamps have an end stop on the steel bar that helps stabilize the clamp in use and detaches to allow reversal of the screw jaw for spreading. The steel jaws are clad with a high-impact plastic that is non-marking and glue resistant.
JAW SIZE COMPARISON Jaw Size Product Length Width Throat A. Cabinet Master Clamp B. Bessey UniKlamp C. Bessey K-Body REVO 6 43/8 53/4 53/4 17/8 11/4 2 2 37/8 3 33/4 3 3 /4

C A B

Clamp head reversed for spreading.

D. Bessey K-Body REVO-Vario A. Cabinet Master Clamps

Remove end stop to reverse jaw for speading.

A A

Parallel-jaw bar clamps are valued for quick, accurate clamping of panels, carcasses and frameworks. The steel jaws on these clamps, encased in non-marring and glue-resistant high-impact plastic, have faces measuring 17/8 wide by 6 long. This large clamping surface area helps minimize fiber crushing, reduces the number of clamps required to secure a workpiece, and eliminates the need for gluing shims. They maintain the squareness of the item being clamped, and on large at pieces can be used with the clamped material parallel to the bar at. The end stop on the steel bar helps stabilize the clamp during use and detaches to reverse the screw jaw for spreading purposes. The comfortable screw handle is maple. Throat depth is 37/8. Load limit is 1000 lb. Well made in the USA. Maximum opening capacity listed. Excellent value. 1+ 4+ 17F80.12 12 Clamp, ea. $35.00 $32.20 17F80.18 18 Clamp, ea. $37.00 $34.00 17F80.24 24 Clamp, ea. $40.50 $37.20 17F80.30 30 Clamp, ea. $43.50 $40.00 17F80.36 36 Clamp, ea. $46.50 $42.80 17F80.48 48 Clamp, ea. $50.80 $46.70 17F80.60 *60 Clamp, ea. $57.00 $52.40
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

B. Bessey UniKlamp

Though smaller and more economical than the K-Body clamps, these light-duty clamps have many of the same advantages. Because the large clamping surfaces are parallel, they apply consistent pressure over the entire face of the jaw, making the jaws less likely to crush wood bers. The steel jaws are shrouded with a non-marring and glue-resistant, high-impact plastic measuring 11/4 wide by 43/8 long with a 3 throat. The end stop on the steel bar helps stabilize the clamp in use and detaches to allow reversal of the screw jaw for spreading. Well made, the clamps exert a maximum of 550 lb of force. Maximum opening capacity listed in price lines. 1+ 4+ 17F04.06 UniKlamp, 61/2 $23.50 $21.60 17F04.12 UniKlamp, 12 $24.80 $22.80

132

C. Bessey K-Body REVO Clamps

A redesign of the Bessey K-Body clamp, the REVO has the same basic features (parallel jaws to maintain squareness, even pressure application over the entire jaw surface, and ready conversion for spreading), but with improvements and new accessories. Re-engineered with more substantial components, the internal steel frame provides significantly more clamping force (up to 1500 lb vs. 1000 lb for the K-Body). Where the K-Body had 11/25 polyamide-clad steel jaws, the REVO uses the same construction but with 2 wide by 53/4 long replaceable pads that give a larger surface area for pressure distribution. Throat depth is increased to 33/4 from 33/8. Also included are two glue-resistant rail protection pads that keep the rail from contacting the work, elevate the rail away from squeezeout, and eliminate staining in woods with high tannin content. These pads have through holes for use with optional hold-down clamps (see below) to temporarily afx the clamp to a workbench or other surface up to 2 thick. Finally, the
D. Bessey REVO-Vario Clamps

Clamp head reversed for spreading.

old-style wooden handle has been upgraded to a larger two-component composite handle for better comfort and grip. An excellent new version of a classic style of clamp. Maximum opening capacity listed. Made in Germany.
1+ 4+

Removable end stop allows reversal of the screw jaw to switch from clamping to spreading.

17F70.12 17F70.24 17F70.31 17F70.40 17F70.50 17F70.60

12 Clamp, ea. 24 Clamp, ea. 31 Clamp, ea. 40 Clamp, ea. 50 Clamp, ea. *60 Clamp, ea.

$40.80 $45.50 $48.50 $53.00 $57.00 $62.00

$37.60 $41.90 $44.60 $48.80 $52.40 $57.00

* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

Unlike other parallel jaw clamps, this clamp has two movable jaws. What is normally the xed jaw has a push-button release that allows you to locate it anywhere along the bar. This lets you position the clamp centrally for even weight distribution, preventing the overhanging bar from counterbalancing the work. You can also add a second screw jaw (borrowed from a Bessey K-Body or REVO clamp) for clamping two objects back to back. The tailpiece is removable to reverse the screw jaw for spreading. Includes two glue-resistant rail protection pads that keep the rail from contacting the work, elevate the rail away from squeeze-out, and prevent staining in woods with high tannin

content. They also accept optional hold-down clamps (see below) for fastening to a workbench or other surface. Throat depth is 33/4. Made in Germany, this is a versatile clamp. Sizes listed are maximum opening. 1+ 4+ 17F71.40 40 Clamp, ea. $63.50 $58.50 17F71.60 *60 Clamp, ea. $72.50 $66.80
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

Removable screw jaw allows additional heads to be used in production-work assemblies.

To order call 1-800-871-8158

Push-button jaw release allows positioning anywhere along the bar.

E. F. G. H.

Bessey Clamp Accessories This range of accessories enhances the capabilities of Bessey parallel-jaw clamps. The KP blocks hold clamps upright and at approximately 90 to each other to greatly simplify clamp set-up. Supplied as a package of four, they are molded from durable polyamide and can be screw-mounted to a work surface to create a gluing xture. The clamp extender is simply an aluminum bracket that splices clamps for greater length. Sold individually; mounting hardware included. The round arms of the die-cast holddown clamps go into the integral hole on the rail protection pads and tailpiece for temporarily attaching clamps to a work surface up to 2 thick. Sold in packages of two. For clamping or spreading irregular angles, the pivoting jaw pads replace the standard clamp pads. Made from tough polyamide, they have a non-marring face and a range of 15. Sold in pairs. See chart at right for compatible clamps. 17F70.01 KP Blocks, pkg. of 4 $23.60 17F70.02 K-Body Extender, ea. $15.90 17F70.03 Hold-Down Clamps (2) $ 7.20 17F70.05 Pivoting Jaw Pads (2) $14.50

Compatible with Clamps: K-Body REVO- Cabinet K-Body REVO Vario Master KP Blocks Clamp Extender Hold-Down Clamps Pivoting Jaw Pad Bessey Accessories

Hold-down clamps

Pivoting jaw pad

E
KP blocks

K-Body extender shown mounted on REVO clamp (not included).

Clamping 133

Fast-Acting (FA) Bar Clamps

D A B C

Jorgensen Light-Duty Fast-Acting Clamps Easy to use and quick to adjust, these versatile yet inexpensive cabinetmakers clamps represent excellent value. Both have a 2 throat depth, a 3/4 wide face, a 3/165/8 plated-steel bar, double clutch plates, and a 5/16 diameter steel spindle with rolled threads. Load limit of 300 lb. 1+ 6+ A. 13F10.14 4 Light-Duty FA, ea. $7.20 $6.45 13F10.24 12 Light-Duty FA, ea.$9.30 $8.35

Standard Fast-Acting Clamps Fast-acting clamps are the workhorses of most shops. Easy to use, light, versatile and fast adjusting, they handle 90% of clamping needs. Step-Over Clamp, ea. * The Jorgensen light-duty clamp has rolled 1+ 6+ threads and a double clutch plate. The 1/4 thick by 3/4 wide bar on these clamps 17F06.18 $7.30 $6.55 has ample rigidity and the cast parts are well nished. 21/2 jaw depth, 3/4 face width. Load limit of 600 lb. Pads included only with the E. Economy Heavy-Duty FA Clamps H. I-Beam Bar Clamps economy model, not with the Jorgensen. Another general workhorse but larger and more With a load limit of 6800 lb, these are our rigid than the standard-duty FA clamp. 31/2 throat Jorgensen strongest bar clamps. The solid I-beam cross 1+ 6+ section (11/27/165/32) has excellent tensile depth, 1 face width, and a 5/161 spring-steel bar. B. 13F11.01 Standard 6 $11.40 $10.25 Load limit of 775 lb. Pads included. strength and rigidity. Quickly adjusted slip13F11.02 Standard 12 $12.30 $11.05 1+ 6+ clutch tailpiece, 5/8 screw. 213/4 jaws. 13F11.03 Standard 18 $13.70 $12.30 03F04.12 Economy HD 12 $14.70 $13.20 13F11.04 Standard 24 $15.00 $13.50 03F04.24 Economy HD 24 $17.40 $15.65 1+ 4+ 13F11.05 Standard 36 $18.60 $16.70 03F04.36 Economy HD 36 $20.20 $18.15 13F72.36 36 I-Beam, ea. $39.50 $36.35 13F72.48 48 I-Beam, ea. $43.50 $40.00 1+ 6+ Economy To order call 1-800-871-8158 13F72.60 *60 I-Beam, ea. $46.80 $43.00 C. 03F01.06 Standard 6 $10.30 $ 9.25
length surcharge of $10 applies per order. Heavy-Duty Deep-Throat FA Clamps The 5 throat depth on this style provides greater all-around strength. The castings are heavier and J. Aluminum Bar Clamps These lightweight clamps are a delight to use. the bar more rigid at 5/1613/8. The same differBoth have a jaw depth and width of 15/8, and a ences exist between the Jorgensen and economy quick-adjusting tailpiece. You are far less Jorgensen Heavy-Duty FA Clamps models as described earlier, plus the fact that the likely to damage your work with these clamps These heavy-duty clamps are sturdily built, with Jorgensen model has a 11/4 face while the because they are easy to hold in position as heads that slide smoothly on rigid 5/161 economy has a 11/8 face. Load limit of 1200 lb. you tighten them. They do not replace heavyspring-steel bars for fast adjustment and reliable Pads included only with the economy model. See duty bar clamps, but neither do heavy-duty application of clamping force. Each has a hardpage 136 for leather pads. 1+ 4+ clamps replace these. With these clamps you wood handle and three clutch plates for F. 13F45.12 Jorgensen HD 12 $33.50 $30.80 can clamp across edge-glued pieces, easily slip-resistance. Jaw depth is 3; faces are 1 13F45.24 Jorgensen HD 24 $39.90 $36.70 preventing your work from bowing, or use wide; 1000 lb load limit. 1+ 6+ 13F45.36 Jorgensen HD 36 $47.20 $43.40 them in other traditional ways. D. 13F37.12 Jorgensen HD 12 $14.80 $13.30 G. 03F05.12 Economy HD 12 1+ 4+ $24.90 $22.90 13F37.24 Jorgensen HD 24 $17.80 $16.00 13F35.24 24 Bar Clamp, ea. $31.50 $29.00 03F05.24 Economy HD 24 $28.00 $25.80 13F37.36 Jorgensen HD 36 $20.50 $18.45 13F35.48 48 Bar Clamp, ea. $42.80 $39.40 03F05.36 Economy HD 36 $32.90 $30.30

We offer both traditional Jorgensen clamps and an economy line in our fast-acting clamps. The differences between the two are that the Jorgensen clamps have machined threads and the heavy-duty versions have three clutch plates on the quick release, compared to rolled threads and two clutch plates on the economy versions*. On the other hand, the economy clamps come with clamp pads (available separately for Jorgensen clamps), have threads better matched to clamp size, and are less expensive. All other elements are about equal.

Economy Step-Over Clamp Well suited for general use, this clamp excels wherever you need to clear a projection. The 3/16 thick by 5/8 wide plated steel bar is bent to a semi-circle, forming a xed jaw with a maximum height of 7/8. It is quick and positive to adjust, with serrations that grip the moving jaw to prevent slippage but release it instantly when pressure is removed. The swivel head and jaw face are vinyl capped to prevent marring. The throat is 2 deep, with an 11/16 wide face and a maximum opening of 81/4. Load limit of 330 lb. Excellent value in a versatile clamp.

03F01.12 Standard 12 03F01.24 Standard 24 03F01.36 Standard 36

$11.20 $10.05 $12.90 $11.60 $15.40 $13.85

* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a

H J

A B

Combine clamps for greater length. Optional plate is used for radial connection. Jaws reverse for spreading applications.

Clamps These durable clamps have a spring-loaded jawadvancement mechanism for quick, one-handed operation. Their composite jaws reverse for spreading applications and have non-marring, soft-rubber pads with raised ribs for grip. The steel clutch plate is thumb operated and slides easily over the steel bar. The squeezer/spreader clamps have a 1/43/4 steel bar, a 33/8 throat depth and a load limit of about 330 lb. Maximum nominal opening capacity is listed. Sold individually. The optional clamp plate (21/2 high and 65/8 in diameter) is used for radial connection of up to 12 clamps. For use only with the squeezer/spreader clamps, the plate is made from a tough, nylon composite. Though small, the mini/midi clamps are well made, deceptively strong, and wont slip under tension. Ideal for small projects and modelmaking, the 41/2 mini clamps have a 11/2 throat depth and a 50 lb (23kg) load capacity. Throat depth for the 6 and 12 midi clamps is 21/2 and they have a load limit of 175 lb (80kg). Sold in pairs. Aluminum Squeezer/Spreader Clamp This clamp is notable for its robust construction and unique design. Capable of applying up to 700 lb of force, it has cast aluminum jaws, a 1/43/4 steel bar and a heavy-duty mechanism. The moving jaw advances with one hand and has a spring-loaded face that is canted slightly so its top touches rst as the jaw closes. As pressure is applied, the spring compresses to make this face parallel to the xed face for even force distribution. The xed jaw has a wing knob for quick conversion into a spreader. Both jaw faces have non-marring, glue-resistant pads. The clutch operates with a simple lever release. Throat depth is 31/4; maximum opening listed. 1+ 4+ F. 17F91.12 12 Clamp, ea. $28.50 $26.20 G. 17F91.24 24 Clamp, ea. $33.80 $31.00
H. Aluminum Assembly Clamp

Gator

A. Squeezer/Spreader Clamps

1+

4+

17F81.12 17F81.18 17F81.24 17F81.36 17F81.48 B. 17F81.01

12 Clamp, ea. 18 Clamp, ea. 24 Clamp, ea. 36 Clamp, ea. 48 Clamp, ea. Clamp Plate, ea.

$23.60 $25.50 $28.70 $33.00 $37.50 $12.20

$21.70 $23.45 $26.40 $30.35 $34.50 $11.20

1+ 4+ Mini/Midi Clamps C. 17F81.04 41/2 Mini Clamps, pr. $12.90 $11.85 D. 17F81.06 6 Midi Clamps, pr. $20.50 $18.90 E. 17F81.11 12 Midi Clamps, pr. $25.50 $23.45

Plate removed to show steel spring-loaded clutch assembly.

F
Spring-loaded face ensures even force distribution. Converts to a spreader.

Efcient for assembly work, this clamp has a fast-acting sliding jaw with a locking handle mechanism (similar to locking pliers) to instantly apply or release force. The integral thumb wheel adjusts clamping force (up to 700 lb); the force you set is maintained for repetitive use, regardless of the jaw opening, speeding assembly work. The moveable jaw has a slight inward cant that becomes parallel with the fixed jaw under clamping force, ensuring consistent force over the jaw face. Professional quality, it has durable cast aluminum jaws, a substantial 9/327/8 steel bar and a cast steel clutch. Throat depth is 31/4, with a 11/2 face width. Non-marring pads included. Maximum opening listed. 1+ 4+ 17F90.06 6 Clamp, ea. $22.80 $21.00 17F90.12 12 Clamp, ea. $25.50 $23.45 17F90.18 18 Clamp, ea. $27.50 $25.30 17F90.24 24 Clamp, ea. $30.80 $28.40

Lock handle to apply force. Slide the jaw forward until it touches the workpiece, then lock the handle to apply clamping force. Example of a carcass being clamped with two 18 and two 24 clamps.

Nonmarring pads Steel bar Cast aluminum jaws

Jaw applies force as handle is locked.

Clutch plate

Depress handle to lock.

135

Non-marring jaw pads Four springloaded clutch plates

A. Bessey "H" Pipe Clamp

13/4 clearance for rotating handle

This clamp has elevated feet with a wide stance to prevent tip-over and give clearance when rotating the handle. It has a durable Acme-threaded hardened-steel screw, well-nished cast parts, and nonFeet elevate the work marring jaw pads. The tailpiece comes for easier operation. with four spring-loaded clutch plates for quick and positive adjustment. Attach to any length of 3/4 black gas pipe (not included) that is threaded at one end. Load ratings are 2800 lb on standard pipe, 3800 lb on extra-heavy pipe. An excellent new design. 1+ 4+ 17F06.15 3/4 "H" Pipe Clamp, ea. $15.40 $14.15
B. Pony Double Pipe Clamp

A A

Pipe not included.

Wide stance prevents tip-over.

Pipe not included.

This clamp provides an advantage when edge-gluing panels (such as for a table top) since its double-pipe design straddles both sides of the work, ensuring it remains aligned and at. Useful for stock up to about Spring-activated 3 thick, the clamp head screws onto two clutch plates for pieces of nominal 1/2 black gas pipe (not rapid adjustment included), threaded at one end. The clamps length is limited only by the length of pipe that you use. The tailpiece has a positive locking, quick-release mechanism for rapid adjustment. Between the pipes, the useable jaw face is 33/8 wide by 23/8 high. 1+ 4+ 13F10.01 Double Pipe Clamp, ea. $40.70 $37.45 This is our most versatile pipe clamp. Like an instant-acting C-clamp of any capacity, it is also reversible for use as a spreader clamp, has a fully swivelling head, and, unlike other pipe clamps, has all the adjustment at one end. Excellent for tight spots, it is ideal for controlled dismantling of furniture for repair. Use 3/4 pipe (not included). 1+ 6+ 13F56.01 Rev. Pipe Clamp $19.40 $17.45 13F39.01 Rd. Leather Pads (6) $ 5.00 This clamp head screws onto any 3/4 standard pipe threaded at one end. The clamps length is limited only by the length of the pipe you use. The tailpiece has a positive locking, quick-release mechanism for rapid adjustment. (Pipe not included.) 1+ 4+ 8+ 13F04.01 Pipe Clamp $17.40 $15.70 $14.80 13F04.05 Pierced Pads (2) $ 4.90

C. Pony Reversible Pipe Clamp

B
D. Pony Regular Pipe Clamp

Leather Clamp Pads Pierced set ts our regular pipe clamp. The 13/16 round pads t our heavyduty FA clamps and reversible pipe clamp. Apply with contact cement. E. 13F39.01 Rd. Leather Pads (6) $5.00 F. 13F04.05 Pierced Pads (2) $4.90
G. Pony Pipe Clamp Saddles

For use with 3/4 pipe clamps (regular or reverse), these saddles can be mounted on sawhorses, tables, etc. Aluminum. 1+ 6+ 13F04.07 Saddle Set of 4 $12.90 $11.60
Black gas pipe is available at plumbing supply stores. Pipe clamp load limits are 2800 lb on standard 3/4 pipe and 3800 lb on extra-heavy 3/4 pipe.

F G D

H J
136

Pony Cabinet Claws To simplify cabinet installation, this specialty clamp simultaneously aligns two adjacent cabinets and holds them in position for fastening. Available in two versions, one for face-frame cabinets, the other for frameless construction. The face-frame clamp ts a pair of stiles with a combined width of 3 to 51/2 and up to 11/8 thick; the frameless version has a 11/4 to 13/4 capacity. Non-marring pads prevent damage on all points of contact. They have lightweight but strong aluminum jaws and grooved handles for grip. Sold in pairs. Face-frame version has an integral pilot-hole drilling guide that ips out of the way so you can drive screws to connect the cabinets without removing the clamp (1/8 drill bit included). H. 13F85.00 Face-Frame Cabinet Claws, pr. $66.00 J. 13F85.02 Frameless Cabinet Claws, pr. $73.50

A. Edging Clamp

Particularly useful for applying molding trim or edge veneers, this clamp (21/2 opening, 21/2 throat) can be used to apply pressure at points on the edge of wide surfaces; it replaces the often unwieldy bar clamps generally used for this purpose. 1+ 6+ 13F03.01 Edging Clamp, ea. $12.80 $11.50

C. Jorgensen Wooden Handscrews

B
B. Bessey Professional Edge Clamp

Developed for production and custom woodworkers, this professional clamping system features a compound screw mechanism that simultaneously advances the top, bottom and front pressure pads with the turn of a single handle. Offering exceptional utility, it is capable of exerting up to 500 lb of clamping force and accommodates material from approximately 1/2 to 21/8 thick to a depth of 41/2. Sturdily constructed from lightweight aluminum with large non-slip jaws and a comfortable highimpact plastic handle. Works equally well on straight and curved edging applications. 17F05.45 Professional Edge Clamp $75.00
E. C-Clamps

D. Jorgensen Handscrew Kits Traditional cabinetmakers clamps, these are the With these kits, it is easy to make your own most versatile available. The long, rectangular handscrews. The instructions include plans for jaws provide even clamping pressure over a wide making jaws exactly like those used on area, preventing marring of work. The ability to Jorgensen clamps, or you can custom-build jaws for round or irregular shapes, or extradeep, long or thin jaws to suit other specialized applications. Kit includes the same hardware that Jorgensen uses in its handscrews: Acmethreaded rods and barrel nuts for one handscrew clamp (but not wood). Clamp sizes listed are max. opening/jaw length. 1+ 4+ adjust them to a variety of closing angles permits 13F02.24 2 Kit (4 Jaw), ea. $ 9.20 $ 8.45 clamping in unusual positions; it also permits 13F02.26 3 Kit (6 Jaw), ea. $10.80 $ 9.95 bearing ledges when installing shelves, or in 13F02.28 41/2 Kit (8 Jaw), ea. $12.10 $11.10 carcass construction. They have hard maple jaws 13F02.30 6 Kit (10 Jaw), ea. $13.80 $12.70 and handles. Jaw Max. 13F02.32 81/2 Kit (12 Jaw), ea. $17.80 $16.40 1+ 4+ Length Opening 13F02.34 10 Kit (14 Jaw), ea. $18.20 $16.75 13F02.06 6 3 $18.00 $16.50 13F02.36 12 Kit (16 Jaw), ea. $22.40 $20.60 13F02.08 8 41/2 $21.30 $19.60 13F02.10 10 6 $23.80 $21.90 13F02.12 12 81/2 $28.00 $25.75 Visit us at www.leevalley.com 13F02.14 14 10 $36.00 $33.10 F G

F. Pony Deep-Throated C-Clamp Made of malleable cast iron, these general-purpose C-clamps are useful around the shop. The 2 and 3 clamps have a This versatile clamp lets you apply bright plated nish; load limit is 400 and 800 lb respectively. clamping force at points as much as The 4 to 8 clamps are more robust with a 1200 lb load limit 61/4 in from the edge of a workand larger-diameter steel screw with Acme threads. Frame piece. Ideal for regluing corner opening by throat depth listed. Priced per clamp. 1+ blocks inside a table skirt, repairing 6+ warped stock at a distance from an 13F20.02 21 C-Clamp, ea. $ 2.90 $ 2.60 edge, or afxing bracing in musical 13F20.03 32 C-Clamp, ea. $ 5.70 $ 5.10 instrument construction. The 5/16 13F20.04 43 C-Clamp, ea. $ 8.30 $ 7.45 dia. steel screw has rolled threads. 13F20.06 631/2 C-Clamp, ea. $12.10 $10.85 21/2 capacity. Weighs 2 lb 7 oz. 13F20.08 84 C-Clamp, ea. $18.30 $16.45 1200 lb load rating. Deep C-Clamp, ea. 1+ 6+ 13F01.01 $21.80 $19.60 E
G. Jorgensen Heavy-Duty

C-Clamp This is a substantial deep-throated C-clamp for heavy-duty application. 6 capacity with a 7 throat depth, it weighs 6 lb 2 oz, and has a load limit of 1600 lb. 6 HD C-Clamp, ea. 1+ 6+ 13F70.02 $37.80 $34.00

137

A B

Stainless-Steel Band Clamps (Hose Clamps) Buying strip banding with separate clamp heads 2 wide not only saves money but gives great exibility in use, since you can make a clamp of any diameter when you need it. You just cut the banding to length and hook it onto the clamp head. Banding 25 long comes in two widths, 5/16 and 1/2, each 13 in length, enough to make seven 6 diameter clamps, for example. Each kit includes eight C clamp heads. Tested against a number of current clamps on the market, our clamps outperformed them all. The 5/16 width tested at 32 inch lbs of torque before any aspect of the clamp failed, C. Jorgensen Canvas Band Clamp ample in such uses as dust collection systems, This super-strong band clamp uses a 25 long, 2 clothes dryers, and hoses from 1 diameter up. wide, 1/8 thick heavy canvas strap. Self-locking The 1/2 clamp withstood 175 inch lbs. Ideal for cams hold up to Cam holds force up to 2800 lb of force all usual applications as well as for coopered 2800 lb. with no stretching woodwork, the 1/2 banding is for 11/2 diameter of the band. It is and larger. All components of the clamp heads superb for heavyand the bands are stainless steel, suitable for both duty clamping exterior and interior applications. Additional jobs on round or irregular objects. The frame and clamp heads are available in packages of eight. handle are made of malleable iron. A. 09A01.86 Band Clamp Kit, 5/16 $ 7.50 B. 09A01.87 Band Clamp Kit, 1/2 $11.50 13F15.01 25 Band Clamp $99.00 09A01.88 5/16 Clamp Head only (8) $ 3.50 To order call 1-800-871-8158 09A01.89 1/2 Clamp Head only (8) $ 5.00

D. E. F. G.

16 Web Clamp For clamping awkward shapes, nothing beats a web clamp. To reglue chairs, you can put the clamp around all four legs or only two. Non-marring on round stock, this clamp does not require pads or shims. The integral 30 minimum ratchet handle makes it particularly easy to use. The 1 polyester web tests over 850 lb (1700 lb loop strength) well beyond what is required in shop H clamping. It can also be used with two styles of corner clips for clamping rectangular pieces such as picture frames or drawers. Web clamp 90 available Our Lee Valley nylon corners were designed to clip onto webbing and separately. stay in place as you tighten the clamp or reposition the corners. Made of strong, rigid, glass-ber-reinforced nylon, they will t web material from 3/4 wide to just over 1. Patented. The vinyl corners measure 23/813/4 on each wing; ridges on the corners 150 prevent the webbing from slipping off. As the vinyl corners will ex, they can clamp angles greater than 90. H. Lee Valley Variable-Angle Web Clamp Corners Drawers Web clamp is sold individually or in sets with either four Although band clamps are ideal for oddly shaped frames, most of them nylon or four vinyl corners. come with corners intended for clamping 90 joints. Our variable-angle 1+ 6+ corners clamp joints from 30 to 180. The pivoting pads interlock so the tip 17F10.02 16 Web Clamp only $ 9.95 $ 8.95 of the joint is always aligned. Integral tabs clip onto the webbing so the 17F10.13 Clamp & 4 LV Nylon Corners $12.90 $11.60 corners stay in place when repositioned or when the clamp is tightened. 17F10.11 Clamp & 4 Vinyl Corners $10.90 $ 9.80 Made from strong, glass-ber-reinforced nylon, they protect the workpiece 17F10.05 Set of 4 LV Nylon Corners only $ 3.95 Polygons and webbing from damage. Sold in packages of four. Patented. 17F10.04 Set of 4 Vinyl Corners only $ 1.95 and odd shapes 50K57.01 V-A Corners, pkg. of 4 $12.95 G
J. Surgical Tubing

To clamp odd shapes with absolutely no marring, it is hard to beat natural rubber tubing. Overwrap one end to start and tuck the other end in when you are nished; it couldnt be easier to use. As you clamp, you can get increased pressure with each additional wrap. 88F12.03 3/16 Tubing, 25 $22.50

K. Pinch Dogs

138 Clamping

Traditionally, upholsterers used pinch dogs as all-purpose gluing clamps. Regardless of the shape of the two pieces, as long as the dog was tapped in across the glue line, it would hold everything tight until the glue set. Patternmakers used them for column assembly, while cabinetmakers used them for assembly, clamping and jigging. Sizes indicated are overall width, tip to tip. Available in individual sizes or as a set of 18 (six each of three sizes). 05E10.01 1 Pinch Dog (6) $ 9.50 05E10.03 13/4 Pinch Dog (6) $11.50 05E10.05 21/2 Pinch Dog (6) $13.50 05E10.10 Set of 18 Dogs $29.50 (all of above)

Milled square

Jigs

A F
A. 90 Assembly Braces

E. Veritas 4-Way Speed Clamp The fastest-adjusting frame clamp on the market. Challenges in assembling a project include squaring the corners initially, or Small panel clamping Completely knurled for good grip, the speedmaintaining even clamping pressure. These brackets temporarily attach to clamping nuts* are designed to let you make fast opposite corners of a cabinet carcass, drawer or box to prevent this problem. adjustments, yet hold securely when you tighten Accurately made from 3/16 aluminum, they are milled square over the them. The speed clamp includes four corners (strong, glass-lled nylon with length of each 6 arm to 0.002. May also be used as braces for constructing brass inserts), four speed-clamping nuts and four 1/4-20 threaded rods that power tool jigs or assembly xtures. will clamp up to 23 square. The extension set increases clamping capacity 03F03.05 90 Braces, pkg. of 2 $32.50 to 44 square or 6523 rectangle; it includes four 1/4-20 threaded rods and four coupling nuts. The rods and coupling nuts have a black oxide nish. B. Spring Clamps & Pliers Speed-clamping nuts are also available sepaEffective on any type of miter, rately to upgrade an older model or to use as these clamps apply pressure right jig and xture parts. at the toe of the joint to prevent spreading, and are virtually the 05F01.01 4-Way Speed Clamp $29.95 only option for compound miters F. 05F01.02 Extension Set $ 9.40 or mitered returns in trim work. 05F01.20 Clamp & Extension Set $36.50 Box clamping Made from tempered spring B G. 05F01.03 Extra Speed Nuts, set of 4 $ 9.95 steel, they will not lose gripping power over time. Their sharp* Speed-Clamping Nuts These nuts are quick adjusting because they are cross drilled (at rst glance the hole ened steel tips pierce the wood appears to be off center). This unique design allows you to move them along a for a solid hold, leaving discreet marks that are easily lled. Used by profesthreaded rod without turning them; their threads do not engage until they meet sional picture framers. Sold as a package of four. Each is 33/4 long overall the clamping corner (or any obstruction). Then you and opens up to 13/4. While the clamps are easy to apply by hand, the pliers tighten them. The threads disengage when you allow you to hold material in position as you place the points exactly where Speed nut loosen the nuts, allowing the same free-sliding slides freely and desired, make removal easier, and minimize hand fatigue. 1+ 3+ adjustment along the rods. engages at corner. 17F84.01 Spring Clamps (4) $13.80 $12.70 17F84.02 Spring Clamp Pliers $17.50 Top view 17F84.03 Clamps (4) & Pliers $29.50 H. Right-Angle Assembly Clamps These clamps are ideal for dry assembly of panel goods such as cabinet or shelving C. Miter Vise carcasses or for drawers and boxes. A bench-mount miter vise is particularly useful in picture framing but has Essentially jigs to position the parts during many other shop uses, including holding work for drilling, nailing, or H assembly, they do not exert much force. Made from tough, gluing. It clamps material up to 4 wide and can be rotated 360 and tilted glass-lled nylon, the two-part clamp closes one-handed with 90, locking in any desired position. Cast iron construction. Bottom view a ratchet mechanism to hold panels at right angles to each other. 03G01.01 Miter Vise $74.00 The clamps can accommodate material from 3/8 to 3/4 thick, as well as two panels with a thickness difference of as much D. Swivel Miter Clamp as 1/4. The corners are relieved so that the joint This is an excellent clamp for any type of 90 miter or butt joint. It will take wood up to 23/4 thick or pieces as different as 1/4 and 21/4 thick. The open remains visible, allowing the workpieces to be Use two accurately aligned and fastened in position without corner makes it ideal for drilling or using any sort of screw or spline in a clamps to set having to remove the clamp. Once the parts have corner joint. The inside corner swivels fully from side to side, automatically taller been permanently fastened, the jigs can be easily applying equal pressure to clamped pieces, regardless of thickness differjoints. removed and reused. Overall size is 4315/8. ence. Excellent for box or drawer construction. Aluminum body with steel screw components. Overall size is about 56. Sold in pairs. Patented. 1+ 3+ 1+ 4+ 03F03.01 Swivel Miter Clamp $23.90 $22.00 50K38.01 Assembly Clamps, pr. $10.95 $9.85
Cross corner joints

D C
ith ses ts w nes join thick t t Bu rent l. e a diff ateri of m

Mitered corner joints

Clamping 139

B C

DeStaCo Toggle Clamps Made by the original manufacturer of toggle clamps, these are ideal for many uses but particularly in all types of jigs, especially when holding wood in place to be routed, drilled or sawed. The six models of top hold-down clamps vary in size, reach (throat depth), and clamping force. The horizontal and vertical models are classic styles. The low-prole model can be closed with the heel of your hand. The in-line styles 11/4 throw gives it great versatility when combined with the 1 of head adjustment. All components are made from plated steel, ranging from 0.118 (just under 1/8) for the smallest model to 0.150 for the larger models. All have easy-grip handle covers. Versatile and easy-to-use clamps. Made in USA or Germany.

Example of jig set up with toggle clamp.

In-line

Horizontal

Price (ea.) Handle Overall Height Throat Clamping 1+ 4+ Product # Lock Position Length Under Bar Depth Force (lb) A. 88F05.04 Horizontal 750 103/4 13/4 35/8 $29.30 $27.00 B. 88F05.01 Horizontal Low Prole Low Prole Vertical Vertical In-Line 73/8 51/4 33/4 27/8 51/2 7 13/8 11/4
7/8 7/8

21/4 21/4 13/4 11/2 31/2 33/4

500 750 350 200 375 300

$18.60 $28.50 $18.80 $13.50 $21.50 $22.20

$17.15 $26.20 $17.35 $12.45 $19.80 $20.45

Low prole Vertical

C. 88F05.07 D. 88F05.06 E. 88F05.08 F. 88F05.02

11/4
3/4

G. 88F05.03

All measurements are given in the locked position.

Stainless-Steel Drawbore Pins L. Miniature Brass Drawboring produces strong, durable joints Bar Clamps without glue or clamps. The key to making the Small bar joint tight is to offset the peg holes by 1/16 to 3/32 between the mortise clamps are useful for and tenon, so as a wooden numerous peg is inserted, the joint is repair jobs and drawn together. A drawTaper are invaluable bore pin is used for test applies Aligning two joints for ne work tting to ensure proper leverage, over a long span. wedging L such as model alignment before nal the holes building. The assembly. Its tapered shaft acts as a wedge, into alignment and throat depths drawing the joint together as a wooden peg drawing vary from 1/2 would. It also partially aligns the offset holes, the joint tight. helping clear the way for the wooden peg that on the smallest J H will secure the joint. Pins are available in two clamp to 5/8 sizes. For use with 1/4 diameter pegs, the on the largest. Bar cross sections are matched to clamp size from 4mm square for the smallest to 5mm for the largest. All are made from solid 101/2 long overall pin has a 63/8 shaft that Remove 5/16 diameter base. brass. Jaw openings are indicated in the price lines. tapers to a point from a 1+ 10+ pin and insert peg. The 12 long pin with a 77/8 shaft is for use 60F02.00 31/2 Brass Clamp, ea. $6.90 $6.20 One-piece with 3/8 diameter pegs and tapers to a point 60F02.01 6 Brass Clamp, ea. $7.70 $6.90 shaft extends 7/16 diameter base. Both turned stainless1/2 Brass Clamp, ea. from a 60F02.04 10 $9.40 $8.45 through steel shafts run the length of the tool. Octagonal handle. bubinga handles. Made in Canada. M. Wooden Cam Clamps These durable clamps adjust easily and clamp quickly with a simple H. 15K01.01 101/2 Drawbore Pin for 1/4 pegs, ea. $29.50 cam action. For light-duty applications, the non-marring, cork-faced J. 15K01.03 12 Drawbore Pin for 3/8 pegs, ea. $29.50 white beech jaws exert up to 300 lb of force. The bars are galvanized to prevent rusting. Ideal for gluing and clamping delicate surfaces. K. Jewellers Hand Vise Made in Germany. This reproduction of a mid-1900s model is useful to hold small blades for honing, 1+ 4+ to form small diameter wire (there is a hole through both the handle and the 09F01.02 73/441/4 Clamp $16.80 $15.45 threaded stem for feeding), and it can be clamped in a larger vise to hold small 09F01.03 153/441/4 Clamp $20.50 $18.90 items in position. It is 3 long, made of steel with copper plating (color may vary). Anyone doing detail work could use one. Feeding wire through hole in 60F08.01 Jewellers Hand Vise $9.50 handle positions it for forming.
Octagonal handle improves grip.

140

A. Steel Spring Clamps

Useful in many jigging or gluing operations where one-handed clamping is necessary, these spring clamps are ideal for many modern adhesives where only position clamping is required. Each of them can be gripped with one hand. The tips are covered to prevent marring your work. (Size refers to jaw opening.) 1+ 10+ 25+ 13F12.01 1 Clamp, ea. $2.00 $1.80 $1.70 13F12.02 2 Clamp, ea. $3.50 $3.15 $2.95 13F12.03 3 Clamp, ea. $7.90 $7.10 $6.70 A

C F

Bessey VarioClippix Clamp An advance over traditional spring-clamp designs, these have sliding jaws that adjust quickly for both material thickness and clamping force, eliminating the need for a wide range of clamps. They have a rigid plastic construction with soft handle grips and non-marring jaw pads that pivot to grip irregular shapes. The 25/8 and 41/4 clamps have a single moving jaw, while the 61/2 size has two moving jaws to provide its larger capacity. Throat depths are 11/2 for the 25/8 size, and 2 for the 41/4 and 61/2 clamps. 1+ 6+ B. 17F04.52 25/8 Clamp, ea. $7.50 $6.75 C. 17F04.54 41/4 Clamp, ea. $8.70 $7.80 D. 17F04.56 61/2 Clamp, ea. $9.90 $8.90 Pressure-Adjusting Clamps These are wonderful clamps for one-handed use. They have glass-filled nylon bodies, pivoting crosshatched nylon feet, and steel lock-up/quickrelease mechanisms. One touch on the release lever, and the jaws spring open. Squeezing the handles translates hand force directly into clamping force (a 1:1 transfer ratio), and they automatically lock at the force applied. With jaws shaped to clear projections or accommodate odd shapes, they are ideal for holding materials on drill presses, sawhorses, table tops, etc. Throat openings are 13/4 for the 21/4 size, 23/4 for the 4. Good value in versatile clamps. 1+ 6+ E. 13F07.01 21/4 PA Clamp $6.30 $5.65 F. 13F07.02 4 PA Clamp $8.60 $7.70

E D

Restorers Clamps Created by a restorer of antiques, Included these are ideal for modelmaking connectors let you join beams for greater length. and repairs. Just position the polycarbonate jaws and apply up to 11 lb of force with your ngers. A exible carbon-ber beam lets the 3 deep jaws lock with minimal force, preventing overclamping. Non-marring pads protect delicate surfaces and conform to curves. Reverse the jaws to create a spreader clamp, or use multiple jaws on one beam to hold awkward shapes. Includes interchangeable parts for three clamps (two 8 beams, one 3 beam, and six 4 jaw arms), and connectors to link beams. 60F03.01 Restorers Clamps, set of 3 $19.50 Plastic Spring Clamps G Made from a rigid and H strong plastic, these clamps are lightweight and will not rust. Each clamp exerts about 35 lb of gripping force. The swivelling tips are covered with a pliable pad that prevents marring and releases dried glue easily. Available in four sizes (jaw opening by overall length): 3/43, 14, 26, and 39. 1+ 6+ 16F01.00 3/4 Clamp, ea. $1.10 $ .90 16F01.01 1 Clamp, ea. $1.60 $1.30 16F01.02 2 Clamp, ea. $2.40 $1.95 16F01.03 3 Clamp, ea. $3.70 $3.00

Veritas Steam-Bending Equipment

Lack of space prevents us from showing our complete line of steambending equipment in this catalog; please visit our website to view these products. We have steel strap clamps for making simple bends, which come with 10 of steel strap, an adjustable end stop, a ratchet wrench, a socket and an instruction booklet. We also have special bend units for making "S" bends or change-of-plane bends, and a block and tackle system to assist in bending large cross sections. For more information on our steambending equipment, our instruction booklet is available free of charge. This booklet is also posted on our website at www.leevalley.com. 05F15.01 Steam-Bending Booklet FREE

G. H. J. K.

Set of 28 Spring Clamps Our popular plastic spring clamps offered above are available as a set of 28 clamps containing eight 3/4 clamps, four 1 clamps, four 2 clamps, two 3 clamps, plus ten 1/ 2 mini clamps. Excellent value. Save about 30% over the price of the individual clamps. 16F01.40 Set of 28 Clamps $18.50
141

Single-sided vacuum clamp

Double-sided vacuum clamp

C B D

A B D
Use a T-connector to join two clamps together for larger projects.

A. B. C.

D.

Vacuum Clamp Systems Few clamps are as efcient as vacuum systems, as they give unobstructed access to the work, and suction is instantly applied or released at the ick of a switch. Ideal for small workshops, these economical Australian-made clamps run on small compressors. Using the Venturi effect to create a vacuum, they hold any material with at least one smooth, non-porous side. Two styles available single-sided (mounts with four screws), requiring 1 cfm of air at 80 psi, and two-sided, requiring 2 cfm at 80 psi, that vacuummounts instantly to smooth surfaces. At 80 psi, they yield a vacuum of about 12 psi (approx. 150kg/330 lb of clamping force) at sea level. Both have a 51/4 square clamping surface divided by channels into nine sections, so you can congure the gasket to suit the workpiece. Both include three sizes of closed-loop gasket material one for the perimeter (the two-sided clamp has two), one for six segments, and one for four. They also include two 1/4 quick-connect compressor ttings and 40 of polyurethane tubing. An optional on/off lever valve, available separately, conveniently controls airow independent of the compressor. Extra tubing and T-connectors are available to connect multiple clamps (higher-capacity compressor required). Packs of replacement gaskets include one of each size. Ideal for production work or for items that must be repositioned frequently. 55K67.50 Single-Sided V-Clamp $54.50 55K67.52 Double-Sided V-Clamp $64.50 55K67.55 Lever Valve $22.50 55K67.57 Repl. Gaskets, pkg. of 3 $ 5.50 55K67.58 40 Poly Tubing, 6mm $ 4.90 55K67.59 T-Connector, ea. $ 3.90 Effective for small projects, this press is ideal for veneer and marquetry work, and for bending thin plies over a curved form. The system includes a 20 mil thick, 2628 heavy-duty vinyl vacuum bag with an integral one-way valve attachment, a length of breather netting (to prevent trapped air), two rolls of butyl rubber sealing tape, a hand pump, and instructions. Simply glue and lay up the project, sheathe it with the netting, place all within the bag, seal the open end with the tape, then suck the air from the bag using the hand pump attached to the one-way valve. The vacuum creates ample pressure for most laminate work (about 12 psi at sea level, slightly less at higher altitudes). All components are reusable, but additional bags, sealing tape and netting are available separately for production work. A simple and inexpensive vacuum-press system. 55K67.26 Veneer Vacuum Press $59.50 55K67.25 Repl. Bag, 2628 $45.70 55K67.22 Repl. Butyl Rubber Tape $ 5.00 55K67.23 Repl. Breather Netting $ 5.00

E. Vacuum Press

E E

Parts for Vacuum press.

Wood and form not included.

F. Vise Clamp

F
Ideal for use as a hold-down on a Workmate type bench.

Designed with a spring-loaded, quick-release locking mechanism to speed material handling, this versatile hold-down is ideal for use on a drill press or Workmate type bench. Mounted through a dog hole or machine table slot, it has an adjustable clamping force, is capable of securing material up to 31/4 thick, and pivots for best positioning. The steel footpad swivels to accommodate odd-shaped material and has a removable rubber cover to prevent surface marring on hardwood and metal. Measures about 11 long overall. 16F02.20 Vise Clamp $22.50
G. Angle Drill-Press Vise

Jaw liners sold separately.

Liners are held in place by magnetic strip.

G H

The U-shaped base on this vise will adjust from a horizontal to a vertical position by sliding along dovetailed grooves. It tilts to let you drill at any angle from 90 to 0, or you can use it as a standard drillpress vise. The 3 long jaws will hold stock up to 31/4 wide, including round stock up to 21/2 thick. Machined cast iron with a 74 base, it weighs 9 lb. A well-made product. Shown with optional jaw liners (described below). 70G11.01 Angle Drill-Press Vise $54.50
H. Vise Jaw Liners

H
142

Slipped over the steel jaws of a vise, these magnetic liners give a highfriction, non-marring grip. Made from extruded aluminum with an inlaid magnetic strip and bonded rubber faces. Each liner can easily be cut to length for smaller vises (although this is not necessary). Sold as a pair. 03G10.07 Pr. 6 Vise Jaw Liners $9.95

A. Veritas Carvers Vise

A good carvers vise should be adjustable in all three axes. This one has full rotation in two axes and 3 of height adjustment in the third axis. It also has controlled release; when you relieve the clamping pressure, the internal springs and O-rings provide residual resistance so that work does not suddenly fall or rotate. Work can be adjusted without needing three hands. The vise can be bolted to a bench, clamped in a vise (it has side ats), or side or top mounted in a 3/4 dia. dog hole with the optional dog-hole mount assembly. The body is arched to let work overhang the edge of a bench when top mounted, giving maximum exibility of use. The body is made from ZA-12 (an alloy as strong as cast iron but less brittle, at only 80% of the weight) with a solid brass hub and a repositionable gyratory locking lever. The included 31/2 dia. by 1/2 thick mounting plate is fastened to a steel rod. A 2 dia. mounting plate with rod is available for mounting smaller pieces. Patented. Clamped in a Top or side bench vise. mounted 05G20.01 Veritas Carvers Vise $109.00 through B. 05G20.02 Dog-Hole Mount Assembly $ 12.50 dog hole. C. 05G20.04 2 Mounting Plate with Rod $ 14.50 05G20.03 Spare 31/2 Plate with Rod $ 26.50
Locking nut secures workpiece.

Veritas Carvers Vise Screw mounted in Carvers Vise

D G E
D. Veritas E. Veritas Lathe Chuck/Face-Plate Adapters
Tapered screw

Carvers Vise Screw Developed for use with our Veritas Carvers Vise, this carvers screw, with its tapered tip and high-prole threads, grips work securely and quickly. It also guarantees that remounted pieces are held as securely the third and fourth time as they were the rst. The 35/8 long post has wrench ats to assist threading to a blank. The brass nut with a large 11/4 dia. anged face locks the carving in place. About 51/2 long overall. Made in Canada. Carvers Vise Screw 05G20.30 $13.95

Locking nut

Wrench ats

Jewellers Pin Vise & Pin Vise Post This is an excellent vise, well suited for carvers These adapters let you quickly transfer work or hobbyists. It is comfortable to hold and easy between your lathe and our Veritas carvers to use. Simply modify the vise, without Pin vise shown Compatible with the with pin vise post pin placement to best suit ever having to Veritas on the the shape of your workpiece mounted remove your Carvers Veritas Vise. and tighten the vise. The lathe chuck or Carvers Vise. double guide rods ensure face plate. Once constant pressure and mounted in the prevent any jaw racking. carvers vise, the The four-pin system allows work can be you to clamp a tube or ring positioned as from the inside (the way desired for jewellers often use it) or adding detail from the outside. It is such as carving equally effective with irregularly shaped pieces, or pyrography, or for sanding or nishing. You as shown. Maximum 21/4 capacity. can also accurately return work to the lathe for further turning, where it will continue to run true Our pin vise post screws into the bottom of the since its center remains unchanged. All-steel pin vise, replacing the original handle. The two construction with a 5/8 diameter, 41/2 long ats at the bottom of the post let you clamp it in any vise. It is also sized to mount directly in our shaft. Made in Canada. Veritas Carvers Vise, giving you a jewellers 05G20.12 3/416 tpi Adapter $13.50 pin vise with the dexterity of the carvers vise. 05G20.10 18 tpi Adapter $13.50 05G20.14 11/48 tpi Adapter $13.50 F. 60F05.01 Jewellers Pin Vise $28.50 05G20.16 33mm3.5mm Adapter $13.50 G. 05G20.05 Pin Vise Post $ 6.50

Additional Ways to Hold and Store a Workpiece that is on a Single-Shaft Shaft Holder (such as D, E or G) To hold a workpiece in a standard vise while working on it, you can make a clamping xture ure resembling a large clothespin (as shown). The xture will effectively hold the round shaft while clamped in a vise. To store a number of heavy, asymmetrical or delicate workpieces, drill a series of holes in a block of wood and insert the shaft with the workpiece still attached. The block will hold the workpiece in position, preventing it from accidentally dislodging.

H. Vacuum Vise

Readily attaches to any nonporous surface (Formica, berglass, sheet metal, etc.) with a simple lever action. 3 grooved steel jaws with slide-on rubber H liners. Vise opens to 21/2 with a solid locking mechanism. Fully swivelling and tilting. A particularly useful vise for apartment dwellers and hobbyists. Weighs just over 4 lb. 03F02.01 3 Vacuum Vise $49.50

Tilts and swivels.

D
Anchor and fastener can be used horizontally to attach vertical stops to a bench or sawhorse. O-ring holds anchor in place during installation. Wedge adjusts to secure in dog hole. Attach jig with fastener. Jig

Maximum 31/8 clamp-down thickness 13/8

Cutaway cross section shows bench anchor with fastener holding board in place.

5/8 min.

Bench

Bench

Bench

Tilt arm for quick adjustment

D. Veritas Bench Anchor

A. Veritas

Surface Clamp 5/8 min. This fast-acting Wedge adjustment to surface clamp can be Steel pins lock arm in place secure in dog hole used anywhere you can drill a 3/4 diameter hole. The post has a wedging mechanism that anchors it rmly (horizontally or vertically) in material as thin as 5/8 (depending on the strength of the material), making it ideal for use in jigs and xtures, e.g., sliding tables for saws. The clamp arm (which slides easily on the post when tilted, but locks at 90) has a 21/8 throat depth and can grip anything from veneer to material up to 33/4 thick (31/8 when the post collar is used as a depth limiter). Anchor wedging is controlled by the brass knob on the post and clamping force by the knob at the arm tip. Used horizontally, the post collar acts as a material support. Used vertically, the collar is a rub ring that protects workpieces from accidental damage by the post rings. Precision machined from brass, steel and anodized aluminum, this is a versatile work support and clamp. Made in Canada. Patented. 05G19.01 Veritas Surface Clamp, ea. $74.50

It is easiest to think of this as a barrel-shaped insert nut that secures in any 3/4 diameter hole, except this one self-anchors and is removable. Usable horizontally, vertically or at any angle in between, it accepts common 1/2-13 threaded bolts, and will wedge in through-holes in material as thin as 5/8 (depending on the strength of the material) or in blind holes 11/4 deep. With a pull-out strength of at least 200 lbf* in hardwood, the anchor has a wedging mechanism controlled by an integral hex-head screw drive and an external rubber O-ring that uses friction to hold it in place during installation. With 3/8 of internal thread travel, the anchor is designed to secure materials of known thickness using a xed-length fastener (for example, fastening 3/4 thick material with a 1 long machine screw). Ideal for fastening thin material, it is useful for xing jigs, guides, etc. Best used with non-hex head drive fasteners, as the force applied with a wrench may overpower the anchor, loosening or dislodging it. All-steel construction. Made in Canada. Patent pending. 1+ 5+ 05G22.05 Bench Anchor, ea. $12.95 $11.60 * In our tests, an anchor, fully seated in a 11/4 blind hole, had a pull-out strength of
at least 200 lbf when used in hardwood and 150 lbf when used in softwood. Actual pull-out strength will vary depending on material used and torque applied.

1/2-13 Threaded Fasteners Though any 1/2-13 threaded rod or bolt may be used with our bench anchor, Veritas Bench Blade we offer a small selection of at-head and round-head fasteners here for This is essentially a low-prole bench dog with a quick-release sliding jaw convenience. The 11/16 dia. washer, for use with round-head fasteners, for holding work. Dubbed a "blade" due to its at design, it projects just 1/4 above a work surface to permit maximum access to a workpiece. Used much increases the surface contact area of the head, distributing clamping preslike a toggle clamp, it has a thumb-operated eccentric cam lever to control the sure while reducing the potential for fiber sliding jaw, so you can quickly secure or release work. With 1/4 range of crushing. All are zinc-plated steel. travel, the jaw has limited throw, but applies up to 300 lb of clamping force. E. Round Head 1+ 5+ F E Flats on the cam provide secure stops at 1/8 and 1/4 of travel. The 11/21/4 44Z10.10 1 Fastener, ea. $ .41 $ .37 jaw face has a 5 inward cant to help hold wood securely. The cam and jaw 44Z10.12 11/4 Fastener, ea. $ .44 $ .40 are cast steel, heat-treated for surface hardness, and the post and wedge-lock 44Z10.14 11/2 Fastener, ea. $ .49 $ .44 mechanism are turned steel. The patented standard post version is for use in 44Z10.18 2 Fastener, ea. $ .54 $ .48 a 3/4 diameter through-hole (or blind holes that are at least 17/8 deep). The F. 44Z10.01 11/16 Washer, ea. $ .24 $ .22 wedge-lock version is usable at any angle from horizontal to vertical, and G. Flat Head 1+ 5+ anchors rmly in any 3/4 diameter through-hole in material as thin as 5/8 G 44Z10.50 1 Fastener, ea. $ .34 $ .31 (depending on the strength of the material), or in blind holes that are a 44Z10.52 11/4 Fastener, ea. $ .40 $ .36 minimum of 13/8 deep. Made in Canada. 44Z10.54 11/2 Fastener, ea. $ .43 $ .39 B. 05G22.10 Bench Blade, Standard Post $18.50 44Z10.58 2 Fastener, ea. $ .47 $ .42 C. 05G22.12 Bench Blade, Wedge-Lock Post $23.50 H. Veritas Bench Stud 1/4 of jaw travel Designed primarily for concealed use, this versatile hold-down can be used anywhere you can drill a 3/4 diameter hole. Its post has a wedging mechanism 1/8 of jaw controlled by a swivel handle to anchor it rmly (in any orientation) in throughtravel holes in material as thin as 5/8 (depending on Wedge lock Total jaw the strength of the material) or in blind holes secures tightly in 1/4. travel is a 3/4 through5/8 (for concealed applications) a minimum of hole or a blind min. C 11/4 deep. With a 5 long threaded post, and a hole with a C minimum depth large-diameter wing nut for tightening, it can of 13/8. The cam has registered stops for 1/8 and be used on work surfaces up to 41/8 thick 1/4 of jaw travel but clamps at any point. through a 1/2 diameter or larger dog hole. All-steel construction, it is ideal for holding Low prole of clamp fences, making work stops, securing carvings, allows etc. Made in Canada. Patent pending. maximum Maximum access to capacity 05G22.01 Veritas Bench Stud $34.50 B workpiece. 41/8

C
144 Clamping

Jaw face has a 5 inward cant. Standard post ts in a 3/4 through-hole or in a blind hole with a minimum depth of 17/8.

Wedge adjustment to secure in hole.

Bench support

Carving held by blind hole

A
A. Veritas Surface Vise

This clamp combines the holding functions of a quick-release tail vise with the portability of a bench dog. It can be positioned at any angle vertical through horizontal and, since work is held between the jaw and any xed work stop, clamping capacity is limited only by the size of the mounting surface. The double posts mount in 3/4 holes. The forward post has a clearance hole to guide the clamping rod, and a wedging mechanism that anchors it rmly in through-holes in material as thin as 1 (depending on the strength of the material) or in blind holes at least 15/16 deep. The rear post seats in blind holes at least 2 deep and has a quick-release mechanism for adjusting the projection of the rod. Rotating the post slightly disengages the threads, allowing the rod to slide freely. Re-aligning the post engages the threads for clamping. The 19 rod has a stainless-steel swivel handle for applying clamping force in any position. The removable magnet-mounted at jaw is throughdrilled for attaching customized jaws for specialized work, and projects only 3/4 above the work surface, giving virtually unobstructed access to the workpiece. This is a versatile vise. Made in Canada. Patent pending. 05G10.50 Veritas Surface Vise $79.00 The Veritas hold-down can clamp workpieces to a bench or anywhere a 3/4 hole can be drilled. Exceptionally high clamping forces can be obtained with this hold-down for two reasons. First, with the arm free to pivot independently, all levered forces are exerted downward, without any losses due to horizontal slippage from the canting action of the hold-down post. Second, the fine barb-shaped grooves on the post resist upward forces, yet still allow easy entry into a hole. The long, low-prole arm is unobstructed at the clamping end, allowing good access to work from all sides. The 10 holddown post gives you 8 of clamping capacity, matching the 8 throat capacity. For use in holes where through travel is limited, a retrot shorter hold-down post is available separately. At just 51/2 long, it provides about 4 of clamping capacity. Used vertically in the top of a bench, or horizontally in a side skirt. Clamping forces are innitely variable by tightening the clamping knob (machined brass) to any degree. The arm and body are made from the highstrength zinc-aluminum alloy ZA-12, and the post from machined steel. Patented. 05G14.01 Veritas Hold-Down $78.50 05G14.02 Optional 51/2 Post $ 8.50

A rare-earth magnet holds the jaw to the rod. Through-holes in the jaw allow custom attachments.

Front post locks in place with wedge-adjusting mechanism.

Rear post is cross drilled for quick adjustments.

Used diagonally on bench top.

Disengaged Engaged
93 /4 rod ded threa

Tail vise on bench skirt

d ro 83 /4

Shop-made jig on sawhorse

B. Veritas Hold-Down

For clamping a nished piece without marking it, our slip-resistant muzzles slide over our bench dogs (or Bench Pups) to give you a non-marring surface. They have a hard, spring-grip, plastic body with six face ribs. Available in two sizes: 11/4 long for bench dogs or 3/4 long for Bench Pups. C. 05G04.01 43/8 Bench Dog, ea. $15.95 05G04.02 43/8 Bench Dogs, pr. $29.95 D. 05G04.03 23/8 Bench Pup, ea. $12.80 05G04.04 23/8 Bench Pups, pr. $24.50 E. 05G04.10 Muzzles for Bench Dogs, pr. $ 3.00 05G04.06 Muzzles for Bench Pups, pr. $ 2.40
F. Hold-Down Clamps

These glass-lled nylon hold-down clamps are versatile and economical. The posts are just shy of 3/4 in diameter, making them usable in most dog holes. Hold-down capacity is about 31/2, less the worktop thickness. The quick-release nut slides freely for fast adjustment, with clamping pressure applied using the red cam lever. The lever arm is serrated to prevent slipping. The clamps can also be used as dogs or stops and are fully compatible with Workmate. Excellent value. 1+ 5+ 16F02.10 Clamps, pr. $11.50 $10.35 Set of Veritas Pups Perfect for clamping on the front of any bench or table where you can drill 3/4 dia. holes. Includes one Wonder Pup and one Bench Pup. 05G10.03 Pup Combination $42.50

Veritas Round Bench Dogs & Muzzles Our round bench dogs are made from solid brass rod and can be installed in any bench by drilling a 3/4 hole. Brass dogs are non-corroding and kind to your tools. The combined crosshatching and 2 inward slope of the face hold wood securely. The side spring lets the dog slide smoothly, but holds it well at any desired projection. The bench dogs (at 43/8) are standard length. The Bench Pups (at 23/8) are ne for benches with tops up to 2 thick and ideal for bench B sides; just drill holes Inward slope in the skirt or the edge holds wood of the top. Both work securely in place. well with Wonder Dog and Wonder 2 Pup clamps.

Veritas Wonder Dog & Wonder Pup At 61/2 long, the versatile Wonder Dog clamp can be used anywhere you can drill a 3/4 hole. It makes it easy to clamp curved Long clamps work and irregular shapes. Since the dog head has two screw holes, any shape of tip can be cut with a scroll saw and quickly attached for Curved specialized work, giving good control work without marring work. Using a Wonder Dog in combination with a standard round bench dog, you can make a clamp of any length by drilling 3/4 holes in a 24, 26, etc. Bench work Two pieces of plywood with 24s between them for spacing can Unique be drilled in a pattern to provide shapes clamping for curved work and an innite variety of other shapes. At the lowest projection, only 5/8 of the dog head is above the bench. The swivel handle lets you apply ample clamping pressure in any position. The dog is drilled and tapped at a 3 angle to ensure that work is held tight to the bench. The Wonder Pup is the same as the Wonder Dog in all respects, except that the post is shorter (23/4 instead of 61/2) and has no side spring. The side spring is replaced with an O-ring for slightly elevated clamping. For use in bench fronts, drill-press jigs, etc. G. 05G10.01 Wonder Dog, ea. $38.50 H. 05G10.02 Wonder Pup, ea. $35.50

F E H

145

5/16 5/16

9/16

11/4 Sectional view of T-slot

Bowclamp Clamping Caul A modern take on an old idea, these specially shaped cauls challenge the notion that you can never have enough clamps. Where you would normally place clamps every few inches, these are cambered along their length to evenly distribute the force of just two clamps over a long span. Lightly waxed to resist glue, they are precisely CNC-machined from hard maple to what boatbuilders refer to as a "fair" curve one without hollows or projections. In use, the camber inverts to ensure there are no areas void of clamping force. Compatible with a range of clamp styles, they have a T-slot that accepts fast-acting bar and C-clamps to steady them while you tighten the screw. Available in 2, 3 and 4 lengths, they measure 13/4 square at the midpoint. The 2 caul has 1/4 of camber; the 3 and 4 sizes have 7/16 of camber. Available in pairs or as a six-piece set of all three sizes. Made in USA. A. 17F09.02 2 Bowclamp, pr. $ 46.50 B. 17F09.03 3 Bowclamp, pr. $ 67.50 C. 17F09.04 4 Bowclamp, pr. $ 86.50 17F09.20 Bowclamp, 6-pc. Set $179.00

F D
F. Scrooge Clamp

D
D. Veritas Panel Clamp

This Veritas is the most effective panel clamp available. It is easy to use, tightens by hand, and is stackable for production work. Best of all, you can make double clamp bars of any length to suit your own needs. The specially serrated posts grip the bars, keeping a panel at under any pressure load without allowing the bars to lift. Bars can be made by drilling 3/4 diameter holes in straight stock. 22s are ne, but 24s let you stack panels, since there is room for the top of one post and the bottom of another in the same hole. Adjustable O-rings on the posts let you clamp anything from 5/8 to 2 thick without any shimming; the clamp pads can be set dead center on the stock. The secret to the system is the balanced tension exerted on the bars. The greater the pressure, the more rigid the bars become. The screw has 5 of travel. The panel clamp set, with one head and one tail, does not include the wood. Patented. 1+ 3+ 05G16.01 Panel Clamp, ea. $44.50 $40.80 This is the most comprehensive carving bench system designed to date. Suitable for both large and small carvings, the Veritas carvers bench can rotate work through 360 and tilt it from horizontal to vertical or any angle between. The integral cast iron mechanism, the 13/4 thick laminated maple top and the 29 high cast iron legs create a solid work surface to hold relief carvings, as well as carvings in the round. A clamping system using two Veritas brass Bench Pups and a Wonder Pup (included) lets you clamp work up to 26

E. Veritas Carvers Bench

square or 26 in diameter. The spring-loaded tilt mechanism and the 360 rotation system provide excellent counterbalance and easy operation with readily accessible lock-and-release levers. You can sit on a stool while carving, tilt your work at whatever angle you wish, and rotate it for easy G. Veritas Square Bench Dogs Traditional bench dogs have a rectangular cross carving with the grain. For particularly massive section and a side spring. The mortises for them carvings, extra tension rods can quickly be tted. are usually let into a bench during construction. The feet are drilled and tapped so the overall Because the mortises are angled slightly toward bench height can be changed or the entire system the vise, retrotting rectangular dogs can be a can be bolted to a oor. The bench is also availcomplex process. (We recommend round dogs able without legs for installation on an existing for retrots.) These dogs have 5/83/4 shanks, structure. Complete bench weighs 150 lb (68kg). are 63/4 long, and have solid brass faces to avoid 05A04.01 *Veritas Carvers Bench $925.00 damage to edge tools. 05A04.02 *Table Top, Carvers $650.00 05G02.01 Square Bench Dogs, pr. $42.50
* Shipping surcharges apply in addition to our regular shipping charges: $60 for 05A04.01 carvers bench H. Mortised Bench Stop and $30 for 05A04.02 table top. For areas outside of A ush-mounted bench stop is a the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for useful bench tool to hold stock shipping rates.
Open

F This tool is a large turnbuckle with attachment plates at either end. It can be used to plumb walls, square up framing, pull together studs and joists (or push them apart) and straighten warped structural members for xing in place. It can exert up to 2000 lb of force with 80 lb of force on the turnbuckle handle. In most common use, one plate is screwed to a 24 and the other to a stud wall or post. The free end of the 24 is then nailed or screwed to a joist, deck, oor, etc. Maximum travel is 73/4. Better than a hired hand. (Wood not included.) 13F82.01 Scrooge Clamp, ea. $32.50

E
360 rotation

0 to 90 tilt

G H

Closed for hand operations (particularly planing). The serrated-tooth jaw holds stock rmly and can be adjusted from ush to 1/2 proud by a spring-loaded wing bolt. The cast aluminum stop is non-rusting so it will not mark your work, yet is soft enough that it will not chip chisel edges. At 11/2 wide by 21/2 long, it mortises into any bench with a top thicker than 7/8 and is secured by two wood screws. An excellent bench attachment at an excellent price. 1+ 6+ 99G01.01 Mortised Bench Stop $8.50 $7.65

Mechanism detail

21 .

Overall length is 53.

A. Sjbergs Cabinetmakers Workbench

With a work surface measuring 53 long by 21 wide (excluding vises), this mid-sized bench is suitable for both right- and left-handed users. Made from European beech, it has a 1 thick oil-nished top with a 23/4 skirt. The vises, both 14 long with 43/4 clamping capacities, have double guide rods to minimize jaw racking and four mounting locations (dual front and end positions) to let you congure the vises to best suit your work preference. The bench top and vises are drilled with enough dog holes (3/4 in diameter) to support virtually any clamping requirement; the trestle is drilled to accept hold-downs for clamping large boards or doors. Supplied in a quick-to-assemble knock-down format, the workbench stands 34 tall
C. Sjbergs Compact Workbench

when assembled. Four bench dogs included. (Hold-down is available B separately.) A versatile and sturdy bench, ideal for workshops short on space. Made in Sweden. 03A02.75 *Cabinetmakers Workbench $649.00 B. 03A02.73 Hold-Down, ea. $ 27.50
* Due to the size and weight of this bench, a shipping surcharge of $40 applies for shipments within Continental USA, in addition to our regular shipping and handling. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
Bench height converts to 251/4 for working in the seated position.

Ov era ll w idth is

Four bench dogs included.

Four mounting locations for vises.

Ideal for those with limited workshop space, this full-featured workbench occupies a fraction of the space required by a traditionally sized bench. Solidly built with mortise-and-tenon joints, lag bolt construction and a 1 thick top made of solid birch, it is sturdy and stable to support work. The work surface measures 341/4 long by 141/4 wide (excluding vises), and has paired rows of 3/4 diameter dog holes in line with the vises. The 141/4 wide face and end vises have 43/4 of clamping capacity and double guide rods to minimize racking. The bench stands 333/4 tall, but easily converts to 251/4 tall using the shorter trestle leg sections (supplied), for use by children or those who prefer to work in a seated position. Weighs just under 50 lb. Comes with four steel-reinforced plastic bench dogs; the double-ended design allows them to be inserted from the underside of the bench Cast-Iron Bench and Table Legs These elegant Victorian-style cast-iron legs make a heavy, stable base for a workbench or a non-wobbly base for a table or desk. Freestanding and wall-mount styles are available. The freestanding bench and table legs are held together with our patented truss-rod system that prevents racking and provides a heavy, rigid bench Jorgensen Bench Hold-Down With a maximum opening of 3 and a 11/2 throat capacity, this hold-down has a cast-iron body that slips onto an included mounting bolt. You can install it in a through hole of any diameter from 3/8 to 1 (such as a 3/4 dog hole), in material from 3/4 to 21/2 thick. We offer additional mounting bolts so you can interchange between 3/8 through holes in different locations without having to remove and re-install the bolt. If you counterbore a 3/8 deep, 5/8 diameter recess, the bolt head will sit below the surface when not in use. 13G14.01 Bench Hold-Down $17.50 13G14.02 Extra Mounting Bolt, ea. $ 2.60

Overall width is 141/4.

Overa ll length

is 341/

4.

top for low-prole clamping of thin materials. A particleboard shelf set into the trestle provides convenient under-bench storage. Scaled down in size, but not in function. Made in Sweden. 03A02.80 *Compact Workbench $319.00
* Due to the size and weight of this bench, a shipping surcharge of $15 applies for shipments within Continental USA, in addition to our regular shipping and handling. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

Bench height can be 333/4 or 251/4.

base. The bench legs include two 48 long truss-rod assemblies (1/2 dia. steel); the table legs have one. Both include steel cap nuts and washers. For contrast, brass cap nuts and washers are available separately. The bench legs are 33 high and 23 wide, and weigh 117 lb per pair. The table legs are 27 high and 22 wide, and weigh 60 lb per pair. The freestanding cast-iron legs from our Veritas Carvers Bench (shown on facing page) are available separately to install as a base for large round tables or other structures. They form a 15 square at the top, are 29 high and have a footprint of 2828. The set of four weighs about 100 lb. The wall-mount workbench and table legs take up little space. The 33 high bench legs, weighing about 60 lb per pair, are ideal to t under a workbench top in a workshop, greenhouse or studio. With the 27 high table legs, weighing 38 lb per pair, a strong desk can be made very quickly. Both styles have a 21 long top plate that will readily support any top that is at least 22 deep

D. E. F. G. H.

and as long as your design permits. The feet of all cast-iron legs are drilled and tapped so that you can attach a non-marring pad, or bolt them to a sub-base if required. As shown in the photo, the charcoal-gray legs can be painted to highlight the decorations in the casting or painted a completely different color. 05K45.01 *Freestand. Bench Legs, pr. $269.00 05K46.01 *Freestand. Table Legs, pr. $195.00 05K46.02 Brass Cap Nuts/Washers, pr. $ 9.50 05A04.03 *Pedestal Legs, set of 4 $275.00 05K49.01 *Wall-Mnt. Bench Legs, pr. $179.00 05K48.01 *Wall-Mnt. Table Legs, pr. $159.00
* These legs come in a single-tone (charcoal gray) protective paint nish. Two tones shown in photo to highlight casting details. Shipping surcharges apply in addition to our regular shipping charges: $30 for the 05K45.01 and 05A04.03 legs; $20 for the 05K46.01, 05K49.01 and 05K48.01 legs. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

Stretcher cross section options

Register bosses on insides of legs simplify assembly and orientation; just drill matching holes in stretcher ends.

G H F
Clamping 147

Brass cap nuts and washers available separately.

E Veritas Workbench System The Veritas workbench is the most versatile bench on the market. Our design gives you an exceptionally solid bench with truss-rod construction that lets you tune climate-induced slackness out of it at any time. The trestle base is a straightforward design all butt joints, no mortise and tenon work. You can buy anything from just the plan to a nished bench complete with a Veritas twin-screw vise, a front vise, and bench dogs. If you decide to build your own bench, the top can be custom built or you can buy two laminated maple slabs in a kit from us. Although any commercial vise can be used, the bench design is ideally suited to the Veritas twin-screw vise. The Veritas bench is designed for simplicity in construction and unrivalled versatility in use.
E. Veritas Twin-Screw Vise

Complete Veritas Bench Requiring only minor assembly, this nished Veritas bench meets all your clamping needs. The top is constructed from two pre-drilled laminated maple slabs with a birch plywood center trough. It includes our twin-screw vise, a full-width end vise that has 12 of clamping capacity and can be used for side or top clamping with no racking, even when clamping in a single dog row. Its chain drive maintains jaw parallelism. Also included is a large front vise (11/8 dia. screw and 13 of clamping capacity) and four solid brass Veritas bench dogs with four muzzles. (These components are detailed on pages 145 and 150.) Bench height is 35 and the working surface is 2676 (vise closed). The bench is available with either a traditional hardwood base or a pair of our cast-iron bench legs (fully described on page 147). Bench parts, twinscrew vise and bench dogs are made in Canada and USA. Patented. A. 05A01.01 *Bench/Hardwood Base $1450.00 B. 05A02.01 *Bench/Cast-Iron Base $1350.00 See pages 143 and 144 B
* Due to the size and weight of the Veritas benches, they are shipped by truck freight. Contact our Customer Service dept. for shipping rates. Total weight is 230 lb for 05A01.01 and 315 lb for 05A02.01. for optional accessories for the Veritas workbench system.

This is the only non-racking full-width end vise on the market. You can clamp anything anywhere in the vise and the jaws stay parallel. The chain Standard drive ensures paraltwin-screw vise shown lelism and eliminates the racking assembled. common in other vises. It can be Custom-built wooden jaws operated using either handle. Even not included. E better, a spring-loaded lock pin lets you disengage the chain for controlled jaw skewing needed to equalize pressure on slightly out-of-square work. Rows of dog holes in the bench top and the side skirts give you clamping capacity equal to the length of your bench plus 12 (the clamping capacity of the vise). This lets you clamp pieces horizontally or vertically. To build the vise, you will require two hardwood jaws. The vise is an easy retrot to an existing bench, requiring only the addition of two pieces: an end cap drilled for the vise nuts and xing bolts, plus the vise jaw itself. As a result of customer feedback, we have changed from a plastic to an aluminum chain cover consisting of two cast end caps and a bridging extrusion. However, unlike its predecessor, the cover is not telescoping and must be cut to length for mounting at other than the maximum spacing. Instead, the vise is available in two models. The standard vise accommodates vise screw centers up to 167/8. For anyone requiring wider jaw capacity, the second model accommodates vise screw centers up to 24, with sufcient chain to match. The two vise screws, nuts, chain cover, wooden handles and all installation hardware are included with complete mounting instructions. (A 11/2 bit is needed to drill four holes.) Excellent value in a powerful vise. Patented. 05G12.21 Standard Twin-Screw Vise $229.00 05G12.22 Twin-Screw Vise, up to 24 center $239.00
F. Veritas Special Bench Bolts

Veritas Bench Plan and Kits The scaled Veritas bench plan includes cutting list and complete assembly instructions, plus instructions for side skirts with dog holes so you can clamp along the side of the bench as well as along the top. G. Veritas Bench Plans The Basic Bench Kit These plans are accurate, detailed, and tested. The modern bench plan includes plan, truss comes with complete construction notes. The bench will take any of our rods, nuts, bolts and front vises at the front or end position. The traditional bench plan is simiscrews for construction of a larly detailed. It will take any one of our front vises or our tail vises. The bench with a hardwood top. modern bench top is 24801/2; the traditional bench top is 2581. Wood not included. The Deluxe 05L01.01 Modern Bench Plan $13.95 Bench Kit includes the plan 05L01.02 Traditional Bench Plan $13.95 and hardware, plus two pre-drilled laminated G maple slabs. Each 40 lb slab is 103/4723/42 D thick with a double row of 3/4 dia. dog holes that result in a symmetrical Modern bench plan 73/4 grid. You supply the rest of the wood. Veritas C. 05L06.02 Veritas Workbench Plan $ 17.50 Workbench Plan 05G15.12 Veritas Basic Bench Kit $ 78.50 D. 05G15.11 *Veritas Deluxe Bench Kit $499.00 Example of
* A shipping surcharge of $50 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
completed traditional bench. Traditional bench plan

Most European benches use a bolt system to fasten leg sets to stretchers. The main advantage is that you can snug the bolts if anything loosens due to changes in humidity. The Using bench bolts solid brass nuts on our bench bolts slide into a pre-drilled hole in the stretcher, and distribute pressure to prevent breakout. A bench can be made very rigid (without complex joinery) by using F a wide stretcher, since the stretcher is bolted into position. The steel bolts are 6 long and 1/2 in diameter. The nuts are 25mm25mm and will t perfectly in a 1 hole. 05G07.02 Set of 4 Bolts & Nuts $29.50

C
148

Mounting plate attaches under bench top (shown ghosted).

All parts shown here are included.

A A

Can be installed in a right- or left-handed orientation.

Workbench and jaw not included.

Two-position, positive-stop quick-release lever

A. Veritas Quick-Release Sliding Tail Vise

Installing a tail vise is notoriously difficult, usually requiring a section of workbench to be cut away and rebuilt around a complicated vise mechanism. Not so with this one. It can be quickly incorporated into a new bench construction or easily retrotted to an existing bench without major surgery. The end plates are symmetrical, so you can install the T-handle and quick-release lever in a right- or left-handed orientation, allowing the vise to be mounted at either end of the bench. Installation is straightforward: using the included hardware, attach the mounting plate to the underside of the bench, then register and secure the vise mechanism to In-Line Vise A particularly handy vise for edge planing or routing. Lets you clamp work using the complete bench surface for support. The jaws measure 54 1/ 4 and are through drilled for face-plate attachments. Capacity is 33/4, both vertically and horizontally. Cast aluminum construction. 60F06.01 In-Line Vise $37.50

the plate. Using wood that you supply, add a custom-made jaw the same thickness as the bench skirt. The quick-release mechanism has a simple on-off lever that engages or disengages the Acme-threaded screw, which can apply force (up to 300 lb) in both clamping as well as spreading applications something not possible with any other quick-release tail vise. Maximum travel is 73/4. The body is ductile cast iron with zinc-alloy end plates, steel shafts and guide rods, and a maple handle. Requires an unobstructed mounting area at least 1761/2 on the underside of the bench top. Made in Canada. Patent pending. 05G30.01 Veritas Sliding Tail Vise $279.00
B. Veritas Inset Vise

Press Screw For making up veneer-press frames, case clamps or gluing jigs, this heavyduty press screw is a sturdy, versatile jig. The 13/815/8 swivel head is removable for easy installation or change-over. The threaded nut drives into a 1 round hole and may be further secured with screws. Screw diameter is 11/16. Baked black enamel nish on malleable iron castings. 1+ 6+ 13F17.01 9 Press Screw $21.00 $18.90

This low-prole vise is similar to a wagon vise in function, but in a compact, self-contained form for easy installation in a work surface, adding a permanent, adjustable dog right where its needed. Designed to hold work between its single jaw and an external stop such as a bench dog, it has a clamping capacity that is limited only by the size and dog-hole spacing of your work surface. The knurled stainless-steel toggle handle turns a 1/2 diameter Acme-threaded steel rod to move the jaw in a 4 range of travel. The 1/2 tall, 13/16 wide jaw has two jaw-mounting positions spaced 37/8 apart, for compatibility with dog-hole spacing up to 73/4. A keyway in the jaw face accepts a #10 nut for afxing custom shop-built jaws. When the vise is not in use, the jaw can be removed for an unobstructed work surface. Available separately, an optional 1/2 tall, 11/2 wide pivoting jaw can be used in place of the xed jaw to clamp irregular objects against work stops positioned outside of the clamping axis. The vise installs ush in a stepped mortise in any surface at least 11/4 thick (instructions, template and mounting hardware provided). Constructed of machined steel castings and anodized aluminum extrusions. Made in Canada. Patent pending. Acme-threaded screw applies direct 05G31.01 Inset Vise $89.00 force for clamping and spreading. C. 05G31.03 Optional Pivoting Jaw $12.40 C
Optional pivoting jaw

Top clamping

Pivoting jaw clamps irregularshaped pieces.

Keyway in face to attach custommade jaw.

Portable applications

Capacity determined by size and dog-hole spacing of work surface.

Side clamping Two-position removable low-prole jaw

Sits ush with surface. Install in work surfaces as thin as 11/4.

Reverse jaw for spreading applications

149

C
Two counterclockwise turns release jaw.

A H J K
F. Shoulder-Vise Screw

Quick-Release Steel Bench Vises Designed for easy adjustment, these traditional bench vises have steel spindles and large cast iron faces. The movable jaw has a slight inward cant to let the top of the jaw touch rst as it closes. Under clamping pressure, this jaw becomes parallel with the xed jaw, providing more consistent pressure over the entire jaw face so work is held securely. The quick release is G. Tail-Vise Screw designed for one-handed operation; the screw is disengaged by two counterEssentially the same construction as a shoulder-vise screw but without an end clockwise turns of the handle, allowing work to be held with one hand as the guide, this tail-vise screw has a 17 clamping capacity (less the thickness of vise is quickly adjusted with the other. Both jaws are through-drilled for your wooden jaws) and is 211/4 overall. The spindle diameter is 11/8. wooden face-plate attachments. The moving jaw has an adjustable steel 70G01.52 *Tail-Vise Screw $36.50 dog. The large vise requires a space 20 long for the spindle and guide rods. 05G12.03 Optional Handle, ea. $ 6.50 The medium and small sizes require 18 and 13 respectively. All are excel* Note: Depending on supply, 70G01.51 & 70G01.52 vise screws may be a different Jaw Max. lent for equipping a new bench, or adding to color than shown. Width Opening an existing one. 8 $109.00 H. Tail Vise Well manufactured A. 10G04.11 *Sm. Vise 7 B. 10G04.12 *Med. Vise 9 13 $145.00 This vise can be used for both types of tail vise with or without a shoulder. by a small rm C. 10G04.13 *Lg. Vise 101/2 15 $165.00 It has guide plates 2 wide by 15 long. The maximum opening is 8 (less in Europe. the thickness of your wooden jaws). The single-lead * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping Acme screw is 7/8 in diameter. charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates. 70G09.01 Tail Vise $75.00 05G12.03 Optional Handle, ea. $ 6.50 Jorgensen Quick-Release Steel Bench Vises Designed for easy adjustment, these traditional bench vises have a quick-release Front Vises mechanism for one-handed operation. A single counterclockwise turn disenThese vises have rugged, machined, double guide rods and single-lead gages the screw, so you can position the work with one hand while quickly Acme screws. The regular front vise is 7143/4 overall with a 7/8 dia. adjusting the vise with the other. The movable jaw is canted slightly inward, so screw and clamping capacity of 81/4 (less the thickness of your wooden the jaws rst meet at the top as they close. As clamping force increases, this jaw jaws). Our large front vise is 101/221 overall with a 11/8 dia. screw, and becomes parallel with the xed jaw, distributing force evenly for a secure hold. 13 clamping capacity (less the thickness of your wooden jaws). The larger The cold-drawn steel twin guide bars prevent racking. Through-drilled jaws vise has an offset center screw to allow vertical clamping without skewing. accept user-made face-plate attachments, and the movable jaw has an adjustable Can be added to an existing bench or built into a new one. steel dog. Both vises can be installed on 21/4 benchtops; thinner tops require J. 70G08.01 Regular Front Vise $56.50 blocking, while thicker tops must be mortised to accommodate the mechanism. K. 70G08.02 Large Front Vise $72.50 The small vise requires a space 141/2 long for the spindle and guide rods; the 05G12.03 Optional Handle, ea. $ 6.50 large requires a space 173/4 long. The machined jaws have a durable baked enamel nish; the roller nut is a hardwearing bronze alloy. Excellent vises, Quick-Release Front Vises whether you are building a new bench What sets these front vises apart is the integral quick-release mechanism, designed for easy operation with one hand. Turn the handle counterclockwise to or retrotting Jaw Max. release and clockwise to re-engage. Two sizes are available, both with 7/8 dia. an old one. Width Opening steel single-lead Acme screws and double guide rods for smooth operation. The D. 13F40.07 Sm. Vise 7 9 $139.00 regular vise measures 71/4143/4 and opens to 8; the large vise is 101/4213/4 E. 13F40.10 Lg. Vise 10 125/8 $159.00 and opens to 13 (maximum openings are less wooden jaw thickness). The large A single counterclockwise turn disengages vise has an offset screw to permit vertical clamping without skewing. Well D the screw for made by a small European company, these enable you to incorporate a shopquick vise Jaw made quick-release vise into a new bench or retrot an existing one. adjustment. wid th i s7 L. 70G08.05 Regular Front Vise $ 99.00 . M. 70G08.10 Large Front Vise $139.00 N. 05G12.03 Optional Handle, ea. $ 6.50 M
Jaw wid th i s 10 .

This vise screw is for the L-shaped shoulder vise used on Scandinavian-style benches. 11/8 dia. screw with single-lead Acme threads. The threaded guide is mortised into the vise shoulder, while the end guide attaches to the vise jaw. 71/4 clamping capacity (less wooden shoulder thickness), 13 overall. 70G01.51 *Shoulder-Vise Screw $29.50 05G12.03 Optional Handle, ea. $ 6.50

Counterclockwise for quick release

E
150 Clamping
Clockwise to re-engage

B A

MAGNETS
A. Standoff Magnetic

Shown actual size.

D. Magnetic Pencil

Tool Holder This magnet keeps a chuck, key or wrench right where it is needed. Its zinc-plated 5/8 tall steel body gives enough clearA ance to grip the tool easily for removal. A 3/8 rare-earth magnet in one end holds the tool (up to 1 lb) rmly, but the stronger 1/2 magnet at the other end keeps the tool holder stuck to the machine body, not to the tool. 50K18.01 Magnetic Tool Holder, ea. $4.95
B. Magnetic Cord

Holder Cords are great tiedowns, but they require something to B attach them to. This chrome-plated holder has a low-prole 1 dia. rare-earth magnet with a 1/4 cross-drilled hole to accept hooks, as well as a 1 split ring for thick cord or hooks. The holding strength depends on the angle of pull and the thickness of steel it is attached to. It takes a 30 lb direct pull off 1/8 steel plate or a 10 lb pull at 45 off typical 0.045 truck-box steel. The 11/8 dia. base has a non-marring, high-friction pad. 50K15.01 Magnetic Cord Holder, ea. $12.50 50K15.02 Magnetic Cord Holders, pr. $22.50
C. Lee Valley Belt-Clip

Holder Tired of holding your pencil in your mouth while you work? This D holder has a 1/103/8 rare-earth magnet held in a thin-walled cup to provide attraction on both faces. Worn on the outside of your D shirt, the cup clings to a galvanized disc on the inside of the shirt. Using one of the six included clips, you can easily remove or reattach the pencil without glancing away from your work. Additional clips sold separately. 1+ 4+ 05N52.01 Mag. Holder/6 Clips $2.80 $2.60 05N52.02 Doz. Pencil Clips $2.95

E
Hemispherical magnet in our steel cup (see page 152).

G
Spherical

Magnet Clipped onto your belt, this 1 rare-earth magnet lets you keep E. 1/2 dia. Hemispherical Magnet, ea. 1+ 5+ small hand tools or a 99K38.51 $ 2.10 $ 1.70 C handful of nails or F. 15mm (5/8) dia. Spherical Magnet, ea. screws at the ready. It 99K38.61 $5.80 $4.65 will even hold a whole box of screws. 1+ 3+ G. 1/2 dia. Spherical Magnet, ea. 50K19.01 Belt-Clip Magnet, ea. $6.50 $5.80 99K38.62 $3.40 $2.70

K. 150 lb Magnet Hemispherical E This 2 lb magnet will lift a load of 150 lb. Useful and Spherical for cleaning up nails around a construction Magnets project or sweeping a shop oor of lings and We have found many steel shavings. 521 overall, it has a built-in uses for these eye hook for attaching a rope or chain (not magnets. The 1/2 dia. Example of included). hemispherical magnet hemispherical magnet 99K30.21 150 lb Magnet $22.50 used as a swivel anchor (which makes a for a mobile. superb swivel anchor L. Quick-Release Magnet for a mobile) can be used in adjustable arms, Useful for transferring fasteners from one place specialized hinges, etc. The 15mm (5/8) dia. or to another, this quick-release magnet is also 1/2 dia. spherical magnet will hold a chain of great for recovering screws accidentally spilled into sawdust, or cleaning up metal shavings or ball bearings together to provide a near-frictioniron lings. To release a load, the squeeze handle less rotating suspension mechanism. One can retracts the magnet inside the aluminum body. also be rolled along the crack in a hardwood About 9 high with a 31/2 dia. base, it will lift up oor, where it will stop whenever it rolls over a nail, so that you can map the nails and then cut to 5 lb. into the oor without fear of tool damage. 03K30.01 Quick-Release Magnet $13.50
Active

Magnetic Tool & Parts Trays These trays have powerful magnetic bases to keep a solid grip on small steel parts and tools. The rubberized base wont scratch painted surfaces such as a car fender. The small 51/4 dia. tray has a single ceramic magnet, and the large 141/861/4 rectangular tray has three powerful magnets. H. 93K83.01 Sm. Mag. Tray $10.50 J. 93K83.02 Lg. Mag. Tray $16.50

L
Pull handle to release.

Magnets 151

Shown actual size.

A
A. RARE-EARTH MAGNETS
Read chart horizontally for compatible hardware.

B. MATCHING STEEL CUPS

Item # Outside Screw Dia. Size
3/8 1/2 5/8 7/8

C. MATCHING STEEL WASHERS

Item # Outside Screw Dia. Size
3/8 1/2 5/8 7/8

D. MATCHING HIGHFRICTION DISCS

Item #

Item #

Outside ThickDia. ness

1/4 3/8 1/2 1/10 1/10 1/8

Price per Magnet

Price per Cup

Price per Washer

1+

10+

25+

50+

1+

10+

25+

50+

1+

10+

25+

50+

Outside Price Dia. Pkg/10

3/8 1/2 5/8 7/8

99K31.01 99K32.03 99K31.03 99K32.11 99K32.13

$ .34 $ .27 $ .25 $ .23 99K32.51 $ .56 $ .44 $ .42 $ .39 99K32.52 $1.04 $ .83 $ .78 $ .72 99K32.53 1+ $ 8.40 $12.80 3+ $6.70 $10.20 99K32.54

n/a $ .49 $ .39 $ .37 $ .34 99K32.61 #4 #4 $ .54 $ .43 $ .40 $ .38 99K32.62 $ .70 $ .56 $ .52 $ .49 99K32.63

#4 #4 #4

$ .47 $ .37 $ .35 $ .32 99K34.50 $ .52 $ .41 $ .39 $ .36 99K34.51 $ .68 $ .54 $ .51 $ .47 99K34.52

$4.10 $4.20 $4.50 $4.80 $5.00

Price per package of 5

3/4 1/8 1/8

#10 $1.40 $1.12 $1.05 $ .98 99K32.64

#10 $1.10 $ .88 $ .82 $ .77 99K34.53

99K32.55 11/8

#10 $1.70 $1.36 $1.27 $1.19 99K32.65 11/8

#10 $1.60 $1.28 $1.20 $1.12 99K34.54 11/8

Magnet

Rare-Earth Magnets and Mounting Hardware Using Steel Cups and Washers There are countless uses for rare-earth magnets, from holding keys or The main reason to use a magnet cup is to increase a magnets attraction (usually wrenches on machines to making fridge magnets. Nickel plated, they by a factor of 4). No glue is needed; inserted into a screw-mounted cup, there is little chance a magnet will pop out. If you plan to remove the magnet or cup in future, rst Cup are incredibly strong (see box below) due to the electron array in the le a slot in the cup wall to allow you to pry out Insert cup and fasten into place with a neodymium, the rare earth they are made from. They can be mounted screw, then place magnet into the cup. the magnet. with almost any glue (epoxy is ideal). Made to strict standards of atness and accuTo increase a magnets attraction by a factor of 4, the zinc-plated racy, our steel washers are ideal contact points steel magnet cups are counterbored to t the magnets. The cup for for magnets in fastening systems. Install them the 1/4 magnet has a ridged outer surface to press-t into a 3/81/4 with machine screws for best pull-out strength. Cup Magnet High-friction disc Washer deep hole. Larger cups can be screwed directly or ush mounted in a 1 5 1 7 K. Cupped counterbored hole. The /2 and /8 cups are /4 thick; the /8 and K Magnet Sets 11/8 cups are 9/32 thick. This design of rareCountersunk for screw fastening, the steel washers make ideal earth cupped magnet contact points for magnetic fastening systems. The three smaller sizes is strong, easy to are 3/32 thick; the two larger sizes are 5/32 thick. install and Ideal for buffering cupped magnets and washers, the 1/64 thick highcomes as a friction discs are made of a soft, non-marring acrylic material with a 3/8 Plate Washer Cupped Magnet Sets three-piece high-tack adhesive backing. Package of 10. Price per Set Screw Cup set of inteProduct # Magnet Dia. Force Force Dia. 1+ 10+ Size IMPORTANT NOTICE Size of Magnetic Strength of Our gral magnet Swallowing any magnet can 99K39.04 5/8 12mm (1/2) $1.90 $1.50 #4-#6 12 lb 9 lb Magnet Strength Rare-Earth Magnets with cup, be dangerous. Seek imme3/4 14mm (9/16) $2.40 $1.90 1/2 lb 99K39.05 15 lb #6 16 The maximum direct-pull 1/41/10 2.5 lb countersunk diate medical attention if a strengths you can expect 3 1 K. 99K39.07 1 18mm (11/16) $3.20 $2.55 #8 35 lb 32 lb washer (for /8 /10 5 lb magnet is swallowed or of our rare-earth magnets 99K39.09 11/4 24mm (15/16) $4.50 $3.60 #10 69 lb 56 lb use as a 1/21/8 inhaled. Keep all magnet 9 lb when sandwiched door strike), and high-friction lm cover. The magnet can be used as a door catch parts away from children, 22 lb between two pieces of 3/41/8 especially those under the with a strike or as a magnetic base alone with high-friction lm cover but without the 1 1 /8 30 lb steel are listed here. age of 3. strike. The countersunk screw hole in the center of the magnet makes it particularly easy to install or remove. The cups are about 0.005 smaller than their nominal diamRare-Earth Magnet, Cup & Washer Sets eters so they t snugly in a counterbored hole. For many shop uses, they can be We offer ve sizes of matching sets (magnets, cups and washers) at a attached directly to walls, beams or equipment without any counterbore. The magnet 30% discount off the individual prices. An excellent way to make strengths in the chart above are rated as the average pounds of force required in a closures in cabinet doors or box lids. The three smaller sets include four straight pull to disengage them from 3/8 thick steel or their companion washers. magnets each, 1/4, 3/8 or 1/2 in diameter, and four matching cups and Recommended sizes of at-head wood screws (not included) are listed in the chart. washers. The two larger sizes come in sets of two magnets, 3/4 or 1 in Rare-Earth Rod Magnets diameter, with two matching cups and washers. The rod magnets are more powerful cousins of the 1/4 circular magnets. By E. 99K33.10 1/4 Magnet Set, 12 pcs. $3.60 combining them with the 1/4 I.D. ring magnets, you can create interesting Recommended F. 99K33.15 3/8 Magnet Set, 12 pcs. $4.50 screw sizes are mechanisms of all kinds. The 1/81/8 rod magnets are sold only in O G. 99K33.20 1/2 Magnet Set, 12 pcs. $6.20 indicated in the packs of 10 (the packaging costs would overwhelm the price). H. 99K33.25 3/4 Magnet Set, 6 pcs. $5.80 price line. Length Dia. 1+ 10+ N J. 99K33.30 1 Magnet Set, 6 pcs. $7.80 1/8 Shown L. 99K38.00 1/8 10 $2.60 $2.10 actual M 1/4 M. 99K36.01 1/4 ea. $ .88 $ .70 size. F G E J H 1/4 N. 99K36.02 1/2 ea. $1.90 $1.50 1/4 L O. 99K36.03 1 ea. $3.20 $2.55 Rare-Earth Ring Magnets Ring magnets stack wonderfully on a rod or a taut cord if you place them with similar poles facing. You can design an awe-inspiring horizontal top by putting two ring magnets on a rod and hiding four magnets in the horizontal base. R Q O.D. I.D. Thickness 1+ 10+ 1 1 1 P P. 99K37.01 /4 /16 /8 ea. $ .46 $ .35 Q. 99K37.02 3/8 1/8 1/8 ea. $ .69 $ .55 R. 99K37.03 1/2 1/4 1/8 ea. $1.28 $1.00 S. 99K37.04 3/4 3/8 1/8 ea. $2.50 $2.00 S T T. 99K37.05 1 1/2 1/8 ea. $3.90 $3.10
Shown actual size.

C 50-Piece Magnet Sampler Assembled as a sampler of 26 rod magnets and 24 circular magnets to offer you a variety of sizes. Sampler includes: 15 of 1/8 dia. 1/8 thick rod magnet 8 of 1/4 dia. 1/4 thick rod magnet 2 of 1/4 dia. 1/2 thick rod magnet 1 of 1/4 dia. 1 thick rod magnet 8 of 1/4 dia. 1/10 thick circular magnet 8 of 3/8 dia. 1/10 thick circular magnet 8 of 1/2 dia. 1/8 thick circular magnet The sampler is priced at about 40% off the price of the individual magnets. 50-Piece Magnet* Sampler 99K33.50 $19.50
* Keep all magnet parts away from children, especially those under the age of 3. A. Magnetic Sweep
Shown actual size.

Actual size

Non-marring high-friction pad

C. Magnetic Spring Clip

This tool picks up anything from tiny tacks and needles to large bolts, holding as much as 2 lb per sweep. Commonly used in shops to clear steel chips and shavings, it is equally useful for collecting hardware from driveways or lawns after construction work, or in living space to nd dropped needles or a tiny screw from eyeglasses. The low prole lets you sweep under furniture and shelves. It will even collect magnetic coins buried as deep as 2 in sand. The adjustable handle can be set at any length from 21 to 47 and the exible neck increases maneuverability.
47 . 21 to

Not only will this strong magnetic clip stay exactly where it is placed, but it will also hold up to 100 sheets of paper in its spring coil. When you pull on the knob, the steel spring stretches to accept anything from a single sheet to a clutch of paper between the coils. Releasing the knob closes the spring, securely gripping the paper. Beyond its obvious use on a fridge, the clip will attach to any ferrous surface, making it excellent for holding project plans and drawings on chalkless blackboards and enameled steel panels. Glossy paper is best held under the magnet. The knob and base are turned stainless steel. The 7/8 diameter base houses a powerful 5/8 rare-earth magnet and has a soft, high-friction pad to make it non-marring in use. Overall height is 3/4. Made in Canada. 50K03.01 Magnetic Spring Clip $7.50

D. Pen & Pencil Holders

Magnetic Sweep 09A03.21 $22.50

Although these coil-spring holders with D rare-earth magnet bases are wonderful fridge magnets for holding a pen or pencil plus a grocery list, they are equally useful in the shop for similar purposes, and to hold small LED flashlights, Sharpies, screwdrivers, chuck keys, etc. Sold in sets of three in a snap-lid style tin press the center to open, press the edge to close. 88K78.97 Pen/Pencil Holders, pkg. of 3 $9.80 Super Magnets Our chrome-plated steel fridge magnet has a powerful 1/2 rare-earth magnet in the 5/8 dia. base. It holds over a dozen pages to a fridge, and excels at holding engineering plans on chalkless blackboards or enamelled steel panels. E Supporting up to 3 lb, our hanger knob is the worlds strongest fridge magnet. Made of steel with a 3/4 rare-earth magnet in its 7/8 dia. base, it is nickel plated, then gold plated. Ideal for hanging wreaths or notices on steel doors. Both magnets are 3/4 tall and have a soft, Shown high-friction pad on the base to prevent actual marring. size.
1+ 3+

Magnet is 91/2

wide.

To order call 1-800-871-8158 B. Telescoping Pocket Magnet

For retrieving all those things that fall just out of sight or out of reach on a carpet, under an appliance, through a grill, etc., this telescoping magnet is ideal. Although rated to dead lift about 3.5 lb, this will depend on the shape or surface area available; it will easily pick up objects up to 2 lb. Only 5 E. Fridge Magnet, ea. closed, it extends to 25. 50K02.02 99W63.20 Telescoping Pocket Magnet $6.95 F. Hanger Knob, ea. 50K02.01 B
Extends from 5 to 25.

Ex ten ds

fro m

$4.95 $4.45 $9.50 $8.50

Fridge magnet will hold a number of pages to a fridge door.

Hanger knob shown holding a wreath.

F E B

Have You Signed Up?

Have you signed up for our web newsletters and e-mail notication of sales and special buys? Visit us at www.leevalley.com/newsletter

Special Buys
You can choose to receive e-mail notications of our sales and special buys. Our opt-in e-mails are user congurable, and you can even sign up without registering on the website.

Newsletters
Published every four to eight weeks, our newsletters contain technical information, company news, special event dates and other topics of interest to woodworkers and gardeners. You can view the newsletters online, or sign up to receive them by e-mail.

Our Website
Visit www.leevalley.com to see our full range of woodworking, hardware, gardening and gift products. You can: Click on "Whats New" for the latest in each product line Browse extra photos and information or printable instructions for many products Create your own wish list to help friends and family nd the perfect gift Shop at your convenience, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week

View Our Catalogs Online

Now you can view our complete woodworking, hardware and garden catalogs online. Browse the pages, search, click to zoom, or click on the item number to add the product to your cart. Shopping our catalogs just became easier, and the choice is yours at www.leevalley.com.

Our Other Catalogs

Any of our catalogs may be obtained by: calling 1-800-871-8158 requesting a copy when you order e-mailing customerservice@leevalley.com visiting our website (click on "Catalog Request") dropping us a note

About Us
Lee Valley is a family-owned business that has been serving woodworkers and gardeners for over 30 years, through both mail order and our retail stores in Canada. Many of our products are of our own design, including those made by Veritas Tools Inc., our manufacturing arm. When you call during business hours, you will be served by staff who are not on commission and whose goal is to answer your questions and give the best advice possible. You can rely on us for quality, value, and personal attention, and have 3 months to decide whether or not our products meet your expectations.

Hardware Catalog
Published in October, our Main Hardware catalog offers one of the largest collections of hardware on the market. In over 240 full-color pages you will nd: Complete matching suites, from hinge to latch to handle and knob, in many styles and nishes Thousands of knobs, handles and pulls Gate hardware and a multitude of hinge sizes suitable for everything from a large door down to the smallest jewellery box Unique and hard-to-nd items such as capitals, brass leg tips, and cupboard and box locks Cast steel items reproduced from antiques in the Lee Valley collection Kitchen hardware and storage systems Dowel rods, biscuits, nials, specialty nails, screws and other fasteners

Privacy Policy
At Lee Valley Tools Ltd., we understand the importance of protecting the privacy of our customers personal information. We are committed to complying with the current privacy legislation and guidelines. We continue to respect and protect the personal information of our customers. Be assured that we never sell, rent or share our customer list and you will not receive mail or e-mail from others as a result of being on our mailing lists. If you have any questions regarding the handling of your personal information, please view our Privacy & Security Statement on our website, or contact Customer Service.

Gardening Catalog
Our annual Garden Tools catalog, published in February, contains over 160 pages of high-quality and hard-to-nd gardening tools, some manufactured by Lee Valley, and hundreds of others imported from around the world. Our line includes: Container gardening supplies Composters Pruners, loppers and saws Harvesting and kitchen products Garden hats, gloves and footwear Seed-starting supplies Cultivation, planting and weeding tools Stakes, trellises, ties and plant labels Carts, wagons and push lawnmowers Watering cans, hoses, sprinklers and irrigation accessories Hardscaping supplies and home maintenance products Pest control and other assorted tools

Send a Catalog to a Friend

If you have a friend you think would enjoy seeing any of our catalogs, send us their name and address and we will send them a free catalog. As we never sell, share or rent any names on our mailing list, your friend will not receive unwanted mail from other companies as a result of your request. Just tell us which catalog(s) to send. (See our order form for more details).

Lee Valley Gift Card

A gift card from Lee Valley is always welcome. It is available in any amount of $10.00 or more, and can include a personal message. We can send the card by mail, or alternatively as an electronic version by e-mail. Either version may be purchased and redeemed by phone, fax or mail order, or online.

INDEX
Abrasives: polishing................ 45, 210 sanding .......................192-198, 210 sharpening .....94, 96-100, 113, 224 Adhesives & Accessories...... 129-131 Adzes............................... 42, 224, 226 Angle blocks ................................... 18 Angle grinder accessories ............... 47 Aprons, coveralls ...... 40, 51, 205, 278 Assorted Tools ...................... 260-279 Awls .................................. 5, 123, 268 Axes .......................................224-225 Bags & accessories ..........34, 234-236 Bandsaw accessories ..................... 191 Bar Gauge Heads, Veritas ............. 14 Base plates, router ..........174, 176-177 Beading tools, Veritas ............. 86, 87 Bell kits ........................................... 66 Belt sander .................................... 100 Belts: link/pulley .......................... 189 sanding .............. 100, 193, 194, 198 sharpening ................................. 100 tool ............................................ 278 Bench accessories, plans ........143-150 Bench anchor & stud, Veritas ..... 144 Bench dogs .................... 144, 145, 146 Benches, legs, slabs................147-148 Bevel Setter, Veritas ....................... 8 Bevels, sliding ................................... 8 Binders, Lee Valley ...................... 275 Bird carving accessories ................. 43 Biscuits: joiner, mini ..................... 222 Bits ..................................See drill bits Blades: bandsaw............................ 191 circular saw/accessories ................................... 180, 181, 184 coping saw, fret saw, scroll saw.. 33 knife ........................ 39, 41, 42, 265 plane ...........................69-70, 77, 82 razor .......................................... 206 Bolts: bench .................................. 148 mounting ...................158-159, 229 Books ..................................... 238-256 Bottle stopper components.............. 67 Bottles: glue/nishing ........... 130, 208 spice ......................................... 217 Box hardware, kits .......... 66, 216, 220 Boxes, wooden .............................. 220 Braces, hand .................................. 115 Brackets: bin, shelf/storage ....228-231 Branding irons............................... 267 Brushes: bench .............................. 267 nishing, paint........... 204, 205, 206 Bufng accessories ......... 99, 118, 211 Bumper pads ................................. 216 Burnishers ........................... 49, 88, 89 Burrs ..................................45-47, 101 Bushings: drill ....................... 111, 116 pen ............................................... 65 router ................................. 166, 176 Cabinetmaking System, Veritas 32 ...116 Calculator ...................................... 217 Calendars....................................... 275 Calipers ......................................15-17 Camber Roller Assembly, Veritas ... 91 Candle holders ................................ 66 Cane ttings .................................. 219 Carpenters Gauge, Veritas ........... 15 Carts, hand trucks.......................... 271 Carvers Bench, Veritas ............. 146 Carvers Knife, Veritas ................. 40 Carvers Screw, Veritas ........ 43, 143 Carvers Vise, Veritas ................. 143 Carving Tools & Supplies ..........................26, 35-47, 143, 146 Casters/machine base ........... 185, 188 Cats paws .................................... 262 Centering: rules, tapes............... 10, 13 Centering bits ................................ 107 Center Marker, Veritas.................. 53

Center pin, punches.. 102, 115, 264, 265 Chain-saw accessories ........................... 101, 126, 227, 282 Chair caning supplies .................... 212 Chair Devils, Veritas ..................... 86 Chair Doctor glues...................... 129 Chalk line ........................................ 21 Chisels & Gouges .... 23-27, 280, 282 caning ........................................ 212 carving....................................35-41 miniature ................... 39, 40, 48, 64 turning ..............................48-52, 64 Chisels, hollow mortising ............. 111 Chopshot saw guide .................. 187 Chucks: arbor, drilling, extender .. 118 lathe ................................. 54, 55, 64 Circle cutters ......................... 118, 258 Circle jigs ...................................... 178 Clamping & Accessories ........3, 109, 132-150, 157, 158, 283 Clamptite ................................... 269 Cleaners......................... 189, 266, 274 Clipboard, hardware .............. 217, 275 Clips ...................... 153, 231, 234, 257 Clock Parts ........................... 213-215 Cloths: cheese, rags, tack ...... 210, 277 Coffee-grinder mechanism............ 215 Compasses....................................... 15 Containers ............. 130, 209, 217, 237 Cord & accessories ........232-234, 268 Cords, electric ....................... 189, 190 Cork liner ...................................... 216 Cornering tools...... 24, 27, 81, 86, 281 Corrosion inhibitors ...................... 235 Countersinks/counterbores.... 106, 107 Couplers ........................................ 219 Coveralls ................................. 51, 205 Crepe blocks.................................. 192 Cribbage board template, pegs ...... 218 Crown molding/coping xtures .... 188 Cyclone Lids, Veritas.................. 200 Dado blades, shims ............... 180, 181 Decking tools ........................ 109, 261 Dehumidiers................................ 235 Dial gauges, indicators .................... 18 Diamond burrs, discs ................ 45, 47 Diamond les, paste, stones ............ 97 Dollies ........................................... 271 Door hinge/strike templates .......... 178 Dovetail: bits ................................. 163 chisels.......................................... 27 guides .......................................... 30 markers.......................................... 9 saws ........................................28-32 Dowel & plug cutters ........................... 103, 106, 109, 114 Dowel & Tenon Cutters, Veritas.. 113 Dowel centers................................ 110 Dowelling jigs ............................... 110 Dowel Maker, Veritas ................. 114 Dowel pins .................................... 222 Dowel system, Miller .................... 110 Drawbore pins ............................... 140 Drawing bows ................................. 14 Drawknives/pushknives ............................... 42, 85, 224, 226 Drill, angle attachments ........ 117, 121 Drill bits: assorted ................. 114, 115 auger.................................. 103, 114 brad-point .......................... 104, 105 countersinks/bores............. 106, 107 Forstner .................... 102, 103, 116 Greenwood ............................ 114 hinge.................................. 107, 116 mortising ................................... 111 pen-making ......................... 65, 104 saw tooth ........................... 102, 116 spoon ......................................... 113 step .................................... 108, 111 twist ................................... 105, 115

Drilling .................................. 102-118 Drills, hand.................................... 115 Drywall accessories .............. 123, 271 Duct tape ....................................... 268 Dust Collection .......46, 190, 200-203 Dust masks .................................... 125 Dustpan ......................................... 267 Ear plugs, ear muffs ...................... 126 Edge banding, trimming................ 222 Electrical cords, accessories ............................189, 190, 231-233 Engraving tool............................... 267 Epoxies.................................. 131, 207 Eyeglasses, safety ......................... 124 Eyes, carving ................................... 43 Face shield .................................... 125 Fasteners ............... 110, 144, 222, 223 bolts ............................148, 158-159 screws.. 54, 109, 158, 159, 178, 257 Featherboards .........................181-184 Felt: adhesive-backed.................... 216 bobs ............................................ 46 wheels .................................. 90, 99 Fences: bandsaw ........................... 191 drill press................................... 187 plane ...................................... 70, 71 router ..................................173-175 square ............................................ 7 table saw.................................... 182 Ferrules ..................................... 26, 53 Files: cleaner ................................. 199 diamond....................................... 97 handles ...................................... 199 sanding, shaping........ 198, 199, 222 sharpening ........................... 97, 101 Finishing................................ 204-211 Finish preserve .............................. 209 Flap wheels ................................... 197 Flashlights, holder ......................... 272 Flat-Bob, Veritas ........................... 21 Flex shaft, drive ...................... 46, 121 Flocking kit ................................... 216 Flush-cut saws..................... 28, 30, 34 Foredom power carver .................... 45 Framing, picture .............139, 257-259 Framing, timber, log tools .. 24, 224-227 Fridge magnets .............................. 153 Froe ............................................... 224 Gauges: bar ..................................... 14 bevel ........................................... 95 feeler ........................................... 18 marking ................... 4, 5, 14, 15, 20 measuring .................................... 14 miter ................................ 9, 10, 186 screw ......................................... 266 square ............................................ 7 tapered ......................................... 18 tool setting......... 6, 7, 9, 10, 18, 180 tracing, prole ...................... 14, 20 Gift Card ...................................... 154 Gimlets .......................................... 123 Glass cutters .................................. 257 Glasses: magnier ................. 124, 273 safety ........................................ 124 Gloves ....................................126-128 Glues & accessories ...............129-131 Gouges: carving .........................35-41 rmer ........................................... 25 log notch.................................... 226 turning ................. 48, 50, 51, 52, 64 Graph paper ..................................... 22 Grinder tool rest, Veritas......... 90, 98 Grinding accessories ..45-47, 90, 98-100 Guides: chamfer, Veritas............... 72 drawknife .................................... 85 drill ............................ 108, 111, 115 grinding ....................................... 98 hand saw.................................. 3, 30 power tool ..................182, 186-188 honing ........................90, 91, 94-96

saw, tool ..........3, 30, 182, 186-188 Hammers: carpenters ........... 260, 262 picture framing .......................... 259 plane ............................................ 80 upholstery.................................. 212 veneer ........................................ 221 Hand care .......................126-128, 274 Hand trucks ................................... 271 Handles: bag, carrying, tarp .. 234, 270 chisel, knife ................................. 39 le, rasp .................................... 199 jig & xture ............................... 158 Kelton.......................................... 52 platter ....................................... 217 spray can ................................... 274 Hangers: picture ............................ 257 shelf ........................................... 231 Hatchets................................. 225, 262 Hearing protectors ......................... 126 Hinge jigs, template .............. 116, 178 Hinge, box ....................................... 66 Hole saws ...................................... 118 Hollowing tools................... 51, 52, 56 Holster ............................................. 72 Honing: accessories .............94-97, 99 compound........................ 90, 94, 99 guides .........................90, 91, 94-96 Hooks .............229-231, 233, 257, 270 Hoses & accessories .......138, 201-203 Hourglass ...................................... 215 Impact driver ................................. 265 Inclinometers............................... 9, 10 Incra gauges, jigs, rules ....... 157, 160 Indicators, dial & digital ................. 18 Inshave ............................................ 42 Jig & Fixture Parts .............. 157-160 Jigs: cabinetmaking .............. 116, 117 circle ......................................... 178 crown molding, coping ............. 188 dowelling, drilling ................... 108, 109, 110, 116, 117 hinge-boring ............................. 116 Incra ........................................ 157 Inlay corner ............................... 281 lettering ..................................... 176 miter .......................................... 177 mortising ........................... 178, 179 sharpening ......57, 90, 91, 94-96, 98 table saw.............................186-188 Jointer/edger.................................... 88 Kaleidoscope kit.............................. 66 Kelton turning tools ........................ 52 Key rings ......................................... 67 Knee pads ...................................... 276 Knife sharpeners ................. 67, 92, 96 Knives: blades ....................39-42, 265 carving....................................39-42 marking ..................................... 4, 5 other .......................... 204, 221, 269 shop ............................. 42, 263, 265 Veritas Carvers ........................ 40 Knobs: jig, xture ................. 158, 159 magnetic, hanger, fridge ........... 153 plane ............................................ 72 Kreg: bandsaw fence ................... 191 jigs ..................................... 108, 109 molding mitering xture ........... 188 router tables............................... 175 track & stop ............................... 187 Kutzall carving burrs, disc ....... 46, 47 Lacquer ......................................... 207 Laminate supplies, tools........ 221, 222 Lamp insert ..................................... 66 Lamps............................................ 272 Lapping plate, accessories .............. 94 Late Additions ...................... 280-284 Lathes, accessories ...............52-57, 64 Leigh router joinery systems ................................See our website Lettering punches, template .. 176, 264

I N D E X

Index 155

I N D E X

Letter opener blade ......................... 62 Levels .......................................... 9, 20 Lifting tools........................... 270, 271 Lights, accessories ........ 272, 273, 276 Live centers .................................... 55 Log Building ......................... 224-227 Log scribe...................................... 227 Lubricants ..................................... 274 Magazine holders, binders ........... 275 Magnetic Dust Chute, Veritas .... 200 Magnetic: sweepers ............... 153, 280 tack strip .................................... 235 tool bars..................................... 230 Magnets ................................. 151-153 Magniers, kits ........................ 62, 66, 124, 272, 273 Mallets ............................ 26, 224, 262 Mandrels .................. 57, 65, 100, 211 Marking & Measuring .............. 4-22 Marking gauges........... 4, 5, 14, 15, 20 Mat cutters .................................... 258 Mats....................................... 235, 267 Metal benders ................................ 266 Metal detectors .............................. 189 Micro-abrasives............................... 94 Micrometer...................................... 17 Mirrors .......................................... 216 Miter: boxes .................................... 33 clamps ....................................... 139 gauges, guides ... 9, 10, 186, 187, 188 hook............................................. 11 jigs ............................. 177, 179, 186 shears......................................... 269 trimmer........................................ 35 Moisture meters ............................. 21 Motor, lathe ..................................... 64 Moving carts, straps .............. 270, 271 Nail: cutters, pullers .............. 261, 263 driver, sets ................. 260, 261, 265 holder, wrist .............................. 279 Nailing kit, invisible........................ 79 Nozzle caps, stoppers .................... 269 Nut cracker mechanism................... 67 Oils: nishing ............................... 209 honing ........................................ 94 Pads: bench ................................... 178 felt ............................................. 216 graph paper.................................. 22 sanding ...................... 194, 197, 210 stain ........................................... 210 Paint: brushes ........................ 204, 205 magnetic .................................... 219 milk ........................................... 207 removers, scrapers .... 118, 206, 276 supplies .....................204-205, 270 Panel accessories, lifter .. 146, 185, 271 Pantograph ............................. 14, 177 Pegs: caning ................................. 212 cribbage ..................................... 218 Pen & pencil turning ....58-63, 65, 194 accessories........... 62, 151, 153, 217 drill bits ............................... 65, 104 Pencils ............................................. 22 Pencil sharpeners ................... 22, 109 Pepper mill blanks, mechanisms ..... 67 Picks: carving, clean-up .................. 40 Picture Framing ..........139, 257-259 Pinch dogs .................................... 138 Pin Router Arm, Veritas ................................See our website Planes & Scrapers ........3, 68-89, 284 Planner ......................................... 275 Plans: Adirondack chair ................ 223 bench ................................... 86, 148 clock .......................................... 214 tool chest ................................... 223 Pliers ............................. 212, 263, 266 Plug cutters, Snug-Plug ......... 30, 106 Plug/dowel cutters................. 103, 106 156 Index

Plugs, wooden & plastic ....... 109, 218 Plumb bobs...................................... 21 Plywood, birch ............................. 222 Pocket-hole drill guides ........ 108, 111 Pocket screwdriver, wrench .......... 120 Polishing ................. 46, 210, 211, 277 Polycarbonate sheets ..................... 157 Poly-Gauge, Veritas ........................ 9 Potpourri covers .............................. 66 Pouches, tool ..................... 79, 89, 278 Power Tool Accessories ....... 180-191 Prole gauges ........................... 15, 20 Projector scopes ........................... 218 Project Supplies........ 66-67, 212-223 Protractors ........................ 7, 9, 10, 13 Pry bars ......................................... 262 Pullshave, Veritas.......................... 85 Pump ............................................. 273 Punches ........ 111, 115, 117, 264, 265 Push sticks .................................... 184 Racks, storage ................179, 228-231 Rare-earth magnets ...............151-153 Rasps, rifers ....................... 198, 199 Razor & brush kits .......................... 67 Razor blades ................................. 206 Reamers ................................ 109, 113 Renovators bars .......................... 262 Respirators .................................... 125 Rings: box, key ......................... 66, 67 Rivets ............................................ 217 Roller balls, conveyor, stands ...... 185 Rope, tensioners ............................ 232 Rotary cutter.................................. 221 Router Accessories ....... 176-178, 186 Router base plates ..........174, 176-177 Router bit holders.......................... 179 Router Bits ............160, 161-171, 179 Router fences .........................173-175 Router Table Systems .......... 172-175 Ruler Stop, Veritas ........................ 13 Rules: center-nding ....................... 13 Phi ............................................... 12 steel ...................................7, 12-13 stop .............................................. 13 tapes ..................................... 10, 11 Rust remover ........... 93, 118, 263, 277 Safety Equipment .................... 124-128, 184, 185, 279 Salt & pepper shakers ..................... 67 Sander/grinder .............................. 100 Sanding & Shaping .............. 192-199 Sanding block ............................... 196 Sanding drums .............. 113, 192, 193 Sandpaper, abrasives ..............192-198 Saw blades: band .......................... 191 circular ............................. 180, 181 coping, fret, scroll ...................... 33 stiffeners ................................... 180 Sawhorse brackets ......................... 268 Saws .......................3, 28-35, 221, 263 Saw sharpening ............................. 101 Scissors ......................................... 269 Scorps, micro ................................. 41 Scrapers: ball-joint ......................... 87 cabinet ...................................87-89 chairmakers ................................ 87 paint .................................. 206, 276 turning ....................... 48, 49, 52, 54 Scraper Shave, Veritas .................. 86 Screwdriver bits .....................120-123 Screwdriver bit extenders ............. 121 Screwdriving...........82, 119-123, 263 Screw extractors ........... 118, 123, 263 Screw gauge ................................. 266 Screws ..... 54, 109, 158, 159, 178, 257 Scribers ................................... 4, 5, 15 Sculpting tools ................................ 36 Sealant, tool................................... 274 Set-up blocks................................... 19

Shakes, cedar................................. 220 Sharpening .................57, 90-101, 113, 224, 282 DVD, book .................................. 95 sets......................................... 90, 96 steels...................................... 67, 96 Sharpening Systems, Veritas ......................................... 90, 91, 98 Shaving Horse Plan, Veritas ......... 86 Shelf brackets .........................228-230 Shelf supports, jigs ................ 116, 117 Shellac ........................................... 207 Shims............................. 173, 269, 277 Shop vacuum ttings..............200-203 Sliding bevels .................................... 8 Sliding Squares, Veritas .................. 6 Smock ............................................. 51 Snug-Plug Cutters, Veritas .. 30, 106 Soapstone ........................................ 43 Socket adapters ............................. 266 Socket drivers................................ 123 Spindle taps ..................................... 55 Spinning top kit ............................... 66 Splitters, MicroJig ...................... 183 Spokeshaves ........................ 83, 84, 85 Sprayer .......................................... 205 Spring clamps........................ 139, 141 Square Fence, Veritas ..................... 7 Squares ...........................................6-8 Stains ............................................. 208 Stake pointer ................................. 114 Stamps, lettering ........................... 264 Steady-rests ..........56, See our website Steam bending............See our website Steel wool...................................... 210 Stone Pond, Veritas ............... 90, 93 Stones, ceramic ......................... 93, 95 Stones: diamond, oil, water ............................90, 92-93, 95, 282 Stools............................................. 276 Storage .................................. 228-237 Straightedges, Veritas ................... 19 magnetic ...................................... 12 Strops ................................ 90, 94, 100 Suction-cup lifter .......................... 271 Surface plate.................................... 18 Sweepers, magnetic............... 153, 280 Switch, vacuum ............................. 190 Syringes, glue................................ 130 Table legs ...................................... 147 Table saw accessories ............180-187 Tacks ............................................. 220 Tagua nuts (vegetable ivory) .......... 43 Taig Lathe, accessories ......................... 64, See our website Tape: adhesive ....... 53, 221, 258, 268 duct............................................ 268 nger guard ............................... 128 low/high friction ............... 128, 160 Tape measures ........................... 10, 11 adhesive-backed .......................... 11 center-nding .............................. 10 magnetic holder........................... 11 steel jig ........................................ 10 Tape tip ........................................... 11 Tarp: clips, holders, tabletop ................................... 233, 234, 275 Templates, router ...........162, 176-178 Tenon cutters, joinery system ................................... 103, 112, 113 Tenons, oating............................. 179 Tether, tool safety ......................... 279 Threading kit, wood ..................... 179 Thread restorers ............................ 266 Throat inserts, table saw ............... 181 Ties, tie-downs ......................232-234 T-nuts, T-bolts....................... 159, 160 Tool bags, belts .....................34, 236-237, 278, 279

Toolbox ends, trays ............... 217, 235 Tool chest plans, hardware ........... 223 Tool guides.................................... 186 Tool rests................. 52, 56, 57, 64, 98 Tool rolls, pouches ....................... 26, 49, 72, 79, 84, 89 Torches ................................. 207, 267 Toy parts ................................. 66, 218 Tracing material ............................ 219 Trammels ........................................ 15 T-slot tracks .......................... 160, 174 Tubing: poly, rubber ......138, 201-203 Tung oil ........................................ 209 Turning blanks .......................... 63, 67 Turning Tools ........................... 48-67 Turntable, nishing ....................... 204 Tweezers ....................................... 128 UHMW sheets............................... 157 Upholstery tools ............................ 212 Vacuum clamps, press, vise .. 142, 143 Variable Burnisher, Veritas........... 88 Varnish .................................. 208, 209 Vase inserts ..................................... 66 Veneering .............................. 220, 221 Vises:..........................See our website assorted ............... 65, 139, 140, 143 bench ..........................145, 148-150 Carvers, Veritas .................... 143 Inset, Veritas ........................... 149 Surface, Veritas ....................... 145 Quick-Release Front, Veritas .. 283 Twin-Screw, Veritas ............... 148 Sliding Tail, Veritas ................ 149 V-nail tools.................................... 259 Washers ................................ 152, 159 Watchmakers cases ..................... 237 Water stones ..................90, 92-93, 95 holder .......................................... 95 Waxilit ........................................ 274 Wax, sticks, nishing .... 207, 210, 211 Weather instrument inserts ........... 213 Web/band, clamp .......................... 138 Wheels: bufng ..................... 118, 211 sanding ...................................... 197 sharpening ............................ 90, 99 wire ................................... 118, 263 Winding sticks ................................ 19 Wire bender ................................... 266 Wire clamping tool ....................... 269 Wood: carving blocks ..................... 43 plugs .................................. 109, 218 plywood..................................... 222 turning ................................... 63, 67 veneers ........................ 43, 220, 221 Wood bending ...........See our website Wood bufng ........................ 118, 211 Wood burning ........................... 44, 45 Wood llers, repair ....................... 207 Wood movement guide ................. 249 Woodrat joinery machine ................................See our website Wood stabilizer ............................... 57 Workbenches .........................147-148 Wrenches............................... 120, 263 extenders ................................... 281 Xylophone kits .............................. 218 Yo-yo kit ......................................... 66 Zipper, adhesive-backed .............. 279

JIGS & FIXTURES

Bandsaw use

Install using material thick.

C B

E D

Router use

Rotate knob to activate or deactivate magnet. ON OFF Mag-Jig Magnetic Clamps These ingenious clamps each contain two powerful rare-earth magnets. With the knob turned to A the "on" position, the magnets align and cling to any ferrous surface. In the "off" position, the magnets counteract each other to release the clamp for removal or repositioning. The instant on/off toggle makes them ideal for custom jigs and xtures. They are available with either 20mm or 30mm magnets that exert 95 lb and 155 lb of force respectively. UHMW Polyethylene They have aluminum bodies with rubber-coated knobs for grip. The 20mm size UHMW (ultra-high molecular weight) polyethylene is a dense, tough, rigid mounts in a 13/16 hole, while the 30mm jig requires a 15/8 hole. Both install in plastic that is impervious to moisture and has a very low coefcient of friction. Jig bases made from it slide easily on machine tables. It is also suitable for material 3/4 thick. An excellent alternative to traditional clamping methods. making fences, jigsaw sub-tables, etc. The 3/83/4 strips are sized to t in table D. 03J75.95 20mm Mag-Jig Clamp, ea. $24.50 slots. The width is cut to close tolerances so that it ts well in a 3/4 slot and E. 03J75.96 30mm Mag-Jig Clamp, ea. $34.50 completely avoids the annoying galling that you get with many slot runners. It machines much like wood. It can be drilled, tapped, routed or cut with a saw blade. It even makes good bearings for low rpm use. 1+ 3+ Blade guard F removed for clarity. A. 46J90.15 3/8 UHMW, 3/424 $ 5.80 $ 4.95 46J90.16 3/8 UHMW, 3/448 $11.50 $ 9.80 G B. 46J90.10 1/4 UHMW, 424 $11.20 $ 9.55 46J90.11 3/8 UHMW, 424 $15.20 $12.95 46J90.12 1/2 UHMW, 424 $22.00 $18.70 Steel Jig Tapes 46J90.14 3/4 UHMW, 424 $24.40 $20.75 A steel tape xed to a jig often comes in handy. C. Polycarbonate Sheets These tapes read left to These rigid polycarbonate sheets are perfect for making custom transparent right or right to left, and are base plates, safety shields, templates, jigs, inserts and other accessories for just under 1/2 wide. They your workshop. Much like wood, the durable nominal 1212 plates can can be press-tted into a be drilled, tapped, routed or cut with a saw blade. Two thicknesses availshallow, 0.47 wide groove able. Very high shock resistance. or glued into wider slots. 10 long. Can be shortened for smaller jigs. 46J86.12 1/4 Polycarbonate Sheet $15.80 F. 06K17.02 10 Jig Tape, Left-to-Right $3.95 46J86.13 3/8 Polycarbonate Sheet $23.50 G. 06K17.01 10 Jig Tape, Right-to-Left $3.95 Miter jig

H. Incra Build-It Jig & Fixture System

Coping sled

Tenoning jig

Think of this as a Meccano set for making jigs. Ideal for those short on time or condence in jig construction, it contains a selection of modular parts in one convenient kit, so you can build shop aids with ease and speed. Its modularity lets you readily assemble the components, make design changes, or produce jigs with interchangeable parts that mount on a common base. The kit contains two 5/8 thick MDF panels (151/273/4 and 151/2113/4) pre-drilled for mounting miter-slot runners. Comes with a pair of panel connectors, an 18 long 3/83/4 aluminum miter-slot runner, an 18 long 3/4 T-track, and an 18 long T-track with an integral scale graduated in 32nds of an inch (both T-tracks accept the hexagonal head of standard 1/4-20 bolts). Also includes a hold-down clamp, two 90 brackets, eight wing knobs and eight bolts, as well as plans and instructions for making ve jigs: a router table coping sled, a disc sander table, a squaring jig for a table saw, an angled crosscut jig, and a tenoning jig. The supplied parts are an excellent foundation for making an array of workshop xtures; however, most require additional material for making fences, stops, etc. To expand the kit, individual components are also available separately on our website. Made in USA. 86N70.70 Jig & Fixture Kit $99.00

Jigs & Fixtures 157

E F H G W V Y

Z Snap-Lock Knobs These knobs instantly convert any standard 1/4 or 5/16 hex-head nut or bolt into a clamp knob. They are particularly handy when you need a knob with a specic stud length to suit an application. Polypropylene with a textured surface for sure grip, the knobs have a hex-shaped recess with grooved walls to hold a nut or bolt head snugly. Available in three styles. Nuts and bolts not included. Sizes listed are Hardware drops diameter by height. in and snaps
into hex hole.

B O K N P L M S U Q R
1/4 & 5/16 dia. Jig & Fixture Parts Comparison of 5/16-18 threads and When making jigs and xtures, it is 1/4-20 threads always a chore to nd hardware of the 5/16-18 thread correct size. This well-coordinated line offers a solution. We have parts with 1/4-20 threads for general use or with more robust 5/16-18 threads for Shown actual size. increased strength and durability. The components can be intermixed so long 1/4-20 thread as they share a common thread size; the knobs and handles can be combined with the nuts, inserts or machine bolts. Knobs, Handles & Thumbscrews Made from durable plastics, the taper handle and the ball, clamping, sure-grip, 11/2 four-arm, wing and bar knobs are available in both male and female congurations; all have a 1 stud unless otherwise indicated (see chart). The 2 four-arm and pentagon knobs are female only. The jig handle, wing nuts and thumbscrews (threaded shaft length listed in chart) are made from malleable iron for extended service.
Nuts and bolts not included.

1/4-20 snap-lock knobs

AA

CC

BB

5/16-18

snap-lock knobs

DD

Snap-Lock Knobs
1/4-20

Description 13/811/8 Star Knob, ea. 13/41 Star Knob, ea. 211/8 3-Point Knob, ea.

Item # Y. 00M50.10 Z. 00M50.20 AA. 00M50.30

5/16-18 Thread Thread Price Price Item # 1+ 10+ 1+ 10+ $1.00 $ .85 BB. 00M70.10 $ .95 $ .80 $1.20 $1.00 CC. 00M70.20 $1.10 $ .95 $1.10 $ .95 DD. 00M70.30 $1.10 $ .95

Knobs, Handles and Thumbscrews

Thread Price Item # 1+ 5+ A. 1 dia. Ball Head Knob (F), ea. 00M55.01 $1.90 $1.60 B. 11/4 dia. Ball Head Knob (M), ea. 00M55.05 $3.00 $2.55 00M53.01 $4.40 $3.70 C. 37/8 Taper Handle (F), ea. 00M53.02 $6.90 $5.85 D. 37/8 Taper Handle (M), ea. 00M56.20 $1.80 $1.50 E. 1 Clamping Knob (F), ea. 00M56.21 $1.80 $1.50 F. 1 Clamping Knob (M), ea. 00M56.10 $2.40 $2.00 G. 13/4 Clamping Knob (F), ea. H. 13/4 Clamping Knob (M), ea. 00M56.11 $2.40 $2.00 00M55.20 $2.00 $1.70 J. 11/2 Sure-Grip (F), ea. 00M55.21 $2.00 $1.70 K. 11/2 Sure-Grip (M), ea. 00M55.30 $2.70 $2.25 L. 11/2 Four-Arm Knob (F), ea. M. 11/2 Four-Arm Knob (M), ea. 00M55.31 $2.10 $1.75 00M51.01 $1.80 $1.50 N. 11/8 Wing Knob (F), ea. O. 11/8 Wing Knob (M), ea. 00M51.02 $1.80 $1.50 11/2 Wing Knob (F), ea. 11/2 Wing Knob (M), ea. 00M52.01 $2.70 $2.25 P. 2 Wing Knob (F), ea. 00M52.02 $2.70 $2.25 Q. 2 Wing Knob (M), ea. 00M55.10 $2.60 $2.20 R. 2 Bar Knob (F), ea. S. 2 Bar Knob (M), ea. 00M55.11 $2.60 $2.20 T. 2 Four-Arm Knob (F), ea. 00M55.40 $2.60 $2.20 00M50.01 $1.60 $1.35 U. 21/4 Pentagon Knob (F), ea. 00N36.01 $3.10 $2.60 V. Jig Handle 00M54.01 $1.80 $1.50 W. Wing Nut, ea. 00N35.02 $4.20 $3.55 X. 1/2 Thumbscrew, ea. 3/4 Thumbscrew, ea. 00N35.03 $4.40 $3.70 00N35.04 $4.60 $3.90 1 Thumbscrew, ea. 00N35.06 $4.70 $4.00 11/2 Thumbscrew, ea. Description
Stud length: = 1/2 = 3/4 = 11/2
1/4-20

Thread Price 1+ 5+ 00M77.01 $2.20 $1.85 00M75.05 $3.40 $2.85 00M73.01 $5.70 $4.80 00M73.02 $7.90 $6.70 00M76.20 $1.80 $1.50 00M76.21 $3.40 $2.85 00M76.10 $3.10 $2.60 00M76.11 $3.10 $2.60 00M75.20 $2.20 $1.85 00M75.21 $2.20 $1.85 00M75.30 $3.10 $2.60 00M75.31 $2.50 $2.10 Item #

5/16-18

Developed for knock-down construction, these bolts and nuts are useful anywhere you need a strong butt joint, or where the material is not strong enough to support a threaded insert. The brass nut is a cross-dowel EE with a threaded hole through the middle to accept the accompanying zinc-plated steel bolt. The combination of brass and steel prevents lockup, permitting easy disassembly. No complex joinery is required for rigid construction, and the bolt can be snugged if anything loosens due to humidity changes. A slot at one end of the nut lets you use a screwdriver to align the nut with the bolt. Available individually or in a package of four, each fastener includes a nut, washer and bolt. See the chart for nut and bolt sizing, as well as the recommended stock thickness. Made in Canada.
Price Brass Nut Zinc-Plated Bolt Nominal Nominal Bolt Dimen- Stock Thread Length sions* Thickness
3/4 1/4-20

EE. Veritas Knock-Down Fasteners

EE

Makes a strong butt joint.

05G07.06 05G07.03 05G07.07 05G07.04 05G07.08 05G07.05

each pkg. 4 each pkg. 4 each pkg. 4

$ 3.20 1/21/2 $11.50 $ 3.80 5/85/8 $13.70 $ 4.80 3/43/4 $17.20

3 4 5

1 11/4

5/16-18

3/8-16

*The actual nut diameters are 0.020 undersize from stated. This provides clearance in a hole drilled to the nominal size noted.

00M71.01 00M71.02 00M72.01 00M72.02 00M75.10 00M75.11 00M75.40 00M70.01 00N56.01 00M74.01 00N55.02 00N55.03 00N55.04 00N55.06

$2.30 $2.30 $3.20 $3.20 $2.90 $2.90 $3.10 $1.90 $3.60 $2.40 $4.40 $4.70 $4.90 $5.20

$1.95 $1.95 $2.70 $2.70 $2.45 $2.45 $2.60 $1.60 $3.05 $2.00 $3.70 $4.00 $4.15 $4.40

Cam Clamp Mechanism Open, the clamp remains These cam clamps make quick work of clamping and releasing jigs slack for and xtures; 400 lb of force can be exerted using only a thumb and parts forenger to operate the handle. adjustment. Two sizes are available. The 1/4-20 cam clamp with a 3 long cast GG aluminum handle is suitable for Closed, the most clamping applications. The cam action steel cross-dowel nut can be used holds parts in with any 1/4-20 fastener (e.g., a bolt place. or a threaded rod and nut). For heavier applications, our 5/16-18 FF cam clamp with a 33/8 long steel handle has a steel cross-dowel nut that can be used with any 5/16-18 screw or bolt. Our 1/4-20 and 5/16-18 T-bolts are ideal (see page 160). Each clamp includes two washers of different thickness so you can choose GG lever orientation without affecting clamping force.
1+ FF. 05J51.01 1/4-20 Cam Clamp, ea. GG. 05J51.05 5/16-18 Cam Clamp, ea. 5+

158 Jigs & Fixtures

$4.95 $4.20 $5.50 $4.70

Metric hardware shown.

Hanger Bolts These steel hanger bolts have a wood screw on one end and 1/4-20, 5/16-18, or metric machine threads on the other. Depending on the material, the 1/4-20 bolts require a pre-drill between 7/32 and 15/64, the 5/16-18 bolts from 9/32 to 19/64, and metric bolts from 3mm (1/8) to 3.5mm (9/64). Overall lengths are stated in each price line (for the metric sizes, nominal Imperial conversions are given). All are sold in bags of 10.
Metric Hanger Bolts A. 25mm (1) Bolts (10) 30mm (13/16) Bolts (10) 35mm (13/8) Bolts (10) 40mm (19/16) Bolts (10) 45mm (13/4) Bolts (10) 50mm (2) Bolts (10) Hanger Bolts B. 1 Bolts (10) 11/2 Bolts (10) 2 Bolts (10) 21/2 Bolts (10) C. 11/2 Insert Bolts (10)

1/4-20

hardware shown.

K H

D C E

F G

J L

Cutaway view showing 6-prong nut set into wood.

Metric (M4) Thread Price Item # 1+ 10+ 00N61.25 $ .60 $ .50 00N61.30 $ .70 $ .60 00N61.35 $ .70 $ .60 00N61.40 $ .70 $ .60 00N61.45 $ .80 $ .70 00N61.50 $ .90 $ .75
1/4-20

Veritas Bench Anchor Our bench anchor is ideal for securing jigs and xtures. See page 144 for more information.

Item # 01Z02.01 01Z02.15 01Z02.20 01Z02.25 00M93.01

5/16-18 Thread Thread Price Price Item # 1+ 10+ 1+ 10+ $ .60 $ .50 $ .70 $ .60 00N44.15 $1.60 $1.35 $ .80 $ .70 00N44.20 $1.90 $1.60 $ .90 $ .75 00N44.25 $2.20 $1.85 $4.80 $4.10

T-Nuts & Propell Nuts Generally, 3-prong nuts are used for plywood, 4-prong for hard or soft wood, and 6-prong for softer materials and composites. Propell nuts excel in applications where there is a danger of splitting, due to material hardness or thickness. They are also good for end-grain applications, such as leveller feet. In 1/4-20, the T-nuts have 3/4 dia. anges with a 5/16 barrel height and a 7/32 prong height, while the Propell nuts have a 3/4 ange and a 9/16 barrel height; a 5/16 pre-drill is recommended for both. In 5/16-18, the T-nuts have 7/8 dia. anges, a 3/8 barrel height, and a 9/32 prong height; the Propell nuts have 7/8 dia. anges with a 5/8 barrel height; both require a 3/8 pilot hole. In 3/8-16, the T-nuts and Propell nuts have 1 dia. anges, a 7/16 barrel height, a 5/16 prong height, and a recommended 29/64 pre-drill. Sold in bags of 10 or 100.
T-Nuts and Propell Nuts 3-Prong T-Nuts (10) 3-Prong T-Nuts (100) 4-Prong T-Nuts (10) 4-Prong T-Nuts (100) 6-Prong T-Nuts (10) 6-Prong T-Nuts (100) Propell Nuts (10) Propell Nuts (100)
1/4-20 Thread Item # Price 00N22.03 $ .90 00N22.13 $ 4.80 00N22.04 $ .90 00N22.14 $ 4.80 00N22.06 $ 1.00 00N22.16 $ 5.40 00N23.01 $ 2.10 00N23.11 $12.20 5/16-18 Thread Item # Price 00N52.03 $ 2.10 00N52.13 $11.20 00N52.04 $ 2.10 00N52.14 $11.20 00N32.01 $ 3.10 00N32.11 $21.90 3/8-16 Thread Item # Price 00N22.23 $ 2.10 00N22.33 $11.20 00N22.24 $ 2.10 00N22.34 $11.20 00N22.26 $ 2.20 00N22.36 $11.70 00N23.02 $ 2.80 00N23.12 $18.40

O. P. Q. R.

Brass Nuts, Screws & Inserts These are ideal when you want brass hardware, but still want knock-down convenience. Slot-head machine screws come with either a round (RH) or at (FH) head; see chart for lengths and package quantities. The knurled screws have 3/4 long threads. With knife-edge external threads for a secure hold, the 1/4-20 insert nuts require a 3/8 pre-drill, while the 5/16-18 insert nuts are sized to t a 1/2 hole. The speed nuts move along a threaded rod without turning; their threads do not engage until they meet the end, then they can be tightened. Threaded rod is 24 long.
Brass Nuts, Screws and Inserts

D. Knurled Screw, ea. E. Insert Nuts (10) F. 1 RH Screws (10) 1 RH Screws (25) G. 1 FH Screws (10) 1 FH Screws (25) H. 2 RH Screws (10) 2 RH Screws (25) J. 2 FH Screws (10) 2 FH Screws (25) K. Speed Nuts (4) Speed Nut, ea. L. 24 Rod, ea.

Thread Price Item # 1+ 5+ 00M91.01 $ 2.80 $2.35 00M90.01 $ 6.90 $5.85 44Z08.03 $ 3.60 $3.05 44Z08.01 $ 7.40 44Z08.04 $ 3.60 $3.05 44Z08.02 $ 7.40 44Z09.03 $ 5.30 $4.50 44Z09.01 $10.80 44Z09.04 $ 5.30 $4.50 44Z09.02 $10.80 05F01.03 $ 9.95 05F01.04 $ 2.00 $1.70

1/4-20

5/16-18

Item # 00M95.01 00M94.01 44Z08.13 44Z08.11 44Z08.14 44Z08.12 44Z09.13 44Z09.11 44Z09.14 44Z09.12 12K79.82 12K79.81

Thread Price 1+ 5+ $ 2.90 $2.45 $ 8.00 $6.80 $ 6.80 $5.75 $14.50 $ 6.80 $5.75 $14.50 $ 6.80 $5.75 $16.00 $ 6.80 $5.75 $16.00 $ 3.20 $ 2.60 $2.20

Capscrews, Knobs & Washers For a custom thumbscrew, press-t (vise assisted) the socket head of the capscrew into one of the three available knobs: rose, knurled or T-knob. Use the appropriate 1/4 nylon washers as spacers or when you have to apply pressure right at the capscrew head. In some instances, you will want to combine a T-nut or threaded insert in your mechanism. All of these parts can be combined with the nuts, threaded inserts or machine bolts listed on this page.
Capscrews, Knobs and Washers
S. T. U. V. W. 11/2 Rose Knob, ea. Knurled Knobs (4)* 11/4 T-Knobs (4) Nylon Washers (10) 3/4 Capscrews (10) 1 Capscrews (10) 11/2 Capscrews (10) 2 Capscrews (10) 21/2 Capscrews (10)
1/4-20

Item # 00M40.01 00M40.02 00M40.03 00M40.23 00M40.11 00M40.12 00M40.13 00M40.14 00M40.15

Thread Price 1+ 5+ $1.15 $ .95 $1.65 $1.40 $1.70 $1.45 $1.80 $1.50 $2.40 $2.00 $2.80 $2.35 $3.50 $2.95 $4.10 $3.45 $4.90 $4.15

5/16-18

Item # 00M60.01 00M60.02 00M60.03 00M60.23 00M60.11 00M60.12 00M60.13 00M60.14 00M60.15

Thread Price 1+ 5+ $1.30 $1.10 $2.15 $1.80 $2.20 $1.85 $2.00 $1.70 $2.80 $2.35 $3.40 $2.85 $4.20 $3.55 $4.30 $3.65 $5.50 $4.65

* 1/4-20 knurled knob is 3/4 in diameter; 5/16-18 is 1.

Insert Nut Driver Available in 1/4-20 and 5/16-18 versions, this 1/4 hex-shank driver lets you conveniently use a power drill when installing insert nuts. A ball detent in the slotted head holds the insert nut for easy handling. The shoulder of the 1/4-20 driver acts as a stop, contacting the work when M the nut is sunk just below the N surface. Made in USA.
M. 1/4-20 Insert Nut Driver
Socket head of capscrew press-ts into knob.

T S V

50J03.50 50J03.52

$5.20 $5.20

N. 5/16-18 Insert Nut Driver Jigs & Fixtures 159

A A F

F A H
1/4

J H

J sion, but the outer prole incorporates a pair of wings designed to lock the extrusion in place. Installation simply requires undercutting a 3/83/4 dado using the undercut slotting bit. The resulting T-slot securely holds the extrusion in place, without the need for screws or glue. Available in 2, 3 or 4 lengths. Patent pending. 1+ 3+ 12K79.42 2 Double T-Slot, ea. $ 9.80 $ 8.45 12K79.44 3 Double. T-Slot, ea. $13.60 $11.65 12K79.48 4 Double T-Slot, ea. $16.30 $13.95

T-slot tracks and hardware shown.

Comparison of 1/4 and 5/16 T-slot tracks

Shown actual size.

A.

B. C. D.

E.

Veritas T-Slot Tracks 1/4 T-slot track 5/16 T-slot track Our aluminum extrusions are among the most useful components for making jigs and xtures. Veritas Miter Slot Extrusion 5/16-18 T-Slot Hardware The smaller extrusion is sized to t 1/4-20 hardThe 3/4 wide slot extrusion is used primarily as a ware; the larger size ts 5/16-18 hardware. Both 12K79.60 5/16-18 T-Slot Nuts (10) $ 4.20 miter fence slot; it can be built into any surface by can be used with T-slot nuts or T-bolts. Optional 12K79.62 5/16-181 T-Bolts (10) $ 4.20 dadoing a 1/21 groove to accept it. It is sized to hex bolt shoulder washers allow either extrusion 12K79.63 5/16-1811/2 T-Bolts (10) $ 4.70 allow a sliding t with our 3/83/4 UHMW strips, 5 to be used with commonly available hex bolts. 12K79.64 /16-182 T-Bolts (10) $ 5.20 as well as our 1/4 T-slot extrusion. The inside walls The 1/4 T-slot will t a standard 3/4 miter slot, 12K79.65 5/16-1821/2 T-Bolts (10) $ 5.70 have a slight chamfer at the top to guide pieces into 3 3 5 / / our miter slot extrusion, or a 8 4 dado. The 12K79.67 /16-183 T-Bolts (10) $ 6.20 the channel. The extrusion has a central V-groove 5/16 T-slot ts into a 7/167/8 dado. Both extru12K79.68 5/16-1831/2 T-Bolts (10) $ 6.70 for ease of drilling. Anodized for wear resistance sions have a central V-groove for ease of drilling. 12K79.66 Hex Bolt Washers (10) $ 2.80 and to prevent oxidation, they are available in 2, 3 The outside surfaces are fluted to provide a or 4 lengths. 1+ 3+ strong mechanical lock when glued. Anodized H. 12K79.06 23/4 Slot Extr., ea. $ 9.50 $ 8.15 for wear resistance and to prevent oxidation, they F. Veritas Double T-Slot Tracks 12K79.07 33/4 Slot Extr., ea. $12.90 $11.00 are available in 2, 3 or 4 lengths. Both the T-slot Our regular T-slot extrusions are perfect for most 12K79.05 43/4 Slot Extr., ea. $15.60 $13.35 nuts and the T-bolts are offered in packages of jig-making applications. They can be installed J. 46J90.15 3/8 UHMW, 3/424 $ 5.80 $ 4.95 using either glue or screws, but when neither 1 1 10. T-bolts are available in 1, 1 /2, 2, 2 /2, 3 46J90.16 3/8 UHMW, 3/448 $11.50 $ 9.80 option is appropriate, our double T-slot track is and 31/2 lengths. Patent pending. the way to go. This anodized aluminum extrusion 1/4-20 T-Slot Tracks 1+ 3+ Visit us at www.leevalley.com 12K79.22 1/4 T-Slot, 2 $ 9.30 $ 7.90 has the same inner prole as our 1/4 T-slot extru12K79.24 1/4 T-Slot, 3 $12.90 $11.00 1/4 T-Slot 5/16 T-Slot 1/4 Double 3/43/8 G. Undercut Slotting Bit 12K79.28 1/4 T-Slot, 4 $15.50 $13.25 Track Track T-Slot Track UHMW Compatibility Chart For use with double T-slot tracks. 1/4-20 T-Slot Hardware 12K79.22 12K79.32 12K79.42 A B C BB 46J90.15 Compatible Not compatible 12K79.24 12K79.34 12K79.44 46J90.16 1/8 1/16 1/4 05J21.15 1/4-20 T-Slot Nuts (10) $ 3.10 H 12K79.28 12K79.38 12K79.48 12K79.70 1/4-201 T-Bolts (10) $ 3.20 16J60.80 $20.30 1/4-20 T-Slot Nuts 05J21.15 n/a 12K79.71 1/4-2011/2 T-Bolts (10) $ 3.70 12K79.70 12K79.73 12K79.72 1/4-202 T-Bolts (10) $ 4.20 1/4-20 T-Bolts n/a 12K79.71 12K79.74 12K79.73 1/4-2021/2 T-Bolts (10) $ 4.70 12K79.72 12K79.75 12K79.74 1/4-203 T-Bolts (10) $ 5.20 5/16-18 T-Slot Nuts 12K79.60 n/a 12K79.75 1/4-2031/2 T-Bolts (10) $ 5.70 12K79.62 12K79.65 12K79.80 Hex Bolt Washers (10) $ 3.00 5/16-18 T-Bolts n/a 12K79.63 12K79.67 5/16-18 T-Slot Tracks 1+ 3+ 12K79.64 12K79.68 12K79.32 5/16 T-Slot, 2 $12.20 $10.45 Ball-bearing size is noted in the price line as 3/4 Slot 12K79.05 12K79.07 12K79.34 5/16 T-Slot, 3 $16.80 $14.35 BB. See page 166 for a complete selection of 12K79.06 Extrusion ball bearings. 12K79.38 5/16 T-Slot, 4 $20.20 $17.25
M. Slippery (Low-Friction) Tape

Incra Miter-Slot Slider Bars The same bars Incra uses in its miter gauges are now available separately for use as miter-slot runners in jig construction. The 173/4 and 253/8 bars are sized to t nominal 3/4 slots. Positioned on top of the bars for easy access, expansion discs provide low-friction travel and remove lateral play so jigs stay square to the cutter. Tapped holes spaced along the bar allow trouble-free mounting of jigs (with the included 1/4-20 or 10-24 machine screws) and the attachment of knobs or handles that have threaded studs. For greater stability and safety in T-track miter slots, there are T-slot nuts at either end (removable for use in a plain slot). Made of chrome-plated steel, these bars are less susceptible to humidity or temperature changes than wooden runners. Made in USA. K. 86N70.40 Incra Miter Slider, 173/4 $21.50 L. 86N70.45 Incra Miter Slider, 253/8 $30.00
Adjustable expansion disc Crosscut jig

This UHMW (ultra-high molecular weight) tape is used wherever you need to reduce friction between two surfaces, e.g., on cabinet drawers, machine fences, and shop jigs such as cut-off boxes. This transparent, PSA-backed, 5 mil tape is incredibly tough. A small piece on the cross rail under a drawer will give you a silky-smooth M action. Excellent on jointer fences or under miter guides. 18 (216) long by 1 wide. Slippery tape shown
being applied to a fence.

Slippery Tape, 118 25U04.01

$12.50

N. Super-High-Friction Tape

Bars t nominal 3/4 miter slots.

L N K

160

A rayon fabric with a silicone rubber coating and PSA backing, this tape has superior non-slip properties and is highly resistant to glues. Use it on a router plate to ensure the router is rmly clamped and doesnt move during operation, or on magnetic shop accessories (dust chutes, fences, shop lamp, etc.) to keep them from slipping and to prevent surface marring. Sold as a 112 strip. High-Friction Tape 1+ 6+ 99K34.01 $4.50 $3.80

Jigs & Fixtures 02

ROUTER BITS
C

A B
A. Boxed Set of 12 Router Bits C. Small Molding Bit Set

A great value, this starter set contains the most often-used bits, in the most common sizes. Excellent overall nish with nely ground carbide. The set contains a 1/2 14 dovetail bit, a 1/2 core box bit, three straight bits (1/4, 1/2, and 3/4), a 3/4 90 grooving bit, a 1/2 ush trim bit, a 5/8 cove bit, a 17/16 diameter 45 chamfering bit, a 13/8 Roman ogee bit, a 1/2 radius (11/2 in diameter) corner rounding bit, and a 11/4 rabbeting bit, all in a sturdy wooden box. You save approximately 40% over buying the bits individually. Available with 1/4 or 1/2 shanks. 16J02.01 Box of 12 Bits, 1/4 Shanks $139.00 16J01.01 Box of 12 Bits, 1/2 Shanks $139.00
B. Detail Router Bit Set
Proles of Detail Router Bit Set

Standard edge-treatment bits will produce a Shown actual size. prole that is often overpowering on small cabi- B nets and boxes. These bits are about half the size of normal edge-treatment bits. All have a 3/8 cutting length and 1/4 shanks. The diameters are 1/2 for the small classic, 7/8 for the ogee llet, Double curve and 3/4 for the rest. Available as a set of six in a Classic ogee wooden block, or individually. 16J79.20 Detail Bit Set of 6 $86.00 16J79.01 Classic Ogee $19.40 16J79.02 Double Curve $19.40 16J79.03 Ogee Fillet $19.40 16J79.04 Classic Roman Ogee $19.40 Ogee llet Classic Roman ogee 16J79.05 Roman Ogee $19.40 16J79.06 Small Classic $17.60 For safety reasons, bits marked with this symbol
should be used only in a router table equipped with a fence and not used free hand.
Roman ogee Small classic

Wonderful for adding ne detail to smaller Bit Set projects such as box lids, these bits all have 1/4 Shown actual size. shanks. The set consists of nine molding bits C and three small straight bits. Many of the molding bits can produce more than one prole, if you use only a portion of the bit. For example, staggering the height of bit #8 allows you to produce 1mm, 1.5mm and 2mm edge beads. Also useful for producing moldings for #2 #1 dollhouses. Cutting lengths range from 1/4 to Straight Molding Molding 5/8. The nine molding bits range from 1/2 to 7/8 diameter. Available as a set of 12 in a wooden box, or individually. 16J03.75 Sm. Molding Bit Set of 12 $139.00 16J92.01 1.6mm Straight $ 10.90 16J92.02 2mm Straight $ 10.90 #3 #4 #5 16J92.03 3.2mm Straight $ 12.40 Molding Molding Molding 16J92.04 #1 Small Molding $ 18.60 16J92.05 #2 Small Molding $ 18.60 16J92.06 #3 Small Molding $ 22.60 16J92.07 #4 Small Molding $ 17.20 16J92.08 #5 Small Molding $ 18.60 16J92.09 #6 Small Molding $ 22.60 16J92.10 #7 Small Molding $ 17.20 #6 Molding #7 Molding 16J92.11 #8 Small Molding $ 20.60 16J92.12 Small Triple Bead $ 20.60
We offer our full line of carbide-tipped router bits on this and the next 10 pages. Sets shown here include a variety of proles and offer a saving over the prices of the individual bits.

Proles of Small Molding

#8 Molding

Triple bead

Birds-Mouth Joinery Bits Historically used in the construction of masts and booms for wooden boats, the birds-mouth joint is straightforward to make, stronger than a traditional miter and, with nesting joints, easier to glue up without shifting. With these three cutters, it is a simple matter to make 6, 8, 12 or 16 sided hollow columns, as well as straight or tapered multi-sided planters, bowls, etc., all of which can be left multi-faceted or planed/sanded round. Generally, more sections are required for larger-diameter assemblies to keep the wall thickness to a minimum, and reduce the amount of material Fence to be removed when rounding. Designed to produce ush joints with material Sub-fence up to 7/8 thick. Thicker material can be used, but will require some dressing after glue-up. Holder included with each bit.
Sides D. 16J40.56 E. 16J40.58 F. 16J40.66 A B
7/8 7/8 7/8

D E
Birds mouth 6 or 12 sides Birds mouth 8 sides

F
Birds mouth 16 sides

C
1/2 1/2 1/2

Workpiece

6 or 12 8 16

15/8 11/2 11/2

$38.40 $38.40 $38.40

Bit

161

A. Plywood Edging Bits

D E

Using plywood for a table top, cabinet side or bookcase shelf has many advantages, including ease of use, economy and stability. These paired edging router bits make it easy to apply solid wood edging to hide the core veneer layers. The bits cut matching convex/ concave proles on the solid wood and the plywood that center perfectly, allowing for foolproof gluing and a strong glue bond. They can be used with size-on-size edging or wider anti-sag shelf lips and cabinet sides. The piloted bits come with shims to accommodate variations in nominal 3/4 material.
A B C
1/2

J
Proles made in one pass.

Proles made in two or more passes.

BB

Cut here for Prole or cut here for edging only. decorative edging.

16J94.01 11/4 0.690-0.790

G $135.00

F G
Rad.

B. Adjustable Bullnose Edging Bit

Bearing

Straightedge guide clamped to plywood at veneer edge

This bit makes quick work of adding a bullnose to 3/4 plywood with a solid wood edging. Like a template bit, it has no offset between the cutter and bearing. This eliminates trial and error while positioning a straightedge to guide the cut simply clamp it along the glue line. Shims allow use with various thicknesses of nominal 3/4 ply, and the design of the cutting wings permits you to machine a full radiused edge anywhere within its range of adjustment. Because of the bits large diameter, it is best to use an offset router base to improve stability. Instructions included.
A B C Rad.
3/8

Rad.

Rad.

H
Rad.1 Rad. 2

J
Rad.

K
Rad.

16J94.03 15/8 0.690-0.790 1/2

Shims between cutters Bullnose Plywood

$59.00

To order call 1-800-871-8158 C. Variable Round-Over Router Bit

Stanley #55 Molding Router Bits The Stanley #55 Universal Combination Plane was made between 1897 and 1962. Many of the unique moldings it produced still exist but are not easily reproduced, making repair and restoration difcult. With these bits, you can produce many of the same moldings. Based on 23 of the blade proles, they can be used alone for simple moldings or combined for complex proles. All have 1/2 dia. shanks and a 3/4 minor cutting diameter. For some, this allows use of a 1/2 I.D. by 3/4 O.D. shank bearing (not included*) when cut depth control is desired.
* See 16J95.09 on page 166 for more details. D. Reverse Ogee A B C Rad. BB

Proled edge cut with router bit.

Flat edge cut with bandsaw.

C
Height is adjustable from about 25/32 to 1 in 0.05mm (0.002) increments by adding or removing shims.

This round-over bit is specically designed for handle-making. Faster and more precise than using a bandsaw and hand tools, the bearing-guided bit follows a templates contours exactly, and its overlapping cutting utes ensure a rounded prole with no ats or ridges. The resulting form requires minimal hand shaping prior to sanding. The bearing is sized to the bits minor diameter, so templates can be made actual size. Suitable for handle stock from about 25/32 (0.79) to 1 thick, it is height adjustable in 0.05mm (0.002) increments by adding shims* onto the shaft between the cutting utes. The steel body has a non-stick coating for easy resin removal. Cutters are made of carbide to ensure longlasting edges. 1/2 shank. Not intended for freehand use. Patent pending.
A B C
1/2

E.

F.

G.

H.

16J55.81 13/8 16J55.82 111/16 16J55.83 113/16 Quarter Hollow A 16J55.71 117/32 16J55.72 2 Roman Ogee A 16J55.84 11/2 16J55.85 113/16 Grecian Ogee A 16J55.86 15/32 16J55.87 17/16 16J55.88 11/2 Round with Bead A 16J55.91 11/2 16J55.92 17/8
A
7/8 15/16

1/2 3/4

5/16 15/32 17/32

1/4 7/16 31/64

1
B
1/2

J J J

$31.40 $41.60 $45.00 $32.80 $45.00

Rad. BB

13/32 23/32 5/8

J J
Rad.
3/8 9/16

B
5/8 7/8

C
3/8 17/32

BB

J J

$36.40 $43.60 $27.60 $32.80 $41.40

B
1/2 3/4

C
13/64 11/32 3/8

1
B

Rad. 1

Rad. 2
3/8 9/16

21/32 3/32 7/8 7/64

$36.40 $45.00 $25.40 $26.00 $27.60 $22.60 $24.00 $25.60 $27.20 $28.20 $29.60 $33.20 $38.60

Rad. BB
15/32

B min.

B max. R

16J40.10 17/8 0.79-1

M $70.00

J. Reeding

B
7/16

Rad.

* Included shims: ve 1mm (0.039), two 0.5mm (0.02), four 0.1mm (0.004), and two 0.05mm (0.002). Handle Templates We have created templates that let you reproduce the handles on Veritas bench planes and bevel-up planes, the Veritas dovetail saw, and Stanley planes #2 through #8. They include step-by-step instructions and tips on handling grain orientation, roughing out the shape, etc. PDF templates are available to download from our website at www.leevalley.com. Search for "handle template" in the Item Search.

C Because the bearing is sized to the bits minor diameter, templates can be made actual size. Template Overlapping cutting utes ensure a consistently radiused prole.

16J55.93 16J55.94 16J55.95 K. Beading 16J55.61 16J55.62 16J55.63 16J55.64 16J55.65 16J55.66 16J55.67 16J55.68

1
A
7/8 15/16

1/16 9/16 3/32 11/16 1/8

B
1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2

Rad.
1/16 3/32 1/8 5/32

1 11/16 11/8 13/16 11/4 13/8

3/16 9/16 7/32 5/8 3/4 1/4 5/16

Bits marked with this symbol accept shank bearing 16J95.09. For safety reasons, bits marked with this symbol should be
used only in a router table equipped with a fence and not used free hand.

Workpiece

162 Router Bits

A B C D

Box-Slotting Bits These bits are designed to cut grooves to hold box or drawer bottoms, without the unsightly gaps at the corners that other methods leave. Simply set the bit for groove inset, clamp the frame together and run the bit along the four inside faces. This ensures all four slots are aligned. We offer bits for 1/8 and 1/4 thick bottoms, each with two bearings for depth control. Our deep-slot bits cut 1/4 or 5/16 deep slots; the shallow-slot bits cut slots 1/8 or 3/16 deep. Shallow-Slot Bits
A A. 16J83.02 B. 16J83.04
1/8 1/4 1/8

C
1/4 1/4

BB

or 3/16 1/8 or 3/16

B
1/4

K&L K&L
BB

$30.80 $30.80

Deep-Slot Bits
A C. 16J83.12 D. 16J83.14
1/8 1/4

C
1/4 1/4

or 5/16 1/4 or 5/16

K&L K&L

$30.80 $30.80

dia. cutter has a reinforced neck for strength and stability.

1/4

E. Dovetail Bits Double Flute A B C Deg.

16J16.01 16J16.02 16J16.04 16J16.07 16J16.08 16J16.09 16J16.11 16J16.12 16J17.51 16J17.52 16J17.53 16J17.54 16J17.55 16J17.56 16J17.57 16J17.59 16J17.60

1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/8 1/2 17/32 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 7/8

5/16 3/8 3/8 1/2 7/8 5/8 7/8 3/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 7/8 5/8 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2

71/2 9 9 14 7 14 7 14 9 14 14 7 14 7 14 14 14

$16.80 $12.00 $12.00 $12.00 $13.80 $13.80 $16.80 $16.80 $12.00 $12.00 $12.40 $13.80 $13.80 $16.80 $16.80 $22.00 $26.20

F. Dovetail Bits for Leigh Jigs Double Flute A B C Deg. Leighs #

$12.00 $12.20 $12.20 $12.00 $12.20 L. Carbide Up-Cut Spiral Bit $12.20 This 1/4 solid carbide, up-cut spiral bit ensures rapid, $17.40 clean waste removal, particularly in plunge routing. $21.20 Overall length is 21/2, with 1 of ute. Excellent for * Included with Leigh jigs. slitting, blind routing, or milling. 1/4 shank. 06J61.04 Carbide Up-Cut Spiral, 1/4 $28.70 G. Straight Bits for Leigh Jigs Double Flute M. Small Straight Bits A B C Leighs # These small straight bits are used for detail work. All 16J07.40 .313 1.030 1/4 140 $12.80 bits except the 1/16 size are double uted with carbide 16J07.50 .438 1.250 1/2 150 $12.80 inserts. All shanks are 1/4. 16J07.60 .500 1.250 1/2 160 $12.80 A B Overall length 16J07.80* .313 1.030 8mm 140-8 $12.80 1/16 1/4 15J06.14 2 $23.00 * Included with Leigh jigs. 3/32 1/4 15J06.15 2 $23.00 H. Dovetail Set for Leigh Dovetail Jig 1/8 7/16 15J06.00 2 $18.50 For owners of the Leigh D4R dovetail jig, this set 3/16 7/16 15J06.11 2 $19.80 of carbide-tipped router bits includes all the sizes L of 8 and 14 dovetail bits youll need, as well as M the necessary straight bits. The set comes in a solid-wood case with insert sleeves to rmly hold the bits. Set includes 5/16, 7/16 and 1/2 straight bits; 3/8, 1/2, 11/16 and 0.800 8 dovetail bits; and a 1/2 14 dovetail bit. Shanks are a mix of 1/4 and 1/2 diameters. 16J03.20 8-Pc. Set for Leigh Jig $89.00 .532 .815 .532 .532 .815 .532 1.050 1.300
1/4 1/4

16J16.03 .375 16J16.05 .500 16J16.06 .500 16J16.83 .375 16J16.85*.500 16J16.86*.500 16J16.10 .688 16J17.58 .800

8 8 1/4 14 8mm 8 8mm 8 8mm 14 1/2 8 1/2 8

70 80 120 70-8 80-8 120-8 90 100

Onsrud Spiral Router Bits These router bits have several unique features. The double-ute up-cut spiral design ensures rapid, clean waste removal, particularly in plunge routing where the specially designed end mill lets you plunge without fear of plugging and heat generation. They are excellent for grooving, slitting, blind routing and end milling. Available in high-speed steel or in solid carbide. The HSS bits range in length from 25/8 to 31/2 according to size, while the carbide bits range from 2 to 31/2. The carbide bits are suitable for all woods and non-abrasive plastics; the HSS bits can also be used in aluminum. The 3/8 and 5/16 shank diameter sizes require bushing adapters (see page 166). Diameter, length of cut and shank sizes are indicated in the price lines. The HSS bits are also available in sets or discounted when ve or more of one size are ordered. J. HSS Onsruds A B C 1+ 5+ 1/4 $ 9.50 $ 8.60 86J01.01 HSS 1/8* 3/8 1/4 $ 9.50 86J01.03 HSS 3/16* 5/8 $ 8.60 1/4 $ 9.50 86J01.07 HSS 1/4* 1 $ 8.60 5/16 $14.20 86J01.08 HSS 5/16 1 $12.80 3/8 $14.30 86J01.31 HSS 3/8* 1 $12.90 86J01.32 HSS 7/16 13/4 1/2 $36.30 $32.70 86J01.39 HSS 1/2* 11/2 1/2 $22.70 $20.40 86J01.42 HSS 3/4 11/4 1/2 $44.00 $39.60 86J01.50 Set of 3 (1/4, 3/8, 1/2) $42.60 86J01.70 Set of 5* (1/8 to 1/2) $57.90 K. Solid Carbide A B C Onsruds 1/2 1/4 86J02.02 Carb. 1/8 $20.80 1/4 86J02.03 Carb. 3/16 3/4 $21.00 1/4 86J02.04 Carb. 1/4 1 $24.50 5/16 86J02.09 Carb. 5/16 11/8 $41.40 3/8 86J02.06 Carb. 3/8 11/4 $43.90 1/2 86J02.07 Carb. 7/16 13/4 $99.00 1/2 86J02.08 Carb. 1/2 11/2 $66.00

Router Bits 163

Carbide-Tipped Router Bits

Because of the way they are used and the high speeds at which they are run, router bits often become very hot. Tungsten carbide maintains its hardness at high temperatures and holds an edge far longer than high-carbon or high-speed steels. Typical cheap bits are ground on the equivalent of keycutting machines, evident in the rough bevel, uneven cut, and bit chatter. Lee Valley professional/industrial grade bits have tungsten-carbide inserts ground on CNC (Computer Numeric Control) machines with 600x diamond wheels. Most are chip-limitation style for safety and balance. The bodies have a non-stick green coating for easy resin removal. All Lee Valley router bits include a friction-fit bit holder made of an advanced polymer, which can be mounted horizontally or upright (see page 179 for extra holders).
All Lee Valley router bits include a friction-t bit holder. A

Stubby Straight Bit Most 1/4 diameter bits have long utes, and are inherently weak. This single-ute bit will cut a 1/4 wide slot only 3/8 deep, and is more robust than longer bits. A B C 3/8 1/4 16J04.03 1/4 $9.20
C

Straight Plunge Bits

A B C
1/4 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2

Plunge Ball Bits

A B C Rad.

16J06.06 16J06.08 16J06.12 16J06.56 16J06.58 16J06.62 16J06.66

3/8 1/2 3/4 3/8 1/2 3/4

1 1 1 11/4 11/2 11/2 11/2

$18.80 $21.80 $27.00 $21.80 $25.60 $30.80 $37.60

16J19.06 3/8 16J19.08 1/2 16J19.10 5/8 16J19.12 3/4 16J19.56 3/8 16J19.58 1/2 16J19.62 3/4 16J19.66 1

5/16 1/4 3/16 7/16 1/4 1/4 9/16 1/4 5/16 11/16 1/4 3/8 5/16 1/2 3/16 7/16 1/2 1/4 11/16 1/2 3/8 7/8 1/2 1/2

$19.80 $22.80 $25.60 $29.40 $19.80 $22.80 $29.40 $35.80

In recent years, inexpensive bits from China have appeared in growing numbers. Our bits are made in Taiwan by a reputable manufacturer with strict quality control. To optimize wear resistance and edge strength, the carbide ranges from ISO grade K10 to K20, depending on the prole of the bit (straight bits are close to K-10; others are K-20). Unless stated otherwise, bits are double flute for a smooth cut, and dimensions are given in inches. Ballbearing pilot guides are used on all appropriate bits to prevent marring and burning of work and to control width of cut in freehand use. We offer extra bearings in various diameters to give alternative profiles to some bits. Bearing sizes (BB) refer to those listed on page 166.
C

Straight Cutters Imperial Shank A B C 1/4 16J04.04* 1/4 1 1/4 16J04.05 5/16 1 1/4 16J04.06 3/8 1 1/4 16J04.07 7/16 1 1/4 16J04.08 1/2 1 1/4 16J04.09 9/16 1 1/4 16J04.10 5/8 1 16J04.11 11/16 3/4 1/4 3/4 1/4 16J04.12 3/4 16J04.13 13/16 3/4 1/4 3/4 1/4 16J04.14 7/8 16J04.15 15/16 3/4 1/4 3/4 1/4 16J04.16 1 * Single ute.
1/4

Hinge Mortising Bits $11.20 16J08.08 1/2 $11.20 16J08.12 3/4 $11.20 $11.20 $11.20 $11.70 $14.20 $15.00 $16.80 $16.80 $17.00 $19.00 $20.40 Core Box Bits
A B A B
1/2 3/4

Groove Bit 60 Angle

C
1/4 1/4

B
5/8

C
1/4

$12.40 16J14.01 $18.60

1/2

$21.60

Groove Bits 90 Angle

C Rad. A B C
5/16 1/4 1/16 5/16 1/4 3/32 5/16 1/4 1/8 1/2 1/4 3/16 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/16 1/2 1/4 1/2 5/16 1/2 3/8 1/2 1/2

See previous page for smaller sizes.

Plywood Bits While plywood sheets are commonly sold in thickness multiples of 1/8, many are actually undersized by 1/64. These undersized double-flute bits compensate for the difference. All have 1/2 shanks, and a ute length of 3/4.
Plywood A B C

Straight Cutters Imperial 1/2 Shank A B C 3/4 1/2 16J04.54 1/4 1/2 16J04.55 5/16 1 1/2 16J04.56 3/8 1 1/2 16J04.57 7/16 1 16J04.58 1/2 11/4 1/2 1/2 16J04.59 9/16 1 16J04.60 5/8 11/4 1/2 16J04.61 11/16 11/4 1/2 16J04.62 3/4 11/4 1/2 16J04.63 13/16 11/4 1/2 16J04.64 7/8 11/4 1/2 16J04.65 15/16 11/4 1/2 16J04.66 1 11/4 1/2 16J04.70 11/4 11/4 1/2 16J04.74 11/2 11/4 1/2 Straight Cutters Metric Shank A B C 16J05.06 6mm 3/4 1/4 16J05.08 8mm 3/4 1/4 16J05.11 11mm 3/4 1/4 16J05.14 14mm 3/4 1/4 16J05.16 16mm 3/4 1/4 16J05.17 17mm 3/4 1/4 16J05.18 18mm 3/4 1/4 16J05.19 19mm 3/4 1/4
1/4

$11.20 $11.20 $11.20 $11.20 $11.20 $13.80 $17.20 $17.20 $19.00 $19.00 $21.60 $21.60 $23.00 $28.80 $33.20

16J15.00* 1/8 16J15.01* 3/16 16J15.02 1/4 16J15.03 3/8 16J15.04 1/2 16J15.05 5/8 16J15.06 3/4 16J15.53 3/8 16J15.54 1/2 16J15.55 5/8 16J15.56 3/4 16J15.58 1
* Single ute.

1 1 11/4 11/4

$11.70 16J13.08 1/2 1/2 1/4 $11.70 16J13.62 3/4 5/8 1/2 $15.00 $16.40 $19.40 $22.60 $25.80 $19.00 $24.00 $27.40 $29.00 Bottom Cleaning Bits $37.00 A B C 16J25.12 3/4 19/32 1/4 16J25.62 3/4 19/32 1/2 16J25.66 1 19/32 1/2

$17.60 $22.80

$26.00 $26.00 $32.20

16J04.80 16J04.81 16J04.82 16J04.83

1/4 1/2 5/8 3/4

15/64

3/4 1/2 31/64 3/4 1/2 19/32 3/4 1/2 23/32

$11.20 $11.20 $15.60 3/4 1/2 $19.20

$11.20 $11.20 $11.20 $12.20 $13.80 Dish Carving Bits Plunge Beading Bits $15.20 A B C Rad. A B C Rad. $17.00 16J26.16 1 1/2 1/4 1/4 $35.20 16J20.06 3/8 5/16 1/4 1/8 $18.40 $17.60 16J26.70 11/4 1/2 1/2 1/4 $38.60 16J20.08 1/2 7/16 1/4 3/16 $22.80

164 Router Bits

Plunge Traditional Bits

A B
3/8 7/16

Finger Grip Bits

A B
11/16 7/8

Chamfer Bits
C
1/4 1/2

Classic Panel Bits

C BB Deg. A B C Rad. BB

C
1/4 1/4

A B

16J23.08 16J23.12

1/2 3/4

$25.60 16J71.01 $27.40 16J72.74

3/4

11/2

$33.20 $54.40

16J12.02 1/2 3/8 1/4 C 15 $21.20 16J12.03 1/2 3/8 1/4 C 25 $21.20

16J34.01 16J34.02 16J34.51 16J34.52

1 11/4 1 11/4

1/2 1/4 1/8 9/16 1/4 3/16 1/2 1/2 1/8 9/16 1/2 3/16

C C C C

$34.80 $38.60 $34.80 $38.60

Plunge Ogee Bits

A B
3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8

C
1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2

Rad.
1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8

Coving

16J21.06 16J21.08 16J21.56 16J21.58

3/8 1/2 3/8 1/2

$20.60 $24.60 $20.60 $24.60

Molding

Fluting

Beading Bits Reed and Bead Router Bit Essentially a larger version of our plunge classic bit, this reed and bead cutter combines elements of several bits. This enables it to be used for a wide variety of applications, including rounding corners, coving, moldings and fluting. An excellent bit for adding decorative embellishments to larger projects.
A B C Rad.
3/4 1/2 1/4

No-Drip Edge Bit The no-drip edge on post-formed countertops is hard to beat for containing accidents and preventing spills from running down the cabinet. With this router bit you can give wood trim a no-drip edge that is just as effective, joins the counter smoothly, and is easy to maintain.
A B C Rad. BB

C Rad. BB

16J39.02 7/8 3/8 1/4 1/8 D $38.60 16J39.03 1 1/2 1/4 3/16 D $40.80 16J39.04 11/8 5/8 1/4 1/4 D $46.00

Plunge Classic Bits

A B
3/8 1/2 3/8 1/2

C
1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2

Rad.
3/32 5/32 3/32 5/32

16J18.51 1 11/8 1/2 1/4 J $45.00

$37.60 Edge Beading Bits

A B C Rad. BB
3/32 1/8 3/32 1/8

16J22.06 16J22.08 16J22.56 16J22.58

1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4

3 $26.00 16J42.50 1 /8 $29.60 $26.00 $29.60

16J43.01 13/16 1/2 1/4 16J43.02 7/8 9/16 1/4 16J43.51 13/16 1/2 1/2 16J43.52 7/8 9/16 1/2

C C C C

$27.20 $31.20 $27.20 $31.20

Alternative prole

Plunge Round Bits

A B C D Rad.

Door Lip Bit

A B C
1/2

Chair Rail Bits

A B C BB

16J24.04 16J24.06 16J24.54 16J24.56

$26.00 16J73.60 1/4 1/2 1/4 3/4 3/8 $30.80 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 1/4 $26.00 1/4 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/8 $30.80
1/4 3/8 1/4 5/8 1/4

17/8 1

$59.60 16J37.54 11/8 1 1/2 D $40.80 16J37.58 13/8 15/8 1/2 D $54.40

Corner Round Over Bits*

A B C Rad. BB

45 Chamfer Bits
A B C BB

Drawer Pull Bit

A B C

16J72.72 13/8 7/8 1/2 $47.00 11/4 1/2 For safety reasons, bits marked with this symbol should be used only in a router
table equipped with a fence and not used free hand.

16J30.08 16J30.58 16J30.62 16J30.70

13/16 13/16 15/8 21/4

1/2 1/4 1/2 1/2 3/4 1/2

C C C C

$27.00 $27.00 $30.60 $45.40

Windowsill Bit
A B C Rad. BB

16J27.01 16J27.02 16J27.03 16J27.04 16J28.04 16J27.05 16J27.06 16J27.08 16J27.54 16J27.55 16J27.56 16J27.58 16J27.62 16J27.66 16J27.70
1/2 1/4

C C 7/8 C 1 C 1 5/8 1/4 1/4 C 11/8 1/2 1/4 5/16 C 11/4 5/8 1/4 3/8 C 11/2 3/4 1/4 1/2 C 1 7/16 1/2 1/4 C 11/8 1/2 1/2 5/16 C 11/4 5/8 1/2 3/8 C 11/2 3/4 1/2 1/2 C 2 1 1/2 3/4 C 21/2 11/4 1/2 1 C 3 11/2 1/2 11/4 C
3/4 3/8 1/4 1/8 3/8 1/4 3/16 7/16 1/4 1/4

5/8

3/8 1/4 1/16

$20.20 $21.20 $23.40 $25.00 $25.00 $30.60 $30.80 $31.80 $27.00 $30.60 $30.80 $31.80 $51.20 $69.00 $87.20

16J38.68 2 1

C $62.00

* For the alternative profile (beading bit), use the optional bearing "B". Router Bits 165

Classic Cove Bits

A B C Rad. BB
1/2 1/4 3/16 5/8 1/4 5/16 1/2 1/2 3/16 5/8 1/2 5/16

Classic Roman Ogee Bits

A B C Rad. BB

Internal Bull-Nose Bits Half Radius* $33.80 $39.80 $33.80 $39.80

A B
3/8 1/2

16J36.17 16J36.21 16J36.67 16J36.71

11/16 15/16 11/16 15/16

B B B B

$39.80 $40.80 $39.80 $40.80

16J35.16 16J35.20 16J35.66 16J35.70

1 11/4 1 11/4

1/2 1/4 1/8 5/8 1/4 3/16 1/2 1/2 1/8 5/8 1/2 3/16

B B B B

Rad.

16J50.06 16J50.08 16J50.10 16J50.12 16J50.58 16J50.60 16J50.62 16J50.66 16J50.70

3/4 3/4

1/4 13/64 1/4 5/16 1/4 25/64 1/4 15/32 1/2 5/16 1/2 25/64 15/32 49/64 29/32

13/16 5/8 7/8 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 1/2 13/16 5/8

3/4 1/2 1 1/2 11/4 1/2

$23.20 $26.60 $29.20 $35.20 Thumbnail Bits $26.60 A B C BB $29.20 16J61.01 13/16 3/8 1/4 B $37.60 $35.20 16J61.51 21/2 3/4 1/2 C $65.80 $46.00 $52.20
Ball bearings are included with all of our router bits that require them. Should you ever need to replace the ball bearings, the sizes are listed in our price lines under the heading "BB". Some router bits accept more than one size of ball bearing to create alternative profiles, as indicated in the descriptions. See below for a complete selection of ball bearings in metric and Imperial sizes for replacements or alternative proles. When sharpening router bits, always work on the interior at of the carbide (leading into the shank), never on the profile since you might change the shape. Even sharpening the interior ats will reduce the diameter of the bit marginally each time. It becomes signicant only after repeated sharpening. Test the sharpness of a router bit by sliding the edge along your thumbnail. It should slide along smoothly and if the bit is rotated it should take a small shaving from the thumbnail.

* These bits use bearing size C.

Cove Bits
A B C Rad. BB

Triple Bead Bits

A B C Rad. BB
3/8 1/4 1/8 7/8 3/8 1/4 1/4 11/8 1/2 1/4 3/8 13/8 5/8 1/4 1/2 3/8 1/2 1/8 3/8 1/2 1/4 11/8 1/2 1/2 3/8 13/8 5/8 1/2 1/2 7/8 5/8 5/8

16J29.02 16J29.04 16J29.06 16J29.08 16J29.52 16J29.54 16J29.56 16J29.58 16J29.62

17/8

7/8 1/2 3/4

B $22.00 16J45.02 7/8 11/16 1/4 1/8 D $44.20 B $25.40 16J45.52 7/8 11/16 1/2 1/8 D $44.20 B $30.60 B $33.00 B $22.00 B $25.40 B $30.60 B $33.00 B $49.00

External Bull-Nose Bits Half Radius

A B
1/4

Rad.

Roman Ogee Bits

A B C Rad. BB

French Table Bits

A B
5/8 5/8

16J33.01 11/16 16J33.02 13/8 16J33.51 11/16 16J33.52 13/8

C
1/4 1/2

15/32 1/4 5/32 21/32 1/4 1/4 15/32 1/2 5/32 21/32 1/2 1/4

B $29.00 B $33.80 B $29.00 B $33.80

16J49.04 16J49.06 16J49.08 16J49.10 16J49.12 16J49.58 16J49.60 16J49.62 16J49.66 16J49.70

9/16

11/16 3/8 13/16 1/2 15/16 5/8

1/4 9/64 1/4 13/64 1/4 5/16 1/4 25/64 1/4 15/32 1/2 5/16 1/2 25/64 1/2 15/32 49/64 29/32

11/16 13/16 11/16 11/16 11/4 19/16

3/4 1/2 5/8 3/4

1 1/2 11/4 1/2

$21.40 $22.60 $26.60 $29.20 $33.80 $26.60 $29.20 $33.80 $38.60 $50.80

BB

16J38.01 11/2 16J38.51 11/2

C $49.40 C $49.40

For safety reasons, bits marked with this symbol should be used only in a router
table equipped with a fence and not used free hand.

Visit us at www.leevalley.com

BB = Ball Bearings A = Outside Diameter B = Inside Diameter C = Thickness

Bearings 16J95.01 16J95.03 16J95.05 16J95.06 16J95.07 16J95.08 16J95.09 16J95.10 16J95.11 16J95.12 16J95.13 16J95.14

BB

A
1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 3/4 3/4

B
1/8 3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2

C
3/32 1/8 3/16 3/16 3/16 5/16 3/16 5/16

A B C H D J E F G K L M

11/8 22mm 7mm 10mm 24mm

8mm 3mm 3mm 8mm

7mm 3mm 4mm 8mm

$5.70 $5.00 $5.00 $5.00 $5.70 $5.70 $8.60 $5.70 $4.80 $5.70 $5.70 $4.80

Bushing Adapters These machined, split bushing adapters allow you to use smaller-shanked router bits in your router. Dimensions stated are the outside diameter to inside diameter. 16J97.01 1/4 to 1/8 Adapter $4.80 16J97.04 1/2 to 1/4 Adapter $4.80 16J97.06 1/2 to 3/8 Adapter $4.80 16J97.16 1/2 to 6mm (15/64) Adapter $4.80 16J97.18 1/2 to 8mm (5/16) Adapter $4.80

Lock Rings If your router bits have machined shanks, you can slip on a suitable bearing to allow freehand use, or to create an alternative prole. These lock rings stop the bearing from wandering up the shaft in use. Each has a single set screw and is sold with the appropriate hex key. 16J96.04 Ring, 1/4 Inside Diameter $2.25 16J96.08 Ring, 1/2 Inside Diameter $2.25

Multi-Prole Bits Although these bits can cut a wide variety of moldings, their primary advantage is the ability to solve little problems with just one bit. By adjusting the height of the bit to use a portion of the prole, you can add a multiplicity of details to a standard molding, as shown in our diagrams. For additional clearance, the end bearing is removable. For use with routers of 2 hp or more and only with a router table.
A B C
1/4 1/2

Proles made in one pass.

Proles made in two passes.

BB

16J56.01 11/4 16J56.51 21/4

1 17/8

B C

$51.20 $71.60

Molding #1 Bits
A B C Rad. BB

Molding #4 Bits
A B C Rad. BB

Crown Molding #1 Bit

A B C
1/2

Crown Molding #3 Bit

A B C
1/2

16J54.01 11/16 1 1/4 1/8 B $36.40 16J54.04 3/4 1 1/4 5/64 B $36.40 16J57.51 16J54.51 15/16 13/81/2 5/32 C $54.40 16J54.54 1 111/16 1/2 1/8 C $54.40

11/4

21/4

$64.80 16J57.53

11/4 21/4

$64.80

Molding #5 Bits
A B C Rad. BB

Crown Molding #2 Bit

A B C
1/2

Crown Molding #4 Bit

A B C
1/2

16J54.05 7/8 1 1/4 5/64 B $40.20 16J57.52 16J54.55 13/8 15/8 1/2 1/8 B $61.60

11/4 21/4

$64.80 16J57.54

11/4

21/4

$64.80

Molding #2 Bits
A B C Rad. BB

16J54.02 3/4 1 1/4 5/64 B $36.40 16J54.52 11/16 15/8 1/2 1/8 C $54.40

French Provincial Classic #1 Bit

A B C Rad. BB

16J55.51 1

7/8

1/2 5/32

C $40.80

Lettering Bits Specifically designed for freehand lettering, these plunge bits will cut a 60 groove with either a radiused or at bottom. Maximum groove width is 1/2 with either a 3/16 at or a 1/16 radius. Both have 1/4 dia. shanks. A. 16J52.01 Cove Bit $25.80 B. 16J53.03 Flat Bit $25.80
C. Signmaking Bit

Molding #3 Bits French Provincial Classic #2 Bit A B C Rad. BB A B C Rad. BB 16J54.03 11/16 1 1/4 1/8 B $36.40 16J54.53 1 13/8 1/2 5/32 C $54.40 16J55.52 13/4 11/8 1/2 1/8 C $60.40

The solid carbide head of this bit has been specically designed for engraving signs. The three-ute design allows the bit to "park" without enlarging the groove. Cut widths from 0.5mm to 13mm are achievable through adjusting the height of the 60 head. The cutting action is very clean. Can be used in high-speed ex-shaft machines. 1/4 shank. 16J49.01 Signmaking Bit $45.00

C
Router Bits 167

Reversible Frame Bits These reversible assemblies all have a shaft and two cutters that will cut either a rail or a matching stile, depending upon their conguration. Used in combination with a raised panel bit, they can produce a complete molded and panelled door.
A. Reversible Panel Frame Bits A B C BB

16J67.02 16J67.52 B E

15/8 15/8

7/8 7/8

1/4 1/2

G G

$65.80 $65.80

B. Reversible Classic Frame Bits A B C BB

16J67.03 16J67.53

15/8 15/8

7/8 7/8

1/4 1/2

G G

$65.80 $65.80

C. Reversible Ogee Frame Bits A B C BB

16J67.01 16J67.51

15/8 15/8

7/8 7/8

1/4 1/2

G G

$65.80 $65.80

Small Reversible Panel-Frame Bits These cutter assemblies consist of a shaft and two cutters, which can be reversed to cut rails or matching stiles. Designed for use with material as thin as 5/8. Complete with pilot bearings, for curved or straight work, they cut a 3/16 wide slot, 3/8 deep. The 3/16 slot width is also ideal for 3mm thick glass.
A D. 16J67.92 Panel 15/8 E. 16J67.93 Classic 15/8 F. 16J67.91 Ogee 15/8 B C
13/16 1/2 13/16 1/2 13/16 1/2

$65.80 $65.80 $65.80

Rail and Stile Sets Small Rail and Stile Sets These two-piece rail and stile sets make set-up fast and easy. For use on These two-piece rail and stile sets have been designed for use with material material 3/4 to 11/16 thick, they cut a panel slot 1/4 wide by 3/8 deep by as thin as 5/8 (as opposed to the usual 7/8 or 1). They cut a panel slot 3/16 using a fence. The pilot bearings allow use on curved work with a wide by 3/8 deep. Complete with pilot bearings, for curved work. template. A B C BB A B C BB 1/2 1/2 G. 16J68.51 Ogee R&S Set 13/8 1 D $95.60 K. 16J68.91 Small Ogee R&S Set 13/8 7/8 D $89.00 1/2 1/2 H. 16J68.52 Bead R&S Set 13/8 1 D $95.60 L. 16J68.92 Small Bead R&S Set 13/8 7/8 D $89.00 1/2 1/2 J. 16J68.53 Classic R&S Set 13/8 1 D $95.60 M. 16J68.93 Small Classic R&S Set 13/8 7/8 D $89.00
168 Router Bits

A. Low-Angle Bevel Bits

Large These low-angle bevel bits are 15 bearing useful for chamfering or softening edges. Each bit comes with three bearings (5/8, 1/2, 3/8); using either of the two 1/32 to 3/32 Small & medium smaller bearings produces an bearing alternative prole with a small land at the foot of the bevel. Both have 1/2 shanks.
1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16

J. Small Rabbeting Sets

B
3/8 1/2

C
1/2 1/2

Each set includes a 1 diameter by 1/2 high carbide rabbeting cutter with four interchangeable bearings to allow the cutting of four different rabbet depths (1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16). Hex key and bearing washer included.
A B
1/2 1/2

16J66.61 16J66.62

11/2 21/4

$51.20 $61.20

C
1/4 1/2

16J32.21 16J32.71

1 1

$38.00 $38.00

B G K

C H
5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2

K. Large Rabbeting Sets

B. Ogee Raised Panel Bits* A B C

1/2 1/2 16J64.58 2 16J64.60 23/4 5/8 1/2 C. Cove Raised Panel Bits*

Rad.
3/8 5/8

BB

C C
BB

$50.20 $64.20

B
13/32 1/2

C
1/2 1/2

16J65.51 16J65.52

2 21/2

C C

$48.80 $60.80

* These raised panel bits must be used in routers of at least 2 hp and may require modication to the base plate. E. Vertical Straight PR Bit A

Vertical Panel Raising Bits These vertical panel raising bits are much safer to use than regular panel raising bits since the cutting edge runs parallel to the axis of the shank, substantially reducing the diameter, the load on your router, and the shock to carbide inserts. The chip-limitation design further reduces the danger of kickback.
B C

Sets include one 13/8 diameter by 1/2 high carbide rabbeting cutter (1/4 or 1/2 shank) with four interchangeable bearings and washers to enable the cutting of four different rabbet depths, all with one cutter. Hex key included.
A B
1/2 1/2

C
1/4 1/2

16J32.20 16J32.70

13/8 13/8

$40.80 $40.80

For safety reasons, bits marked with this symbol

should be used only in a router table equipped with a fence and not used free hand.

16J63.52 D
F. Vertical Bead PR Bit

1 1 1 1

117/32 1/2 $56.00 11/2 11/2

1/2

16J63.53
G. Vertical Cove PR Bit

$56.00 $56.00 L

16J63.54
H. Vertical Ogee PR Bit

1/2

16J63.51
D. Panel Raising Bit for Shaker-Style Doors

117/32 1/2 $56.00

The Shakers often made raised panels with a simple, slightly bevelled rabbet, and then assembled the door with the raised portion of the panel facing the cabinet interior. The resulting door panel was both easy to build and easy to keep clean. It has a 1/2 shank and makes a 1/2 rabbet up to 1/2 deep with a at 22 bevel.
A B
1/2

The ball-bearing sizes are noted in our price lines as BB. See page 166 for a complete selection of ball bearings for alternative proles or replacements.

L. Large Rabbeting Bits

These single-bearing carbide bits cut rabbet depths of about 3/8. The double-flute cutter heads measure 11/4 in diameter by 1/2 high.
A B
1/2 1/2

C
1/4 1/2

BB

C
1/2

BB

16J66.51

115/16

$37.00

To order call 1-800-871-8158

16J32.08 16J32.58

11/4 11/4

C $27.40 C $27.40

Router Bits 169

DoubleBearing Flush Template Workpiece Trimming/ Template Bits Workpiece Template Ideal for template work, Flip template and these combinaworkpiece over, adjust bit height to use alternate bearing to continue tion trim and cutting with the grain. template bits minimize tear-out caused by cutting against the grain. The double-bearing system lets you ip the template and workpiece to alternate which bearing is engaged to allow an entire prole to be cut with the grain. For flush cutting, either bearing can be used. Includes two bearings, a shaft collar and a hex key. An excellent system for template work.
A B
5/8

Screw-Slot Bits Any large panel or table top should be secured in a way that allows it to expand or contract without splitting. These screw-slot bits let you create screw slots so that panels can be held in place but are able to slide back and forth without splitting the wood or breaking the screw securing them. Both have 1/2 shanks and are sized for #8 screws, one for countersunk screws and one for counterbored screws. A B C A. 16J11.60 Countersink 7/16 13/16 1/2 $36.00 B. 16J11.70 Counterbore 1/2 15/16 1/2 $36.00

Keyhole Router Bits If you have ever owned one of these specialized bits, you know that it saves a lot of money and frustration. Its one purpose is to cut keyhole slots in picture frames. For a heavy frame, use two slots and two hanging screws. The process is quick and reliable, and saves endless wire and hooks. These bits are single ute for easier plunging.
A B
1/8 3/16

C
1/4 1/4

D
3/8 1/2

16J70.01 16J70.02

3/8 1/2

$13.20 $15.40

C
1/4 1/2

B1

B2

16J09.90 16J04.90

1/2 3/4

11/4

C E

H $25.40 E $43.60

B1: Bearing 1 Size (nearest capscrew) B2: Bearing 2 Size (on shaft)

Small Drawer Lock Bit This bit is ideal for making small drawers using material from 1/4 to 1/2 thick. What makes this bit unique is that both halves of the joint can be made in a single set-up, without changing bit or fence settings. Because the prole causes the joint to be drawn tight, Panel Pilot Bits drawers are easy to assemble and clamping for These single-ute bits have carbide-tipped ends gluing is particularly easy. 1/2 shank with an overall for plunging through material. Used to rout openhead diameter of 1. A B C 1/2 1/2 ings in the middle of panels, such as for sinks. Cut 16J76.72 1 $27.20 length is 3/4 for the 1/4 size, and 1 for the 1/2. 16J11.01 *1/4 Panel Pilot, 1/4 Shank $12.40 16J11.51 *1/2 Panel Pilot, 1/2 Shank $17.40
* Single ute.

Drawer Lock Bit 16J76.62

B
3/4

C
1/2

11/16

$49.00

Template Bits
A B C
1/4 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2

BB

16J10.08 16J10.10 16J10.12 16J10.62 16J10.68

1/2 5/8 3/4 3/4

11/8

1 1 1 11/4 11/2

H D J E F

$23.60 $23.60 $26.20 $31.20 $38.20

Slot-Wall Router Bit Long used in stores and ofces to create exible storage and display space, slot wall is equally useful at home or in the shop. This cutter routs T-slots that are compatible with standard slotwall hardware such as shelf brackets and hooks.
A B
7/8

C
1/2

D
5/16

E
3/8

45 Lock Miter Bits

A B
1/2 3/4

16J60.61

11/16

$22.20

C
1/4 1/2

16J75.08 16J75.62

11/2 13/4

$50.80 $72.00

Laminate Flush Trimming Bits

A B
3/4

T-slot nuts available on page 160.

C
1/4 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2 1/2

BB

16J09.04 16J09.06 16J09.08 16J09.58 16J09.59 16J09.60

1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2

1 1 1 11/2 2

A B C C C C

$15.40 $15.40 $15.90 $15.90 $19.60 $26.20

T-Slot Router Bits These bits cut a slot to t our T-slot nuts. Slots are useful for making adjustable jigs and xtures.
A B C D
1/8

E
5/16 5/16 5/16

16J60.71 16J60.72 16J60.73

9/16 9/16 9/16

3/8 1/2

3/8 1/4 1/8 3/8 8mm 1/8

$22.20 Reversible French Door & Window Sash Bit $22.20 A B C BB $22.20 16J69.51 13/8 13/4 1/2 G $66.80

170 Router Bits

1/2

A B

13/4

17/8

Flute 16J42.01

Bead 16J42.03

Large-Diameter Flute and Bead Bits These carbide-tipped router bits are often called "canoe" bits, as they are used to make ute and bead edges on 1/4 thick wood strips to form curved surfaces.
A B C Rad.
1/8 1/8 1/4 16J42.01 11/2 1/4 16J42.03 11/2 15/32 1/4 16J42.10 Flute & Bead Pair

$30.20 $30.80 $54.40

V-Joint Tongue and Groove Bit 3-Wing Slotting Cutters Suitable for material from 7/16 to 15/16 thick. Interchangeable cutters are available separately or complete with shaft assembly. All cutter This three-wing cutter will cut the groove and, dimensions (excluding height) are identical. by substituting the included bushing for the center cutter, the tongue. The bit cuts a groove A. 3-Wing Slotting Cutters 3/16 wide by 3/16 deep, or a tongue 3/16 thick 16J81.03 1/8 Cutter Only $22.60 and up to 5/16 long. 16J81.04 5/32 Cutter Only $22.60 16J77.01 V-Joint T&G, 1/2 Shank $76.00 16J81.05 3/16 Cutter Only $22.60 16J81.06 1/4 Cutter Only $22.60 B. Shafts for Slotting Cutters BB 16J80.01 1/4 Shank G $12.60 16J80.51 1/2 Shank G $12.60

Flute Bits
A B
1/4 3/8

C
1/4 1/4

Rad.
1/8 3/16

BB

16J41.02 16J41.03

7/8

D D

$40.80 $43.40 Complete Assemblies

A B
1/8 5/32 3/16 1/4 1/8 5/32 3/16 1/4

C
1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2

V-Joint Tongue and Groove Pair

A B C BB

16J78.01 Groove 13/8 13/16 1/2 D $ 59.60 16J78.02 Tongue 2 13/16 1/2 D $ 69.00 16J78.10 Tongue & Groove Pair $114.00 External Bull-Nose Bits Full Radius
A B
1/2 5/8 11/16 5/8 11/16 7/8

C
1/4 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2

Rad.
3/32 1/8 3/16 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2

For safety reasons, bits marked with this symbol $23.20 $23.80 $28.00 $23.80 $28.00 $33.20 $42.40 $54.00
should be used only in a router table equipped with a fence and not used free hand.

16J82.03 16J82.04 16J82.05 16J82.06 16J82.53 16J82.54 16J82.55 16J82.56

17/8 17/8 17/8 17/8 17/8 17/8 17/8 17/8

$31.20 $31.20 $31.20 $31.20 $31.20 $31.20 $31.20 $31.20

16J48.03 16J48.04 16J48.06 16J48.54 16J48.56 16J48.58 16J48.62 16J48.66

3/16 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4

13/32 111/32

Four-in-One Grooving Bit A 1/2 shank bit with four sizes of slotting cutters for grooving, dadoing, and tongue and groove joinery. Individual double-tipped cutters will produce 1/8, 5/32, 3/16 and 1/4 grooves and, when combined, will cut grooves from 1/4 to 23/32 wide. In the tongue and groove conguration, the bit is suitable for wood between 9/16 and 7/8 thick. When used with the ball-bearing guide, the depth of cut is 1/2; otherwise, when used with a fence, the bit will cut up to 5/8 deep. Complete with spacers, shims, and instructions.
A B
23/32

Finger-Joint Router Bit A nger joint is one of the strongest joints in woodworking, as it effectively triples the surface area of the glue joint. This bit has ve tapered slotting cutters and an abutting-edge cutter. These are stacked as necessary to nger joint material from 7/16 thick, where you would use the abutting edge and a single slotting cutter, up to material 13/8 thick, where you would use all six cutters. Instructions included. 1/2 shank. Depth of cut is 1/4. Cutters are carbide tipped. 16J75.01 Finger-Joint Bit $90.80

C
1/2

BB

16J60.51

17/8

$71.60
1/2

Bead and Cove Bits By adjusting the cutting height, either a bead or a cove can be cut with the same bit. Can also be used for proles.
A B C
1/2 1/2

Rad.
1/8 3/16

BB

16J28.51 16J28.52

5/8 1 11/4 1

C C

$33.40 $38.60
19/16

 Router Table Top System

Veritas Router Table Top A router can be installed The Veritas or removed in 30 seconds router table top is a or less. A 1624 steel plate that has been designed to be slightly convex, with the highest point adjacent to the bit, so your depth of cut will always be exactly as set. This curve is specically tuned so that the weight of the router (up to 10 lb) cannot deform the router table to concave. The steel will not sag over time, as many laminate tables will. The table top can be used with magnet-based accessories and, as it is only 3/16 thick, any router bit can be used without removing the routers base plate. With the quick-change clamps (adjust to t any base shape), a router can be installed or removed in 30 seconds or less. To adjust bits, just prop up or ip the plate. Instructions are included for building a stand, or you can buy our table stand. The table top can also be used in a Once your router is clamped, Workmate or an end vise without the need of a base. you can easily prop up or ip the plate to adjust bits as shown. 5 The ush inserts securely lock into the 3 /8 opening with a simple cam action using the included pin wrench (also available separately). They are the best made and guaranteed to meet a tolerance of +0.000/-0.004. Template inserts (inside diameter stated; outside diameter is 1/8 larger) are used as guide bushings for pattern tracing. Zero-clearance inserts can be drilled to t any bit, or a bit can be plunged through them. Our 13/4 diameter counterbore insert accepts the brass template guides and ring nut shown on page 177. Our router table top includes the steel table top, an alignment pin, pivot posts, two inserts (with 1/2 and 11/2 holes), a clamp assembly, a pin wrench, a 70-page manual and a 100-minute instructional DVD (see below for details). Stands and sets are offered at right and below. Patented. A. 05J20.01 Veritas Router Table Top $199.00 C B B. 05J20.02 Repl. 1/2 Insert $ 4.95 05J20.03 Repl. 11/2 Insert $ 4.95 F C. 05J20.07 9/32 Template Insert $ 4.95 05J20.08 1/2 Template Insert $ 4.95 05J20.09 3/4 Template Insert $ 4.95 D. 05J20.04 Zero-Clearance Insert $ 4.95 E. 05J20.15 13/4 Counterbore Insert $ 4.95 F. 05J20.16 Pin Wrench for Inserts $ 1.80 E D Manual & DVD on Veritas Router Table & Accessories Our comprehensive 70-page manual details the Veritas router table and accessories. It covers all components and explains various techniques, such as making raised panels with a router table, fence and large panelraising bit. The 100-minute DVD is a visual presentation of the material in the manual. The DVD and manual are included with our Veritas router table set and are available separately for a nominal price. 05J21.20 Router Table Manual $5.00 05J21.22 Router Table DVD $5.00

Stands for Veritas Router Table Top Although our router table top includes instructions to build a stand, we offer a pre-cut kit for your convenience. Made from 3/4 birch plywood, our table stand has the same basic steel truss-rod construction as the Veritas workbench, making it very solid. It comes with the necessary ttings to match your steel top to it, and it has a unique joined double-prop system to hold the table top in a stable tilted position while you change or adjust bits. 211/2 wide by 135/8 deep by 16 high. Designed to work with our table stand, the oor stand has two storage cabinets (drilled with 5mm holes for shelf supports), one shelf, and a built-in pedal for actuation of our bit jack. The large working surface is convenient for placing items such as wrenches and bits, and the raised bottom provides toe space. Constructed from 5/8 and 3/4 birch plywood using our sturdy truss-rod construction, the oor stand provides a stable support for all router work. 34 wide, 19 deep and 24 high (40 high with table stand). The feet have 1 of height adjustment. Minor assembly required for both stands. G. 05J20.30 Stand for Router Table Top $ 69.50 H. 05J20.40 Floor Stand $239.00

Router, router table top and bit jack not included. Minor assembly required.

H H G

Veritas Router Table Sets The following sets for the router table top have been grouped to suit your requirements and budget. Sets are available with or without our router table stand. Stands require minor assembly and the birch plywood is unnished (a nish coat of oil was applied for photo clarity). J. 05J20.31 Table Top & Stand $249.00 (saving of $19.50)
K. 05J20.24 Table Top & Fence

$355.00 $420.00 $485.00

(saving of $29.00) 05J20.22 Table Top, Fence & Stand (saving of $33.50) J L
172 Router Tables

L. 05J20.25 Table Top, Fence & Sled

(saving of $38.00) 05J20.23 Table Top, Fence, Sled & Stand $550.00 (saving of $42.50)

Sled shown mounted on table fence (not included). Slide

A
Veritas Router Table Fence with edge clamps and micro-adjust T-slot tracks

Sled comes with integral ngers for making box joints. Split bottom extrusion

Veritas Router Table Fence B. For Veritas Router Table Top A good router table fence should be straight, rigid and easily adjusted, lock perpendicular to the table, and allow good Veritas Router Table Fence Slide chip escape. This one, specically designed 05J21.01 for use with our router table top (05J20.01 T-slot tracks on the facing page), has all these features and more. The nesting extrusions are the heart of the fence system. The top rail is a Adjustable lower rails single 28 long piece for rigidity. The lower rail is split for adjustable openings Integral ngers up to 8. The wooden sub-fences let you for box joints match the bit size and shape for maximum Flush support, reduced tear-out and optimized cam-locking inserts chip escape. clamps Alternatively, you can simply slide the Quick-change adjust to hold any router sub-fences together for running trim rails in place under the table. and moldings. The T-slot tracks on all Veritas Router Table Top faces, with the 1/4-20 T-slot nuts, are ideal 05J20.01 for a range of stops and guides. The fence has a 2 wide base for excellent stability, and at 33/8 tall, it gives an ample reference face for vertical passes. The fence has a micro-adjust system (accurate to 0.001) for quick set-up, as well as two wooden sub-fences, T-nuts, a screwdriver and hardware. To convert this fence to work with a T-track, fence adapters (not shown) are available. For a router table fence with T-track adapters (instead of edge clamps), see 05J38.10 on the next page. A. 05J21.01 Fence w/Edge Clamps $185.00 05J38.11 Adapters for T-Track, pr. $ 19.50 05J21.03 Extra Sub-Fences, pr. $ 10.95
C. Veritas Jointing Shims

Veritas Right-Angle Sled Extremely versatile, this sled gives you a foolproof nger-joint system, complete control of end routing, and a simple, accurate way to dado work up to 8 wide. The sled straddles the Veritas Right-Angle Sled router fence for rock-solid support to the 05J24.01 right-angle arm. It includes a 14 long arm with a 9 wide slide, nger-joint keys, and a wooden backing block. T-slot tracks With the use of the end-grain backing block on the split bottom extrusion, tear-out is eliminated on through cuts. Box joints 1/8 wide, or any width ranging from 1/4 to 3/4, can be made Split bottom with the integral ngers. extrusion The sled has the same style of T-slot tracks, uses the same T-slot nuts and is the same height as the main fence, letting you interchange accessories. Table Top Stand The machined slot-joint between the 05J20.30 arm and slide guarantees a rigid 90. Support work for end routing (e.g., rail and stile work) is easy, as the arm can be adjusted to leave a 2 gap next to the fence. For half-lap joints or grooves for sliding dovetails or dadoes, the main fence extrusions can be separated and work passed through the slot. Work up to 4 wide can be dadoed this way. For work up to 8, the sled is locked to the fence and, using a pair of position stops (see below) at either end, the entire main fence can be slid back and forth. This is the fastest and most accurate nger-joint system available for a router. Instruction manual included. Patented. 05J24.01 Veritas Right-Angle Sled $139.00

Combine our jointing shims with a Veritas fence to convert a router into a jointer. The microadjust substitutes for an adjustable infeed table and the shims provide an adjustable outfeed. The 123/4 long shims are 0.010, 0.020 and 0.030 thick. A simple, effective system. C 05J21.05 Set of 3 Jointing Shims $7.50 D. Veritas Position Stops Veritas Safety Shields Solid brass, these serve as work stops or can be Safety shields should be versatile and easy to xed to the table to set the position of the fence install. Our table-mount shield for pilot bit work before removing it, ensuring accurate replacement. can be set at any of three heights 5/8, 1 and Two pairs can straddle the fence at both ends when 15/8. It screws into the two tapped holes in the grooving work up to 8 wide with the sled. 1 Veritas router table. The fence-mount shield high by 3/4 in diameter, with 3/16 jaw capacity. adjusts for use with or without sub-fences and 05J21.07 Position Stops, pr. $13.50 for bit heights up to 13/4. Instructions and E. Veritas Fence Stop mounting hardware included. A fence stop is needed for many routing jobs; for some, like mortising, two stops are needed. This F. 05J23.01 Fence-Mount Safety Shield $12.50 stop ts the T-slots of our router fence and sled, G. 05J23.05 Table-Mount Safety Shield $12.50 and can be used with or without a sub-fence. H. Veritas Work Hold-Down Simply set it approximately, then ne-tune it This simple system holds work snugly against with the micro-adjust screw. A full turn of the the fence and the table, ensuring safe, accurate screw is 1/16, a 1/2 turn is 1/32, a 1/4 turn is 1/64, cuts while keeping your ngers away from the and anything less than 1/64 is kidding yourself. bit. The springs can be set at any pressure and at Anodized aluminum body and brass ttings. A a wide range of heights and widths, for stock real plus is that the screw is tensioned by an intefrom 1/8 square to 24s. It keys into the top slot gral spring to ensure that any vibration does not in the Veritas router table fence and can be set change the setting. anywhere along the length. 05J21.25 Veritas Fence Stop $24.50 05J22.01 Veritas Work Hold-Down $39.50

D
Compatible with tables up to to 3/16 thick.

E E

F G H

 Router Table Insert Plate System

Veritas Router Table Fence with T-Track Adapters 05J38.10
Note: The micro-adjust does not come with this fence and is compatible with the table top system only. Table & T-slot extrusion not included.

Installed plate with 4 magnetic supports.

Veritas Router Table Insert Plate 05J38.01

C
Lifting the plate using the brass pry-pad and a screwdriver. Adjusting the magnetic support.

Our steel insert A plate lets you retrot an A Lifting the existing table or B plate with custom-build a the cam lifter. new one with B many of the advantages of our router table top on page 172. Fence T-slot extrusion It is versatile, and easy to install and (sold separately) adjust. Choose from our fully compatible router table accessories on the previous page to create a modular system with the D exibility to suit your needs. C Using our insert plate lets you custom-build a table to any size. It should be large enough to handle common tasks while allowing easy access for adjustments, bit changes, and router removal for hand-held use. With the T-track adapter quick-change clamps (adjustable to t any router base), you can quickly and Veritas Router Table Fence For Veritas Router Table Insert Plate easily install a router. The best choice for routers heavier than 10 lb. A good router table fence should be straight, rigid and easily adjusted, lock A. Veritas Router Table Insert Plate perpendicular to the table, and allow good chip escape. This one, specically Our 12 circular router table insert plate is for those who want to build their designed for use with our insert plate (05J38.01) at left, has all these features own table or already have an available surface for convenient insertion. The and more. The nesting extrusions are the heart of the fence system. The top rail table can be of any size or shape or it can be the extension table of a saw, is a single 28 long piece to maintain rigidity. The lower rail is split for adjustallowing you to use your existing table saw surface and fence. able openings up to 8. The wooden sub-fences then let you match the bit size The insert plate is easy to install. Cut (or rout) a 12 diameter hole in a table, and shape for maximum support, reduced tear-out and optimized chip escape. install the four plate levellers on the underside of the table top, clamp your Alternatively, you can simply slide the sub-fences together for running router to the plate and set it in. It is a breeze to bring the plate ush to the table trim rails and moldings. The T-slot tracks on all faces, with the 1/4-20 surface using the magnet-tipped thumbscrews in the levellers. The powerful T-slot nuts, are ideal for a range of stops and guides. The 2 wide fence 3/4 magnets in the screw tips grip the plate securely to prevent rotation in use. base gives excellent stability and the 33/8 height gives an ample reference For removing the plate, you can buy the optional patented cam lifter or you face for vertical passes. can install the included brass pry-pad (in a shallow 11/4 dia. hole overlapping The fence has T-track adapters, making it fully compatible with customthe 12 hole) and use a screwdriver as a pry to break the magnetic bond. made tables that use our insert plate. It includes two wooden sub-fences, The router table insert plate includes the steel plate, two router clamps, four T-nuts, a screwdriver and hardware. If your table is not already equipped magnetic levellers, a pry-pad, two inserts (with 1/2 and 11/2 holes; see page with T-tracks, our T-slot aluminum extrusions are available separately in 172 for other sizes), a pin wrench, and an instruction manual. See right for more three lengths. information on the fence and lengths of T-slot aluminum extrusions available. $185.00 05J38.01 Router Table Insert Plate $195.00 C. 05J38.10 Fence w/T-Track Adapters 05J21.03 Extra Sub-Fences, pr. $ 10.95 B. 05J38.05 Cam Lifter Accessory $ 17.50 Two sets are available. One includes the insert plate (above) and table fence with T-track adapters (at right); the other adds our right-angle sled, a versatile, fully compatible accessory that simplies nger joints, dados, end routing and other work. See the previous page for full details on the sled. 05J38.20 Insert Plate & Fence Set (saving of $31.00) $349.00 05J38.25 Insert Plate/Fence/Sled Set (saving of $40.00) $479.00
1+ 3+ D. 12K79.22 1/4 T-Slot, 2

12K79.24 1/4 T-Slot, 3 12K79.28 1/4 T-Slot, 4 05J21.15 1/4-20 T-Slot Nuts (10)
Visit us at www.leevalley.com

$ 9.30 $ 7.90 $12.90 $11.00 $15.50 $13.25 $ 3.10

patterns that can trap chips or catch your work. Veritas Base Plate/Table Insert With the included hardware (positioning template, Most router table inserts are large so that the router trammel bar, alignment pin, 82 countersink bit, can clear the sides of the insert hole as the whole and centering disc), you drill the base plate to thing is lowered into the table. Our insert is much match your router base. This is easy; but if you smaller because it can be inserted from below the make an error, we will give you another base plate table, a process so revolutionary we have a patent free of charge. Instructions for making a matching on it. It is only 9 in diameter and 1/4 thick. table top are also included. In minutes you can With this system your router can be used free rout both the hole and the support ledge. hand or in a table with no change of base. The The 11/2 dia. center hole is counterbored to base is perfectly centered on the bit and, thereaccept our template guides. The table insert fore, on any guide bushing, making all of your reduces the size of the aperture to 3/4 when not routing more accurate. A router can be installed using a template guide (includes a ring nut). or removed from the router table in seconds, Patented. with no need to insert or remove a single screw. $42.50 Unlike others, our phenolic base plate is not E. 05J25.01 Veritas Base Plate $ 5.50 pre-drilled it doesnt have "Swiss cheese" F. 04J28.10 Table Insert, 3/4

174 Router Tables

A.

B. C. D.

Kreg Router Tables Built from premium materials in the USA, these are professional-grade tables, available in a full-size oor-stand version and in a compact bench-top model. Mounted on a heavygauge steel base, each has a 1 thick MDF top with a low-friction dimpled laminate surface for smooth workpiece travel. Fences and miter slots are rigid aluminum extrusions. Unlike so-called universal plates, with their multiple dust-trapping mounting holes, the 91/4113/43/8 phenolic insert plate supplied with each table is not pre-drilled; it includes a straightforward drilling template to custom-mount virtually any router model. Four levellers simplify setting the insert ush with the top. Each table has two laminate sub-fences, a top-mounted metric/Imperial scale, an adjustable bit guard, and a 21/4 vacuum port. The sub-fences split for optimal chip escape. For jointing or to eliminate sniping on full-thickness proles, both come with shim rods that can be inserted behind the sub-fences to offset them. Rugged and precise, these are well-made tables. Kreg Floor-Stand Table With a generously sized 2432 top, accurate fence, and robust stand, this is an excellent full-size table. For mounting jigs, it has a 3/4 wide miter groove, alongside a T-track that accepts 1/4 hardware. The insert plate has a 39/16 through bore and a 43/16 counterbore to accept large-diameter bits and insert rings. Two included rings have grub screws to quickly set them ush (one has a 2 opening; the other has a 13/16 through bore and 13/8 counterbore for compatibility with standard guide bushings). Akin to a table saw rip fence, the 36 long, 31/4 high extruded aluminum fence is a direct-reading T-square style with a positive quick-release lock, as well as a scale for reliable positioning relative to the cutter. The fence remains in parallel alignment with the miter groove for accurate cuts when using xtures that travel in the groove. The heavy-duty steel stand adjusts from 31 to 36 high and has levelling feet. Struts prevent the top from sagging under the weight of the router. Optional accessories include a micro-adjust that B threads into the fence for controlled adjustment (3/32 per turn), a ip-up fence stop to limit workpiece travel, and a set of four locking casters. 86N40.40 Kreg Floor-Stand Table $499.00 B C Optional Accessories 86N40.44 Fence Stop $ 24.90 C 86N40.01 Micro-Adjust $ 14.95 86N40.42 Heavy-Duty Casters, set of 4 $ 59.00
To order call 1-800-871-8158

Easy-to-read cursor

Vacuum port on back of fence Quick-release lock Fence-locking knob

Underside support struts prevent top from sagging.

Adjustable bit guard

T-square fence with quick-release lock and direct-reading scales

Stand adjusts from 31 to 36.

Router not included.

Optional casters lock to prevent wheel swivel and rotation.

D
Adjustable bit guard. Levellers set insert ush with table top.

E
E. Kreg Bench-Top Router Table

This compact router table has all the utility of a larger table but is easier to store and transport, making it ideal for smaller workshops or jobsite use. It stands 155/8 high, with a 1624 top. The miter slot permits use with jigs that use 3/4 runners. The insert plate has a 2 diameter opening and comes with a removable pivot post. Measuring 35/8 high by 24 long, the split fence has 1/4 T-tracks on the top and face, and conveniently located wing knobs for quick Back view of table Fence-locking knob adjustments to the fence and sub-fence. A Split fence locking knob highly portable yet sturdy table. 86N40.30 Bench-Top Table $229.00
When you make a template, it is a good idea to mark the date and project on it so it doesnt become a mystery item several years later.
Vacuum port

Router not included.

T-slot track has Imperial and metric scales.

Fence splits and offsets.

An accessory to the bench-top table, this is the same plate F included with the oor-stand table at right. The 91/4113/43/8 phenolic plate has a 39/16 through bore and a 43/16 counterbore to accept large-diameter bits and insert rings. It comes with two rings, one with a 2 opening, the other has a 13/16 through bore/13/8 counterbore for compatibility with standard guide bushings. Grub screws quickly set the rings level. The plate is not pre-drilled; it is supplied with an easy-to-use drilling template so you can custom mount virtually any router model. A tapped hole takes a removable pivot pin (included) for safe freehand work. Made in USA. 86N40.32 Kreg Precision Insert Plate $70.00 G. Kreg Router Lift This lift for xed-base routers offers quick, convenient, and precise control over bit positioning. Rather than having a crank or knob beneath the table, it has a ne-adjustment thumb wheel set into the table surface so it is readily accessible from above, yet work can pass over it without catching. Each full rotation moves the bit 1/16 for ne control, and the scale graduated in 0.002 increments allows reliable directreading. For coarse adjustment or when changing the bit, a G spring-loaded carriage release lets you quickly raise or lower the router. Includes a threaded pivot pin for freehand routing, plus three twist-lock throat inserts (one with a 1 through-drilled hole, one with a 25/8 through-drilled hole, and one with a 13/16 through bore/13/8

F. Kreg Precision Insert Plate

counterbore for compatibility with standard guide bushings). The lift is made in the USA using high-quality components throughout, including the insert plate, which is made from machined, anodized aircraft-grade aluminum. Available in three versions; please consult the price lines below to select the correct lift for your router. Fits Kreg tables, or any table that accepts an 113/491/43/8 thick insert plate. 86N40.55 Lift for Porter Cable 7518 $300.00 86N40.56 Lift for 31/2 dia. Routers* $300.00 86N40.57 Lift for Milwaukee 5625 $300.00 G * Suitable for Porter-Cable 690/890,
Bosch 1617/1618, Craftsman 17542/17540/28190, and DeWalt 618 xed-base routers.
Springloaded carriage release quickly raises or lowers router.

Adjustments in 0.002 increments can be made with the thumb wheel.

175

Router not included.

Router not included.

D. Design/Inlay Kit

B C
8-piece bushing set available separately.

Router Accessories

For adding decorative embellishments to a workpiece, this router template kit uses a system of patterned gears to create myriad designs with radial symmetry. The modular base comes with four templates patterned with 20 shapes. By layering different shapes and altering the interval rotation of the template, you have near-endless design possibilities. The templates and base are indexed to guide positioning and allow repeatability. The kit includes a 7 universal router base plate*, special 11.1mm, 17mm and 24mm guide bushings, plus 1/8 downcut spiral and 1/4 V-groove router bits. An included pencil guide lets you trace out a test design before routing. Perfect for producing small cut-outs, inlays, or artistic lacework, the patterns can also be linked for larger decorations. Instructions and several pattern guides are included for reference. Used with a plunge router. 46J83.50 Design/Inlay Kit $46.50
* Pre-drilled for Black & Decker RP400, Craftsman 26835, 27500, 17502 & 17574, DeWalt DW616 & DW610, Freud FT2000E, Makita 3606, Milwaukee 5615-29 & 5605-21, Porter-Cable 6902 & 7529, Ryobi RL180PL & R161 and Skil 1823. For models not listed, you can drill the base plate to match your router base.

TurnLock Router Bases & Template Guide Set Made from tough polycarbonate, these sets E. Inlay Sets simplify bushing exchange and improve router These can be used on your router to cut any inlay material so that it ts accuracy. The 7 base plate uses a special perfectly into the matching recess. Using a pattern and a 1/4 straight bit coupling system that lets you secure a series of (neither included), the recess is cut with the inlay bushing in place. The durable brass-tipped ABS bushings with a 1/6th turn bushing is then removed to cut the prole of the inlay again with the pattern. simple 1/6 turn. The base is drilled to t most installs Each contains a 7/16 template guide, a ring nut, and a 7/16 inlay bushing bushing. popular routers* and comes with mounting with a hex key. All guides are solid brass. The 13/4 set is for use with the hardware, a centering pin, and instructions. Veritas base plate/table insert or 13/4 counterbore insert (#05J20.15, page An 8-piece bushing set is available separately or is included with the 172); the 13/16 size is for a standard router base plate* with a 13/16 through regular base plate set. The eight bushings (5/16, 3/8, 1/2 and 51/64 regular bore and a 13/8 counterbore. bushings as well as 7/16 and 5/8 bushings in both regular and extended 04J28.05 13/4 Inlay Set $12.50 nose) come with an adapter for guides sized to a 13/16 through bore and a 04J28.07 13/16 Inlay Set $12.50 13/8 counterbore. The extended-nose guides are for use with a lettering 04J28.01 Inlay Bushing & Key $ 5.95 template. Versatile and quick-to-use systems. * All Porter-Cable and Black & Decker base plates as well as some from DeWalt, Available as a set with an offset base, the router base plate can be used free Elu, Hitachi, Makita and Skil. hand with the plate alone, or with the offset base attachment for stability when edging. The offset base includes a 5/8 O.D. ABS template guide. E A. 46J83.30 Reg. Base Plate & Guide Set $24.50 B. 46J83.31 8-pc. Bushing Set $12.50 C. 46J83.35 Offset Router Base & Plate $19.95
* Pre-drilled for Black & Decker RP400, Craftsman 26835, 27500, 17502 & 17574, Dewalt DW616 & DW610, Freud FT2000E, Makita 3606, Milwaukee 5615-29 & 5605-21, Porter-Cable 6902 & 7529, Ryobi RL180PL & R161, and Skil 1823. For models not listed, you can drill the base plate to match your router base. F. Router Letter Template Set
Router not included.

F
Jig rails rest at on workpiece.

With this template set, signs from 4 to 12 high and up to 36 long are easily made. It includes two sets each of 11/2 high and 21/2 high characters. Each set contains 10 numerals, 29 letters (including duplicates of A, E and I), plus common punctuation. Also included are two large and two small sets of numerals for vertically numbering mailbox posts, address signs, etc. The template frame holds up to 14 large or 24 small characters. The small and large character sets use the included brass-tipped 7/16 O.D. and 5/8 O.D. bushings respectively. Also contains a 7 universal TurnLock router base plate*, as well as 1/4 and 3/8 dia. (1/4 shank) corebox bits. Extra character sets are available separately. 46J83.11 Router Letter Template Set $59.50 46J83.02 Extra Letter Set, 11/2 $ 9.50 46J83.03 Extra Letter Set, 21/2 $ 9.50
* Pre-drilled for Black & Decker RP400, Bosch 1604 & 1618, Craftsman 17502, 17504, 17505, 17507, 17574 & 27500, DeWalt 610, 616 & 618, Freud FT2000E, Makita 3606, Milwaukee 5615-21, 5615-29, 5616 & 5619, Porter-Cable 690, 890, 7301, 7529 & 8529, Ryobi R161, Sears Pro 26835, and Skil 1810-01, 1815-04, 1820-04, 1823, 1825-04, 1840 & 1845-02. For models not listed, you can drill the base plate to match your router base.

176 Router Accessories

Router not included.

A. Router Pantograph

With this device and a router, you can accurately transfer letters, designs or line drawings from paper to wood. You simply follow the outline of the original with the integral stylus; the pantograph arms transmit this movement to a router base, guiding the bit to reproduce a scaled image reduced by 40%, 50% or 60%. It shines when making signs or adding decorative details and lettering to furniture, toys, etc., but it can also be used for rough shaping of threedimensional shapes (maximum original size of 11/41324). Letter and numeral sets for ve fonts (Modern, Script, Computer, Far East and Old English) are included, but you can use the outline of any image. The stylus has a maximum travel of 3216 through x and y axes. Suitable for any router with up to a 6 base (a plunge router is recommended). Best used with a lettering, signmaking or core box bit. Sturdily constructed from tubular steel and ABS plastic, it comes with complete instructions. 46J83.65 Router Pantograph $49.50 Includes letter and numeral sets for ve fonts. B. Small Parts Miter Jig Though sold as a miter jig, this tool excels at holding small parts for router-table use. The center jaw can be rapidly repositioned using a quick-release knob, with clamping force applied by turning the end clamp knob. Clamping capacity is 10, and the plastic jaw faces ensure no cutter damage results from accidental contact. Two sturdy handles keep your hands away from the action. The integral miter fence can be positioned from 0 to 45 from the axis of the holder, but is only coarsely graduated. Excellent value. 04K01.01 Small Parts Miter Jig $19.50

Leigh Router Joinery Systems

B
We carry a large assortment of Leigh products, including the D4R Pro and Super series dovetail jigs, the Pro and Super FMT, vacuum supports and other router accessories. To help you choose the Leigh system to suit your needs, we also offer a free Leigh DVD, which provides a comprehensive overview of the entire Leigh jigs line. For more information on these products, search for "Leigh" at

17N02.25 Leigh D4R Pro Dovetail Jig

www.leevalley.com
C. 13/16 & 13/4 Router Plate Inserts & Template Guides

17N11.02 Leigh Jigs DVD FREE

D. 13/16 Adapter Base Plate

We offer solid brass inserts and template guides in two sizes. 13/16 sizes t 13/16 through-bore base plates with a 13/8 counterbore*. 13/4 sizes t the Veritas base plate/table insert, our router table with our 13/4 counterbore insert, or any 11/2 through-bore base plate with a 13/4 counterbore. All mount with a threaded ring nut (only one ring nut needed per size for any number of inserts or guides). Inserts t into the through bore to support stock near the bit, reducing kickback and splintering. Sold singly or in sets of seven inserts and a ring nut. Inside diameter listed. Template guides follow a template, with the bit projecting through a hole in the guide. Guides sold singly or in sets of eight 13/16 guides or six 13/4 guides and a ring nut. Outside and inside diameters listed. Height listed is the minimum template thickness. Guide 04J26.05 ts most dovetail jigs and accepts a 1/2 dovetail bit. Letter templates use guides 46J91.10, 04J26.06 and 04J26.08.
* All Porter-Cable and Black & Decker base plates as well as some from DeWalt, Elu, Hitachi, Makita and Skil.

Most aftermarket template guides t base plates with a 13/16 through bore and a 13/8 counterbore. If your router doesnt meet this "standard", it can be hard to nd suitably sized template guides for pattern work. This retrot base plate ts 13/16 dia. guides and is drilled to t common router models*. Sturdy 3/8 acrylic, just over 61/2 in diameter. Mounting hardware and instructions included. (Router and template guides are not included.) 46J91.05 Adapter Base Plate $21.80
* Fits Porter-Cable 7529, 8529, 8902/8931, 894PK, 895PK, 690 Series, Ryobi RE180PL & R175, Makita 3612C, 3621 & RP110, DeWalt 615, 621, 625, 616, 618 & 6182, Black & Decker RP200, SS1000RP, Bosch 1450, 1613, 1615, 1617/1618, RA1166, Skil 1823, 1825, 1835, 1840, 1845-02, Freud FT2000, Rigid R2930 (Plunge), Hitachi M8V, TR12, M12V & KM12VC, Fein FT-1800, Elu 177, and Sears 315.175.040/.050/.060/.070, 315.275.000, 315.275.100/110, 1617-12, 17543, 17517 Digital, 17540, 28084 Professional, and 315.268.350 routers.
Base plate and template guides sold separately. INSERTS

Inserts
13/16 Inserts 46J91.11 Common Ring Nut $ 2.90 46J92.12 13/16 Insert, 1/4 I.D. $ 3.80 46J92.13 13/16 Insert, 3/8 I.D. $ 3.80 46J92.14 13/16 Insert, 1/2 I.D. $ 3.80 46J92.15 13/16 Insert, 5/8 I.D. $ 3.80 46J92.16 13/16 Insert, 3/4 I.D. $ 3.80 46J92.17 13/16 Insert, 7/8 I.D. $ 3.80 46J92.18 13/16 Insert, 1 I.D. $ 3.80 46J92.20 Set of 8 (all of the above) $26.50 13/4 Inserts 04J26.01 Common Ring Nut $ 2.90 04J27.01 13/4 Insert, 1/4 I.D. $ 3.80 04J27.02 13/4 Insert, 3/8 I.D. $ 3.80 04J27.03 13/4 Insert, 1/2 I.D. $ 3.80 04J27.04 13/4 Insert, 5/8 I.D. $ 3.80 04J27.05 13/4 Insert, 3/4 I.D. $ 3.80 04J27.06 13/4 Insert, 7/8 I.D. $ 3.80 04J27.07 13/4 Insert, 1 I.D. $ 3.80 04J27.15 Set of 8 (all of the above) $26.50
To order call 1-800-871-8158

Template Guides
13/16 T. Guides O.D. I.D. Height 46J91.11 Common Ring Nut 46J91.12 T. Guide 5/16 1/4 5/32 46J91.13 T. Guide 3/8 9/32 5/16 46J91.14 T. Guide 7/16 11/32 5/32 46J91.15 T. Guide 1/2 13/32 5/16 46J91.16 T. Guide 5/8 17/32 9/16 46J91.17 T. Guide 3/4 21/32 9/16 46J91.18 T. Guide 51/64 5/8 9/16 25/32 3/8 46J91.19 T. Guide 1 46J91.20 Set of 9 (all of the above) 46J91.10 T. Guide 7/16 11/32 1/2 13/4 T. Guides O.D. I.D. Height 04J26.01 Common Ring Nut 04J26.03 T. Guide 3/8 1/4 1/4 04J26.05 T. Guide 7/16 5/16 1/4 04J26.07 T. Guide 5/8 1/2 1/4 04J26.09 T. Guide 3/4 5/8 1/4 04J26.11 T. Guide 1 7/8 1/4 04J26.13 T. Guide 11/2 13/8 1/4 04J26.20 Set of 7 (all of the above) 04J26.06 T. Guide 7/16 5/16 1/2 04J26.08 T. Guide 5/8 1/2 1/2 $ 2.90 $ 4.80 $ 4.80 $ 4.80 $ 4.80 $ 4.80 $ 4.80 $ 4.80 $ 4.80 $34.50 $ 4.80 $ 2.90 $ 4.80 $ 4.80 $ 4.80 $ 4.80 $ 4.80 $ 4.80 $28.50 $ 4.80 $ 4.80

D C

TEMPLATE GUIDES

46J91.10

Router Accessories 177

Spacer bars

A
121/4 latch bolt or dead bolt plate

F
E. Router/Bench Pad

Snap gate in for 11/823/4 dead bolt, remove gate for 23/4 strike plate.

21/4 strike plate Sight markings to align template on door jamb

A high-friction pad is particularly useful to hold pieces for routing, scraping or sanding when clamps would get in the way. This 1/8 thick, 2436 pad grips almost anything while you work on it, without being spongy. Tough latex rubber, it is durable, easily cleaned with a shake, and is impervious to most glues. PVA-based glues or epoxies peel off when dry. This pad is as necessary as clamps are in a shop. 05J11.01 Router/Bench Pad $14.50 With a radial pattern of 105 precision pivot holes, this innovative jig is ideal for accurately routing cut-outs, radii and mortises. Originally designed for audio-speaker production, it is capable of cutting diameters from 1 to 71/2 in 1/16 increments and is calibrated for use with a 1/4 straight bit. Designed to t 25 different plunge router models*, the jig (constructed from 1/4 clear acrylic with silkscreened markings) comes complete with mounting hardware, instructions and pivot pin. An excellent product. (Router not included.) 46J91.03 Precision Circle Jig $26.50
* This circle jig fits: Black & Decker RP 200 & SS1000RP, Porter-Cable 894K, 895PK, 7529, 8529, 8902/8931 & 690 Series, Dewalt 615, 616, 618, 621, 625 & 6182, Sears 1617-12, 17543, 17517 Digital, 17540, 28084 Professional, 315.268.350, Ryobi R175 & RE180PL, Makita RP1101, 3612C & 3621, Bosch 1450, 1613, 1615, 1617, 1618 & RA1166, Freud FT2000, Rigid R2930 (Plunge), Skil 1825, 1823, 1835, 1840 & 1845-02, Hitachi M8V, TR12, M12V & KM12VC, Fein FT-1800 and Elu 177 routers.

F. Precision Circle Jig

11/821/4 latch bolt or dead bolt plate

Routing a door.

C. Original

Disassembles for storage.

A. Original Carey

Template Hinge Mortising System B This is a fast, accurate hinge mortising system. The set of For deep grooves, small-diameter bits and repeat ABS templates and cuts are the answer. Large bits more readily jam in aluminum rails a cut. 1/2 handles two- or three-hinge set-ups, 1/2 D. Screws for Router Base Plates adjusts for hinges If you have lost a router base plate screw, or need from 21/2 to 41/2, and cuts corner long ones for mounting your router to a shopradii of 1/4 or 5/8. It includes two made router table, this screw pack is for you. It end-template assemblies, one centercomes with four of each of the six common template assembly, and two coupling thread screws used for securing base plates bars with fasteners. Designed for (8-32, 10-24, 10-32, M4, M5 and M6), with each standard 68 doors, it can be adjusted size individually bagged and labelled. This not for taller or shorter doors. The only allows you to t one to your router, but also templates include spacer bars for leaves you with five other screw sizes with different hinge widths and sighting known threads for future use. All screws are 3/4 marks for 13/8 and 13/4 thick doors. long and can be shortened if necessary. Just set size and spacing, and fasten 05J29.05 Base Plate Screws, pkg. of 24 $4.95 it to the jamb and then to the door for routing. It can also be used to copy hinge spacing from an existing jamb to rout onto a new door. Can be used with any 1/2 straight cutter with a 5/8 guide bushing (we offer a 1/2 mortising bit with 1/4 shank and 5/8 bearing). Patented. D 15J75.01 Hinge Mortising System $69.00 B. 15J75.02 1/2 Mortising Bit $19.00
178 Router Accessories

1/4

Carey Strike & Gauge Latch Plate for Template 13/4 door A simple and indispensable tool for door installation, this ABS template is used to accurately align and rout recesses for common strike, latch and dead bolt plates. Convenient sighting marks center the template on 13/8 and 13/4 doors, but it can be used on doors of any thickness. For use with any 1/2 straight cutter with a 5 / 8 guide bushing. Patented. 15J76.01 Strike & Latch Plate Template $18.50 G.

Gauge for 13/8 door

Universal Circle Jig This jig cuts circles from 6 to 40 in diameter for custom routing applications. Nearly 24 long, the 1/4 thick polyethylene jig is pre-drilled with mounting holes for 26 plunge router models*. For quick reference and set-up, the surface is machined with an intersecting center and radius benchmark calibrated for a 7 disc and a 71/2 opening with a 1/4 straight bit. Instructions and pivot pin included. Made exclusively for Lee Valley. (Router not included.) 46J91.01 Universal Circle Jig $26.50
* This circle jig fits: Black & Decker RP 200 & SS100RP, Porter-Cable 895PK, 7529, 7539 & 690 Series, Dewalt 616, 618, 621 & 625, Sears 1617-12, Ryobi RE180PL, Makita 3612 & 3621, Bosch 1613, 1615 & 1617, Freud FT2000E, Skil 1825 & 1823, Hitachi M8V, TR12, M12V & KM12VC, Fein FT-1800 and Elu 177 routers.

A
Router bits not included.

J. Mortise Pal Jig

F, G, H
Mount holder with a screw.

C D

E G F

Router Bit Racks These racks have 10 plastic bit holders, and can be screwed to a vertical or horizontal surface. Locking tabs between holders serve as stops, K limiting movement and preventing bits of different diameters from striking each other. Racks are sized for 1/4 or 1/2 shank diameters, with an L overall rack length of 13 and 141/2 respectively. Mounting screws not included. 1+ 5+ Helix angle chip ejector A. 03K09.25 Rack for 1/4 shanks $7.50 $6.35 Shank Cutting B. 03K09.50 Rack for 1/2 shanks $7.50 $6.35 K. Lee Valley Floating Tenons diameter The innovation of the oating tenon has vastly diameter Brass Bit Holders simplified mortise and tenon joinery. It is a Cutting length These brass cup inserts hold 1/4, 8mm or 1/2 simple matter to rout the mortises, cut the tenon for your convenience. The double-ute spiral round shank bits. They mount in a 5/8 diameter stock to length and glue everything together. The design cuts cleanly and ensures rapid waste hole, and have grooved shanks to provide a good tenon has radiused edges to match the routed removal. The 3/8 and 5/16 shank diameter sizes mechanical glue lock for permanent installation. mortise, eliminating chisel work, and is uted to require bushing adapters (see page 166 ). The center bore is just over 5/8 deep. Storing bits prevent hydraulic lock. All sizes are 12 long Available in both HSS (high-speed steel) and in these holders, rather than in holes drilled in a and made of hard maple or birch (depending carbide; the HSS bits are discounted when ve block of wood, provides a barrier against wood upon supply). Now there is no excuse for not or more of one size are ordered. moisture migration, protecting shanks from doing a mortise and tenon joint. 1+ 10+ Cut Cut Shank Dia. Length Dia. 1+ 5+ corrosion. 1+ 5+ 50K42.01 1/4112 Tenon $2.00 $1.70 86J01.07 HSS 1/4 1 1/4 $ 9.50 $ 8.60 C. 16J03.41 1/4 Bit Holder, ea. $2.50 $2.25 50K42.03 5/1611/212 Tenon $2.70 $2.30 86J01.08 HSS 5/16 1 5/16 $14.20 $12.80 D. 16J03.45 8mm Bit Holder, ea. $2.50 $2.25 50K42.05 3/8212 Tenon $3.40 $2.90 86J01.31 HSS 3/8 1 3/8 $14.30 $12.90 E. 16J03.43 1/2 Bit Holder, ea. $2.70 $2.45 L. Onsrud Spiral Router Bits 86J02.04 Carb. 1/4 1 1/4 $24.50 Bit Holders If you require a corresponding router bit for our 86J02.09 Carb. 5/16 11/8 5/16 $41.40 These are the same holders included with each of oating tenons, we offer these spiral upcut bits 86J02.06 Carb. 3/8 11/4 3/8 $43.90 our Lee Valley router bits. Excellent for router bits, forstners, saw tooth bits, or any bit with a WoodRat Joinery Machine 1/4, 1/2, or 8mm round shank, they can be WoodRat Joinery 17N13.01 mounted horizontally, vertically, or anywhere in Machine & Accessories between. Molded from an advanced polymer, We also stock the WoodRat Joinery Machine, as well they have exible internal arms that hug the bit as the WoodRat Plunge Bar and WoodRat router bits. for a secure friction t. Sold in packs of six. For those who want a preview of this versatile joinery Requires at-head xing screws (not included); system, a 50-minute instructional video (DVD or VHS) sizes noted below (). Patent pending. Bring is available for a nominal charge. For more information order to the chaos in your shop. 1+ 5+ on these products, search for "WoodRat" at F. 16J03.61 1/4 Holders, pkg. 6 $3.00 $2.70 WoodRat DVD G. 16J03.65 8mm Holders, pkg. 6 $3.30 $3.00 17N13.20 $5.95 www.leevalley.com H. 16J03.62 1/2 Holders, pkg. 6 $4.00 $3.65 insert and tap. They include plans for a tap Bealls Wood Tapping & Threading Kits handle and a handle for turning a dowel. Two Cutting threads in wood with a router prevents the larger threading sizes in 11/4 and 11/2 dia. are cross-grain breakage that can occur with a thread for making bench vises, book presses, clamps, or box. The inserts in these kits are machined from candle stands. These kits include the base, insert Delrin for accuracy and longer wear. The maple and tap, and a plan to make an adjustable stool. base, with a steel router plate, can be clamped in a vise or mounted. The taps have a removable pilot M. 44J23.10 Master Set of 3 (1/2, 3/4, 1) $145.00 N. 44J20.03 Carbide Bit, 1/4 Shank $ 24.50 so they can be used as bottoming taps as well. 44J23.01 1/2 Threader Kit & Bit $ 76.00 The master kit includes the base, three sizes of 44J23.03 3/4 Threader Kit & Bit $ 81.00 inserts and matching taps for 1/28tpi, 3/46tpi 44J23.04 1 Threader Kit & Bit $ 85.00 and 16tpi threads, and a solid carbide 3-ute $ 71.00 60 bit (1/4 shank). The single-sized kits contain O. 44J23.05 11/4 Threader Kit* 44J23.06 11/2 Threader Kit* $ 76.00 the same components but with only one size of

J With this jig and a plunge router, you can cut mortises from 3/4 to 31/2 long and up to 1/2 wide, in stock from 3/4 to 3 thick. Secured on the workpiece by an integral clamp, the jig provides stable support for the router while a supplied brass bushing guides the cutter within a polycarbonate template. The jig comes with nine templates: six allow a range of bit J travel from 1/2 to 3 in 1/2 increments (add bit diameter to determine the completed mortise length); three others are sized to match Lee Valley oating tenon stock (1/41, 5/1611/2 and 3/82). Mortise width, to a maximum of 1/2, is determined by the diameter of spiral upcut router bit used (available separately). To position the jig, just mark the x and y axes of the mortise, align those marks with centering cursors on the body, then tighten the clamp screw. A built-in end stop ensures reliable repeat positioning. Precisely machined from aluminum with a hardened brass clamp screw and stainless-steel guide rods. Comes with a centering pin, hex key and instructions. Suitable for routers with a baseplate at least 53/4 in diameter, with a 13/8 counterbore and a 13/16 throughbore. Made in USA. 25K64.30 Mortise Pal Jig $195.00

Router not included.

Mark the x and y axes of the mortise, then align those marks with centering cursors on the jig.

* The carbide bit is not included in these larger-sized kits. Please order bit separately if required.
Insert

Router bit

Dowel

179

G B C D E F J

Saw guard removed for clarity.

POWER TOOL ACCESSORIES

Forrest Saw Blades D. Woodworker I Forrest saw blades are consistently ranked among Designed for splinter-free trim and crosscut the top-performing blades in the industry. Hardened work on a radial arm saw or table saw, to Rc40-42, the steel plates are laser cut, hand Woodworker I blades are suitable for stock up to trued and then tensioned to produce a runout accu2 thick. The teeth are set with 30 ATB (alterracy better than 0.001. The long-life C-4 carbide nate top bevel) and a 5 face hook. 1060-tooth teeth are nely ground and produce clean, nishconguration with a thin, 3/32 kerf. quality cuts with little side scoring or tear-out. All 15T41.35 Woodworker I, 1060 tooth $119.00 blades have 5/8 arbors (except the 1280-tooth Chopmaster Chopmaster, which has a 1 arbor) and have a Developed for smooth, clean maximum rpm of 7000 (though the maker recomcrosscuts on standard or sliding mends running the blades at between 3000 and miter saws, these have teeth set 5000 rpm for best results). A stiffener, though not with 30 ATBR (arranged in required, is recommended on thin-kerf (less than Combination clusters of four alternate top 1/8) blades for best performance. Made in USA. (ATBR) bevel teeth plus a raker) and a A. Stiffeners 5 negative face hook. The 81/2 and 10 blades A stiffener, though not required, is recommended have 5/8 arbors; the 12 has a 1 arbor. Blade kerf on thin-kerf blades. The 4 dia. version is for 8 is indicated in the price lines. blades; the 5 stiffener is for 10 blades. E. 15T41.50 81/260 tooth 3/32 Kerf $115.00 15T41.46 4 Blade Stiffener $24.00 F. 15T41.51 1080 tooth 7/64 Kerf $125.00 15T41.45 5 Blade Stiffener $26.50 G. 15T41.52 1280 tooth 1/8 Kerf $135.00
B. Duraline HI-A/T H. Forrest Finger-Joint Set

J. Veritas Tool-Setting Gauge

For crosscutting veneered plywood, particle board, laminates, composites and solid woods, the teeth on the Alternate top bevel Duraline HI-A/T blades are (ATB) set with steep 40 ATB and a 5 face hook for exceptionally clean cuts through both top and bottom surfaces. The 10 blades are available in 3/32 or 1/8 kerf versions. 15T41.55 1080 tooth 3/32 Kerf $149.00 15T41.56 1080 tooth 1/8 Kerf $149.00
C. Woodworker II

C&D Intended for generalpurpose use, the teeth on the Woodworker II combination blades are set with Alternate top 15 ATB and 20 face bevel (ATB) hook angles. Ideal for both rip and cross cutting, the 1030-tooth blade is for materials over 2 thick; the 1040-tooth blade for materials up to 2. Suitable for use in table or portable saws. Available in 3/32 or 1/8 kerf versions. Woodworker II, 1030 tooth 3/32 Kerf 15T41.26 $ 98.00

Unlike a dado set (which has bevelled teeth that leave indented corners), these specially designed blades have a at-top grind to produce square- K. Veritas Dado Shims Stacking a dado to t a groove perfectly requires cornered finger joints. A matched pair of shims, often made of tape, paper, brass sheet, or 824-tooth blades with a 5/8 bore, they can be other materials that require removing and set to cut either 1/4 or 3/8 sockets by switching replacing blades and chippers. These shims their positions on the arbor. The large number make all this unnecessary. They are sized accuof teeth and 10 1/4 Setting rately and slotted so you can use tweezers to slip hook angle Teeth offsets them onto an arbor between blades, without are in. combine to give a Teeth having to remove the dado set to restack it. They smooth cut. Also nestled in are color coded by thickness, so no measuring is gullets useful for cutting needed. The set of 14 includes four each of of blade. rabbets and 0.020, 0.010 and 0.002 sizes, as well as two grooves along the 0.005 shims. Made from accurately thicknessed 3/8 Setting grain. Excellent plastic, they withstand oil, grease and high Teeth quality, they have offsets torques, and will not swell or distort. Arbor size nely nished C4 are out. is 5/8. Excellent value. Patented. carbide teeth, and 05J13.01 Dado Shims, set of 14 $12.50 laser-cut handtensioned plates H for less than 0.001 of runout. Made in the USA. 15T41.70 Forrest Finger-Joint Set $119.00

Most of the tool-setting gauges on the market today suffer from at least one of two main weaknesses. One end or the other will rest totally on the insert plate, Setting a which is usually ripping guide fence on table or radial arm saws. not the same Setting a router height as the to correct main table, or depth. Setting a they are so thin ripping guide fence on a that it is difcult bandsaw. to ensure that teeth are being gauged at the top of the arc. This gauge is made from die-cast zinc-aluminum alloy and is 3/4 thick by 9 long. With 1/4 graduations on one end and 1/8 on the other, any height or width from 1/8 to 2 can be set in 1/8 increments. It is most useful on a table saw for setting blade height or rip fence placement, but it is also very handy for radial arm saws, bandsaws, and routers. It makes router depth setting very easy. The easy-to-read markings are vertical on one side and horizontal on the other so that they can be read from any position. Accurate to 0.005 or better. Patented. 05N01.01 Veritas Tool-Setting Gauge $39.50

Woodworker II, 1030 tooth 1/8 Kerf 15T41.31 $ 98.00 Woodworker II, 1040 tooth 3/32 Kerf 15T41.25 $112.00 Woodworker II, 1040 tooth 1/8 Kerf 15T41.30 $112.00
180 Power Tools

H K

Carbide-Tipped Dado Sets These top-of-the-line carbide dado sets have two side-cutting blades with a combination tooth pattern of five cutting teeth (high points are bevelled to the outside for a clean cut) followed by a straight raker tooth. The four inner chipper blades combine with the side cutters to cut dadoes from 1/4 to 13/16 wide. The 846-tooth set is for melamine-surfaced wood or for any use where chipping is a problem. The chip-limitation tooth construction prevents kickback and overtaxing of the motor, and has smaller chip removal. All sets have a 5/8 arbor and include dado shims and a storage case. To determine the maximum cutting height of each set, simply install a 10 blade in your saw, measure its maximum height, and subtract 1 for an 8 set and 2 for a 6 set. A. 15W02.02 Melamine Dado, 846 $258.00 B. 15W01.04 Chip-Limit. Dado, 824 $225.50 15W01.03 Chip-Limit. Dado, 618 $194.00
C. Forrest Dado-King

A B

Bottom view of insert plate Levelling screws

Saw guard removed for clarity.

Supplied with six 4-tooth Interchangeable insert chippers, two 24-tooth outer E blades and six magnetic Ball detents shims, this stacking dado Point reaches ahead to cuts at-bottom grooves pre-sever edge bers in crosscut while at tooth from 1/4 through 29/32 cleans out waste. E. Tru-Cut Zero-Clearance Throat Plates wide. The teeth are set with These professional-quality zero-clearance throat a 5 negative hook to eliminate splintering or plates help prevent splintering and cut-off kicktear-out on even difficult materials such as back. Machined from rigid 7/16 thick aluminum, melamine, laminates and plywood. Suitable for they have end-slots that let you leave the guard/ rip, cross and miter cuts. splitter in place. Interchangeable phenolic inserts 15T41.40 Dado-King, 824 tooth $289.00 are used to make a zero-clearance plate for any blade type (standard or thin-kerf crosscut, D. Grip-Tite Magnetic Featherboard combination, etc.) set at any height, or to use A featherboard and hold-down in one, the Gripwith dado sets up to 13/16. Starter recesses in the Tite has a powerful magnetic base for secure inserts help cut the blade opening. Levelling positioning anywhere on a machine surface. The screws set the plate and insert ush with the durable Lexan ns hold stock down and against table; ball detents secure the plate in position. the fence, allowing one Grip-Tite to be used in Each comes with a phenolic insert; extra inserts place of two conventional featherboards. An sold separately. Delta models fit Contractor, integral cam-release permits quick removal or Unisaw, tilting arbor saw and other saws with a repositioning. Usable left or right of the saw blade, it accommodates stock up to about 11/2 thick. Made in USA. F. Zero-Clearance Throat Inserts 03J75.70 Grip-Tite Featherboard $39.95 Throat inserts reduce chipping and splintering, prevent cut-off kickback, and support stock on Table saw use. both sides of the blade when ripping or crosscutSaw guard removed for ting. A second plate does the same for dado cuts. clarity. These zero-clearance, 1/2 thick plates are made from rigid, low-friction melamine-coated D phenolic laminate. They have four built-in levelling screws, an end pin to keep the rear of the plate from lifting, and adjustment screws to cut vibration and hold the plate in position. Sold as a solid piece with a starter recess for cutting the slot opening with a table saw for an exact t. Instructions included. They immediately improve the quality and safety of table-saw cuts. Delta model ts Delta Unisaw or Contractor, or other table saws with a 33/4133/8 opening,
End pin Register point

33/4133/8 opening, and have right- or leftbevelled slots for the splitter. The Craftsman/ Ridgid plate ts only 10 belt-drive saws with a 33/414 opening. The left-tilt General 650 plate is 31/21313/16. At 39/16121/2, the Jet 10 right-tilt Xacta plate ts General International contractors saws. The Powermatic 66 plate is 315/16147/16. Well-made accessories that improve the safety and quality of table-saw cuts. 46J85.10 Plate for Delta Unisaw R-Tilt $84.50 46J85.11 Plate for Delta Unisaw L-Tilt $84.50 46J85.12 Plate for Craftsman/Ridgid $84.50 46J85.13 Plate for General 650 $84.50 46J85.14 Plate for Jet 10 R-Tilt Xacta $84.50 46J85.15 Plate for Powermatic 66 $84.50 46J85.20 Repl. Inserts, pkg. of 2 $19.80 including the left-tilt Delta Unisaw. Craftsman/ Ridgid insert ts Crafstman and older Ridgid saws with a 33/414 opening. Jet/Powermatic 64A model also ts General International table saws with a 3 9/ 1612 1/ 2 opening. Ridgid insert fits the newer TS3560 and TS3660 models with a 1/2deep33/414 throat. All have a nger through-hole for easy removal. Colors vary. 46J85.01 Delta (33/4133/8) $23.50 46J85.02 Powermatic #66 (4141/2) $23.50 46J85.03 General #350/#650 $23.50 (31/2133/4) 46J85.04 Craftsman/Ridgid (33/414) $23.50 46J85.05 Jet/Pmatic 64A (39/16121/2) $23.50 46J85.06 Ridgid 3650/3660 $23.50 (1/233/414)

D
Router table use. Guard removed for clarity.

Levelling screws Side adj. screw Starter recess Levelling screws

Saw guard removed for clarity.

Register point End adj. screw

Power Tools 181

J E E E J K K E J D C G
20mm Mag-Jig 30mm Mag-Jig

H K

C F E G H J

18 Aluminum Fence & T-Tracks

Universal base Reversible & adapters Featherboard

D
Starter Kit Hold-Down Attachment Resaw Guide Dual-Roller Guide Thin-Stock Ripping Guide

Magswitch Work-Holding System With this modular system, you can create guides, hold-downs and safety accessories that mount independent of the miter slot. Central to the system is an 81/24 universal base that requires two switchable Mag-Jig rare-earth magnets (see page 157 for description). Base and components are molded from tough ABS. The starter kit includes a base, two 30mm Mag-Jig clamps (each exerts 155 lb of direct-pull holding force), and an 81/2 featherboard, reversible for use on either side of a tablesaw blade. The following interchangeable components connect easily to the base with supplied hardware. The hold-down attachment combines with the featherboard for use as a hold-down with 11/2 of lateral adjustment to secure work up to 21/2 thick, or as a tandem featherboard (includes four risers) for thick stock. The 81/2 long, 4 high resaw guide has four roller bearings to control work on a bandsaw. Its cambered surface helps compensate for blade drift. The dual-roller guide is 81/2 long by 4 high and has eight roller bearings to guide long or tall stock for panel raising. The thin-stock ripping guide helps prevent buckling when cutting thin stock parallel to the grain. One face is stepped to t 1/8, 1/4, and 3/8 material; the sloped face holds work

A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K.

up to 3/4 thick. An adjustable roller bearing acts as a positive stop to the left of the blade for ripping multiples of the same thickness. Made from anodized aluminum, the 18 long, 4 high, 1 thick fence has nine T-tracks (four 1/4-20 tracks on one face and one on the top, and four 5/16-18 tracks on the opposite face). Six 5/16 through holes and four 3/16 through holes let you mount shopmade xtures. All components, including Mag-Jig clamps, are available individually; when purchased separately, the base includes adapters for two 20mm Mag-Jig clamps (95 lb holding force). A versatile, reliable system. 03J76.01 Universal Base with 20mm Adapters $19.00 03J75.95 20mm Mag-Jig, ea. $24.50 03J75.96 30mm Mag-Jig, ea. $34.50 03J76.02 Reversible Featherboard $15.00 03J76.00 Starter Kit (Base, two 30mm Mag-Jigs & Featherboard) $74.50 03J75.91 Hold-Down Attachment w/4 Risers $17.00 03J76.03 Resaw Guide $23.00 03J76.04 Dual-Roller Guide $25.00 03J76.05 Thin-Stock Ripping Guide $20.00 03J76.18 18 Aluminum Fence & T-Tracks $29.50 MagSwitch Magnetic Featherboards MagSwitch featherboards use two patented magnetic clamps to mount onto any ferrous equipment table. This allows you to use them on machines without a miter slot, or with stock wider than a slot-mounted featherboard would allow. Switched on, the powerful rare-earth magnets align, instantly attaching to the machine top. Switched off, the magnets counteract each other for easy removal or repositioning. A combined featherboard and hold-down, the 7 universal featherboard has opposing rows of exible ngers that allow use on either side of a tablesaw blade. Its magnetic clamps (with a combined breakaway strength of about 190 lb) can also be mounted vertically to any ferrous fence to serve as a hold-down. About 8 square, the singlesided featherboard is for use only to the left of the saw blade. The combined breakaway strength of its two clamps is 210 lb. An optional hold-down attachment (compatible with the single-sided featherboard only) secures work up to 21/2 thick. It has up to 11/2 of lateral adjustment, and comes with four risers that let you make a tandem featherboard for use with thicker stock or materials fed along their end or edge (e.g., with vertical panel raising or rabbeting). All are molded from durable ABS. Color may be black or yellow, depending on supply. L. 03J75.93 Universal Featherboard $44.50 N M. 03J75.90 Single-Sided Featherboard $59.50 N. 03J75.91 Hold-Down Attachment w/4 Risers $17.00 Riser 03J75.92 Featherboard w/Hold-Down $71.50
blocks for vertical applications.

L
Featherboard positioned on righthand side of fence for bevelled ripping cut.

Rotate knob to activate or deactivate magnet.

Featherboard positioned for ripping with blade at 90.

N M

L
182 Power Tools

Rotate knob to activate or deactivate magnet.

A A

B B

B Kreg Featherboards Simple to set up and adjust, these featherboards are reversible for installation on either side of the cutter and can be oriented for use as a hold-down. They have 51/4 of lateral adjustment relative to the cutter and lock in position using two 11/2 wing knobs. The single featherboard includes 3/4 table bars for use with most miter slots, plus bolts to t a 1/4 T-track. The double featherboard system comes with two stand-alone featherboards (each with 3/4 table bars and 1/4 T-bolts), as well as spacers and hardware to stack them for thick workpieces or those that must be supported on edge. Made in USA of rugged plastic composite, each featherboard measures about 61/2 long, 71/4 wide, and 5/8 thick. A. 86N40.60 Kreg Featherboard, Single $19.95 B. 86N40.62 Kreg Featherboard, Double $36.90
Pro splitter, regular Pro splitter, thin kerf

Versatile Featherboards Though essential for C safe ripping on table saws, featherboards can be a bother to set up and adjust. These featherboards are quick to position and secure. Adjustment is controlled with two large T-knobs, one for xing position relative to the blade, and the other for adjusting tension against the work. The 3/4 thick main frame has 51/2 of lateral travel and is suitable for use left or right of the blade. The single featherboard comes with 5/8 and 3/4 table bars to t most table slots, as well as bolts to t 1/4 wide T-slot track fence systems. The dual featherboard system includes a pair of independent featherboards (each with 5/8 and 3/4 table bars and bolts for 1/4 T-slot track), plus a 11/2 thick spacer with hardware that allows the featherboards to be stacked for tandem use with thicker stock or materials fed along their end or edge (such as with vertical panel raising or rabbeting). Instructions included. C. 46J83.40 Single Featherboard $14.95 D. 46J83.42 Dual Featherboard System $29.50
Splitters and kerf keeper with zero-clearance inserts

Table saw Offset splitters Fence

Sheet material Saw guard removed for clarity. Solid wood

Exaggerated for clarity.

Installation jig

Splitters Kerf keepers

Installation jig

Splitters Kerf keepers

Sheet Material

Workpiece

Saw blade

MicroJig Pro Steel Splitter This heavy-duty system is suitable for both solid wood and sheet material. Like the original MicroJig splitter, it mounts in a zero-clearance insert (not included) and reduces the risk of kickback by preventing work from closing on or rotating into the blade. Unlike the original, the polycarbonate splitters have a stainless-steel core and are used in tandem for sheetstock or with a kerf keeper in solid wood. Four different faces on the reversible splitters present different degrees of lateral offset from the blade centerline. For sheet goods, the splitters are offset in opposite directions one acts as a miniature featherboard to keep work Splitter with registered against the fence, the other ensures the offcut clears the blade. stainless-steel In solid wood, use a single splitter to hold stock to the fence, plus a core keeper that wedges the kerf open if released tension causes it to close. Available in regular kerf (0.118 to 0.145) and thin-kerf (0.090 to Transparent 0.118) versions, the kits include four steel-cored splitters, four kerf keepers, polycarbonate an installation jig, a drill bit, and detailed instructions. Made in USA. E. 03J80.25 MicroJig Pro Splitter, Regular $29.50 Kerf F. 03J80.26 MicroJig Pro Splitter, Thin Kerf $29.50 Keeper MicroJig Splitter This low-prole splitter system reduces kickback risk by preventing work from closing on or rotating into the blade. It also serves as a mini-featherboard behind the blade. Two reversible splitters offer four faces; each presents a different degree of lateral offset from the blade center line, helping hold stock against the fence. The splitters install easily on a zeroclearance insert (not supplied), removing quickly for non-through cuts (dadoes, rabbets, etc.). Available in regular-kerf (0.118 to 0.145) and thin-kerf (0.090 to 0.118) versions, the kits include two splitters, an installation jig, a drill bit, four #8 wood screws, and instructions. A simple, effective table-saw accessory. G. 03J80.20 MicroJig Splitter, Regular $16.95 H. 03J80.21 MicroJig Splitter, Thin kerf $23.50

Table saw Exaggerated for clarity. Keeper Fence wedges kerf open Splitter Saw guard removed for clarity. Workpiece Saw blade

If kerf keeper moves out of position (exaggerated here for clarity), saw must be turned off for safety.

Solid Wood

Saw guard removed for clarity.

G
Inserting splitter into zero-clearance insert.

Installation jig

Splitters

Kerf (exaggerated for clarity) Fence Table saw Splitter Workpiece Workpiece Saw blade

C F

Table-saw application

Saw guard removed for clarity.

H
H. Blade-Changing Tool

A. Dual-Tread Push Stick

This push stick offers an advance over traditional designs. Developed to provide single-hand workpiece leverage and control, it has highfriction polymer elastic traction treads that not only grip well, but also help reduce stock kickback and lift. Includes two interchangeable 101/2 long treads (chevron-patterned at and V-groove). The at tread is appropriate for most standard table-saw and jointer applications. The V-groove tread is used primarily for router and shaper tables where the tread straddles the corner of a workpiece to force it tight against the fence. A spring-loaded retractable push pin provides additional support for large or heavy stock. The body is made from molded polyethylene plastic. This 13 long push stick is an excellent method of increasing workpiece control without compromising safety. Replacement treads are available. For an accurate cut with a table saw or radial arm 03J75.50 Dual-Tread Push Stick $23.80 saw, use a low feed rate. The faster you push B. 03J75.51 Repl. Flat Tread $ 5.95 material through the saw (or the saw through the C. 03J75.52 Repl. V-Groove Tread $ 5.95 material), the greater the blade deection. D. 03J75.53 Push Pins, pkg. of 5 $ 6.95 E Safety Set There is no excuse for not using push sticks and push blocks at these prices. These are well designed, inexpensive, and easy to use. All have comfortable handles and are compact to give you good material control, yet keep your ngers clear of blades. The push blocks have high-friction bases and are 36. E. 03J75.02 Push Stick, ea. $ 5.00 F. 03J75.01 Pr. Push Blocks $10.80 03J75.10 Safety Set (1 Stick+2 Blocks) $14.60
G. Featherboard

This accessory prevents mishaps that cause bent blades, chipped teeth, scratched blade coatings and cut ngers. Usable with 71/4, 8 and 10 blades, the plastic guard simply slips over a partially raised blade on a table saw until fully seated. Cross-blocks (or stops) within the guard secure the blade while the arbor nut is being removed or tightened (note: overtightening the arbor nut will cause the blade to slip this is a safety feature). An excellent method for quickly and safely changing saw blades. 46J83.45 Blade-Changing Tool $11.95

J
J. Saw-Jaw Blade-Removal Tool

Saw guard removed for clarity.

This adjustable hardwood, steel and aluminum featherboard locks into a standard 3/4 table saw slot (for non-standard table saws, replace the aluminum clamp bar with a hardwood one of the right width). It is equally useful in any router table that you can rout a 3/4 slot into. It has 43/4 of lateral adjustment. 03K04.02 Featherboard $11.50
Visit us at www.leevalley.com

To help prevent blade damage, cuts and frustration when changing a table-saw blade, the Saw-Jaw is a blade-removal tool and storage system in one. It ts 1/8 and thin-kerf 10 blades with any tooth pattern. Just slip it over the teeth and bring the handles together to lock the blade before Adjusts to hold loosening the arbor nut. The four10 blades that have been position locking mechanism sharpened. adjusts to t blades with diameters reduced by sharpening. The durable high-density polypropylene body securely houses the blade. 03J75.75 Saw-Jaw $15.90

K. GRR-Ripper System

Small offset use Router use

L Both a blade guard and a push block for ripping, this jig carries both the main stock and the offcut past the blade, reducing the risk of kickback, Main stock use burning or stock-thinning. Two xed 1 1 side legs ( /4 and /2 wide) and an adjustable 11/8 wide center leg straddle the blade in various congurations. The legs have high-friction pads for good stock control. Two levelling guides and a stabilizing plate keep the body from tipping on narrow work. The system accepts shop-built fences and spacers for custom applications. Using two grippers is recommended on long stock. A 2-hour instructional DVD (available separately) shows how to use it with table saws, routers, jointers and bandsaws. A good solution to a major shop problem. 03J80.10 GRR-Ripper System $69.50 L. 03J80.11 Instructional DVD $ 9.50

184

B
1
Set panel on lifter.

B. Lee Valley Outfeed Roller Stand

Independently swivelling casters

Table acts as a fulcrum as you lift.

Lifter releases.

A. Table-Saw Panel Lifter

Manipulating sheet stock onto a table saw is safest when you have a second pair of hands available. In their absence, this panel lifter provides an assist. Essentially a sturdy lever that clamps to the table edge or fence rail, it has a J-shaped hook at the end that captures the panel, keeping it stable and preventing it from tipping or twisting as you lift. As you tip the panel onto * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our the table, the table edge acts as a fulcrum, regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental employing leverage to reduce effort, prevent USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates. strain, and improve control. Tension on the lifters guide-arm is adjustable to ensure a controlled swing once the panel is Protective bumper C. Roller Balls Rollers Called transfer balls in released. An adhesive-backed manufacturing, these UHMW bumper adheres to Workpiece 1 dia. polished steel the table edge to prevent balls ride on a bed of marring of the workpiece. Saw table 1/8 ball bearings in a Made in the USA from 1/8 steel housing and make ideal roller stands for material. thick epoxy-coated steel, the Unlike cylindrical rollers, they do not have to be aligned lifter measures 28 and works with any part of the machine; they have no bias and allow with sheet stock up to 11/4 Alternative mounting far better control of the work. A staggered conguration thick. To improve safety and is best for handling wide or narrow stock. Load rating is control on the table saw, this reliable workshop 77 lb per ball. Fixing screws included. 1+ 6+ helper is well worth the investment. 99K52.20 Roller Ball, ea. $4.40 $3.75 03K18.15 Table-Saw Panel Lifter $47.50

This roller stand avoids all the weaknesses of other stands. The 1 Ramp large, stable 2922 steel base /8 can be raised to support has a leveller foot to eliminate narrow workpieces rocking on uneven oors. At the that would otherwise fall top end, a 141/2 row of swivelbetween the casters. ling casters overcomes any feed 1/8 bias and the durable, nonStock rides up infeed marring tires prevent workpiece ramp onto damage. A stainless-steel ramp the casters. (in front of the rollers) guides Eight individual casters sagging workpieces up onto the automatically align in the direction of travel. rollers and provides complete support for the narrowest of workpieces or offcuts. Where this stand really shines is in the ne-adjustment mechanisms to ensure the roller head is parallel to and at the same height as your machine table surface. There is the usual gross height adjustment in the telescoping body (from 28 to 43), complemented by a mechanism for ne height adjustment through a further 11/2 range. In addition, a ne tilt-adjustment knob gives you the ability to tilt the roller head up to 4 from horizontal in each direction to bring it into exactly the same plane as your machine table, regardless of your oor condition. In all, the stand acts as a seamless extension of your table without causing any bias in feed direction, height or tilt. It can handle heavy loads of up to 250 lb. It folds into a compact 42332 package and weighs 18 lb. A true frustration eliminator. Designed in Canada. Patented. 50U01.01 *Outfeed Roller Stand $65.00

Ramp adjustment screw

Fine tilt adjustment knob gives 4 of angle adjustment to the roller head.

Roller head ne height adjustment Stand height adjustment

Stainless-steel guide ramp

Folds for compact storage.

Leveller foot

Saw guard removed for clarity.

C
A staggered conguration is best for handling both wide and narrow stock.

D. HTC2000 Mobile Machine Base

A boon for smaller workshops, the HTC2000 base lets you keep otherwise stationary equipment out of the way until needed, freeing space for large projects or other tools. This heavy-duty base can carry up to 500 lb (226kg). Assembled much like a Meccano set, it adjusts from 12 to 52 in 1 increments, forming a maximum 3636 square or 2052 rectangle. Made from 0.08 thick steel with a powder-coat nish, it weighs 151/2 lb. It has two 3 swivelling casters and two 3 xed wheels. Leveller feet stabilize the base when wheels are raised. To move the base, easy-to-operate glass-filled nylon cam locks on the swivelling casters lower the wheels. 03J25.05 Mobile Machine Base $69.50
To order call 1-800-871-8158

Expands to a maximum of 3636 or 2052.

D D
Pressing down on lever engages the wheels.

Power Tools 185

Router with traveller

H A D E C K Veritas Power A Tool Guide Our 100 collapsible power tool guide is easy to transport and store. It can be used for ripping up to 100 or broken down to crosscut up to 52. Able to handle the largest common sheets of particleboard, MDF or other composites, its two 1 capacity clamps can be set anywhere along its length. For thicker material, 2 clamps are sold separately. The complete guide allows full panel-cutting exibility; the 52 guide (with clamps) is ideal for half panels or crosscuts. A 48 extension is available separately should you want to upgrade later. A 12 long traveller (which hooks within the guide rails) and position stops are sold separately. The traveller holds a 1/4 or thicker shop-made base plate to which you attach any power tool. With the traveller in place and the position stops locked, your tool effortlessly follows the intended line, and stops at the right point with greater safety. 05J50.01 100 Power Tool Guide $145.00 05J50.03 52 Tool Guide $ 87.00 05J50.04 48 Tool Guide Extension $ 72.50 05J50.09 2 Capacity Clamps, pr. $ 42.50 05J50.02 12 Traveller $ 15.95 05J50.10 Saw Guide Stop, ea. $ 11.90
27 to 48
Integral scale T-track to mount sub-fence Reversible stop block Circular saw with traveller

Wide jaws

J
F.

A. B. C. D. E.

Plate interlocks and slides in guide channel.

Wide jaws are pre-drilled for a wooden fence.

G. H. J. K.

Low-Prole Tool Guides & Accessories Rigid, secure and quick to set up, this guide improves the accuracy of portable circular saw and router cuts. Its low prole lets the power tool pass by unimpeded. It can also be used for assembly clamping and as a fence for a drill press or bandsaw. The 9/16 thick anodized aluminum extrusion has a full-length tensioning rod built in. You place the guide on your work, slide the tailpiece into position, and then ip the cam to lock it in place. The cam has two pressure positions and the tailpiece has a quick release. The durable glass-lled nylon jaws are 1/2 high by 111/16 wide. Available in three lengths. The durable ABS saw and router plate accessories hook into a channel along the top of the guide to ensure a parallel cut, improving accuracy and safety. The saw plate fits most 7 1/ 4 hand-held circular saws (some may require drilling mounting holes) and the router plate has a hole pattern that accepts many common models (Porter-Cable, DeWalt, Makita, Ryobi, etc.). The optional stop block is used to limit the travel of the accessory plates for non-through cuts, such as dadoes, sliding dovetails and rabbets. An easy retrot to the clamp jaws, the wide jaws are pre-drilled for a wooden fence that locates the saw blade or router bit relative to the guide to eliminate guesswork during set-up. An excellent system. 17F03.51 24 Clamp/Guide $32.50 17F03.52 36 Clamp/Guide $36.50 17F03.53 50 Clamp/Guide $40.50 17F03.60 Saw Plate $28.50 17F03.61 Router Plate $28.50 17F03.63 Stop Block $15.50 17F03.42 Wide Jaws $18.50
Visit us at www.leevalley.com

18 to 3 1

N L M

L
Shop-made fence (not included) attached for stock support.

M
A vernier scale provides precise adjustment to 1/10.

N
Indexes in 0.5 increments over 180 range.

L, M & N
Adjustable expansion disc

L&M
Microadjustable stop

L&M

186

Dual ip arms that are used together or independently for different set-ups.

Incra Miter Gauges Accurate, easy to use, and sturdily built, Incra miter gauges are excellent upgrades for any table saw. The protractor head has a patented indexing system for quick, positive adjustment. Adjustable expansion discs in the 3/83/4 table bars provide low-friction travel and prevent lateral play within the miter slot. All models include a hex driver or key for adjustments; 1000SE and 3000SE models come with sub-fence mounting hardware. Made in USA from plated heavy-gauge steel and aluminum, they simplify making precise, repeatable cross-grain cuts. All models are accurate within 1/50 of a degree. L. Incra V120 Miter Gauge Equally useful on a bandsaw, disc sander, router table or table saw, this is an economical but accurate miter gauge. The protractor head rotates 60 left or right, and has stops at 1 intervals and at 221/2. Slotted screw holes allow you to attach a shop-made fence for stock support or work with a stop-block. 86N60.12 Incra V120 Miter Gauge $74.50
See page 160 for two sizes of miter sliders.

M. Incra Miter 1000SE Gauge

This is a great improvement over the small, imprecise gauges that come with many table saws. The protractor head indexes every 5, with additional stops at 221/2 and 671/2. A vernier scale provides precise adjustment to 6 minutes (1/10) in a 180 range. The 181/4 extruded aluminum fence extends to 31 and has a direct-reading integral scale and a T-track to mount a sub-fence. A microadjust stop allows repeatable cuts. Its dual ip arms, used together or independently for different set-ups, interlock with the fence to prevent lifting by a mitered workpiece. Reversible for use either side of the blade, this is an accurate, versatile accessory. 86N60.01 Incra Miter 1000SE Gauge $139.00 N. Incra Miter 3000SE Gauge Made to the same quality as the 1000SE, this is Incras largest-capacity gauge, with a longer 27 fence (extends to 481/2). While the 1000SE has stops every 5, this gauge indexes in 0.5 increments over a 180 range. Like the 1000SE, it accepts a user-made sub-fence, and has a direct-reading scale and a dual-arm micro-adjust ip stop. Usable right or left of the saw blade, this gauge is ideal for large table saws or those with a table extension. 86N60.03 Incra Miter 3000SE Gauge $245.00

Kreg Precision Track & Stop System A With this kit, suitable for miter saws, radial B arm saws or drill presses, you can easily construct a fence that eliminates the need to measure and mark your stock. The The optional specially designed aluminum T-track miter attachment 3 locks a 45-mitered surface mounts on /4 material and is workpiece into position. channelled to accept a self-adhesive Miter saw measuring tape. Magnifying cursors on the stops allow rapid not included. positioning and are adjustable for calibration. The xed stop A has dual cursors for use on the right- or left-hand side of the machine, while the ip-up stop lifts out of the way when squaring an end or using both stops in the same set-up. System includes 8 of T-track (four 2 pieces for customizing fence length), one fixed stop, one flip-up stop, and two 12-long self-adhesive Imperial tapes (one L-R reading, the other R-L). Available as an accessory, the miter attachment fastens to either stop and locks a 45-mitered workpiece into position, preventing damage to its fragile tip. A. 86N40.20 Kreg Track & Stop System $129.00 B. 86N40.11 Miter Attachment $ 19.95 D. ChopShot Saw Guide ChopShot is a guide for circular saws that lets you make accurate 90 crosscuts with dazzling speed. You just screw it squarely The same general principles apply to cutting with a portable to a sacricial wood fence (photo #1), 18 to 20 long with circular saw as with a table saw, e.g., always try to have at least three teeth engaged with the work. Most people run portable saws at least one straight edge. The fence gets docked to the too deep and cause a lot of unnecessary top surface splintering. correct length with the rst cut (photo #2). From then on you never have to account for the saw base/blade offset. Just mark wood to length, put the tip of the fence at C. Taper Jig Saw and wood not included. that mark, and the ChopShot guide will Adjustable from 0 to 15 of taper (3 per foot), this steel taper automatically be at the correct offset jig can be used on table saws or radial arm saws. Can be set up to match your saw base (photo #3). for use left or right of a fence. Ideal for tapering legs, staves, The design ensures good reference etc. 23 long. to the board edge while lying 46J61.01 Taper Jig $27.00 stable on the workpiece. Made 1 of clear-anodized aluminum, it measures 148 and has an accurately milled edge that 2 is 3/16 thick. It is compatD ible with all saws, left or right cut; it even works with saws that have stamped base plates with rolled edges. Intuitive to use, it is like having C a chop saw at your work site. Screws and complete instructions included. 3 09A01.01 ChopShot Saw Guide $15.95 Saw guard removed for clarity.

E. Drill-Press Table & Fence

Using this auxiliary table and fence greatly expands the capabilities of your drill press, improving accuracy, speeding production work, and increasing safety. Mounted to the machine table with the included hardware, the 12233/41 laminate-covered MDF table provides a smooth, stable work surface, with T-slot tracks for securing the fence and work clamps. The 2 1/ 23 table opening has an insert that supports through drilling and removes for use with a sanding drum, letting the bottom of the drum lie below the table surface for full workpiece contact. The 26 long aluminum split fence opens to reveal a 21/2 dust port for chip clearance, and has a movable work stop for repeat positioning. At 23/4 high, it is tall enough to support work being drilled on edge. A telescoping extension lets you set the work stop up to 331/2 from center and can be installed for use left or right of the chuck. Comes with one table insert and a 11/2 capacity hold-down, plus wing knobs and insert nuts for mounting. Additional hold-downs and table inserts sold separately. An excellent accessory. 86N80.01 Table, Fence & Hold-Down $99.00 86N80.03 Hold-Down Clamp $ 6.50 86N80.05 Repl. Inserts, pkg. of 3 $ 1.80

Telescoping extension Track adjustments Removable insert for sanding drum

Dust port

T-slot tracks with clamp

Wing nuts for quick mounting

Power Tools 187

A
A. Kreg Crown Molding Mitering Fixture

Hanger hooks on a screw or nail.

Holds molding at correct angle.

Since crown molding is inclined (or "sprung") when installed, it is best held on the miter saw at the same angle to avoid complex compound cuts. The challenge is to register it securely and accurately. This xture makes that easy by adjusting to any spring angle from 30 to 60 and holding the molding securely for improved safety and accuracy. Easy-to-follow diagrams on the jig body indicate the correct miter direction and molding orientation, helping prevent mis-cuts. Made in the USA from rugged ABS plastic, it accepts crown up to 31/2 wide on 10 saws, or up to 51/2 wide on 12 saws. Works with all miter saws 10 or larger. Comes with a protractor for measuring the spring angle and to reduce trial and error when setting the miter angle. 25K60.95 Crown Molding Fixture $29.50

B. Crown Molding Hanger

Front view

Side view

Jigsaw and clamp not included.

Installing crown molding is tricky even with a helper, but this hanger greatly simplies the process so you can do it alone. It supports the molding, leaving your hands free to mark its length, position the miter, and nail it in. Simply cut the crown to length and place it on the hanger, which hooks on a screw or nail driven near the top of the wall and can be used with any width of molding. Once tightened, it holds the molding securely for tacking in position. The low-prole hanger slips out easily before permanent fastening. Made from ABS, the bracket is angled for 45 crown but will also accept 38 or 52 molding. Two hangers support up to 12 of crown. A simple solution to a troublesome task. 1+ 3+ 03K18.05 Crown Molding Hanger, ea. $9.95 $8.95
Jigsaw used to cope prole.

Cope partially cut.

Shown partially cut for reference.

Completed prole cut

Close-tting coped joint

Crown molding is notoriously difcult to cut and join. This pair of xtures greatly simplies producing a coped joint for an inside corner. They allow you to use a hand-held jigsaw, increasing speed and accuracy. The angled work surface simplies cutting to the prole and automatically produces the correct back cut to reduce hand tting. Molded from glasslled polypropylene, they accept molding up to 51/2 wide. The pair allows you to cope right- and left-hand joints. Though preset for coping molding with a 52/38 spring angle, crown with a 45 spring can be coped using a shim (template included) to align the end cut with the xture surface. Made in USA. 03J75.80 Crown Molding Coping Fixtures $36.50 Coping inside corners of moldings yields a tight joint that does not develop a gap with wood movement. This xture allows you to use a hand-held jigsaw, increasing speed and accuracy. Its angled work surface simplies cutting to the prole and automatically produces the correct back cut to reduce hand tting. Suitable for baseboard up to 6 wide (for wider molding, simply reclamp the xture). Made of glass-lled resin, with slip-resistant non-marring pads. Made in USA. 03J75.82 Baseboard Coping Fixture $14.95 Heavy-Duty Polyurethane Casters These durable, non-marring casters have solid polyurethane tires that are resistant to grease, oil, adhesives, kerosene-based solvents and UV. They have polypropylene hubs, 0.10 thick zinc-plated steel bases, and slow-rolling ball bearings in the axle for smooth, controlled operation. Available as a xed caster or a swivel locking caster that rotates on a ball-bearing race and has a foot-operated brake mechanism. On the three largest sizes, the brake simultaneously locks the wheel and swivel base; on the 2 size, it locks the wheel only. Nominal sizes listed are wheel diameter by overall height (weight capacity in brackets). Sold individually. 1+ 4+ 00K21.20 Fixed, 221/2 (40kg) $ 4.60 $ 3.95 00K21.21 Swivel w/Brake, 221/2 (40kg) $ 6.30 $ 5.40 00K21.30 Fixed, 34 (100kg) $ 8.20 $ 7.00 00K21.31 Swivel w/Brake, 34 (100kg) $13.60 $11.60 00K21.40 Fixed, 45 (110kg) $ 9.20 $ 7.85 00K21.41 Swivel w/Brake, 45 (110kg) $14.70 $12.50 00K21.50 Fixed, 56 (120kg) $12.00 $10.20 00K21.51 Swivel w/Brake, 56 (120kg) $17.50 $14.90

C. Crown Molding Coping Fixtures

D. Baseboard Coping Fixture

D D

Steel Shop Casters The most effective combination for moving equipment in a shop is two rigid-plate casters and two swivelling-plate casters with locking mechanisms. The locking model simultaneously brakes the wheel and locks the caster. These 4 casters have solid rubber tires. Load capacity is 150 lb per caster. Available individually or as a set of four (two of each style). 1+ 4+ E. 00K20.02 4 Rigid, ea. $14.70 $12.75 F. 00K20.01 4 Lock/Swivel, ea. $16.70 $14.50 00K20.10 Set 4 Casters (2 of ea.) $54.50
On the larger sizes, the brake locks the wheel and swivel base; on the 2 size, it locks the wheel only.

L F G
188

K H J

G. H. J. K. L. M. N. O.

B B

A E Metal Detectors These sensitive metal detectors locate nails, screws, staples and other metal objects concealed in wood, plaster, plastics, etc. The small detector projects a 3 detection swath, signalling objects up to 1 deep with a high-pitched tone/LED combination alarm. The large detector is used in a sweeping motion and projects a 5 band effective up to 6 deep. Toggle buttons switch the detection signal from a combination highpitched tone/LED to a vibration/LED combination for use in noisy areas. Ideal for working with salvaged lumber, both excel at detecting screws or nails that could cause costly damage to hand and power tools. Depth of detection depends on size of material. Each requires a 9-volt battery (not included). A. 86K78.30 Small Metal Detector $19.50 B. 86K78.35 Large Metal Detector $85.00
C. Resin Remover

This concentrated cleaner is formulated to dissolve burnt-on resin deposits, as well as caked grease and dirt, on high-speed cutting edges such as table-saw blades, router bits, etc. You apply it full strength, let it sit for a minute or two, wipe it off, and rinse with water. The result is an efcient cutting blade almost as C clean as the day you bought it.

E. Cord Winder

This clever winder holds up to 150 of cord (depending on thickness) in a storage basket. The hand crank winds at a rate of 200 per minute without knotting or tangling the cord, and unwinds as fast as you can pull it. The 13/4 entry port accepts most sizes of plugs so you can connect two or more cords in series. With the two included wall mounts, it can be quickly moved, cord and all, from one location to another (e.g., indoors and outdoors). Crank can be set for right- or left-hand operation. BN105 Cord Winder $26.50 BN106 Extra Wall Mount, ea. $ 3.40
F. Link Belt for Power Tools

Resin Remover, 500ml 56Z43.01 $12.80

D. Cord Lock

A solution to the irritating problem of accidental electrical cord disconnections, this snap-on cord lock keeps cords connected whether you are working in the shop, on the job site, or cutting the lawn. It is not a waterproong device, but an adjustable-gate sleeve that keeps cords fully connected. It not only saves time, but also prevents long-term damage G. Three-Way Y-Adapter This simple adapter splits the power from a single outlet. Usable at the end of an extension cord or to connection prongs, preventing stress to the directly in a wall socket, it is rated to 15 amps (125 volts and 1875 watts) and has a heavy-duty 12-gauge plugs. Accepts plugs up to 11/2 in diameter. cord. About 24 long overall, it has a UV-stable, abrasion-resistant sheathing that remains exible in The unit is 71/4 long. Adjustable internal gates cold weather. UL/CUL certied and suitable for use indoors or out. A great method for connecting a for plugs of different lengths. cordless tool transformer and powering corded tools simultaneously. 1+ 4+ 03K51.30 3-Way Y-Adapter $16.90 03K10.01 Cord Lock, ea. $4.90 $4.40

Widely used in industry, these 1/2 wide belts are not harmed by oil or heat. They transmit more power and stretch far less than solid woven V-belts. But they help most by absorbing vibration in the belt linkage, signicantly quieting a table saw or lathe. In tests, they were up to 15 times more durable than woven belts. The individual belt sections accommodate any pulley misalignment without twisting, and the interlock construction makes accurate sizing easy. Replaces the standard belt on a table saw, lathe, jointer, drill press, etc. Instructions included. Sold by the foot. 03J85.01 Link Belt, per foot $9.80

D G
Power Tools 189

Switch box activates vacuum. When the power tool is turned off, the switch box turns off the vacuum. Transmitter sends signal to switch box when power tool is turned on.

A
Maximum distance between transmitter and switch is 40.

Each switch can be used with up to eight transmitters.

iVac Pro Dust Collection Control System This system creates an electronic link between your workshop dust collector and specic power tools, automatically triggering the vacuum to run only while the tools are in use. Two components are used: a transmitter that connects to a power tool, and a switchbox that is coupled to a dust collector. You simply plug any power tool into the transmitter, and plug the transmitter into an outlet. As soon as the tool begins drawing power, the transmitter sends a radio signal to the switch box up to 40 away, activating the vacuum. When the tool stops running, the transmitter sends a shut-off signal to the vacuum after a programmable delay of 0, 5, 15 or 45 seconds to ensure the collection system is cleared. Used with up to eight separate transmitters, the switch box circuitry records the status of each tool so that the nal tool to shut off triggers the vacuum to stop handy in shops where more than one person is working. Each switch box and transmitter has its own binary control switch, so you can set individual transmitters to work with a specic switch box only. This allows A multiple switch boxes to be used in close proximity (up to four maximum) without interference, for shops with multiple dust collection systems. B Switches and transmitters have a 45/8 square by 17/8 thick ABS housing, and are available in 115V (15A) and 240V (20A) versions. TUV-certied for use in Canada and the USA. An efcient system for running your dust collection network in unison with your power tools. A. 03J62.15 115V Switch Box $64.50 B. 03J62.16 115V Transmitter $54.50 03J62.20 240V Switch Box $64.50 03J62.21 240V Transmitter $54.50 Industrial Cable Reels With 30 of 14 (14/3) or 40 of 12 (12/3) gauge cord, these spring-loaded reels have three grounded outlets with an integral circuit breaker. The 14-gauge model, rated Bracket for 1625W, 13 amps and included for wall 125V, has a durable metal D mounting. casing and is suitable for most heavy-draw tools. The 12-gauge model, rated at 1875W, 15 amps and 125V, has a tough plastic casing and is for extensive use with more demanding tools and machinery. Cords retract with just a quick tug. A positional cord-stop keeps the end within reach when mounted overhead. Brackets included for mounting reels within 20 of an outlet (removable for portable use). CUL/UL certied. Colors may vary. C. 03K51.03 30 Cable Reel (14/3 13A) $ 76.50 D. 03K51.05 40 Cable Reel (12/3 15A) $129.00

D C

Power tool Unit comes with two 110-volt, 15-amp input cords (one 6 long, the other 18 long). Shop vacuum

E. Automatic Vacuum Switch

Under 15 amp set-up

15 to 30 amp set-up One cord is used when tool and vacuum draw less than 15 amps. Two cords are used when tool and vacuum draw more than 15 amps.

This convenient, efcient device runs a shop vacuum only when its needed in unison with a power tool. Simply plug it into a regular 110-volt outlet and plug the tool and vacuum into their individual receptacles. When the circuitry senses the tool drawing power, it automatically turns the vacuum on. The vacuum continues to operate for six seconds after the tool shuts off to ensure the hose is cleared. The vacuum can also run independently at the ick of a switch. The unit has a 17/8 thick by 45/8 square ABS housing with keyhole hangers for temporary wall mounting and two 110-volt, 15-amp input cords (one 6 long, the other 18 long). One cord is used when tool and vacuum draw less than 15 amps; use both cords in separate circuits for greater capacity (30 amps maximum). Each cord has a built-in circuit breaker. ETL listed for use in Canada and the U.S. Automatic Vacuum Switch 03J62.10 $44.50

190 Power Tools

A Viking Bandsaw Blades These blades have a ve-tooth pattern with minimal set (every fth tooth is a straight raker), a 61/2 rake angle, and a hook angle that results in incredibly fast cutting, with fast chip removal. The thin-kerf blade produces a smooth nish requiring little sanding. Made in Sweden, they will last three to four times longer than stamped or E F ground blades due to the milling, hardening and quality of G H the steel. They cut absolutely straight; the body is milled J and the teeth are perfectly set, resulting in a straight, smooth cut, regardless of wood thickness. The rounded back assists in making tight radius cuts. The 3/1610 tpi blade is best for scroll cutting it will cut just as tight a radius as a regular 1/8 blade, but is stronger. The 1/46 tpi general-purpose blade is suitable for pattern cutting, cutting 24s, etc. The 3/83 tpi blade is fast cutting but rough, useful for cutting thick carving or turning blanks. The Viking 1/23 tpi blade will resaw thin straight strips, with no cupping or bowing of the blade, or dimensional change. It will resaw material up to 12 thick and can also be used for turning blanks. We believe you will be quite excited by the performance of these blades.
Bandsaw Model
Blade length

Optional micro-adjust threads into hole in mounting bracket and rides on guide rail.

Magnifying cursor is precise and easy to read. Curved face of the optional resaw guide lets you steer the workpiece while resawing for greater accuracy.

Kreg Precision Bandsaw Fence An easy retrot to many 14 bandsaws*, this system dramatically expands a saws capabilities. It is easily aligned to compensate for blade drift, has a scale and magnifying cursor for quick and exact positioning, and locks with a clamping knob. Made largely from rigid aluminum extrusion, it has Fence is laterally nylon bushings for smooth operaadjustable to tion. The micro-adjust threads into compensate for the fence for controlled lateral blade drift. 3 1 adjustment ( /32 per turn), while the 4 /2 tall resaw guide has a cambered surface that allows instant corrections to blade tracking. Comes with right-toleft self-adhesive tapes in Imperial and metric. Micro-adjust and resaw guide sold separately. A. 86N40.07 Kreg Bandsaw Fence $109.00 B. 86N40.01 Micro-Adjust $ 14.95 C. 86N40.02 41/2 Resaw Guide $ 18.00
* Including Delta, Jet, General, and Grizzly. Other models or bandsaws larger than 14 may require mounting holes to be drilled. D. Zero-Clearance Bandsaw Inserts Ridgid

E.

Viking Bandsaw Blades F. G. H.

1/46 tpi 3/83 tpi 1/23 tpi

J. Resaw Blades
5/83 tpi

K. Cool Blocks
Check the size of your blade guides before ordering.

3/1610 tpi

Set of 4

Size of Block (4) 3/43/16 dia. round blocks (4) 3/43/16 dia. round blocks (4) 5/165/163/4 (3) 1/21/23/4 (1) 1/23/81 (3) 1/21/23/4 (1) 1/23/81 (4) 3/83/83/4

Shape

Delta 8, 10 Delta 10
* 5/8 Resaw is 713/4

561/8 72 82 931/2

N/A 02J01.72 $19.00 N/A

N/A 02J02.72 $18.00 N/A 02J02.93 $21.50 02J02.15 $23.50 02J02.80 $19.00 02J02.80 $19.00 02J02.80 $19.00 02J02.72 $18.00 02J02.74 $18.00 02J02.05 $23.50 02J02.93 $21.50 02J02.10 $22.50

N/A 02J03.72 $18.50 N/A 02J03.93 $21.50 02J03.15 $24.00 02J03.80 $20.50 02J03.80 $20.50 02J03.80 $20.50 02J03.72 $18.50 02J03.74 $18.50 02J03.05 $24.00 02J03.93 $21.50 02J03.10 $23.50

N/A 02J04.72 $20.50 N/A 02J04.93 $24.00 02J04.15 $25.50 02J04.80 $21.50 02J04.80 $21.50 02J04.80 $21.50 02J04.72 $20.50 02J04.74 $20.50 02J04.05 $25.50 02J04.93 $24.00 02J04.10 $25.00

Delta 16 Delta 14

Because they support the underJ. side of the cut, zero-clearance inserts signicantly reduce D K. tear-out, especially in thin or veneered workpieces. Made from high-density plastic, these inserts are rigid, low friction, and accurately sized for a close t. Before installing, temporarily attach them to a grip-block with double-sided tape and cut a kerf to match the blade. Sold in packages of three. Made in Canada. L. Inserts, pkg. of 3 02J05.01 12/14/16 Delta; 14 Imports $11.00 02J05.02 14 Jet $11.00 02J05.03 14 & 15 General $11.00 02J05.06 10 Delta $11.00 02J05.17 17 General $11.00

02J01.93 $22.50 Delta 14 02J01.15 105 $25.00 with riser 02J01.80 80 Sears 12 $20.50 Sears (older 02J01.80 80 style saws) $20.50 Sears 12 02J01.80 80 $20.50 Tilt Head 02J01.72 Shopsmith 11 72 $19.00 02J01.74 731/2 Inca 101/2 $19.00 02J01.05 1041/4 Inca 710 $25.00 w/ 931/2 02J01.93 Jet, Grizzly, etc. $22.50 blades General 15 02J01.10 981/2 $23.50 ** 5/8 Resaw is 100

61K89.09 N/A $14.80 03J52.05* 61K89.09 $45.50 $14.80 61K89.07 N/A $14.80 03J53.05 61K89.01 $57.50 $14.80 03J57.06 61K89.01 $14.80 $62.50 61K89.02 N/A $14.80 N/A N/A N/A N/A

03J55.05 N/A $45.50 03J56.05 N/A $47.50 03J57.05 Not $62.50 Required 03J53.05 61K89.06 (4) 1/21/23/4 $57.50 $14.80 03J11.05** 61K89.06 (4) 1/21/23/4 $59.50 $14.80

Resaw Bandsaw Blades These special resaw blades have a narrow kerf to reduce waste, and carbide-impregnated teeth that help them retain their sharpness even when resawing hardwoods. The blades are 5/83 tpi. Cool Blocks Cool Blocks replace standard metal bandsaw guides. Phenolic resin embedded with graphite to reduce friction, they stay cooler than metal blocks, reducing metal fatigue and extending blade life. They can be set closer to the blade for better accuracy and control of cuts. They also lubricate the blade without staining the wood, so your bandsaw runs more smoothly and quietly. Available for the models listed in the chart above, but may t other models. Check guide size before ordering. Bandsaw Tuning Stone Rounding off the back edge of a bandsaw blade not only makes it last longer, with less friction and metal fatigue, but also lets you make tighter turns without having the trailing edge leave score marks in your work. This "dry" stone, mounted on a wooden handle, allows you to tune your blades easily and safely. Overall length is 7, with a 31/21/4 stone. 61K90.01 Bandsaw Tuning Stone $14.80 Bandsaw Blade Splicing Kit Using this kit, you can repair bandsaw blades with a splice at least as strong as the original weld. It consists of enough silver solder and ux to repair 30 breaks. The "Sure-Splice" blade jig will accommodate blades from 1/16 to 11/2 wide. Instructions included. Additional solder/ux available separately. 03J59.01 Sure-Splice Kit $33.50 03J59.02 Rell Kit, 150 Splices $22.50 K L L

Carter Bandsaw Accessories

We carry a wide range of Carter accessories to customize your bandsaw. For more information, search for "Carter" at

Blade QuickRelease 86N50.00 M.

www.leevalley.com
Bandsaw Guide Set 86N50.30 Bandsaw Tires 86N50.12, 86N50.14

M
Power Tools 191

SANDING & SHAPING

C
Standard drum Deluxe drum

F E G B

A Veritas Drum-Sander Support System When sanding on a drill Lateral pressure when press, side loading can cause sanding causes extra-long quill wear and run-out on the drums to cant outwards. D Wood surface will have a bearings. Extra-long drums sloping edge. tend to deect with pressure, producing a sloping edge on the workpiece. Our drumsander support system Sanding Drum Kits C. Large Sanding Drum solves both problems. The Our most popular sanding drum kit, the standard This is a large version of the expanding bearing support (with a live Bearing support under drum 15-piece kit comes with ve sizes of expanding, rubber drums in our standard drum kit and is minimizes lateral movement center) engages the solid rubber drums, and one ne (120x) and one made to the same industrial quality. The and avoids quill damage. matching center in the coarse (50x) sleeve for each drum. They can be 33 drum comes with one 80x sleeve. bottom of our specially drilled shafts. Just lock your used with ex shafts, drill presses, or any chucked Additional sleeves are available either in a table or quill so there is sufcient pressure on the tool that can take a 1/4 shaft. All sleeves are cloth package of three assorted sleeves (50x, 120x, bearing support to prevent sliding. 240x), or in packages of three sleeves of a backed with top-quality aluminum oxide grit. To use the bearing support, a modied shaft is single grit. The drum comes with a dualQuickly change sleeves by backing off a compresavailable to retrot 11/2 or 2 long sanding drums purpose shank. It can be mounted on a 1/2 sion nut on the end of the drum, slipping off the old sleeve, slipping on the new one, and tightshaft or the accompanying plug allows you (sizes in our 68Z01.01 and 68Z02.01 sanding kits). ening the nut. No adhesives required. Drum sizes to use it in a drill press or machine chuck. A screw-in tting is also available to adapt our large listed are diameter by length. The deluxe kit is 33 sanding drum (product #68Z21.01). 68Z21.01 Large Drum $24.50 identical except that it has "quick-lock" sanding 68Z21.06 Pkg. of 3 (50x, 120x, 240x) $ 5.20 E. 68Z02.20 Drum-Sander Bearing Support $18.90 drums that let you change sleeves even more 68Z21.02 3 Coarse Sleeves (50x) $ 5.20 F. 68Z02.23 Adapter for 33 Drum $ 3.50 quickly by hand tightening the knurled shank 68Z21.03 3 Medium Sleeves (80x) $ 5.20 G. 68Z02.21 Shaft for 11/2 or 2 Drums $ 2.80 (rather than using a wrench as with the standard 68Z21.04 3 Fine Sleeves (120x) $ 5.20 kit). It is ideal for production work where frequent 68Z21.05 3 X-Fine Sleeves (240x) $ 5.20 H. Sleeveless Sanding Drums Regular sandpaper sheets or rolls can be cut to size changes of sleeves are necessary. to t these drums. Although paper-backed garnet is Replacement sleeves for both are sold in pack- D. Extra-Long Sanding Drum Kit recommended, cloth-backed paper or other types ages of ve of a single grit. The package of 10 This 12-piece kit has all of the same features can also be used. The drum has an aluminum and assorted sleeves includes an 80x and a 240x as our standard 15-piece kit, except the foam body with a sponge padding, a slot that will sleeve in each of the ve sizes. drums are all 2 long. This extra length is hold the ends of the paper, and a locking tube to useful for wide pieces or for deeper penetraA. 68Z01.01 Standard Kit, 15 pcs. $13.50 secure the paper. For use with drills, drill presses, tion in awkward spots. The four drum B. 68Z01.20 Deluxe Kit, 15 pcs. $21.50 motor arbors, etc. The smallest drum is ideal for diameters are 1/2, 3/4, 1, and 11/2. One 50x 68Z01.07 Pkg. of 10 Asst. Sleeves $ 5.20 carvers, as it can be used with ex shafts or rotary 1 1 / / and one 120x sleeve are included for each 68Z01.02 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 2 2 $ 2.10 tools. The arbor size has been selected for safest use drum. Replacement sleeves are sold in pack68Z01.03 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 3/41 $ 2.30 drums with a 1/4 or 3/8 shaft are for use in drills, ages of ve, each package containing one 68Z01.04 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 11 $ 2.40 drill presses, etc.; drums with a 1/2 shaft are for use size of a single grit. The package of eight 68Z01.05 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 11/211/2 $ 3.60 in drill presses or 1/2 motor arbors. Recommended 1 / assorted sleeves includes an 80x and a 240x 68Z01.06 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 21 2 $ 3.90 speed is 1750 rpm with a maximum of 3600 rpm. * Specify grit F(120x), M(80x), C(50x). sleeve in each of the four drum sizes. Sample of sandpaper included. 68Z02.01 XL Sanding Kit, 12 pcs. $13.50 * Please specify grit when you order replacement Dia. Length Shaft 68Z02.07 Pkg. of 8 Asst. Sleeves $ 5.10 sleeves for our sanding drum kits. Add the appro3/4 1/4 1/4 27K10.01 2 $14.50 1 / 68Z02.02 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 22 $ 3.00 priate letter after the catalog number of the item 1/4 27K10.03 1 3 $19.90 you are ordering. For example, 68Z01.02M would 68Z02.03 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 3/42 $ 3.20 3/8 27K11.03 2 3 $21.00 be Pkg. of 5, 80x Replacement Sleeves, 1/21/2. 68Z02.04 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 12 $ 3.80 3/8 27K11.05 3 3 $23.50 If no grit is specied on your order, we will ship 68Z02.06 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 11/22 $ 3.90 1/2 1/2 80x sleeves. 27K12.07 3 4 $28.50 * Specify grit F(120x), M(80x), C(50x). 1/2 27K12.09 3 6 $32.50
J. Crepe Blocks

H J
192

Particularly useful on sanding belts, drums and discs, a crepe block can triple the life of your sandpaper. When your sandpaper is loaded, hold the block against the sleeve, belt or disc to strip out accumulated dust and ber. The large, 1 lb block (13/413/48) will last for years in normal use. The small block is about 13/813/86 long. It is convenient for cleaning small surfaces, such as miniature sanding drums, and for removing packed shavings from a drill bit. 54K01.01 Large Crepe Block $9.95 54K01.02 Small Crepe Block $6.95

Pneumatic D Sanding Drums Because pneumatic sanding drums conform to shapes, they do a better job on compound curves than regular hard-rubber drums, which will atten F high points. You can vary their hardness to suit the job a soft drum is best A for convex surfaces, and D a harder drum is good for inside curves and at surfaces. Easily inated E (to 15 psi or less) with a bicycle pump. The medium drum has a 5/16 shank and measures 21/2 in diameter by 31/2 long. The large drum (3/8 shank) is 31/4 in diameter by A. Sanding Belts for Scroll Saws 51/4 long. The carvers drum measures 11/2 in diameter by 4 long, with a 5/16 shank. All can be used in a It often takes longer to sand a scroll saw project drill press, on a chucked motor arbor, or on a lathe with a headstock chuck. The medium drum can also be than to cut it out. A boon for anyone doing such used in an electric hand drill. The carvers drum is best used in an electric hand drill or with a ex shaft. work, these sanding belts t most scroll saws The drums and sleeves are available separately or sold in sets that include the drum and three sleeves that use 5 blades. On some saws, you might (one of each grit). Replacement cloth-backed sleeves are sold individually. (A crepe block can be used have to remove the throat insert or drill it larger, to extend sleeve life.) adjust the blade clamp or simply clip the belt tips D. 68Z50.01 Med. Drum (no sleeves) $33.50 to convert them to a pinless style. Available in 68Z50.02 *Med. Sleeve, ea. $ 3.20 1/4 and 1/2 widths. The assorted pack of 1/4 68Z50.10 Med. Drum & 3 Sleeves $39.90 belts has two 120x belts and one each of 180x $57.50 and 220x; the 1/2 assorted pack has one each of E. 68Z50.03 Lg. Drum (no sleeves) 68Z50.04 *Lg. Sleeve, ea. $ 6.10 80x, 120x, 180x and 220x. Individual grits come 68Z50.20 Lg. Drum & 3 Sleeves $69.50 in packs of four (1/4 belts not available in 80x). $38.50 Unless overtensioned, they can do hours of work F. 68Z50.15 Carvers Drum (no sleeves) 68Z50.08 *Carvers Sleeve, ea. $ 5.20 before requiring replacement. Made in USA. 68Z50.30 Carvers Drum & 3 Sleeves $49.50 Inate drum to 47Z03.09 Pkg. (4) Assorted Belts, 1/4 $7.90 desired rmness. * Specify grit X(220x), F(120x), M(80x). 47Z03.19 Pkg. (4) Assorted Belts, 1/2 $7.90 47Z03.10 *Pkg. (4) Belts, 1/4 $7.90 G. Template Sander 47Z03.20 *Pkg. (4) Belts, 1/2 $7.90 For use in a drill press, this bearing-guided sanding drum is used G * Specify grit X(220x), V(180x), F(120x); for 1/2 to duplicate curved pieces such as matching furniture parts, belts, C(80x) is also available. signs, or other production work. It abrades the wood rather than Not compatible with RBI, Reliant or Moto-Shop cutting it, so there is no tear-out, even in gured woods or saws. reversing grain. The phenolic disc follows the template, guiding the drum to shape your workpiece to the prole. Not intended to remove Sander Sitter large amounts of material, it works best on roughed-out forms cut to One drawback to an orbital sander is that the pad about 1/8 oversize. It has a 3/8 machined steel shank, a bronze bearing, continues to "orbit" well after the sander has and a 50-grit sanding sleeve mounted on a 1 dia. by 2 tall hard-rubber been switched off and you have to set the sander drum. Maximum 2500 rpm. Replacement sleeves sold separately. down. This free-spinning base lets you park your 68Z05.01 Template Sander $18.90 G sander while it is still running, and the carousels 68Z02.04C Repl. Sleeves (5) $ 3.80 crepe liner helps extend the discs life by stripping away accumulated dust and fibers. The L Kirjes Pneumatic Sanding Drums H speed-adjustable carousel has steel Lubriplate Pneumatic drums are effective for (high-temperature lithium grease) bearings for a sanding compound curves because J smooth, quiet run. The base has a heavy, rubberthey conform to shapes better than padded sole for stability. rigid drums. Made in Sweden, these B. 68Z35.10 5 Sander Sitter $19.50 drums are ideal for smaller projects C. 68Z35.12 Repl. 5 Crepe Liner $ 4.50 such as turnings, carvings or intarsia. M K The small carvers drum (11/8 in diameter by 31/4 long with a 5/16 shank) is for general shaping of inside and outside curves, and at surfaces. With its rounded tip, the ball-nose drum (13/4 diameter by 11/2 long with a 1/4 shank) lets you sand concave surfaces such as the inside of a spoon, the bottom of a bowl, or a sculpted chair seat. Inate to low pressure (8 psi) using a special hand pump (sold separately; works only with Kirjes drums). Best used in an electric hand drill or with a ex-shaft (maximum of 6000 rpm). Packages of durable cloth-backed sleeves are available separately in a choice of grits (220x, 120x or 80x). H. 68Z50.60 Hand Pump $ 8.70 J. 68Z50.61 Sm. Carvers Drum (no sleeves) $42.50 B K. 68Z50.62 *Carvers Sleeves, pkg. of 3 $ 9.70 L. 68Z50.63 Ball-Nose Drum (no sleeves) $42.50 M. 68Z50.64 *Ball-Nose Sleeves, pkg. of 2 $ 9.70 C
* Specify grit X(220x), F(120x), M(80x). See page 46 for our Flex-Shaft & Dust Extractor which is compatible with the Kirjes sanding drums.

Sanding & Shaping 193

A. Norton 3X Sanding Belts

These high-performance sanding belts are quick cutting yet remarkably long lasting. They have a specially developed friable zirconia alumina abrasive that fractures during use to expose
321 Belt; each 54K86.05 50x 54K86.08 80x 54K86.12 120x 54K86.15 150x 54K86.18 180x 54K86.22 220x 324 Belt; each 54K87.05 50x 54K87.08 80x 54K87.12 120x 54K87.15 150x 54K87.18 180x 54K87.22 220x 424 Belt; each 54K88.05 50x 54K88.08 80x 54K88.12 120x 54K88.15 150x 54K88.18 180x 54K88.22 220x 1+ $3.60 $3.60 $3.60 $3.60 $3.60 $3.60 1+ $4.10 $4.10 $4.10 $4.10 $4.10 $4.10 1+ $6.20 $6.20 $6.20 $6.20 $6.20 $6.20 10+ $3.05 $3.05 $3.05 $3.05 $3.05 $3.05 10+ $3.45 $3.45 $3.45 $3.45 $3.45 $3.45 10+ $5.25 $5.25 $5.25 $5.25 $5.25 $5.25 30+ $2.70 $2.70 $2.70 $2.70 $2.70 $2.70 30+ $3.05 $3.05 $3.05 $3.05 $3.05 $3.05 30+ $4.65 $4.65 $4.65 $4.65 $4.65 $4.65

fresh, sharp cutting edges. An open-coat structure and stearate coating signicantly reduce clogging, even on resinous woods or painted surfaces. To minimize shedding, the abrasive particles are resin bonded to the heavy-duty Y-weight cloth backing. The tape-reinforced bi-directional splice joint allows you to extend their life by reversing the running direction. Prices shown are per belt (belt sizes and grits cannot be mixed to obtain a discount). Suitable for a range of materials, including plastic, berglass and metal. Made in USA.
B. Premium-Quality Sanding Belts

These premium belts are made by a company founded in Germany over 100 years ago. All are a semi-open-coat aluminum oxide with an X-weight cloth backing and a resin-resin bond, and have an angle-cut butt joint backed by a tough Dacron reinforced tape. The 648 belts have interlocking angle nger joints. Prices shown are per belt (belt sizes and grits cannot be mixed to obtain a discount).
To order call 1-800-871-8158

130 Belt; each 68Z130.08 80x 68Z130.12 120x 68Z130.15 150x 68Z130.22 220x 68Z130.32 320x 142 Belt; each 68Z142.08 80x 68Z142.12 120x 68Z142.15 150x 68Z142.22 220x 68Z142.32 320x 321 Belt; each 68Z321.05 50x 68Z321.08 80x 68Z321.10 100x 68Z321.12 120x 68Z321.15 150x 68Z321.22 220x 324 Belt; each 68Z324.05 50x 68Z324.08 80x 68Z324.10 100x 68Z324.12 120x 68Z324.15 150x 68Z324.22 220x 424 Belt; each 68Z424.05 50x 68Z424.08 80x 68Z424.10 100x 68Z424.12 120x 68Z424.15 150x 68Z424.22 220x 436 Belt; each 68Z436.05 50x 68Z436.08 80x 68Z436.10 100x 68Z436.12 120x 68Z436.15 150x 68Z436.22 220x 648 Belt; each 68Z648.05 50x 68Z648.08 80x 68Z648.10 100x 68Z648.12 120x 68Z648.15 150x 68Z648.22 220x

1+ $2.10 $2.10 $2.10 $2.10 $2.10 1+ $2.90 $2.90 $2.90 $2.90 $2.90 1+ $3.10 $3.10 $3.10 $3.10 $3.10 $3.10 1+ $3.30 $3.30 $3.30 $3.30 $3.30 $3.30 1+ $4.00 $4.00 $4.00 $4.00 $4.00 $4.00 1+ $5.20 $5.20 $5.20 $5.20 $5.20 $5.20 1+ $10.40 $10.40 $10.40 $10.40 $10.40 $10.40

10+ $1.80 $1.80 $1.80 $1.80 $1.80 10+ $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 10+ $2.65 $2.65 $2.65 $2.65 $2.65 $2.65 10+ $2.80 $2.80 $2.80 $2.80 $2.80 $2.80 10+ $3.40 $3.40 $3.40 $3.40 $3.40 $3.40 5+ $4.40 $4.40 $4.40 $4.40 $4.40 $4.40 5+ $8.80 $8.80 $8.80 $8.80 $8.80 $8.80

30+ $1.60 $1.60 $1.60 $1.60 $1.60 30+ $2.20 $2.20 $2.20 $2.20 $2.20 30+ $2.35 $2.35 $2.35 $2.35 $2.35 $2.35 30+ $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 30+ $3.00 $3.00 $3.00 $3.00 $3.00 $3.00 20+ $3.90 $3.90 $3.90 $3.90 $3.90 $3.90 20+ $7.75 $7.75 $7.75 $7.75 $7.75 $7.75

C. Micro-Mesh Pen-Sanding Pads

Cross Section of Disc Loop backing Cushion Abrasive Exaggerated for clarity.

D. Micro-Mesh Discs These double-sided pads apply a mirror These 5 dia. sanding discs excel at nish to epoxy-stabilized smoothing and polishing nish coats wood, acrylic acetate, to a scratch-free, high-gloss shine. A Corian and other soft layer cushions irregularities in the abrasive surface, so it cuts at a consissynthetic material. The tent height to produce an even scratch exible foam core pattern. Use progressively ner grits conforms to round surfaces up to 3200x for levelling between coats, and grits from and cushions any irregularities in 4000x to 12000x to buff the nal coat. Used wet or dry on the abrasive surface to eliminate scratches. at surfaces, they are effective on lm nishes (varnish, The foam dissipates heat well and is lacquer, shellac, etc.), not penetrating oils or stains. The comfortable to hold in prolonged use. loop backing attaches to orbital sander plates with a hook Usable wet or dry, the 22 pads come in facing. Grits from 1500x to 6000x have silicon carbide grits from 1500x to 6000x with silicon abrasive; 8000x and 12000x have aluminum oxide abracarbide abrasive, and in extremely ne sive. The 1500x is equivalent to 400x wet/dry sandpaper 8000x and 12000x with aluminum oxide but leaves a ner surface; the 12000x has abrasive partiabrasive. 1+ 5+ cles of less than 1 micron. 54K90.10 1500x Pad, ea. $ 1.50 $1.30 1+ 5+ 54K90.11 1800x Pad, ea. $ 1.50 $1.30 54K90.30 1500x Disc, ea. $ 2.20 $1.90 54K90.12 2400x Pad, ea. $ 1.50 $1.30 54K90.31 1800x Disc, ea. $ 2.20 $1.90 54K90.13 3200x Pad, ea. $ 1.50 $1.30 54K90.32 2400x Disc, ea. $ 2.20 $1.90 54K90.14 3600x Pad, ea. $ 1.50 $1.30 54K90.33 3200x Disc, ea. $ 2.20 $1.90 54K90.15 4000x Pad, ea. $ 1.50 $1.30 54K90.34 4000x Disc, ea. $ 2.20 $1.90 54K90.16 6000x Pad, ea. $ 1.50 $1.30 54K90.35 6000x Disc, ea. $ 2.20 $1.90 54K90.17 8000x Pad, ea. $ 1.50 $1.30 54K90.36 8000x Disc, ea. $ 2.20 $1.90 54K90.18 12000x Pad, ea. $ 1.50 $1.30 54K90.37 12000x Disc, ea. $ 2.20 $1.90 54K90.20 Set of 9 Pads $11.50 54K90.40 Set of 8 Discs $15.00

A. Hook & Loop Sanding Discs

These circular discs are aluminum oxide grit with a no-load, zinc stearate coating for longer wear. B/C-weight paper with resin-resin bond. All have a loop backing to attach to orbital sander plates that have a hook facing. Discs are available in diameters of 4.5, 5 or 6 for the most common sanders, and come in two styles: plain or perforated (for dustless sanders). Please check your sander for size and number of holes before ordering. All discs sold individually.
5 Plain; each 68Z91.08 80x 68Z91.12 120x 68Z91.15 150x 68Z91.18 180x 68Z91.22 220x 6 Plain; each 68Z92.08 80x 68Z92.12 120x 68Z92.15 150x 68Z92.18 180x 68Z92.22 220x 4.5 8-Perf.; each 68Z93.08 80x 68Z93.12 120x 68Z93.15 150x 68Z93.18 180x 68Z93.22 220x 5 5-Perf.; each 68Z94.08 80x 68Z94.12 120x 68Z94.15 150x 68Z94.18 180x 68Z94.22 220x 5 8-Perf.; each 68Z95.08 80x 68Z95.12 120x 68Z95.15 150x 68Z95.18 180x 68Z95.22 220x 6 8-Perf.; each 68Z96.08 80x 68Z96.12 120x 68Z96.15 150x 68Z96.18 180x 68Z96.22 220x 1+ .85 .85 .85 .85 .85 1+ $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 1+ $ .90 $ .90 $ .90 $ .90 $ .90 1+ $ .90 $ .90 $ .90 $ .90 $ .90 1+ $ .90 $ .90 $ .90 $ .90 $ .90 1+ $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $ $ $ $ $ 10+ .75 .75 .75 .75 .75 10+ $ .85 $ .85 $ .85 $ .85 $ .85 10+ $ .80 $ .80 $ .80 $ .80 $ .80 10+ $ .80 $ .80 $ .80 $ .80 $ .80 10+ $ .80 $ .80 $ .80 $ .80 $ .80 10+ $ .85 $ .85 $ .85 $ .85 $ .85 $ $ $ $ $ 30+ .65 .65 .65 .65 .65 30+ $ .75 $ .75 $ .75 $ .75 $ .75 30+ $ .70 $ .70 $ .70 $ .70 $ .70 30+ $ .70 $ .70 $ .70 $ .70 $ .70 30+ $ .70 $ .70 $ .70 $ .70 $ .70 30+ $ .75 $ .75 $ .75 $ .75 $ .75 $ $ $ $ $

B
B. Conversion Disc

To convert a sander with a metal plate to one that will accept the hook-and-loop discs, a 6 diameter, PSA-backed conversion disc with a hook facing is available. Trim to size or add vacuum holes as needed. 68Z90.01 6 Conversion Hook Disc $13.90

D
D. Norton 3X

C. Large PSA Sanding Discs

Aluminum oxide, resin-cloth, PSA-backed discs suitable for the large disc sanders. Available in three diameters: 8, 10, and 12.
8 PSA Disc; each 68Z97.06 60x 68Z97.08 80x 68Z97.12 120x 68Z97.15 150x 68Z97.18 180x 10 PSA Disc; each 68Z98.06 60x 68Z98.08 80x 68Z98.12 120x 68Z98.15 150x 68Z98.18 180x 12 PSA Disc; each 68Z99.06 60x 68Z99.08 80x 68Z99.12 120x 68Z99.15 150x 68Z99.18 180x 1+ $4.30 $4.30 $4.30 $4.30 $4.30 1+ $6.30 $5.90 $5.90 $5.90 $5.90 1+ $9.80 $8.70 $8.70 $8.70 $8.70 1+ F. G. H. J. 5+ $3.85 $3.85 $3.85 $3.85 $3.85 5+ $5.65 $5.30 $5.30 $5.30 $5.30 5+ $8.80 $7.80 $7.80 $7.80 $7.80 5+

Sanding Discs These remarkably durable high-performance sanding discs use a friable aluminum oxide abrasive that is quick cutting but long lasting. Their adhesive prevents the particles from dislodging, while polyester ber reinforces the paper backing and a stearate coating resists clogging. With loop backing and a universal hole pattern, they are compatible with ve- and eight-hole 5 randomorbit sanders that have a hook facing. Made in Canada, they excel on a range of materials from bare wood to berglass or painted surfaces.
1+ 10+ 30+

55K85.30 55K85.31 55K85.32 55K85.33 55K85.34 55K85.35 55K85.36

3X Disc, 80x $1.20 3X Disc, 100x $1.20 3X Disc, 120x $1.20 3X Disc, 150x $1.20 3X Disc, 180x $1.20 3X Disc, 220x $1.20 3X Disc, 320x $1.20

$1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $1.00

$ $ $ $ $ $ $

.90 .90 .90 .90 .90 .90 .90

PSA means pressure-sensitive adhesive.

Sanding Discs These discs, with aluminum oxide bonded to a tough polyamide mesh, allow sanding dust to be drawn through the entire disc mesh, not just through the numerous holes. This maximizes dust recovery as it resists loading, increasing abrasive efciency and reducing disc wear in the process. Usable on any 5 or 6 orbital sander with integral dust collection, they are best used with a platen protector, which prevents damage to the platens hook facing and further improves airow to the collection holes. An optional 3/8 thick foam interface pad for contoured surfaces (which can also be used with a platen protector) is available as well. For maximum collection efciency, a 30-hole retrofit platen compatible with 5 Black & Decker, DeWalt and Porter-Cable models is also an option. This versatile system also shines in fine-grit, between-coat finish sanding, where stray grit particles can otherwise be a problem. E. 5 Diameter 1+ 10+ 50+ 55K91.08 80x Disc, ea. $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 55K91.12 120x Disc, ea. $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 55K91.18 180x Disc, ea. $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 55K91.22 220x Disc, ea. $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 55K91.32 320x Disc, ea. $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 55K91.40 400x Disc, ea. $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 55K91.60 600x Disc, ea. $1.60 $1.35 $1.20

Abranet

55K90.05 5 Platen Protector $ 5.50 55K90.10 53/8 Interface Pad $ 9.95 55K90.01 5 Retrot Platen $32.50 6 Diameter 1+ 10+ 55K92.08 80x Disc, ea. $1.80 $1.55 55K92.12 120x Disc, ea. $1.70 $1.45 55K92.18 180x Disc, ea. $1.70 $1.45 55K92.22 220x Disc, ea. $1.70 $1.45 55K92.32 320x Disc, ea. $1.70 $1.45 55K92.40 400x Disc, ea. $1.70 $1.45 55K92.60 600x Disc, ea. $1.70 $1.45
1+

$4.95 $8.95
50+

$1.35 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25

5+

E
Mesh lets dust pass through so vacuum can draw it directly through the disc. Debris ows through and around the disc.

Retrot platen Platen protector

K. 55K90.06 6 Platen Protector L. 55K90.12 63/8 Interface Pad

$5.95 $5.35 $9.95 $8.95

Sanding disc

Retrot platen Interface pad

F G K

Sanding disc

L
Sanding & Shaping 195

Garnet sandpaper 3X sandpaper

A. Norton 3X Sandpaper

40 strokes

40 strokes

B
C. Premium-Quality Sandpaper Rolls

Fast cutting and durable, this premium sandpaper has a friable aluminum oxide abrasive that easily fractures to expose fresh cutting edges. The open-coat structure and stearate coating prevent clogging during extended use. Flexible and tear-resistant, the backing is reinforced with polyester bers, and a special adhesive prevents it from shedding abrasive when folded, making it ideal for sanding details or turnings. Made in Canada, it excels at smoothing nishes between coats, in addition to surface preparation. Usable on a wide range of materials (wood, metal, berglass and painted surfaces). Sheets are 911. Price per sheet 1+ 10+ 50+ 54K85.01 60x, ea. $1.50 $1.25 $1.10 54K85.02 80x, ea. $1.50 $1.25 $1.10 Garnet 3X sandpaper 54K85.03 100x, ea. $1.20 $1.00 $ .90 sandpaper 54K85.04 120x, ea. $1.20 $1.00 $ .90 54K85.05 150x, ea. $1.20 $1.00 $ .90 54K85.06 180x, ea. $ .95 $ .80 $ .70 54K85.07 220x, ea. $ .95 $ .80 $ .70 The latex-coated backing is reinforced by 54K85.08 320x, ea. $ .95 $ .80 $ .70 polyester bers, making it exceptionally exible and tear-resistant. 54K85.09 400x, ea. $ .95 $ .80 $ .70 B. Dura-GRIT Flexible Sanding Sheets Made with durable carbide abrasive that has been copper brazed to a 0.005 thick steel backing, these exible abrasive sheets are tear resistant and will not shed grit. They cut aggressively in wood, metal, berglass, plastics, composites, etc. Because the exceptionally hard carbide particles resist fracturing and dulling, they retain their cutting action through extended use. Easily cut with scissors, the sheets can be attached to sanding forms such as paddles or dowels, conforming to inside and outside curves as small as 1/4 dia. Overall dimensions are 51/241/2. 77J82.01 80x Sanding Sheet, ea. $11.90 77J82.06 150x Sanding Sheet, ea. $11.90 wooden paddle or use them around a dowel to polish the in-cannel of gouges. Sheets are 911; grit and paper weight for each are listed. Approximate particle size in microns given in parentheses. Price per sheet 1+ 10+ 50+ 54K79.02 320A (36) $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 54K80.02 400A (30) $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 54K81.02 600A (15) $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 54K81.04 1000A (9) $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 54K81.05 1200A (6.5) $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 54K81.06 1500A (3) $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 54K81.07 2000A (1) $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 54K81.08 2500A (0.5) $1.70 $1.45 $1.25

E. 3M Garnet Sandpaper

These 41/2 wide sandpaper rolls are ideal for use with most hand sanders. All have a B-weight paper backing and are a semi-open-coat aluminum oxide. Available in 120x, 180x and 240x in lengths of 30. A good buy in premiumquality sandpaper.
1+ 3+

68Z120.10 30 Roll, 120x 68Z180.10 30 Roll, 180x 68Z240.10 30 Roll, 240x

D. PSA Sandpaper Rolls

$19.90 $17.90 $19.90 $17.90 $19.90 $17.90

These pressure-sensitive-adhesive (PSA) rolls G. 3M No-Load Sandpaper are suitable for applying to the proles of the Formulated to resist loading, this premium sandPorter-Cable in-line prole sander or other 21/2 F. 3M Wet/Dry Sandpaper This closed-coat, silicon carbide, waterproof paper paper is particularly useful for sanding base coats wide prole shapes, such as our contour sanding can be used for hand or machine sanding for underand painted surfaces. The "no-load" stearate grips. Premium-quality aluminum oxide grit coats through to rubbing out. The abrasive particles coating prevents clogging and extends the life of with a zinc stearate coating, B/C-weight paper. are bonded with a waterproof adhesive that permits the sandpaper. The pliable 911 sheets allow 21/2 wide by 30 roll. the use of water, oil, and other lubricants. When contour sanding without fear of losing abrasive or 68Z72.01 30 PSA Roll, 80x $16.90 adhered to a at substrate, such as tempered glass destroying detail. An excellent sandpaper for both 68Z72.03 30 PSA Roll, 120x $15.90 or a surface plate, this paper is also suitable for hand and machine sanding. A-weight, open-coat, 68Z72.04 30 PSA Roll, 150x $15.90 lapping and sharpening. You can even make strops aluminum oxide grit. 68Z72.05 30 PSA Roll, 180x $15.90 for knives or carving tools by attaching them to a Price per sheet 1+ 10+ 50+ 68Z72.06 30 PSA Roll, 220x $15.90 54K82.01 No-Load 80x $1.40 $1.20 $1.05 54K82.02 No-Load 100x $1.40 $1.20 $1.05 D 54K82.03 No-Load 120x $1.40 $1.20 $1.05 54K82.04 No-Load 150x $1.40 $1.20 $1.05 54K82.05 No-Load 180x $1.40 $1.20 $1.05 54K82.06 No-Load 220x $1.40 $1.20 $1.05 C 54K82.07 No-Load 320x $1.40 $1.20 $1.05 54K82.08 No-Load 400x $1.40 $1.20 $1.05 54K82.09 No-Load 600x $1.40 $1.20 $1.05 54K82.10 No-Load 800x $1.40 $1.20 $1.05 H. Veritas Sanding Block The hardwood body of this sanding block ts naturally in the palm of your hand. The feltG covered steel sole is at but forgiving. Best of all, the four spring tips in the base automatically F tension the sandpaper as you tighten the brass E thumbscrew down. With a 34 base, it efciently uses exactly 1/6 of a sheet of sandpaper. H Weighs 14 oz. Designed and made in Canada. 05Z14.01 Veritas Sanding Block $29.50 196

A mainstay of woodworking shops, open-coat garnet paper is favored for sanding raw wood by hand or light machine. It has hard, sharp edges that fracture in use to present fresh cutting edges, yet is long lasting. Sheets are 911; grit and paper weight for each are listed. Price per sheet 1+ 10+ 50+ 54K70.02 Garnet 80D $ .85 $ .75 $ .65 54K71.02 Garnet 100C $ .85 $ .75 $ .65 54K72.02 Garnet 120C $ .85 $ .75 $ .65 54K73.02 Garnet 150A $ .85 $ .75 $ .65 54K74.02 Garnet 180A $ .85 $ .75 $ .65 54K75.02 Garnet 220A $ .85 $ .75 $ .65

Tim Skilton Premium Sanding Pads Made from neoprene to resist heat build-up, these exible pads are sharply tapered to allow maximum ex for accessing difcult areas such as the inside of lipped bowls. The durable hookface pads are secured with a high-temperature adhesive backing and accept standard loopbacked sanding discs. The hexagonal shank avoids slipping in the drill chuck. The 2 size is for acutely curved work, the 3 for larger and atter surfaces. Replacement hook-face pads are available separately (installation instructions included). Made in Australia. A. 68Z25.31 Sanding Pad, 2 $24.50 68Z25.36 Repl. Hook Pad, 2 $ 4.50 B. 68Z25.32 Sanding Pad, 3 $29.50 68Z25.37 Repl. Hook Pad, 3 $ 6.50

2 sanding pad in use with 2 wave disc.

E B A

F C

D New Wave Sanding Discs These oversized discs have wave-like edges that curl over the sides of a sanding pad. This helps F. Abrasive Cords and Tapes from folding paper-backed abrasive or clothprevent the edge of the disc from digging into the These tough cords and tapes are especially backed silicon carbide. It comes in rolls 2 wide the wood surface, particularly when working a useful for woodturners. The cloth core is impregby 33 (10m) long in three grits. The sample pack tight radius. The stearate coating on the aluminum nated with aluminum oxide abrasive; you can contains one 24 strip of each grit. oxide grit discs helps prevent clogging and readily sand spindle details and deep grooves. 68Z10.00 Sample Pack $ 1.00 extends the life of the paper. The paper is exible They are handy in stripping operations, can 68Z10.12 233 Roll, 120x $21.00 C weight and has a loop backing. The size indireplace rigid saw blades in fret saws and les in 68Z10.24 233 Roll, 240x $21.00 cated is the diameter of the sanding pad the discs many nishing operations (especially slots and 68Z10.40 233 Roll, 400x $21.00 will t. Excellent quality. keyways), and are able to reach many areas that H. Flap Wheels C. 68Z63.21 *2 Wave Discs, pkg. of 10 $3.90 are otherwise inaccessible. Can be used on With open burls or spalted wood, sometime the D. 68Z63.31 *3 Wave Discs, pkg. of 10 $5.20 plastic or wood, and to deburr and polish metal. only way to nish a bowl interior is by power * Specify grit when ordering Y(800x), U(600x), Useful in cabinetmaking, jewellery making, sanding. This soft-head ap wheel (also called a S(400x), T(320x), X(220x), V(180x), F(120x), M(80x). electronics, and working miniatures. 50 spools. nishing mop) has cloth-backed 60x abrasive 47Z01.51 #51 Cord (0.055), 120x $13.50 E. Hook & Loop Sanding Discs flaps separated by aluminum oxide rubbing 47Z01.53 #53 Cord (0.040), 180x $13.50 These circular discs are aluminum oxide grit pads. The combination works quickly but 47Z01.54 #54 Cord (0.030), 200x $13.50 with a no-load, zinc stearate coating for longer smoothly. This wheel can also be used on metal 47Z01.56 #56 Tape (3/32), 180x $13.50 wear. B/C-weight paper with resin-resin bond. and plastic. The unit is best used in a ex shaft, 3 47Z01.58 #58 Tape ( /16), 150x $15.90 All have a loop backing to attach to power but can be used in an electric hand drill. Available sanding pads that have a hook facing. Discs are in two sizes: 2 in diameter by 1 high (max. available in 2 and 3 diameters. All discs sold in G. Abrasive Rolls for Turners 12,000 rpm) and 31/8 in diameter by 2 high This cloth-backed abrasive is perfect for turners. packages of 10. (max. 7600 rpm). Both have 1/4 shanks. The aluminum oxide grit is held to the cloth 68Z35.21 *2 Discs, pkg. of 10 $4.70 68Z25.01 Flap Wheel, 21 $21.90 (J-weight) with a exible adhesive; you can fold 68Z35.31 *3 Discs, pkg. of 10 $5.80 68Z26.01 Flap Wheel, 31/82 $39.90 it back on itself and no adhesive particles are lost. * Specify grit when ordering S(400x), X(240x), Visit us at www.leevalley.com This lets you avoid the deep scratches caused V(180x), F(120x), M(80x).
J. Scored Flap Sanding Wheel M. Norton 3X Contour Pads

This sander is ideal for use in an electric drill for curved surfaces and detail work. The brushbacked abrasive strips are 1 wide by 11 long and wrap inside the wheel body. It weighs only 9.5 oz, has a 4 dia. plastic body and a 1/4 shaft, and includes one 80x scored strip. Operating speeds are 1700 to 2400 rpm. 61K51.25 Lightweight Sander $40.00 K. 61K51.16 Rell, Scored, 80x $11.00 61K51.02 Rell, Scored, 120x $13.00 61K51.05 Repl. Brushes (8) $17.20
L. Sanding Stars

Ideal for working with turnings, moldings or shaped legs, these 41/251/23/16 sanding pads have an aluminum oxide abrasive developed to cut appreciably faster and last signicantly longer than others. The high-density foam provides greater support for the particles than a paper backing and acts as a heat insulator during prolonged use, increasing comfort. Easily cleaned by rinsing with water, they are usable wet or dry. Sold individually or as a set of ve including one of each grit.
1+ 5+

54K85.20 54K85.21 54K85.22 54K85.23 54K85.24 54K85.25 J

3X Pad, 60x, ea. 3X Pad, 100x, ea. 3X Pad, 150x, ea. 3X Pad, 220x, ea. 3X Pad, 320x, ea. 3X Pads, set of 5

$ 2.60 $ 2.60 $ 2.60 $ 2.60 $ 2.60 $10.80

$2.25 $2.25 $2.25 $2.25 $2.25

320x

150x

60x

Developed for use on contoured or profiled wood and metal parts, this specialized sander has 16 layers of aluminum oxide abrasive cloth that sandwich back to back and crisscross to form a wheel pattern. The conguration allows the wheel to be used on at or curved work, permitting the abrasive layers to work deep into patterns without destroying detail. The 1/4 dia. shaft is suitable for use in a drill press, hand drill, lathe, etc. Available in 150x and 240x. 61K51.42 150x Sanding Star $15.80 61K51.44 240x Sanding Star $15.80

M
Sanding & Shaping 197

C
D. Stick Sanders

A C B

Contour Sanding Grips Made of exible rubber, these grips are great for sanding round, grooved or curved surfaces. Just wrap sandpaper around the prole. The convex set of six includes ve grips (1/4 to 1) with a thin hand-sanding pad. The angled set includes four grips (30, 45, 60 and 90). The concave set of ve includes four grips (1/4 to 5/8) and a thick hand-sanding pad. A. 68Z82.01 Convex Set of 6 pcs.* $ 5.95 B. 68Z82.03 Angled Set of 4 pcs.* $ 4.95 C. 68Z82.02 Concave Set of 5 pcs.* $ 5.95 68Z82.10 Set of 15* $14.90

Useful in a wide range of sanding applications in cabinetmaking, carving and metalworking, these spring-loaded belt holders are tapered at one end for restricted areas and have long, at areas for more rapid stock removal. The cloth-backed belts can be rotated or replaced by depressing the spring tip. The 1/4 wide model is 61/2 long and the 1/2 model is 8 long. Each seven-piece kit comes with a holder and six belts (two 120x, three 240x, and one 320x). Replacement packages of ve belts include two 120x, two 240x, and one 320x. 56K94.01 7-pc. Stick Sander Kit, 1/4 $ 8.90 56K94.03 Pkg. of 5 Asst. Belts, 1/4 $ 5.60 56K94.05 7-pc. Stick Sander Kit, 1/2 $12.50 56K94.07 Pkg. of 5 Asst. Belts, 1/2 $ 7.80

Rasps, Rifflers & Files

J E
#1 #2 #3 #4 .01 .03 .04 .05 .06

H
.04 .05 .03 .01

F
E. Hand-Cut Rifers

.07

.02

G. Italian Needle Rasps

These hand-cut rifflers have a random tooth pattern that results in a higher degree of control in use. At about 71/2 long overall, they are smooth cut (about 2) on both ends. Available individually or as a set of six. Excellent value. 62W28.01 to .07 Rifer (specify), ea. $ 20.80 62W28.20 Set (6) HC Rifers $110.00 E

Woodworkers often need small rasps like these for cleaning and reaming old dowel holes, dressing tenons, shaping keyholes, etc. This set of six smooth-cut needle rasps includes rectangular, tapered triangle, half-round, round, triangular, and square shapes. 51/2 long overall. 51W02.01 Needle Rasps, set of 6 $51.50

in shaping cabinet components. Available individually or as a set of ve. 51W06.01 Rectangular Rasp $13.80 51W06.02 Tapered Triangular Rasp $14.80 51W06.03 Tapered Square Rasp $12.80 51W06.04 Tapered Round Rasp $11.80 51W06.05 Tapered Half-Round Rasp $15.80 51W06.10 Shaping Rasps, set of 5 $65.00

Kutzall Files Effective for roughing and initial shaping, these 6 files are quick cutting and durable. The carbide teeth abrade in any direction, allowing a .01 .03 .04 .05 .06 .07 tight stroke in order to focus the cut on small or conned areas. Resistant to loading, they are F. Detail Rifers suitable for a range of woods and other materials, Perfect for detail carving or shaping, these are including soapstone, plastics and urethane. Sold comfortable to use and control. They are about unhandled; compatible with the 6 self-threading 6 long and are nely machined with a #2 cut le handle 73W01.04 (see facing page). (69 tpi) on both ends. Available individually or H. 77J61.10 Round Kutzall File $27.50 as a set of four. Made in the Czech Republic. J. 77J61.11 Half-Round Kutzall File $27.50 62W28.31 #1 Detail Rifer $11.50 62W28.32 #2 Detail Rifer $11.50 K. Special Italian Shaping Rasps These shaping rasps are all hand cut #2 with 62W28.33 #3 Detail Rifer $11.50 integral handles. At 81/2 overall, they are best 62W28.34 #4 Detail Rifer $11.50 suited to large carvings or sculptures, or for use 62W28.35 Detail Rifers, set of 4 $42.00
L. Japanese Saw Rasp

Auriou Rasps
In addition to everything here, our website offers a variety of rasps that are hand made by a family-owned business in France. To read more about these premium-quality shaping products, search "Auriou" at

www.leevalley.com

L
198 Sanding & Shaping

This tool is made from ten individual saw blades joined together in a diamond pattern, forming a 11/4 wide by 10 long rasp. The reversible blade is cut 10 tpi on one side for coarse cutting and 24 tpi on the other for ne work. The open structure of the blade permits dust clearance and resists clogging, and the slender tip can be used in corners. The wooden rear handle (offset for knuckle clearance) and front knob allow a comfortable two-handed grip for excellent control. Although it can aggressively remove material, the rasp leaves a surprisingly smooth surface. Overall length 15. Made in Japan. 60W02.01 Japanese Saw Rasp $34.50 60W02.02 Repl. Blade $21.50

Two-sided rasp has10 tpi for coarse cutting and 24 tpi for ner cutting.

A. Self-Threading File Handles

E Wood and Cabinet Files F C Although they cut more slowly than toothed rasps, these les give a smoother nish. B. 62W06.01 8 Cabinet (second) $ 9.20 62W06.02 10 Cabinet (second) $12.90 C. 62W05.01 10 Wood (bastard) $11.80 M. Nicholson Flexible Smoothing File Ideal for smoothing areas of tricky grain without Hand-Cut Rasps damaging adjacent surfaces, this specialized le is These well-made rasps have hand-cut teeth adjustable for camber (up to 3/16) to let you in a random pattern for minimal chatter. concentrate the cut over a small area. The curved The round rasps are useful in a variety of milled teeth cut quickly with a shearing action that cabinetmaking tasks, particularly in work reduces tear-out, minimizing the need for further with acute curves. The half-round rasps are scraping or sanding. The holder has a comfortable a staple shaping tool. Each comes with a two-handed grip for good control. Includes a comfortable ribbed plastic handle. holder and flexible 12 double-sided file. D. 62W26.06 Round Rasp, 6 $21.50 Replacement exible les available separately. 62W26.08 Round Rasp, 8 $26.50 62W14.15 Flexible Smoothing File $90.00 62W26.10 Round Rasp, 10 $29.50 62W14.11 Repl. 12 Flexible File $41.00 E. 62W25.06 Half-Round Rasp, 6 $23.50 Nicholson Milled-Tooth Files 62W25.08 Half-Round Rasp, 8 $29.50 These les cut 62W25.10 Half-Round Rasp, 10 $34.50 N wood quickly but Nicholson Pattern Makers Rasps leave a smooth These are our smoothest-cutting rasps. surface requiring Safe-edged Actual size Their random tooth pattern gives a more only light sanding even cut with less chatter than cabinet rasps or scraping. Though O or wood rasps. The #50 is a bit ner than the the curved milled #49, but the difference is signicant only to Actual size teeth are aggresthe experienced user. These are the tradisive, they take a shearing cut that minimizes tional rasps of last-makers. Both les are tear-out. These les excel at general shaping, 10 long. especially across the grain or on end grain. The F. 62W10.01 Pattern Makers #49 $39.50 at le is also safe-edged useful for dressing G. 62W11.01 Pattern Makers #50 $44.50 tenons or as a substitute for a planemakers oat. A screw-on hardwood handle is available Wood and Cabinet Rasps separately (73W01.05, above left). These rasps are specically for woodworking. $29.50 The smooth-cut rasps have ner and denser N. 62W14.02 8 Flat File $35.50 teeth for a smoother nish. The faster-cutting O. 62W14.01 8 Half-Round File second-cut rasp comes with a handle. P. Veritas Auxiliary File/Rasp Handle H. 62W03.01 8 Rasp (smooth) $13.90 This auxiliary handle (usually used at the tip of 62W03.02 10 Rasp (smooth) $18.60 the tool) can grip at any point along a le or rasp J. 62W20.08 8 Rasp (second) $16.50 to increase control and reduce fatigue. It will
K. File Cleaner

These hardwood handles have a heavy steel ferrule holding a tapered-diameter hardened nut that threads onto a tapered le tang to solidly hold it. Handles can be easily removed for use on other les. File sizes listed below. 1+ 5+ 73W01.02 Handle, 4 File, ea. $4.90 $4.35 73W01.03 Handle, 5 File, ea. $4.90 $4.35 73W01.04 Handle, 6 File, ea. $5.00 $4.45 73W01.05 Handle, 8 File, ea. $5.00 $4.45 73W01.06 Handle, 10/12, ea. $5.20 $4.65

B D H G J
Congured for convex surfaces.

File is adjustable for concave or convex applications.

Handle sold separately (above).

As les clog through use, they can be difcult to clean. This le cleaner does an excellent job. The wire bristles are used for all general-purpose les and the brush is used for very ne les or for cleaning rasps. Hardwood frame. 10 long. 61K02.01 File Cleaner $10.50

handle les and rasps (at, round or triangular) up to 1/2 thick and 13/16 wide. Patented. 05W01.01 File/Rasp Handle $19.50 Japanese Milled-Tooth Files These files cut quickly yet leave a smooth surface. This is because the teeth, milled then chemically etched, shear rather than abrade material. The diagonal groove pattern acts as a series of chip breakers, reducing clogging. Suitable for wood or plastics, their aggressive action allows short detail strokes without sacricing speed. Safe-edged to avoid damaging adjacent surfaces. Available in single-sided half-round and doublesided at patterns in two sizes: 10 with a tang-end (3/4 wide, 7 cut length) and 8 with a cushion grip (5/8 wide, 4 cut length). Made in Japan. 62W30.85 10 Half-Rd. Japanese File $22.50 62W30.80 10 Flat Japanese File $22.50 62W30.75 8 Half-Rd. Japanese File $17.50 62W30.70 8 Flat Japanese File $17.50

L. Four-in-Hand

A four-in-hand is four tools in one. The at side is rasp cut at one end and le cut at the other. The round side is cut in the same manner to give four different shapes and types of cuts. A very handy woodworking tool. 9 long overall. 62W09.01 Four-in-Hand $14.90 L

Material is sheared, not abraded.

Q. R. S. T.

Q R S T
199

DUST COLLECTION
Demo Air Net This system offers an effective, portable means to capture dust during woodworking or renovation. Deceptively simple, it is a bag made from a special Air is drawn into the synthetic fabric that ts over a regular household fan back of the fan and and cinches in place with a drawstring closure. As air expelled through the is drawn into the back of the fan and expelled through front of the Air Net, trapping airborne the front, the ne-weave material lters out 97% of particles as small as particles as small as 5 microns. The air ltration rate 5 microns. B depends on the size and speed of the fan. To clean, just empty and machine-wash. The medium Air Net ts round fans up to 18 in diameter; the large ts round fans up to 24 in diameter or square fans up to 20. Comes with a storage bag. Made in USA. A. 03J02.11 Air Net, Medium $56.50 B. 03J02.12 Air Net, Large $76.50
Particle sizes of common materials listed. To put these micron sizes in perspective, a human hair is about 40 microns thick.

Fans not included.

G HEPA Filters Made to industrial standards, these premium lters are specically for shop or indoor use. If you have noticed dust blowing out of the top of your shop vacuum, the lter is not trapping the ne dust particles. These wet/dry lters upgrade your shop vacuums performance by providing superior ltration for ne dust. Made to HEPA (High Efciency Particle Arrestor) standards, the polymer lter removes 99.97% of drywall, cement and wood dust particles as minute as 0.3 microns. Reusable, they rinse clean with water. F. 03J24.19 Shop-Vac/Genie Filter $28.50 G. 03J24.17 Ridgid/Craftsman Filter $34.50
The Shop-Vac/Genie model ts vacuums that use Shop-Vac 903 series lters; replaces Genie series PB, PH, PSH, 2000, 3000, & 4000 lters, and Black & Decker utility vacuum lters UV800B & UV1000B. The Ridgid/Craftsman version ts newer vacuums that use the Qwik Lock fastening system and replaces Ridgid lters VF4000, VF5000, & VF6000, and the Craftsman 9-17816, 9-17907, & 9-17912 lters.

Particle
Bacteria Cement dust Wood ash
Elevate fan for improved airow.

Micron Size
0.3 to 10 0.3 to 90 0.4 to 520 0.6 to 10+ 0.6 to 60

Particle
Drywall dust Flour Coal dust Pollen Human hair

Micron Size
0.6 to 130 1.0 to 70 1.0 to 100 10.0 to 100 40+

Household dust Talc

Veritas Cyclone Lids How They Work 90% to 99% of 100% of dust Small A cyclone lid will let you sidetrack up to 99% of jointer/planer shavings removed from = dust and debris + amount collected by workspace. directed to and lesser amounts of ne dust (such as from sanding) to a trashcan. Its cyclone. vacuum. an in-line system with minimum deection of airow. Inlet air is swirled around the outside of the collector container while outlet air is drawn from the top center, leaving all but the nest dust inside. You can collect a dozen or more trashcans of shavings before emptying the vacuum Work area Cyclone Vacuum cleaner. If your shop vacuum draws 6 amps or more, you can use a cyclone lid with our dust collection network to power a complete collection system. A lower-powered vacuum can be used with the cyclone on a single machine, such as a planer. The system can be used for wet vacuuming as well as dry. Though hoses can be connected directly to the lids, we recommend using a 21/2 or 4 splice (03J60.85 on page 203 or 03J61.05 on page 202).

Veritas Cyclone Lids The smaller cyclone lid will t trashcans with a H. Veritas Magnetic Dust Chute Designed for use with any shop vacuum system, top diameter between 161/2 and 191/2. At just Our large cyclone lids were designed to t on the 3 square head on the chute clamps rmly to any round container with a top diameter between over 191/2 in diameter, it is more compact and any metal surface. The four rare-earth magnets 19 and 231/2. The registration ledges on the has less overhang than our large lid. Available hold it with 40 lb of force. It is equally usable on only in clear PET for use with 21/2 dia. hose. inside of the lid t on standard trashcans from drill tables and lathes, or other power tools with 19 to 201/2 in diameter. The 231/2 dia. outer Lids are not recommended for machines with steel surfaces. The 21/2 opening is compatible with built-in chip impellers and should be used only ledge ts on Lids t a range of standard shop vacuums; a 21/2 to 11/4 reducer is with sturdy-walled containers (thin-walled a 55 gallon C&D container sizes. included for adapting to central vacuum systems containers may collapse under static suction drum. E and smaller portables. Patented. Hose not included. conditions, such as when the leading hose end Available in For connection to 4 diameter systems, see hose clogs or is blocked). Hoses and attachments either black and adapter set (05J21.11) on the facing page. not included. Patented. ABS or clear 05J21.10 Dust Chute and Reducer $32.50 PET, large lids C. 05J30.01 Lg. Black Lid, 21/2 Hose $49.50 come drilled 05J30.02 Lg. Black Lid, 4 Hose $ 49.50 1 / 19 I.D. to 16 2 I.D. to To attach for use with D. 05J30.11 Lg. Clear Lid, 21/2 Hose $64.50 231/2 O.D. 191/2 O.D. the Veritas 1 either 2 /2 or 05J30.12 Lg. Clear Lid, 4 Hose $64.50 Small clear lid Large clear & Magnetic large black lids 4 dia. hose. E. 05J30.21 Sm. Clear Lid, 21/2 Hose $49.50 Dust Chute C E
Hoses sold separately. Containers not included.

to a wooden surface, countersink a couple of at-head screws or magnet washers spaced the same distance as the magnets on the dust chute.

Easily attaches to or detaches from equipment.

Airow continues on to vacuum.

200

Large material enters cyclone and settles on bottom.

A. B. C. D. E. F.

Expandable Vacuum Hose C A & Nozzles The rigid pleats of this wire-core polypropylene hose allow it to hold its shape without clamps or B F rigging. Both the 21/2 and 4 hose form simple or compound bends (minimum inside radius E of approx. 21/2) and expand or D compress to snake around obstructions. It can be positioned so that an intake is exactly where you need it on a workstation, even where access is difcult. At full extension it is 39 (1m) long and it collapses to only 10. Can be cut to length. The 21/4 O.D. hose adapter threads into the 21/2 hose to connect to a shop vacuum port, nozzle, or any 21/2 O.D. accessory (e.g., a blast gate or a 21/2 reducer to link to a central system). Two nozzles press t onto the hose adapter: one tapered for concentrated airow; one with a 31/26 rectangular opening to cover a wider area. A simple and versatile solution for situations that chalE lenge regular ex hose. 1+ 4+ 1 / 03J60.68 Rect. Nozzle, 2 2 $ 3.60 $ 3.10 03J60.69 Tapered Nozzle, 21/2 $ 3.60 $ 3.10 03J60.67 21/4 Hose Adapter $ 2.40 $ 2.05 05J21.12 4 to 21/2 Reducer $ 3.90 $ 3.35 03J60.62 21/239 (1m) Hose, ea. $10.90 $ 9.25 03J60.44 439 (1m) Hose, ea. $12.90 $10.95 E C
B
Hose adapter threads onto hose.

J H H K
Rectangular nozzle and Loc-Line hose with vacuum adapter (item M) connected to shop vacuum.

J N L

K H
Tapered oval nozzle and Loc-Line hose connected to 4 dust collection network with adapters M and N.

C E C A

H. J. K. L. M.

Loc-Line Dust Collection System If youve ever had to improvise dust collection at a drill press or while template routing, youll appreciate this modular system. The hose is a series of rigid plastic cuffs that interlock and swivel, making an articulating hose (min. inside bending radius of 4) that you can customize to length and that holds any position rigidly. Sold in 18 sections that connect to form a tube 23 long. There are two snap-in nozzles: oval for concentrated airow and rectangular to cover a wider area. The 21/2 hose adapter connects to standard vacuum hoses (21/4 O.D. cuff); the vacuum adapter attaches directly to a shop vacuum or 4 to 21/2 reducer (item N). A versatile and practical solution for difcult dust collection situations. The 21/2 hose adapter 03J67.21 23 Loc-Line Hose $29.50 has a screw 03J67.22 31/26 Rect. Nozzle $ 5.70 hole for attachment to 03J67.23 Tapered Oval Nozzle $ 5.70 shop-made 03J67.24 21/2 Hose Adapter $ 4.70 jigs and 03J67.25 Vacuum Adapter $ 4.70 xtures.
1+ 4+

G. Swivel Connector

N. 05J21.12 4-21/2 Adapter, ea.

$3.90 $3.35

The simple remedy to a leading cause of frustration with portable dust collectors, this ABS ball-and-socket connector pivots and rotates up to 15 in any direction, so you can move tools or hoses G easily without straining or disconnecting ttings. One 4 diameter port has an internal taper for a snug press-t connection to the intake of a portable dust collector; the other port clamp-mounts to 4 coiled hose. Swivel Connector, ea. 03J60.97
1+ 4+

G
Hose not included.

$7.50 $6.40

21/2 EVA Hose & 4 Adapter Set The 80 black EVA polyethylene hose has tapered 21/4 O.D. cuff ends (one rigid, one swivel) for shop vacuum connection. Also available in a set with a 21/2 to 4 adapter (#05J21.12, item N) for connection to 4 P diameter systems. O. 05J21.13 21/2 EVA Hose, Black, 80 P. 05J21.11 80 Hose and 4 Adapter

$19.50 $21.75

Q. R. S. T. U. V.

Wet/Dry Vacuum Accessory Kits W. Wet/Dry Vacuum Floor Tool Set With two 191/4 long straight extension wands, a 93/4 wide swivel oor brush and a 21/4 These industrial-quality accessories can take serious abuse. Sold in 12 and 24 lengths, the crush-proof, high-density polydiameter bristle brush, this durable oor tool kit helps keep your shop oor and machines ethylene hose has a rubber swivel cuff on one end to connect clear of shavings and other debris. The kit also includes an angled, ve-port intake nozzle for nozzle attachments and a plastic adapter (21/4 O.D.) on the liquid pick-up. Both extension wands and the liquid nozzle friction t the swivel cuff (117/32 other to t the 21/4 inlet on most wet/dry vacuums. Kits I.D., 13/4 O.D.) on our crush-proof wet/dry vacuum hose (see accessory kits at left). These include a 16 long crevice tool and a 41/2 wide claw tool. For are excellent alternatives to the brittle attachments supplied with most wet/dry vacuums. wet/dry vacuums with 21/2 or 25/8 I.D. inlets, order the appro12F01.08 Floor Tool Set $24.50 priate adapter separately (check the diameter of your inlet before ordering). For 4 systems, order the 21/4 to 4 adapter. Use the 21/4 hose cuff adapter to replace the rubber swivel cuff for coupling the hose between 21/4 inlets. A great upgrade to the weakest part of most wet/dry vacuums. W Cross Section of Wet/Dry Vacuum Accessories Polyethylene Hose 12F01.01 12 Accessory Kit $39.50 Reinforced exterior prevents 12F01.02 24 Accessory Kit $69.00 crushing of hose. 12F01.05 21/4-21/2 Adapter $ 5.50 12F01.06 21/4-25/8 Adapter $ 8.95 Q 05J21.12 21/4 I.D.-4 Adapter $ 3.90 R U 12F01.07 21/4 O.D. Hose Cuff $ 6.50
Interior design allows debris to ow through hose unimpeded.

T S V
201

Y H

Dust Collection Parts & System

Hoses The benet of clear dust collection tubing is that an obstruction can be spotted instantly. We offer it in PVC and polyurethane, both reinforced with helical spring-steel wire* for strength and exibility. Both have smooth, low-friction inner surfaces for better material ow and reduced turbulence. The PVC hose, a good choice for home workshops, has good abrasion and chemical resistance, and stays exible in temperatures down to 20F (-7C). The more durable polyurethane hose, developed for industrial applications, has superior puncture, abrasion and chemical resistance, stays exible to -65F (-54C), and has a 30% heavier wire skeleton. Both come in nominal 10 lengths, with internal diameters stated in price lines. A. 03J65.02 21/2 PVC Hose, Clear, 10 $24.50 B. 03J65.04 4 PVC Hose, Clear, 10 $31.50 03J65.05 5 PVC Hose, Clear, 10 $45.00 Polyurethane hose is Obstructions in hose are puncture resistant. easily found. 03J65.06 6 PVC Hose, Clear, 10 $55.00 * For use with the bridge hose clamps below, 1 / 03J65.52 2 2 PU Hose, Clear, 10 $39.90 C. 03J65.54 4 PU Hose, Clear, 10 $54.00 note that the PVC hoses have left-hand reinforcing wire, while the polyurethane hoses have right-hand wire.

AA

Bridge Hose Clamps What sets these hose clamps apart is the integral bridge that D E steps over the tubings helical reinforcement. Left-hand Right-hand The clamp band regis- clamps t our PVC hoses. clamps t our polyurethane hoses. ters only in the web, Left-hand and right-hand hose spirals are akin to fastening securely to left-hand and right-hand (standard) screw threads. provide a true seal. This eliminates sudden hose detachment and reduces pressure loss from leakage. Simple but effective. The clamps are offered in two orientations to accommodate hose with a left-hand or right-hand spiral. Hose must have a minimum of 1/2 between coils. D. Left-Hand: Hex Slotted Screw 1+ 4+ 03J67.02 21/2 Hose Clamp, ea. 7mm $5.90 $5.00 5/16 03J67.04 4 Hose Clamp, ea. $7.80 $6.65 5/16 03J67.05 5 Hose Clamp, ea. $8.00 $6.80 5/16 03J67.06 6 Hose Clamp, ea. $8.40 $7.15 E. Right-Hand: Hex Slotted Screw 1+ 4+ 03J66.02 21/2 Hose Clamp, ea. 7mm $5.90 $5.00 5/16 03J66.04 4 Hose Clamp, ea. $7.80 $6.65 5/16 03J66.05 5 Hose Clamp, ea. $8.00 $6.80 5/16 03J66.06 6 Hose Clamp, ea. $8.40 $7.15
See page 138 for stainless-steel band clamps suitable for use with these hoses. F. Key Hose Clamps

G. H. J. K.

L. M. N. O.

An integral key lets you tighten or remove the clamp quickly without using a wrench or a screwdriver. The 21/2 clamp ts any hose up to 23/4 in diameter; the 4 clamp ts those up to 43/4. 04J04.25 Hose Clamp, ea. 04J04.40 4 Hose Clamp, ea. 21/2

F
P.

1+

4+

Q.

$1.90 $1.60 $2.20 $1.90

202

Grounding Kit Dust collection ttings must be grounded to dissipate static electrical charges. Instructions on how to use copper wire and electrical connectors (available at hardware stores) to ground your system are included with all ttings and tubing. For convenience, we offer a grounding kit (50 of 14-gauge copper wire, connectors and screws). 03J62.01 Grounding Kit $14.95

4 Fittings These rigid ABS plastic ttings are used to connect machinery to tubing systems or directly to a dust collector. 1+ 4+ 03J61.05 4 Splice, ea. $4.70 $4.00 Used for repairs or joining sections of tubing. 03J61.03 4 Elbow, ea. $6.60 $5.60 03J61.02 4 Y-Connector, ea. $7.50 $6.40 03J60.93 4-21/2 Y-Conn., ea. $7.50 $6.40 Y-connectors and elbows are used for bends and line drops to individual machines. 03J61.01 4 Blast Gate, ea. $4.70 $4.00 Closes off suction to machines not in use. 05J21.12 4-21/2 Adapter, ea. $3.90 $3.35 Connects to 21/2 dia. systems. 03J61.06 4-3 Adapter, ea. $2.40 $2.05 For machines with 3 outlets. 03J60.95 4 Fitting, ea. $3.70 $3.15 This tting allows you to quickly switch tools without disconnecting and reconnecting hose clamps when using a single dust-collection hose. The tapered ABS connector press-ts for a quick, secure link to any tools 4 diameter dust outlet. 03J60.96 4 Connector, ea. $4.80 $4.10 Allows two 4 ABS ttings to connect directly without a length of hose and clamps. Floor Sweep Mounted to a workshop oor, this lowprole ABS hood provides an easy way to clean up shavings or sawdust. Rather than hauling the vacuum hose to the mess, you just sweep the mess into the hood, and the central vacuum takes it from there. Less fuss than stooping to use a dustpan. Hose It measures 2461/233/4 not tall, with a 4 diameter port included. 1 and a 21 /22 opening. Floor Sweep, ea. 1+ 4+ 03J60.98 $7.50 $6.40

JJ

KK GG

Cable Ties
Visit www.leevalley.com to view our full line of cable ties.

O M K

W Permanent U-Bracket This ABS hanger mounts to rafters or walls with two screws to permanently and X securely mount rigid piping or exible dust-collection hose. 1+ 4+ W. 03J60.70 21/2 U-Bracket $1.30 $1.10 X. 03J60.71 4 U-Bracket $1.30 $1.10
Y. J-Hanger

FF

Especially handy if you have to move lengths of hose or recongure parts of your dust-collection Y network periodically, these 4 ABS hangers keep hoses out of the way yet accessible, so you can rearrange them without undoing clamps or brackets. 1+ 4+ 03J60.72 4 J-Hanger, ea. $1.90 $1.60

EE

21/2 Fittings These ABS plastic ttings connect to a shop vacuum system. The 21/2 size is the nominal outside diameter of most shop vacuum hoses and ttings. The inside diameter of the ttings (about 21/4) is tapered for a press-t connection.
R. 21/2 Dust Port, ea.

Z. AA. BB. CC.

Self-Cleaning Blast Gates An excellent retrot to any dust collection system, these self-cleaning blast gates have a modied slider that automatically clears chips from the gate track, preventing debris from inhibiting gate closure, which is a common cause of poor suction. The 2 and 4 sizes are compatible with our 21/2 and 4 exible hose (though the 2 requires an overwrap of tape to improve hose t); the 5 and 6 gates are for systems made of metal ducting. Steel and cast aluminum, these are an economical means of improving your systems efficiency and minimizing maintenance. 1+ 4+ BB 03J61.22 2 Blast Gate $10.50 $ 9.15 AA 03J61.24 4 Blast Gate $13.50 $11.75 03J61.25 5 Blast Gate $16.50 $14.40 Z 03J61.26 6 Blast Gate $18.50 $16.15
Open Typical Gate Closed SelfCleaning Gate Open Closed

Connects to most home shop-vacuum systems. 21/4 inside diameter. The 35/84 backing plate is pre-drilled for mounting. 1+ 4+ 03J61.10 $2.20 $1.85
S. 21/2-11/4 Adapter, ea.

Dust port mounted on a router table.

R
Debris caught in gate track inhibits closure. Modied slider automatically clears chips from the gate track.

CC HH

For connection to a central vacuum system and smaller portables (the 21/4 tapered outside diameter pressts into 21/2 ttings). 1+ 4+ 05J21.14 $2.50 $2.10
T. 11/4 Vac. Adapter, ea.

DD. Dust Collection Network

Accepts the male tting on most 21/2 shop vacuum hoses; used to connect dust collection systems to the 11/4 dia. dust pick-up ports found on many power tools. Female and male ends are tapered for snug tting. 1+ 4+ 03J61.12 $2.40 $2.05
U. 21/2 Adapter, ea.

This 21/2 dia. pipe network is excellent value. The kit contains enough parts to develop a collection system that will support connection of up to ve machines or areas with one central dust collector. It comes with eight pipe sections (24 in total, 21/2 O.D., 23/8 I.D.), sixteen pipe couplings, four Y-connectors, ve blast gates, two 90 elbows, three 45 elbows, ten mounting brackets, one 21/2 to 4 adapter, and mounting hardware. The clear polypropylene components assemble with a snug friction t. Blockages can be quickly spotted and easily cleared at any point in the system. Can be used with a shop vacuum (minimum 100 cfm rating and a 21/2 dia. hose inlet) or a central vacuum system. All parts are available separately. 03J60.80 *Dust Collection Network $89.00
1+ EE. FF. GG. HH. JJ. KK. 4+

This stepped adapter lets you connect any tool with a 1, 11/4, 11/2 or 2 vacuum port to a single 21/2 hose, so you can switch tools without changing fixtures. Each step is tapered for a snug fit. The 61/2 long soft PVC adapter is easy to trim if you need the larger diameters only. 1+ 4+ 03J60.99 $4.70 $4.00
V. 21/2 Splice, ea.

03J60.81 03J60.82 03J60.83 03J60.84 03J60.86 03J60.87 03J60.70 05J21.12

21/2 Blast Gate, ea. 21/2 Y-Connector, ea. 21/2 90 Elbow, ea. 21/2 45 Elbow, ea. 21/236 Clear Pipe, ea. 21/2 Pipe Coupling, ea. 21/2 U-Bracket, ea. 21/2 to 4 Adapter, ea.

$3.70 $4.80 $4.80 $4.80 $8.50 $1.90 $1.30 $3.90

$3.15 $4.10 $4.10 $4.10 $7.20 $1.60 $1.10 $3.35

* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

DD V

Used for repairs or joining sections of hose. 1+ 4+ 03J60.85 $1.90 $1.60

E. Palette Knives for Woodworkers

Though made for artists, these palette knives are a blessing for woodworkers. The mirror-finish blades taper from about 0.008 (twice the thickness of a human hair) at the tip to about 1/16 at the tang, perfect for cutting glue into ne cracks. More exible than a good drywall knife, they can be used to spread glue or remove it from your work, to apply and trim ller in restricted areas, or to paint in tight spaces where a brush would be too messy. Usable in either hand, the forged stainlesssteel blades are bedded in hardwood handles with brass ferrules, a rustproof combination. Blades range from 1/2 to 11/2 wide. 35K09.01 Palette Knives, set of 4 $9.95
See page 269 for a set of 12 palette knives. F. Foam Brushes

These disposable foam brushes are handy for applying stains and some nishes (cannot be used with shellac and lacquer). They have E wooden handles and a plastic insert that stiffens the brush so that it closely mimics the exibility A. Disposable Natural-Bristle Brushes B. Set of 30 of bristles. 6 to 61/2 long overall. Three widths These pure Chinese-bristle brushes can be Natural(nominal) in packages of 10, or in a mixed cleaned and reused, but some people arent very Bristle Brushes package of ve of each size. good about cleaning brushes. At these prices, a This popular 30-brush set 80K63.01 1 Foam Brush, pkg. of 10 $5.40 brush full of hardened paint, tar or Skoot is easier includes 10 each of the 1/2, 1 80K63.02 2 Foam Brush, pkg. of 10 $7.20 to take. Wooden handles. 7 to 8 overall. Sold and 2 sizes of the brushes 80K63.03 3 Foam Brush, pkg. of 10 $8.90 in packs of 10. described at left. 80K63.11 Mixed Package of 15 $9.95 1 / 56Z99.20 10 Bristle Brushes, 2 $ 4.60 56Z99.30 Set of 30 Brushes $15.95 G. Acid Swabs 56Z99.21 10 Bristle Brushes, 1 $ 5.70 C. Brush Cleaner Acid swabs are useful for many small jobs where 1 / 56Z99.23 10 Bristle Brushes, 1 2 $ 6.60 This innovative paint-brush cleaner has a cluster you need to apply a bit of paint, stain, stripper, 56Z99.22 10 Bristle Brushes, 2 $ 8.30 of 11/2 quills that clean loaded bristles right to etc. Sold in packages of 12. Bristle section is 1 / 56Z99.24 10 Bristle Brushes, 2 2 $ 9.70 the core. The snap-on lid has two suspension about 3/8 wide and 3/4 long. 1+ 10+ 56Z99.25 10 Bristle Brushes, 3 $10.30 rings that allow for soaking or storage of up to 83K04.01 Acid Swabs, pkg. of 12 $4.60 $3.75 four brushes. Suspended in cleaning solution, brush bristles remain soft, pliable and straight. The durable polypropylene tub is suitable for use with mineral spirits, turpentine and lacquer thinner. Measures 71/251/233/4 wide. 27K07.01 Brush Cleaner $9.90

FINISHING

D. Neoprene Gloves

See page 127 of our Safety section for full description of our neoprene gloves. 1+ 6+ 67K82.06 Pr. Neoprene, Sm. $8.40 $7.55 67K82.05 Pr. Neoprene, Med. $8.40 $7.55 67K82.04 Pr. Neoprene, Large $8.40 $7.55 67K82.03 Pr. Neoprene, XLarge $8.40 $7.55

Pyramids minimize contact with workpiece.

Versa-Spin Finishing Turntable This convenient accessory not only elevates a project during painting or nishing, but the rotating base lets you turn the project to work on all sides without changing your position. It comes with two styles of work supports that interlock with a pattern of raised pegs on the turntable, allowing you to quickly change the arrangement of contact points to suit the workpiece. To avoid marring the nish, the eight pyramids minimize contact with the work, and are rounded to prevent denting all but the softest material. The eight "grabber" pads present a broad, non-slip textured surface. The grabbers can also be installed in the pyramid bases to prevent them from sliding on smooth surfaces. Additional pyramids and grabbers are available separately. All parts are molded from a solvent-resistant, non-stick polymer that will not react with nishes or wood. Turntable measures 16 in diameter and supports up to 100 lb. Pyramid and grabber pad color may vary. 1+ 3+ H. 88K58.76 Finishing Turntable $34.50 H J. 88K58.70 Painters Pyramid (10) $ 6.90 $6.20 K. 88K58.74 Grabbers, pkg. of 4 $ 3.95 $3.55 J
Sold in package of 10. Pyramids can be fastened to a work surface.

Sold in package of 4.

204 Finishing

Grabbers prevent at objects from sliding. Turntable comes with 8 pyramids and 8 grabbers.

Fan tip improves control of paint ow.

F D B E

K A C H J

Shape of bristles causes a natural ow of paint to the tip.

Tapered Round Brushes C. Japanese Varnish Brush ow-out. The comfortable handle is wood with a The tips of these brushes are This beautifully soft, ne brush is made from brass-plated ferrule. Not for use with waterhand formed to a point, set in tapered-end acrylic and polypropylene fibers based nishes. Available in three sizes (nominal epoxy, then double crimped to combined with goats hair. It works well with measurements indicated). A good-quality the wooden handle using a water-based nishes, varnish, lacquer and paint, owing brush, made in France. Bristle Ferrule solid copper ferrule. The bristles leaving no hairs behind and no brush marks. Width Length Thickness on the three largest brushes There is no metal ferrule to cause chemical reac33K60.21 1 111/16 7/16 $ 7.10 are also whipped with cord at tions and the 6 long cypress handle is comfortably 3/8 5/8 33K60.22 2 2 $16.50 the base of the ferrule to shaped and canted at just the right angle. Bristles 13/16 33K60.23 31/8 25/8 $23.50 prevent splaying. Unparalleled are 2 (50mm) wide. Made in Japan. Chinese Brushes for painting or nishing mold56Z99.85 Japanese Varnish Brush $11.90 These are well-made brushes with hardwood ings, casements, or other irregular surfaces the handles, nickel-plated brass ferrules and allpointed tip lets you reach into a corner without D. Badger Double Brushes A mixture of badger, skunk and hog bristles with natural bristles. leaving a large dollop of paint. When cutting a a double thickness of laments set in hard rubber The conical brush is for trim painting and sign line, rolling the brush slightly ensures a steady and formed to a chisel edge, these are primarily painting. The taper of the bristles ensures the paint ow and further prevents errant bristles from owing brushes for applying varnish, shellac, or will ow to the brush tip. For stiffness, both coarse marring adjacent surfaces. They come in a lacquer. They have capped bright tin ferrules bristles (0.08mm to 0.14mm) and fine bristles mixed-bristle style (Orel and white China bristle) with lacquered wood handles and are available (0.04mm to 0.06mm) are used. It is far better for for water-based (WB) materials, and in a pure in three sizes. Bristle Ferrule controlled paint application than a at brush. white China bristle style for all other materials. Width Length Thickness With comfortable paddle-style handles, the fan The bristle is fully agged in both styles. 5 1 / / 80K61.01 1 1 8 2 $25.50 brushes are used for furniture nishes. Fineness of A. 33K69.11 Rd. WB Brush, 11mm (7/16) $ 9.00 9/16 80K61.02 2 17/8 $32.50 ber is important for smoothness of nish, so only 33K69.15 Rd. WB Brush, 15mm (9/16) $10.00 1 11 / / 80K61.03 3 2 8 16 $48.50 ne bristles are used. The fan tip adds an element 33K69.21 Rd. WB Brush, 21mm (13/16) $13.80 of ow control that a square tip cannot replicate. 33K69.25 Rd. WB Brush, 25mm (1) $15.80 E. Double-Tapered Finish Brushes Hand formed to a double-tapered edge for even F. 09A02.51 1 Fan Brush, ea. $1.70 33K69.32 Rd. WB Brush, 32mm (11/4) $20.80 material ow, this pure hog bristle brush leaves a G. 09A02.52 11/2 Fan Brush, ea. $1.95 B. 33K70.11 Rd. Brush, 11mm (7/16) $ 8.50 smooth, streak-free nish with oil-based paints, H. 09A02.53 2 Fan Brush, ea. $2.40 33K70.15 Rd. Brush, 15mm (9/16) $ 9.50 enamels, varnishes, stains, lacquers or shellacs. J. 09A02.54 21/4 Fan Brush, ea. $2.70 33K70.21 Rd. Brush, 21mm (13/16) $13.80 The thick bristle bundle has no llers and is fully 09A02.60 Fan Brushes, set of 4 $7.50 33K70.25 Rd. Brush, 25mm (1) $14.80 agged for excellent material absorbency and K. 09A02.70 Conical Brush, 21mm $4.95 33K70.32 Rd. Brush, 32mm (11/4) $21.40
Although not shown, a respirator or dust mask should be worn when using a sprayer.

L. Breathable Polyester Coveralls

N. Critter Air-Powered

M L

For messy jobs such as yard work, plastering, painting, sanding or working with insulation, these machine-washable coveralls are made from tough woven polyester that is breathable and lightweight. They have three pockets, a zippered front, a drawstring hood, and elasticized sleeve and pant cuffs to keep out debris. All seams are double-stitched for durability, and debris will not cling to the static-free fabric. Offered in a range of sizes (chest sizes listed). 56Z99.91 Med. Coveralls (38-40) $24.50 56Z99.92 Lg. Coveralls (42-44) $24.50 56Z99.93 XLg. Coveralls (46-48) $24.50 56Z99.94 XXLg. Coveralls (50-52) $24.50
M. Superpolymer Coveralls

Breathable, lightweight material with elasticized sleeve and pant cuffs to keep out debris.

These are light, comfortable coveralls. Made from spunbonded olen material, they have a full zipper front, plus elasticized ankles, wrists and hood opening. Great for painting, installing insulation, working in dirty, dusty environments, or to keep in your car trunk for tire changes. Can be used many times. One size ts most. 56Z99.15 Superpolymer Coveralls $12.80

Spray Gun Connected to an air compressor, this tool will spray stain, adhesive, lacquer or paint. The spray area can be adjusted N from 1/4 to 4 in diameter. Clean-up is easy as the liquid is drawn from the reservoir and does not ow through the gun. It uses any size of standard Mason jar as the reservoir, allowing easy storage of paints or nishes after you are done. A 16 oz glass jar and instructions are included. For use with compressors with a minimum 3/4 hp, 10 to 90 psi, and 2 to 3 cfm. The repair kit contains a replacement nozzle, spring, lock nut, tube and jar gasket. 03K03.01 Air-Powered Spray Gun $49.50 03K03.02 Repair Kit $17.50 03K03.03 Jar Gasket, pkg. of 5 $ 6.95
Finishing 205

A A C B D E Lee Valley Molding Scraper Set Whether used for restoration work, reproductions or general renovations, this scraper set will let you nish just about any molding. The shapes included cover the majority of proles in a standard millwork book. The eight blades provide 12 convex and 10 concave curves, four different corner angles, and a variety of lengths of at surfaces. The 3/32 thick blades are case hardened to Rc56 and mount rmly on a sturdy 3/8 shaft. Overall length is 101/2. An extensive and versatile scraper set. 64K12.01 Molding Scraper Set $74.50

Completely adjustable

H F L

K G N

A. B.

C. D. E. F.

Veritas Ball-Joint Scraper Carbide blade model shown. Also available with a high-carbon steel blade. See page 87 for full description. 05K21.04 Ball-Joint Scraper, Carb. Blade $59.50 05K21.01 Ball-Joint Scraper, HCS Blade $49.50 05K21.06 Repl. Carbide Blade, 2 $ 7.50 05K21.02 Repl. HCS Blade, 33 $ 8.50 Carbide-Tipped Scrapers The carbide blade in these scrapers stays sharp about 50 times longer than steel. Slightly convex to avoid corner digs, the blade is reversible, doubling its life. Excellent for scraping paint and cleaning glue lines, and for heavy scraping jobs in the shop. The heavy-duty model has a 21/2 blade and a knob; the regular scraper has a 2 blade. Particularly clean-cutting tools. 97K51.01 Scraper, 2 Blade $23.50 97K51.02 Repl. Blade, 2 $11.90 97K52.03 HD Scraper, 21/2 Blade $32.50 97K52.05 Repl. Blade, 21/2 $12.50
To order call 1-800-871-8158

G. H. J. K.

L. M. N. O.

Pocket Scraper Ideal for intricate, hard-to-clean areas on window P. Cleaning Brushes These brushes are ideal for cleaning in awkward casings, doors, moldings, etc., this carbide-blade locations. All have 73/4 long handles; the bristle scraper comes with a triangular blade, its three heads are 5/1613/8. The stainless-steel wire brush edges slightly convex to prevent corner digging. is for surface nishing metals or ttings. The brass Teardrop, pear-shaped and circular profile wire brush removes surface dirt or nishes without blades are also available. All can be rotated on scratching the underlying metal. The nylon bristle the handle for maximum utility. A plastic clip-on brush is the best choice for a gentle but rm abrasheath for the scraper is included. 71/2 overall. sive action. Available individually or as a set of 97K52.10 Pocket Scraper $25.50 three (one of each brush). 1+ 5+ 97K52.11 Teardrop Blade $11.50 83K09.01 Stainless-Steel Brush $2.95 $2.65 97K52.12 Pear Blade $11.50 83K09.02 Brass Brush $2.95 $2.65 97K52.13 Round Blade $11.50 83K09.03 Nylon Brush $2.95 $2.65 97K52.14 Repl. Triangular Blade $11.50 83K09.11 Set of 3 Brushes $7.95 Carbide Scrapers These scrapers have carbide blades that stay sharp many times longer than steel and are reversible for a second life. The at scraper has a 2 wide blade and is excellent for scraping at surfaces. The corner scraper has a 9/16 square blade for 90 corners. Both have ugly yet comfortable handles. Incredibly good value. 64K10.01 Flat Scraper $12.50 P 64K10.03 Repl. Flat Blades, pkg. of 2 $14.50 64K10.02 Corner Scraper $12.50 64K10.04 Repl. 90 Blades, pkg. of 2 $14.50 Great for removing paint, labels and stickers from glass or ceramic, and for precise trimming or cutting applications. These #12 heavy-duty single-edge blades are sharpened with a compound double-hone and backed with a thick steel spine for rigidity. Carton of 100. 86K03.10 #12 HD Razor Blades (100) $8.90

Q. Razor Blades

S R

Double-Edged Plastic Razor Blades These blades are ideal for removing paint spatters from hardwood ooring, cleaning a glass-top stove, or simply peeling away a stubborn sticker. Molded from tough plastic, they resist common solvents and t most standard blade holders. The orange general-purpose blades are slightly exible and conform to gently contoured shapes; the yellow blades are more rigid and intended for at surfaces or more difcult jobs. Will not rust in storage. Available in packages of 5 or 25 double-edged blades with a holder (holder colors may vary). R. 86K03.15 G.P. Blades (5) & Holder $3.95 86K03.16 G.P. Blades (25) & Holder $8.60 S. 86K03.18 Rigid Blades (5) & Holder $3.95 86K03.19 Rigid Blades (25) & Holder $8.60

T. U. V. W.

Microbrush Applicators These disposable applicators let you apply tiny amounts of oil, paint, glue, stain, etc., very accurately and controllably. Their articulating necks make them equally good for cleaning hard-toreach areas. The ball-head styles (about 3/64, 5/64, and 7/64 diameter) have lint-free, nonabsorbent bers. The 1/16 diameter brush head has 1/4 long bristles. All brush styles are about 4 long and are available in packs of 10 or as a set of 40, one pack of each style. 83K09.21 10 Superne Ball Applicators $2.60 83K09.23 10 Regular Ball Applicators $2.60 83K09.24 10 Brush Head Applicators $2.60 83K09.22 10 Fine Ball Applicators $2.60 83K09.25 Set (40) Applicators $8.80 T U V W T U V W

Enlarged view

206

Colors in photo may appear darker than actual colors.

D #00 #05 #02 #06 #03 #07 #08 #09

G F #01 #03 #15 #04 #05

B #10 A #12 #15 #16 #19 #21

#06

#07 #08 #09 #10 #11 #12

A.

Epoxy Putty This two-part wood epoxy putty is ideal for lling unsightly nail, screw and knot holes in wood, repairing damaged areas (scratches, gouges, dry rot, etc.), and is also an excellent shapeable putty for carvers. Prepared by kneading a portion of the roll until uniform in color, it can be worked for approximately 20 minutes and cures in 45 minutes. It can then be carved, sanded, drilled, tapped and nished as desired. Excellent for detailing bird/animal eye settings. Supplied as a 7 long, 55g (2 oz) roll. 54Z31.01 Quikwood Epoxy Putty $9.50 B. Wood Restoration Kit Rotten or punky wood presents a difcult restoration problem when the piece to be repaired cannot be easily removed (window sills, stair treads, posts). This two-part system consists of a liquid epoxy, which is used to consolidate the repair area, and a putty epoxy, which lls the voids and can be shaped to replace missing sections. The liquid is uid enough to soak into rotten wood, making it solid again. The putty can be sanded, planed, painted, and stained. The kit contains 12 oz of each epoxy, applicator bottle, putty knife, and instructions. 12 oz, two-part replacement sets can also be ordered. 56K07.01 Wood Restoration Kit, 24 oz $46.50 56K07.02 Repl. Putty Epoxy, 12 oz $24.50 56K07.03 Repl. Liquid Epoxy, 12 oz $24.50 C. Touch-Up Markers These felt-tip markers are charged with woodtone dyes for fast and easy repairs to furniture, panelling, leather, plastic, and vinyl. They are ideal for simple touch-ups of scratches and nicks that do not warrant major refinishing. 12cc. Available individually or in a set of all six. 80K43.09 Fruitwood $ 7.50 80K43.07 Mahogany $ 7.50 80K43.11 Light Brown Walnut $ 7.50 80K43.10 Extra Dark Walnut $ 7.50 80K43.06 Cherry $ 7.50 80K43.12 Golden Oak $ 7.50 80K43.20 Set of 6 Touch-Up Markers $39.50
L. Milk Paint

Quikwood

D. Wax Filler Sticks

Made from beeswax, resins, and powdered colors, these beaumontage sticks are used to repair scratches, cracks, gouges and dents in furniture. Soften a small piece with your ngers, press it in, H trim with a knife, then rub. A color slightly darker than the wood being filled is recommended. Available individually or as a set of all 14. Sticks are 47/811/85/8 and about 2 oz. 53Z01.41 Set of 14 Wax Sticks $109.00 53Z01.## Wax Stick, specify color $ 8.95 #00 White #09 Medium Walnut #02 Light Oak #10 Dark Oak H. Spatulas #03 Walnut #12 Ebony This set of wax-modellers spatulas is great for #05 Dark Cherry #15 Light Pine mounting glass eyes, minor lling and gluing #06 Light Cherry #16 Pine jobs, and can also be sharpened to make small #07 Dark Mahogany #19 Cedar exible knives. Made from hardened 440 stain#08 Medium Oak #21 Light Walnut less steel, they hold an edge well. With a total of E. Lacquer Sticks seven different ends, they all have serrated grips. Used to repair dents, gouges or scratches, these About 7 long. sticks are melted onto a hot burn-in knife and then 86K95.04 Spatulas, set of 4 $9.90 applied. Made from high-quality shellac and resins, the lacquer adheres well and will accept almost any Orange Shellac nish, including color modication. The 7 sticks An excellent sealer for use on any wood with are brittle; should they arrive broken, heat the ends pitch in it (e.g., pine) to prevent bleed-through to stick the pieces back together. The burn-in knife after painting. It comes in ake form for easy has a stainless-steel curved blade that has the dissolving, and is available in a 1/4 lb (113g) proper shape and rigidity for lacquer repairs. "sample-size" package and a 1 lb (454g) package. 80K70.20 Set of 12 Sticks (1 of ea.) $52.50 Should be dissolved in denatured alcohol. 80K70.## Lacquer Sticks, specify color $ 4.90 1+ 5+ #15 Golden Oak #15 #07 White #7 J. 56Z40.02 Orange Shellac, 1/4 lb $ 6.20 #01 Mahogany #1 #08 Black #8 K. 56Z40.01 Orange Shellac, 1 lb $17.50 $16.10 #03 Light Walnut #3 #09 Maple #9 #04 Dark Walnut #4 #10 Dark Amber #10 #05 Oak/Fruitwood #5 #11 Amber #11 J #06 Cherry #6 #12 Clear #12 F. 80K02.02 Burn-In Knife $ 9.40 K G. Alcohol Torch This small torch is used to heat the burn-in knife for melting lacquer sticks prior to application. Glass base with solid brass ttings. A wick cover prevents alcohol evaporation when not in use. 93K34.01 Alcohol Torch $6.00 93K34.02 Repl. Wick, ea. $1.00 L

Milk paint is perfect for nishing country crafts, Shaker boxes, signs and cupboards, for stencilling walls and restoring antique furniture, and for use on reproduction colonial or Shaker furniture. With the same ingredients of casein (a type of milk protein), clay, lime and earth pigments or vegetable dyes, these milk paints yield deep, rich colors. The tough, non-fading paint penetrates and bonds to the wood bers for a durable nish that can be removed only by sanding. Supplied as a dry powder, it is mixed with water and applied with a brush, roller or spray gun. The second coat can be applied in an hour or so. For a top coat, apply a nishing oil, paste wax or water-based acrylic nish. Instructions supplied (snow white is used as a reducer). Not recommended for exterior use. The 170g (6 oz) package will mix about 17 oz of paint. Coverage is approximately 30 to 40 sq.ft. for three solid coats. 53Z50.## Milk Paint, specify color $13.50
Barn Red 53Z50.01 Slate 53Z50.02 Bayberry Green 53Z50.10 Sea Green 53Z50.03 Federal Blue 53Z50.11 Pumpkin 53Z50.04 Oyster White 53Z50.12 Buttermilk 53Z50.05 Salem Red 53Z50.13 Lexington Green 53Z50.06 Tavern Green 53Z50.14 Mustard 53Z50.07 Snow White 53Z50.15

Pitch Black 53Z50.08 Marigold Yellow 53Z50.16

Soldier Blue 53Z50.09

A. 56Z0#.## 1 oz Aniline, specify color

Light French Walnut (on Walnut) 56Z01.01 Russet Amber (on Maple) 56Z02.03 Light Sheraton Mahogany (on Mahogany) 56Z03.01 Dark Red Mahogany (on Mahogany) 56Z03.02 Georgian Brown Mahogany (on Mahogany) 56Z03.03

$9.50
Rosewood (on Butternut) 56Z07.01 Red Cherry (on Cherry) 56Z05.01 Natural Antique Cherry (on Cherry) 56Z05.02 Golden Antique Pine (on Pine) 56Z06.01

Dark Red for mixing (on Mahogany) 56Z03.06 Fumed Light Oak (on Oak) 56Z04.01 Dark Golden Oak (on Oak) 56Z04.02 Light Golden Oak (on Oak) 56Z04.03

A
Brown Walnut (on Walnut) 56Z01.03 Dark Walnut (on Walnut) 56Z01.04

A. Aniline Water Stains

Compatible with our These water-soluble stains are made from aniline complete range of dyes. Unlike pigmented stains, these do not Amber Brown Mahogany Ebony Black Gray Antique Pine aniline stains, intense Honeytone (on Maple) (on Mahogany) (on Oak) (on Pine) mask the natural grain and texture of the wood. colors are used in 56Z02.02 56Z06.02 56Z03.04 56Z04.08 Inexpensive and easy to blend, they penetrate moderation; for toning well and can be used under any type of nish. purposes the concentration will vary according to H. Squeeze Bottles Can be applied by dipping, sponging, brushing, the desired effect. The concentration required for a These plastic (nylon) bottles are convenient or spraying. These are concentrated. Supplied in bright stain varies from one color to the other. containers for storing aniline dye or other solutions. 1 oz packages (makes about 1 quart, depending Instructions are included. Powders come in one Bottles come with applicator top (dyes should be on dilution) with instructions, or as a master set ounce packages, or as a set of all six colors. poured into a wide-mouthed container for applicaof 20 colors. Stain samples shown at right. tion). 500ml or 1l capacity. B. 56Z08.06 Forest Green Aniline $10.90 1+ 6+ 56Z0#.## 1 oz Aniline, specify color $ 9.50 C. 56Z08.02 Ruby Aniline $10.90 62K02.01 500ml (17 oz) Bottle, ea. $2.80 $2.50 56Z08.20 Set of 20 Anilines $168.00 D. 56Z08.03 Bright Blue Aniline $10.90 62K02.02 1l (34 oz) Bottle, ea. $3.10 $2.80 Intense Aniline Mixing Colors E. 56Z08.01 Brilliant Crimson Aniline $10.90 62K02.04 Repl. Top, ea. $1.10 $1.00 These are highly concentrated, water-soluble F. 56Z08.04 Peacock Blue Aniline $10.90 See page 125 for a selection of dust masks and aniline dye powders used for mixing stains on their G. 56Z08.05 Lemon Yellow Aniline $10.90 respirators. own, or to tone other water-based stain mixtures. 56Z08.10 Set of 6 Anilines (1 of ea.) $58.00 J deeply. Applied by brushing, Dye Stains Pigment Stains Early American Merlot spraying or wiping, they are used to (Water Based) 56Z16.74 (Water Based) 56Z16.54 $16.50 produce an even color base, and to $16.50 tint water-based varnishes to make Vintage Cherry Cinnamon Antique Cherry Espresso 56Z16.55 56Z16.50 56Z16.75 toners. They contain a small 56Z16.70 amount of acrylic resin to minimize Golden Oak Black Amber grain raising and prevent top coats Empire Red 56Z16.56 56Z16.51 56Z16.76 56Z16.71 from picking up color. With a thick, gel-like consistency, the Ebony Black Cherry Pecan Dark Brown 56Z16.52 56Z16.57 pigment stains are easy to spread 56Z16.72 56Z16.77 with a brush, rag or soft pad. Their Brown Mahogany Walnut slow-drying formula allows the Medium Brown Light Brown 56Z16.58 56Z16.53 56Z16.73 56Z16.78 time needed to control saturation and achieve uniform blotch-free coverage, even intermixed for custom tints. Can be top-coated on difcult-to-stain woods such as pine, birch, with water- or oil-based varnish, shellac, or cherry, plywood and veneers. Both stains dry in nitrocellulose lacquer. Available in one-quart 2 to 4 hours; apply additional coats if a very dark (32 fl oz/946ml) cans. Coverage is approxitint is desired. Colors within each range can be mately 150 sq.ft./qt. stains that have dried for at least 48 hours. purpose varnish suitable for interior woodwork Excellent varnishes. and furniture, with a high resin content for excellent durability and vertical sag resistance. For K. High Performance Varnish 56Z16.04 Gloss, quart $23.50 exterior applications, the Exterior 450 polyure56Z16.05 Semi-Gloss, quart $23.50 thane produces a tough, water-resistant nish 56Z16.06 Satin, quart $23.50 that is exible enough to endure wood movement from changes in temperature and humidity. L. Exterior Varnish It contains a mildewcide to inhibit mold and 56Z16.14 Gloss, quart $22.50 mildew growth. Unlike oil-based 56Z16.15 Semi-Gloss, quart $22.50 finishes, these varnishes deepen the 56Z16.16 Satin, quart $22.50 M tone without imparting an amber color to light surfaces. They contain UV M. General Sanding Sealer Sanding sealer is a quick-drying base coat used absorbers to prevent the cured film to prepare a surface for subsequent applications from breaking down in sunlight and to of varnish. It helps level open-grained woods, protect underlying stains from fading. and because it is softer than varnish and contains Both are available in gloss, semi-gloss, an additive to reduce sandpaper loading, can be and satin sheens and come in quart sanded smooth in much less time. Especially containers (32 oz/946ml). Coverage helpful when varnishing large surfaces. Sold in is approximately 150 sq.ft./quart; quarts (32 fl oz/946 ml ); coverage is about minimum of three coats recommended. 150 sq.ft. per quart. Can also be sprayed by diluting by 56Z16.00 Sanding Sealer, quart $20.50 about 10%. Suitable for use over oil

Light Yellow Maple (on Maple) 56Z02.01

J. General Water-Based Stains

Yielding results comparable to solvent-based stains, these high-quality water-based stains are low in harmful VOCs (volatile organic compounds) and clean up easily with soap and water. The dye stains produce an intense, transparent and lightfast hue that penetrates wood

General Water-Based Varnishes These water-based nishes are low in VOCs (volatile organic compounds), so they pose less risk to health and make for easier clean-up and disposal. Their thick, smooth-owing consistency levels well and is readily brushed, drying in about 2 hours to a tough, durable coat. The High Performance polyurethane is a general-

L K

G A

C
C. 100% Pure Tung Oil

F D E can ne-tune your nish in subsequent coats by mixing the sealer with a high-luster polymerized tung oil. A ratio of two parts sealer to one part high luster will give a low-luster finish. For medium luster, mix one part sealer to two parts high luster. 1+ 4+ 56Z46.00 P. Tung Sealer, 250ml $14.90 56Z46.01 P. Tung Sealer, 500ml $24.90 56Z46.02 P. Tung Sealer, 1l $42.00 $38.50

A. Enduro-Var Water-Based Varnish

Comparable to oil-based varnish for its high resistance to abrasion, water and solvents, this water-based varnish is low in harmful VOCs (volatile organic compounds) and cleans up easily with soap and water. As it cures, the Walnut Oil molecules become cross linked in a lattice-like Traditionally used in France for furniture pattern that is much more durable than the polishing, walnut oil is ideal for use on salad single-strand bonds formed by conventional D. Polymerized Tung Oil bowls, wooden spoons, etc., both as an original This pure tung oil has been given extra heat treatwater-based finishes. This makes it a good nish and for periodic touch-ups. It does not ment to encourage polymerization and faster choice for high-wear interior applications such build a nish as quickly as tung oil, but it has a initial drying. Because the treatment increases the as oors, tabletops or architectural millwork. It fresh sweet smell and will not give any aftertaste body of the oil, this product contains 50% mineral contains an amber-colored urethane resin, which to food. The dry nish resists water and alcohol. spirits to dilute it to a workable consistency. It imparts a warm appearance that darkens over This is 100% pure walnut oil. provides a high-luster nish and is suitable for time, similar to oil-based varnish. Can be sprayed 05Z13.23 Walnut Oil, 250ml/8 oz $ 9.95 heavy-use items. An excellent choice when you or brushed. Dries in about 30 minutes; additional 05Z13.24 Walnut Oil, 500ml/17 oz $15.95 want a simple nishing method that also gives coats can be applied in 2 to 4 hours. Available in 05Z13.25 Walnut Oil, 1l/34 oz $24.50 you beauty and durability. 1+ 4+ one-quart (32 oz/946ml) cans. Coverage is 56Z45.00 Poly. Tung Oil, 250ml $17.50 G. Collapsible Bottle approximately 112 sq.ft./qt. Made in USA. 56Z45.01 Poly. Tung Oil, 500ml $29.90 56Z16.24 Gloss, quart (946ml) $27.50 This collapsible bottle will prevent oxidation of 56Z45.02 Poly. Tung Oil, 1l $49.50 $45.50 56Z16.25 Semi-Gloss, quart (946ml) $27.50 fluids like tung oil as the headspace can be 56Z16.26 Satin, quart (946ml) $27.50 E. Polymerized Tung Oil Sealer reduced. The one-litre (34 oz) capacity bottle will collapse to hold about 450ml (16 oz) with no Applied liberally as a rst coat, this sealer will B. Finish Preserve air space. (Various colors.) 1+ 6+ penetrate deeply to close wood pores and provide Finish Preserve (argon gas) helps preserve 62K04.01 Collapsible Bottle, ea. $3.20 $2.90 a clear base that highlights grain and color. You unused portions of nishing materials. A quick burst into the storage container (followed by warm antique sheen that is luminous without Tried & True immediate capping) replaces the oxygen at the appearing glossy. Ideal for all interior woodTraditional Finishes surface with a blanket of gas that seals the liquid work, including doors, windows, trim, cabinets Made from polymerized linseed oil with natural from oxidation. Useful for oil-based nishing and furniture, it is applied in a thin coat, allowed additives, these nishes adhere to FDA stanproducts, including stains, oils, paints, resins, to penetrate for 60 minutes, then wiped and dards and qualify as non-toxic and safe for pastes, and other liquids that react with oxygen. buffed dry. food-contact surfaces in their wet and dry states. One can provides about 75 two-second bursts of The Varnish Oil contains natural-resin varnish All are high-yield nishes, providing coverage non-toxic, non-flammable gas, and will seal (modified pine sap). Its high resin content of at least 75 sq.ft. per 16 oz/473ml. Two to about 37 gallon-sized containers or 75 quartproduces a durable water-resistant nish that three coats are recommended. Buff surfaces sized containers. buffs to a warm semi-gloss sheen. Brush or wipe occasionally to maintain sheen. We offer three Finish Preserve, 11.7g (0.41 oz) on in moderation, leave to penetrate for easy-to-use formulas. 53Z21.01 $12.95 60 minutes, then wipe and buff dry. The Danish Oil contains no additives. Ideal for kitchenware and furniture, it penetrates deeply H. 56Z27.01 Danish Oil, 16 oz/473ml $10.90 56Z27.02 Danish Oil, 32 oz/946ml $16.90 into wood surfaces and builds to a durable, B water-resistant satin sheen. The oil is applied J. 56Z27.05 Original Finish, 16 oz/473ml $18.50 56Z27.06 Original Finish, 32 oz/946ml $27.50 sparingly to the surface, allowed to penetrate for K. 56Z27.10 Varnish Oil, 16 oz/473ml $22.50 5 minutes, then wiped and buffed dry. 56Z27.11 Varnish Oil, 32 oz/946ml $30.80 The general-purpose Original Wood Finish formula contains pure beeswax. It produces a H

Also known as China wood oil, this non-toxic, hard-drying oil forms an elastic lm resistant to abrasion and moisture. It penetrates well and builds a transparent but matte nish on wood, emphasizing the grain and color. A good generalpurpose nish approved for food-contact items. Contains no thinners or driers. 1+ 4+ 56Z10.00 Tung Oil, 250ml/8 oz $10.95 56Z10.01 Tung Oil, 500ml/17 oz $17.50 F. 56Z10.02 Tung Oil, 1l/34 oz $29.50 $27.00

Finishing 209

C D

A. Beeswax Polish

D. Orange Wax A hard paste wax ideal for protecting wooden Made from beeswax with a small amount of cutting boards, butchers blocks, salad bowls, microcrystalline and carnauba wax, this light G and wooden serving utensils. Made from a blend cream polish is ideal for ne furniture or antiques. of all-natural beeswax, carnauba wax and citrus Buffs to a soft sheen. Has a mild, beeswax scent. oils, it dries to a clear, food-safe nish with a 53Z32.05 Beeswax Polish, 1.75 oz $ 8.50 pleasant orange scent. Made in England. 150g 53Z32.06 Beeswax Polish, 7 oz $19.50 (5 oz) in a metal can. B. Conservators Wax 53Z30.10 Orange Wax, 150g $17.95 A highly rened blend of microcrystalline waxes to remove chemical residues that might contami(petrochemical based) used by museums, art E. Beeswax Salad Bowl Finish nate nishes. Though designed for one-time use, galleries and conservators to protect against This easy-to-use nish is safe for salad bowls, they can be reused (with the same color stain) if airborne pollutants and finger marks, and to cutting boards, cheese boards, etc. It is a blend of wrapped in plastic between uses. Excellent for provide moisture resistance. A clear, light wax two food-safe materials, beeswax and mineral working stain into intricate carvings and bowls. that can be used on finished woods, metals, oil. After a thin coat is applied, the item can be 1+ 5+ ceramics, marble, leather, gilding, photographs used immediately or left overnight and buffed to 88K58.55 Stain Pads, pkg. of 12 $15.90 $14.30 and paper, it also removes grime and wax builda low sheen. up. Apply a small amount with a soft cloth 53Z32.01 Beeswax S.B. Finish, 1.75 oz $ 8.50 G. Absorbent Cotton Wipes and polish to a soft sheen. 125ml (4.4 oz) in a Cotton wipes are handy for rubbing out nishes, 53Z32.02 Beeswax S.B. Finish, 8 oz $19.50 metal container. mopping up spilled paint and oils, removing glue 53Z31.01 Conservators Wax $11.80 squeeze-out, cleaning machinery and hands, etc. To order call 1-800-871-8158 C. Blue Label Paste Wax Made from large pieces of top-grade, white A blended carnauba paste wax for protection on F. Terry Stain Pads undergarment material, these are all 100% all wooden surfaces, including oors, over any cotton and treated both to increase absorbency These stain applicators have an absorbent foam nish; it is waterproof and long lasting. Can be and to remove chemical residues and other core with a knitted terry cloth wrap, a combinaapplied by hand with a cloth or brush, or by contaminants. Sold as a 5 lb bundle (about 43 tion that lets you quickly ood and pad areas for machine. Must be buffed to high luster. One pieces), the wipes are an average of 1520. smooth coverage. At about 441 thick, the pound. Clear color. (Also contains petroleum Vastly superior to the typical blended cotton/ pads are a comfortable size and move easily distillates and turpentine.) polyester wipes generally available. across uneven surfaces. The high-density terry 80K49.06 Paste Wax, 1 lb $19.80 88K58.50 Cotton Wipes, 5 lb $19.90 cloth has been treated for better absorbency and
H. Pumice Stone

A ne abrasive powder for hand rubbing hard nish coatings, it is used with water or parafn oil (kerosene) as a lubricant. Use medium (2F) pumice for rubbing the undercoats and ne (4F) pumice for rubbing down the top coat. 80K04.01 2F Pumice, 1 lb $7.50 80K04.02 4F Pumice, 1 lb $7.50 Where pumice is applied to cut and level the nish coats, rottenstone can be used after pumice on the nal nish coat to polish the surface. Use water or kerosene as a lubricant. 80K04.05 Rottenstone, 1 lb $7.50 H O J
K. L. M. N.

J. Rottenstone

3M Rubbing Pads O. Cheesecloth This lint-free, absorbent, closely woven seamless These rubbing pads are made of non-woven polycloth is ideal for making pad applicators for ne ester ber; a coating of grit, held to the bers by nishes. Available in packages of 4 yards each. resin, is distributed throughout the pads, making 56Z31.01 Cheesecloth, 4 yards $5.40 them a long-lasting, versatile and economical type of abrasive. Grits range from medium to superne (contains no abrasive). The pads are 69, except P. Steel Wool Particularly valuable for woodworking, this type for the superne pad, which is sold by the foot (1 of steel wool is completely free from oil, so it thick by 4 wide). The sample set contains one of will not mark wood, react to any type of nish, or each type of pad. 1+ 6+ leave a lm on any surface. It is made in very 54K03.03 Med. Alum. Oxide, ea. $ 4.95 $4.45 long strands from top-grade steel and is highly 54K04.03 Fine Alum. Oxide, ea. $ 2.00 $1.80 resistant to crumbling; you can use it for work on 54K05.03 Fine Sil. Carbide, ea. $ 2.00 $1.80 the lathe without it pulling apart in your hands. It 54K07.01 Superne, per foot $ 5.95 $5.35 leaves less residue and is longer lasting than 54K10.03 Sample Set of 4 $12.95 ordinary steel wool. Comes in continuous 250g (8.8 oz) packages that can be cut to length. The P extra-ne grade is equivalent to #000/0000, the ne to #00, and the medium to #1. 1+ 4+ 53Z08.05 Extra-Fine, 250g $9.90 $8.90 53Z08.03 Fine, 250g $9.90 $8.90 53Z08.01 Medium, 250g $9.90 $8.90
Q. Tack Cloth

K L
210

For removal of dust and lint prior to nishing, a tack cloth is necessary. Our resin-impregnated tack cloths are made of half a square yard of cheesecloth, which can be folded and refolded for repeated use. 1+ 6+ 56Z20.01 Tack Cloth, ea. $1.50 $1.10

M N

A
A. Woodturners Wax Stick

E D

A carnauba-based wax stick especially for woodturning. Apply by holding it to the workpiece as it turns at medium speed. The wax adheres by friction but will not scratch. Buff after each application to produce an excellent B. Skilton Lambs Wool Buffs These durable wool buffs are a quick and convenish with no darkening. 41/23/41. nient way to apply a lustrous nish to any turning. 53Z02.01 Wax Stick $8.90 The wool provides just enough friction to promote PLEASE NOTE: penetration by reducing polish viscosity and build The following symbols have been placed, where a shine without producing excessive heat. The appropriate, next to the name of each nishing loop-backed buffs attach to the hook facing of 2 product. They are intended to provide a quick and 3 Skilton sanding pads (not included), reference to the method of use for each. which can be chucked in a drill. Together, they Product can be applied by brush. can be spun against the work as it runs in the Product can be wiped on, or product can be lathe or, for freehand bufng, they can be held in padded on. a Jacobs chuck in the lathe headstock or drill Product is an aerosol, or product can be press. The oversized buffs extend past the edge sprayed. of the tapered Skilton pads, providing enough Shipping restrictions apply. Product can be reach to polish in undercuts or other recessed shipped only by ground methods. areas. Used with wax or Danish oil, they can be cleaned with detergent and water for reuse. Measurement We state the actual volume as shown on the product label. For easy reference, the 68Z25.40 2 Lambs Wool Buff, ea. $17.80 metric or Imperial equivalent is also given. For 68Z25.45 3 Lambs Wool Buff, ea. $22.80
some uid measurements, we may have shortened the proper " oz" designation to just "oz" due to lack of copy space. The lambs wool buffs above can be used with the Skilton premium sanding pads shown on page 197.

All Our Catalogs Are Now Online

Shopping our catalogs is easier than ever. The choice is yours at

Shellawax Finishes Versatile nishes developed primarily for woodturning, these combine high-melt-temperature waxes with a modied shellac base for good resistance to wear, water, alcohol, and heat. All apply easily and are non-toxic when dry. EEE-Ultra Shine sealant and polishing compound contains tripoli abrasive. Turners nd it useful as a base for a friction polish or as a stand-alone nish for synthetic materials (epoxystabilized wood, acrylic acetate, etc.). It works well as a surface polish for lm nishes (shellac, varnish, lacquer). Shellawax Creams buttery consistency easily works into crevices and moldings. Suitable for many uses, from large turnings to carvings or furniture, it hand buffs to a semigloss sheen. Heat from high-friction polishing on a lathe yields a brilliant shine. Can be used alone or over EEE-Ultra Shine. Developed for nishing objects on a lathe, Shellawax Liquid gives a high-gloss nish. Quick drying, it is best for projects up to 5 in diameter (pens, candlesticks, etc.). Can be used alone or over EEE-Ultra Shine.
C. EEE-Ultra Shine Polish, 250ml (8.5 oz)

56Z41.04
D. Shellawax Cream, 300ml (10 oz)

$27.50 $38.50 $31.50

www.leevalley.com
Beall Wood-Bufng Systems These systems provide a fast, effective method of nishing wood. After sanding, apply a penetrating oil nish (tung oil sealer is ideal), let dry, and buff with the tripoli bar on the all-linen buff to remove sanding scratches. Follow this with the white diamond bar on the linen/annel buff to rene and polish the nish, then complete the process with carnauba wax and the all-flannel buff. The resulting nish is close to a multi-coat lacquer in appearance, yet is achieved in minutes. Scratches F

56Z41.03 E. Shellawax Liquid, 250ml (8.5 oz) 56Z41.01

are removed, but crisp detail is not softened. bufng wheels (labelled Tripoli, White Diamond The regular system includes three individual and Wax) with matching compounds and wax, (8 to 9) buffs with arbors, one tripoli, one and instructions. The mandrel has a #2 Morse diamond and one carnauba bar, and a quicktaper on one end and a cup center on the other. change adapter that fits a 1/2 or 5/8 motor Buffs are spaced about 4 apart. (maximum 1725 rpm). A 5/8 dia. mandrel for F. 44Z20.01 Reg. Wood-Bufng System $69.50 use on a lathe is available separately. Drilled and G. 44Z22.10 Lathe Mount Bufng System $89.50 tapped for a 1/4-20 restraining rod (not included). 44Z20.06 Repl. Tripoli Bar, 12 oz $ 4.95 The lathe mount system, used with any lathe 44Z20.07 Repl. Diamond Bar, 14 oz $ 5.50 with a #2 Morse taper and a 9 swing, includes 44Z20.08 Repl. Carnauba Bar, 3 oz $ 5.95 the 18 mandrel, mounting hardware, three H. 50J51.01 #2 MT Mandrel, 5/8 $10.50 G

Tripoli

Diamond

Tripoli Carnauba

Diamond

Carnauba

Available separately

211

PROJECT SUPPLIES
B J A

H. Caning Chisel

Removes reed spline and machine cane from the frame groove during seat replacement. 1/8 wide. The dogleg shape gives the correct angle for cleaning right to the bottom of the groove, while keeping your knuckles clear of the work. Handle is molded from tough butyrate. 36K02.35 1/8 Caning Chisel $13.80

G F H Chair Caning Rattan cane (the outer bark of the rattan palm) is available in two forms: pre-woven panels that are wedged into grooves in the frame, and rattan strand that requires hand weaving through holes in the frame. Ideal for restoring a family heirloom or flea-market find, and can also be incorporated into new furniture. D E K L M

J. Caning Pegs

Tapered hardwood pegs used to secure strand cane while weaving, preventing it from shifting and allowing you to maintain the correct tension. Reusable. Bags of 10. 1+ 5+ 36K03.41 Caning Pegs (10) $5.40 $4.60

Strand Cane Kits Reed Spline For use on frames with perimUsed to secure pre-woven eter holes, strand cane is hand cane, reed spline has a woven into the desired pattern. tapered cross section that Three sizes: 2.0mm (ne/ne), wedges snugly into 2.5mm (ne), and 3.0mm grooves in the seat frame. Spline should be 1/32 (medium). Select the width narrower than the groove; therefore, #7 spline based on the hole spacing. Generally, the 2.0mm ts a 3/16 groove, #8 is for a 7/32 groove, and #9 cane is for holes centered 1/2 apart, the 2.5mm Pre-Woven Cane (Machine Cane) goes into a 1/4 groove. If replacing an old seat, Suitable for frames with perimeter grooves, it width is for a 5/8 spacing, and the 3.0mm size is measure the groove at various points to ensure it comes in three patterns. The octagonal mesh for holes on 3/4 centers. Even so, small-diameter is a consistent width. Spline can be dressed with webbing, made from 4mm cane in a 1/2 weave, holes require a narrower width, since the cane a block plane to produce a perfect t. Sold in 10 passes through each hole several times. If the comes in 18 and 24 widths. The medium close lengths (not continuous). 1+ 5+ spacing at different locations on the frame is weave (heavy 5mm cane) and radio weave (open D. 36K03.17 #7 (5/32) Spline, 10 $4.50 $3.80 uneven, use the average distance between centers pattern in 3mm cane) are over/under designs in E. 36K03.18 #8 (3/16) Spline, 10 $4.70 $4.00 over approximately 6. Each kit contains enough 24 widths only. Installation requires the correct F. 36K03.19 #9 (7/32) Spline, 10 $4.90 $4.15 material to re-cane one chair: a 270 coil of strand size of spline, some wooden wedges and a knife, cane (not a continuous length), plus 8 of 4mm hammer, and narrow chisel. Sold by the linear G. Caning Wedges binding cane to cover the holes and create a foot (specify length when ordering). 1+ Hardwood wedges used to drive the cane panel 10+ nished border for the weave. into the frame grooves and temporarily hold it in A. 36K03.00 18 Oct. Mesh, 1 $6.90 $5.50 1+ 5+ position while the reed spline is installed. K. 36K03.20 2.0mm Caning Kit $10.80 $ 9.20 36K03.01 24 Oct. Mesh, 1 $9.10 $7.30 Reusable. Packages of 10. B. 36K03.03 24 Med. Weave, 1 $8.00 $6.40 1+ 5+ L. 36K03.25 2.5mm Caning Kit $12.90 $11.00 C. 36K03.05 24 Radio Weave, 1 $9.10 $7.30 36K03.40 Caning Wedges (10) $5.40 $4.60 M. 36K03.30 3.0mm Caning Kit $15.90 $13.50
N. Tack Claw O. Staple Lifter R. Upholsterers Pliers The thin blade tip easily gets under Removes even the most stubborn For stretching fabric prior to the spine of the staple without tacks. Forged from 3/8 rod stock tacking it down, these pliers damaging the surrounding wood with a deep, strong notch and have 31/2 wide serrated jaws and lifts evenly, minimizing chisel tip, well hardened for wear that grip tightly and evenly to breakage. The cranked neck provides signicant resistance. Cranked shaft supplies eliminate the uneven stretching leverage. At 1/4 wide, it removes the narrowest plenty of leverage and keeps knuckles clear of and fabric pattern distortion of staples up to 1/2 long in a single motion. the work. Butyrate handle. Measures 61/2 long. that come with hand stretching. Made from cast Blade is hardened for durability. Tough butyrate 36K02.30 Tack Claw $19.50 iron with plastic-coated grips. 9 long overall. handle. 81/2 overall. 36K02.20 Upholsterers Pliers $36.50 36K02.25 Staple Lifter $19.80 Fiber Rush P. Upholsterers Hammer N Made from a tough paper, ber rush is a good Traditionally used with a webbing imitation of traditional natural rush. Comes in a stretcher, this hammer holds a tack continuous twisted strand. Brown 3/16 rush in a on the 3/8 magnetic tip for 2 lb coil, enough to do an average chair seat. 1 starting, and the /2 non-magnetic O 1+ 5+ end drives it home. Both tips have durable 1/4 3/16 Fiber Rush, 2 lb $14.10 $12.00 36K03.35 thick steel faces. Nicely balanced, the hammer is 105/8 overall with a 7 oz bronze head and a wedged hickory handle. Q 36K02.10 7 oz Upholsterers Hammer $32.50 Q. Gooseneck Webbing Stretcher

R
212

For evenly stretching webbing to the correct tension, this tool allows you to apply leverage easily, using its head as a fulcrum. Six steel pins securely hold the webbing and a rubber bumper prevents slippage and marring. 10 long overall. Hardwood head and handle. 36K02.15 Webbing Stretcher $29.50

A. B. C. D.

23/4 Bezel Clock Inserts These good-quality USA-made clock inserts offer exceptional value. Featuring a bezel tted over a lens (each made of sturdy plastic), the inserts are 23/4 and mount in a 60mm (23/8) hole, 18mm (11/16) deep. Each operates on one AAA battery (not included). 1+ 6+ 46K50.40 White Arabic, Gold $13.50 $12.15 46K50.41 Ivory Roman, Gold $13.50 $12.15 46K50.42 Fancy Bezel, Gold $13.50 $12.15 06J71.38 Saw Tooth, 23/8 $28.30 Small Clock Inserts Available in two sizes, these excellent-quality inserts have a plated metal alloy case, a quartz watch movement, a at glass lens, a removable stainless-steel backplate, and a rubber gasket for easy mounting. To mount a favorite photo beside these clocks or on its own, a standard bezel case in each size is available empty. Battery included. 2 Clock Inserts The 50mm (2) dia. case mounts into a 46mm (113/16) dia. hole, 6mm (1/4) deep. 1+ 6+ 44K02.50 White Roman, Gold $16.50 $14.85 44K02.51 White Arabic, Gold $16.50 $14.85 44K02.52 Ivory Arabic, Gold $16.50 $14.85 44K02.53 Fancy Arabic, Gold $16.50 $14.85 44K02.54 Photo Frame, Gold $ 5.20 $ 4.70 06J71.29 Saw Tooth, 113/16 $16.90 17/16 Clock Inserts These are excellent inserts for desk clocks, plaques, etc. The 37mm (17/16) case mounts in a 35mm (13/8) hole, 6mm (1/4) deep. Time is set by a stem and crown mechanism. 1+ 6+ 44K01.50 White Arabic, Gold $12.90 $11.60 44K01.51 White Roman, Gold $12.90 $11.60 44K01.52 White Arabic, Silver $12.90 $11.60 44K01.53 White Roman, Silver $12.90 $11.60 44K01.54 Ivory Arabic, Gold $12.90 $11.60 44K01.55 Ivory Arabic, AB* $12.90 $11.60 44K01.56 Fancy Arabic, Gold $12.90 $11.60 44K01.57 Photo Frame $ 4.10 $ 3.70 06J72.35 Saw Tooth, 35mm $14.30
* Antique Brass

CLOCK PARTS
E F

A C

D H G J K

R T

E. F. G. H. J. K.

L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. S. T.

When making a turned clock with a cover plate for the back, it is often easiest to put the xing screws in the crack between plate and frame. Put a dimple in the frame and in the plate on either side of one of the xing screws for ease of orientation when replacing a removed back.

Looking for a Wider Selection?

A wider selection of clock kits and other parts and accessories is available from our website. Just search for "clocks" at

www.leevalley.com

U. V. W.

X. Y. Z.

Weather Instruments These weather instrument inserts are 72mm (just under 27/8) in diameter and mount in 21/2 holes. The included soft ring holds the instruments snugly in place. The barometers are graduated in kilopascals as well as inches of mercury. The thermometers measure in both Fahrenheit and Celsius. Humidity, fortunately, is the same in both systems. Available in either a modern-looking polished anodized aluminum bezel with easy-to-read high-contrast face, or with a traditional polished brass bezel and satin brass dial. These are ideal to mount for personal use or as a gift. Aluminum Bezel: 1+ 6+ 46K70.01 Barometer, ea. $18.50 $16.70 46K70.02 Hygrometer, ea. $10.50 $ 9.45 46K70.03 Thermometer, ea. $ 9.80 $ 8.80 46K70.10 Set of all 3 $33.00 Brass Bezel: 1+ 6+ 46K70.21 Barometer, ea. $18.50 $16.70 46K70.22 Hygrometer, ea. $10.50 $ 9.45 46K70.23 Thermometer, ea. $ 9.80 $ 8.80 46K70.30 Set of all 3 $33.00 06J71.40 Saw Tooth, 21/2 $31.20

AA. BB. CC. DD.

Large Clock Inserts These clock movements are the same size and style as our weather instruments. Though they are meant to complement each other in matched sets, they make attractive clocks on their own. Available with Roman or Arabic numerals. 72mm (just under 27/8) in diameter, they Wood not included. mount in 23/4 holes and come with mounting rings. The quartz movement uses one AAA battery (not included). Aluminum Bezel: 1+ 6+ 46K70.04 Roman Clock, ea. $13.80 $12.40 46K70.05 Arabic Clock, ea. $13.80 $12.40 Brass Bezel: 1+ 6+ 46K70.24 Roman Clock, ea. $13.80 $12.40 46K70.25 Arabic Clock, ea. $13.80 $12.40 06J71.44 Saw Tooth, 23/4 $36.10

U V

W X

Z AA BB
Mounting ring included with inserts.

DD CC
213

When mounting a dial, be sure that the 6 is exactly at the bottom. Otherwise, the clock will always look like a crooked picture hanging on the wall. C. Roman Numeral Clock Kit

Mini quartz movement with 1/4, 3/8, 1/2 or 3/4 shaft length, 5/8 adhesivebacked Roman numerals, and hands suitable for plaque clocks. One AA battery required (not included). 1+ 6+ 46K31.10 1/4 Kit, Roman $8.20 $7.40 46K31.12 3/8 Kit, Roman $8.20 $7.40 46K31.13 1/2 Kit, Roman $8.20 $7.40 46K31.11 3/4 Kit, Roman $8.20 $7.40 B
Wooden bases not included.

Dial and Hand Combinations Since it can be difcult to match hands to dials without having the actual samples to work with, we have pre-selected hands to match the combinations shown. The dial and hand sets include one hour, one minute and one second hand. The dials are aluminum backed. The Im Retired dial comes with three sets of hands: shing rod pair, knife and fork, hammer and screwdriver. (Movements not included).
1+ 6+ D. 46K07.08 6 Sq. Gold, Arabic E. 46K05.33 77/8 dia. Im Retired F. 46K05.17 71/2 Sq., Shaker

Back of clock shown.

$10.50 $10.80 $ 7.30

$9.45 $9.70 $6.55

Skeleton Quartz Clock Component With an exposed metal gear assembly driven by an accurate quartz movement, this skeleton clock comes fully assembled and requires only a custom base for completion. With an integrated second-hand dial display, it is available with a gold-tone round or oval Roman chapter ring. The clock stands 57/8 tall, mounts into 1/4 diameter holes at 23/4 centers and secures using two #4 screws (not included). Requires one AA battery (not included). Dial and support legs are plated plastic. A. 46K01.56 Round Clock Kit $29.50 B. 46K01.57 Oval Clock Kit $29.50 G C

G. Calendar Clock Kit and Plan

Completed calendar clock with ivory dial

This kit has all the parts needed (except wood and glass) to build a 31-day calendar clock, including the movement, minute, hour and day hands, one white and one ivory-colored polypropylene dial (use either), clock case hardware (hinges, catch and retaining clips), a 16 pendulum and a decorative "regulator" decal. Movement operation instructions included. Two AA batteries required (not included). Large-scale plan includes a bill of materials and full instructions. For beginner or expert. 46K34.03 Calendar Clock Kit $44.50 01L50.39 Calendar Clock Plan $19.50 46K34.04 Clock Kit & Plan $59.50

G D
H.

J. K. L.

Adhesive-Backed Numerals, Dots & Bars Adhesive-backed numerals are available in Roman and Arabic styles. We also offer sets of dots and bars for modern designs. Styles can be used in combination (e.g., numerals marking the quarters only, with dots or bars in between). Made in USA. 1+ 6+ 46K56.02 5/8 Arabic, set of 12 $1.60 $1.45 46K56.01 1 Arabic, set of 12 $1.80 $1.60 46K56.04 1/2 Arabic, set of 12 $1.60 $1.45 46K57.02 5/8 Roman, set of 12 $1.80 $1.60 46K57.01 1 Roman, set of 12 $1.80 $1.60 46K58.02 3/16 dia. Dots, set of 12 $1.60 $1.45 46K58.01 5/8 dia. Dots, set of 12 $1.80 $1.60 46K59.03 5/8 Bars, set of 24 $2.20 $1.95 46K59.04 1 Bars, set of 32 $2.40 $2.15

F H J K

L
214 Project Supplies
Im Retired dial includes three sets of hands.

Wood not included.

Movements Shaft length based on thickness of material The quartz movements we list are battery operated and include the hardware and instructions to mount the movement. The shaft length we indicate in the price line is the threaded portion of the shaft that will x onto the dial plate or piece of wood. Choose the shaft size based on the thickness of material used. There is an additional 5/16 for mounting the hands. D. Continuous Sweep Movements

E. Mini Quartz Movements

B A
A. Coffee-Grinder Mechanism

A simple but effective traditional coffee-grinder mechanism. Easily adjusted for neness of grind. All cast-iron construction. Mounts on a 47/8 square wooden box (not included). Stained knob, two mounting screws, instructions and plan to make the box are all included. 1+ 6+ 93K03.10 Grinder Mechanism $19.80 $17.85
B. Hourglass

This hand-blown hourglass is made in Europe and lled with 60 minutes (2 minutes) of ne D E natural sand. It is 3 in diameter by 8 long. (Wood not included.) 1+ 5+ F. 3 Saw Tooth Bit for Clocks 33K05.03 Hourglass, ea. $39.50 $35.40 A large-diameter drill bit is often required for making clean, at-bottomed holes for mini quartz movements. Made to our specications, this bit has Visit us at www.leevalley.com teeth with a skewed shear-cut design to prevent ber pull and to give clean holes. 3 in diameter, 61/2 long overall, with a hex shank. F 06J71.48 HSS Saw Tooth Bit, 3 $40.70 C. The Complete Guide to Making Wooden Clocks G. Mechanical Chime Quartz Movement Chime Movements by John A. Nelson With mechanically driven hammers, this quartz These quartz movements, with speakers, play As both a collector and a maker of clocks, movement plays the either 4/4 Westminster or 4/4 Whittington chimes. Nelson is well qualied to cover the subject of "bim bam" chime on The standard chime is 23/831/413/8 thick. The American-made clocks. He gives a good short two tuned chime pendulum chime is 41/231/413/8 thick; the history of the styles and the makers from the late rods. They sound on pendulum (19 installed) can be cut to size. Both 18th century to the present, with beautiful color the hour, the number feature chime selection, volume control, and an photographs of the classic types. A sequence of of chimes indicating automatic night silence setting. Shaft length is 5/16. 22 photographs showing the construction steps the time of day, as One C-size battery is required (not included). for a cofn clock will serve as a model for the well as chiming once H. 46K01.32 Standard Chime $46.50 general construction procedure for others. on the half hour, or J. 46K01.33 Pendulum Chime $49.50 Mechanically Detailed plans are given for 37 clock projects, all driven hammers they can be switched strike tuned illustrated with color photographs and dimenoff if preferred. The K. Pendulum Movements chime rods. sioned drawings. They include wall clocks, shelf movement, with an These quartz pendulum movements (no chime or clocks, desk clocks, regulators, schoolhouse integrated pendulum drive, operates with or strike) are available with a 1/4 or 5/8 long shaft clocks, one tall grandfather clock and a great without a pendulum (16 pendulum included). (see box at top of page). Size is 21/431/47/8. variety of others in both modern and traditional 7/16 long and supports minute and The shaft is Pendulum is 181/2 long installed and can be styles. Second edition, softcover, 81/211, hour hands only. Dimensions (excluding shaft) are shortened if desired. One AA battery is required 182 pages, 2003. 57/8 wide by 71/4 tall by 2 deep. One D battery is (not included). 1+ 6+ 49L50.12 Making Wooden Clocks $16.00 required (not included). Instructions included. 46K01.08 1/4 Pendulum $17.50 $15.75 46K01.55 Chime Quartz Movement $69.50 46K01.09 5/8 Pendulum $17.50 $15.75

Most of todays quartz clocks, which are regulated by a man-made crystal, oscillate at approximately 32 kHz when electrically charged. This oscillation is electronically stepped down to pulse at 1-second intervals, creating a tick-tick sound. For those who nd the ticking sound a nuisance, these continuous sweep quartz movements pulse 16 times per second, making the second hand move in a manner that is seemingly uninterrupted and virtually silent. These compact, battery-operated movements are available in 1/8, 1/4 and 3/8 shaft lengths. All shaft diameters are 5/16. Movements are 27/3227/325/8. One AA battery required (not included). 1+ 6+ 25+ 46K01.50 1/8 Cont. Sweep $7.20 $6.50 $5.75 46K01.51 1/4 Cont. Sweep $7.20 $6.50 $5.75 46K01.52 3/8 Cont. Sweep $7.20 $6.50 $5.75

Compact, battery-operated quartz movements with a choice of ve shaft lengths 1/8, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, or 3/4. All shaft diameters are 5/16. The dimensions are 2 7/ 322 7/ 32 5/ 8. Mounting hardware included. One AA battery required (not included). Excellent movements. 1+ 6+ 25+ 46K01.11 1/8 Quartz, ea. $5.10 $4.60 $4.05 46K01.12 1/4 Quartz, ea. $5.10 $4.60 $4.05 46K01.14 3/8 Quartz, ea. $5.10 $4.60 $4.05 46K01.15 1/2 Quartz, ea. $5.10 $4.60 $4.05 46K01.13 3/4 Quartz, ea. $5.10 $4.60 $4.05

K G H J

C
215

Kit includes gun, ocking material in one color, and matching adhesive.

H
A. Flocking Kit

This kit will enable even the fumble-ngered to put a soft, high-quality lining in a case or jewellery box in a few minutes. It can also be used for putting non-marring bases on lamps or bookends, for fuzzy parts on childrens toys, or anywhere you would otherwise be cutting and pasting felt, baize, or other lining material. "Suede-Tex" is made from rayon lament cut to a uniform length of 1/32 that is sprayed onto an adhesive-covered surface, using a specially designed spray gun. Filaments are anchored upright to give a soft surface with an even nap. The resulting ocking is lustrous and durable; after 10 to 15 hours of drying time, the bers cannot be rubbed off. The 3 oz of Suede-Tex (with 8 oz of matching adhesive undercoat) will cover more than 15 sq.ft. of surface. If you put the piece being worked on inside a cardboard box, all leftover bers can be trapped for reuse.

The kit includes a cardboard ocking gun, 3 oz Bevelled Mirrors of ocking material in one of ve colors, and With polished and bevelled edges, these mirrors 8 oz of matching adhesive. The gun, ocking can be mounted in jewellery-box lids or cabibers and adhesive are all available separately. nets, or used to highlight special pieces. All are Kit and adhesive shipped only by ground approximately 3mm thick. 1+ 5+ methods; bers can be shipped by any means. F. 42K04.02 Oval, 23 $7.50 $6.75 98K10.03 Green Flocking Kit $26.90 42K04.03 Oval, 35 $7.80 $7.00 98K10.05 Brown Flocking Kit $26.90 42K04.04 Oval, 46 $9.00 $8.10 98K10.06 Blue Flocking Kit $26.90 G. 42K01.02 Round, 2 $4.20 $3.75 98K10.07 Red Flocking Kit $26.90 42K01.03 Round, 3 $5.00 $4.50 98K10.08 Black Flocking Kit $26.90 42K01.04 Round, 4 $6.80 $6.10 98K10.02 Flocking Gun only $ 6.50 H. 42K02.02 Octagon, 2 $3.90 $3.50 42K02.03 Octagon, 3 $4.40 $3.95 Color 3 oz Flocking 8 oz Adhesive 42K02.04 Octagon, 4 $5.50 $4.95
Green Brown Blue Red Black 98K08.20 98K08.15 98K08.16 98K08.19 98K08.33 $11.95 $11.95 $11.95 $11.95 $11.95 98K06.20 98K06.15 98K06.16 98K06.19 98K06.33 $11.95 $11.95 $11.95 $11.95 $11.95

Adhesive-Backed Felt E. Cork Liner Made of a strong 10 oz wool/rayon blend, this As well as being an excellent material for adhesive-backed felt is suitable for soft bases on making cushion bases for projects or lining an lamps, boxes, gameboards, etc., or for lining boxes area of a project table, natural cork makes a good or drawers. Pieces are 1724. Available individshelf, drawer and toolbox liner. Supplied as a ually in green, dark brown or red, or as an assorted 1248 long roll, the cork is 1/16 thick and is package of three (one of each color). 1+ easily cut to size. Use spray adhesive, contact 6+ cement or rubber cement for xing. B. 76K04.01 Green Felt, ea. $15.50 $13.95 C. 76K04.03 Brown Felt, ea. $15.50 $13.95 76K05.25 Cork Liner, 1248 $8.95 D. 76K04.05 Red Felt, ea. $15.50 $13.95 To order call 1-800-871-8158 76K04.10 Pkg. of 3 Assorted $41.50

J. K. L. M. N.

Adhesive-Backed Felt Pads These pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive felt pads are ideal for various projects. The felt strip can be mounted on the runners of rocking chairs or rocking horses; it is 1/2 wide by 3/16 thick by 58 long. The 3/4 and 11/8 diameter pads (3/16 thick) can be used on chair legs, large wooden boxes, etc. The smaller green dots are ideal for mounting on coasters, trivets, etc.; they are 3/8 in diameter by 1/16 thick. For larger surfaces, the 693/16 thick felt pad can be cut to size. 93K86.01 Felt Strip, 1/258 $3.20 93K86.03 Pkg. of 24 Pads, 3/4 dia. $3.20 93K86.05 Pkg. of 16 Pads, 11/8 dia. $3.20 93K87.01 Pkg. of 60 Dots, 3/8 dia. $1.80 93K86.10 Felt Pad, 69 $4.50

K E M

216

Platter Handles E These decorative handles make it easy to create striking wooden serving platters that can be hung on the A kitchen wall between uses. The rooster and the pig are suited to round or oval platters in B the 10 to 12 range, and the sh works best with round or oval platters in the 12 to 16 range. Integral posts Brass Pen Holder make installation easy. Instructions Turned from solid brass, polished and lacquered, included. Made in France of die-cast zinc with this pen holder is 3 long overall with a 9/16 a pewter nish. (Wood not included.) 1+ base. The base has a ball swivel tension adjust6+ ment and a mounting bolt. A straight black pen is E. 88K80.03 Rooster Handle Set $24.50 $22.00 offered separately. 1+ 6+ F. 88K80.05 Pig Handle Set $26.50 $23.85 A. 93K22.01 Pen Holder only, ea. $6.00 $5.40 G. 88K80.02 Fish Handle Set $27.50 $24.75 B. 93K22.02 Pen only, ea. $1.50 $1.35 H. Clipboard Clip and Calculator A custom-made clipboard is easy to make and is a H wonderful gift. Used as a portable writing surface or as a lap desk, it is also a satisfying way to use up short boards that are too good to throw away. Ripped to the thickness you want, the pieces need only to be edge glued and nished. This goldcolored plated-steel spring clip comes with a C calculator and two adhesive strips for mounting it (or anything else such as a plaque, photo, etc.) in the 21/833/8 (54mm86mm) recessed panel. The strong spring, a paper stop behind the clip C. Stainless-Steel Inserts edge, a pen/pencil holder with 1/4 to 3/4 capacity, You can use these inserts as liners for small turned vases and color-matching machine screws and cap nuts or as holders in a wooden for mounting are all features not found with other base. About 3 tall and just board clips. Designed by Lee Valley. 1+ 4+ shy of 1 in diameter, with a 88K78.17 Clip & Calculator $7.90 $7.10 rolled lip, they t in a 1 drilled hole with minimal J. Brass Rivets play (slight sanding may be Rivets are incredibly handy in the shop for required at the top of the xing wood to metal, or two pieces of metal to hole due to manufacturing each other, or even as joints in toys. But where they really shine is in rehandling a knife. variances). Package of four. You can easily renew knives that you 88K92.70 SS Inserts, pkg. of 4 $13.50 might otherwise have thrown out. The three sizes below will fasten total D. Toolbox Ends thicknesses of 3/8 to 1/2, 1/2 to 5/8, Its an easy matter to create a portable toolbox with these steel toolbox ends and standard 18 (3/4 and 5/8 to 1, but can also be shortthick) material. Includes instructions and all the ened. Rivet size stated in millimetres is hardware needed for construction; you supply only head diameter by length of longest piece. the wood. Finished, the toolbox provides a storage Sold as 50 sets of rivets. 1+ 6+ space 61/2 deep by 71/4 wide, the length being as 33K62.01 6mm8mm Rivets (3/8 to 1/2) $ 8.20 $ 7.40 long as you deem practical. The formed panels are 33K62.03 6mm10mm Rivets (1/2 to 5/8) $ 8.70 $ 7.85 20 ga. steel for strength and have a durable red 33K62.05 8.5mm16mm Rivets (5/8 to 1) $12.90 $11.60 powder-coat nish. Rubber feet on the bottoms of the panels elevate the toolbox and prevent surface K. Spice Bottles marring. An easy method for making a durable Making a spice rack is a pleasant toolbox with relatively minor effort. 1+ project within the design skills of 5+ most. It can be a welcome gift, but 50K64.01 Toolbox Ends, pr. $14.50 $12.25 nding decent spice bottles is often Wood not included. more difcult than making the rack. These are good glass bottles, 41/8 high by 17/8 in diameter, that hold about 41/2 oz and have double iptop lids, one side for shaking, the K other for spooning.
Rubber feet prevent surface marring.

Wood not included.

Flexible holder accepts up to 3/4 diameter pen or pencil.

Bottle & Cap, ea. 1+ 12+ 24+ 12K82.10 $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 D
To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit us at www.leevalley.com Project Supplies 217

F G H J A B K

Wood not included.

Projector Scopes These magnifying projectors are ideal for enlarging letters, drawings, prints, etc. The amount of magnication is determined by the distance the projector is placed from the surface it is focused on. Ideal for children or hobbyists, the 75-watt model will magnify an image (max. 31/2 sq.) up to 5 times the original size (approx. 18 sq. at 5), the limit for a good, crisp image. The 100-watt model will magnify images (max. 55) up to 10 times the original size. A 55 area can be magnied to 44. Best used with unfrosted bulbs (not included) in a darkened room. UL/CUL certied. (Note: Image clarity is reduced in proportion to magnication. At higher magnication, more detail is lost.) A. 27K07.75 Small Scope, 75W $26.50 B. 27K07.76 Large Scope, 100W $59.50 F. C D E
G. H. J. K.

Buttons & Plugs Specialty wood pieces are needed to complete many projects. To cover countersunk screws or for decorative effects, these buttons and plugs are nicely made from goodquality hardwood (maple or oak). Height and base diameter is listed for each.
Height Base C. 41K01.30 Button
1/4 5/16 3/8 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2

Shown actual size.

Cribbage Board Template and Pegs The cost of a cribbage board is all in labor the wood is negligible. Our cribbage board template makes it possible to cut the time appreciably. It completely eliminates layout time; you are left only with drilling and nishing time. The 1433/4 layout is designed to make a cribbage board for use by two, three or four players; you add border trim to this. The metal cribbage pegs are nickel plated, black oxide steel, or solid brass. Tip tapers from 0.100 to 0.180 and ts into a 1/8 dia. hole. The hardwood peg can be stained or painted. 41K05.10 Board Template $2.00 Pegs, ea. 1+ 10+ 50+ 100+ 41K01.57 Hardwood $ .25 $ .21 $ .19 $ .16 41K05.03 Nickel Plate $ .90 $ .75 $ .65 $ .55 41K05.02 Black Steel $ .90 $ .75 $ .65 $ .55 41K05.01 Brass $1.10 $ .95 $ .80 $ .70

1+

10+

100+

500+

Visit the Web For All Our Toy & Project Parts
In addition to everything here, our website offers a greater selection of project supplies, including hundreds of wooden parts, toy components, and specialized hardware for a wide variety of projects. Just search for "project parts" at

41K01.31 41K01.32 D. 41K10.21 41K10.22 E. 41K10.31 41K10.32

Button Button Maple Plug Oak Plug Maple Plug Oak Plug

$ $ $ $ $ $ $

.06 .08 .08 .06 .09 .06 .09

$ $ $ $ $ $ $

.05 .06 .06 .05 .07 .05 .07

$ $ $ $ $ $ $

.04 .05 .05 .04 .06 .04 .06

$ $ $ $ $ $ $

.03 .04 .04 .03 .05 .03 .05

www.leevalley.com
Xylophone Kits With one of these kits, a few tools, and basic woodworking skills, you can make a musical instrument from the wood of your choice (even if you cant carry a tune!). The 13-note kit lets you build a xylophone* that plays a singleoctave chromatic scale (includes sharps and ats); the 25-note kit is for a xylophone that plays a two-octave chromatic scale. Pre-drilled for easy assembly, each zinc-plated steel bar is stamped to indicate the note. Kits contain all required hardware, including screws and foam spacers to elevate the bars so they resonate when struck. You supply the material for the body, which can be as simple or elaborate as your skills or needs dictate. Instructions included. Makes a memorable gift. There are several options for making a mallet; the hardwood dowel and through-drilled ball listed below will make a simple one. 1+ 10+ 88K97.13 13-Note Xylophone Kit $14.50 88K97.25 25-Note Xylophone Kit $24.50 41K30.02 5/1612 Dowel Rod $ .55 $ .45 41K01.08 1 Ball w/5/16 Hole $ .50 $ .42
* This style of instrument is popularly known as a xylophone. However, its proper name is glockenspiel or metallophone because the bars are metal (not wood).

Examples of completed kits. Wood not included.

O N

L. M. N. O.

218

A Cane Heads Polished solid brass ttings for making canes. Each cane head comes with an internally threaded 1 diameter collar for screwing directly onto the cane shaft. For those who want to make segmented canes, 1 and 3/4 joining plates are available separately. All ttings are cast brass, turned, threaded, and polished. 1+ 6+ D. 93K30.03 Eagle, ea. $10.90 $9.80 E. 93K30.01 Regency, ea. $10.90 $9.80 F. 93K31.01 1 Join, ea. $ 4.80 $4.30 93K31.02 3/4 Join, ea. $ 4.60 $4.10

B B

Teeth perforate paper to mark pattern.

A. Graphite Tracing Paper

Veritas Couplers These chromated zinc couplers make solid, invisible threaded joins for canes, staffs, pool cues, or knock-down applications. The coupler consists of two nuts (7/16 in diameter by 1 long) with a 1/4-20 joining screw. The camera-mount is a variation of this coupler (with a 1 nut and a 1/2 nut) specically for joining a knob to the end of a staff so the staff can be used as a camera monopod by simply removing the knob and mounting the camera on the exposed 1/4-20 stud. (Both video cameras and 35mm cameras take a 1/4-20 mount.) B. Set of Three Pounce Wheels 1+ 6+ Pounce wheels quickly and accurately transfer G. 05E06.04 Zinc Coupler $4.40 $3.95 patterns onto working stock. With the plan posi- H. 05E06.06 Zinc Camera-Mount $4.40 $3.95 tioned on your wood, trace the lines with the wheel; the teeth perforate the paper and mark the Veritas Cane & Staff Tips pattern on the wood. The perforated line can be Available in stainless steel or brass, these topmade more visible by dabbing it with a pounce quality cane and staff tips are made in our own bag (chalk powder in a cloth pouch). The pattern machine shop. The 3/4 long size ts shafts with is then reusable later with only the pounce bag. a 5/8 or larger end diameter; the 11/4 long size The set includes a 1/4 wheel with 28 tpi for ne ts shafts with a minimum 3/4 end diameter. work, a second 1/4 wheel with 15 tpi, and a 7/16 The two smaller sizes are scored internally to provide a mechanical lock for gluing and have wheel with 15 tpi. internally chamfered lips for a snug t. Measuring 88N03.01 Pounce Wheels, set of 3 $16.50 13/4 long, the largest tip ts shafts with a 1 or larger end diameter and mounts with an included C. Magnetic Paint screw. To t the large cane tip to the shaft, you This paint, which has tiny iron particles mixed can shape the shaft end freehand to match the into it, is simply brushed onto non-magnetic tapered tip socket, or to apply a close-t taper, materials, such as wood, to create a surface that you can use our 5/8 Veritas tapered tenon cutter magnets will stick to. Dark gray, this latex-based primer can be top-coated with any regular latex or (available separately). All three sizes include enamel paint. Flat rare-earth magnets work best heavy-duty rubber tips (with xing screws) for (see our Magnets section), but any at magnet everyday use; the two larger sizes also come with a stainless-steel tip that can be interchanged will do. The 1-pint can covers 1 square metre with the rubber tip for additional grip when (10.8 square feet) with two coats; a third coat stream wading or mountaineering. Made in provides even greater attraction. Thorough stirCanada. Sizes listed are length by diameter. ring is required. Should be applied with a foam Stainless Steel brush or roller. Leaves a slightly rough surface. 1+ 6+ Great for home projects or childrens rooms. J. 05K99.31 3/45/8 Tip, ea. $ 9.50 $ 8.55 53Z20.10 Magnetic Paint $16.50 K. 05K99.32 11/43/4 Tip, ea. $15.50 $13.95 L. 05K99.35 13/41 Tip, ea. $18.90 $17.00 Top-coated with Brass 1+ 6+ regular paint. M. 05E06.01 3/45/8 Tip, ea. $ 8.50 $ 7.65 N. 05E06.02 11/43/4 Tip, ea. $14.50 $13.00 O. 05E07.01 13/41 Tip, ea. $18.50 $16.65
Brass cane tips not only add a touch of class to your project, but will also protect the wood against abrasion and water damage.
Primed with magnetic paint.

This high-quality graphite tracing paper has several advantages over regular carbon paper when you are transferring patterns for fretwork, lettering, or carving. Specifically made for woodworkers, it leaves a dark, clean line on paper or wood that wont smudge. Can be reused several times. With no wax or grease, it is easily painted over and will not bleed through. The paper comes in a 12144 continuous roll. 41K75.01 Graphite Tracing Paper $8.50

F G

K N

P. Veritas Tapered Tenon Cutter

Our 5/8 tapered tenon cutter will quickly taper a shaft end for close t with the tapered socket of our Veritas cane & staff tip. Used much like a handheld pencil sharpener, it is suitable for use on soft, green or hard wood from 5/8 to 11/8 in diameter. It is a good alternative to freehand shaping of a shaft end, especially if you plan to make several canes or hiking staffs. Made in Canada. Patent pending. 05J61.09 5/8 Tapered Tenon Cutter $22.50

Samples of completed boxes Strips can be woven for panel insert.

A Shaker Oval Box Kits Traditionally used to store tea, herbs and sewing sundries, these oval boxes typify Shaker design, graceful and functional with Boxes nested together. clean lines. These kits contain all the necessary materials specially prepared cherry side band material, quarter-cut stock for the box tops and bottoms, plus wooden pegs and copper fasteners. Full-sized patterns allow easy construction of templates and bending forms, and thorough instructions provide clear guidance for shaping and bevelling the swallowtail ngers and bending the sides. Steaming or boiling of the wood is required for bending. The swing handle carrier kit makes one #4 handled carrier (approx. 69), while the oval box kit produces a nesting set of three boxes in sizes #1 to #3 (approx. 23/443/4 to 45/871/4). A. 55K68.02 Swing Handle Carrier Kit $27.50 B. 55K68.01 Shaker Oval Box Kit $35.00

G
G. Cherry Veneer Strips

Shown actual size.

Copper Tacks for Shaker Oval Boxes Specially designed for clinching the fingers on Shaker oval boxes, these copper tacks have a thin section to minimize splitting. Sold in 1 oz packages. Tack lengths, recommended box sizes, and approximate quantities are listed in the H. Cedar Shakes price lines. Suitable for mounting on roofs of birdhouses, Box fashion dollhouses (1:10 scale), mailboxes, etc. Tacks Length Size Qty. 3/16 Each shake is about 21/4 long, and from 3/4 to C. 55K68.05 #1 #0-#1 800 $5.50 13/16 wide. A package will cover approx. 230 to D. 55K68.06 #11/2 7/32 #1-#3 600 $5.50 1/4 450 sq. in. (depending on overlap). A waterE. 55K68.07 #2 #4-#6 375 $5.50 proof glue can be used to fasten them, but F. 55K68.08 #21/2 5/16 #7-#12 200 $5.50 nailing is the best method. Sold as a package of about 200 shakes. Veneer Business Cards 88K55.01 Cedar Shakes, pkg. of 200 $9.95 1 These 3 /22 cards are single-ply maple that can be imprinted with a rubber stamp. As the samples show, the stamp can be custommade for gift or presentation tags or just a plain address. A unique alternative to printed business cards that is not only inexpensive, but adds the nal touch to a nely handcrafted project. Although we have a good supply on hand, H quantities are limited as this product is made from recycled factory offcuts. (Printed samples shown are not included.) 99W89.05 Veneer Cards, pkg. of 50 $3.50

These tubes of veneer offer incredible value and quality. Available in three widths (1/8, 3/16 and 1/4), all 24 Strips long. The strips can be used can be used to for a variety of projects, decorate picture frames. such as modelmaking, strip ooring on model boats or dollhouses, or inlay work. The tubes are packaged to capacity, but the minimum number of strips is stated in the price lines. Approx. 6 sq.ft. of veneer per tube. 55K67.01 Tube of 1/824 Strips (300) $23.50 55K67.02 Tube of 3/1624 Strips (225) $23.50 55K67.03 Tube of 1/424 Strips (150) $23.50

J. Box of Veneer

Over 50 square feet of 20 different species packed in a large pizza box. There is enough here for dozens of projects or all the furniture veneer repairs you are likely to face in a lifetime. The box is not lled with scraps; it has good usable-sized pieces. Tremendous value. 55K66.01 Box of Veneer $59.50 J

Looking for Veneer?

55K64.08 Maple Burl

55K64.56 Redwood Burl

Available in 20 wood species, our conveniently sized packages of top-grade veneer are sequence matched for consistent color and grain. We also offer assortments of domestic and exotic wood veneers, as well as dyed veneers. For more information, search for "veneer" at

www.leevalley.com
220

C. Laminate Roller

For laminating veneers to a substrate, you need a hard rubber roller to squeeze out glue and air bubbles for a consistent bond. This roller is ideally shaped to apply maximum force with a natural one-handed grip. Contoured maple body, steel end caps, Delrin rub collars, and a 3/4 diameter roller (31/4 long) with a steel core closely mated to the steel shaft. A top-quality roller. Made in USA. 99K55.01 Laminate Roller $29.90

Wood Veneer Sheets & Edge Banding These wood veneers are exible and easy to apply. They Visit us at www.leevalley.com are 1/100 thick, and are tenderized (so they wont crack), sanded, and paper backed. Ideal for covering plywood, MDF, particleboard, or nishing curves. Sold individually D. 50 tpi Veneer Saw in sheets 24 wide and 96 long. To our knowledge, this is the rst The matching solid-wood edge banding is pre-glued time anyone has offered a 50 tpi saw with a hot-melt adhesive and can be ironed on and of any kind that has bevel-sharpened trimmed. Supplied in rolls 3/4 wide and 25 long. teeth. Made in the traditional convex blade pattern, it is very effective, Species A. Veneer Sheets B. Edge Banding needing only a light touch to make it cut effectively. The tilted redwood 41A01.01 Mahogany 41A01.24 $59.00 $6.50 handle is comfortable in use and 41A02.24 41A02.01 Cherry $59.00 $6.50 allows a clear line of sight to the cut 41A03.24 41A03.01 Red Oak line. It was a long time in develop$47.00 $6.50 ment to master the sharpening of 41A04.01 White Oak 41A04.24 $59.00 $6.95 such tiny teeth (only 0.020 wide 41A05.24 41A05.01 Maple $47.00 $6.50 at the base) but well worth the effort. 3 blade. 81/4 long overall. 41A06.24 41A06.01 Walnut $59.00 $6.50 09A02.85 Saw, 50 tpi $29.95
E. Puring Cutter

4 actual size

K. Veneer Hammer L. Veneer Tape Two knives are used for violin puring and one for guitar Used for laying up veneers before With three working surfaces and an insulated handle, puring. The cutting width is adjustable from 1/16 to 1/4. bonding, this tear-resistant German this French veneer hammer retains heat well for glue veneer tape has an acid-free gum work. The 33/8 polished brass face has a semiHand crafted of cherry wood and brass, it is about 5 long adhesive. Suitable for all veneer overall. Designed by Irving Sloane. circular edge that eliminates abrasion, snagging, and thicknesses, the tape is strong, staining problems on wood reactive to iron (such as 55P20.01 Puring Cutter $42.50 thin and translucent all of which oak) when smoothing out trapped air and excess glue. are necessary properties of a good The opposed face is belled for work on small pieces F. Pax Curved Inlay Saw veneer tape. A translucent tape and for driving veneer nails. The third work surface This ne inlay saw has a thin curved blade and a brass back makes it easier to view seams for (the 1 handle tip) is wedge-shaped for work in for rigidity. The 3 blade has 20 tpi (teeth per inch) and cuts better matching. A thin tape is desirdifcult-to-reach areas; it is not intended for veneer a kerf of just 0.011. Measures about 71/2 long overall with able as it speeds removal through removal. Measures about 101/2 long. A leather a rosewood handle and brass ferrule. Made in Shefeld. sanding or scraping. At 3/4 wide, sheath protects the brass face while in storage. 33T08.20 Curved Inlay Saw $24.50 this tape is 0.002 thick and comes 33K40.05 Veneer Hammer $64.50 in a 650 roll. 34 gram paper. G. Heavy-Duty Rotary Cutter This is an excellent cutter for veneer or other thin wood, as 27K07.65 Veneer Tape, 650 $6.95 well as leather, paper, vinyl, lm, fabric, etc. The incredibly sharp tool-steel blade has a built-in blade guard. A bladetensioning nut lets you increase wheel drag for thick or hard materials. Usable left or right handed, the sturdy aluminum handle is lightweight and comfortable to use. Measures about 6 long overall. Blade is 13/4 in diameter. K 27K07.71 Aluminum Rotary Cutter $16.50 L H. 27K07.72 Repl. Wheel, ea. $ 4.90
J. Japanese Double Inlay Knife

This double knife adjusts from 2mm to Cut a 12mm (3/32 to 1/2). With blades clean-edged ground at on the outside and bevelled groove to clean out on the inside, it is perfect for cutting a with a precise groove for inlay strips of brass Parallel at chisel or or wood. The central bolt and thumb- all settings. router plane. screw are used to force the blades into a parallel conguration for all narrower cuts. Made from laminated steel, the blades hold a very keen edge. Remove the spreader bolt and the clamping bolt for easy sharpening. Also useful for laying out mortises and tenons up to 1/2 wide. Length overall is 53/4. 60N07.01 Japanese Inlay Knife $66.00

E F H

G
Project Supplies 221

F A

D C B

A. Expansible Dowel Pins

B. Metric Dowel Pins Biscuits are made from 1/8 thick high-strength Hardwood uted dowels in metric sizes. Made in These dowel pins have compressed spirals that berboard. Their slim prole makes them suitable Europe. Priced per package of 100. 1+ swell back to their original size on contact with 5+ for narrow pieces. Two sizes are available: 11/8 water-based glue. The spirals also spread glue DL Pkg. Pkg. long by 5/8 wide, and 15/16 long by 7/8 wide. more evenly than straight grooves, resulting in a 00S25.01 Pins 6mm30mm $4.00 $3.60 05J31.01 11/8 Mini Biscuits (100) $11.80 better bond and a tighter fit. Made of hard 00S25.02 Pins 6mm35mm $4.20 $3.75 05J31.02 11/8 Mini Biscuits (500) $52.50 Canadian maple or birch (depending on supply) 00S26.01 Pins 8mm30mm $4.50 $4.05 05J32.01 15/16 Mini Biscuits (100) $13.90 that can be compressed just enough for this prin05J32.02 15/16 Mini Biscuits (500) $62.00 ciple to work (unlike softer Asian hardwoods C. Joiner Biscuits E. 16J82.03 1/8 Cutter with 1/4 Shank $31.20 used for other dowel pins). The unique manufacThese are good-quality hardwood biscuits from 16J82.53 1/8 Cutter with 1/2 Shank $31.20 turing process ensures they are within a few Europe. Available in standard sizes #0, #10 and thousandths of an inch of being both perfectly #20 (equivalent sizes stated in brackets are F. Edge Trimmer For a fast, faultless job trimming edging on PVC round and the exact diameter stated. Chamfered nominal). All 5/32 thick. or melamine-edged cupboard doors, this hand ends allow easy entry. Using these, you can have 99K41.02 #0 (13/49/16), pkg. of 200 $11.50 trimmer is ideal. Each side has a double-shearing dowelled joints as strong as, or stronger than, 99K41.01 #0 (13/49/16), pkg. of 1000 $39.50 cutter for a ush 90 edge and two chamfering mortise and tenon joints. Packaged in sealed vinyl 99K42.02 #10 (21/83/4), pkg. of 200 $11.50 cutters to ease corners to a 20 bevel. Six blades bags to maintain moisture content and dimen99K42.01 #10 (21/83/4), pkg. of 1000 $39.50 in all. The chamfering cutters are adjustable sional stability. We recommend using our 2002 99K43.02 #20 (21/47/8), pkg. of 200 $11.50 GF cabinetmakers glue with these pins (see page 99K43.01 #20 (21/47/8), pkg. of 1000 $39.50 F 129). Priced per package of 100. 1+ 5+ Untrimmed Trimmed 90 Trimmed 20 DL Pkg. Pkg. D. Veritas Mini Biscuits 1 / Biscuit joinery is popular because it aligns glue41K60.01 Dowel Pins 41 $5.20 $4.65 from a fully withdrawn position to 1/8 of bevel. ups so well, but a biscuit joiner is expensive unless 41K60.02 Dowel Pins 1/411/2 $5.90 $5.30 Trims both edges at the same time. Blades can be you have the volume of work to justify it. Our 41K63.01 Dowel Pins 5/161 $5.60 $5.00 resharpened. mini biscuits will t into slots made by a standard 41K63.02 Dowel Pins 5/1611/2 $6.50 $5.85 1/8 high by 17/8 dia. slotting cutter, a table99K40.01 Edge Trimmer $19.50 41K61.01 Dowel Pins 3/81 $5.70 $5.10 99K40.02 Set of 6 Repl. Blades $ 9.50 mounted router and a router fence that pivots. 41K61.02 Dowel Pins 3/811/2 $6.80 $6.10 Set-up is simple add a piece of high-friction tape 41K61.03 Dowel Pins 3/82 $7.90 $7.10 to the inside face of your router fence, and set a G. Laminate End Trimmer 41K62.02 Dowel Pins 1/211/2 $8.60 $7.75 stop to limit the depth of cut as the fence is pivoted Used to trim the ends of veneer or melamine 41K62.03 Dowel Pins 1/22 $9.90 $8.90 to expose the bit. To cut a slot, align the marked edge banding ush with panel ends. Just set it on location on the work so that it is in line with the the panel edge and press the lever. Blades can To order call 1-800-871-8158 cutter, then pivot the fence to the preset limit. be removed for honing. A simple and effective tool. (Not suitable for hard materials such as Formica.) Finnish-Birch Plywoods This resin-bond plywood is water resistant for 99K40.05 Laminate End Trimmer $39.50 interior or exterior use. Unlike ordinary plywoods, it has no voids, is sanded on both H. Melamine Edge Banding sides, and is made up of thin layers that make it This melamine edge banding is pre-glued and very strong. The two thinner 3-ply plywoods are ready to iron in place. Each roll is 3/4 wide and ideal for forming (lamp shades, model or toy 50 long. Just apply and trim to size. parts, etc.). The 0.8mm (1/32) will form to a 11/2 41A10.01 White Melamine $6.95 diameter. The 1.5mm (1/16) will form to a 3 diameter. The thicker 3mm (1/8) by 6 ply is J. Milled-Tooth Cabinet File particularly strong and can be used for case Designed for use on plastics, construction, toolbox drawer bottoms, etc. non-ferrous metals and All of these plywoods are exterior-grade composites, this le has milled J L Close-up of milledFinnish birch of the same type (but uncertied) teeth with chip-breaking tooth le pattern used in aircraft. Sizes given are nominal. grooves. It is ideally suited for K use with melamine or other laminates. Although 1+ 3+ both faces are cut, only one edge is cut; the safe K. 03A10.02 0.8mm3 ply, 25 sq. $22.50 $19.10 edge lets you use the le ush to an upright L. 03A10.04 1.5mm3 ply, 25 sq. $24.50 $20.75 M without marking it. The le is 8 long. M. 03A10.06 3mm6 ply, 25 sq. $36.50 $31.00 97W01.01 Milled-Tooth File $13.50

Project Plans by Veritas

"Adirondack Plus" Plans We feel these are the best Adirondack plans sold today graceful as well as comfortable. The shaped seat and back t the body, making them comfortable without cushions. The full-scale plans include cutting lists and detailed construction notes, use standard lumber sizes, and are designed with extra bracing for strength and rigidity. Straightforward to build, since all shaped pieces are shown full size on the plans. D. "Adirondack Plus" Folding Chair Plan Our Adirondack chairs are very popular, but they are D bulky and difcult to store. To alleviate this problem, Chair folded Folding we offer plans for a folding chair E Adirondack chair. Having all the same features but folding to only 12 deep, it can be hung on a wall or stacked with others. Because fully threaded bolts at the pivot points would cause Hardware for folding chair premature wear in the wood, we offer a stainless-steel hardware pack consisting of six custom-made bolts with matching locking nuts and at washers. 05L05.40 Folding Chair Plan $13.95 Closed cabinet E. 05K05.41 Bolts for Folding Chair* $17.50
* For pivoting elements only. Wood screws are still needed for remainder. F. "Adirondack Plus" Chair & Footstool Plan F
Chair & footstool

You can build a standard chair or, by cutting the legs G and adding rockers and extra bracing, you can also build a rocking chair. Footstool plan included. 05L05.01 Chair/Rocker Plan $14.95 Plan and instructions for two hanging cabinets, one 243612 deep and the other 324816 deep. The cabinets are straightforward to build out of plywood and hardwood. Plan is adjustable for number and depth of drawers. Instructions include tips on tting out the interior for bits, chisels, squares, etc. 05L18.01 Hanging Cabinet Plan $13.95

G. Veritas Hanging Tool Cabinet Plan

B Veritas Tool Chest and Rolling Cabinet Plans A traditional tool chest plan using frame-andpanel construction. The top tool well is 41/2 deep. The eight drawers have tongue-and-rabbet joinery running over traditional hardwood slides. Spring pins (available separately) lock the front cover in position and the lid in turn can be locked. Overall size is 25101/2153/4 high. The rolling cabinet with its optional workbench top makes an ideal base for the tool chest. A sliding tool/drawing tray leaves the top clear for working. Overall size is 181/2261/234 high (with casters). A. 05L16.01 Tool Chest Plan $13.95 B. 05L17.01 Rolling Cabinet Plan $13.95 C. 05E11.01 Locking Spring Pins, pr. $ 9.95

11L02.29

11L02.04

71L99.50

11L02.23

We Have Over 100 Project Plans

01L50.13

Whether you want to build a backyard shed or give a gift with special meaning, theres nothing quite like making it yourself, and starting with a sound plan helps ensure your project will be a success. Our complete selection of plans is available on our website. Just search for "plans" at

01L50.07

Lid

11L04.09

11L02.08
Rail

www.leevalley.com
01L50.03

Front

01L50.04

11L02.25

11L02.38

B C

reduce gouging. The face of the curved adze is 23/8 in diameter. The heads weigh approximately 11/4 lb and are tted to 10 handles that Grnsfors of Sweden are textured for grip. Hand made by professional smiths in a small factory in $300.00 Sweden, Grnsfors tools have grace, heft and balance that D. 48U05.55 Sm. Straight Adze $310.00 reect good design and craftsmanship. All come complete E. 48U05.60 Sm. Curved Adze with oiled hickory handles and grain leather sheaths and are F. Grnsfors Carpenters Adze fully honed, ready for use. The adzes and axes are beautifully This well-balanced adze has a 3 face that is hand forged and come marked with the smiths initials. As they slightly bellied to prevent the corners from are hand made, weights and measures may vary slightly. gouging the work when smoothing at surfaces. It has a 2 lb head and 25 recurved handle for a A comfortable, efcient swing. 48U05.40 Carpenters Adze $350.00 G. Grnsfors Gutter Adze Blade is upswept and curved for efcient Traditionally used to hollow rain gutters from shaping of convex surfaces. solid wood, gutter adzes have double-curved A. Grnsfors Drawknife heads, with a prominently bellied face and a This is a substantial drawknife for peeling logs or gentle curvature from fore to aft, for efcient rounding large stock. It has an upswept, curved 13 waste wood removal on concave work. This one long blade for efcient shaping of convex surfaces. has a 2 lb head and a 25 recurved handle. The large handles set in line with the blade provide a 48U05.45 Gutter Adze $362.00 comfortable grip for good control whether for waste H. Grnsfors Axe Stone 1 removal or smoothing. Measures 25 /2 overall. A fast-cutting, 21/4 diameter sharpening stone 48U05.65 Swedish Drawknife $220.00 with a friction-fit rubber clamshell case for Grnsfors Carving Axes Single-bevel secure grip. Made of durable ceramic abrasive, it These carving axes were edge Double-bevel has a coarse 180x side that removes nicks and edge designed based on traditional leaves a toothed edge suitable for most large Swedish carving techniques. garden implements, and a ne 600x side for B C The large version is good for honing or maintaining an existing edge. The stone roughing large carvings and is best used with water as a lubricant, but can also architectural work. It has a 41/2 be used dry. Unaffected by freezing temperatures 1 single-bevel edge, a 14 /2 long (even when wet). Its compact size makes it an handle and a 2 lb head. With ideal carry-along to the woodlot or campsite. rounded lugs, sharply nipped 48U05.35 Grnsfors Axe Stone $45.00 shoulders and a slim blade section, the small axe has a 3 double-bevel edge and a 1 lb head. Only 10 long, the short, thick handle permits a "choked-up" grip directly behind the cutting edge for control when shaping. B. 48U04.02 Swedish Carving Axe $179.00 C. 48U05.50 Small Carving Axe $108.00 Grnsfors Hand Adzes These light, maneuverable adzes are for grooving in H log construction, sculpting, boatbuilding, or treen work. Like the carpenters and gutter adzes, their heads are slightly curved lengthwise for clearance. The straight adze has a 21/4 wide face that is bellied to
K. Froe Mallet

LOG BUILDING

J. Shingle and Riving Froe

End view of froe

A froe is used for the controlled splitting (riving) of green wood. Typical uses are shingle making, splitting saplings for fences, and splitting blanks for furniture making. In earlier days, they were even used to make siding. The mechanical advantage of a 20 long handle, along with a blade designed for controlled splitting, lets a user do quite accurate work after a bit of practice. The blade is 12 long, 21/2 deep and 5/16 thick. Basic instructions for use, including how to make a riving brake, are included. 09A09.05 Shingle and Riving Froe $36.50

Mallets used for froes go by many names, such as beetles, mauls and clubs. Froe users often make their own mallets from green hardwood, partly because it is inexpensive and partly because a good commercial froe mallet has not been available before. Fortunately, we have been able to get Sam Bat, the famous Ottawa rm that makes bats for over 130 baseball pros, to make mallets for us from pro-grade overweight blanks, too heavy to meet the weight limitations of professional bats. The kiln-dried hard maple is ideal for froe mallets since a steel hammer cannot be used; it would destroy the blade of the froe. The mallet will not last forever but it will last much longer than any mallet made from green wood of any North American species. 16 long with a head diameter of 25/8, they weigh about 2 lb each. 09A09.10 Froe Mallet $24.50

L. Spiral Splitting Wedge

This is a super splitting wedge. Its narrow tip allows you to start the wedge in a block using minimal effort (with less chance of hitting your hand). Once started, the aggressive spiral action works as a lever, prying the block of wood apart and preventing seizure. 81/2 long and weighs 43/4 lb. 33U23.01 Spiral Splitting Wedge $39.50
224

Axe weight, face and handle sizes are described in the chart.

dle Han

ce Fa

Grnsfors Axes The mortise axe has a chisel-like bit for Product Overall The mini hatchet is a terric camp axe, well removing waste from mortises in rail fence Grnsfors Face Handle Price # Weight suited to chopping and splitting kindling. The construction or log building. larger hatchet has a classic shape with rounded The throwing axe is made to competition A. 48U05.05 Mini Hatchet 21/2 101/2 1 lb $160.00 lugs, sharply nipped shoulders and a slim blade standards for weight, balance and size. It comes B. 48U03.07 Hatchet 3 131/2 13/4 lb $111.00 section. with throwing instructions and complete rules. C. 48U04.03 Small Carpenters Axe 31/2 171/2 21/4 lb $123.00 The small carpenters axe is suitable for dry D. 48U04.02 Swedish Carving Axe 41/2 141/4 21/2 lb $179.00 Replacement handles are available for all wood and offers incredible balance and control. E. 48U05.03 Small Forest Axe 31/4 191/2 21/4 lb $119.00 Grnsfors axes. Call Customer Service at The carving axe, with its single-bevel face, is F. 48U04.01 Forest Axe 31/2 251/4 3 lb $129.00 1-800-267-8735 for prices and shipping rates. good for roughing large carvings and architecG. 48U05.01 Hunters Axe 31/4 183/4 21/4 lb $171.00 tural work. H. 48U05.10 Small Splitting Axe 23/4 231/2 31/2 lb $141.00 P. Grnsfors Axe The small forest axe is practical for splitting P Booklet J. 48U05.15 Large Splitting Axe 3 271/4 51/2 lb $156.00 small sticks for the re or cutting small-diameter The booklet that K. 48U05.20 Splitting Maul 21/2 311/4 71/4 lb $174.00 limbwood for starter fuel in a replace. The comes with our L. 48U05.25 Splitting Wedge 13/4 4 lb $ 77.00 traditional forest axe is perfect for limbing Grnsfors axes is also M. 48U03.06 Broad Axe 7 191/2 41/4 lb $300.00 felled trees. Designed mainly for green wood, it available separately. N. 48U05.04 Mortise Axe 21/4 191/2 23/4 lb $171.00 has a thin face. It covers company O. 48U04.04 Throwing Axe 6 29 43/4 lb $220.00 The hunters axe, with a gently rounded and history, manufacpolished ay poll, is specially made for skinning turing, axe selection game, but is also suitable for chopping wood and and usage, as well as tips on general care, bone. Visit us at www.leevalley.com sharpening and repair. 36 pages. 66. The splitting axes have concave, wedge48L01.01 Grnsfors Axe Booklet $1.00 shaped heads designed for splitting, and steel collars to reduce damage from overstrikes. The small axe can be managed with one hand. The splitting maul is for sizeable chunks of wood. It has a heavier head than the splitting axes, and a large poll for use on a splitting wedge. The forged steel splitting wedge M N has a slight spiral to lever the L O wood apart. K H J The double-bevel broad axe is easier to use than a singlebevel axe for ne work, but requires a different technique. Iltis Oxhead Axes the head is 73/4 deep and weighs 21/2 lb. Hickory The Iltis splitting axe is built specically for handle. splitting. The wedge-shaped head has sturdy The double-bit Iltis is used in competitions or cheeks, is nearly 2 thick at the eye, and weighs by those who prefer the balance and feel of a about 6 lb. Ash handle. double-bit axe. 10 long, 21/4 lb head. Each face The felling axe is designed for felling, limbing is 51/4 wide. Hickory handle. and notching. The slim prole design (2 back of Overall lengths are stated in the price lines. the face, the blade is still only 1/4 thick) gives Made in Germany. excellent penetration by minimizing wedging Q. 65U10.01 Oxhead Splitting Axe, 31 $ 89.00 action. The precise forging and tempering result R. 65U01.01 Iltis Felling Axe, 35 $ 95.00 in steel that rings like a bell. 6 wide at the face, S. 65U09.03 Iltis Double-Bit Axe, 35 $125.00 R Q S

Oxhead Throwing Axe Axe throwing is a mainstay of lumberjack competitions. Made to competition standards for weight, balance and size, this throwing axe has 6 faces, each with its own leather sheath, and a 291/2 hickory handle. It weighs 3 lb 14 oz. Made in Germany. Throwing Axe 65U09.06 $169.00

See page 101 of our Sharpening section for a le suitable for sharpening axes. Log Building 225

E G C D F

A. Carpenters Adze

before use. Includes use and sharpening tips by Well made from good steel, this adze has a slight Simon Watts, the boatbuilder who popularized E. inside crown for rigidity and is gracefully feaththeir use in North America. ered away to the edges. With a good-sized 59U20.01 Enx (Hand Adze) $49.50 balancing poll, it weighs only 23/4 lb. Face is 33/4. Comes with an ash or hickory handle, C. Austrian Drawknife With a curved tang and drop handle design, this depending on supply. Austrian tool is hand forged and hardened to 82U02.01 Carpenters Adze $66.50 Rc58-60. It has excellent steel. The blade is 11/4 65U03.02 Repl. Adze Handle, 31 $18.50 wide by 91/4 long. Overall length is 15. F. B. Hand Adze The Portuguese Enx 64K01.02 Austrian Drawknife $43.50 Useful to sculptors, carpenters, boatbuilders, millwrights, and others who shape wood, this D. Log Notch Gouge versatile one-handed tool is easy to use. Made For saddle notches, a sturdy gouge with a only in Portugal where they are called enxs medium sweep can be used for initial notch ("en-shaw"). The blade, about 4 wide and over outlining to prevent chain-saw chipping, for nal 5 long, comes bevel ground but needs honing. tting, and also for tting log grooves. This 11/2 The handle (eucalyptus or orangewood, bent gouge with a #7 sweep (see our Carving depending on supply) can benet from sanding section for curvature) comes razor sharp and
G.

Log Builders Slick Used in both log building and timber framing, this classic style of slick is about 30 long overall. Ready to use, the 33/8 wide blade has a natural nish except for the fully machined sides and face. The 14 long white ash handle has a 21/2 diameter black walnut knob at the tip for comfortable t against a shoulder. Blade and handle are separated for Magnet ease of shipping. Comes with a customdesigned metal tip guard (with integral rare earth magnet) that is also available separately for those who own slicks without guards. Tip guard 09A01.30 Slick with Tip Guard $119.00 slides on. 09A01.32 Tip Guard only $ 7.50

H.

should be maintained using a 4000x water slip stone or a hard Arkansas slip stone. Double-hooped handle. 121/2 long overall. 58D16.11 Log Notch Gouge $76.50 Hand Scoop Adze Cleaning out the log groove in "chinkless" log building can be hard without a sharply curved adze. This Austrian hand adze is shaped to a 21/2 diameter semicircle. Head weighs 2 lb, handle is 18 long. Works best using two hands. 59U05.01 Hand Scoop Adze $119.00 Iltis Oxhead Curved Adze This adze has a double-curved head a 23/4 diameter curvature on a head gently curved fore to aft. The 21/2 lb head is available separately for those who like to make their own handles. Made in Germany. 65U04.10 Curved Adze, Handled $105.00 65U04.01 Curved Adze, Head only $ 92.00 65U03.02 Repl. Adze Handle, 31 $ 18.50 Pickaroon A pickaroon is easy on your back when maneuvering firewood blocks for splitting (with minimal bending), dragging large limbs, etc. The sharp tip on the forged steel head beds well in wood with only a light swing. 18 handle; weighs under 2 lb. Made in Austria. 65U06.20 Pickaroon $46.50 65U06.21 Repl. Handle $ 7.70 Timber Carrier This tool makes it easier to haul unwieldy fence posts, tree limbs or rails, while protecting your hands and clothes. Made from steel, the sharp hook ends secure wood up to 7 in diameter. The comfortable polypropylene handle is offset to allow a natural gripping position. Made in Austria. 65U01.10 Timber Carrier $36.50

M. Bark Spud K. Cant Hook A cant hook is indispensable for general log A necessity for any log builder, this bark spud A peavey, with its steel point, is handling and dovetail log construction when has a hardened steel face (41/2 wide) bevelled used wherever logs have to be repeated notch ttings are necessary. It has a 4 on the top side only. With a concave edge and an rolled any distance. It works maple handle, a steel clasp, a toe ring, and a 12 offset handle socket, it is easy to use and has no much like a ratchet wrench in this duck-bill hook. tendency to slip sideways. The 11/4 socket is function. For building, a peavey tapered for a snug handle t and is drilled for a 48U02.01 Cant Hook $109.00 is used to pry logs over a wall and securing screw. Overall length with European 48U02.03 Repl. Handle, 4 $ 38.50 to position them for scribing. beech handle is 55. This peavey has a 12 duck-bill L. Timber Carrier 65U05.10 Bark Spud, Handled $59.50 hook and a 4 maple handle. This 4 timber carrier is a professional tool for 65U05.01 Bark Spud, Head only $47.50 48U08.01 Log Peavey $129.00 the serious log builder. Carbon steel hooks, 3/83/4 stock, are attached to a 65U05.02 Repl. Handle, 46 $17.50 forged from Replacement Handle, 4 heavy-duty malleable iron clasp, allowing a full N. Log Dog 48U08.02 $ 52.50 swivel action. The maple handle is a generous Log dogs hold logs in position for 1 2 /2 in diameter at the clasp. scribing, notching or similar work. 48U01.01 Timber Carrier $169.00 This heavy-duty dog is hand K L forged from 3/4 square stock with N a long, gradual pyramidal taper on the tips for good penetration and wedging. It is 24 long and weighs about 5 lb. 17U05.03 Log Dog, ea. $26.50
J. Log Peavey

226

C. Veritas Transfer/Log Scribe

A. Firewood Splitter

Requiring less strength and dexterity than an axe, this splitter is particularly effective for splitting kindling from small pieces, as your A hands are kept clear. Just place the wood under the wedge and lift the 3.3kg (71/4 lb) weight to the top of the shaft and propel it downward. The head has two wedge tips, one for larger blocks and another with an acute bevel to split kindling. Green straight-grained blocks 8 or less in diameter can be split with a few blows; larger blocks require more. Made largely from plated and epoxy-coated steel, the tool permanently installs in a length of log by drilling a single hole. Drill bit and assembly wrench included. Maximum length of block that can be split is about 21. Designed in Sweden. 65U15.01 *Firewood Splitter $129.00
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates. B. The Beam Machine

This scribe can be used with two pencils for double scribing, or with the hardened steel pin on one leg for smooth scribing. Fully adjustable from 0 to 12, it is calibrated so that any opening can be used once the bi-directional bubbles are set for given pencil and pin projections. The double-level vials can be adjusted and locked in any position on both axes, an uncommon feature in log scribes. The curved pin tip has a rounded end for smooth scribing; the straight tip is sharp-pointed for compass work. Includes a foam-lined hard-shell plastic case. It comes with a purple pencil that marks well with light pressure. Extra pencils are available in either dark purple or red for better contrast. 05U05.01 Transfer/Log Scribe $99.00 D D. 83U01.16 Purple Pencils (10) $ 9.50 E. 83U01.20 Red Pencils (10) $ 9.50 E Log Holder Designed in Sweden, this clever stand elevates logs to a comfortable height for crosscutting. You can saw through a log without having to rotate it to prevent striking the ground or binding in the kerf, improving safety and speed. Simply t one end of the log into the holder; the cantilever design and swinging jaw hold the log securely while allowing rapid repositioning. The jaws large triangular teeth rmly grip even crooked logs. The 4715 footprint gives excellent stability. Ruggedly constructed, its 371/2 high epoxy-coated heavy-gauge steel frame quickly folds for transport and storage by loosening two springloaded bolts. Rated to 550 lb. Maximum log diameter is 9. 65U15.05 *Log Holder $129.00
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

Used as a log scribe.

A simple but effective chain-saw mill that is practical for squaring beams or for cutting ats on logs for quick construction, this can also be used for cutting boards. The 12 section of channel iron used for the main body is formed to t a standard dressed 24 (35/8). The channel has teeth in it to hold it in position so that a rocking motion can be used while cutting. It clamps to the chain-saw bar with two bolts. The inside of the "U" clamp has a serrated plate for positive grip. An integral level helps assure accurate cuts. Instructions included. 17U03.01 Beam Machine $39.50

Granberg Chain-Saw Mills The main frames are made from 11/8 square machined extruded aluminum; the chain-saw These mills allow you to produce chain-sawn support posts and clamps are made from 1 lumber and squared timbers without modifying tubular steel stock, welded and plated. Graduated your saw. All include use instructions. For best posts and T-handles make adjustments quick performance, a ripping chain is recommended. and easy. Affordable for smaller-scale work, the small mill The use of a mill on any saw with a bar less ts saws 20 or under and cuts boards from 1/2 to than 16 is not recommended. 13 thick and up to 17 wide. Constructed from plated steel and aluminum, it is lightweight yet F. 75U01.00 20 Chain-Saw Mill $149.00 rugged. Maximum cutting width is approximately G. 75U01.01 24 Chain-Saw Mill $209.00 3 less than the nominal length of the saw bar. 75U01.02 30 Chain-Saw Mill $229.00 Suitable for heavy-duty use, the larger Alaskan 75U01.04 36 Chain-Saw Mill $239.00 MK-III mills cut boards from 1/2 to 12 thick. 75U01.03 48 Chain-Saw Mill $249.00 They are usable with any make of chain saw with bar sizes up to 24, 30, 36, and 48 for the It is interesting that you need a licence to drive a car, but not to operate a chain saw. largest mill, and the width of board milled is limited only by the length of the saw bar used.

B
Log Building 227

B G
M

Shelves and products not included.

STORAGE
L
Bike hook

Longhandle hook

B
Strap bracket Loop hook Use standard link to attach standard to hang rail.

D A

Hooks and strap bracket lock onto hang rail

O Single
hook

Double hook

Use hang rail adapter to mount hang rail to standard.

Matrix Storage System Combining sturdy shelf supports and various multi-purpose hangers, this is a versatile wallmount storage system. Because all the shelf brackets and hangers are movable, you can customize your storage area, not just once, but whenever the urge to reorganize strikes. The 48 or 78 standards mount B directly to a wall or, D using the standard links (sold separately), can be F variably spaced (not necessarily on stud centers) E C from the hang rails. The 48 and 78 standards mount A with six and nine screws, respectively. Package of six 2 screws and six plastic concrete anchors is available separately. Double-walled for strength, the shelf brackets G interlock with the standards and are available in four lengths. H The 48 hang rail is used to suspend standards or to hang the hooks and strap bracket. It can be mounted in two ways, either directly to a wall, or combined with hang rail J adapters for mounting to the front of a standard. Hang rail requires a minimum of four mounting K screws; package of eight 11/4 screws is available separately. The hooks and strap bracket mount to the hang rail and lock securely in position with a plastic latch; they can also be independently bolted to a stud. Formed from 0.35 diameter solid steel rod, each hook is sheathed in an anti-slip non-marring rubber compound. For unobtrusive vertical storage, the bike hook is designed to hang a bicycle from its front wheel (for use with spoked wheels with rims up to 13/4 wide). The pivoting long-handle hook projects 3 and holds items with long handles up to 11/4 in diameter.
R. Portamate 5-Shelf Wood Rack

The strap bracket has a 30 adjustable woven polyester belt to cinch around bulky items. The versatile single hook projects 8 to hold items with a loop or hang hole. The 9 double hook is great for hanging string trimmers, chain saws, or other large tools. Projecting about 81/2, the loop hook supports coiled hoses, extension cords, and tires. Load capacity of each component (where applicable) is listed in the price lines (for the pair of standard links, the capacity stated is for both links used together).
1+ A. 17K42.48 48 Standard B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. 6+

17K42.78 17K42.41 17K42.42 17K42.40 17K42.25 17K42.09 17K42.10 17K42.14 17K42.18 17K42.24 17K42.05 17K42.03 17K42.06 17K42.01 17K42.02 17K42.04

*78 Standard Standard Link, pr. (900 lb) Hang Rail Adapter (100 lb) 48 Hang Rail (1800 lb) Wall-Standard Screws, pkg. of 6 Hang Rail Screws, pkg. of 8 101/2 Bracket (150 lb) 141/2 Bracket (200 lb) 181/2 Bracket (200 lb) 24 Bracket (200 lb) Bike Hook (50 lb) Long-Handle Hook (50 lb) Strap Bracket (50 lb) Single Hook (25 lb) Double Hook (50 lb) Loop Hook (50 lb)

$ 9.40 $17.50 $ 5.90 $ 6.90 $13.90 $ 7.90 $ 2.40 $ 4.40 $ 5.50 $ 7.60 $ 9.60 $ 6.90 $ 7.60 $ 7.60 $ 6.90 $ 7.60 $ 8.50

$ 8.65 $16.10 $ 5.40 $ 6.30 $12.80 $ 7.25 $ 2.20 $ 4.05 $ 5.05 $ 6.95 $ 8.80 $ 6.30 $ 6.95 $ 6.95 $ 6.30 $ 6.95 $ 7.80

* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order. S. Heavy-Duty Shelf Brackets

A multi-purpose storage-rack system ideal for organizing lumber (or offcuts, with the addition of shelving), ABS or copper pipe. The system includes two 331/2 long wall uprights and ten 111/2 support brackets, capable of supporting up to 550 lb (55 lb per bracket). Durable powder-coated steel tube construction; wall-mount spacers and screws included. 84K41.06 Wood Rack, 5-Shelf $39.50

These are super shelf brackets. Two brackets will support up to 1000 lb. They have a durable white epoxy powder-coat nish. Sold individually. Length of bracket stated below, with length of vertical arm in parentheses. 1+ 6+ 17K35.07 67/8 Bracket (5) $ 6.10 $ 5.50 17K35.12 101/2 Bracket (71/2) $ 9.30 $ 8.40 17K35.16 141/2 Bracket (10) $11.30 $10.20 17K35.20 191/4 Bracket (121/2) $14.20 $12.75

228 Storage

Brackets sold individually. Wood not included.

B G
M

Shelves and products not included.

STORAGE
L
Bike hook

Longhandle hook

B
Strap bracket Loop hook Use standard link to attach standard to hang rail.

D A

Hooks and strap bracket lock onto hang rail

O Single
hook

Double hook

Use hang rail adapter to mount hang rail to standard.

Matrix Storage System Combining sturdy shelf supports and various multi-purpose hangers, this is a versatile wallmount storage system. Because all the shelf brackets and hangers are movable, you can customize your storage area, not just once, but whenever the urge to reorganize strikes. The 48 or 78 standards mount B directly to a wall or, D using the standard links (sold separately), can be F variably spaced (not necessarily on stud centers) E C from the hang rails. The 48 and 78 standards mount A with six and nine screws, respectively. Package of six 2 screws and six plastic concrete anchors is available separately. Double-walled for strength, the shelf brackets G interlock with the standards and are available in four lengths. H The 48 hang rail is used to suspend standards or to hang the hooks and strap bracket. It can be mounted in two ways, either directly to a wall, or combined with hang rail J adapters for mounting to the front of a standard. Hang rail requires a minimum of four mounting K screws; package of eight 11/4 screws is available separately. The hooks and strap bracket mount to the hang rail and lock securely in position with a plastic latch; they can also be independently bolted to a stud. Formed from 0.35 diameter solid steel rod, each hook is sheathed in an anti-slip non-marring rubber compound. For unobtrusive vertical storage, the bike hook is designed to hang a bicycle from its front wheel (for use with spoked wheels with rims up to 13/4 wide). The pivoting long-handle hook projects 3 and holds items with long handles up to 11/4 in diameter.
R. Portamate 5-Shelf Wood Rack

The strap bracket has a 30 adjustable woven polyester belt to cinch around bulky items. The versatile single hook projects 8 to hold items with a loop or hang hole. The 9 double hook is great for hanging string trimmers, chain saws, or other large tools. Projecting about 81/2, the loop hook supports coiled hoses, extension cords, and tires. Load capacity of each component (where applicable) is listed in the price lines (for the pair of standard links, the capacity stated is for both links used together).
1+ A. 17K42.48 48 Standard B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. 6+

17K42.78 17K42.41 17K42.42 17K42.40 17K42.25 17K42.09 17K42.10 17K42.14 17K42.18 17K42.24 17K42.05 17K42.03 17K42.06 17K42.01 17K42.02 17K42.04

*78 Standard Standard Link, pr. (900 lb) Hang Rail Adapter (100 lb) 48 Hang Rail (1800 lb) Wall-Standard Screws, pkg. of 6 Hang Rail Screws, pkg. of 8 101/2 Bracket (150 lb) 141/2 Bracket (200 lb) 181/2 Bracket (200 lb) 24 Bracket (200 lb) Bike Hook (50 lb) Long-Handle Hook (50 lb) Strap Bracket (50 lb) Single Hook (25 lb) Double Hook (50 lb) Loop Hook (50 lb)

$ 9.40 $17.50 $ 5.90 $ 6.90 $13.90 $ 7.90 $ 2.40 $ 4.40 $ 5.50 $ 7.60 $ 9.60 $ 6.90 $ 7.60 $ 7.60 $ 6.90 $ 7.60 $ 8.50

$ 8.65 $16.10 $ 5.40 $ 6.30 $12.80 $ 7.25 $ 2.20 $ 4.05 $ 5.05 $ 6.95 $ 8.80 $ 6.30 $ 6.95 $ 6.95 $ 6.30 $ 6.95 $ 7.80

* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order. S. Heavy-Duty Shelf Brackets

A multi-purpose storage-rack system ideal for organizing lumber (or offcuts, with the addition of shelving), ABS or copper pipe. The system includes two 331/2 long wall uprights and ten 111/2 support brackets, capable of supporting up to 550 lb (55 lb per bracket). Durable powder-coated steel tube construction; wall-mount spacers and screws included. 84K41.06 Wood Rack, 5-Shelf $29.50

These are super shelf brackets. Two brackets will support up to 1000 lb. They have a durable white epoxy powder-coat nish. Sold individually. Length of bracket stated below, with length of vertical arm in parentheses. 1+ 6+ 17K35.07 67/8 Bracket (5) $ 6.10 $ 5.50 17K35.12 101/2 Bracket (71/2) $ 9.30 $ 8.40 17K35.16 141/2 Bracket (10) $11.30 $10.20 17K35.20 191/4 Bracket (121/2) $14.20 $12.75

228 Storage

Brackets sold individually. Wood not included.

Hilti Bolt Fastening

Insert bolt, place wall strap. As bolt is tightened, it spreads to grip the sides of the hole.

Drill hole.

Storage Hook Set End the clutter. This 30-piece set will let you hang a hose, a ladder, a bicycle, and at least two dozen other tools, electrical cords, or sports gear items in a garage or storage room. All are galvanized steel with a non-marking vinyl coating. An excellent set at a fraction of the price if bought individually. 93K81.01 Storage Hook Set of 30 $18.50 Galvanized Heavy-Duty Shelving System An excellent system for F shop use, it has sturdy standards that are double slotted, and can be linked with an optional connector. The supported brackets are load rated at 300 lb; the double brackets hold up to 150 lb each. The fast-mount bracket lets you hang the standards from the wall top plate or from a joist to support 600 lb. The optional hang track supports 1000 lb (200 lb per installed screw) and lets you space the uprights variably (off stud centers). Galvanized steel nish.
1+ F. 17K30.40 40 Hang Track G. 17K30.06 *6 Standard 6+

A. B. C. D. E.

Lumber Storage System This shelving system makes B maximum use of space and has the great advantage of being front-loading. The C brackets, made from #7 E gauge steel (3/16 thick), are nearly impossible to bend. D The 18 bracket supports a 300 lb load at the tip, or a 600 lb load distributed along its length. Four brackets hold 2400 lb of lumber! The short brackets support even more. The wall straps, in lengths of 24 and 55, are hot-rolled steel with anges 3/16 thick and corner sections over 1/4 thick. The 24 strap has an offset tail that lets you fasten it with the top bolt of the 55 strap. The shelf adjustment holes are 11/2 apart. All brackets and wall straps are hot-dipped galvanized steel. A practical method for a small shop is to use 10 or 14 lower brackets, with 14 or 18 top brackets to store short pieces. Support boards to the end. For lumber up to 12, a minimum of five straps are required, and as many brackets as needed. For direct attachment to poured concrete walls, Hilti bolts install readily and are very strong. For studs, use suitably Example using the sized lag bolts (e.g., 3/831/2). Instructions included. lumber 17K20.02 24 Wall Strap, ea. $14.50 storage system. 17K20.01 55 Wall Strap, ea. $29.50 17K20.07 18 Shelf Bracket, ea. $17.40 17K20.06 14 Shelf Bracket, ea. $11.90 17K20.05 10 Shelf Bracket, ea. $ 8.90 17K20.09 Hilti Bolt, 1/223/4, ea. $ 2.00

G H

H. J. K. L. M. N.

17K30.04 17K30.02 17K32.22 17K32.14 17K32.11 17K31.11 17K31.14 17K33.01 17K34.01

$ 7.10 $15.40 4 Standard $10.20 2 Standard $ 5.00 20 Supp. Bracket $ 8.30 13 Supp. Bracket $ 6.10 10 Supp. Bracket $ 5.20 10 Dbl. Bracket $ 4.80 14 Dbl. Bracket $ 5.20 Fast-Mount Bracket $ 3.40 Connector $ 2.60

$ 6.40 $13.90 $ 9.20 $ 4.50 $ 7.50 $ 5.50 $ 4.70 $ 4.30 $ 4.70 $ 3.05 $ 2.35

O. P.

* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

Q. R. S. T. U.

White Heavy-Duty Shelving System As a complement to our regular heavy-duty shelving, we also offer a system with a durable Q white powder-coat nish for use in kitchens, closets and other areas where a galvanized nish would be less aesthetically pleasing. The shelf standards are all double slotted, and can be mounted directly or hung from a track. The hang track will support 1000 lb (200 lb per installed screw) and lets you space the uprights variably (not necessarily on stud centers). The load capacity of the standards used alone will depend on the mounting method (screwed into studs, anchored in drywall, etc.). Load capacities of each component (where applicable) are listed in the price lines. An affordable, attractive and versatile system. 1+ 6+ 17K36.40 40 Hang Track (1000 lb) $10.80 $ 9.75 17K36.06 *6 6 Standard $14.00 $12.60 17K36.04 4 Standard $ 8.10 $ 7.30 17K36.02 2 Standard $ 4.30 $ 3.85 17K37.19 19 Dbl. Bracket (180 lb) $ 7.00 $ 6.30 17K37.14 14 Dbl. Bracket (115 lb) $ 4.70 $ 4.20 17K37.11 11 Dbl. Bracket (170 lb) $ 3.70 $ 3.30 17K37.09 9 Dbl. Bracket (185 lb) $ 3.10 $ 2.80 17K37.07 7 Dbl. Bracket (240 lb) $ 2.80 $ 2.50
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

Fast-mount bracket allows standards to hang from the wall top plate or a joist.

N
Galvanized heavy-duty system

Please note that the components in the galvanized heavy-duty system and the white heavy-duty system are not interchangeable.

Galvanized heavy-duty bracket

White heavy-duty bracket

White heavyduty system

B
Tools not included.

Light-Duty Magnetic Tool Bars These tool bars (13/4 wide) can be used for holding tools in the shop, or knives and other metal utensils in the kitchen. Made from solid wood with two inlaid magnetic strips, they are safe and easy to clean. Mounted on a wall, either bar will comfortably hold a 1 wide, 3 lb object. Maximum capacity will depend on the amount of surface area that makes contact with the magnet. Supplied with mounting screws. A. 93K75.12 Magnetic Bar, 12 $11.50 B. 93K75.24 Magnetic Bar, 24 $19.50

Heavy-Duty Magnetic Tool Bars These strong tool bars are made from a series of ferrite magnet inserts sandwiched between two 3/16 thick by 1 steel bars and enclosed with yellow plastic strips. Maximum weight capacity or pull strength is 20 lb for a at 1 wide object, and they will handle 3 to 5 lb round-handled tools easily. The 13 length mounts on 81/4 centers and weighs 2 lb. The 24 length mounts on 16 centers and weighs 3 lb 14 oz. Suitable for use in the shop or garage. C. 99K45.01 Magnetic Tool Bar, 13 $15.50 D. 99K45.03 Magnetic Tool Bar, 24 $23.50 Tap-Mount Storage System This exible-track storage system offers a range of storage options. The base of the system is a robust slotted track 3 high and 1 deep. The top and bottom edges have holes and slots for holding tools. The face has mounting screw holes every 1 (so youll be sure to hit two studs, regardless of spacing) and vertical slots that hold the system hooks, hangers, pegs and other accessories. All parts "tap down to stay tight" so they wont accidentally get dislodged. Tapping up allows holder removal. The 6 pegs are both made from 5/16 dia. steel; all other pegs and hooks are 3/8 dia. steel. All have protective plastic caps and a weight capacity of 50 lb each. The parts bins both project 4 and have a depth of 2; width is given in the price line. The handle holder has a 11/8 capacity. All components but the handle holder have a baked powder-coat epoxy finish. Matching mounting screws available separately. 1+ 10+ 17K39.02 2 Heavy-Duty Track $ 9.70 $ 8.75 17K39.04 4 Heavy-Duty Track $16.50 $14.85 17K39.06 *6 Heavy-Duty Track $22.20 $20.00 17K39.31 4 Hang-Down Hook $ 4.60 $ 4.15 17K39.32 9 Hang-Down Hook $ 5.50 $ 4.95 17K39.11 6 Heavy-Duty Peg $ 3.80 $ 3.40 17K39.12 9 Heavy-Duty Peg $ 4.20 $ 3.75 17K39.13 12 Heavy-Duty Peg $ 4.40 $ 3.95 17K39.21 6 Double Peg $ 6.20 $ 5.55 17K39.22 12 Double Peg $ 7.30 $ 6.55 17K39.70 Handle Holder $ 3.60 $ 3.25 17K39.40 25/8 Parts Bin $ 3.70 $ 3.30 17K39.60 111/2 Parts Bin $ 7.60 $ 6.85 17K39.50 Wrench Holder $ 4.50 $ 4.05 17K39.90 21/2 Fasteners (10) $ 2.70 $ 2.45
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

Tools not included.

Shelf Bracket Set Here is an effective way to make use of otherwise wasted space. These unique powder-coated steel brackets are designed to install between wall studs in sheds, unnished basements, garages, etc. Any 1/2 thick sheeting can be used (the width and depth of the shelf is determined by the spacing and thickness of the studs). Mount the brackets on the studs, slide the shelf into the brackets, and hold it in place with the two retaining screws. Offered in sets of eight, complete with mounting hardware and instructions. A simple way to maximize storage space. 1+ 5+ 00S36.01 Shelf Brackets (8) $11.80 $10.60

Talon Hooks For use in 1/4 pegboard, each of these nylon hooks engages at least two holes: one (or more) with a regular pegboard tab, and another with a unique spreading anchor. Can be released with a Phillips screwdriver. Seven hooks are available three sizes of bar hooks, a curved hook, a short elbow hook, a dual screwdriver holder, and a pliers holder. Sold in packages of four or six of the same hook, and in assortments of 28 small hooks, 24 large hooks, or 48 large and small hooks (items M, N and O). Package quantities given in the price lines.
1+ E. F. G. H. J. K. L. 5+
Eight 15/8 straight bar hooks

P.

93K01.04 13/8 Str. Bar Hooks (6) $6.10 $5.60 93K01.01 15/8 Str. Bar Hooks (6) $6.10 $5.60 93K01.02 31/2 Str. Bar Hooks (4) $4.20 $3.85 93K01.03 11/4 Curved Hooks (6) $6.10 $5.60 93K01.07 1/2 Elbow Hooks (6) $6.10 $5.60 93K01.05 Dual Screwdriver Holders (4) $4.20 $3.85 93K01.06 Pliers Holders (4) $4.20 $3.85 M. Assortment of 28 Small Hooks Eight 15/8 straight bar hooks, eight 11/4 projection curved hooks, four 13/8 straight bar hooks, and eight 1/2 elbow hooks. 93K01.28 Small Hooks (28) $22.40
N. Assortment of 24 Large Hooks

Assortment of 28 Small Hooks

Four 13/8 straight bar hooks

Eight 11/4 projection curved hooks

M
Eight 1/2 elbow hooks

Q. R. S. T. U. V. W. X. Y. Z. AA. BB.

Assortment of 24 Large Hooks Eight 31/2 straight bar hooks Eight dual screwdriver holders Eight pliers holders

T P S

U V

Eight 31/2 straight bar hooks, eight dual screwdriver holders, and eight pliers holders. 93K01.24 Large Hooks (24) $20.80
O. Assortment of 48 Hooks

Six 31/2 straight bar hooks, nine 15/8 straight bar hooks, three 13/8 straight bar hooks, nine 11/4 projection curved hooks, six dual screwdriver holders, six pliers holders, and nine 1/2 elbow hooks. 93K01.48 Assorted Hooks (48) $39.00 L J H G F E
230 Storage

Assortment of 48 Hooks Six 31/2 straight bar hooks

R Q

Six dual screwdriver holders

BB

Nine 15/8 straight bar hooks

P
Three 13/8 straight bar hooks

O
Six pliers holders Nine 11/4 projection curved hooks

AA

AA
Nine 1/2 elbow hooks

X Z

Tools not included.

Tools not included. Electrical cord, and hose not included.

A B

F D C J K L M N Hose & Cord Holders Conventional hose holders may store hoses neatly, but we are all familiar with the knots and tangles that often occur during the unravelling process. Here is a unique hanger designed to reduce this frustration. Nine ngers, spaced 11/4 apart, rmly hold and separate eight individual layers of hose; each layer accommodates two loops of hose up to 3/4 in diameter. Simply push the hose between the ngers, xing the hose in position. Give a slight tug to free one loop at a time without tangles. Made of UV-resistant polypropylene, it holds over 100 of hose. A version for extension cords is also available, with ngers spaced 1/2 apart to accommodate most cords up to 12 gauge. Mounting hardware not included. Q. AK512 Extension Cord Holder $ 9.95 R. AK510 Hose Holder $12.75 E

Gripit Tool Holders For tools with no handy hanging points, Gripit tool holders are an easy storage solution. A floating, high-friction roller securely wedges handles into place. The regular Gripit holds handles from 3/4 to 11/4, while the adjustable Gripit holds handles from 3/4 to 17/8, thanks to the three-position side fence. Tools can be stored head up or head down. Great for brooms, mops, shovels, hoes, etc. Available individually, or as a set of three regular or three adjustable Gripits with an 18 mounting rack (both styles t). Both rack and holders are made of weatherproof plastic. Mounting screws are included. 1+ 6+ A. 99K86.01 Regular Gripit, ea. $ 3.95 $3.55 B. 99K86.04 Adjustable Gripit, ea. $ 5.40 $4.85 99K86.02 Set (3) Reg. w/Rack $19.50 C. 99K86.06 Set (3) Adj. w/Rack $23.00

Tie remains attached to cord.

Tool Hooks These heavy-duty tool hooks are ideal to keep spades, forks, ropes, cords and other shed and garage paraphernalia off the oor and out of the way. Two double hooks will support a bin with a sturdy lip. Made of strong zinc-plated steel, they are sold as a package of ve double hooks, six single 2 hooks, or four single 3 hooks. D. AC301 Double Hooks, pkg. of 5 $4.80 J. E. AC304 Single 2 Hooks, pkg. of 6 $3.50 K. F. AC305 Single 3 Hooks, pkg. of 4 $3.90 L.
M.

StudGrabber Clips N. These simple spring-steel clips are ideal for Bin Brackets organizing areas with exposed two-by framing, To keep lipped bins off the oor and out of the O such as basements, garages and attics. With way, hang them on these low-prole wall brackets. sharpened tips and a cantilever design, they grab Compatible with most bins that have a rigid more securely as load is applied, yet are easy to formed lip of at least 1/2 high with a 5/16 projec- * Please note that some bins reposition. Nickel plated for rust resistance, they tion*, they are easier to install than shelving and may t off-center because of are coated for grip and have a 25 lb load rating. make economical use of space. A simple way to the reinforcing web molded The tool storage clips are for garden implements, into the underside of the lip. keep materials contained and accessible. such as hoes and rakes, or anything with a O. Brackets for Finished Walls T-shaped grip. The utility clips work well for Made of a strong ABS/polycarbonate compound, each of hoses, extension cords, lawn chairs, or D-handled these 21/4101/2 brackets holds up to 50 lb and mounts easily tools. Sold in packages of four. to a nished stud wall. Two holes in the middle allow the G. 93K84.03 Tool Storage Clips, pkg. of 4 $12.20 O bracket to be mounted on a stud for rm support; holes at each H. 93K84.02 Utility Clips, pkg. of 4 $12.20 end permit screwing into plywood, panelling, or drywall (anchors included). Sold in pairs with installation hardware (four screws and two drywall anchors per bracket). 1+ 3+ 99K86.20 Finished-Wall Brackets, pr. $9.95 $8.95 G P. All-Purpose Bin Bracket P This bracket has mounting holes on 16 centers to span two studs, allowing quick installation, even on bare two-by framing in unnished basements, sheds, etc. Made of a strong ABS/polycarbonate compound, it measures 111/218 and supports 50 lb. Sold individually with four H mounting screws included. Made in Canada. 1+ 3+ 12K17.45 All-Purpose Bracket, ea. $9.95 $8.95

Wrap-N-Strap The ties have the advantage of remaining attached while the cord or hose is in use, so they never get lost. Made of rugged, exible rubber, each strap has a durable plastic button for attachment. The three smaller sizes (61/2, 91/2 and 123/4) are ideal for bundling extension cords, computer cables, or cords on power tools and household appliances. The 18 and 24 straps (both 13/16 wide) are designed for bundling hose and greater lengths of heavy-duty cords. EA164 6 Strap, pkg. of 5 $ 8.20 EA166 9 Strap, pkg. of 5 $ 9.00 EA167 12 Strap, pkg. of 5 $10.20 EA168 18 Strap, pkg. of 3 $10.20 EA169 24 Strap, pkg. of 3 $12.40

Shelf Hangers An easy shelving system. Made from 1/4 steel rod, the zinc-nished hangers (12 high, 12 deep) hang from joists using standard eye bolts. Lower hangers link together. Easy to put up and move, they keep stored items high and dry. Priced per pair. 1+ 3+ 94K05.01 Shelf Hangers, pr. $9.75 $8.75 P

Mount on 16 centers.

Storage 231

E B A D L

Figure 9 Rope Tensioners A Anyone who has difculty with knots will appreciate these Rope Ratchets simple devices that allow you to A unique ratcheting tie-down that quickly and quickly tighten rope and release easily secures a wide variety of items. Simple to it with equal ease. They can be operate just attach the two hooks and pull the Single-Braid Utility Rope used at rope end or mid-way to rope until tight. The ratchetThis rope has a supple, plaited polypropylene tension and secure a load. Cast ing mechanism keeps the cover over a multi-lament polypropylene core. from aluminum alloy, the tension on the rope. QuickA general-duty rope, it is strong, compact and regular tensioner is approxirelease lever. Made from easy to knot. Lightweight and durable, it wont mately 3 long by 21/4 wide, strong glass-lled nylon with Truck tie-down absorb water or mildew as cotton ropes do and is and the carabiner style is about integral parts of die-cast zinc. ideal for recreational boating; it oats. The 1/4 43/8 long by 23/8 wide. The 1/4 rope has a maximum The dia. rope has a rated breaking strength of about carabiner model adds a spring load capacity of 150 lb, and B 1100 lb with an elongation of about 28%; the 3/8 clip for quick attachment to a the 3/8 rope has a maximum dia. rope is rated at 1740 lb with a 35% elongaD-ring or screw eye. Both have load capacity of 250 lb. 8 of tion. Both are supplied in 50 hanks in assorted a load rating of 150 lb (67.5kg), Tent tie-down rope is included with each. colors (no choice, unfortunately). A great value. and accept rope from 1/8 to 3/8 1 $ 9.95 L. 99K69.50 1/4 dia. MFP Rope $10.90 in diameter. Instructions are laser engraved on D. XH515 /4 Rope Ratchet 3 $15.50 M. 99K69.51 3/8 dia. MFP Rope $17.50 the surface. Available individually or with a 25 E. XH517 /8 Rope Ratchet hank of 1/4 multi-lament polypropylene rope CableClamp Visit us at www.leevalley.com (assorted colors). 1+ 3+ These durable plastic clamps A. 99K69.55 Tensioner, ea. $ 5.30 $4.75 N. Chain-Lock Tie offer one of the fastest 99K69.60 Tensioner & Rope, ea. $ 9.90 Strong, secure and simple to use, this versatile methods of securing anything B. 99K69.57 Carabiner, ea. $ 6.30 $5.65 tying material has a chain-like prole; just cut it from small electronic cables 99K69.62 Carabiner & Rope, ea. $10.90 to length with scissors and pass an end through to bundles of rope, electrical F one or more of the rings to form loops, gure cords or even hoses. C. Gator Cleat Rope Tensioner eights, etc. The narrow rings pass through each Designed much like handIf your knot-tying ability is limited to granny other easily and lock with a simple 1/4-twist; cuffs, they snap around knots and shoelace bows, you will appreciate another twist releases the band for quick adjustmaterial. A trigger lever this heavy-duty rope and cord tensioner. Forged K ment or removal. Load rated to 20kg (44 lb), conveniently releases the from aircraft-grade aluminum and then anodthe 7/16 wide reusable banding is made of jaws. Available in ve sizes, ized, it has a load rating of UV-resistant polypropylene and is supplied in the reusable clamps adjust to 160 lb (72.5kg). It can be two 5m (161/2) rolls. accommodate material up to used for anchoring ropes, EA196 Chain-Lock Tie, 10m (33) $6.80 about 1 in diameter on the mini and small, 2 on joining ropes, or creating a the medium, 3 on the large, and 4 on the Mega. tensioned loop in a single The large and Mega clamps have a through-hole rope. Ideal for anchoring in the ratcheting jaw to allow it to be secured to a tarps and tents or in securing cord or hose using a twist tie or zip tie you loads, it accepts cord or rope supply. Various colors. from 1/8 to 3/8 in diameter, including the ubiq1+ 5+ N uitous twisted polypropylene variety. Comes F. 03K76.51 Mini Cable Clamp $1.70 $1.45 with an instruction sheet, and has a diagram G. 27K07.37 Sm. CableClamp $1.50 $1.30 etched onto the body showing how to make one H. 27K07.36 Med. CableClamp $1.95 $1.65 of the most widely useful hitches. 1+ 4+ J. 27K07.35 Lg. CableClamp $2.95 $2.50 09A01.05 Gator Cleat, ea. $4.50 $4.00 K. 27K07.34 Mega Clamp $4.90 $4.40 J K C G H
232 Storage

Feed cord through the bottom.

A
Pull cord up to adjust tension.

Pull down into V-notch to lock cord in place.

Rubber Cord Used by the US Army, this versatile tie-down system couples a tough EPDM cord with adjustable and detachable hooks and splices, to make it easy to safely secure materials. Cut to custom length with scissors, the 24 long, 3/8 diameter UV-resistant EPDM cord is strong (150 lb tensile strength), can stretch to double its length before breaking, and remains elastic to temperatures as low as -40C/-40F. The nonmarring glass-reinforced nylon attachments slip onto the cord A and lock at any position, allowing you to ne-tune the cord length and tension. Sold in pairs, two types of attachments are B available: a splice for joining two lengths of cord or to make a slipknot end, and a 1 hook. Each has a V-shaped notch to capture and wedge the cord. Made in USA. 1+ 4+ A. 99K69.80 3/8 Rubber Cord, 24 $15.90 Use splice to join B. 99K69.85 Splice Attachment, pr. $ 1.90 $1.60 attachment two pieces of cord. C. 99K69.83 Hook Attachment, pr. $ 1.90 $1.60
The Sailors Pocket Book of Knots by R.S. Lee Its nice to know a hundred knots, but those who do usually nd that just a dozen or so meet their needs. Heres a practical collection of the essential knots for simple boat work, with a few others thrown in just because they are beautiful and useful. Illustrated with clear and simple diagrams, it has easy-to-follow text. It includes a dropdown chart to match needs to specic knots as well as a guide to ber characteristics to help you select the right rope for the job. This slim volume can be carried in a pocket until the sailor-in-training knows them all by heart. Saddle-stitched, laminated softcover, 41/461/2, 43 pages, 2006. The book is available on its own or with two 60 lengths of rope and a 2 dia. ring for practising. 49L86.05 Sailors Pocket Book of Knots $ 7.95 45K02.03 Rope & Ring Set $ 6.95 49L86.07 Sailors Book w/Rope & Ring Set $12.50

KnotBone If the granny knot is the only knot in your repertoire, then you will nd this ingenious device useful. It is an effective substitute for an array of knots and fasteners, and can be used to bind two cords together, form an anchor loop at the end of a cord, or add a loop at any point on its length. Three quick steps (clip, wrap and lock) are all that are required to make a strong, versatile connection. As easy to loosen and remove as it is to tie, it is compatible with any cord from 2mm to 3.5mm (approximately 1/16 to 1/8). The set of four connectors comes with 25 of 2.5mm dia. cord. Also available separately in 50 hanks, the cord has a highly reective material woven into it for greater visibility in areas where tripping is a hazard. 68K06.60 KnotBone (4) & 25 Cord $8.95 68K06.61 Cord, 50 $9.95
H. S-Biner

D. E. F. G.

Quick-Release Rubber Ties Quick to secure and release, these ties are great for bundling hoses or extension cords. Simply stretch the elastic loop around the material and over the anchor-shaped hook to lock it securely. You can instantly release it with one hand by twisting the anchor sideways. Made in Belgium from a strong, UV-stable, synthetic rubber compound that can stretch to double its length. For use indoors or out. Available in 4, 8 and 12 lengths (for use on items that are 11/4 to 21/2 in diameter, 21/2 to 5 and 33/4 to 71/2 respectively), or as in a sample pack containing four 4 ties, four 8 ties, and two 12 ties. EA121 4 Rubber Ties, pkg. of 20 $4.95 EA122 8 Rubber Ties, pkg. of 20 $6.95 EA123 12 Rubber Ties, pkg. of 10 $7.95 EA124 Sample Pack of 10 $4.10

D F

These unique carabiners have a double-hook design with gate closures that let you quickly link and secure items. Made from stainless steel, the four smaller sizes are useful for holding keys on a belt loop, attaching a water bottle to a backpack, hanging a lantern on a rope line, or simply fastening zippers together on luggage. Lightweight, strong and weather resistant, they are available separately or as a set containing one of each size. The 101/2 size is made of tough, weather-resistant reinforced nylon. Its great for hanging hoses or power cords, suspending supplies from a ladder, or storing and securing a variety of equipment. Sold individually. Overall length, weight capacity, and approximate opening listed.
Length Max. Weight Approx. Opening
3/8 7/16 9/16 3/4

1+

5+

68K06.41 68K06.42 68K06.43 68K06.44 68K06.50

19/16 5 lb 2 10 lb 25/8 25 lb 31/2 75 lb Set of 4 (above) 100 lb

$ 2.30 $ 2.50 $ 3.10 $ 3.50 $10.50

1+

$2.10 $2.25 $2.80 $3.15

3+

J. 68K06.46 101/2

21/4 H

$ 9.90

$8.90

233

Two pieces interlock to hold material securely.

D A C

B D

A. Tarp Clip

C. Wedge Clamp

Made from glass-lled nylon, this versatile clip has 1 wide serrated jaws that clamp rmly to tarps, cloth, or other exible sheet material up to 1/4 thick without perforating. Clamping pressure is applied by sliding the locking collar up the tapered body, where it engages in a series of toothed stops to lock it in place. Pressing a lever releases the collar for easy removal. A 1/2 diameter hole allows the clip to be tied to a rope or secured with bungees. 31/4 long overall, with a load capacity of 50 lb. 1+ 5+ 10+ 00K09.02 Tarp Clip, ea. $2.20 $1.90 $1.65
B. Rhino Tarp Clip

This clip is different from other tarp clips in several ways. The clamping area is larger, and there is a hook as well as an eye at the end. With its positive lock mechanism, it can support loading forces of 50 lb. Accepts rope up to 1/2 in diameter. It is invaluable for gripping plastic lm and other sheet material. 1+ 5+ 10+ XH522 Rhino Clip, ea. $2.95 $2.50 $2.20

This is an effective clip for sheet materials with or without a hem, including boat covers, vinyl signs, thin metals or even torn tarps. Instead of clamping jaws, the clamping force comes D. Grabbit Bag Handle from a pair of The lack of a convenient handle to grasp, not the spring-loaded weight, is what makes many items awkward to knurled aluminum lift or pull. With this clever product, you can rollers that wedge create an instant handle on bulky bags of mateagainst material inserted rial such as seed or soil. It can even be secured to 3 into the clip. It securely grips material up to /16. the edge of a tarp when you need to pull a load of The swivelling eyelet provides a mounting point leaves or trimmings to the compost bin. The for ropes or bungees. Made from polycarbonate comfortable handle has a two-piece design that and reinforced nylon, it has 45 lb of holding wedges with bag or tarp material as weight is capacity. Made in the USA, it is versatile, tough, applied, providing a strong, reliable gripping and simple to use. Sold individually. point suitable for loads up to 50 lb. Made from 1+ 4+ durable glass-lled molded resin, it is easily 00K09.04 Wedge Clamp, ea. $6.95 $6.25 removed, or, if left in place, keeps the bag sealed and serves as a storage hanger. 1+ 5+ To order call 1-800-871-8158 00K09.20 Grabbit Handle, ea. $8.50 $7.65 EZ Grabbit Tarp Holders These holders offer a simple way to secure tarps and other sheeting materials. They interlock to prevent slippage, wedging tightly as pressure is applied. Fastened anywhere on the material, they accept more than one layer so you can join tarps or gather corners together. The 15/8 mini size is handy for outdoor enthusiasts to make temporary shelters and can handle 10 lb loads. The generalpurpose regular size (50 lb max. load) is 6 long and is ideal to secure loads and make shelters, walls, or windbreaks. It has holes for mounting to wooden surfaces (screws not included). Glasslled molded resin, each includes an 18 rope tie-down leader. Color may vary. 1+ 5+ E. 00K09.22 Mini Grabbit (4) $6.95 $6.25 F. 00K09.24 Regular Grabbit (4) $9.95 $8.95
Mini Grabbit installed. Regular Grabbit installed.

Holders interlock to fasten securely anywhere on the tarp.

Regular size can be mounted to a wooden surface to create a temporary canopy.

F
Temporary work shelter

Securing a load on a truck

234 Storage

A B
Adhesive backing

J C M
When gel is saturated, built-in indicator changes color. Reactivate gel by drying it.

Anti-Corrosion Emitters Placed in any enclosed space, these emitters provide corrosion protection for up to 2 years, even on odd-shaped parts or difcult-to-reach areas. They give off a harmless corrosioninhibiting vapor that forms an invisible crystal barrier on ferrous and non-ferrous metals. The 1010 foam sheet can be cut to t into a drawer, toolbox, tackle box, etc., and protects a total of 8 cubic feet (1 sq.in. of foam for 138 cu.in. of volume). The 21/4 diameter emitters have a selfadhesive backing for use in cabinets or large cases. The small emitter (3/4 deep) is suitable for areas up to 5 cu.ft., and the large (11/4 deep) for a maximum of 11 cu.ft. A. 56Z61.25 1010 Foam, ea. $ 6.70 B. 56Z61.20 Sm. Emitter (5 cu.ft.), ea. $ 7.60 C. 56Z61.22 Lg. Emitter (11 cu.ft.), ea. $10.50 Corrosion-Inhibiting Storage Bags Excellent storage bags for the garage, workshop or toolbox. Made from puncture-resistant 4-mil polyethylene, they are impregnated with a harmless chemical that deposits a microscopic layer of crystals on ferrous and non-ferrous metals, protecting them from corrosion. They have re-sealable zipclosures and remain effective for up to 2 years. The 68 bags hold driver bits, pruners, wrenches, etc.; the 1012 size stores larger tools (e.g., bench planes up to a #4); the 1218 bags can contain planes up to a #5 jack or a set of gardening hand tools. Available by size or in a sample pack that contains two each of the 68 and 1012 bags, along with one 1218 bag. 1+ 5+ D. 56Z61.10 68 Bags (10) $4.70 $4.00 E. 56Z61.11 1012 Bags (10) $8.20 $6.95 F. 56Z61.12 1218 Bags (5) $7.80 $6.65 56Z61.15 Sample Pack (5) Bags $4.75 D

K Silica Gel Dehumidiers Though rust never sleeps, you can successfully keep it at bay. Available in two sizes, these dehumidifiers absorb moisture from the air, preventing rust and mildew. A built-in indicator changes color when the silica gel becomes saturated; reactivate it by simply drying in an oven. At only 421/2, the 40g (1.4 oz) aluminum tin will protect up to 3 cu.ft. of space, ideal for a Trays slide into 1/4 deep saw kerfs. drawer, toolbox or tackle box. The 4 dia. by 6 Toolbox Trays high, 750g (26.5 oz) steel canister will dehuCreating a tool midify as much as 57 cu.ft. and is intended for cabinet is quick, large cabinets. Reusable indenitely, these are easy and inexpenconvenient and reliable protection. sive with these steel Completed cabinet (carcass not M. 56Z61.01 40g Silica Gel Dehumidier $ 7.50 included) with toolbox trays. drawer trays. Just 1 1 / / run a series of 4 deep saw kerfs (1 4 apart) N. 56Z61.03 750g Silica Gel Dehumidier $46.50 across the interior of the side pieces, assemble O. Magnetic Tack Strip the carcass, and slide the trays in. All drawers are This mounting system uses magnetic tacks to 103/8 wide and 12 long and are painted with hold paper, photos and other thin materials red powder coat for durability. Patented. without damaging them. The lightweight, The natural cork liner, 1/16 thick and easily cut exible steel mounting strip is 48 long by 3/4 to size, makes an ideal liner for these drawers. wide, backed with a durable Peel-and-stick Afx using spray adhesive, contact cement or peel-and-stick PSA foam for backing for rubber cement. 1+ 5+ 10+ permanent permanent attachment to a attachment G. 05K98.10 1 Tray, ea. $10.80 $ 9.70 $ 9.15 wall or other clean, dry surface H. 05K98.20 2 Tray, ea. $12.80 $11.50 $10.85 at any angle. The strip can be 1+ 3+ 6+ used full length or cut shorter, J. 05K98.30 3 Tray, ea. $14.90 $13.40 $12.65 and comes with six magnetic K. 76K05.25 Cork, 1248 $ 8.95 tacks, each with a 1/4 rare-earth magnet in the 7/16 diameter L. Gripper Mat plastic base. Each tack can hold several sheets of Originally developed paper. Additional magnetic tacks are available as a non-slip carpet separately in a package of six. We found this underlay, this highsystem particularly convenient to hold project friction mat allows you plans open above a workbench. to rout, sand, plane or 50K25.14 Tack Strip & 6 Magnetic Tacks $13.90 carve workpieces 50K25.08 Extra Magnetic Tacks (6) $ 8.90 without the limitations of clamps or vises. The tacky surface will attract dust and must be O washed periodically (lay at to dry) to maintain its gripping ability. It makes an excellent liner for toolboxes, drawers and shelves the non-slip surface keeps items in place. A small piece can be used to open tight jar lids. Easily cut to size with scissors. 2436. Mold and mildew resistant. 88K18.05 Gripper Mat, 2436 $8.80

O L

Cut to custom lengths as needed.

Storage 235

Tanos Systainer Storage Systems

Systainer 1 68K43.01 (shown with 2 Minis, sold separately) Example of how Systainer Storage System can be congured Systainer 3 68K43.03 (shown with lid foam, drill tray and 8-compartment tray, sold separately)

Easily transported Mini Systainer 68K43.00 (shown with lid foam and drill bit and driver tray, sold separately) 9-Drawer Systainer 68K44.09

Efcient workshop storage

The standard in Europe for organizing and transporting tools, accessories, and hardware, the Systainer is an efcient and versatile storage solution. The system has interchangeable cases (some with a hinged lid and a plain interior, others with drawers) that can be stacked and latched together. In addition, various trays organize smaller items, and foam inserts customize protection for specic items. This provides space-efcient storage that can be recongured for changing needs. For easy transport, you can connect the containers you need and carry them as a unit by a single handle or use the optional dolly base to roll the tools and supplies where needed. Made in Germany of strong ABS plastic, they come with a lifetime replacement guarantee.

Systainer Dolly 68K44.30 Systainer 4 68K43.04 (shown with lid foam, base foam and two layers of perforated foam, sold separately)

Latches lock a Systainer lid or connect to another Systainer stacked above.

For more detail and additonal components of the system, search "Systainer" at

www.leevalley.com
C. Electricians Toolbox

Water-resistant zippers

Covered pouch

Weather-Resistant Tool Bags Made from an interwoven tarpaulin material that is puncture resistant, these bags have a reinforced polyester bottom with non-slip rubber wear strips, and a framed opening. Each has an adjustable shoulder strap, padded handles and elasticized exterior loops to secure a level. The small bag (3 lb) is 1491/210 high, with a 514 zippered compartment on one side and a covered pouch with nine pockets on the other. Inside are 6 more small pockets and 6 tool loops. The large bag (4.5 lb) is 18101/210 high with a 618 zippered compartment and a large covered pouch with 12 pockets on the outside. There are 12 small pockets and tool loops inside. A. 67K36.30 Sm. Tool Bag $44.00 B. 67K36.35 Lg. Tool Bag $55.00

Organized vertically, this woven polyester bag allows fast tool selection for the task at hand. It has 9 interior and 17 exterior slots, pouches, snaps or catches for holding assorted hand and cordless power tools as well as tape measures, electrical tapes and keys. A 751/2 multicompartment plastic storage tray is located beneath the reinforced suboor. Includes a shoulder strap. About 81/281/216 tall. 68K36.02 Electricians Toolbox $39.50 Carpenter Tool Bags These sturdy polyester bags have hardboard inserts in the bottom and ends, a cushioned steel handle, and steel stretchers in the sides. The foampadded cover and adjustable shoulder straps are detachable. There are end straps for holding long objects, a clip for measuring tapes, and a T-bar hanger for rolls of tape. The large bag (7 lb) is 24101/211 high with 17 loops and 5 pockets inside, and 90 pockets outside. The small bag (53/4 lb) is 1681/2101/2 high. Two multi-compartment plastic storage trays t beneath the suboor; the upper section has 14 loops and 3 pockets inside, and 9 pockets outside. Minor assembly required. D. 68K42.24 Large Carpenter Bag $79.50 E. 68K42.16 Small Carpenter Bag $64.50
F. Parachute Bag

Non-slip rubber wear strips

B
Contents not included.

This durable bag has 6 large internal pouches that will hold a total of about 36 lb of nuts, screws, bolts and nails. Another 6 outer and 10 inner pockets hold small tools. Constructed of heavy woven polyester, it has a drawstring closure and a heavy-duty handle. Bags can be stacked 3 or 4 deep inside a 5-gallon pail. About 63/4 high and 11 in dia. when open. 67K31.11 Parachute Bag $15.50 D E

Back view showing pockets.

F
Contents not included.

236

J O K P L Q R M A B C D E F G

A. B. C. D. E. F. G.

Shop Storage Tubes Made from a cellulose propionate, these tough containers have hundreds of uses. The 3/8 and 1/2 sizes (6 long) are good for storing slender items such as fret-saw blades, or small tacks and brads. The larger sizes (4 long) can hold a variety of items from screws and brads to hardware and bits. All have metal screw-on lids. Sold in packs of 10 for diameters under 1 and packs of ve for 1 plus, or as a set of 55 tubes one package of each size. 1+ 10+ 27K60.03 3/86, pkg. of 10 $ 4.20 $3.75 27K60.04 1/26, pkg. of 10 $ 4.70 $4.20 27K60.05 5/84, pkg. of 10 $ 4.80 $4.30 27K60.06 3/44, pkg. of 10 $ 5.70 $5.10 27K60.08 14, pkg. of 5 $ 3.60 $3.25 27K60.10 11/44, pkg. of 5 $ 4.60 $4.15 27K60.11 13/84, pkg. of 5 $ 4.80 $4.30 27K60.55 Set of 55 Tubes $27.00 Actually an Asian lunch box, this sturdy stacking container system is ideal for small parts storage. Made from 22-gauge polished stainless steel, the storage system includes four stacking containers, each measuring approximately 41/2 in diameter by 21/2 deep. Perfect for organizing screws by type or size or for conveniently separating pen and toy parts. The handle folds up against the sides of the barrel and quickly secures with a friction-t latch. With the handle secured, contents wont spill if knocked over. Measures 125/8 tall. An excellent storage system and not a bad idea for a four-course lunch either. 45K17.66 Stacking Container System $14.95
J. K. L. M.

H. Stacking Storage Container System

Boxed Sets of Watchmakers Cases Useful for organizing seeds, beads, bugs, buttons, or anything else small, these glass-topped aluminum containers come in five diameters: 33mm (11/4), 41mm (15/8), 48mm (17/8), 53mm (21/8) and 70mm (23/4). The four larger sizes come in sets of 12 in a pasteboard box. The 33mm and 53mm sizes come in various sets in a hinged aluminum case. The set of forty 33mm containers and the set of fteen 53mm containers include a 61/2103/4 case, and the set of twenty 33mm containers comes in a 51/261/2 case. The small set of ten 33mm containers comes in a 23/461/2 case that ts in toolboxes, tackle boxes or sewing kits. As indicated below*, the set of 56 includes twenty 33mm containers in an aluminum case, plus twelve 41mm, twelve 48mm, and twelve 53mm sizes, all in pasteboard boxes. Aluminum Case 1+ 10+ 20+ 27K22.01 33mm (10) $ 4.40 $ 3.95 $ 3.50 27K50.33 33mm (20)* $ 6.80 $ 6.10 $ 5.40 27K22.02 33mm (40) $12.80 $11.50 $10.20 27K22.03 53mm (15) $12.80 $11.50 $10.20

N. O. P. Q.

Pasteboard Box 27K50.41 41mm (12)* 27K50.48 48mm (12)* 27K50.53 53mm (12)* 27K50.75 70mm (12) 27K50.01 Set of 56*

1+

10+

20+

$ 5.80 $ 6.20 $ 6.80 $12.50 $19.90

$ 5.20 $ 5.55 $ 6.10 $11.25

$ 4.60 $ 4.95 $ 5.40 $10.00

Stainless-Steel Canisters These canisters are superb for storing screws, nails, or small items of any kind where an unbreakable container with a see-through top is desirable. The lid has a clear acrylic insert for quick identication of contents (quite useful if storing the canisters in a drawer) and friction ts for a tight seal. Made from durable 22-gauge polished stainless steel, the small canister measures about 2 tall by 21/4 in diameter and holds 97ml (about 3.3 oz); the large measures about 33/8 tall by 21/4 in diameter and holds 200ml (about 6.8 oz). The large mouths allow easy access to contents. 1+ 10+ 25+ R. 45K17.63 Sm. Canister, ea. $3.70 $3.30 $2.95 S. 45K17.65 Lg. Canister, ea. $3.90 $3.50 $3.10
U. Innite Divider System

T. 48-Pocket Tool Carrier

This is the modern tool chest for the craftsman on the move. The 34 outside pockets and the 14 pockets just inside the lip hold an incredible number of tools, and you still have the bucket center for levels, hammers, drills, etc. It may not be pretty, but it is effective and portable. Made of polyester with well-reinforced pocket corners. Use with a standard 31/2 to 5-gallon bucket. 68K40.11 48-Pocket Tool Carrier $17.50

Unlike most storage systems that limit users to fixed compartment sizes, this one lets you customize each of the six compartments to the size you need. Six adjustable dividers with a series of grips allow adjustment in 1/16 increments along the grooved walls. Made from durable polypropylene, the system is perfect for holding hardware, pen parts, sewing accessories, gems, etc. 1163/413/4 high. Additional dividers are available in packages of eight.
1+ 10+ 25+

H T

27K07.10 Divider System $8.50 $7.65 $6.80 V. 27K07.11 Dividers (8) $3.40

Bucket and tools not included.

Hardware shown not included.

237

Classic Reprints
Classic Reprint Series (pages 238-241) Here is a selection of books from our Classic Reprint Series by Algrove Publishing, the publishing arm of Lee Valley Tools. They are reprints of books long since out of print, some more than 100 years ago, and we are able to offer them at attractive prices. Most of these books have Smyth-sewn signatures for a sturdy binding the pages will not fall out. 1800 Mechanical Movements and Devices by Gardner D. Hiscox Published in 1911, this 12th edition of the 1899 original has 1800 illustrations (with explanations) of mechanisms as simple as a pulley and as complex as a steam engine. The authors intent was to capture all of the mechanisms designed from the beginning of time until publication of the book. He included combinations of basic tools (lever, wedge, etc.), power transmission through ropes, belts, gears, etc., to achieve alternating, intermittent or variable motion, steam, air- and water-powered mechanisms, gearing, motion control, clock mechanisms and mill mechanisms. Since it predates the widespread use of both electricity and the internal combustion engine, the focus is on individual mechanisms from simple levers to complex gearing, always with the emphasis on creative use. The section on the transmission of power by ropes is worth the price of the book. A great source of ideas for creating shop tools, toys, models, or simplied methods of work. Softcover, Smyth sewn, 69, 403 pages. Reprinted in 1999. 49L80.24 $15.95 970 Mechanical Appliances and Novelties of Construction by Gardner D. Hiscox In this sequel to his enormously successful 1800 Mechanical Movements and Devices, Hiscox adds yet more devices, frequently dealing with them in combination. Following a layout similar to the earlier book, he starts with methods of power transmission (beginning with the lever), works his way through the measurement of power (anemometers, metallic thermometers, springs, etc.) into gearing, motion control devices, clock mechanisms and numerous examples of machines used in manufacturing. He nishes with a survey of the main attempts to invent perpetual motion machines (until about 1900), showing 56 different models. A most interesting book. 69, Smyth-sewn softcover, 400 pages. Originally published in 1904; reprinted in 2001. 49L80.55 $14.95 Hawkins Mechanical Dictionary by N. Hawkins and Associates Ordinary dictionaries are of little help when reading anything involving tooling or devices used in earlier times. If you run across a noun like twitter bit (the tip of a countersink that accommodates the screw head), the chances of nding a denition are about the same as they might be if you were looking for conformator, pin tongs, camp sheeting or jack in a box, all of which have specialized meanings in manufacturing or construction. We no longer produce dictionaries that are organized by the alphabetical order of adjectives preceding the noun, but it is necessary in a dictionary of this type, which focuses on the crafts and trades of an earlier age. It is invaluable for anyone who reads historical material in this eld. Smyth-sewn softcover, 681/4, 687 pages. First published in 1909. Reprinted in 2007. 49L81.45 $16.95 238 Books

American Mechanical Dictionary Vols. I, II, III by Edward H. Knight In this monumental 19th-century work, Knight produces an extremely well-organized reference book that describes all existing manufacturing processes and mechanical devices developed to date, including their histories. He called it a dictionary, but it is truly encyclopedic in approach. For example, he lists the ber characteristics of the best types of animal hair for felting and includes 4 pages on making felt hats. There are 6 pages on glass making, 3 on ax processing, 5 on the history and art of map making, and 4 on lighthouses ranging from the great Egyptian lighthouse at Alexandria (which stood from 280 BC to 1303 AD, and was 450 feet high) to the electrically powered, revolving lights of late 19th-century lighthouses. This is a magnicent work that explains the origins of modern processes and mechanisms all augmented with scientic and technical underpinnings. Signicantly, the writing is not dry and technical. In the 13 pages on rearms and their mechanisms, Knight starts with the use of rockets and grenade recrackers used in ancient China, tracing development through the arquebus, the musket, and repeating ries, to the complex armament of the 19th century. With 165 subject headings grouped for easy reference, the net effect is that almost anything can be found quickly. It is the type of work you can pick up and be engaged immediately, whether for minutes or hours. Smyth-sewn hardcover, with a linen nish and gold embossing on spines. Three volumes, 710 each, 2899 pages in total, with over 7000 illustrations and an overall weight of 12 lb. First published in 1874-76; reprinted in 2005. 49L80.83 $145.00 Stanley Combination Planes the 45, the 50 & the 55 Stanley #45s and #55s are collectibles today as well as being excellent user planes for all those who hate the sound and mess of routers. But current and prospective owners frequently face the problem of the lack of an instruction booklet. Without a booklet, you cant tell whether or not a plane is complete or what a part is called if you know one is missing. This book contains reprints of original owners booklets for #45s, #50s and #55s with complete instructions for use and detailed parts lists with exploded diagrams. Softcover, saddle stitched, 51/281/2, 48 pages. Originally published in 1940; reprinted in 2001. 49L80.52 $6.95

Audels Carpenters and Builders Guide, Vols. 1-4 This Audels four-volume set is legendary in the woodworking trade. The 1500+ pages contain more basic woodworking information than can be found in any other publication. This set is of particular interest to those who use hand tools, since it was published in the 1920s before there were any power tools to speak of. It has 47 pages on the use of the steel square, 33 on planes, 56 on woodwork joints, and that is less than a third of just the rst volume. For anyone interested in woodworking, this is a pleasant read as well as an excellent reference. Smyth-sewn softcover, 43/463/4, 1546 pages in four volumes. First published in 1923. Reprinted in 2006. 49L81.37 $32.95

Lees Priceless Recipes At the turn of the 20th century, it was popular to publish books that professed to include virtually all knowledge to date. Most popular of the genre were the books of "secret" recipes, revealing industrial secrets to the layman. First published in 1895, Lees Priceless Recipes covers an extraordinary range in its 3000 secrets. There are several hundred formulas for stains, paints, waxes, and false nishes of all types, as well as advice on tanning hides, preserving eggs, drying fruit and purifying rancid butter. Softcover, 41/26, 370 pages, this is an exact reprint of the 1895 original published by Laird and Lee of Chicago. The signatures are Smyth sewn for a sturdy binding the pages will not fall out. Reprinted in 1998. 49L80.01 $9.50 Visit us at www.leevalley.com Low-Cost Wood Homes Construction Manual by the USDA Forest Service Less than two generations ago, it was common for people to build their own homes and cottages. No government organization did more to encourage selfsufciency than the USDA with its pamphlets on home canning, home industries, equipment repair, etc. Almost everything it printed instilled condence by clear explanation of process. This small book on low-cost homes is a typical example. The project is analyzed step by step. Anyone having basic competence with hand tools could build a structure with this guide. A modern home is more complex than the examples used here, but this will serve admirably for summer cottages and small outbuildings. Smyth-sewn softcover, 81/4101/2, 120 pages. First published in 1969; reprinted in 2005. 49L81.11 $8.95 Book of Trades When this book was published around 1866, it was intended as a guide to the most popular trades of the day for prospective apprentices. It shows the tools of the trade and describes trade practices with illustrations of tradesmen at work. The current value of the book is its succinct information on vanished trades. A must for tool collectors. Smyth-sewn softcover, 43/461/2, 324 pages. Reprinted in hardcover in 1999, softcover in 2008. Some trades included are: Brickmaker Gilder Tailor Mason Cabinet Maker Floor-Cloth Maker 49L80.14 Tanner Shoemaker Paper Stainer Saddler, &c Calico Printer Hatter Miller Farrier Needle Maker Ironfounder Blacksmith Cutler Coppersmith Gun Maker $10.95

Building with Logs & Log Cabin Construction by the USDA Forest Service and Michigan State College Extension Division At one time or another, most of us have thought of chucking it all in and living a simple life in a cabin by a lake. The dream is pleasant, but reality soon rears its head and we move to Plan B, which is to determine if we can afford a part-time rustic retreat for battery recharging in between bouts of money earning. Whether you are in the Plan A or Plan B stage of the process, you will enjoy this book. It offers you a range of alternatives. Starting with scribed-log construction as the method that produces the best-quality structure, it goes on to show construction techniques for less complex structures that are more easily built by a beginner or someone with a time limitation. It is wholly practical, including a good selection of oor plans as well as plans for rustic furniture. Whether or not you ever live the dream, this book will, at minimum, provide more to dream about and may just give you the condence to build that cabin. Smyth-sewn softcover, 69, 120 pages. First published in the 1940s; reprinted in 2005. 49L81.12 $10.95 Mussons Improved Lumber and Log Pocket Book The lumber pocket books of a century ago were known as "ready reckoners", for quick calculation of board and log measure. This one has far more in it, dealing with how to split rails and pull stumps, how to harden wood for pulleys, weights of cord wood by species, rules for calculating saw speeds, rope strengths, weight of seasoned versus dry lumber, when to cut trees, substitutes for black walnut, and dozens of other nuggets. All of it makes for good reading. Smyth-sewn softcover, 31/251/2, 180 pages. First published in 1905. Reprinted in 2006. 49L81.35 $6.95 Farm Workshop Guide Farmers have always been innovative but never more so than at the end of WWII, which came hard on the heels of the Great Depression of the 1930s. Selfsufciency had become a necessity and this book reminds you that you actually can x many things; you dont always have to buy a replacement. It is a wonderful record of ingenuity, bizarre at times but always interesting and enlightening. Though some of the information no longer applies, much of it, such as the section on fences, gates, stiles and clotheslines, is as relevant today as it was in 1947 when it was written. This is the handymans equivalent of How to Succeed in Business. It is a must-read for anyone who enjoys manual skills and is interested in repairing things. Smyth-sewn softcover, 81/4101/4, 151 pages. First published in 1947. Reprinted in 2006. 49L81.41 $11.95

Handy Farm Devices by Rolfe Cobleigh At one time, people regularly made things for themselves rather than buying them. Published in 1910, this book was one of many selfsufciency guides of the day. It was intended for the small farmer, but is invaluable for anyone who wants to make or modify equipment for his or her own use. It is handy to know how to make such things as a simple wire splicer, wire tensioner, basic trellises, or easy concrete forms. It shows how to multiply your strength using lever and pulley mechanisms to move awkward, heavy loads, as when transplanting trees. Some details are dated, but much of the rest is of high utility. Numerous line drawings pack more information into the pages than would be possible with words and photos alone. Smyth-sewn softcover, acid-free paper, 69, 288 pages. Reprinted in 2000. 49L80.27 $12.95

Fences, Gates & Bridges A Practical Manual First published in 1892, this book describes traditional fencing methods in exquisite detail, covering rail fences, such as the zigzag and stake-and-rider styles, fences made of sod, stone, saplings, boards, and pickets, and a wide variety of hedges of the kind used to contain animals. The section on gates includes a wide variety of gate styles, but deals at some length with the prevention of sag in gates and compensation for it once it occurs. It covers swing gates, balance gates, swivel gates, lift gates, ood gates, and a generous selection of wickets and stiles. The section on bridges deals only briey with large structures and then focuses on the types of bridges and culverts that a small property owner might require. This book is a charm, even if you have no intention of building fences, gates or bridges. About 300 illustrations, softcover, Smyth sewn, 51/281/2, 192 pages. Reprinted in 1999. 49L80.15 $11.95

Windmills and Wind Motors How To Build And Run Them by F.E. Powell This little book traces the evolution of the windmill with historical examples, then moves through anemometers and horizontal windmills to wind motors with a vertical axle and a pantanemone, simple precursor to the modern turbine. It tells how to make a simple windpressure gauge and gives detailed diagrams for four windmills: a working model windmill and three practical mills, culminating in one with sails 10 in diameter that will yield up to 1/2 horsepower, suitable for pumping water or driving a generator. Its great value is enabling the reader to produce something that will turn merrily in the wind, whether a simple anemometer or a working mill. Its pleasant reading, even if you never build anything. Softcover, Smyth sewn, 51/28, 78 pages. First published in 1910; reprinted in 1999. 49L80.19 $8.95 Books 239

Classic Cowboy Cartoons, Vols. 1-4 by J.R. Williams Williams cowboy cartoons reect a downhome humor in a lifestyle that is almost gone. For anyone who has ever lived in a bunkhouse or even in latter-day crew quarters, his cartoons immediately bring back memories. Far from the social correctness of todays world, bunkhouse life was lled with practical jokes and the compromises of living at close quarters. Williams records it well with his gentle sense of humor. Volumes 3 and 4 are the earliest cartoons (from the 1920s) and Volumes 1 and 2 are from later years. They represent the best cartoons of their day, both in the quality of humor and in the accurate portrayal of cowboy life in that era. Each volume has between 140 and 160 pages. Softcover, sewn binding, 671/2. Reprinted in 2004 and 2005. 49L81.06 Cowboy Cartoons, Vol. 1 $ 8.95 49L81.09 Cowboy Cartoons, Vol. 2 $ 8.95 49L81.18 Cowboy Cartoons, Vol. 3 $ 8.95 49L81.19 Cowboy Cartoons, Vol. 4 $ 8.95 49L81.20 Set of 4 Books, Vols. 1-4 $27.95

Forging by John Jernberg To encourage self-sufficiency, this book includes a variety of farm blacksmithing procedures (butt, split, and angle welding, shaping, nishing, drawing out, upsetting, punching, etc.) plus basic measuring and calculating of material. Examples include hooks and eyes, chain ttings and tool making, plus more advanced forging such as crankshafts and ladles. Side subjects include shrink tting of parts and bending cast iron. The author nishes with power hammers, forging furnaces and quenching baths. Smyth-sewn softcover, 51/28, 152 pages. First published in 1918; reprinted in 2003. 49L80.87 $9.95 Queen Anne Furniture History, Design and Construction by Norman Vandal Here is a comprehensive introduction to the most popular and refined of American furniture styles. Drawing on his extensive research and professional experience as a maker of reproduction furniture, Norman Vandal presents a well-rounded and authoritative look at the history, design and construction of Queen Anne furniture. If you collect or just appreciate the Queen Anne style, youll be inspired by the photos of beautiful furniture and enjoy learning about the evolution of the style from a craftsmans perspective. If youre a woodworker, youll nd extensive construction photos and 82 pages of measured drawings for chairs, tables and case furniture. With the in-depth information Vandal provides, youll be able to build even the most challenging pieces. Smyth sewn softcover, 87/8111/8, 256 pages (41 full-color pages). First published in 1990. Reprinted in 2006. 49L87.10 $29.00 Radfords Practical Barn Plans edited by William A. Radford Although primarily a book on barn design, among the 100 designs you will also nd one-offs of ice houses, smoke houses, granaries, sheds, corn cribs, etc. The original barn styles, or echoes of their elements, may still be seen today on farms along rural roads all over North America. With over 300 illustrations, it is a good source of ideas for anyone considering the construction of an outbuilding. Smyth sewn, softcover, 73/4101/2, 179 pages. First published in 1909. Reprinted in 2008. 49L81.46 $10.95 Tin-Can Projects and Art-Metal Work 50 Popular Woodworking Projects by Joseph J. Lukowitz When these books were written in the 1930s, unemployment was at an all-time high and people made things they could not afford to buy. Tin-Can Projects and Art-Metal Work is a manual of sheet-metal working, showing how to make many things including the simple jigs needed for basic work. Whatever you might want to make (a funnel, a seed scoop, a squirrel guard, etc.), whether or not the plans are here, the techniques are. Smythsewn softcover, 681/2, 144 pages. First published in 1936. Some of the projects in 50 Popular Woodworking Projects are out of style, but the techniques of making them are not. As with any good book, the ideas it generates are as useful as the projects it details. Saddle-stitched softcover, 681/2, 80 pages. First published in 1938. Also available as a pair. Reprinted in 2006. 49L81.31 Tin-Can Projects ... $ 8.95 49L81.30 50 Popular Woodworking ... $ 5.95 49L81.32 Pair of Books $13.50

Strongs Book of Designs by C.J. Strong and L.S. Strong The books own title page best describes the contents of this wonderful display of Art Nouveau designs, Air Brush Designs, Posters, Show Cards, Business Cards, Letter Heads, Sign Ends, Ribbons, Scrolls, Panels, Book Covers, Hanging Signs, also Thirty Pages of Ornamental Work in Color, and Numerous Alphabets. The Art Nouveau style, with opulent owing designs based on natural forms, was popular from the late 1800s until the 1930s, and is enjoying a resurgence today. The book contains some 346 designs plus 10 different alphabet styles. The authors/artists were C.J. Strong and L.S. Strong of the Detroit School of Lettering. Originally published in 1917; reprinted in 2001. Softcover, Smyth sewn, 1071/2, 96 pages (31 in color, 65 in black and white). 49L80.50 $15.95 Beautifying the Home Grounds by the Southern Pine Association First published in 1926, this book very effectively illustrates 180 different designs for exterior structures in the garden. It has some 30 fence designs, 26 garden arches and entrance porches, 52 pergolas, summer houses, driveway arches and pieces of garden furniture, and 72 lattice panel designs. In every instance both a line drawing and a photograph are used for illustration. The booklet folds because the pages are 12 tall by 181/2 wide. This allows a generous open spread 12 tall by 37 wide for easy comparison of styles and photographs. A few of the designs are unique to the period, but most are traditional and provide exactly the sort of inspiration we all need when planning a garden structure of any type. Softcover, saddle stitched, 24 pages, 181/212, but folds down to 912 to t on a bookshelf. Reprinted in 2000. 49L80.46 $15.95

Folds down to 912 to t on a bookshelf.

240 Books

The Young Sea Ofcers Sheet Anchor by Darcy Lever (with complete notations of the 1858 Blunt additions) This charm of a book will appeal not only to todays modelmakers searching for authenticity, but to readers of naval sagas (such as those written by OBrian or Forester) who may have wondered what the ghting tops looked like or how to create a cringle. First published in 1808 in London, England, as a reference for midshipmen in their training, Levers book details the rigging of the sailing ships and methods of seamanship of the day with magnicent full-page engravings facing his explanatory text. The American edition of 1858, edited by George W. Blunt, added the differences that had crept into rigging practice in the intervening 50 years. We kept Levers edition intact and added Blunts changes in footnotes and an appendix. By this process we were able to present everything from both editions, but separated in a manner that made it particularly easy for a reader. Hardcover, 81/211, Smyth-sewn binding, 296 pages, reprinted in 2000. 49L80.25 $29.95 Sailing Ships at a Glance by Edward W. Hobbs, A.I.N.A. With a grand sweep through the history of sailing ships from a primitive raft with woven reed sails to late Victorian steel-hulled barques, the author details over 100 different types of sailing vessels in some 150 illustrations. If you want to be able to recognize barques, luggers, clippers, cutters, snows, etc., this is the best quick reference in print. It is a particularly handy reference for any fans of the popular naval adventure books and movies. Smyth-sewn softcover, 69, 136 pages. First published in 1925; reprinted in 2004. 49L80.95 $8.95 The Kedge-Anchor or Young Sailors Assistant by William N. Brady This is the 1888 edition of William Bradys original 1847 Kedge-Anchor. Some accommodation had been made for the advent of early steam-powered ships, but it was still the primary manual for sailors, dealing with everything involved in maintaining and sailing the tall ships. The numerous engravings and 100 pages of tables complement the concise and direct instruction of the text. A wonderful book for anybody who might be sailing in a tall ship, it is equally of interest to those who are curious about the history of the period and the great range of knowledge once required of military sailors. Much of the information is as valuable to todays small boat sailor as it was to the U.S. Navy 160 years ago. Vessel handling under adverse conditions is one of many such subjects that have remained relevant through the years. Smyth-sewn softcover, 69, 419 pages. First published in 1888. Reprinted in 2007. 49L81.44 $16.95

Traditions of the Navy by Cedric Windas It is difcult to conceive of a more charming way to present an explanation of the specialized language used by sailors along with naval customs and practices. Cedric Windas was as much artist as author and created a book that is as much enjoyed by those who have never sailed as by those for whom it was a calling. It is the type of book you can read for a few minutes or a few hours because each entry is self-contained and invariably intriguing. There should be one in every waiting room and bathroom in the nation. Smyth-sewn softcover, 63/491/2, 168 pages. Originally published in 1943; reprinted in 2001. 49L80.61 $14.95 To order call 1-800-871-8158 Manual of Seamanship for Boys and Seamen of the Royal Navy, 1904 by Lieutenant Cecil H. Fox, R.N. This wonderful old teaching manual has been out of print for nearly a century. Still very relevant for sailing vessels, it has chapters on signals, boat work, bends and hitches, knots and splicing, rope making, anchor work, compass and helm, rigging, etc. Of the 392 pages, two-thirds are devoted to sailing vessels and the balance to steam vessels or subjects common to both, such as sheer and derrick work, storage, etc. A major style revision from the manuals of the 1800s. Softcover, 69. Reprinted in 2003. 49L80.78 $19.95

The Elements of Wood Ship Construction by W.H. Curtis This classic book on wooden ship construction was rst published in 1919 but has been out of print for most of the 90+ years since. Although it deals with very large vessels, much of the information applies to the much smaller wooden sailing vessels still being made today. The author, W.H. Curtis (a naval architect and marine engineer), condently deals with the underpinning principles and processes used in all wooden boat construction, making it as useful to boat builders today as it was when Curtis wrote it. From building the slip to christening the vessel, the detailed text and 198 illustrations encompass a wealth of information that can be found nowhere else in current literature. Smyth sewn, softcover, 69, 227 pages. Reprinted in 2009. 49L81.51 $12.95

Old Ship Figure-Heads & Sterns by L.G. Carr Laughton Most people picture ship figure-heads as comely maidens, but before the 1500s, ercer imagery was used, such as that shown on the cover. Whether your interest is in history or authentic modelmaking, this book is the standard reference on sailing ship ornamentation, covering the 1400s to the 1900s, the era when the worlds great navies were powered by sail and oar. It includes hundreds of illustrations and dozens of plates covering all matters that concern the grace and countenance of old sailing ships, as the author puts it. Smyth-sewn softcover, 81/211, 296 pages, 8 fullcolor pages. First published in 1925; reprinted in 2006. 49L81.29 $18.95 The Sailors Word-Book by Admiral W. H. Smyth Compiled by a British admiral at the end of the Napoleonic era, this is a book for word lovers. The range of coverage is remarkable; it includes hundreds of naval terms that are still embedded in our everyday language, encompassing the language of the lower decks as well as the quarterdeck. Including complete expressions as well as individual words brings a life to the book that cannot be matched by a dictionary; it is a fascinating read. The overall significance of the work is reflected by the hundreds of source references to it in the current Oxford English Dictionary. Smyth-sewn hardcover, nished in linen with gold foil stamping. 69, 752 pages. First published in 1867; reprinted in 2004. 49L80.99 $29.95

The Yankee Whaler by Clifford W. Ashley Clifford Ashley is best known for The Ashley Book of Knots (page 249), published in 1944. Less known is the fact that he once was a boy sailor on a whaler out of New Bedford, Massachusetts, near the end of the Victorian era. He was intelligent, artistic and a keen observer, taking careful notes on the entire process, from the methods of whaling and type of gear used, to the nature of the men and their prodigious production of scrimshaw in their spare time. In The Yankee Whaler he covers whaling from the time the Quakers rst established the activity in the 1600s until the last whaler was towed out of New Bedford in 1925. The book is profusely illustrated with charcoal drawings, a series of oil paintings, and a number of photographs of the scrimshaw. Smyth-sewn hardcover, 63/491/2, 424 pages including 149 illustrations, 16 in full color. Originally published in 1926; reprinted in 2001. 49L80.58 $25.95

Books 241

Projects
Basic Box Making A by Doug Stowe The book gives step-by-step instructions and materials lists for eight small decorative wooden boxes. A simple lift-lid box with key-slotted B mitered corners is followed by a rustic treasure box, a sliding-top pencil box, a stationery box with hidden splines, a lap-cornered box, a fold-out jewellery box, a jewellery box with a sliding tray, and a dovetailed box with a wooden hinge. Each uses progressively more challenging techniques and designs. Color photographs accompany the text. Softcover, 81/211, 153 pages, 2007. The DVD includes a discussion of wood considerations, common tools, shop jigs, nishing techniques, and hardware installation, and demonstrates how to cut the variety of joints used in Stowes boxes. Length: 120 minutes. A. 73L04.23 Book $14.95 B. 73L10.23 DVD $14.95

Box by Box by Jim Stack Here are 21 box patterns, with something for woodworkers of every skill level. Includes a basic box for recipe cards, a treasure chest with a curved lid, a 20-sided spherical box, and a atware box. Additional techniques such as inlay, surface carving and working with curves are covered. Each project has a materials list and exploded diagram. The step-by-step instructions are accompanied by color photographs at each stage. The nal chapter covers nishing methods. Spiral-bound hardcover, 911, 143 pages, 2006. 20L02.42 $19.95 Classical Guitar Making by John S. Bogdanovich Subtitled a modern approach to traditional design, this book teaches a system of making classical guitars that is rooted in age-old conventions of the luthiers art, yet does not shy away from using power tools and other modern equipment and techniques. Part one covers wood properties, supplies, planning and design, as well as how to make various templates, molds and jigs. Part two details every stage of construction, presenting full instructions and step-by-step photographs illustrating how to build each component. Part three covers the nal touches, from nishing methods to installing the bridge, strings and other hardware, and adjusting and maintaining the instrument. A fascinating blend of time-honored practices and 21st-century woodworking techniques. Hardcover, 83/411, 309 pages, 2007. 31L17.45 $26.00 Woodburning with Style by Simon Easton By practicing the techniques described in this book, you can add wood-burned decoration to almost any wooden object. In addition to general safety and maintenance advice, it offers an overview of several pyrography machines, describes materials to use and avoid, and explains finishing options. It discusses wood grain, various nibs and the marks they make, and how to hold and move a pyrography pen to create an even wider range of marks. Nine lessons cover everything from applying simple patterns to texturing and lettering, while encouraging you to develop your own style. Projects include bracelets, key rings, plaques, clocks, coasters, plates, and a chessboard. Practice exercises familiarize you with various techniques such as how to transfer text, create tone, make silhouettes, apply calligraphy, and draw a triquetra motif. Softcover, 81/211, 207 pages, 2010. 49L50.69 $19.95 Making Wooden Chess Sets 15 One-of-a-Kind Projects for the Scroll Saw by Jim Kape Just as when playing the game, making a chess set requires a strategic approach. This book gives detailed woodworking advice and a range of design ideas for creating your own chess boards and sets. It begins with a short history of the game and the rules of play, followed by general guidance on scroll-saw safety, tools, materials and techniques. With color photographs illustrating every step, it gives instructions for making a classic chess set, a chessboard, a simple storage box, a travel chess set, and a vertical chess set. It includes patterns for 11 additional variations of chess sets, in styles named after historical and architectural themes, such as Neo-Classic, King Henry VIII, Trojan, Paris, San Francisco and Venice. Softcover, 81/211, 135 pages, 2010. 49L50.75 $16.00

Built-Ins by Robert J. Settich Covering cabinetry, shelving, doors, drawers, counters, entertainment centers, and closets, this book lays out everything you need to consider when creating built-in woodwork. It provides detailed plans and instructions for various projects of each type, complete with materials lists and exploded diagrams. Other chapters discuss design, materials, hardware and nishing. From general to specic, this comprehensive guide is packed with tips, tricks, construction standards, and a wide range of advice for making home improvements that are functional, attractive, and structurally sound. Softcover, 91/411, 186 pages, 2009. 73L04.79 $14.95 To order call 1-800-871-8158

Creating Beautiful Boxes with Inlay Techniques by Doug Stowe Doug Stowe describes 16 projects from a basic pen box to a complex jewellery chest. Each is illustrated with detailed, step-by-step color photographs and line drawings, and lists the tools and materials needed. The projects cover a variety of techniques, including nger joints, hand-cut dovetails, making pulls, installing hinges, and constructing drawers and dividers. Stowe also describes several jigs that make production runs more efficient. The chapter on making face-grain, sawn banding for inlay belongs in every woodworkers library. Softcover, 81/211, 128 pages, 1997. 20L02.29 $19.95

Home Book of Picture Framing by Kenn Oberrecht This revised edition covers the special needs of home picture framers. It explains, in clear detail, the need for framing and mounting to archival conservation standards. It covers the full range of matting and framing techniques, nishing and renishing methods, and cutting molding from plain stock. This edition adds new topics, such as using power tools and creating hinged frames. The source directory has been updated to include Canadian and American suppliers. Blackand-white photographs illustrate the difcult points, while eight pages of full-color photographs summarize special techniques. Softcover, 81/211, 278 pages. Second edition, 1998. 26L07.07 $18.50

Complete Illustrated Guide to Box Making by Doug Stowe Box making is an ancient and honorable craft. Many boxes, whether simple or elegant, are passed from generation to generation. Doug Stowe has condensed 28 years of woodworking experience into a wellorganized manual on joined, turned and bandsawn boxes. He covers tools and jigs, wood choice and preparation, a number of approaches to joinery, lids and bases, interior drawers and lining, hardware selection and installation, making and installing decorative banding, and creating patterned surfaces with veneers. Each technique is explained with step-by-step color photographs and clear, concise text. Softcover, 911, 151 pages, 2004. 73L02.57 $18.70 242 Books

How to Make Picture Frames Heres a collection of step-by-step framing projects from American Woodworker magazine. The collection includes a dozen projects, from traditional to contemporary, that can all be made from scrap stock, using a table saw and a router. There is valuable information on how to make your own moldings with a router, build and use various time-saving jigs, and mat and mount your artwork. The technical illustrations and workshop tips provide essential information and plenty of inspiration for customizing your picture frames. Softcover, 71/29, 119 pages, 2010. 49L50.68 $16.00

Woodworking
Drafting and Design For Woodworkers by Robert W. Lang The rst section of this book is a comprehensive course on the elements of drafting to help you to condently use your own designs in furniture making. It shows how to render complete three-dimensional designs using tools such as drafting triangles, architects scales, compasses, templates and French curves, as well as using computer design software, such as CAD and SketchUp. The second section deals with broad principles of engineering and design. It covers effective use of joinery and materials, ergonomics, proportions, calculating material costs, and other concepts applicable to producing designs that are structurally sound and pleasing to the eye. Spiralbound hardcover, 91/211, 175 pages, 2008. 20L02.50 $24.00 Measuring, Marking & Layout A Builders Guide by John Carroll With three decades of experience in building and renovating, John Carroll shares his simple and effective methods for such complex tasks as planning stairs, laying out foundations and brickwork, framing doors and windows, and cutting hip and valley rafters at the proper angles. His techniques are not obvious to the inexperienced, and not all are known to the experts; they are clearly illustrated with line drawings to help you save materials and time and come up with a professional job. Published by Taunton Press. Softcover, 810, 218 pages, 1998. 73L04.45 $18.70 Vacuum Pressing Made Simple Book & DVD Set by Darryl Keil In this comprehensive book and DVD course on using a vacuum press, Keil explains the forces at work and how to use them to your advantage for a wide range of tasks. The DVD guides you through several projects, demonstrating techniques for veneering and wood bending, and addressing common clamping challenges. The companion book presents the material in a straightforward graphic format, with step-by-step photographs and instructions, along with other helpful reference information. It covers equipment choice, set-up, veneering at and curved panels, pressing bent laminations, other uses for a vacuum clamp, and care and maintenance. Softcover, 911, 90 pages, 2011. DVD length: 60 minutes. 73L05.16 $18.70 Construction Geometry by Brian Walmsley Geometry as a most valuable tool for anyone involved in building is well explained in this text. It starts with the easy parts and moves you along gradually to the more complex, relating the various principles to practical situations, such as nding louver spacing, the shape of the chimney hole in a sloped roof, cement mix ratios, mixing glues, and stairbuilding. Softcover, 81/211, 196 pages, 1981. 71L13.01 $28.50

Make Your Own Walking Sticks by Charles Self This in-depth guide begins with a discussion of the woods suitable for making walking sticks, canes and staffs, with a comparison chart showing samples of more than 40 different hardwoods. It then moves on to the joinery, tools and finishes used in the craft. Instructions are given for four walking sticks, three canes with bark, two willow sticks, ve turned sticks, and a laminated cane. Includes dozens of patterns for grips and handles, with hundreds of color photographs. Softcover, 81/211, 141 pages, 2007. 49L50.50 $16.00

Woodworking Magazine, Volumes 1, 2, 3 From 2004 until the final issue in winter 2009, Woodworking Magazine provided expert woodworking advice, tool reviews and projects in a clear, straightforward and thorough way. These three books are a compilation of all 16 issues, with every article, woodworking tip, reader letter and project reprinted in full, and hundreds of black-and-white diagrams and photographs. Volume 1 (issues #1 through #7, Spring 2007, 256 pages) includes project plans for a magazine stand, trestle table and more, plus product reports on subjects ranging from fractional calipers to woodworking books. Volume 2 (issues #8 through #12, Winter 2008, 192 pages) features ten projects including a Holtzapffel workbench, wall-hung tool racks, a Stickley tabouret table, and a Union Village blanket chest. Volume 3 (the last four issues, printed in 2009, 160 pages) includes eight projects (a Stickley sideboard, a dovetailed school box, a shaker bench, picture frames, and more) plus an index that covers all 16 issues. All are 911, hardcover. A. 20L02.43 Volume 1, Issues #1 to #7 $28.00 B. 20L02.60 Volume 2, Issues #8 to #12 $19.95 C. 20L02.61 Volume 3, Issues #13 to #16 $18.50 Complete Illustrated Guide to Woodworking by Lonnie Bird, Jeff Jewitt, Thomas Lie-Nielsen, Andy Rae, and Gary Rogowski A basic reference full of step-by-step advice for every woodworker, whether novice or pro. This guide includes a collection of indispensable information on fundamental woodworking techniques, from setting up a workshop and sharpening tools to shaping, joining and nishing wood, all from Tauntons Complete Illustrated Guide series. Two sections are devoted to joinery: one for case joinery, the other for frame joinery. Having this book is like having your own personal workshop coach to help you become a better woodworker. Softcover, 91/411, 312 pages, 2005. 73L04.92 $14.95 Tage Frid Teaches Woodworking with DVD by Tage Frid In this set of three classic reference books, the rst book (206 pages) covers the use of hand and power tools to prepare wood and make joints, from simple tongue-andgroove to multiple-spline miters. The second book (210 pages) covers bending, scraping, carving, spindle turning, face-plate turning, using plywood and veneer, router inlaying, and nishing. The third book (231 pages) gives step-by-step instructions for eight tables, four chairs, casework, and furniture for the workshop, ofce and kitchen. Each 81/211 hardcover has hundreds of blackand-white photographs and diagrams. Includes a 75-minute DVD demonstrating some of Frids construction methods and design inspirations. 73L03.72 Boxed Set of 3 Books & DVD $67.50 Books 243

Stickmaking Handbook by Andrew Jones and Clive George Most of the items in this book would be called canes in North America, but are known as sticks in the U.K., where the book was published. Starting with the nding, cutting and seasoning of woods, the book goes on to describe in substantial detail how to make various kinds of sticks. Separate chapters are devoted to thumbsticks, one-piece walking sticks, wooden crooks, horn- and antler-topped sticks, and carved sticks. There are chapters on working horn for crooks and market sticks and a medley of stick styles. In almost all cases, step-by-step processes are shown for making the various types of walking sticks and canes. The book is an excellent investment for anyone interested in this activity. Softcover, 51/28, 144 pages, revised 2009 edition. 31L17.44 $12.95

Building Classic Small Craft by John Gardner This is a combination of Gardners two inuential books on boat making, Building Classic Small Craft, Volume 1, and More Building Classic Small Craft. Complete plans and instructions for 47 boats include an easy-to-build common punt, the wonderfully stable Peapod, four canoes, and a variety of sailing craft. His descriptions are rich in historical detail, both anecdotal and documented. Each project has line drawings with critical measurements for each station, and additional drawings to clarify construction. Often, black-andwhite photographs showing boats from the early 1900s accompany the text. Several letters and essays, from those who knew Gardner well, illuminate his character and career. Softcover, 81/211, 536 pages, 2004. 42L73.06 $30.00

The Workbench by Lon Schleining Schleining thoroughly discusses the important design considerations in building your own workbench how high it should be for comfort, how wide and long it should be for your specic needs, and what styles of vises are required for holding work. Here are exploded, dimensioned drawings for five bench types, with details of complex features such as the vises. Included are Tage Frids classic European bench, which he designed for his students, and a new creation by Schleining incorporating the best of modern and classic benches. He also reviews manufactured benches and kits for those not up to the challenge of building from scratch. Hardcover, 91/211, 202 pages, 2004. 73L02.06 $26.00

The Workbench Design Book by Christopher Schwarz Schwarz revisits the subject of his 2007 book, Workbenches: From Design & Theory to Construction & Use, and expands on, re-evaluates, and even debunks his own advice, presenting a revised set of 18 principles for successful bench design. This time, he delves further into the hands-on details of workbench construction. He begins with a summary of popular bench types, covering historic and contemporary examples, and analyzes elements of each to help you plan a bench best suited to the work you do. He then gives detailed plans for nine workbenches, along with a critique of each, describing its strengths and weaknesses. For those who want to improve an existing bench, he suggests upgrades from simple to elaborate, and discusses vises, work-holding systems and other bench accessories that you can add to boost its utility. Full of instructive blackand-white photos and detailed diagrams, as well as practical tips on everything from choosing bench materials to installing hardware. An excellent reference and an engaging read. Hardcover, 81/211, 254 pages, 2010. Publishers list price is $34.99. 20L02.67 $26.50

The Anarchists Tool Chest by Christopher Schwarz A self-proclaimed "aesthetic anarchist", Schwarz challenges the notion that woodworkers need a vast array of specialized tools, encouraging them to choose and use their tools more thoughtfully. He combed his collection of woodworking plans, some dating back nearly 300 years, compiling a list of 48 hand tools essential to the completion of nearly any furniture-making project. Written in a relaxed, engaging style, the book examines several tool categories in detail: planes, marking and measuring tools, edge tools, saws, sharpening equipment and others. It covers their design and function, how to identify real quality and utility, and which tools you can make yourself, with plenty of tips and anecdotes as well as black-and-white photos. The last section explains how to build a tool chest, adapted from 18th-century designs, with illuminating insights into its design and construction. Hardcover, Smyth sewn, 69, 475 pages, 2011. 20L03.16 $34.50 The Toolbox Book A Craftsmans Guide to Tool Chests, Cabinets and Storage Systems by Jim Tolpin Jim Tolpin, a professional woodworker, analyzes and illustrates over 60 tool storage systems from a ship riggers bucket to a fully tted woodworkers van, with primary emphasis on portable tool chests and chests for the shop. All are photographed, often from several views, and dozens of unique features are drawn in detail. With color photography, good drawings, and economy of description, it is not only enjoyable to read, but will also help you build a tool chest for your purposes and at your skill level. Softcover, 911, 199 pages, 1998. 73L01.80 $18.70 Shop Class CDs: SketchUp for Woodworkers These straightforward CD-format video tutorials help you master SketchUp (a free 3D-modelling program), focusing on those aspects of the program most useful in woodworking design. Robert W. Lang, editor of Popular Woodworking magazine, author of several furniture design books, and computer illustration expert, guides you through the learning process. He demonstrates how to get the most out A of the programs exible B design tools to create detailed scaled plans and full-size templates. The rst 129-minute CD covers the basics how to set up SketchUp, an overview of the tools and how to use them, and how to design a simple project. Running 120 minutes, Part 2 is an advanced course that delves into specics such as how to convert furniture pieces or existing plans into 3D computer illustrations, and how to modify and resize plans, print templates, and plan joinery. Compatible with a PC or Mac computer, each CD requires QuickTime Player version 7 and Adobe Acrobat Reader version 7 or higher to play the CD, and SketchUp version 7 (all available on the internet as free downloads). A. 20L04.01 CD, Part 1: Getting Started $24.00 B. 20L04.02 CD, Part 2: Advanced Techniques $24.00

The Workbench Book by Scott Landis To write The Workbench Book, Scott Landis scouted the countryside to come up with examples of virtually every kind of bench known in woodworking, from a traditional Shaker bench to a mass-produced Workmate. There are benches for cabinetmakers, boatbuilders, green-wood workers, carvers, and children. In each case, detailed photos and lavish illustrations (both in full color and black and white) are used to show how the benches work and to help readers through the tough spots in construction. Softcover, 911, 247 pages, 1987. 73L01.82 $18.70

Shop Improvements Here are some ingenious shop aids straight from the workshops of both professional and amateur woodworkers. Covers workstations, drilling, table saw, bandsaw, planer, router and the ever-prevalent storage categories. Each project has an explanation of how it was conceived and steps for building, with plenty of color photographs and diagrams. Includes such projects as a fold-away drafting table, an extendable-height sawhorse, a clamping station with built-in storage and several benches with unique features. Softcover, 81/211, 218 pages. 73L02.71 $14.95

Workbenches From Design & Theory to Construction & Use, with CD by Christopher Schwarz Written by Chris Schwarz, editor and writer for Popular Woodworking, this guide covers every aspect of designing and constructing your bench. Complete materials lists, exploded diagrams and construction methods are given for both the traditional Nicholson (English) and Roubo (French) workbenches. Hardcover, 81/211, 144 pages, 2007. The book includes a CD-ROM that offers the contents of the book in PDF format, as well as the materials list and instructions to build a third workbench, the 19th century Holtzapffel. Interactive 3-D models included (require Adobe Reader and eDrawings; links provided for free downloads). 20L02.47 $31.00 244 Books

The Workshop Book by Scott Landis Landis covers the eld from early times to now, from New Brunswick to California, from workshops in a closet to "dream" shops of several thousand square feet, general cabinetmaking shops, and specialized shops for boats, chairs and musical instruments, plus a selection of portable and mobile shops. He includes detailed oor plans for 20 shops of various sizes and deals with the problems of dust collection, lighting, and power requirements. Hundreds of photographs and drawings. Softcover, 911, 216 pages, 1991. 73L01.81 $18.70

Exercises in Wood-working by Ivin Sickels, M.S., M.D. A reprint of an 1889 college textbook on woodworking, this book is relevant not just for beginners but for experienced woodworkers wishing to rediscover historical techniques for using traditional hand tools. It presents a comprehensive curriculum of 39 woodworking exercises and projects, each focusing on a particular technique such as making simple cross-cuts, cutting dovetails, sharpening tools, and building furniture, doors, stairs and even boats. In addition to discussing a wide range of hand tools and how to use them, it describes the structure and properties of wood in detail. Covering an array of essential knowledge for professional carpenters of the day, the book is illustrated with reproductions of the original black-and-white line drawings sure to be of interest to collectors of antique tools. A fascinating glimpse into woodworking history, lled with lessons any woodworker can use. Hardcover, 681/2, 160 pages. Reprinted in 2010. 20L02.66 $14.50

The Complete Manual of Wood Bending by Lon Schleining Schleining has condensed 20 years of experience building staircases and boats into this useful manual. He covers the three main methods of curved construction: milling from solid wood, lamination bending, and steam bending (with additional information on kerf bending and coopering). He describes techniques for making fullsize drawings of curves, including a system for designing simple and complex corbels. Photos and descriptions of shop-made aids include clamps for complex forms, a simple steam box, jigs for cutting circles and helixes with a band saw, and a full-circle jig for the router that introduces the cutter to the work gradually rather than plunging. Illustrated with black-and-white photos and diagrams. Softcover, 81/211, 208 pages, 2002. 49L27.21 $20.90 Woodworkers Guide to Bending Wood by Jonathan Benson Wood bending can be challenging at the start; this comprehensive guide shows four essential techniques with clear step-by-step instructions to make bending wood less intimidating. It begins with a broad general discussion of wood bending, describing the physical processes at work, and includes a chart listing the bending properties of 82 different domestic and exotic woods. Detailed chapters cover bending green wood, bending with heat, water and steam, solid-wood bent laminations, and bent panels. Each section includes instructions for carrying out a project using the technique described. A nal section explains the principles involved in nishing the edges of bent panels. Softcover, 81/211, 179 pages, 2008. 49L50.63 $19.95 Wood Bending Made Simple Book & DVD Set by Lon Schleining Bending wood into curved forms greatly expands possibilities for woodworking design and construction, but for beginners, the techniques may seem daunting. A complete course on lamination bending and steam bending, this book and DVD demystify the forces at work and the methods used to apply them successfully in the workshop. The DVD guides you through every step, demonstrating Schleinings approach to various projects and problems. The companion book presents the information in a graphic, easy-to-follow format, lled with diagrams, step-by-step color photos, and other reference material. It covers how to build forms, steamboxes, jigs and other accessories, how to cut laminates and choose adhesives, as well as glue-up and clamping of bent laminations. A final section outlines dry-heat bending. Together, the DVD and book provide comprehensive instruction to help you condently add bending methods to your woodworking repertoire. Softcover, 911, 105 pages, 2010. DVD length: 60 minutes. 73L04.94 $18.70

Pocket Ref An excellent reference book with 864 pages packed with lots of handy information: beam lengths for 76 wood species, weights of materials, element tables, oor joist spans, concrete mixtures, solvent properties, perpetual calendar, etc. There are sections on automotive, general science, rst aid, and hardware. It even tells you how to calculate the gallons per minute coming out of a pipe or hose by measuring the arc of the discharge. Very interesting reading. Softcover, 35 1/ 2. Fourth edition printed in 2010. 92W68.11 $12.50 The Complete Dovetail by Ian Kirby Kirby gives thorough treatment of hand cutting the four types of dovetail joints used to make corners (through, single lap, double lap and secret miter), and three rail joints (dovetail halving, dovetail housing and drawer top rail). He covers preparing the material, laying out and marking, proper stance and grip while sawing and paring, and how to correct mists. The process for each joint is clearly illustrated with drawings and stepby-step, black-and-white photographs. Softcover, 69, 151 pages, 1999. 71L30.06 $11.95 Dovetail a Drawer DVD with Frank Klausz For the weekend woodworker, it is often faster to cut dovetails by hand than to take the time to set up the necessary machines. Handmade elements also add distinction to a project. This DVD demonstrates every step of the process, from cutting the different sides to chiselling the pins and tails, then putting it all together. Klausz explains all his techniques with background as to why he performs steps in his own personal way. Length: 60 minutes. 73L10.20 $14.95 The Essential Woodworker by Robert Wearing A revised edition of Wearings acclaimed 1988 text, this book is an invaluable reminder of many hand-tool basics that are often overlooked. It covers a wide range of fundamental skills, techniques and woodworking wisdom, with chapters on making tables and stools, carcasses and drawers, as well as handles and boxes. Appendices provide detailed instructions for making several jigs and xtures for use with hand tools. With over 500 black-and-white drawings and photos that complement the text, the book is lled with information essential to anyone who uses hand tools, both beginners and experienced woodworkers. Hardcover, 69, 253 pages. Reprinted in 2010. 20L03.15 $20.00 Books 245

The Complete Illustrated Guide to Jigs & Fixtures by Sandor Nagyszalanczy In four parts, this book covers hundreds of shop aids and is invaluable to woodworkers of any skill level. It begins with determining what accessory is needed, tips for modifying an existing one, material options, and guidelines on how to build the jig. The other sections include instructions for making depth gauges, taper jigs, joinery templates, travel stops, work hold-downs, dust controllers and more. Well over 800 color photographs and diagrams throughout. Hardcover, 911, 265 pages. 73L02.70 $29.90

Made by Hand Furniture Projects from the Unplugged Woodshop by Tom Fidgen This book, and the six detailed project plans it contains, will help you learn the basics of working wood using only non-powered hand tools. To prime you for the projects, Tom Fidgen offers advice on the essential tools, as well as how to select and prepare the wood youll need. He devotes a chapter to various workbench jigs to save time and effort. Projects include a cabinetmakers tool chest, a dovetailed wall cabinet, a side table, a bookcase with doors, a post and panel cabinet, and a sideboard. The accompanying DVD includes additional information on various hand-tool techniques. Hardcover, 81/211, 160 pages, 2009. 20L02.57 $24.00

Tools
Mastering Woodworking Machines DVD with Mark Duginske The table saw, bandsaw, drill press and radial arm saw, as well as general wood behavior, are covered clearly and directly. The methods of achieving cutting accuracy within a few thousandths of an inch are alone worth the price. Among the many useful techniques demonstrated in detail is the cutting of perfect dovetails with a simple jig on the table saw, using a bandsaw for clean-up. Recently reissued on DVD and organized in chapters, with a table of contents for quick and easy reference. Length: 64 minutes. 73L10.15 $14.95 Mastering Your Table Saw DVD with Kelly Mehler The table saw is a versatile tool and Mehler explains how to use it to the full potential. He begins with a thorough explanation of the components of the saw itself, how to properly set it up, common accessories, safety precautions and how to feed different sizes of wood. Then he shows how to make a custom throat plate and a variety of jigs for crosscutting, mitering, dadoing, ripping irregularly shaped boards and even cutting coves. Maintenance is covered in the nal chapter. Length: 70 minutes. 73L10.19 $14.95 Mastering Your Bandsaw DVD with Mark Duginske Many woodworkers have beneted from Duginskes advice on machine adjustment. Here he shows how to tune a bandsaw for optimal performance, using different treatments for different blade widths. He then shows some excellent techniques, such as using a bandsaw as a scroll saw. Included are instructions on cutting cones, resawing veneer to 1/32, cutting tenons, making boards from rewood, and cutting perfect dovetails. Length: 57 minutes. 73L10.18 $14.95 Visit us at www.leevalley.com

Complete Illustrated Guide to Routers by Lonnie Bird The router is a versatile tool and this book has everything you need to familiarize yourself with its features and functions. Bird explains the three main model types, the composition and variety of bits, and the advantages of a dedicated router table, showing several styles and accessories. He also shows how to perform the array of functions from straight edge cuts, plunging, and moldings to panel work and an assortment of joinery. Includes a section on using templates, cutting utes and dishing. Hundreds of color photographs and line diagrams. Softcover, 9101/2, 233 pages, 2006. 73L02.67 $18.70 Woodworking with the Router by Bill Hylton Newly revised, this workshop classic includes the most recent information on router types, assorted bits, maintenance, and principles of use. The author also covers router table design, fences, templates, and custommade jigs and xtures. With hundreds of color photographs and drawings, a wealth of tips and techniques are clearly and fully explained. Well organized, with a full index, this is both a full course in router use and a ne reference book probably the most comprehensive book on routers available today. Softcover, 81/211, 376 pages, 2006. 49L50.35 $19.95 The Home Machinists Handbook by Doug Briney This introductory book on the use of a small lathe and a small mill was written by a mechanical engineer for readers who have neither metalworking experience nor an engineering background. The book describes how to read engineering diagrams and how to use measuring tools. The author uses a Sherline micro lathe and milling machine for demonstration, but the lathe operations such as facing, turning, ling, parting and threading will apply to the Taig micro lathe. Also discussed are types of metals, properties and heat treating. Includes 10 projects (e.g., center punch, brass mallet, brass cannon) using a lathe and milling machine. Softcover, 89, 275 pages, 1983. 20L02.17 $17.90 Complete Illustrated Guide to Bandsaws by Roland Johnston Bandsaws can be incredibly versatile tools, but have an unfortunate reputation for being tricky to set up and tune. This visual guide shows how to get the most from your bandsaw, so you can use it safely and condently. With detailed instructions complemented by over 500 color photos and dozens of black-and-white illustrations, the book explains how to set up, tune and use the saw for more than just cutting curves. It demonstrates techniques for joinery, ripping stock, and cutting veneer, with helpful guidance on avoiding blade drift and other common problems. Comprehensive maintenance advice covers everything from choosing, cleaning and storing blades, to squaring and replacing blade guides. Also includes instructions for making various accessories such as pushers, fences and jigs, along with tips on how to use them. Softcover, 81/211, 202 pages, 2010. 73L04.97 $18.70

Complete Illustrated Guide to Tablesaws by Paul Anthony Packed with tips and over 600 photos and drawings, this comprehensive guide is invaluable for anyone who uses a table saw. It covers choosing a table saw, setting it up, and using accessories such as sleds, splitters, zero-clearance plates, hold-downs and jigs (many of which you can make yourself) to improve the safety, accuracy and versatility of your saw. There is a thorough section on saw tuning and maintenance (including how to change arbor bearings), as well as sections on basic and advanced techniques for ripping and crosscutting, and using a table saw for joinery and dressing and shaping stock. Softcover, 911, 220 pages, 2009. An in-depth resource, full of step-by-step advice. 73L02.75 $18.70 Stanley Little Big Books A by Clarence Blanchard These are truly reference guides that you can slip into your pocket for jaunts to the ea market. In the Planes book, Blanchard lists a general range of current market values, production notes and B common variations for virtually every style of plane ever made by Stanley Tools up until the late 1950s. The Rules, Levels & Other Tools book has the same information for levels, chisels, vises and more. Each is softcover, 31/243/4. Planes is 230 pages with blackand-white photographs, published in 2006. Rules is 290 pages with color photographs, published in 2007. A. 45L01.34 Planes $14.90 B. 45L01.38 Rules, Levels & Other Tools $16.50 Hand Saw Sharpening DVD with Tom Law It is not always possible to take your well-used saw to a professional for sharpening, if a reliable sharpener can even be found. The next choice is to do the sharpening yourself, and Law shows just how to do that. No fancy machinery is required, just a workbench, a vise and some les for the most part. He focuses on repairing rip, crosscut and dovetail saws, discussing steel types, le selection, tooth shapes, hooks and bevel angles. One chapter covers retoothing a saw blade that has broken or uneven teeth. Length: 60 minutes. 45L01.37 $24.50 Stanley Tools Catalogue No. 120 published by Roger K. Smith This is an exact facsimile of the 1923 Carpenters and Mechanics Tools catalog, updated from the original 1920 publication with a 14-page section on new tools introduced since then. Stanley made a huge range of hand tools at that time: rules, plumbs and levels, squares, marking gauges, vises, bit braces, tool cabinets, hammers, planes and cutters, scrapers, spokeshaves, mallets, screwdrivers, awls, chisels, miter boxes, saw sets, and miscellaneous tools and jigs. Each tool is illustrated with a drawing and has a brief description with price listed. Sections are prefaced with a color plate (one is only black-and-white) of new tools and the special features of that group of tools (style of hinges on the rules, xed versus adjustable levels, etc.), which will aid the collector in identication. Exploded diagrams of the planes will help identify missing parts. Hardcover, 81/211, 135 pages, reprinted in 1994. 45L01.20 $27.00

New Complete Guide to the Band Saw by Mark Duginske Everything youll ever need to know about using and maintaining a bandsaw is in this latest guide from Duginske. He explains all the features of this versatile tool, and compares some of the current brands. Blades are covered in a chapter of their own, describing steel types, tooth patterns, and maintenance, including how to braze a blade. Full chapters then handle adjustments, sawing straight and curved cuts, using templates, making and using jigs, and joinery. Line drawings and color photographs complement the text. Softcover, 81/211, 187 pages, 2007. 49L50.48 $16.00 246 Books

Woodworkers Guide to Handplanes by Scott Wynn This book provides a thorough study of what many regard as the quintessential woodworking tool, the hand plane. It focuses on traditional wooden planes, but also covers metal-bodied planes and innovative, non-traditional designs. Opening chapters examine the geometry and composition of steel blades, bed and bevel angles, and other general factors that affect any planes performance. Wynn describes the characteristics and uses of common planes such as jack, smoothing and block planes, as well as specialized types such as llister, mortise and compass planes, and compares Asian and Western styles. He explains how to set up and maintain various planes, with a full chapter dedicated to sharpening. There is extensive shop advice on using planes effectively, including how to use accessories such as shooting boards, bench stops, jigs, and much more. The nal chapter has plans and step-bystep instructions for making various wooden planes, as well as instructions on how to modify planes for specialty work. Filled with hand-drawn illustrations and color photos, it is both a revealing look at the many types of hand planes available, and a comprehensive guide to mastering their use. Softcover, 81/211, 317 pages, 2010. 49L50.71 $28.00

Working with Handplanes One of the most satisfying tasks in woodworking is using a nely tuned hand plane, and a freshly planed wood surface has a lovely quality that cannot be achieved with abrasives. These 26 articles from Fine Woodworking magazine help you choose, tune and sharpen almost every style of plane, including bench, compass, combination and Japanese planes, as well as spokeshaves and scrapers. Articles show you how to make a wooden plane and scraper, a shooting board, and a scratch stock for molding. Well illustrated with hundreds of color photos and drawings. Softcover, 81/211, 153 pages, 2005. 73L02.65 $13.50

Handplane Essentials by Christopher Schwarz This large volume compiles over ten years of Schwarzs writings into one reference, covering how to choose handplanes and effectively use them. Packed with techniques and tips, it lays out in full detail his approach to attening, smoothing, edging and jointing, and devotes an entire chapter to sharpening planes and scrapers. Schwarzs tool reviews discuss the merits of several bench planes, exotic planes, joinery planes, molding planes and specialty planes. Both a comprehensive how-to guide for woodworkers and an invaluable reference for tool collectors, it includes hundreds of photographs. Clothbound hardcover, 81/211, 312 pages, 2009, printed in the USA. An engaging and informative compilation. 20L02.52 $28.00 Wooden Planes and How to Make Them by David G. Perch and Robert S. Lee Making wooden planes is not yet a lost art, but is rapidly becoming one. This book captures older traditional plane-making methods as well as the easier construction methods that evolved when better glues became available. The full range of standard bench planes is included, but also many very useful specialty planes such as spill planes (for replace spills), and spelk planes to make the ribbons of wood used in basket making. The 20 general categories contain several dozen subcategories, all explained in detail with drawings and photographs. The most complete reference on plane making yet published. Smyth-sewn softcover, 69, 192 pages, 2001. 49L80.60 $14.95 Hollows & Rounds DVD with Tod Herrli Handmade wooden planes are not nearly as difcult to make as one might think, and they are a noteworthy addition to any tool chest. In a personable style, Herrli leads you through the steps of making a pair of hollow and round planes. He covers wood selection, required tools, body design, blade types and preparation, as well as adding customized details. The planes made in this disc are #14, but the principles shown can be modied to make a variety of other sizes. Includes a PDF (needs a DVD-ROM computer drive). Length: 90 minutes. 45L01.36 $24.50 New Edge of the Anvil by Jack Andrews As complete a guide as we have seen for anyone entering the world of the smith, Andrews book includes full discussion of it all: the smithy layout, the tools (including how to make your own), the fuel, and the methods. Heat treating and metallurgy are soundly covered. Throughout, his careful and complete explanations include both the theory and the practical details. He includes 70 pages of illustrated description of ne contemporary ironwork as a source of ideas and inspiration and his section on design describes the use of both the pencil and the computer. Based on his previous book in 1977, this publication retains the traditional knowledge while including the advances in design (CAD), materials and sources. A ne resource book for both the beginner and the practising blacksmith. Softcover, 810, 244 pages, 1994. 45L01.02 $23.50 Books 247

Making & Mastering Wood Planes by David Finck This is more than an instruction manual on plane making; it is a book on rening woodworking skills. David Finck, who learned the craft from James Krenov, leads you through the construction of a laminated crosspin wooden plane (with optional throat insert and sole), while teaching the ne points of woodworking. He covers tuning up, sharpening, and proper use of the tools for the project. He then teaches how to square an edge, atten surfaces, and square end grain with your newly made plane. Included are instructions for shop-made shooting boards. Softcover, 810, 192 pages, 2005. 31L17.39 $22.50 Router Joinery DVD with Gary Rogowski Rogowski, a woodworker of 20 years, clearly shows quick and accurate joinery methods using one of the most versatile and adaptable power tools in the shop. He covers rabbets, dadoes, grooves and sliding dovetails in carcass work, as well as dovetails using Keller and Universal jigs. He also demonstrates several approaches to mortise and tenon joinery in frame-andpanel construction, including the use of shop-made jigs for angled mortises and loose tenons in chair making. The DVD format allows quick and easy reference to each of the illustrated methods. Length: 75 minutes. 73L10.16 $14.95

How to Choose and Use Bench Planes & Scrapers by John English Covering bench, molding, joinery and specialty planes, this book removes the mystery but not the allure of using hand planes. It teaches various essential techniques, from choosing a blade to sharpening it, to methods for planing panels, edges and difcult grain, milling a rabbet, dado or decorative edge, and how to make and use shooting boards. The step-by-step instructions and photo demonstrations outline the factors to consider when selecting the right plane for any woodworking project. Scattered throughout are interesting sidebars on important plane makers who made valuable contributions to the evolution of hand planes. Softcover, 81/211, 110 pages, 2010. 49L27.29 $17.50 Dust Control Made Simple Book & DVD Set by Sandor Nagyszalanczy Controlling dust and other airborne particles is an important aspect of workshop safety. Choosing and setting up a suitable system need not be a complex problem. In this comprehensive guide to dust collection, Nagyszalanczy explains the health hazards posed by sawdust (including some that might surprise you) and outlines strategies for controlling it. He discusses shop ventilation and ltration masks, explains the advantages and disadvantages of various dust collection machines, and includes a step-by-step installation guide. The DVD provides examples and demonstrations for every stage of the process, and the book follows along with easy-tounderstand diagrams and supplementary information. Together, they demystify dust collection and help you nd the best solutions for your workshop. Softcover, 911, 124 pages, 2010. DVD length: 40 minutes. 73L04.95 $18.70

Sharpening
The Complete Guide to Sharpening Book Sharpening Woodworking Tools DVD by Leonard Lee Nothing is more central to the best use of tools than proper A sharpening. The Complete Guide to Sharpening is a book that covers the eld, from equipment and general theory to specic methods for each class of tool. Lee describes not only how to create a razorsharp edge, but also how to B shape it so it best performs its function and retains its sharpness. The chapters on each tool type (chisels, planes, carving tools, turning tools, etc.) are profusely illustrated to show technique, theory and results. Highly readable, it is both educational and enjoyable. Softcover, 81/211, 242 pages, 1995. The principles developed in the book are demonstrated by Lee in the DVD, Sharpening Woodworking Tools. He focuses on basic sharpening principles the proper edge shape for the tools purpose, and the range of abrasives used to reach the necessary keenness. His examples include knives, chisels, cabinet scrapers, turning tools and carving tools, including the dreaded V-tool. Length: 110 minutes. A. 73L01.55 Book $16.50 B. 50L01.02 DVD $21.50 The Perfect Edge: The Ultimate Guide to Sharpening for Woodworkers by Ron Hock Renowned blade maker and metalworker Ron Hock shares his sharpening expertise, presenting it in a manner that is both clear and engagingly down-to-earth. The rst few chapters delve into the properties of steel, the physical principles behind cutting wood, and an overview of various sharpening accessories, including recent advancements in abrasives. You will learn how to sharpen plane irons, chisels, scrapers, handsaws, carving tools, turning tools, axes, adzes, knives, scissors, drill bits, and power-tool blades (router bits, chainsaws, and planer/jointer knives). The photography shows various techniques step by step, as well as microscopic views of tool edges to help illustrate the concepts presented. Hardcover, 81/211, 224 pages, 2009. 20L02.64 $24.00 Sharpening Woodturning Tools DVD with Mike Darlow In this two-DVD set, expert turner Mike Darlow covers everything from basic equipment to advanced techniques. Disc 1 introduces alloys used in tool making, sharpening jig designs, and sharpening equipment and abrasives. There is an exploration of edge geometry and its effect on cutting action, and he shows how to make modications to suit different situations or your technique. Disc 2 goes into various sharpening methods (freehand, tool rest, handle-end jigs, etc.), and outlines options depending on your experience and equipment. Sharpening of each tool is shown close-up in repeated steps (especially helpful for complex bowl-gouge profiles). Also includes a 16-page booklet with plans of jigs for quickly setting your grinders tool rest, and a template for checking bevel angles. Just under 3 hours long. Invaluable for beginning and advanced turners alike. 50L01.16 $36.50 248 Books

Turning
Complete Illustrated Guide to Turning by Richard Raffan Raffan, a turner of international reputation, has assembled a clear, concise guide to the essentials of turning. Here is expert advice on choosing and sharpening tools, as well as information on a wide range of lathes, chucks, and measuring and layout tools. Step-by-step color photos, drawings and instructions illustrate the techniques for turning spindles, end-grain shaping and hollowing, and face work. Skill-building projects are presented in the same detailed manner, and include tool handles, legs, knobs, vases, natural-edge bowls, lidded boxes, a bilboquet (childs ball-and-cup game), a stool, and a condiment shaker with a threaded lid. Hardcover, 91/211, 246 pages, 2005. 73L02.60 $29.90 Turning Wood with Richard Raffan by Richard Raffan In the third edition of his authoritative text, Raffan describes the techniques, tools and systems he has developed over the years as a full-time woodturner, adding a new chapter on turning hollow vessels. The book is suitable for beginners, since it gives excellent descriptions of correct tool use and associated cutting techniques. All explanations are supported with diagrams and color photographs. The book includes chapters with the latest information on lathe and tool selection, sharpening, safety, measuring, basic spindle and face-plate techniques, and nishing. Softcover, 81/211, 218 pages, 2008. 73L02.26 $18.70 Turning Pens and Pencils Book Turning Pens with Kip & Rex DVDs by Kip Christensen and Rex Burningham Between them, Rex Burningham and Kip Christensen have made thousands of pens. Their book covers all aspects of pen and pencil making, including history, safety, tools, material choices, jigs, and special techniques. A number of C projects are shown in detail. Softcover, 81/211, 164 pages, 1999. The DVDs allow you to watch Burningham and Christensen as they work. Volume I, The Basics and Beyond, presents the fundamenD tals, including E material selection and preparation, tools and their use, drilling, adhesives and nishing, with focus on the standard 7mm "slimline" pen. Running time is 68 minutes. The second volume, More Pens plus Tips & Tricks, introduces the more challenging "European" and "American" pens, and explores advanced techniques such as turning plastic and antler. Tips on repairs, gluing, disassembly, and specialized jigs and techniques are also given. 88 minutes in length. C. 31L17.17 Turning Pens and Pencils Book $15.50 D. 50L01.10 Turning Pens, Vol. I DVD $18.50 E. 50L01.11 Turning Pens, Vol. II DVD $18.50 50L01.12 Turning Pens, $34.50 Vols. I & II DVD

The New Turning Wood DVD with Richard Raffan Raffans Turning Wood DVD has been updated with new techniques and with info on sharpening and using tools; it remains a comprehensive rst course in the use of a wood lathe. Stance and motion, the basic tool set, sharpening, exercises with a skew and a gouge, and faceplate techniques are all shown in clear detail. Six complete projects (tool handle, light-pull knob, scoop, miniature box, breadboard, and bowl) demonstrate the order and use of the basic techniques. Organized into quickly accessible chapters covering each skill and project. Now, you are not only able to look over the shoulder of a master at work, you can easily review every detail of his technique. Length: 120 minutes. 73L10.25 $14.95 To Turn the Perfect Wooden Bowl: The Lifelong Quest of Bob Stocksdale by Ron Roszkiewicz Over the course of a week in 1987, the author interviewed the late Bob Stocksdale, whose uncanny ability to bring out extraordinary beauty in wood ranks him among the greatest bowl turners. With text transcribed in Q&A format, this book offers penetrating insight into the life and work of a master craftsman, and reveals a wealth of detail on Stocksdales design process, wood selection, nishing methods and tool sharpening routine. It presents color photographs of over 50 original pieces, as well as numerous black-and-white pictures of Stocksdale at work (including step-by-step photos illustrating his techniques). Inspiration for turners, and a unique reference for fans and collectors of Stocksdales work. Softcover, 88, 146 pages, 2009. 49L50.59 $19.95 The Art of Turned Bowls by Richard Raffan An updated version of Turned Bowl Design (1987), this book is a candid discussion on design with insight from Raffans many years of experience as a highly acclaimed professional turner. Illustrating exemplary bowls, and bowls that dont quite make it, Raffan shares his approach to line and proportion. He covers selecting and preparing wood, drawing proles, designing walls, rims and bases, turning green wood, and decorative effects such as coloring, burning, carving and piercing bowls. Throughout, photographs of his work provide inspiration for turners of any level of expertise. Softcover, 81/211, 160 pages, 2008. 73L04.83 $18.70 Turning Bowls DVD with Richard Raffan Acclaimed wood turner Richard Raffan invites you into his shop to witness his bowl-turning methods and to hear tips and techniques directly from the mouth of the master. He shows you how to sharpen tools and use bowl gouges, scrapers, and deep-hollowing rigs, peppering the lessons with his insightful and practical advice. He takes you through all the steps in the process, from preparing bowl blanks to sanding and finishing the completed vessel. Projects described are a traditional bowl, a bark-rimmed bowl, a deep enclosed vessel, and a lidded bowl. An excellent reference for both novice and experienced turners. Length: 120 minutes. 73L10.28 $14.95

Ellsworth on Woodturning by David Ellsworth Renowned for turning extremely thin-walled bowls and vessels that display the beauty of gured wood, Ellsworth is widely recognized as one of the true masters of woodturning. In this book, he shares his approach to selecting wood and tools, sharpening, and design, as well as his shaping, smoothing and nishing techniques. He emphasizes a key element that many turners overlook the human body suggesting ways to improve grip and stance, and even how to stretch and exercise beforehand. Among over 400 color photographs are many close-up shots showing exactly how the tool contacts the wood, as well as dozens of examples of nished pieces. Softcover, 81/211, 247 pages, 2008. 49L50.65 $24.00 The Fundamentals of Woodturning by Mike Darlow An internationally known turner, Darlow is well qualied to present this introductory guide to the art of the lathe. Following a discussion of equipment choices, he carefully develops the basics of turning and sharpening theory. He then presents the reader with a beautifully illustrated short course in spindle, cupchuck, face-plate, bowl and hollow turning. Excellent color photography and clear text characterize Darlows work, making this a ne basic reference. Softcover, 81/211, 198 pages, 1998. 71L31.01 $19.95 Woodturning Chessmen by Mike Darlow Here is comprehensive information on designing and turning your own chessmen, along with a fascinating history of the game. Color photos of dozens of museum pieces and reproductions illustrate the wide variety of chess-piece styles over the centuries. Darlow provides details on designing and carving bishops miters and horses heads, as well as cutting crowns and battlements using a shop-made indexing attachment. He has drawn from authoritative reference works to create detailed drawings for eight sets of classic chessmen, and has included drawings for a set of his own design, which turners can copy or use to develop their own designs. The gallery shows the varied styles of six contemporary turners. Softcover, 81/211, 168 pages, 2004. 71L31.05 $19.95 Turning Green Wood by Michael ODonnell Theres a special enjoyment in turning green wood, as the fragrant shavings ow smoothly from the skew or gouge. Green-wood bowls can be turned to a delicate translucency using the techniques described in this book. In addition to giving detailed instructions, profusely illustrated in color, for six types of bowls and goblets, ODonnell discusses sources, planning (seeing the bowl in the tree), and solving green woods special problems, warp and shrinkage. Heres a source of inspiration and instruction, both a manual and an idea book. Softcover, 811, 135 pages, 2000. 31L17.20 $15.50

Wood

Understanding Wood by R. Bruce Hoadley Wood moves. Despite this universal condition, instructions on how to deal with wood movement are rare. This information is essential to any woodworker who hopes to achieve lasting good results. As a wood technologist and skilled craftsman, Hoadley applies his scientic knowledge to the level of a small-scale shop in a detailed and comprehensive way. He describes the makeup of wood and how this differs from one kind to another. He talks about moisture content, how and why it uctuates, what effects the uctuations have, and how to compensate for this movement when you build. He also explains the properties and characteristics of wood and what things are important to the woodworker, then tells how to machine, join and finish it to make the most of its strength and quality. Hardcover, 81/211, 288 pages. Revised edition, 2000. 73L01.06 $29.90 Identifying Wood by R. Bruce Hoadley With Hoadleys superb book Identifying Wood and a magnifying hand lens (minimum of 8X magnication), anybody can become a wood identication expert. It can all be done by looking at a wood sample no bigger than 1/8 square. The book is well organized by groups of woods of similar characteristics (e.g., the elms, oaks and ashes together), and has excellent color photomicroscopy. A classic reference book, suitable for every woodworker. Hardcover, 81/211, 224 pages. 73L01.17 $29.90

Lee Valley Wood Movement Reference Guide This reference guide will let even novice woodworkers quickly calculate dimensional change for any change in moisture content. It provides data for 73 domestic and imported species. You dial the species of choice and the window displays values used to determine dimensional change for both quartersawn and atsawn material as well as an overall rating of the tendency of that species to distort with moisture content change. Also shown is the percentage of shrinkage each species will undergo as it dries from 30% moisture content (green) to 0%. A sample calculation and complete instructions are included. A valuable reference tool. 50K24.01 $9.50 Chain Saw and Crosscut Saw Training Course by the USDA Forest Service Anyone who intends to cut timber with a chain saw or crosscut saw should own this book, not only for the excellent safety information, but also to learn how to use saws in the most productive way (which just happens to be the safest way as well). How to avoid saw binding, how to fell trees, limbing techniques, and detailed saw maintenance information are included, all written by experienced users. The section dedicated to crosscut saws is unique. It is very difcult to nd sound information on one- and two-person crosscuts today, but they are well covered here, including vital sharpening information. A useful manual for any saw owner. Saddle stitched, softcover, 81/211, 76 pages. First published in 2001. 49L81.10 $9.95 Selecting & Drying Wood These articles give advice on everything relating to procuring wood for furniture making. From personal accounts, the authors cover tips for browsing the lumberyards, milling your own lumber, hiring a sawyer, various drying methods, potential movement concerns, how to transport the lumber, and even how to break down a furniture plan to know what quality of wood to get for the different parts. There are also articles on selecting and using some tropical woods. Plenty of color photographs. Softcover, 8101/2, 153 pages. 73L02.74 $13.50

The Ashley Book of Knots by Clifford W. Ashley All of us know how to tie a few knots, former Boy Scouts perhaps a dozen, but the sailor of two centuries ago knew hundreds of knots, both practical and ornamental. Many other trades, such as the weaver and logger, had their own special sets. Well indexed, this book presents the knowledge needed to tie not only the practical knots we still use, but also the complex, beautiful decorative knots that are in danger of being lost. A 52-page chapter describes knots used in over 90 occupations, including archer, baker, carpenter, cooper, farmer, sherman, gardener, tree surgeon, and weaver. Old sailors will bless Ashley for preserving this wonderful lore. Hardcover, 81/211, 620 pages. First printed in 1944. 45L01.01 $72.50 Books 249

Home Building

Illustrated Cabinetmaking by Bill Hylton Now back in print, this thorough reference book explains all the construction methods needed for custom furniture making, and should be in every woodworkers library. The rst three sections discuss the anatomy of various pieces, design styles, basic wood properties, over 100 joints and dozens of subassemblies. Hylton goes on to use exploded diagrams to identify all the key details for a vast assortment of tables, desks, chests, cabinets and beds, discussing design standards at the beginning of each category. Softcover, 71/29, 374 pages. 49L50.57 $19.95 Building Kitchen Cabinets by Udo Schmidt Building a complete set of kitchen cabinets can seem a daunting task, but Schmidt reassures us that joinery and assembly for several cabinets is the same as for one. Here is detailed information on design, construction and installation for regular base and wall cabinets and for special situations, such as wall ovens, refrigerators, pantries and islands. He describes pocket-screw and biscuit joinery for speed and accuracy in building the face-frame cases, and covers several options for making drawers and frame-and-panel doors, as well as choosing and installing hardware. Hundreds of color photographs and drawings illustrate every aspect of construction. Softcover, 911, 169 pages, 2003. 73L04.57 $14.95 Building Frameless Kitchen Cabinets by Danny Proulx Many woodworkers prefer 32mm frameless cabinet methods to face-frame construction. One can achieve a high degree of quality using simple methods and melamine-coated or woodveneered particleboard. Almost all joints, even those in drawers, are butt joins using screws rather than glue. Hinges are concealed, and there are no vertical stiles on double doors, which permits full access to the cabinet. Shelves are adjustable. Installation is simplied, as the base cabinets are mounted on adjustable legs for easy levelling. Proulx covers assessing the kitchen space, choosing materials and hardware, and constructing, nishing and installing the cabinets. Well illustrated throughout. Softcover, 81/211, 144 pages, 2003. 26L31.02 $29.50 The Complete Kitchen Cabinetmaker by Robert W. Lang Building a set of cabinets can seem overwhelming, but Lang helps alleviate the concerns in this allencompassing guide. He starts by explaining the importance of creating detailed lists of every step of the project for workow and nancial allotment. Then he describes the various options for joinery, fasteners, materials and nishes, as well as the features of both face-frame and frameless cabinets. Drawers, frames, panels, hinges and countertops are also covered, with a section specically on plastic laminates. The nal chapter leads you through the entire installation process. Softcover, 81/211, 223 pages, 2006. 49L50.46 $18.50

Building Cabinet Doors & Drawers by Danny Proulx Doors and drawers are fundamental to cabinetry, but rarely does a book on cabinetry give all the necessary detail for construction and installation. From his years as a cabinetmaker, Danny Proulx understands what the problems are; here he explains how to solve them in detailed instructions, with numerous blackand-white photographs. Two chapters, those on pocket doors and on hinges, more than justify the books price. Softcover, 81/211, 112 pages, 2000. 49L27.17 $17.50 Frame and Panel Construction DVD with Graham Blackburn Used in constructing furniture and architectural features, the traditional frame-and-panel joinery method accommodates the swelling and shrinking of wood. Blackburn guides you through the construction process, describing the common elements of stiles, rails, panels and muntins. The DVD is split into two parts: the rst covers the basic frame construction and the second covers the wide variety of panels that can be used in the frame, whether made by hand or by machine. Length: 40 minutes. 73L10.21

Kitchen Cabinets Made Simple Book & DVD Set by Gregory Paolini New cabinets make a big difference in the appearance of a kitchen. To make the job less daunting, this book and DVD set go through the entire process in a straightforward manner that even a beginner can understand. In the DVD, Paolini explains the construction basics for frameless and face-frame cabinets, from design to nish. The book covers the ner details, supplemented by diagrams and stepby-step photos. It describes how to make a basic cabinet, modify designs for wall or base cabinets, integrate drawers and pullouts, make doors, drawer fronts and panels, apply a nish, and install hardware. Paolini also explains common design standards, and offers tips to minimize frustration and waste. Softcover, 911, 122 pages, 2010. DVD length: 60 minutes. 73L05.15 $18.70 All New Kitchen Idea Book by Joanne Kellar Bouknight A kitchen should be designed with function, t, and budget in mind. And that is exactly what this completely updated and redesigned edition of Kitchen Idea Book inspires you to do. It provides fresh, up-to-date ideas from top kitchen designers so you can plan your kitchen to suit your needs. Chapters include expert information about style and layout, kitchen islands, dining and work spaces, cabinets and pantries, countertops and backsplashes, lighting and windows, appliances, oors, walls, and ceilings. With over 350 color photographs for inspiration, this book features space-saving storage solutions, new technology, and energy-efcient strategies. Softcover, 9103/4, 218 pages, 2009. 73L04.77 $14.95 Build Your Own Kitchen Cabinets by Danny Proulx All the steps required to make kitchen cabinetry to your own specications are covered in 14 chapters. Starting with cabinet design and anatomy, the book moves on to construction of both upper and base faceframe cabinets, then to more customized styles, such as for microwaves and pantries. It also covers frameless cabinets, islands, countertops and nishing options. The nal chapters explain how to develop a complete materials list and cutting plan, assembly of the pieces and nal installation. Includes dozens of color photographs, with cutting lists and exploded diagrams for the faceframe and frameless cabinets. Softcover, 81/211, 128 pages, 2003. 20L02.36 $19.95 250 Books

$14.95

The Complete Illustrated Guide to Furniture & Cabinet Construction by Andy Rae Rarely do "complete" guides fulll that promise of completeness, but Andy Raes comes as close as any we have seen. He begins with a full discussion of tools, materials, and organizing the workshop. Then he covers in detail methods of working wood with hand and power tools, followed by a short course in furniture design. He carries through with details on all aspects of furniture construction, in step-by-step essays on assembly, shelves, molding, drawers, doors, chairs, stools, etc. Every aspect is profusely illustrated. There are over 800 color photographs and more than 100 black-and-white drawings. Its the ultimate woodworking reference book. Hardcover, 911, 320 pages. 73L02.28 $29.90 The Complete Cabinetmakers Reference by Jeffrey Piontkowski No matter what type or size of cabinet you want to build, this book has the information you need to get the project done. It gives instructions on how to construct 23 different cabinets, from base cabinets (with or without drawers), wall cabinets and pantry cabinets, to dressers, entertainment centers and ling cabinets. You need only pick a style and determine the width needed, to select from 160 ready-to-use worksheets. Each is complete with isometric exploded drawings and lists of the materials, hardware and cuts needed. Includes info on making doors and drawer fronts, nishing cabinets with high-pressure laminate, veneered plywood and hardwood facings, and how to make countertops and corbels. A real time saver for both the novice and the seasoned cabinetmaker. Spiralbound hardcover, 93/411, 256 pages, 2005. 20L02.56 $24.00

Installing Floors by Joseph Truini In the opening chapter of this book, Truini examines a wide range of ooring options, comparing qualities and drawbacks of each, from ease of installation to durability and price. Each of the other nine chapters provides a complete tutorial on installing a specic material: unnished oak strips, engineered-wood planks, pine planks, porcelain tile, marble tile, plastic laminate planks, sheet vinyl, vinyl tile, and bamboo ooring. Well illustrated with photos and diagrams, each tutorial includes a complete list of tools and materials, along with instructions on every step from preparing the site to nishing touches such as applying varnish or adding shoe molding. Along the way, it gives advice on dealing with challenges such as removing old tile or tiling around a closet ange, or adding elements such as radiant-oor heating. Softcover, 911, 186 pages, 2010. 73L04.99 $14.95 Wood Flooring Book & DVD by Charles Peterson with Andy Engel A certied Advanced Master Craftsman with over 30 years of experience in the ooring business, Peterson shares his expertise on the materials and methods used to install strip and plank ooring in modern homes. He covers the essentials, including the physical properties of common woods, estimating materials, and preparing the jobsite, as well as specialized topics such as soundproong A oors and installing wooden ooring over radiant-heat B concrete slabs. He devotes several chapters to a wide range of decorative techniques, from installing borders and aprons to parquetry and other ornamental inlay work. Various professional sanding and finishing methods are described, and a nal chapter details how to diagnose and x many ooring problems. Hardcover, 91/2111/4, 330 pages, 2010. Packed with tips, the material is well researched and presented in an easy-to-read format. In the companion DVD, Peterson demonstrates every step of installing a wooden strip oor, providing plenty of helpful suggestions along the way. Length: 60 minutes. A. 73L04.87 Book $33.50 B. 73L04.88 DVD $14.95

York County Mouldings by George W. J. Duncan This historically signicant reference work, documenting a century of moldings used in Ontario and the northeastern United States, is published by Lee Valley for the Architectural Conservancy of Ontario. It presents some 350 full-scale tracings of moldings from houses, churches, schools and other structures, selected from the architecture of the Toronto area from 1820 to 1920. It also includes a short essay on classical moldings, diagrams of construction of compound moldings using classical forms, and a survey of woods used for trim in the various classes of building. In addition to the historical value, the beauty of some of the thick (up to 6/4) and imposing moldings makes this a unique idea book for custom builders. This essential information for the renovator/restorer should be on the bookshelf of anyone involved in heritage building conservation or custom home design. Spiral-bound softcover, 1117, 176 pages, 2001. 49L71.01 $24.50 To order call 1-800-871-8158 Trim Made Simple: Book & DVD Guide by Gary Katz If you plan on outtting a room with moldings of any kind, this book and DVD set not only provides step-bystep written instructions for trimming a room from bottom to top, but also shows how a pro puts those principles into action. Katz divulges his secret for cutting clean, tight miters at precise angles (its all centered on a saw stand, plan provided) and demonstrates two ways for installing moldings one piece at a time or preassembled. Includes tricks for using hand-driven nails, drafting a foolproof cut list, removing old trim, and making a crown hook. Elements of his simple system for cutting and installing casing for doors and windows are also used for installing baseboards, chair rail and crown molding. Softcover, 9 11 , 106 pages, 39-minute DVD, 2009. 73L04.78 $16.50

The Not So Big House 10th Anniversary Edition by Sarah Susanka This anniversary edition has an updated introduction and 16 extra pages featuring three new homes. It offers a wealth of ideas on designing a home for quality rather than quantity, incorporating details reective of our personalities. Susanka advocates making the kitchen the heart of the house, where friends and family can gather, and creating private spaces to make the house more comfortable. Includes hundreds of color photographs and numerous oor plans. Softcover, 1010, 240 pages, 2009. 73L04.73 $18.70 Creating the Not So Big House by Sarah Susanka Susanka examines 25 houses designed using the principles set out in The Not So Big House. Framed openings and varied ceiling heights are a few of the concepts described. Numerous photos of rooms and oor plans are included. In-depth plans with detailed inside and outside descriptions for many of the houses can be purchased by mail order. Softcover, 1010, 258 pages, 2001. 73L04.68 $18.70 More Not So Big Solutions For Your Home by Sarah Susanka Packed with practical ideas for making the most of limited living spaces, the latest addition to the Not So Big House series offers clever, spacesaving renovation and design suggestions to make your home feel more spacious and liveable. Susankas approach involves designing for human proportions, rethinking typical room layouts, using design accents effectively, personalizing your home, and tting in the necessities of life. A nal chapter discusses issues that reach beyond the four walls of the home, such as living with extended family, privacy concerns, and integrating your house into the neighbourhood. From rearranging furniture and repainting to building additions, this book goes beyond surface appearances to focus on how to make your home comfortable, functional, and designed for your lifestyle. Softcover, 81/29, 154 pages, 2010. 73L04.75 $17.50

Visit us at www.leevalley.com

Building Stairs by Andy Engel This book clearly reveals all the elements required to build stairs, both indoors and out, including the basic layout geometry, proper construction techniques, materials, tools and safety. It covers housed-stringer stairs, combination stairs, bullnose steps, winders, and various styles of newels and railings. Includes detailed explanations of joinery and nishing, and discusses working around problems and considerations for building outdoor stairs. Hundreds of color photographs and clear illustrations. Softcover, 911, 234 pages, 2007. 73L02.72 $18.70

Making Mantels by David Getts This guide covers how to build mantels from concept to construction and installation, with an emphasis on re safety as well as complementing a rooms architecture and furnishings. The author establishes basic principles upon which creative ideas can be explored. He discusses wood options for the face of the mantel and a range of materials for the rebox itself, including brick, tile, stone and concrete. Step-by-step instructions, dimensioned drawings and color photographs describe making a simple Craftsman-style "off-theshelf" mantel, and a complex mantel with intricate components and joinery. Softcover, 81/211, 200 pages, 2002. 49L27.24 $20.90

Timber Frame Construction by Jack Sobon and Roger Schroeder If you have ever wanted to try timber framing, this is the book to get you started. Based on a starter project, the construction of a timber frame garden shed, it gives the history and basic principles of timber framing, describes the various joints, their uses and how to cut them, advises on design, raising and closing in, and in general provides all the information needed for the project and a good deal more, in precise and interesting text. Beautifully illustrated with black-and-white drawings and photographs throughout. Softcover, 81/211, 204 pages, 1984. 16L12.20 $16.00 Books 251

Furniture
Arts & Crafts Furniture Projects with CD-ROM by Popular Woodworking Arts & Crafts furniture has timeless appeal, both for its solid construction using straightforward joinery techniques and its ability to reveal woods natural beauty. Compiled by Popular Woodworking, this book is more than a collection of 25 Arts & Crafts furniture projects; it is a skill-building tool for woodworking. Besides the broad range of projects (three for shelving, seven for tables, eight for seating, ve for cabinets, plus one mantel clock and a print stand), it also offers a history of Arts & Crafts furniture as well as detailed construction and nishing techniques. The included CD-ROM has additional projects and articles from Popular Woodworking magazine in PDF format. Softcover, 8103/4, 208 pages, 2008. 20L02.53 $24.00 Shop Drawings for Craftsman Furniture by Robert W. Lang Lang has developed detailed plans for 27 pieces of Craftsman furniture through meticulous and thorough study of reproduction and auction catalogs, along with close examination of actual Stickley pieces. There is clear discussion of methods of constructing this style of furniture, aimed at the experienced woodworker; included are four-piece mitered legs with face grain on each side, the through mortise and tenon, laminating curved parts, hanging doors and making drawers, all illustrated with close-up black-and-white photographs and drawings. Softcover, 81/211, 144 pages, 2001. 49L27.18 $18.50

Framing Floors, Walls & Ceilings A professionals guide to building oors, walls and ceilings, this book covers the latest techniques used in North American wood-frame construction. It clearly explains the basics of framing, along with advanced techniques such as framing curved walls and cathedral ceilings. It contains plenty of expert tips throughout on everything from using tools effectively to choosing materials, to help get the job done safely and reliably. Over 400 color photographs and illustrations. Softcover, 81/211, 282 pages, 2009. 73L02.76 $18.70

Building Doors DVD with Andy Rae This DVD presents an in-depth study on the specialized techniques involved in constructing and installing sturdy, attractive cabinet doors that are well suited to the style and function of the cabinet. It guides you through every step in the process of building frame-and-panel doors, breadboard doors, cope-and-stick doors, and glass doors. It demonstrates reliable methods for sizing and tting a door to its case, and mounting hinges, latches and other hardware. For beginners as well as expert woodworkers, it contains plenty of ideas and advice to inspire your next cabinetmaking project. A companion DVD to Raes book Building Doors & Drawers (73L02.68). Length: 65 minutes. 73L10.26 $14.95 Building Drawers DVD with Andy Rae Master woodworker Andy Rae demonstrates the complete process of building and installing various types of cabinet drawers. The rst section covers planning and design, discussing key considerations from laying out drawer proportions to selecting wood. The second section presents a range of construction methods showing how to make a rabbet-and-dado drawer, a rabbeted tongue-and-dado drawer, a box-joint drawer, a dovetail drawer and others. Advice is also given on tting the bottom and drawer assembly. The nal section describes how to mount drawers on slides or wooden runners, as well as installing false-front drawers, adding handles, knobs and stops, and nishing methods. A systematic and comprehensive approach to an often-challenging project. A companion DVD to Raes book Building Doors & Drawers (below). Length: 70 minutes. 73L10.27 $14.95 Building Doors & Drawers by Andy Rae The choice of drawer and door styles is the key to well-built cabinetry. Rae explains the main styles of both elements, then discusses the anatomical features, proportioning considerations, material selection, and hardware options. Thorough construction methods are given for an array of joints and door panelling, as well as mounting instructions for knobs, hinges and slides. Color photographs, line drawings and helpful tips throughout. Softcover, 9101/2, 186 pages. 73L02.68 $18.70 Greene & Greene Design Elements for the Workshop by Darrell Peart In the early 20th century, the Greene brothers added a unique touch to the Arts & Crafts furniture genre, both on their own and in collaboration with others. Their major characteristic styles can be reproduced using the 10 projects in this book. Included are leg-indent details, ebony plugs, wooden hardware, cloud lifts, Blacker brackets, nger-proud joinery in drawers, and more. A separate section details the actual nish the brothers used, and a modern method of achieving their results. Dozens of photographs accompany the projects, with diagrams for clarity. Several original pieces of Greene & Greene furniture are shown throughout. Softcover, 81/211, 128 pages, 2005. 49L27.27 $19.95

Building Doors & Gates by Alan and Gill Bridgewater A door is much more than a slab of wood to block a hole. With this in mind, the Bridgewaters present designs over the full range from Gothic church doors to doors for simple sheds, for all tastes and all skill levels. They include instruction for the variety of joinery, construction and assembly details. The section on gates offers a wealth of designs and techniques, including the philosophy and theory of gates and doors, the balance of security and function against appearance, and the effect on the community at large. The book is a broad education on the subject of entrances. Softcover, 81/211, 168 pages, 1999. 26L07.21 $18.50

Log Construction Manual by Robert W. Chambers Chambers carefully guides the log builder through every step of constructing a scribe-t log house, from choosing and preparing the all-important sill logs (base round), through selecting each log for the next round. The rules for log selection that he developed are now used by most professional builders. There is clear information on the basics of cutting notches, saddles and grooves accurately and efciently, and thorough treatment of the complex design and joinery in log roofs. This is a comprehensive manual on the craft of log building. Well illustrated throughout, with hundreds of drawings and black-and-white photographs, and an 8-page section of color photos. Softcover, 81/211, 272 pages. Revised 2006 edition. 42L74.03 $34.50 252 Books

The Joiner and Cabinet Maker, Book & DVD by Anonymous, Christopher Schwarz and Joel Moskowitz Anonymously written in 1839, this book followed the ctional career of Thomas, a 19th-century English carpenters apprentice, through his training in traditional joinery and casework techniques. Moskowitz, an expert woodworker, collaborated with Schwarz, editor of Popular Woodworking and Woodworking Magazine, to republish this expanded version for modern readers. An introductory chapter and footnotes throughout the original text illuminate a tradesmans life in that era, from social conditions to the tools in common use. Schwarz completes three of the projects described, using modern hand tools to build a chest of drawers, a packing box, and a school box. He documents every step in the book and in a 78-minute slideshow with audio commentary on DVD (PC and Mac compatible), and provides dimensioned drawings (also in SketchUp format on the DVD) and complete cutting lists. Hardcover, 69, 373 pages, reprinted in 2009. 20L03.10 Book & DVD $34.00 20L03.08 Book only $29.00 20L03.09 DVD only $ 9.50

Greene & Greene Furniture: Poems of Wood & Light by David Mathias Combining Arts & Crafts design with Asian inuences, the Greene brothers launched an enduring aesthetic movement that incorporated architecture, furniture making and the decorative arts into a distinctive, unied style. Mathias traces the evolution of the movement from its early 20th-century origins to the work of modern-day masters such as Darrell Peart. He examines its main characteristics, from construction details such as square-pinned joinery and cloud lifts, to design elements such as the role of asymmetry and the use of inlay and rounded forms. Richly illustrated with over 160 color photographs of buildings, furniture and decorative details, as well as dozens of black-and-white historical photos and reprints of Charles and Henry Greenes original drawings and dimensioned plans. A fascinating book for anyone interested in the history of architecture and design, and a wealth of furnituremaking ideas. Hardcover, 912, 175 pages, 2010. 20L02.68 $28.00 Shop Drawings for Greene & Greene Furniture by Robert W. Lang Here are 23 furniture pieces shown in measured mechanical drawings, including the Blacker nightstand, the Bolton hall chair, the Gamble kitchen cabinets and the Thorsen serving table. The techniques, materials and nishes that are common to the projects are all described in the early section of the book, along with a history of the Greene brothers and their fabrication partners, the Hall brothers. Written for the more advanced woodworker, each project has only the measured drawings provided; construction details are left to the builder. Softcover, 81/211, 159 pages, 2006. 49L50.45 $18.50 Practical Furniture Design This guide deals with a wide range of topics relevant to designing functional, well-proportioned furniture that is built to last, with contributions by Garrett Hack, Graham Blackburn, Gary Rogowski, Chris Becksvoort, Will Neptune, Mario Rodriguez, Jeff Miller and other experts. Eight large sections are devoted to design principles, making plans and models, historical furniture styles, working with wood properties, tables, casework and cabinets, chairs, and special-purpose furniture. Detailed chapters discuss drafting basics, Golden Ratio proportioning, scaling furniture from photos, working with grain direction, childrens furniture, and many other specialized areas. Packed with tips and over 600 color photos and illustrations, it is an invaluable reference for furniture makers. Softcover, 81/211, 268 pages, 2009. 73L02.77 $18.70

Chairmaking & Design by Jeff Miller To most woodworkers, chairmaking is both fascinating and intimidating, with its challenges of design, complex joinery and materials. This book covers the skills and design factors by breaking the project into manageable tasks, with sections on tools, jigs, tips and special techniques. After a discussion of the basics and a fascinating gallery of color photographs of classical and contemporary chairs, Miller develops seven elegant chair projects, with full directions, black-and-white photographs and drawings. They include a childs ladderback chair, a captains chair, a neo-classical chair and a caf chair. Softcover, 810, 200 pages, 2007. 49L27.28 $18.50 Beds by Jeff Miller Miller begins his book with a review of bed basics components, sizing, foundation and hardware. The nine projects that follow are small rst bed, Shaker, Craftsman, pencil post, City, Windsor, platform, sleigh and bunk beds, with detailed measured drawings, cutting lists, and full instructions. Softcover, 911, 186 pages, 1999. 73L03.60 $18.70 Craftsman Furniture Projects Here are 17 household furniture projects ranging from a simple bookcase to a wine cabinet to a dining room set, with the style inuences of Greene & Greene, Gustav Stickley, Arts & Crafts and Frank Lloyd Wright. Each project includes a cutting list, exploded drawings, detailed instructions, and color photographs. Highlighted throughout with interesting tips such as using aniline dyes, cutting curved tenons, and basic upholstery. Softcover, 81/211, 159 pages, 2007. 49L50.53 $16.00

Making Rustic Furniture DVD with Paul Ruhlmann Ruhlmann, the co-inventor of our power tenon cutters, demonstrates how to make a rustic chair with mortise and tenon joinery. He begins with a discussion of selecting invasive saplings, then provides guidelines for a chairs dimensions, and talks about the importance of having a sketch of the project and using story sticks. Basic steam bending techniques are used to obtain desired curves, and tips are given on assembly, nal shaping, glue-up and nishing right down to how to weave the seat. In addition to the power tenon cutter method, he also explains the age-old practice of whittling a tenon. Length: 30 minutes. 73L10.24 $7.95 Rustic Furniture Workshop by Dan Mack Not everyone likes rustic furniture, but for those who do, this is a book of ideas, instruction and inspiration. Dan Mack loves his work, and it shows in his advice on where to nd materials, how to handle them, and how to enjoy the results. In addition to full discussion of materials, techniques and tools, he includes a gallery of projects, including many done by other rustic furniture makers, thus providing an eclectic variety of ideas for panels, tables, chairs, desks, fences, arbors and whimsical assemblies. He includes complete instructions for several of each, illustrated with numerous color photographs. Softcover, 81/211, 111 pages, 2000. 31L17.23 $12.95

Outdoor Structures
Designing Sundials The Graphic Method by Margo Anne King Most books on sundial design require knowledge of trigonometry. This book offers a faster, easier alternative, the graphic method, using drawings instead of calculations. With a ruler, compass, protractor, and these simple step-by-step instructions, you can design an accurate sundial for any place on earth, even in the tropics or the southern and eastern hemispheres. It explains how to choose the right type of sundial for your location and needs, whether you make your own or buy one. With clear, in-depth writing and numerous illustrations, the book makes design easy, so your sundial can be both beautiful and accurate. Smyth-sewn softcover, 9113/4, 123 pages, 2007. 49L87.11 $16.95 Building a Shed by Joseph Truini Truini, a carpenter and writer for 35 years, believes that nearly every homeowner needs a shed. This book is a thorough guide to evaluating your needs, choosing a site, deciding on a foundation, selecting materials and constructing the shed from the oor to the roof. In addition, there is information on interior shelving and storage racks. Hundreds of color photographs, detailed drawings and numerous trade secrets guide you through the building of four sheds ranging from a 26 locker to a 1220 gambrel-roofed miniature barn. Softcover, 911, 202 pages, rst published in 2002, this is the 2008 edition with updated resources and graphics. 73L04.54 $14.95 Books 253

Studio Furniture of the Renwick Gallery by Oscar P. Fitzgerald The Renwick gallery of the Smithsonian American Art Museum houses a collection of 63 pieces from the studio furniture movement, including work by Garry Knox Bennett, Art Carpenter, Wendell Castle, Wharton Esherick, Tage Frid, Jere Osgood, Sam Maloof, George Nakashima and other renowned designers. Written by an expert in the history of furniture and the decorative arts, with a foreword by art and design scholar Paul Greenhalgh, this beautiful coffee-table book features large color photos of every item, along with text describing each and the person who made it. An introductory essay discusses how the collection was formed and the curatorial process that brought together these unique works of American artistry and craftsmanship. Softcover, 912, 223 pages, 2008. 49L50.72 $28.00

Instructional Modules: Build a Maloof Inspired Rocker & Build a Maloof Inspired Low-Back Dining Chair with Charles Brock The extraordinary furniture built by Sam Maloof (1916-2009) dened a distinctive style. With sculptural forms and owing lines that accentuate the gure of the wood, Maloofs work continues to inspire furniture makers, but presents considerable technical challenges. Charles Brock, a well-known chairmaker and instructor, designed two chairs as faithful adaptations of Maloofs originals, detailing the building process in two comprehensive project modules. Each includes full-size cutting patterns, an instruction book, and a companion DVD in which Brock demonstrates every step in a down-to-earth manner that makes this advanced material more approachable. Each module serves as a skill-building tutorial, full of expert advice on everything from wood selection to shaping techniques, specialized joinery and nishing. A password is provided, giving access to an Internet forum for additional advice. The Maloof Inspired Rocker incorporates many characteristic elements recurved rockers, a deeply sculpted seat with a pronounced pommel, and a balanced rocking action. The resulting chair is about 45 high by 45 deep by 26 wide. Softcover instruction book, 81/211, 46 pages, 2010. 103-minute DVD. The Maloof Inspired Low-Back Dining Chair is a classic piece with a comfortable design and curvilinear, graceful contours, either as a single chair or a complete dining set. The resulting chair is about 301/2 high by 26 deep by 22 wide. Softcover instruction book, 81/211, 46 pages, 2010. 130-minute DVD. A. 50L01.30 Rocker: Patterns, DVD & Book $69.00 B. 50L01.31 Dining Chair: Patterns, DVD & Book $49.00 Fine Woodworking Design Book Eight Since 1978, Fine Woodworking magazines series of design books has presented a showcase of the nest traditional and contemporary work in wood. The latest in the series displays 101 pieces of contemporary furniture made by leading woodworkers, each with superb color photographs and commentary by the maker. Diagrams of unique design details are shown with some pieces. Covering a great breadth of style and design, some rooted in tradition, some truly original, it is an inspiring coffee-table or gift book for anyone who appreciates the nest in contemporary arts and crafts. Softcover, 911, 170 pages, 2009. 73L02.78 $16.50 Rustic Furniture Basics Book & DVD by Doug Stowe An excellent beginner-to-intermediate course in making functional, attractive furniture from natural and reclaimed materials, this guide teaches the essentials through eight representative projects. It gives step-bystep instructions for making a cedar table, a ve-board bench, a stick table with a twig-mosaic top, a slab bench, a footstool with a woven seagrass seat, a slab-top coffee table, a rustic chair, and an oak chest. Each includes a materials list, dimensioned drawings, color photos of every step, and suggested variations on the piece. Along the way, you will learn about selecting materials, tools and nishes, as well as techniques for mortise-and-tenon joinery, twine-weaving, antiquing hardware and much more. Softcover, 81/211, 140 pages, 2009. Useful by itself or as a companion to the book, the 90-minute DVD demonstrates the same eight projects. C. 73L04.84 Book $17.50 D. 73L04.85 DVD $14.95

Carving

Chip Carvers Workbook by Dennis Moor Chip carving is a hobby that can be done at the kitchen table with just a few hand tools, and which creates beautiful results. Only three knives are needed to make the three basic cuts (curved, triangular and straight) that can be combined into an endless variety of designs. This is a complete yet straightforward course in chip carving. Moor covers choosing wood, selecting and sharpening knives, proper grip and cutting technique, and nishing. Seven easy and useful projects (napkin holder, plant box, letter holder, trinket box, tissue box holder, mailbox, and cheese & cracker tray) allow you to practice with borders, grids, rosettes and lettering. Softcover, 81/211, 105 pages, 2005. 49L50.29 $11.95

Desks, Bookcases & Entertainment Centers Here is a collection of 15 functional and attractive projects in various styles, detailing how to make desks, bookcases and entertainment centers that make economical use of space. Projects include a Federalstyle secretary desk, an Arts-&-Crafts-style stereo cabinet, two computer desks, a computer cabinet, a knock-down bookcase, modular barristers bookcases, three entertainment centers (one of which ranks as Woodworkers Journals most-requested project plan), and more. Packed with tips on everything from veneering to wiring, plans include materials lists, step-by-step instructions, and exploded views, technical drawings and other diagrams. Softcover, 81/211, 154 pages, 2008. 49L50.60 $16.00 Visit us at www.leevalley.com Shelves, Cabinets & Bookcases by the editors of Fine Homebuilding & Fine Woodworking Beginning with the basics of box construction, this book expands on that knowledge to show you how to make all sorts of storage solutions that not only look great, but can support a heavy load. Essentially a four-part course on how to build shelving and cabinets, it contains 25 articles by accomplished carpenters and woodworkers. You can learn how to engineer a bookcase for maximum strength or build an entertainment center to accommodate typical components. It explains how built-in units and kitchen cabinets are constructed, shows how to install and reface them, and discusses various kinds of countertops. Projects include two wall shelves, six bookcases, outtting a clothes closet, an entertainment center, and a laminate countertop. Softcover, 81/211, 220 pages, 2008. 73L04.91 $14.95 254 Books

Fine Art of Carving Lovespoons by David Western Traditionally given as tokens of affection, lovespoons are now considered suitable gifts for any occasion. In addition to providing a short history of this art form and its surrounding folklore, Western explains the tools and woods commonly used, techniques for carving the spoons and for xing mistakes, and options for nishing. Includes step-by-step instructions for three spoons at different levels of difculty and a chapter on creating your own design. Hundreds of color photographs show museum pieces, the works of modern carvers and a selection of the authors own creations for inspiration. Softcover, 81/211, 186 pages, 2008. 49L50.58 $19.95 Essential Woodcarving Techniques by Dick Onians Onians developed this text through 28 years of teaching. He covers tool selection, sharpening, properties of various woods, and making rst cuts. Clear text, drawings and color photographs describe carving traditional projects such as moldings, foliage, linenfold, the human gure, and lettering. There is instruction in creating modern stylized and abstract forms as well. Each project is designed to build on the skills introduced in previous tasks. An important theme in this book is encouraging carvers to improve their drawing abilities so they can record and develop their own images from nature rather than copying others works. Softcover, 81/211, 182 pages, 1997. 31L17.32 $15.50

Finishing
Spray Finishing Made Simple Book & DVD Set by Jeff Jewitt Spraying is an efcient way to achieve near-awless nishing, but beginners can nd the techniques and equipment intimidating. This book and DVD set is an excellent introduction for rst-time sprayers, breaking the process down topic by topic to provide a comprehensive and straightforward overview of the many options available. It covers equipment choice, common nishes, lacquers and paints, tips and techniques, maintenance and troubleshooting. Jewitt also discusses safety, using respirators, and choosing appropriate spraying locations, and provides instructions for building spray booths and other helpful fixtures. Projects and skill-building exercises are illustrated with step-by-step photographs and diagrams. The book provides detailed instructions and reference material, complemented by the DVD, in which Jewitt demonstrates the techniques described. Softcover, 911, 124 pages, 2010. DVD length: 55 minutes. 73L04.96 $18.70 Woodworkers Guide to Veneering & Inlay by Jonathan Benson Veneers offer an efcient, affordable way to use rare wood species and those with interesting grain patterns to transform functional furniture into unique, eye-catching pieces. Benson presents woodworkers of all skill levels with a wide overview of the art and techniques of masterfully using veneer and inlay. He begins with a historical background, noting some of the advantages of veneer, then describes how veneers are cut, and explains how to buy and store sheets, apply veneers, and prepare substrates. Through over a dozen step-by-step projects and exercises (including a tabletop, a chessboard and a mirror frame), readers will learn about taping, adhesives, matching inlays and veneer patterns, veneer presses, edging, marquetry, parquetry, and troubleshooting. Softcover, 81/211, 160 pages, 2008. 49L50.62 $19.95 Flexner on Finishing by Bob Flexner Expanding on the material covered in his authoritative text, Understanding Wood Finishing, Flexner clears up common myths and misconceptions about wood nishes and addresses many of the nishing problems woodworkers face. He compares the many nishes and surface-preparation techniques available so you can choose one suitable for any given project and apply it successfully. The book covers how to apply wipe-on nishes, lm-building nishes, and glazes, outlining a full range of brushing, spraying and staining techniques. It explains how to maintain nished wood, restore aged and damaged surfaces, and how to strip nishes that are beyond repair. Packed with insights, straightforward instructions and color photographs, it is a comprehensive guide to help you face any nishing challenge with condence. Hardcover, 81/211, 192 pages, 2010. 20L02.65 $19.95 Books 255

Wood Carving Basics by David Sabol Sabol, a lifelong woodcarver and teacher of the craft, has written this complete guide to the art of carving wood, an essential reference for beginners and benecial even to the more experienced carver. Through clear, straightforward text, he describes the most commonly used woods and essential tools, stressing the importance of keeping tools sharp and explaining various sharpening methods. Separate chapters detail a wide range of carving techniques: whittling, relief carving, lettering and signmaking, chip carving, making decoys, power carving and woodburning, bark carving, and painting and nishing. Hundreds of color photographs. Softcover, 81/211, 187 pages, 2008. Filmed while capturing the still photography for the book, the two-disc DVD set demonstrates the written material from start to nish. Includes a bonus section on gure carving. Length: 252 minutes. A. 73L04.22 Book $14.95 B. 73L10.22 DVD $22.50 Manual of Traditional Wood Carving edited by Paul N. Hasluck Tremendously useful to beginning and advanced woodcarvers, the highly instructive, encyclopedic text covers all aspects of the craft: tools, what woods to use and how to do different kinds of carving such as incised carving and carving in the round. Projects include cabinets, platters, stools, tables, and racks. Includes working diagrams and many photographs of projects. This is an unabridged republication of the rst (1911) edition, originally titled Cassells Wood Carving. Softcover, 61/29, 568 pages. 21L02.10 $17.95 Pyrography Workbook by Sue Walters This is a complete course in the art of pyrography. Walters covers the properties of various materials (wood, leather, paper, gourds, tagua) and their preparation, pattern transfer, using color, and choosing nibs. A texturing chart and well-illustrated exercises help the student develop the full range of effects possible with the three principal nibs: skew, writer and shader. Stepby-step projects are graded for the beginner (ducks and bulrushes), intermediate (head of a golden eagle), and advanced (wolf). Each project expands skills in rendering hair, feathers, eyes, grass, water, etc. Ten patterns, shown in both line and tonal formats, include chickadees, a polar bear, a raccoon and a squirrel. Softcover, 81/211, 137 pages, 2005. 49L50.34 $16.00

Carving Wildfowl Canes and Walking Sticks with Power by Frank C. Russell Russell, a well-known wildlife carver, includes stepby-step color photos for carving heads of a bald eagle and a mallard duck, rendering feathers, setting glass eyes, and carving and painting eyes. He nds natural sticks on the sides of banks where the sapling emerges perpendicular to the bank and then curves upward to meet the sun, creating an ideal bend for the carved handpiece. While the emphasis is on carving cane heads rather than decorating the stick, he does discuss connecting hardware and tips. One-page color drawings for 13 other birds include the brown pelican, Coopers hawk, and great blue heron. Softcover, 81/211, 64 pages, 2002. 21L20.08 $14.95 Elements of Woodcarving by Chris Pye Here are 10 challenging, step-by-step projects, including a carving modelled from the well-known drawing, Hands, by Albrecht Drer, two versions of the Green Man (part human head, part foliage) from ancient church faades, and a modern leaping frog. Pye also describes construction of three carving benches a heavy, full-sized bench with a tilting top, a folding, portable deckchair stand for small relief panels, and a platform that can raise, lower and rotate. While he gives details of construction, the drawings are not dimensioned, because each carver will want to build the benches to suit his or her needs. Softcover, 81/211, 164 pages, 2000. 31L17.33 $15.50 Pyrography Workshop DVD Set with Sue Walters An in-depth tutorial with renowned pyrography artist Sue Walters, this two-DVD set guides you through every step in creating your own detailed wood-burned drawing of a red-tailed hawk. A 16-page companion booklet includes two patterns to help get you started, along with photos illustrating 60 textures that can be rendered with only four basic nibs used in various ways. With Walters expert advice, you will learn how to apply those strokes to complete the project. Each of 10 skill-building steps focuses on a particular technique, which you can adapt to other woodburning projects. Detailed close-ups of the nib making contact with the wood clearly show the precise movements used to achieve a wide range of artistic effects. An excellent foundation for anyone getting started in pyrography, and of great value for those wishing to rene their techniques. Set includes two DVDs and a booklet. Length: 110 minutes. 49L50.73 $19.95

Understanding Wood Finishing by Bob Flexner Flexners book emphasizes the chemistry and mechanics of nishing, detailing not only what materials and techniques work for a wide range of nishing problems, but also why and how they work. He debunks myths, gives valuable tips, and presents numerous tables of problems and their solutions in a clear, usable format. All readily available nishes are covered, from their history, composition and chemical behavior through application and repair techniques and relative merits. Well illustrated with color photographs and drawings a complete education in nishing. Softcover, 81/211, 308 pages, 2005. 49L50.31 $19.95 Foolproof Wood Finishing by Teri Masaschi Masaschi is a master wood nisher who teaches throughout the U.S. Using hundreds of color photographs to fully cover the subject, she starts with steps for preparing wood, then discusses the variants and application of colorants and top coats. There are nish recipes for ve wood species and for patterned wood, three wiping varnish recipes, and tips on making your own custom nish using shellac akes. The nal chapter describes a variety of restoration and repair procedures. Softcover, 81/211, 191 pages, published in 2006. 49L50.40 $16.00 Wood Finishing Basics DVD with Michael Dresdner If you dont know where to begin with a nish, Dresdner will give you clear instruction on three easy-to-use and practical nishes: wax, polyurethane, and wax over shellac. He covers surface preparation, steaming out dents, lling gouges, the differences between closed-coat and open-coat sandpaper, and when to use aluminum oxide or garnet abrasives. He also explains conventional, turbine-powered HVLP and HVLP conversion spray systems, and shows how to build a cardboard spray booth that folds up and stores away nicely. This is a collection of three previously released short videos, Starting to Finish, Three Simple Finishes, and Spray Basic, re-issued in DVD format. Length: 65 minutes. 73L10.17 $14.95 Complete Illustrated Guide to Finishing by Jeff Jewitt Here is comprehensive information on every aspect of nishing from preparing the bare wood to rubbing out the nal coat. Through stepby-step instructions and more than 800 detailed color photographs, Jewitt describes sharpening and using planes and scrapers, the properties of various abrasives, differences between pigmented and dye stains, how to make natural dyes, applying a glaze, when and how to use a filler, and choosing and applying a nish. There is thorough coverage of traditional materials such as shellac and oil as well as modern, water-based products. This is a well-organized and easy-to-use reference on the complex art of nishing. Hardcover, 91/211, 294 pages, 2004. 73L02.55 $29.90 256 Books

Childrens Projects
Crafting Wood Logic Puzzles by Charlie Self with Tom Lensch Brainteaser puzzles are probably easier to make than they are to solve. Here are plans for 18 three-dimensional puzzles, including rope & ring, cubic, framed and various other styles. Each plan gives the tools and materials needed with complete step-by-step assembly instructions. There are sections on general shop tools, techniques, wood selection and nishes, and jigs to aid in construction. Solutions are included. Line drawings and color photographs throughout. Softcover, 81/211, 159 pages, 2006. 26L30.09 $15.50 Easy Carpentry Projects for Children by Jerome E. Leavitt An unabridged reprint of the original 1959 edition, this book presents a selection of 15 projects that novice woodworkers aged seven and up can accomplish, developing their skills along the way. Projects include a bird feeder, birdhouse, book rack, candlesticks, cart, clock shelf, ower box, hot dish coaster, sailboat, shoeshine box, steamboat, table lamp, tie rack, and toy sled. Each project includes straightforward directions illustrated with black-and-white line diagrams. Final chapters give specic instructions on squaring a block of wood and simple directions on how to put a nice nish on all of the completed projects. Still relevant after decades in print, it is an excellent introduction to basic carpentry. Softcover, 69, 92 pages, 1986. 21L10.21 $4.95 Tremendous Toy Trucks by Les Neufeld In a world of toys that are electronic and battery driven, its good to see that beautiful, rugged wooden toys are still being made. Les Neufeld has designed a dozen classic toy trucks, all of wood. They include a monster truck, a pickup with fth-wheel trailer, a tow truck, a logging truck, a log loader and skidder, a forklift and five others. For each he provides plans, materials lists and detailed instructions. Well illustrated with numerous color photographs. Tools required are a bandsaw, sander, drill press and normal hand tools. Softcover, 911, 172 pages, 2001. 73L02.27 $14.95 Making Toys That Teach by Les Neufeld Neufeld, who has degrees in Education and Curriculum/ Instructional Materials, created toys for his young children here are the ones that held the childrens interest and stood up to rough handling over the years. Toddlers to elementary school children will enjoy these nine toys, from fraction circles to the ultimate building block set and puzzle train that each t together in many combinations, stimulating the imagination. A bandsaw, drill press, disc sander and a few hand tools are all that are needed to make them. Numerous color photographs and drawings illustrate each step in construction. Softcover, 81/211, 138 pages, 2003. 73L02.53 $14.95

Kid Crafts: Woodworking by John Kelsey Intended to entice children 9 to 12 years old to woodworking, this book contains easy-to-follow instructions for making 21 fun projects with just a few simple hand tools. Children will learn about wood and how to use hand tools with condence, while gaining seven key skills: reading drawings, choosing wood, sawing, drilling, joining wood, sanding, and nishing projects with paint or varnish. Projects include display bases for trophies and mementos, nameplates and signs, a tool tote, a bluebird nesting box, games, toy racers, stilts, a picture frame, and a bookcase all projects that will have a child beaming with pride in no time. Softcover, 88, 100 pages, 2008. 49L50.64 $10.50

Kid Crafts: Woodcarving by Everett Ellenwood A well-conceived introduction to woodcarving, this book teaches the essentials with emphasis on safety and on fun. Young carvers will learn how to properly use carving knives through a series of exercises to develop skill and dexterity. Photographs clearly illustrate how to make eight fundamental cuts, how to transfer patterns, measure and mark, drill holes, saw shapes, sand and nish wood, and how to sharpen and care for tools. Includes information about wood, tools and supplies, as well as materials lists and step-by-step photographic instructions for carving a soap boat, snowman ornament, whistle, arrowhead, name plaque, a relief carving of an eagle head, and a musical frog. Recommended for children over age 10. Softcover, 88, 122 pages, 2008. 49L50.61 $11.95 Visit us at www.leevalley.com

Great Book of Wooden Toys by Norm Marshall Few woodworking projects are as rewarding as building toys. Originally published in 1986 as The Great All-American Wooden Toy Book, this revised edition has new color photographs and instructions. The collection of more than 50 dimensioned patterns remains the same, from a at-bed trailer and a steam locomotive to a pull-toy procession of circus animals. All are complete with materials lists and step-by-step instructions, many with exploded illustrations. Finishing and detailing are fully explained. Softcover, 79, 212 pages, 2009. 26L16.21 $16.00

A. Home Book of Picture Framing

A by Kenn Oberrecht This revised edition covers the special needs of home picture framers. It explains, in clear detail, the need for framing and mounting to archival conservation standards. It covers the full range of matting and framing techniques, nishing and renishing methods, and cutting molding from plain stock. This edition adds new topics, such as using power tools and creating hinged frames. The source directory has been updated to include Canadian and American suppliers. Black-and-white photographs illustrate the difcult points, while eight pages of full-color photographs summarize special techniques. Softcover, 81/211, 278 pages. Second edition, 1998. 26L07.07 ... Picture Framing $18.50 This tool has an extra-wide head for positive reference when doing straight cutting, a must for cutting glass for panels and picture frames. The head has two positions: locked for xed cuts and swivel for gentle curves. Mediumsized carbide cutting wheels have a 134 bevel. An O-ring seals the oil reservoir, located behind the head, and a valve controls oil ow. Its grip design allows for even pressure when cutting and it will not roll when laid aside. Finally, a brass tapping ball is xed to the tip of the cutter. 86K01.01 Straight-Edge Cutter $32.50

PICTURE FRAMING
B B C

Close-up of head

B. Straight-Edge Glass Cutter

K
Shown actual size.

C. Circular Glass Cutter

D. E. F. G. H.

K A versatile tool-steel glass cutter that can be used for normal straight cuts or, with the head mounted at 90 to the shank, for cutting circles from 11/2 to 10 in diameter. A pivoting rubber cup in an adjustable holder keeps the cutter centered as the circle is traced. The solid brass body comes with four spare cutters stored inside the handle. Break-off notches for three gauges K. Best-Ever Picture Screw of glass are machined into the handle. This screw has thin, large-diameter threads that displace little plaster but hold 25K05.20 Circular Glass Cutter, ea. $18.50 well. The 3/8 diameter integral stepped washer lies flush to the wall, preventing the levering action that often loosens standard screws. It goes in Plastic Retaining Clips easily using square/slot/Phillips drivers and holds 20 lb (30 lb in our tests). Clips shown F D Used to hold panes of glass in prole. Works well with wall-hung phones or other items with keyhole slots. Truly or thin panels in place, these the best on the market. Brass-plated die-cast zinc. 1+ 5+ polyethylene retaining clips 00F14.55 Picture Screws (10) $4.60 $3.90 attach to a frame using one G #5 screw per clip. Available Monkey Hook in ve sizes, from ush clips This deceptively simple hanger installs easily in drywall without tools. Just to 5/16 inset clips, in 1/16 pierce the wall with the sharp point and slide it in. Weight on the hook exes increments. All clips are the spring tail, providing tension to keep the hook rmly in place. Made of H E brown and sold in packages high-carbon spring steel, it is reusable and leaves a small, tidy hole that is of 10. Screws not included. 1+ 10+ easily concealed with a dab of compound. Projecting only 1/4, the low00S07.00 Flush Clips (10) $1.70 $1.45 prole hook (15 lb capacity) is for ush-mounting objects with keyhole or 00S07.02 1/8 Clips (10) $2.70 $2.30 sawtooth hangers. The regular hook holds up to 50 lb, while the heavy-gauge 00S07.03 3/16 Clips (10) $2.70 $2.30 hook supports up to 75 lb. The low-prole and regular hooks are sold in pack00S07.04 1/4 Clips (10) $2.70 $2.30 ages of four, the heavy-gauge hook in packages of two. 1+ 10+ 00S07.05 5/16 Clips (10) $2.70 $2.30 L. 00F14.49 Low-Prole Hooks (4) $4.70 $4.00 M. 00F14.50 Regular Hooks (4) $4.70 $4.00 Recommended screw sizes are indicated in the price line. N. 00F14.51 Heavy-Gauge Hooks (2) $4.70 $4.00 Used in picture frames to secure matting or glass, these solid brass turns are 1 long and 3/8 wide. Each mounts with a #3 at-head screw. Sold in packages of eight, screws not included. 00F11.50 Turns (8) $2.70 $2.30
1+ 10+
Cross section of wall shows hook secured in drywall without contacting stud. Screwdriver not included.

J. Photo Frame Turns

Low-prole

M L
Regular

M
Heavy-gauge

Looking for hooks or hangers? We carry a wide selection of picture hooks and hangers in our Main Hardware catalog and on our website. For more information, search "picture hooks" at

N
Shown actual size.

www.leevalley.com

Picture Framing 257

C D

H. Linen Cloth Tape

Logan Mat-Cutting Systems These three mat-cutting systems make it easy to get professional results. The reasonably priced Team System consists of a 24 aluminum guide rail (Imperial/metric graduations) with a raised edge that the bevel cutter hooks onto to guide the mat cutter. The cutting head has a retractable blade for accurate 45 cuts, a start and stop mark to control overcuts, and adjustable blade depth. Includes a mat knife for straight cuts. The Compact Mat Cutter consists of a 32 aluminum guide rail and a mat guide mounted on a 1/2 thick vinyl-covered particleboard base with a groove for accurate cutting. With the same bevel-cutting head and mat knife as the Team System, it has a capacity for bevel cuts and straight cuts. To set mat borders from 3/4 to 5 wide, the mat guide runs along channels parallel to the Imperial/metric scale (graduated to 43/8). Clamps prevent the guide from shifting. Designed for small shops, the Simplex Mat Cutter is a full-featured system for making repetitive cuts to a capacity of 40. The cutting board is 3/4 thick vinyl-covered fiberboard with a 27 squaring arm. The hinged aluminum dual guide rail is grooved for solid grip. Two mat-cutting heads are included. The bevelcutting head (larger and heavier than the model that comes with the other systems) is adjustable for blade depth, and has a pivoting blade for

This is an acid-free, archival-quality, linen cloth tape developed for mat hinging, mounting, framing, book repair, and reinforcement. The non-wrinkling tape has a high thread count for exceptional long-term exibility and strength. The pressure-sensitive adhesive will not yellow with age and can be removed with mineral spirits. 11/4 wide by 400 long. 99K34.10 Linen Cloth Tape $16.50

A. B. C. D. E. F.

retraction and an anti-crawl button to prevent the blade from creeping. The included straightcutting head has three blade settings for matboard, foamboard and storage. For use on all three systems, the optional straight mat cutter has a spring-loaded handle to keep the blade away from the mat until you are ready to cut. The blade can be set in three positions for cutting matboard or foamboard, and for storage. The glass-cutting attachment hooks onto the guide rail in place of the mat-cutting head. It ensures straight cuts and accurate sizing of glass inserts. All three systems include five #270 blades (also available at art supply stores). The Mat-Cutting Kit includes the Team System, ve additional blades (for a total of ten), ten 810 matboards in assorted colors, one sheet of decorative rub-on transfers, and a 64-page instruction booklet (also available separately). 86K30.01 Team System $ 47.50 86K31.01 Compact Mat Cutter $119.00 86K32.01 Simplex Mat Cutter $319.00 86K32.02 Optional Straight Mat Cutter $ 28.00 86K32.03 Repl. #270 Blades (10) $ 4.25 86K32.05 Glass-Cutting Attachment $ 28.00 86K30.10 Mat-Cutting Kit $ 67.50 86K30.11 Basic Mat-Cutting Booklet $ 11.50

J. MatMate Oval/Circle Mat Cutter

This mat cutter will cut bevelled ovals with major axes from 41/2 to 24. The maximum axis difference is 3 at any size. It will also cut bevelled circles from 41/2 to 21 in diameter in material up to 3/16 thick. Constructed of highimpact plastic with a steel graduated measuring bar and a brass knob, it features a tracking guide wheel to ensure smooth cuts. Includes five Dexter #3 blades (extra blades sold separately). 86K07.01 Oval/Circle Mat Cutter $99.00 86K06.03 Dexter #3 Blades (10) $10.95
See the Clamping section of this catalog for other products useful for picture framing.

G. GrooveMaster V-Groove Tool

K. Picture-Framing Brad Setter

More than mere decoration, V-grooves serve to draw the viewers eye into a picture. The GrooveMaster uses opposing blades to cut a 60 groove approximately 3 / 64 wide in the mat, exposing its contrasting core. Guided by any of the Logan mat cutters, it is easy to set up and operate. Also included are a marking template to facilitate corner layout, two pairs of replacement blades, and complete instructions. With practice, it can be used free hand to cut drawn or stencilled decorative designs. Additional replacement blades are available separately. 86K87.20 GrooveMaster $64.50 86K87.21 Repl. Blades (5 prs.) $ 9.40
Visit us at www.leevalley.com

Used to set brads and glaziers points for securing glass or backings, this tool speeds up the job and eliminates the risk of damage by hammering. Lay the brad or point in position on the backing and squeeze the handles, drawing the jaws together to drive the brad. Jaw depth is 15/8 and adjusts to a maximum opening of 33/4 (minimum 1/2). Jaw travel is 1/2. A magnetic insert in the tip of the xed jaw helps hold the brad in place, and a rubber pad on the movable jaw prevents marring of the frame. Not for use on hardwood. 86K87.01 Framing Brad Setter $10.95

258

A. Picture Framers Point Gun

Functioning exactly like a heavy-duty stapler, this framers gun drives exible points into picture frames to hold the glass/artwork/backing sandwich securely in position. Points are driven parallel to the backing, but leaving a 1/64 space, just enough to hold the sandwich securely without causing damage. Force-adjustable for driving points into either hardwood or softwood. The exible points are ideal for photo frames because they allow you to easily change the picture. They are also suitable for permanent installation. Points (T4 size) sold separately in packages of 600. Actual size 86K87.05 Point Gun $30.50 86K87.06 Flexible Points (600) $ 5.95
B. Picture-Framing Point Driver

This tool greatly simplies framing fastener installation. A slotted turret captures the point, holding it parallel to the work and preventing overdriving. Although exible points and multi-points will handle almost any framing job, the driver also accepts framing points and 18-gauge brads. Commonly used in photo frames for easy picture change, exible points are rigid enough for permanent installation. Multi-points are used to fasten decorative llets or secure work mounted on stretchers, such as oil paintings or embroidery (with a #6 pan-head or round-head Actual size screw). Sturdily made from rigid nylon, the driver has a jaw depth of 15/8, with a maximum opening of 31/4. 86K33.10 Point Driver $39.80 86K33.11 Flexible Points (400) $ 9.30 86K33.13 Multi-Points (400) $10.20

Slotted turret

C. Picture Framing/Glaziers Hammer

This hammer is ideal for securing the backings of framed pictures. The nonmarring, hardened stainless-steel head has a rotating triangular face opposing a standard cylindrical face. As you rest the head on the work, one of the triangular faces attens against it. This makes it easy to drive brads or glazing points, as you can hold the handle at any angle, as long as both faces touch the surface. The round face is for pinning corners, attening points, or general work. Weighs 4 oz; 103/8 long overall. 05K99.23 Picture Framing Hammer $24.50
D. PushMate Tool

Rotating triangular face

A simple yet effective tool for driving glaziers or triangle points into wooden picture or window frames. Steel with a rubber coating. Includes approx. 40 glaziers points. Additional points available separately. 86K08.01 PushMate Tool $9.95 86K08.02 #7 Glaziers Points (50) $2.95

Magnetic tip holds V-nail for installation.

D E

E. V-Nail & Brad Driver

Ideal for beginners or those making the occasional frame, this installs V-nails for corner joining as well as brads to secure the work in the frame. Its spring-loaded magnetic tip securely holds the V-nails, while a recess in the collar is inclined at the ideal angle for driving brads parallel to the backing. The 7mm (1/4) steel V-nails, suitable for softwoods and most hardwoods, are bevelled and lubricated for easy installation. Comes with about 130 V-nails to get you started; additional V-nails sold separately (approx. 400). 86K87.10 V-Nail & Brad Driver $41.50 86K87.11 Repl. V-Nails $20.50
F. V-Nail Press

Inclined recess holds brad at correct angle.

Veritas 4-Way Brad Speed Clamp inserted described on behind backing. page 139.

Unlike other V-nail tools, a V-nail press employs leverage for mechanical advantage to drive V-nails into frame corners easily and efciently. Ideal for production work, this one is suitable for softwoods and most hardwoods. Sturdily constructed from steel with an 81/210 reinforced baseboard, it has a quick height adjustment for different molding thicknesses, a magnetic driver to hold the V-nails securely, and a non-marring anti-slip pad to help secure work. Its fast-acting corner clamp accepts moldings up to 21/2 wide, and ensures accurate assembly. Includes a spacer and levellers for stabilizing irregular and long moldings, plus an assortment of 200 V-nails to get you started. Additional V-nails sold separately. 86K33.01 V-Nail Press $132.00 86K33.03 7mm (1/4) V-Nails (200) $ 9.30 86K33.05 10mm (3/8) V-Nails (200) $ 9.30

Frame corner clamped for fastening.

Magnetic tip holds V-nail.

ASSORTED TOOLS
A. Pocket Hammer

G. 8 oz Claw Hammer

A D

A At last, a hammer whose 7 hardwood H. Estwing Hammers handle is short Estwing hammers are renowned for their strength enough to slip into a and durability. The head, neck and handle tang are pocket, but long forged from a single piece of steel. With a classic enough for light, leather handle, these claw hammers are the choice of general-purpose work around the house. The outside most trim carpenters and joiners. The handiest size corners of the claws are rounded to avoid catching on for shop use, the 12 oz hammer has an 11 handle and clothing. The teardrop handle shape offers a secure a 6 grip. The 16 oz size, with a 121/2 handle and 7 grip, and the 6 oz head makes for an effective, wellgrip, is a good general-purpose choice. balanced hammer. 69K10.01 12 oz Claw, Leather $33.50 50K37.01 Pocket Hammer $14.50 69K10.02 16 oz Claw, Leather $33.50
J. Nailing Hammer

Well suited for those who cant quite manage a fullsize hammer. Forged head and a hickory handle. 25K20.01 8 oz Claw Hammer $11.40

B. Tack Hammer

A marvellous hammer for modelmaking or driving small escutcheon pins or tacks. The head weighs 3/4 oz (20g) and has a 3/8 round face and a 3/321/2 cross peen. Both faces are at, not belled at all. 9 handle. 99K50.01 Tack Hammer $21.50 G
C. The Lee Valley Hammer

The 5 oz head is ground in the classic octagonal shape and the hickory handle is scaled to match the smaller head. 10 in overall length. Great for ne work and ideal to keep in a kitchen drawer. 05E12.01 5 oz Lee Valley Hammer $19.50
D. Stanley Warrington Hammers

With this hammer you can start and drive nails with one hand. The grooved head has two nailhead slots for nails up to 23/4 and 4 long. A rare-earth magnet in the 20 oz head securely holds nails. The short, cats-paw style claws increase leverage in nail pulling. 13 berglass handle with a rubber grip. An excellent framing hammer. 44K14.10 Nailing Hammer $39.90 J
Increased leverage due to short claws.

These are made specically for cabinetmaking. The cross peen is used to start brads or nishing nails without the risk of damage to ngers. The round head, K. Condo Hammer with the slightly belled face, lets you drive nails ush For indoor jobs you without marring surrounding wood. The smaller size need a compact is best for work on brads and small nails. Overall hammer but one lengths stated. that still has authority. 23K01.01 31/2 oz Warrington (121/2) $23.90 The 61/2 23K01.02 6 oz Warrington (103/4) $24.90 K overall length of this 12 oz Forged Cabinetmakers Hammers hammer is ideal for Smaller than typical carpenters hammers, these every use except specialized hammers have forged and polished steel driving spikes. For most heads. The oval-head hammer has one at face and one household jobs you have belled face that lets you drive nails flush without to grip a regular hammer marring surrounding wood. Head weight is about 8 oz. close to the head to get the The Warrington pattern hammers have a cross peen for needed control, yet the handle is starting brads and nails (without risking a crushed designed to be held at the other end. ngertip), as well as a round driving face. Available This hammer eliminates the problem, allowing with a 7 oz or 101/2 oz head. All three have hardwood ne control with an ergonomic, shockhandles about 101/2 long. absorbing handle; it also requires half the E. 44K30.10 8 oz Oval Hammer $12.50 storage space of a regular hammer. 44K31.20 7 oz Warrington Pattern $10.50 F. 44K31.30 101/2 oz Warrington Pattern $11.50 23K04.01 Condo Hammer $6.95
L. Japanese Nail Set M. S2 Framing Hammer

The unique design of this tool allows you to use it as a general-purpose 6 nail set or as a 11/4 nail set in tight spots. Either way, the long shank gives you excellent control. But its versatility doesnt stop there. It can also serve as a punch, a drift pin, a tack hammer, or even a small anvil for straightening nails. It is one of the classic multi-purpose tools of the world. Forged steel. 44K13.01 Japanese Nail Set, ea. $8.95 L

This hammer is well made, sturdy and ergonomic, with an award-winning design. Its four great features are its exceptional balance, overstrike extensions along the handle, pads under each side of the two-piece head to reduce vibration transfer, and a handy magnetic nail holder that accepts regular and duplex nails for one-handed starting. The 18 oz head, with a milled striking face and ripping claws, comes tted with a 171/2 long lacquered hickory handle. Readily disassembles for handle replacement. A great tool, made in the USA. 79K05.15 S2 Framing Hammer $52.50
Exploded view of hammer head Magnetic nail holder

260 Assorted

A. Cushion-Grip

Nail Sets The grips on these nail sets are color coded for quick identication and ribbed for shock absorption. 5 long milled steel body. Hardened to Rc54+. Set includes 1/32, 2/32 and 3/32 tip diameters. Set of 3 Nail Sets 23K17.01 $8.95
B. Nail Driver

This tool can be used as a brad push or as a nail driver for nishing nails up to 13/4 long. One of the best tools to use for driving nails into cove molding or quarter round. It has plated steel construction, a magnetized push head, and a wooden handle with a steel striking button. Nail Driver 86K50.01 $8.90

Concave inside Cupped and Nail Pullers toothed jaws for jaw faces for These pullers do one gripping gripping large thing exceptionally well fasteners. nishing nails. remove nails, even D C deeply embedded ones. Their unique design combines the leverage of a cats paw pry with the grip of pliers. The thin, sharp nose of the forward jaws is easily worked under ush or projecting nail heads, and by driving the rear strike face with a hammer, they can be used to dig out deeply set nails. Rear jaws provide an alternative grip point useful when pulling a long fastener. The underside of the jaws is a curved plane for mechanical advantage with minimal surface damage. A spring hinge automatically sets the jaws at the ready, helping speed work when you have a lot of nails to pull. The 81/2 Nail Hunter has concave inside jaw faces to accommodate nishing nail heads, and a nose ne enough to remove staples. The heftier 11 Nail Jacks jaws are toothed at the hinge for greater grip, and are cupped to accommodate heads on larger fasteners such as framing nails. Remarkably effective, these are powerful nail removers. Patent pending. C. 25K06.50 81/2 Nail Hunter $25.95 D. 25K06.60 11 Nail Jack $31.80

C D

D
Sharp nose ts into tight corners. Strike rear face to dig out deepset nails.

E. Nail Puller/Cutter

F. Extractor Nail Pliers

This special design has a smooth, rounded head and 13/16 wide offset jaws that function like a claw hammer when pulling. The extra-long handles provide great leverage. Hardened steel cutting edges allow you to cut all kinds of nails and even mild steel rod up to 3/32 thick. A attened surface also allows you to pound nails. Overall length is 10. Weighs 11/4 lb. Made in Austria. 64K02.01 Nail Puller/Cutter $47.50

The 8 long handles and specially curved heel on these pliers provide signicant leverage with minimal marring. The parallel jaws grip along their whole length, with serrations that extend to the tip to allow removal of nails broken to within 3/16 of the surface. Forged from chrome-molybdenum steel hardened to Rc53-56, the pliers are 11 overall. Non-slip cushioned handles. 64K02.05 Extractor Nail Pliers $29.50

E F

G. Forged Nail Puller

H. BoWrench
Hammer not included.

This well-designed forged nail puller is light, compact, and easy to use. Just over 8 long, it ts in a toolbox or a tool pouch. Held and struck like a chisel, it has narrow 4mm (5/32) jaws, which minimize wood damage. Leverage is provided by your hammer, which can attach to the puller at two points. Sprung jaws stay open until leverage is applied. Nail Puller 69K02.01

$18.50

Deck Tool This heavyduty wrench is an excellent tool for decking or laying out tongue-and-groove plywood. Easily positioned over a 2 joist or stud, the tool provides the leverage needed to correctly position H warped lumber. The 24 handle, offset to prevent skinned knuckles, can be used in either a pull or push fashion (joist gripper and cam are reversible) and is designed to hold in position while under full tension (i.e., handle is parallel with joist) for quick board fastening. Minor assembly required. A solid tool made of heavy-gauge steel that is a good problem solver, especially for deck installers. 03K11.05 BoWrench Deck Tool $59.00
Assorted 261

C D B

A F Cats Paws Nail puller A versatile bar for pulling and driving nails, this tool has a straight end to start removing the nail and a "cats paw" to nish the job. The at back of the paw can be driven under a reluctant nail with a hammer, or it can be Hammer used as a hammer itself. The 6 size is a standard toolbox size, while the 101/2 model is used more for opening or closing wooden crates, or for general dismantling work. The 14 model is for heavier work. Well made, all are forged steel. They range in weight from 4 oz to 25 oz. Made in Japan. A. 60K15.01 Cats Paw, 6 $17.50 B. 60K15.02 Cats Paw, 101/2 $24.80 C. 60K15.03 Cats Paw, 14 $31.50 Restorers Cats Paws D These versatile bars have a cats paw on one end for pulling and Pry bar driving nails, and a thin pry tip at the other for jobs such as Pry bar removing molding, separating E miter joints in frames, and easing off paint-seized hardware. The 8 long cats paw with a 13/8 wide pry tip is easy to carry or store. The 12 one with a 11/2 wide pry tip is for more serious work. D. 60K21.06 Restorers Cats Paw, 8 $16.75 E. 60K21.08 Restorers Cats Paw, 12 $23.50

F. Grnsfors Renovators Bars

Box Tool This tool is ideal for rough work such as prying, chopping, nail pulling and hammering. At 131/2 long, it weighs just under 2 lb. Its through steel handle has hardwood scales. Crudely made but tough, its perfect for the person whose usual solution is to use a bigger hammer, or who tends to leave tools out in the rain. It cant get much uglier. 88K39.01 Box Tool $12.50
G. Lee Valley Plane Hammer

Our renovators bars have broad bearing surfaces on both ends that reduce marking of material to a minimum. The claw teeth and pry tips are well sharpF ened to get into narrow cracks. The head design lets you work in corners (e.g., to lift the plate of a wall), and it allows you to use maximum leverage without stooping or back strain. They are invaluable for hanging doors. The bars have an excellent strength-toweight ratio. Made in Sweden. The smallest size is useful for everyone; the largest is for serious dismantling jobs. 01K04.01 Renovators Bar, 191/2 $ 76.00 01K04.02 Renovators Bar, 25 $ 89.00 01K04.03 Renovators Bar, 28 $105.00 01K04.04 Renovators Bar, 35 $130.00

H. Dead-Blow Mallet Dead-blow mallets are indispensable in the shop Originally designed for adjusting blades in wooden for both machine repair and closing or opening planes (see page 80), this 8 oz hammer has two woodwork joints. The soft face will not mar different faces that make it a versatile addition to metal parts and the lead-shot-lled head wont any woodworkers shop. The cast brass face can bounce in use, so less force is needed. Made of be used on metal parts without deforming them. urethane, this mallet has a 2 dia. head, is 12 The other face is a unique wooden insert that is long, and weighs 2 lb. A useful product at an perfect for tapping wooden parts such as drawer excellent price. dovetails into place or for other small-scale assembly work. 11 ash handle. Patented. 69K50.01 Dead-Blow Mallet $19.60 50K56.01 Plane Hammer $29.50 J. Veritas Cabinetmakers Mallet With the best features of both wood and metal, H this mallet is a direct substitute for a carpenters mallet. The 18 oz cast brass head has the mass and small size typical of a metal hammer. The 11/2 diameter hardwood inserts allow you to strike chisels without mushrooming the handles, and are raked slightly to prevent glancing blows. You can The faces are raked slightly also choke up on the handle for work requiring to prevent glancing blows. greater nesse such as ne carving. You can keep J one face smooth for general work, reserving the other for rougher tasks such as driving out bolts, pins, etc. 11 hardwood handle. 05E15.01 Cabinetmakers Mallet $36.50

Soft-Jaw Pliers Many adjustable (or crescent) wrenches can scratch or strip brass or chromeplated ttings. The replaceable nylon jaws on these pliers will not mar your brightwork, and are particularly good for knurled bolts and knobs. The spring-loaded handle allows one-handed opening and A closing, and the unique spring-ratchet mechanism affords fast adjustment. The regular pliers have an open capacity of 46mm (113/16) and square nylon jaws. The large pliers have an open capacity of 65mm (29/16) and both round and square nylon jaws. Made in Japan. A. 44K06.01 Regular Soft-Jaw Pliers $26.50 44K06.02 Repl. Square Jaws, Reg. $ 3.60 B. 44K06.10 Large Soft-Jaw Pliers $36.50 44K06.11 Repl. Round Jaws, Lg. $ 7.80 44K06.12 Repl. Square Jaws, Lg. $ 7.80
C. Channellock End Cutters

A B

Holds nut.

Holds bolt.

F. Finger Wrench

You know immediately that you could have used this tool hundreds of times in the past. Every time you have to hold a small nut or bolt (it holds either) in an awkward spot, this wrench works marvellously. Finger pressure holds the nut or bolt in the wrench, while the raised, tapered slot prevents it from turning. Made from high-impact ABS, the sleeve adjusts to t any size of nger. Holds all nuts up to 1/2. 1+ 5+ 25K11.03 Finger Wrench, ea. $3.50 $3.15 C

These cutters can be used to trim screws to length for thin stock, cut wire or nails nearly ush (within 1/32 of a surface), and even pull small nails and brads. Expensive, but the best available. (Not for hardened steel.) 64K11.01 8 End Cutters $26.50

D. 6 Extra Fine

Easy-to-use ceramic sharpener included.

Wire Wheel D With brass-plated wire G. Hacking Knife only 0.005 in diameter, This is the knife for splitting this wheel removes hardwood handle wedges, surface rust on tools cutting soft steel pins, removing without removing patina. window putty, or anything else The ne 13/8 long wire requiring brute force. Nearly 1/8 (3mm) thick, the blade is tempered more softly polishes more than along the spine so a hammer can be used to force it through material. It has a abrades, allowing it to be comfortable shock-absorbing rubberized handle, and comes with a locking used for delicate jobs holster and a ceramic sharpener. A tough, well-made knife. such as removing stains 28K02.60 Hacking Knife $24.50 from carbon-steel knives without leaving visible H. Reciprocating Saw Blade & scratches. For a wider wheel, more than one can be used on a motor shaft. Screwdriver Handle 6 in diameter and 3/4 wide; rated for 3450 rpm. An included bushing lets This handle accepts standard 60 reciprocating saw blades (so you can use you use it on either 1/2 or 5/8 diameter shafts. them manually to make cuts in conned spaces) and the included 4 long 1/4 09A01.76 6 Extra Fine Wire Wheel $4.95 hex extension for use as a screwdriver. The handle comes with two 6 blades (10 tpi for cutting wood, and 24 tpi for metal) and seven S2 driver bits (1/4 and E. Screw Pliers 3/16 slot, #1 and #2 Phillips, #1 and #2 square drive, and #2 POSIDRIV) Made from high-strength alloy steel, these pliers have a channelled and cross-serrated jaw that effectively extracts screws with stripped or damaged plus a 1/4 socket adapter. The handle is hinged and locks for in-line use, or at heads. Ideal for holding round pins, lag screws, etc. The rounded nose a 60 angle to form a comfortable pistol grip. Nylon belt holster included. allows them to grip screw heads that are nearly ush. About 6 long overall, 88K11.20 Recip. Saw Blade Handle $15.50 with rubber-coated handles. Made in Japan. 25K17.02 Screw Pliers $26.50
Includes metal-cutting blade. Hinged handle for extra leverage.

E H E
Assorted 263

Letter & Number Stamp Sets 5mm Perfect for permanently marking metal or wood, these stamps are made 3mm from hardened steel bars (1/4 square for the smaller sets and 5/16 square 2mm for the larger set). All are 23/8 long. Metal Wood Available in three impression heights. The smaller sizes work well in dark-colored hardwood, the larger size in softwood. Sets come in vinyl cases and include an ampersand, 26 letters and 9 numbers. A. 92W68.03 2mm (5/64) Stamp Set $19.80 B. 92W68.20 3mm (1/8) Stamp Set $21.50 C. 92W68.25 5mm (13/64) Stamp Set $29.50 A D
D. Letter & Number Automatic Punch Set

Transfer Punch Set Use these hardened punches to transfer an exact hole center to material to be drilled. Useful for hardware mounting, for jig making or as size gauges for small Close-up of holes that defeat punch tip standard calipers. Made of Rc46 ferro-blacked steel, the set of 28 punches ranges from 3/32 to 17/32 and comes in an indexed stand. 24K05.40 Transfer Punch Set $16.95

This punch set has a spring-loaded brass handle, so you dont need a mallet to "punch" the wood. After inserting the hardened steel bar into the handle, adjust the amount of tension needed to mark wood or annealed steel, position, and press to mark. Set includes a handle, 26 letters, 9 numbers, ampersand, decimal, and a plastic storage case. Impressions are 4mm high by 3.5mm wide. Easy to use. 93N01.01 Letter & Number Punch Set $19.60
E. Punch Set

For making leather washers for chisel handles or punching inside and outside washer dimensions from leather, fabric, vinyl, etc., this set of punches allows you to make both cuts in one operation. They have a locking mechanism to ensure accuracy. Fifteen punches from 3mm to 30mm come complete with a handle and a center punch in a 61/29 plastic case. 33Y01.01 Set of 15 Punches $155.00 H G Spring-Loaded Punches To drill holes accurately, you must start with a punch mark to center the bit. These center punches are spring loaded; pressing down on the knurled brass barrel recoils the double springs and drives the hardened Tension adjustment punch tip into your work, providing a deep, clear registration mark. The standard punch has a 7/8 long tip. The long-nose version has an extra-long tip for marking through thick objects, such as shelf standards or cleats (max. 11/8 thickness). The self-centering model has a chamfered nosepiece to automatically center in a countersink for proper screw placement, and has a 5/8 long tip. All have steel tips hardened to Rc45 and are force-adjustable. Sold individually or as a set of three. Overall length ranges from 5 to 6. F. 04K05.05 Standard Center Punch $ 8.10 G. 04K05.07 Long-Nose Center Punch $ 9.20 H. 04K05.06 Self-Centering Punch $ 8.60 04K05.10 Set of 3 Punches $21.00
J. Spiral Punch Set

G F

H E

The spring-loaded Archimedes-style mechanism on this punch rotates the sharpened cutter as the handle is pushed down. Cuts leather, paper and veneer cleanly and easily. Made largely from brass and beech, it has six cutters from 1.5mm to 4mm (1/16 to 5/32) in diameter. Made in Japan. 33Y01.05 Spiral Punch Set $38.50
K. Hinge Center Punch

Cutter rotates as the handle is pushed down.

Used for marking screw centers for hinge holes, the chamfered end seats solidly in the hinge. Finger pressure or a tap on the plunger marks the screw-hole center. 23K05.01 Hinge Center Punch $7.20 K

264 Assorted

A A

Center punch drives brads and marks hole centers for hinges.

H E G

Tension adjustment

B
Tip of nail starter ts over nishing nails.

C C

D Starrett Automatic Center Punches These punches have caps for adjusting the force of the blow applied by the punch. All working parts are made from tempered tool steel, and each punch has points that are removable for sharpening or replacement. The 4 punch is 3/8 in diameter; the 5 punch is 1/2 in diameter. Each has a knurled steel body and cap. The hinge-locating punch has a sprung bevelled sleeve that centers the punch point before it is struck. It is 9/16 in diameter, with a knurled aluminum body and cap. Made in USA. G. 30N28.20 4 Automatic Center Punch $29.50 H. 30N28.21 5 Automatic Center Punch $33.50 J. 30N28.25 Auto. Hinge-Locating Punch $32.50

A. B. C. D. E.

Spring Center Punches & Nail Sets Each of these tools consists of two pieces of turned, hardened steel joined by a tightly coiled spring. Just position one tip D on the work, draw back the other, then release. The brad set has a 1/16 diameter center pin for driving 3/32 brads below the wood surface or for marking hole centers for hinges. The prick/center punch has two conical tips the 75 end E makes a shallow mark during layout, and the 45 tip makes a deeper dimple to prevent drill bits from skating. Especially useful where you dont have room to swing a hammer, the combination nail starter/set has a 1/8 diameter recessed tip that ts over a nishing nail to drive it shy of the surface, and a cupped tip to set it. The double-ended nail sets have concave tips to register the tool on the head of a nishing nail. Ribbed for grip, all are hardened to Rc59 and are 41/4 to 51/4 overall. Sold individually. 24K01.01 Brad Set $9.95 24K01.05 Prick/Center Punch $9.95 24K01.04 1/16 Nail Starter & 1/16 Nail Set $9.95 24K01.02 1/32 & 1/16 Nail Set $9.95 24K01.03 3/32 & 1/8 Nail Set $9.95 An impact driver is used when you have a seized fastener that will loosen only with brute force. Usable in wood or steel, this reversible heavy-duty driver is a good one applying up to 200 ft-lb of torque with a single hammer blow. The 11/2 diameter handle has a textured grip, a hardened steel striking cap, and an integral ange to protect your hand against overstrikes. Comes in a steel case with six bits: a 11/2 long #10 slot bit, 11/2 long #1, #2 and #3 Phillips bits, and 3 long #2 and #3 Phillips bits for extra reach. The bit holder can be removed to expose a standard 1/2 socket driver (impact sockets recommended). Made in Japan. 28K02.90 Impact Driver Set $59.50

Pin Punches/Tool Blanks Use these as pin punches, or grind them to make small chisels, gouges, or scrapers for your lathe. They have hard tips to prevent Sample of customground turning chisel. deformation, and tempered shanks to withstand hammer blows. Made of chrome vanadium steel. Slightly undersize, diameters are 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, and 3/8. 5 to 6 long. 33Y02.01 Pin Punches, set of 5 $19.90

F. Impact Driver Set

Internal External

Interchangeable heads

K. 5-Piece Spring-Clip Pliers

Spring clips (also called snaprings or retention rings) are a nightmare to remove or replace if you do not have the specialized pliers needed. This set covers 1/4 to 3/8 rings (the most common size used on consumer goods) as well as the usual 3/8 to 21/2 rings. The four interchangeable heads can be used on either internal or external rings. 09A01.10 5-Piece Spring-Clip Pliers $7.50

L. Scalloped Utility Blades

M. Woodworkers Knife

Signicantly more durable than smoothedge blades, these scalloped blades provide the tooth needed to cut tough, fibrous materials such as rope, carpet, cardboard, drywall, or even roong shingles. Even once the tip begins to dull, the undulating edge still cuts because the valleys provide multiple sharp surfaces. Hardened to Rc64, the 0.02 thick high-carbon steel blades measure 23/83/4 to t standard utility knives. Sold in packages of 10 or 25; the 25 pack comes in a dispenser. 86K03.30 Scalloped Blades (10) $ 5.50 86K03.35 Scalloped Blades (25) $11.95

Although it can be used for peeling electrical wire, this style of knife has unique advantages for woodworking. The sturdy curved-tip blade is safer than a straight blade in paring jobs, and is better and easier to use than a pencil for marking cut-lines. It is 1/8 thick at the spine and can be struck with a hammer for splitting wedges, cutting rope, etc. The blade is stainless steel with a hardness of Rc54-56. With hardwood handle scales that transmit heat and cold less than a plastic handle, it is comfortable to hold. 06D07.10 Woodworkers Knife $7.50

Can be used for marking cut-lines.

Assorted 265

A
A. Wire Bender

F Anyone who has tried to shape wire with pliers will appreciate the usefulness of this jig. With the jig held in a vise (or mounted), you can bend mild steel wire up to 3/16 or 5mm in diameter to any shape. Perfect for making custom F. Metal Bender tool holders or pegboard hooks from coat-hanger wire. Made in Japan. This tool allows you to form a metal part 92W67.01 Wire Bender $8.95 with control. It has two parts: the male B. Sheet Metal Bending Pliers die and the V-block Anyone who has attempted bending or straightening sheet metal in a shop that are made of highvise will appreciate this tool. The 31/811/4 cast iron jaws grip well and are F strength malleable cast iron, invaluable in forming a variety of basic shapes as well as hemming them. capable of bending up to 1/8 mild steel. Each piece For example, it is possible to form a box from a cut-out pattern of the bottom and four sides, or put a number of bends in 1 wide strip steel to form a (about 3 long by 11/8 wide) is held against a vise jaw rectangle or polygons. using embedded 1/2 rare-earth magnets, leaving your hands free to position the part. Ideal for making bends B Sheet Metal Bending Pliers up to 90 for such things as angle brackets and sheet09A03.60 $19.50 metal parts. Using the V-block on its own, one can securely hold rounds such as rods, tubes and dowels. 50K08.01 Metal Bender $22.50
G. Cobra Copper/Brass

Male die

V-block

Stock

Close vise to bend metal pieces up to 90.

G Internal Thread Restorers These two tools greatly Cobra Cleaner, 11 oz simplify internal thread 54Z15.01 $14.90 repairs in mild steel, cast iron, etc. The hardened HSS cutters automatically H. Universal Thread Restorer conform to the original thread pattern, so you Now you need only one tool to dont need to know the exact size and pitch. They repair any damaged bolt. The chase all standard (60) threads, including metric D patented design allows the hardH sizes, in either direction, reshaping damaged areas ened steel cutters to adjust to any and removing dirt, rust or paint. Only 31/2 long, size, pitch or direction of thread Imperial or metric from 5/32 to they t easily into a toolbox. The small size adjusts 1/2 (4mm to 13mm). Attached from 5/32 to 5/16 (4mm to 8mm) to reach up to 3/8 deep; the large ts 5/16 to 1/2 (8mm to 12mm) and behind the damaged area, the tool is rotated along the length of the has a 5/8 reach. Each tool includes two plastic threads from the inside out, sleeves to prevent the tip from deforming aluminum cleaning unwanted deposits (dirt, or other soft metals. Patented. D rust, paint) at the same time as it reshapes any damaged portions. Great for C. 27K07.91 Internal Thread Restorer, Sm. $37.50 repairing xed bolts on bikes or machinery. D. 27K07.92 Internal Thread Restorer, Lg. $39.50 27K07.99 Pair of Thread Restorers $69.50 27K08.06 Universal Thread Restorer $26.50 27K07.95 Repl. Sleeves, Sm. (5) $ 3.80 C 27K07.96 Repl. Sleeves, Lg. (5) $ 3.80 J. Socket Adapters for Imperial Box-End Wrenches Adapter These adapters transform box-end wrenches into into handles for 1/4, 3/8, and 1/2 drive sockets and 1/4 hex E. Machine Screw Gauge wrench screwdriver bits. The set includes three socket adapters This steel gauge identies screw diameter, length and thread, tap drill size, and a non-magnetic 1/4 hex screwdriver adapter that and through-hole drill clearance size. Each reference hole is precisely tapped for direct screw threading to ensure proper identication. The Imperial accepts bits with plain or grooved shanks. A push-button feature on the socket adapters provides both solid socket version gauges common fastener Socket grip and easy socket removal, particularly when you sizes from #1 through 5/16, and into have oily hands. 3/8, 1/2, and 3/4 wrenches required. threads per inch from 72 to 18; the adapter metric version measures diameter 17K01.50 Set (4) Imperial Adapters $16.00 from M2 to M7 and pitch from 0.25 to 1.00. Useful for quickly identiJ fying threaded fasteners, wood Push button to screws and tapping screws. Includes Adapter release socket. instructions and a decimal equivainto wrench lent chart. Made in USA. 99K08.11 Imperial Gauge $16.80 Hex bit 99K08.12 Metric Gauge $17.80 E into
adapter

Cleaner This non-abrasive, water-based paste dissolves the metallic oxides that tarnish brass, bronze and copper. It acts quickly with virtually no rubbing, and dries to a white powder. Cleans up with water.

A. B. C. D. E. F.

Branding Irons Our electric and non-electric branding irons have solid brass heads that can be set with up to 20 characters per line (including spaces and punctuation). The electric irons, for use on wood or leather, reach over 720F E (390C) after about 15 A minutes. We offer one model with F HANDCRAFTED BY as the rst line, and a custom model with 2 lines of your choice. Letters are upper case, 3/16 high. B Irons come with a 4 cord and a tool rest. For use C with a propane torch, the non-electric irons reach up to 900F (500C) in 2 to 3 D minutes. We offer one model that says HAND CRAFTED BY as the rst line, and a custom model with 2 lines of your choice. The rst line in either model can be set * How to Order Branding Irons: in a straight line or an arc. Letters are upper Due to the customized nature of this product, orders should be made separately from orders for any of our other case, 1/8 high. Irons are about 11 long, with a products. There is a at $8.50 shipping and handling fee for these irons, and delivery will take about 5 to 8 steel shaft and wooden handle. An optional weeks. Please address or phone in orders to the attention of our mail order dept. storage case that ts any model is available. Electric Branding Irons 05N40.05 *HANDCRAFTED BY Iron $ 95.00 Dremel Electric Engraving Tool 05N40.06 *Custom 2-Line Iron $109.00 With an adjustable stroke depth and a carbide Non-Electric Branding Irons point, this engraver writes well on glass, 05N40.01 *HAND CRAFTED BY Str. $ 59.50 metal, leather, plastic, wood, and ceramic. 05N40.02 *Custom 2-Line Straight $ 59.50 Lightweight and compact, it is easily maneu05N40.03 *HAND CRAFTED BY Arc $ 62.50 vered and has a soft rubber grip for comfort. 05N40.04 *Custom 2-Line Arc $ 74.50 Ideal for permanently identifying tools, 05N40.07 Optional Storage Case $ 12.95 adding decorative embellishments to a workPlastic letter/ number template piece, or signing projects intended for sale. * Due to the customized nature of these irons, orders are included. 17J13.10 Dremel Engraver $23.90 shipped separately and there is a at $8.50 shipping and
handling fee. Delivery will take 5 to 8 weeks.

G. Foam-Cell Anti-Fatigue Bench Mat

K. Pocket Torch Small enough to t in your pocket, this torch is great for one-handed This mat is made of cellular vinyl foam to cushion your feet and legs for long hours use or use in tight places. It has a safety piezoelectric ignition of standing. Durable and exible, it resists stains, abrasions, oil and grease. Easy to button, and is rellable using standard butane lighter uid. Burns at brush free of sawdust and chips or to wash with soap and water. Lies at without 2372F (1300C). Shipped empty. curling at the edges. 27603/8 thick. 88R03.01 Bench Mat, 2760 $35.50 98K50.10 Pocket Torch $17.80
L. Hand-Held Micro Torch

H. Aluminum Dustpan

Great for shop or garden use, this large dustpan has a 16 mouth and is 10 deep. Solidly constructed of 18-gauge aluminum, it is designed to lie at for hands-off use. With a 9 tubular handle, it weighs only 22 oz. Extra-Large Dustpan 03K17.01 $16.50
J. Classic Bench Brush

Mat cross section

This hand-held micro torch has a piezoelectric ignition system, and is rellable using standard butane lighter uid. The adjustable ame burns at 2372F (1300C), and will last for over 1 hour per ll. Easy push-start operation with a safety lock and variable air intake. Shipped empty. 98K50.20 Hand-Held Micro Torch $36.50

This deluxe brush clears a littered bench or table saw in a few strokes. The horsehair bristles (21/2 long) bell out to make a 28 face. Sweeps board trimmings, shavings, and ne dust equally effectively. Just over 13 long overall. Classic Bench Brush 83K10.01 $9.95

L A H K

J
Assorted 267

Disassembled to show bobbin.

J A B D Speedy Stitcher Sewing Kit This utility awl sews lock stitches in heavy materials such as leather and canvas. It comes F with one #8 straight needle, one #8 curved needle, and 14 yards of coarse, tan-colored, waxed polyester thread on a bobbin. The needles and bobbin store conveniently in the wooden handle. Coarse or ne thread rells are available E in 30- and 180-yard skeins. A #4 ne straight needle is also available. Made in USA, it is a G simple yet effective tool for site repairs on tarps, tents, sails, carpenters aprons, shoes, etc. Full Utility Cord instructions included. Braided nylon is soft and durable with no tendency to curl or kink. We offer three thick97K10.50 Sewing Kit $12.95 nesses of strong, braided nylon cord. Each is a 97K10.62 30-Yd. Skein (Fine) $ 3.25 light sand color and comes in a 50-yard spool. 97K10.52 30-Yd. Skein (Coarse) $ 3.70 97K10.63 180-Yd. Skein (Fine) $ 7.50 E. EA129 50-yd. Cord, 45 lb test $ 4.50 97K10.53 180-Yd. Skein (Coarse) $10.50 F. EA131 50-yd. Cord, 96 lb test $ 5.95 97K10.60 #4 Straight Fine Needle $ 3.25 G. EA133 50-yd. Cord, 190 lb test $ 8.95 97K10.65 Replacement Bobbin $ 2.95 EA135 Set of 3 Utility Cords, 1 of ea. $17.50
24

C
Re-adhering furniture glides.

Applying micro-abrasive lm for sharpening.

J. Transfer Tape

A. B.

C. D.

H. Sawhorse Brackets

26

H
212

One of the best features of these sawhorse brackets is the ability to use 12 wide lumber to make the sawhorse top, giving three times the surface area of a 24 top. The brackets are designed to hold a 24, a 26 or a board up to 212, and are attached to the top using the included bolt. Made from high-impact polystyrene, they wont rust and will support up to 300 lb per sawhorse. One pair makes one sawhorse. (Lumber not included.)
1+ 4+

Essentially a thin, double-sided adhesive lm, transfer tape is as useful around the house as it is in the workshop. You simply position the adhesive on one surface, peel off the release liner and press the items together. Apart from shop applications like sticking sandpaper onto forms, temporarily assembling parts for layout, or applying micro-abrasive lm to a sharpening d, it can be used to adhere labels, cloth, and furniture glides (or any other item from which the adhesive has released prematurely). It works marvellously anywhere you need a thin, even layer of instant glue. This tape can be removed easily if only slight pressure is used when bringing the surfaces together, but holds tenaciously if you press them together rmly. Only 2 mil (0.002) thick, it will not telegraph through thin material. Each roll is 12mm (1/2) wide by 30m (97.5) long. Made in England. An excellent alternative to spray adhesives and thicker tapes. 25U03.20 Transfer Tape, 30m $7.50
See the Clamping section for stainless-steel band clamps.

03K06.08 Pr. Sawhorse Brackets $16.50 $14.85

K. Flat Twine

L. Gaffers Tape M. Heavy-Duty Duct Tape This clear plastic lm both stretches and adheres This waterproof cloth tape is used by electricians in to itself. Unlike tape, there is no adhesive to be the lm industry ("gaffers") for taping wires or You may have left behind, or to lift paint or nishes. It is particucarpets since it leaves no adhesive residue and has noticed that the larly useful for providing clamping pressure on a non-reective, matte nish, yet is strong. 180 duct tape you buy 180 roll fragile or awkwardly shaped objects successive (55m) long, 17/8 wide and 10.5 mil thick, it has a today is thinner, 180 roll of of regular heavylayers increase the clamping pressure. Comes weaker and less tensile strength of 45 lb per inch. It tests stronger duct tape duty tape with a dispenser handle and roll of 2650 sticky than duct than heavy-duty duct tape on a straight pull, but (7800) lm. tape you could buy years ago. Ours is different where things taped together are twisted apart, it is durable, wont easily delaminate and has a heavy-duty duct tape will better resist tearing. 23K20.02 Flat Twine, 2650 $11.50 strong gum adhesive that leaves virtually no 23K20.03 Rell, 2650 $ 7.10 25U06.01 Gaffers Tape, 180 $29.50 residue when removed. We are showing a roll of regular duct tape beside ours for comparison both rolls are 180 (55m) long, but our tape is 13 mil thick (vs. 7 to 8.5 mil for regular duct tape), and has considerably greater tensile strength at 45 lb per inch versus 19 for regular. You dont need this tape for wrapping little parcels, but if you are patching a holed canoe or making an equipment repair where durability, tensile strength and water resistance are important, this is the tape you need. M 17/8 wide, available in a 90 or 180 roll. K 25U06.30 Duct Tape, 90 $ 8.50 25U06.60 Duct Tape, 180 $15.50 L 268 Assorted

E. Twist-n-Seal Stopper

This clever reusable plug forms a lasting, airtight seal on plastic nozzles or tubes from 3/32 to 7/16 internal diameter. Made of a tough plastic composite, it inserts simply by pushing and turning. The ne screw-like threads deform the softer nozzle or tube material, so it grips securely but removes easily by unscrewing. Dried glue or caulking does not adhere to the non-stick plastic. Far better than using a screw or tape (or even the cap supplied with most adhesives!). Package of ve. 1+ 3+ 25K80.95 Twist-n-Seal, pkg. of 5 $3.60 $3.05

Fine screwlike threads

F. Nozzle Caps

Made of thick natural latex, these rubber socks are excellent for sealing partly used tubes of caulking, Brass Shim Stock replacing lost caps of glue bottles or line chalk Brass is a malleable metal that is easily drawn, containers, etc. They seal well on nozzle diameters blanked, stamped and sheared. It is an ideal shim from about 1/4 to 3/4, covering everything from material for adjusting jigs, xtures and machinery, for spacing arbors, and for correcting plane bodies toothpaste-type tubes up to quart glue-bottle tips. and jointer bed alignments. Because of its ductility, Also handy for capping the air inlet on air tools. it is also an excellent modelmakers accessory Package of 20. that readily accepts complex manipulation. The 25K80.80 Nozzle Caps, pkg. of 20 $4.95 material is available in six thicknesses 0.001, 0.0015, 0.002, 0.003, 0.005 and 0.010 and G. Palette Knives in Case sold in 6100 rolls. We also offer a sampler Since our set of four palette knives (#35K09.01, package containing one 26 strip of each thickpage 204) was so enthusiastically received, we ness. Made from half-hard brass, which resists added this set of 12. Although designed for compression yet can still be formed. painters (and a very close second to the quality of traditional Italian palette knives), these are very A. 27K07.50 Brass Sampler, 6 sheets $ 9.50 useful in all sorts of workshop applications, from B. 27K07.51 6100 Roll 0.001 $16.50 applying or cleaning up glue to repairing damage, 27K07.52 6100 Roll 0.0015 $17.80 helping to remove old nishes and lling imper27K07.53 6100 Roll 0.002 $17.50 fections. The varying degrees of size, shape and 27K07.54 6100 Roll 0.003 $17.80 exibility cover a wide range of shop activities. 27K07.55 6100 Roll 0.005 $20.50 Complete with a cloth-covered reinforced case for 27K07.56 6100 Roll 0.010 $29.50 storage and handy display in use. Knives have polished stainless-steel blades with brass ferrules C. Traditional Chinese Scissors and varnished wood handles. This style of scissors has been made for over 300 years in China. Hand forged, they have a hard 35K09.10 Set of 12 Palette Knives $29.50 steel layer (for the sharpened edge) laminated to a softer iron backing that supports the more H. Miter Shears brittle hardened layer. They come razor sharp. If youve ever installed small moldings, such as Their blade strength and sharpness make them quarter round, youll immediately recognize the useful in the shop, the garden or the kitchen, or utility of these miter shears. The basic shear has a for crafts. Overall lengths are 51/2 to 81/2. An jaw with right and left 45 fences, and incised markings for 60, 75, 90, 105, and 120. The excellent buy in traditional tools. optional four-jaw set adds a at jaw, a 1 pipe jaw 45K10.10 Chinese Scissors, set of 4 $14.95 (for plastic pipe), a combination 5/8 and 3/4 pipe jaw, and a "V" jaw. Handy for odd trimming jobs, D. Clamshell Scissors snipping dowel and rods and all those other tasks Plastic clamshell packaging is too hard for scissors, yet too small for a saw. thick and tough, making it easy Works effectively with softwoods up to 3/4 in to wound yourself when trying to open it with a knife. These size. Replacement blade available. scissors will safely deal 25K09.01 Miter Shears $21.50 with the toughest J. 25K09.20 Optional Four-Jaw Set $ 8.90 of packages. Just 25K09.21 Repl. Blade $ 6.60 D cut off a corner to get access to a single layer of plastic and Clamptite Tool then cut along one side. The serrated stainlessWith this tool you can make permanent hose clamps steel blades are also great for cutting wire, thin of any size, strengthen cracked wooden tool handles, sheet metal, leather, or fabric. 7 long overall. repair cut garden hoses, whip running loops in rope, or use it in countless other household repairs and AB522 Clamshell Scissors $5.90 workshop applications. Thread the aluminum and chrome-plated steel tool with wire, make a few wraps around it and the item(s) to be clamped, then turn a Clip corner & cut wingnut to tighten the wire. Works with wire up to away packaging. 0.062 in diameter; instructions included. We offer 1/4 lb coils (approx. 50) of 0.041 304 stainless-steel wire. Tool and wire sold individually and as a set. K. 97K10.80 Clamptite Tool $25.50 L. 97K10.85 1/4 lb Wire Coil $13.00 D 97K10.86 Clamptite Tool & Wire Set $33.50

"V" jaw holds square stock.

Use Clamptite to repair hoses or handles.

K L

Paint can opener

Extension ladder, single rung

D. Michelangelo

D A

Magnets

A. Magnetic

Paintbrush Holder This device clips to the rim of any size of can. Integral magnets securely hold the brush ferrule, so paint ows from the bristles back into the can. One magnet keeps the brush above the liquid in a full can; the other grips the brush vertically for when the liquid level is lower. Molded from durable ABS, it even has a metal tab for opening cans. Makes brush clean-up much easier. 1+ 3+ 67K74.02 Paintbrush Holder, ea. $3.30 $2.95
All The Knots You Need B by R.S. Lee With clear illustrations of over 70 knots, this book tells you which ropes C to use for different purposes, plus their strengths for various materials and sizes, and which bers have maximum durability in all types of weather. It tells you just how much different types of knots reduce the overall strength of a rope, and describes knots that can be used to isolate a weakened part of a rope without cutting and retying it. Some of the categories of knots described are the bowline, hoisting hitches, shing knots, stopper knots, tie-down knots, and knots for throwing. The most practical book on knots available. Softcover, 69, 108 pages, 1999. The book is also available with two lengths of soft rope and a 2 dia. ring for practising. Each braided rope is 3/8 in diameter and 60 long. One is navy blue and one is white. B. 49L86.02 All The Knots You Need $13.95 C. 45K02.03 Rope & Ring Set $ 6.95 45K02.10 Book with Rope & Ring Set $18.50

Stepladder

Extension ladder, double rung

Extension ladder, single rung

Paint Can Holder one- or tworung extension This paint can holder ladders. ts all current North Magnetic American stepladders 6 or brush holder taller and all D-rung ladders, whether extended (when it has to attach to one rung) D or doubled (when it has to engage two rungs). It also accommodates the range of Adjustable angles that ladders can safely be polymer belt for gallon- or used at, holding either quart or quart-sized containers gallon cans securely. Easy to move with one hand from step to step, it has a strong magnetic brush holder mounted directly over the can. A mono-polymer belt holds both small and large containers. Made from galvanized steel rod, it weighs 9 oz. Patented. 67K74.04 Paint Can Holder $7.50
E. S-Biner

Fits stepladders and

Made from stainless steel, these carabiners have a double-hook design with gate closures that let you quickly link and secure items. Useful for holding keys on a belt loop, attaching a water bottle to a backpack, hanging a lantern on a rope line or fastening zippers together on luggage, they are lightweight, strong and weather resistant. Available separately or as a set containing one of each size.
Max. Approx. Length Weight Opening

1+

5+

68K06.41 68K06.42 68K06.43 68K06.44 68K06.50

Folding quick-release lever

3/8 19/16 5 lb 2 10 lb 7/16 25/8 25 lb 9/16 31/2 75 lb 3/4 S-Biner, set of 4

$ 2.30 $ 2.50 $ 3.10 $ 3.50 $10.50

$2.10 $2.25 $2.80 $3.15

F. Suction Hook

F
Installs on any smooth surface.

The cam mechanism on this hook provides a surprising amount of suction, rmly attaching it to any smooth, non-porous surface, such as glass, tile, metal or plastic, and allows you to release and reposition it easily. Useful in bathrooms, kitchens, laundry rooms, offices, workshops, etc. Made in France, the hook is 2 long and has a 3 projection. Weight capacity is 22 lb (10kg). 1+ 5+ 00F14.56 Suction Hook, ea. $3.80 $3.40

Strap-A-Handle Strap-A-Handle cinches around hard-to-carry loads, bundling them together with a 2 wide woven nylon belt and adding a sturdy EVA foam handle. The 48 strap is best for narrow items such as lumber, pipe, or rolled carpet. Two people can even use two handles in tandem to move long objects. Rated to 75 lb, it has a robust metal H-ring that adjusts the strap length. The 96 strap is for broad, bulky loads weighing up to 40 lb, such as boxes, bags of soil or pet food, or bulk grocery packages. Its strong nylon buckle has a doublesided slide release to adjust the length on either side of the buckle, so you can position the handle as needed.
G. 48 Strap-A-Handle

J. Forearm Forklift

Similar to those used in the moving trade, these woven polypropylene carriers are a big help when moving awkward or heavy furniture and top-heavy machinery such as bandsaws. Slung criss-crossed under an J object, they provide a safe cradle and enable proper lifting technique to reduce back strain. The forearm collars are padded for comfort and leave hands free for steadying objects as they are moved. About 9 4 overall with a maximum load capacity of 600 lb. 88F02.03 Forearm Forklift, pr. $22.50

88F02.48
H. 96 Strap-A-Handle 270 Assorted

$8.95 $9.95

88F02.96

D. Folding Hand Truck

This hand truck folds to a compact 1930 panel only 2 thick and is easily stored in a closet or hung on a wall. It carries up to 275 lb (125kg) and has a 121/2 bed to carry boxes, bags of peat moss or other large objects. Measures about 43 tall when unfolded. 71/4 dia. puncture-proof tires. Sturdy steel frame with aluminum handle. Weighs 111/2 lb.

A. Gorilla Gripper

*Folding Hand Truck A Panel Carrier XD511 $119.00 Unlike conventional panel carriers, * A shipping surcharge of $5.00 applies in addition to our regular shipping this one grips from the top, making charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, D it easy to position and encouraging contact Customer Service for shipping rates. proper lifting technique. Suitable for drywall, plywood, MDF, melamine, Lift up etc., it has a soft-cushioned handle E. Pair of Portable Dollies Presses in As you lift up on the that acts as a lever, using the weight Ideal for moving workshop equipment, furniture or appliances, these portable handle, the jaws of the panel to create clamping dollies are supplied as a set of two sections that can be used individually or clamp the material to secure the load. force. With non-marring textured interlocked. With additional sets, you can congure linear, rectangular or gripping pads, the jaws pivot to square rolling pallets to suit the application. Made from durable polyproremain parallel, self-adjusting to material between 3/8 and 11/8 thick. Made pylene, each 101/4 square section supports up to 80 lb (36kg). Each has four in the USA from aircraft aluminum, it has a load rating of 200 lb. An excellent 11/2 swivelling casters that roll well on uneven oors or carpet. UV stable, solution for anyone faced with moving sheet stock. they can even be used outdoors as plant dollies. 1+ 3+ 03K18.10 Gorilla Gripper $49.50 88K17.60 Portable Dollies, pr. $15.50 $13.20 E
Use individually or interlock units for larger platforms. Two pairs shown.

B. Panel Tote

If your arms will span only 47, youll really appreciate this panel tote. The 14 long "U" channel provides support and helps balance material up to 1 thick. The offset handle keeps your knuckles clear. Great for lifting and carrying wallboard and plywood without twisting your back. 03K18.01 Panel Tote $11.50
C. Dual Vacuum Cup Lifter

F. Portable Moving Cart

Sturdy but lightweight, this cart provides a large 1726 platform for loads up to 330 lb. It has four 33/4 diameter hard rubber tires; the back wheels swivel for easy maneuvering. The soft-grip handle is 34 tall but folds for compact storage. Made largely from aluminum, it weighs only 16 lb and measures 211710 thick folded. Handy for quickly relocating heavy materials. 88K17.50 *Portable Moving Cart $129.00 F
* A shipping surcharge of $5.00 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

This lifter is useful in the shop for moving laminated sheets, transferring tools, and lifting sheet metal, glass, ceramic and marble slabs, as well as ling cabinets and some furniture. Made from lightweight cast aluminum, the versatile 13 long lifter features two 41/2 diameter cups and can hold material weighing up to 175 lb (80kg) in both horizontal- and verticalmount applications. Weighs just under 2 lb. 88K17.02 Dual-Cup Lifter $32.50 C

Assorted 271

On/off button

A C B

LED Flashlights Anyone who has owned a light with a single LED can appreciate how bright these lights might be. Compact and long lasting, the 9-LED light is 11/8 in diameter and 4 long. The 21-LED light, 21/3 times as bright with a heavier body construction, is more like a small spotlight than a ashlight. The distance it can span is impressive. It is 13/8 in diameter and 31/2 long. Each light comes with three AAA alkaline batteries installed, enough to power the 9-LED version for 20 to 30 hours, or the 21-LED light for 16 to 20 hours in continuous use. A. 67K74.45 9-LED Flashlight, ea. $4.95 B. 67K74.47 21-LED Flashlight, ea. $7.50
C. Trouble Light/Flashlight Holder

Gripper adjustment knob Coated for grip.

Folds to t a 1241/2 storage space.

C
Gripper for larger lights Locking knob for rotating arm Gripper for smaller lights 1 magnet covered with high-friction pad

This holder will grip anything from the smallest LED light to a 21/2 diameter ashlight, or a corded trouble light, providing a hands-free way to focus light directly on a problem area. The strong 1 rare-earth magnet in the holder base (covered with a high-friction pad) lets you secure a light to a fender for a tire change, inside the hood for motor work, on the car roof as a warning light, etc. Adjustable to any angle, the holder folds to t a 1241/2 storage space. 67K74.40 Flashlight Holder $8.50

D. Flex-Neck Desk Magnier

This 4 magnier has a 4-diopter, optical acrylic lens mounted to a exible gooseneck. Ideal for carvers, hobbyists, crafters, etc., it has a large molded-plastic base for stability. The base has a footprint of 76. The neck is 12 long. Flex-Neck Desk Magnier 17J31.01 F $31.50

E. Magnier Light

With a lens diameter of 90mm (31/2) and a F. Set of 3 Eye Loupes magnification power of 2.5, this glass Whether youre inspecting a chisel edge or idenmagnier contains its own light to illumitifying wood, magnication helps greatly. These nate your work. Originally designed for eye loupes not only leave your hands free, but reading maps, it eliminates the need to twist make you look very professional! The set of and tilt your material to catch enough light three includes 2X, 5X and 10X lenses a range for close examination. It requires four AA of magnification that covers all shop needs. batteries (not included). Optical plastic lenses. 99K10.21 Magnier Light $7.95 99W83.01 Set of 3 Loupes $6.50
Utility lamp mounted on a bandsaw using magnetic base.

G. 15-Power Lighted Loupe

This 15-power loupe with an integral lamp is handy for everything from tool edge inspection to sliver removal. The eyepiece has two 21mm (13/16) diameter optical glass lenses, ground to minimize distortion and coated to reduce reection. Plastic housing with a toggle switch. Three AAA batteries included. 99K10.41 15-Power Lighted Loupe $27.80
Actual view

G
Optional shademount magnier

Lamp also mounts with a right-angle wall bracket or a anged stud base.

K
Optional C-clamp base

272

This high-quality lamp is well suited for extensive workshop use. The head rotates up to 570, and a conical aluminum reector helps focus light where you need it most. An aluminum heat sink surrounding the bulb base helps to dissipate heat from the socket and switch and keep the shade cool. The sturdy 18 vinyl-covered ex arm holds its position once set. A quick-connect base coupler lets you use the lamp with multiple mounts within the shop. Three mounts are included: a strong magnetic base, a right-angle wall-mount bracket base, and a anged stud base for machine mount. For bench mounting, a C-clamp mount (2 opening) is available separately. For detail work, the large 2-power glass magnifier accessory is ideal. With no edge distortion, it provides best focus at distances of up to 10. Lamp uses a 100W bulb (not included). UL/CUL certied. 17J30.40 Utility Lamp $64.50 J. 17J30.42 Shade-Mount Magnier $26.50 K. 17J30.43 C-Clamp Base $16.90

H. Utility Lamp

D C
Sewing awl not included. Binocular magnier shown with visor light.

A
C. Pocket Glasses

Pocket Magniers These thin acrylic lenses are ideal for reading ne print on menus, maps, instruction sheets, or dimensions on plans. At just 31/421/8, the 2X credit card magnier tucks into a shirt pocket or workshop apron. The 3X bookmark magnier is 73/821/2 and is ideal for phone books, catalogs, etc. Available in packs of six so you can leave them in various locations. Each comes with a protective sleeve. A. 88K70.56 Credit Card Magniers (6) $5.70 B. 88K70.55 Bookmark Magniers (6) $5.70 Transfer Siphon Pump Effective for transferring water, oil or fuel (gasoline, diesel and kerosene) short distances, this positive-displacement pump operates with an efcient pump-action of the T-handle, moving liquids at a rate of 4 oz per stroke. After priming (takes about three strokes of the handle), you can extend the handle to allow siphoning action to move liquids at a rate of 1 gallon per minute, without further pumping. The 1/2 diameter PVC intake/outlet extension hose is 8 long but can easily be cut to length. Just 13 long overall, the pump is easy to store. Well made, it is convenient for routine activities such as draining traps and toilets when winterizing a cottage, or for removing fuel and oil from lawnmowers or snow blowers during maintenance. Made in USA. AG711 Transfer Siphon Pump $29.50

These compact lenses are useful any time your glasses are elsewhere and you need to remove a splinter, read a map or menu, thread a needle, etc. Made from a shatterproof polymer, they are just over 3 long and less than 1/8 thick, easy to slip into a pocket or purse. The sprung bridge gently grips your nose. Available in three strengths, they come with a protective vinyl sleeve. Inexpensive enough to have them strategically located in several places. 1+ 5+ 88K70.60 1.5 Pocket Glasses $5.95 $5.40 88K70.61 2.0 Pocket Glasses $5.95 $5.40 88K70.62 2.5 Pocket Glasses $5.95 $5.40
Magnifying Glasses What to Buy Which power should you get to best suit your eyes? It depends on how you will use the magniers. As power increases, the distance at which your eyes will comfortably focus will decrease. For assistance in reading maps in bad light, the 1.5 or 2.0 diopter lenses would likely be suitable. For threading a ne needle or examining tool edges, the 2.5 diopter would be better. A great advantage for users with astigmatism is that these lenses may be used with your regular glasses. G. "Sliver Gripper" Tweezers

E Binocular Magnier & Visor Light This binocular magnier lets you position ne, close-up work at a comfortable distance. The ratchet-adjustable headband has foam padding, and the tilt-up lens frame easily ts over glasses. The ground and polished optical lens has a focal length of 14 and a magnication power of 1.75. For more detailed work, an optional lens with a focal length of 6 and magnication of 2.75 is available. Designed to t the brim of a binocular magnier, the micro-light features a high-powered, 6000 candlepower xenon bulb that produces a brilliant, yet focused beam of light. The light can be positioned up or down as required. Runs up to 6 hours on two AA batteries (not included). The binocular magnier and visor light are available separately or as a set. D. 99K20.10 Binocular Magnier $26.50 E. 99K20.11 Optional Lens $13.50 F. 99K20.20 Visor Light $24.50 99K20.21 Repl. Bulb $ 8.50 99K20.30 Magnier & Light Set $46.50
J. Corneal Tweezers

These stainless-steel tweezers are unequalled for removing slivers. They are accurately ground to a ne point with a light cross-score on the inside to grip the sliver. The holes in either side make for a secure nger grip since the eshy part of your nger naturally beds in the hole as you squeeze. 3/8 wide hardened stainless steel. 86K94.01 "Sliver Gripper" Tweezers, ea. $7.95

H. Cross-Clamp Tweezers

Designed for delicate corneal J excisions, these tweezers are Shown 3 tipped with notched teeth that actual size. intersect for an extraordinary grip. They are ideal for plucking errant debris from ne nishes, retrieving small things from inaccessible places, and exposed sliver removal. Made from surgical stainless steel with ex-steel arms. 4 long. 81D40.21 Corneal Tweezers $8.95

Cross-clamp tweezers are excellent as clamps for modelmakers and hobbyists, and perfect for K. Magnier Tweezers holding small fasteners until they can be started. To remove those bits that you cant see but know Available as a set of two standard and offset. Both are in there. Hinged joint lets you adjust magnihave serrated jaws for grip and both will hold cation as necessary. Very handy in the garden, fasteners up to 7/8 in diameter. 61/2 long stainlessshop, or anywhere else. Made of stainless steel, with a quartz glass lens. 31/2 long. steel tweezers with imitation wood handles. 86K94.10 Cross-Clamp Tweezers (2) $4.95 86K98.05 Magnier Tweezers $7.90

H H G K J

Assorted 273

A B

A. All-Natural Hand Cleaner

D C Waxilit An amazing silicone-free paste wax that is ideal for coating jointer and table-saw tops and fences. Can also be used on clamp bars, or to protect areas of wood where you dont want glue to stick. Comes in a 200g (7 oz) container. *Waxilit 56Z99.61 $15.95

* Must be protected from freezing. Available between April and October only.

Certified by Canadas Environmental Choice Program as well as Green Seal as E safe for both the user and the environment, this hand cleaner contains no toxic solvents, phosphates, etc. It uses an innovative organic surfactant chemistry that removes oils, grease and grime. Effective on even hard-to-clean substances such as pine tar and wood stains, yet gentle on skin. Conditioners leave hands feeling moisturized. Provides about 125 washes (6.5 oz bottle) or 300 washes (1 lb bottle). E. Spray Can Trigger Handle 25K90.31 Hand Cleaner, 6.5 oz $11.50 This convenient pistol-grip handle ts all standard spray cans, allowing a comfortable hand 25K90.32 Hand Cleaner, 1 lb $21.50 and wrist position similar to that used with a spray gun. The full-size spring-loaded trigger B. OKeeffes lever not only reduces nger fatigue, but also Working Hands Cream helps keep hands clean since you never have to Excellent for dry or cracked skin, this touch the spray nozzle. Made of polypropylene, cream is water based and oil free, absorbs it is endlessly reusable. Made in USA. quickly, and wont leave your skin greasy. It contains glycerin and stearic 27K06.90 Spray Can Trigger Handle $4.70 acid, which draw moisture into the layers of the skin, and parafn, which helps F. Spray-Extension Tubes retain it. It also contains allantoin, which This set of replacement sprayhelps exfoliate skin cells, allowing better extension penetration of the moisturizing ingreditubes will t the nozzles of ents. 3.4 oz/96g. Made in USA. most cans. The 17-piece set includes nine red plastic AB704 Working Hands Cream $7.95 tubes used primarily by spray lube manufacturers, Badger Balm three clear plastic tubes used Popular for dry, cracked, chapped or for graphite and silicone rough skin, this balm is available scented F lubricants, and ve or unscented. Made from all-natural pull-tab elastics ingredients (extra virgin olive oil and to secure the beeswax); the scented formula adds aloe tubes to the can. vera, castor oil, wintergreen and oil of sweet birch. 2 oz tin. Made in USA. Spray-Extension Tubes (17) C. AB720 Badger Balm, Scented $8.95 D. AB721 Badger Balm, Unscented $8.95 27K07.30 $2.95

J. Bearing Lubricant TopCote is both a sealant and a lubricant. Formulated for use on the metal table tops of This is an excellent uoropolymer-based lubricant for bearing jointers, planers, table saws, etc., it can also be used on hand tools. It adheres well to metal, mechanisms and slides. It is very effective on router bit bearprotecting against moisture and corrosion, and providing for much smoother feeding ings as it protects against seizing and seals against moisture. of material. It is easy to apply, lasts longer than paste wax, and will not stain wood. The It works as a high-load grease, will withstand high tempera10.75 oz aerosol can will cover about 135 sq.ft. of surface. tures, and will not collect grit or sawdust. One can covers 56Z44.30 TopCote, 10.75 oz $15.80 about 25 sq.ft. of surface. 56Z44.28 Bearing Lubricant, 5.5 oz $14.50 H. DriCote Lubricant DriCote helps maintain a keen edge on cutting tools, inhibits resin build-up, and protects K. Boeshield T-9 Protectant & Lubricant against corrosion and moisture. Applied directly to blades and bits, it reduces friction, This penetrating formula not only displaces water, but also lowers cutting temperature, provides ner cuts, and extends tooth life. It reduces friction dries to a waxy (not oily) lm that protects metals from corroon drill bits enough to extend the charge of a cordless drills battery pack. The uoroposion for months. An excellent lubricant, it will not attract lymer formula (similar to Teon) forms a micro-thin coating on the metal surface that wood dust or chips as an oil-based lubricant can. An ideal treatment for tools stored in damp conditions. The 1 oz dries in a few seconds; sawdust and wood shavings dont adhere to it and it wont stain (29.5ml) bottle can be kept in a tool box or shop to maintain wood. About 120 71/4 saw blades can be treated with one 10.75 oz can. handplane adjusters, chuck mechanisms, etc., while the 12 oz 56Z44.29 DriCote, 10.75 oz $15.80 (340g) aerosol is for larger surfaces and areas that are difcult to reach (e.g., the blade height and pitch mechanisms on a K G H table saw). Shipped by ground only. L 56Z80.40 Boeshield T-9, 1 oz bottle $ 4.95 J 56Z80.20 Boeshield T-9, 12 oz aerosol $19.50
L. Moovit Penetrating Lubricant

G. TopCote Table & Tool Surface Sealant

Moovit has a penetrating formula that lubricates and displaces water to provide long-lasting protection for jointer fences, drill-press columns, and plane-blade adjusters anywhere there is metal-to-metal contact. It also frees rusted or seized parts and does not stain wood or contaminate nishes. The metered pump provides over 1800 applications. 56Z44.50 Moovit, 284ml (9.6 oz) $9.95

274

Lee Valley 16-Month Calendars A Our eye-catching 16-month calendars cover September 2011 to December 2012, allowing you to plan activities that straddle the new year, such as school and sports seasons, or long projects and work assignments. The 1117 open size provides lots of F room to jot down daily commitments, B reminders, birthdays, etc. Our woodworking calendar contains photographs of tools from the Lee Valley archives and other tool collections. The gardening calendar features the work of several talented outdoor photographers, depicting a variety of F. Tabletop Tarp garden scenes and natural landscapes. Simple and practical, this mini tarp As always, we donate every penny of proceeds helps keep surfaces clean during messy from these calendars. Last year, the funds went to The Nature Conservancy. tasks. Made of thick woven polyproSo when you buy one of these calendars, you not only get a beautiful, practical F pylene, it has strong, rust-resistant product, but you also do a good deed. fasteners to draw the corners in, forming exible sidewalls that stand A. 49L07.98 2012 Woodworking Calendar $6.00 approximately 3 high to help prevent B. 49L07.97 2012 Gardening Calendar $6.00 runoff. At 3232 overall, it provides a generous 2626 working space with C. Magazine Holders the snaps fastened, and folds compactly. This simple product A strap sewn into one corner lets you provides a solution for easily empty it, shake it out, or hang it to dry. Wipe clean after use. Handy storing, protecting and C for model building, potting or transporting plants, or any task calling for a organizing magazines, compact drop cloth or catch tray. A great alternative to newspaper. catalogs, brochures, instruction manuals, etc. XJ315 Tabletop Tarp $4.95 Designed for use with standard three-ring Lee Valley Portable Ofce binders, these exible For centuries, creative minds have protected inspired thoughts from the plastic magazine holders tarnish of time by journal keeping. are easy to use and each We have combined a top-quality, 192-page logbook and the popular will hold material up to 1/2 thick securely in place. (Binder not included.) Harvard Planner (the 2012 Elite edition) into a compact and highly functional portable ofce. The 97 hardcover logbook is made from acid-free 99K05.01 Magazine Holders, pkg. of 12 $6.30 paper with a Smyth-sewn binding, guaranteeing it will easily open at and pages stay in place. The lined pages have a ghosted grid to aid sketching. D. Catalog/Magazine The design allows three pages to be displayed at once, permitting log entries Binders to be made with the weeks activity planner or action list visible. The Our cloth-covered planner includes a separate phone/address book with world atlas. The binders are perfect for rugged cloth-backed vinyl outer folio has stiff panels that let it function as a keeping your catalogs lap desk, and two rare-earth magnets are hidden in the spine to secure your (particularly the favorite pen or pencil. Lee Valley ones!) orgaD The folio system provides a simple, time-tested way to record and recall nized. Each comes with thoughts, decisions and data, ideal for todays complex lives. The complete 12 spring wires that system measures a very compact 81011/2. For those who already have a rmly hold catalogs or magazines without modiplanner, the folio and logbook can also be purchased as a set. cation. The wires are The folio will house a planner up to 9 high and 61/2 wide. easy to insert and The 2012 Harvard Planner is also available separately. Portable remove. Each binder G. 49L88.01 Portable Ofce $42.50 ofce is holds 21/4 of 81/211 publications. Excellent value. Available in denim 49L88.05 Folio & Logbook $28.50 compact and easy blue, burgundy, and traditional forest green. 1+ 5+ H. 49L88.02 Repl. Logbook $ 9.95 to carry. 49L07.50 Binder, Forest Green $8.95 $8.00 49L88.03 Repl. Harvard Planner (2012) $17.95 49L07.61 Binder, Burgundy $8.95 $8.00 49L07.62 Binder, Denim Blue $8.95 $8.00
E. Aluminum Clipboard & Case

This portable ofce has lots of storage for notebooks, forms, documents, pens, etc., in the 11/2 deep case. The 6 clip holds sheets or pads and has an auxiliary clip to keep papers from apping in the wind, while the aluminum case protects the contents from the weather and spilt coffee. Holds forms up to 81/212, with a separate section for pens and pencils. 914 overall. Aluminum Clipboard & Case 88K85.01 $32.50

Closed

Harvard Planner

Logbook

Planner and logbook open

H E G

Assorted 275

D
Use single broad foot for easy pivoting and reducing body strain in crouched position.

D
D. Flex Scraper
Telescoping legs

A A
A. Walkstool Comfort

These are not your Carry bag included. average folding stools. Made in Sweden, these stools have been designed for long-term regular use. A favorite of Single-foot position photographers, electricians, and installers, they Walkstool 45K03.45 45K03.55 45K03.65 E are valued for their portaStool Height 18 22 26 bility and versatility. What makes this stool Seat Width 14 16 18 unique is the telescoping Stool Weight 26 oz 28 oz 30 oz legs that allow for two seating positions. With Weight 440 lb 495 lb 550 lb Capacity the legs extended, the stool has a regular three< 5 11 legged stance. With the E > 5 11 legs retracted, the base Supports has a single broad foot E. Light Bulb Cage Crouched Position that allows pivoting Nearly everyone has accidentally while crouched, reducing broken an exposed light bulb at some Price $79.00 $89.00 $99.00 pressure on ones back point. This protective cage helps and knees. The stool has a nylon mesh seat that breathes, aluminum legs, prevent these mishaps. Easy to install, it and broad rubber-tipped feet that resist sinking into soft soils. Supplied in a ts over common utility light xtures with a ange up to 43/4 in diameter carry bag, each model is capable of supporting more than 400 lb. Refer to to protect incandescent (100W maximum) or compact uorescent bulbs up the chart for stool height, seat width and weight, and weight and height to 5 long. The 51/2 dia. by 53/4 tall ABS housing is impact resistant, capacity. Highly recommended. even in frigid temperatures. Well worth the investment if it spares you the trouble of extracting just one broken bulb stub. 1+ 3+ Premium Knee Pads 88K39.10 Light Bulb Cage, ea. $9.95 $8.90 These pads have a triple-layer interior that conforms to the shape of your knee to distribute weight over the knee and upper shin, eliminating painful pressure points. Shell supports stabilize against rocking and bear weight Beautifying the Home Grounds by the Southern Pine Association otherwise supported by the knee alone. The elastomer liner covers a foam First published in 1926, this book very effectively illustrates 180 different core with an inset gel disc that decreases the load on the center of the knee. designs for exterior structures in the garden. It has some 30 fence designs, 26 The tough, thermoplastic rubber shell resists punctures, and adjustable garden arches and entrance porches, 52 pergolas, summer houses, driveway straps minimize shifting in use or binding behind the knee. The small 91/2 arches and pieces of garden furniture, and 72 lattice panel designs. In every long pads have an upper elastic strap that secures with hook-and-loop instance both a line drawing and a photograph are used for illustration. The closures, and a lower nylon belt strap that secures with a snap buckle. The booklet folds because the pages are 12 tall by 181/2 wide. This allows a large pads are 14 long for additional shin protection. The upper strap is generous open spread 12 tall by 37 wide for easy comparison of styles and Spandex with hook-and-loop closures, and the lower elastic strap adjusts photographs. A few of the designs are unique to the period, but most are vertically for best t. traditional and provide exactly the sort of inspiration we all need when planning a garden structure of any type. Softcover, saddle stitched, 24 pages, B. 67K74.34 Small Knee Pads $43.50 181/212, but folds down to 912 to t on a bookshelf. Reprinted in 2000 C. 67K74.35 Large Knee Pads $69.50
User Height

This is a useful light-duty scraper. Made of thin, exible stainless steel, the 31/8 wide double-bevelled blade easily conforms to both at and contoured surfaces. A series of grooves along the plastic handle allows the blade to be arched D for convex or concave scraping. Stropping the blade against a at piece of sandpaper will quickly renew the sharp edge. Superb for removing stickers, sap, and paint splatter from glass, ceramic or wood. Made in Japan. 25K21.60 Flex Scraper $7.50

B
Adjustable hook-andloop upper fastener. Lower strap also adjusts vertically for best t.

as part of our Classic Reprint Series. 49L80.46 Beautifying the Home Grounds

$15.95

C C

Folds down to 912 to t on a bookshelf.

276 Assorted

A
A countersunk hole in each section allows it to be screwed in place for permanent applications. Each shim can be split into smaller sections if needed.

A. Autosol Metal Polish

Developed in 1929 for the German auto industry, this metal polish is effective on a wide range of materials, including steel, stainless steel, brass, chrome and copper (not recommended for silver or anodized aluminum). Applied with a soft cloth and wiped away, it uses a fast-acting chemical reaction to remove rust and tarnish without abrasion, leaving an invisible lm that inhibits oxidation for months. 75ml tube. A little goes a long way. 54Z15.10 Autosol Polish, 75ml $8.50
B. Chamois

Floor tile layout

Setting shims on cabinet to t door.

Our chamois is made from split sheepskin and tanned with 100% cod oil. Unlike many treated tack cloths, chamois cleans surfaces well and leaves no D. Polypropylene Shims trace contaminants that can interfere with nishes. Its softness and super Accurately made in a range of thicknesses, these polypropylene shims can be absorbency makes it popular for car washing. There are two to a pack (each used individually or stacked in combinations for a precise t, saving time and measuring 26cm37cm) giving you 2 sq.ft. of leather in total. eliminating guesswork when spacing, plumbing or levelling. Assortment includes 1/32, 1/16, 1/8 and 1/4 thick shims (10 of each in ve break-apart 09A03.40 Chamois, pkg. of 2 $9.50 pairs), all color-coded and stamped to identify the size you need at a glance. They are reusable and, unlike wooden shims, wont shrink or decay over time. Each 13/4 square shim is scored so you can easily split it by hand into smaller sections if needed. A countersunk hole in each section allows it to be screwed in place for permanent applications. A convenient solution for countless projects, repairs and renovations. B 27K07.45 Shims, pkg. of 40 $5.95 Rust Remover Concentrate & Gel These water-based rust removers help restore tools, auto parts, or other corroded items made of steel or iron. Non-toxic and non-corrosive, they work through selective chelation to bond with oxidized iron and hold it in solution without harming the metal. For immersing rusted items, the liquid concentrate is diluted with water to produce up to 5 liters of solution and is reusable until effectiveness is lost. For items too large to dip into a solution, the gel coats surfaces and remains wet for extended periods. Coverage is typically between 5 and 10 sq.ft. Made in England. E. 56Z80.83 Concentrate, 250ml (8.5 oz) $27.50 F. 56Z80.85 Gel, 250ml (8.5 oz) $27.50
C. Evapo-Rust

Levelling cabinet door with stacked shims.

A non-toxic and non-corrosive rust remover, water-based Evapo-Rust works through selective chelation, bonding with the oxidized iron in rust and holding it in solution without harming the metal object. Rusted items are immersed in the solution for between 30 minutes and 24 hours, depending on the severity of the rust. Fluid can be reused until effectiveness is lost. Will not damage plastics, rubber, and most paints. Ideal for restoring tools, repairing auto parts, etc. Made in USA. A significant improvement over abrasion, electrolysis, and caustic chemicals.

E F

Evapo-Rust, 32 oz (946ml) 56Z80.61 $10.95

Assorted 277

G. Lee Valley Mk.II Canvas Apron

C B

Hammer not included.

Redesigned with cross-back shoulder straps to prevent neck strain, this apron is made from tan-colored 100% cotton canvas washable and lightweight yet strong. About 34 long by 28 wide, it provides ample side and front coverage. The adjustable shoulder straps secure with low-prole clips, and the adjustable waistband has a quick-release buckle. Three compartments in the top pocket hold pencils, pads, glasses, etc. The G two bottom pockets are 148 with side ports for easy access and to help keep out dust and chips; their angled inside corners dont trap small objects. Made in Canada. 67K10.06 Lee Valley Canvas Apron $34.95

Shoulder strap clip

Waist strap buckle

A. B. C. D. E.

McGuire-Nicholas Carpenters Pouches & Apron H. Youths Apron Good leather tool pouches are increasingly hard to nd. These bags are made Made of good-quality, soft split from heavy full-grain leather treated with a blend of oils and waxes to resist leather, this apron has three pouches, water and keep them supple. They have seams double-stitched with nylon two leather hammer loops and two thread for durability and washer-backed rivets where reinforcement is needed. small pencil pockets. The nylon belt About 121/2 long overall, each pouch has a 97 main bag and a 661/2 will t waists from 23 to 30 and has a quick-release buckle. A wellupper pocket (approximate width by height). The plain pouch also has two made product. 65 outer pockets. The hammer loop pouch adds a 65 outer pocket and another 65 pocket above the main pocket. It has a knife sheath, dual slots to 68K35.02 Youths Apron $16.95 hold pencils or nail sets, and a leather hammer loop on each side. Suitable for H use on the right or left side of a belt, the pouches can be worn on the hip or back for working on a ladder or when crouching. A separate hammer holder is also available. The two-part belt consists of a 2 wide leather belt with a woven polyester pad that cushions pressure points and is shaped to evenly distribute weight. It has a rivet-reinforced dual-prong closure and adjusts to t waists from 32 to 48. We offer these components separately or together as a complete professional apron. Made in Mexico. 67K75.26 Padded Belt $28.50 67K75.10 Plain Pouch $37.00 67K75.12 Hammer Loop Pouch $39.50 67K75.25 Hammer Holder $ 5.95 Tools not included. 67K75.22 Pro Apron (all above) $99.00 Made using the same quality of materials and construction as the pouches above, this is an excellent basic full apron. It has two 871/2 main pockets and two 51/24 nail pouches (approximate width by F height), plus a tape holder. Each side of the apron has a metal hammer ring, a knife sheath, and two slots for pencils or nail sets. The 2 heavy leather belt has a roller buckle strengthened by rivets and ts waists between 30 and 44. Made in Mexico. 67K75.20 Standard Apron $59.00
278 Assorted

H
Tools not included.

J. Leather Apron

F. McGuire-Nicholas Standard Carpenters Apron

This is an excellent apron for carving; even a slip of a sharp blade should not cut through it. Made from durable fawn-cuff split leather, it provides good body protection and is not subject to snagging and tearing as cloth aprons are. The fully adjustable nylon waist and neck straps have twistlock buckles. Stress points are reinforced with rivets. Fits most waist sizes.

Leather Apron 67K34.01 $32.50

Drill not included.

C C

C. Magnetic Wrist Nail Holder

A
A. T-Bone Tool Holder

A convenient carryall for any cordless drill, pneumatic nailer, stapler, etc., this clever device clips onto your belt to keep tools close at hand. The 101/2 long hook-andloop strap has a T-shaped head that slides A D. Clip-On Hammer Holder into a slot on the waist clip to hold objects Able to be clipped quickly onto a securely but allow quick removal. Sprung to belt, this sturdy holder accepts any prevent slippage, the waist clip has an size of claw extended rear leg for support and a 13/4 hammer. Molded from square vinyl pad. Molded from ABS, the ABS, the clip holder includes one waist clip and one tool exerts strong strap. Extra tool straps sold separately. Maximum load rating is 10 lb. Usable D pressure to either left- or right-handed, this is a great handymans accessory. 1+ 3+ prevent slip67K74.06 Tool Holder w/Strap $6.50 page, and has 67K74.08 Extra Tool Strap, ea. $2.50 $2.15 an extended rear leg for support and a 13/4 diamB. Tool Safety Tether Tool tethers are essential when working on eter vinyl pad. The heavy plated a roof, scaffold or high ladder. This tether steel loop measures 17/8 by 21/2. A attaches to your tools and your belt to limit simple but effective holder. the distance a tool will fall when accidentally dropped. It is suitable for any tool that Hammer Holder has a closed handle or integral hang-hole. 67K74.05 $6.50 The coiled cable is nylon-coated stainless steel and all hardware is nickel plated. Overall length is 6 with the cable fully extended (2 when relaxed). E. Peel-and-Stick Zipper With a breaking strength of approximately 90 kg (198 lb), it is sturdy This adhesive-backed zipper enough to restrain even the heaviest portable tools. 1+ 3+ bonds to any clean plastic sheeting 68K42.50 Tool Safety Tether, ea. $7.80 $6.60 to create a simple, resealable access doorway. It lets you control air movement for temperature maintenance, and keeps dust from migrating throughout the house. The 84 long, heavy-duty #5 zipper is sewn to a 950-denier high-density polyethylene backing that has a permanent high-tack acrylic adhesive. Equally useful for cold frames, shrink-wrapped boats, Drill not included. plastic tent structures and ice shacks. Sold individually. Peel & Stick Zipper, ea. 1+ 4+ 97K20.05 $9.95 $8.95 B B E

Now you wont have to work with a mouthful of nails, or try to dig spikes out of your pocket while maintaining your balance on a ladder. Incorporating six rare-earth magnets, this 131/2 long by 33/8 wide nylon wristband holds about 1 lb of fasteners or drill and driver bits. Its hook-and-loop backing adjusts to t a wide range of wrist sizes, and can even be worn over a jacket or sweatshirt. A very handy tool. 25K15.20 Magnetic Wrist Nail Holder $15.90

Assorted 279

LATE ADDITIONS

Pull up to release.

B. Industrial Magnetic Sweep

The 18 wide body of this magnetic sweep can pick up about two pounds of material, whether it is metal shavings in a machine shop or fasteners on a construction site. When the quick-release handle on the aluminum housing is pulled up, the magnet bar withdraws to ensure quick clearing of a load. The handle of the sweep adjusts between 30 and 45 and is secured with a buttery thumbscrew. The wheel axles are adjustable making it possible to change the body height from 1 clearance for use on oors or concrete, to 2 clearance for collecting material on uneven soil or grass. 09A03.23 Industrial Magnetic Sweep $47.50
The Anarchists Tool Chest by Christopher Schwarz NEW A self-proclaimed "aesthetic anarchist", Schwarz challenges the notion that woodworkers need a vast array of specialized tools, encouraging them to choose and use their tools more thoughtfully. He combed his collection of woodworking plans, some dating back nearly 300 years, compiling a list of 48 hand tools essential to the completion of nearly any furniture-making project. Written in a relaxed, engaging style, the book examines several tool categories in detail: planes, marking and measuring tools, edge tools, saws, sharpening equipment and others. It covers their design and function, how to identify real quality and utility, and which tools you can make yourself, with plenty of tips and anecdotes as well as black-and-white photos. The last section explains how to build a tool chest, adapted from 18th-century designs, with illuminating insights into its design and construction. Hardcover, Smyth sewn, 69, 475 pages, 2011. 20L03.16 The Anarchists Tool Chest $34.50

A. Narex Classic Bevel-Edge Chisels

These new chisels from Narex have a classic design with blades that are bevel-edged to a narrow land on each side, providing excellent clearance when trimming into an angled corner such as in dovetail work, as well as reducing sidewall friction when working in a tight recess. Well made, the blades are accurately ground chrome-manganese steel, hardened to Rc59. The stained beech handles have steel hoops and ferrules for strength, and are oval shaped for comfort and to resist rolling on a bench. Chisels are about 10 to 12 long overall. Tip guards included. Made in the Czech Republic, these are inexpensive but
Typical bevel-edge chisel

good-quality chisels. Lee Valley exclusive until January 2012. 10S09.61 Classic BE Chisel, 1/4* $ 10.50 10S09.63 Classic BE Chisel, 3/8 $ 10.50 10S09.64 Classic BE Chisel, 1/2* $ 10.50 10S09.65 Classic BE Chisel, 5/8 $ 10.90 10S09.66 Classic BE Chisel, 3/4* $ 11.50 10S09.67 Classic BE Chisel, 7/8 $ 12.50 10S09.68 Classic BE Chisel, 1* $ 13.50 10S09.70 Classic BE Chisel, 11/4 $ 16.50 10S09.72 Classic BE Chisel, 11/2 $ 18.50 10S09.74 Classic BE Chisel, 2 $ 22.90 10S09.76 Set of 4 Chisels* $ 41.00 10S09.77 Set of 7 Chisels (1/4 to 1) $ 69.00 10S09.78 Set of 3 Chisels (11/4 to 2) $ 54.00 10S09.79 Set of 10 Chisels (all 10) $119.00
Classic bevel-edge chisel

Tapered side lands

Narrow side lands consistent from shoulder to tip

280 Late Additions

Han dle adju sts from 30 to

45 .

A. Wrench Extender for Routers and Saws

A wrench extender not only lets you apply greater torque when loosening a tight nut, but it keeps your hands clear of the teeth on a saw blade A when installing or removing one. With a router, where you often have wrenches that are too short to let you apply enough torque (particularly if you are using collets in the chuck), they are a necessity. If the router is mounted to a router table, extenders will also let you work without exposing your knuckles to the router clamps, useful whether you need the extra torque or not. The compact size Clamping bar (923/8) makes access easy, and the Set screw & adjustment screw length still allows you double or triple the amount of torque you could apply without it. All-steel construction, zinc plated with a Wrench is secured by adjusting clamping synthetic rubber handgrip. Fits wrenches bar and locking with set screw. up to 1/4 thick and 11/4 wide. 09A05.01 Wrench Extender $6.50
Visit us at www.leevalley.com C. Precision Inlay Corner Jig B. Mechanics Wrench Extender

The traditional extender for box-end wrenches is an iron pipe. Although a pipe works, it is awkward and requires twohanded operation. This steel extender can be used one-handed for either tightening or loosening a nut or stud. It has two powerful rare-earth magnets to hold a wrench rmly in position. For box-ends up to 1/2, it triples the leverage. For a 1 box-end it doubles the leverage. Usable on all box-ends with shafts up to 7/16 (11mm) thick. Used magnet-face up for tightening and magnet-face down for loosening, it holds the wrench rmly in either position. The handle has multiple ridges for better grip. Patent pending. Mechanics Wrench Extender 09A05.05 $24.50

When two inlaid banding lines meet at a corner its essential that the outside corners of the router-cut grooves be perfectly square, as even a slight inaccuracy can be conspicuous. Developed in consultation with accomplished British boxmaker Andrew Crawford, this machined precision jig offers a solution. It has thin 13/4 long ribs on the underside of the anodized aluminum base to permit stable, accurate registration in a pair of perpendicular grooves as small as 1/16 wide and 1/64 deep. Four embedded 1/4 rare-earth magnets ensure the included corner chisel travels true in the jig. Made of long-wearing A2 tool steel, hardened to Rc60, Relief ensures proper the 3/8 square chisel is precisely seating of chisel in jig. ground with a 35 bevel on each face. Also useful for tidying the corners of recesses for inlay panels, stringing, or on any 90 corner of a router-cut inlay groove. Made in Canada.
Finish off corners for inlay work.

Precision Inlay Corner Jig 50J54.01 $79.00

Outside edges of ribs align with outside edges of chisel to register with grooves in workpiece.

Wrench not included.

B
Square off corners of routed hinge gain.

Accommodates box-end wrenches up to 1.

Rare-earth magnets hold wrench rmly in place.

Rare-earth magnets on each side of jig hold chisel rmly in place.

C
Wrenches may t differently depending on size, style and brand.

281

C
A. Stanley Sweetheart Socket Chisels

vidually or as a set of four (1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1) or a set scratch pattern than diamond stones with a perfoof eight (all sizes). Sets come in a leather tool roll. rated surface, but need to be flushed more First introduced in 1930, the Stanley 750 cabinetfrequently to minimize loading. Long wearing, maker chisels remained in production for nearly 40 23K19.03 Chisel, 1/8 (3mm) $ 28.00 the diamond particles are fused to a 3/8 thick steel years. Sold under the Sweetheart brand, they were 23K19.06 Chisel, 1/4 (6mm)* $ 28.50 renowned for their ergonomic design and robust substrate, which is then nickel plated for rust 23K19.10 Chisel, 3/8 (10mm) $ 29.00 construction, making them comfortable and resistance. The stones are available in two sizes, 23K19.12 Chisel, 1/2 (12mm)* $ 29.50 maneuverable yet capable of withstanding the 38 and 410, both with non-skid rubber feet. 23K19.16 Chisel, 5/8 (16mm) $ 30.00 demands of chopping. Recently reintroduced, the The extra-extra coarse (120x) is for rapid material 23K19.18 Chisel, 3/4 (18mm)* $ 30.50 chisels are now made in Shefeld, England, with removal. The extra coarse (220x) and coarse 23K19.25 Chisel, 1 (25mm)* $ 31.00 the same classic design and compact socket(325x) are good for attening water stones. The 23K19.32 Chisel, 11/4 (32mm) $ 32.00 mounted handle as the US-made originals. Rarely ne (600x) is for fast steel lapping or general sharp23K19.40 Chisel Set of 4* $119.00 seen nowadays, socketed handles are remarkably ening, and can also be used for attening water 23K19.50 Chisel Set of 8 $219.00 durable since repeated mallet blows serve only to stones. The extra ne (1200x) is for ne sharpening tighten the socket-and-tenon assembly. The tough B. DMT DiaSharp Stones of tools, cutlery or carbide. The extra-extra ne hornbeam handles are shaped to t the hand; the (8000x) produces a mirror nish. Made in USA. Favored for their cutting speed and exceptional cove ts your thumb and index nger, while the 70M14.20 38 Diamond Stone, 120x $74.00 atness, these monocrystalline diamond stones are domed end nestles in your palm when paring. The 70M14.21 38 Diamond Stone, 220x $52.00 useful not only for general sharpening but also for taper-ground blades are chrome-vanadium steel 70M14.23 38 Diamond Stone, 600x $52.00 lapping tools and attening water stones. They are hardened to Rc57-62, and have bevelled edges for 70M14.24 38 Diamond Stone, 1200x $52.00 manufactured to a atness tolerance of 0.001 clearance in tight corners. Overall lengths range 70M14.25 38 Diamond Stone, 8000x $74.00 over the entire length, and have a continuous abrafrom 81/2 to 10. Built to withstand hard sive surface that extends right to the edges of the C. 70M14.32 410 Diamond Stone, 325x $89.00 use, yet well balanced for ne work. Offered indi70M14.33 410 Diamond Stone, 600x $89.00 stone. They cut faster and leave a more consistent D This is a well-designed sharpener. Not only compact and easy to carry, it is quick to set and simple to use. It wont make sharpening a chain saw any less tedious, but will ensure it is performed accurately. It is about as straightforward to use as a pencil sharpener; just set the jig to the bar, position the pawl against a tooth, insert the burr through the guide bushing, and crank the handle. To sharpen the next tooth, retract the burr, pull the chain forward, and repeat the process; as you advance from tooth to tooth, the pawl acts as a stop to ensure accurate and repeatable tooth positioning. Results are predictable, and chain wear is kept to a minimum. About 3421/2 wide, the anodized aluminum jig comes with a removable crank handle and a set of guide bushings (for alternating right- and left-raked teeth) Sharpening burr to sharpen at a standard 30 rake available separately. angle; a set of optional bushings for 25 and 35 are available separately. A soft-shell case (with nylon straps for carrying it on your shoulder or belt, and pockets Pawl automatically sets tooth position for extra burrs and angle guides) is included. The for consistent sharpening. US-made carbide burrs for 5/32, 3/16 and 7/32 teeth are sold separately please check your saw manual for tooth size before ordering. D Sharpening Jig, Bushings & Case 75U05.01 $99.00 E. 75U05.05 5/32 Carbide Burr $19.50 F. 75U05.06 3/16 Carbide Burr $19.50 G. 75U05.07 7/32 Carbide Burr $19.50 H. Optional Bushing Set, 25 & 35 E F G H 75U05.10 $ 9.95
Crank advances inward as tooth is sharpened.

D. Hand-Crank Chain-Saw Sharpener

Burr aligns perfectly with saw tooth.

Bushings for right- and left-raked teeth

282

Veritas Quick-Release Front Vise

Using the same quick-release mechanism as our tail vise, our front vise has a simple on-off cam lever to engage or disengage the Acme-threaded screw, allowing it to apply up to 400 lb of force in either clamping or spreading applications. The screw mechanism provides 121/4 of overall travel (less the thickness of your wooden jaw and bench apron). Tight body tolerances result in minimal jaw sag, even at full extension. An extruded aluminum screw cover keeps debris out of the screw mechanism and prevents the workpiece from contacting the lubricated screw. Straightforward to install in new construction or as a retrot to an existing bench, the vise requires an unobstructed mounting area on the underside of the bench top at least 12 wide by 16 deep (with a 2 thick bench apron and a 13/4 thick jaw). The body is ductile iron with zinc-alloy endplates, steel shafts and guide rods, and a maple handle. Mounting instructions and hardware included. Made in Canada. Patent pending. Available separately, the optional pair of top-grain leather jaw liners serves to pad the vise jaws, helping to improve their grip as well as reduce workpiece marring. Measuring 20 wide by 5 tall, the A liners are shaped to t this front vise, but can be used with any front vise mechanism with guide rods 10 apart or less. Installation instructions included. A. 05G34.01 Quick-Release Front Vise $289.00 B. 05G34.03 Leather Jaw Liners, set of 2 $ 19.50
Guard protects thread from debris.

Workbench and wooden jaws not included.

Quick-release mechanism permits fast adjustment in both directions.

Guide rods Acme-threaded screw applies direct force for clamping and spreading. Cast-iron body Two-position, positive-stop quick-release lever Cam shaft

Jaw mount

Quick-release lever All parts shown here included.

Maple handle

Mounts easily to the underside of workbench.

C. Kitchen Cabinets Made Simple Book & DVD Set

by Gregory Paolini New cabinets make a big difference in the appearance of a kitchen. To make the job less daunting, this book and DVD go through the entire process in a straightforward manner that even a beginner can understand. In the DVD, Paolini explains the construction basics for frameless and face-frame cabinets, from design to nish. The book covers the ner details, supplemented by diagrams and step-by-step photos. It describes how to make a basic cabinet, modify designs for wall or base cabinets, integrate drawers and pullouts, make doors, drawer fronts and panels, apply a nish, and install hardware. Paolini also explains common design standards, and offers tips to minimize frustration and waste. Softcover, 911, 122 pages, 2010. DVD length: 60 minutes. 73L05.15 Kitchen Cabinets Book & DVD Set $18.70

PRSRT Bound Printed Matter U.S. Postage PAID Lee Valley Tools Ltd.

Self-adhesive backing

Bench Pucks For more than a year now, weve resisted the impulse to join the herd of rms offering shop work standoffs, C as they can be made so easily at home. Instead, Customize jigs we decided to offer the with high-friction high-friction sheet sheet material. material for you to apply to whatever you like, in whatever size and shape is most convenient. Made in the USA, our 1236 and 2436 sheets can be cut to size with scissors and are backed with a high-shear, pressure-sensitive adhesive to let you quickly secure them to just about any surface. We have, however, succumbed to the impulse to exercise a bit of lateral thinking on our position on work standoffs. A hockey puck may seem like a strange object to use as a work standoff, but we found it to be just about the right size for the application. At 3 in diameter by 1 thick and weighing 6 oz, it is both wide and heavy enough to make a stable platform. To make it non-skidding, we had "grip discs" punched from the sheet material; just apply a disc to each face and your hockey puck is transformed into a Bench Puck that can then be used to elevate your work for better access. You dont need new pucks to make these just reuse any old pucks you may have, even the chipped ones that the kids wont play with anymore. Our pucks are the same topquality Slovakian-made pucks that are widely used in North American amateur-league play. We sell the 23/4 diameter by 1/8 thick discs in packages of eight, and new pucks individually for standoff-makers and hockey players alike; the prices are excellent for both! D
E. Veritas Small Bevel-Up Smooth Plane

P.O. Box 1780, Ogdensburg, N.Y. 13669-6780

Customer Number

1+ A. 88K59.01 Grip Discs, pkg. of 8 B. 88K59.02 Hockey Puck, ea.

$ 2.95 $ 1.00 $ .85

1+ 5+ C. 88K59.05 1236 High-Friction Sheet, ea. $ 9.50 $ 8.50 D. 88K59.06 2436 High-Friction Sheet, ea. $17.50 $15.70

With a size comparable to a #3 bench plane, this low-angle smoother is 9 long, 25/16 wide and weighs only 2 lb 12 oz. Smaller and lighter than a full-size smoother, it is easier to maneuver and is less fatiguing to use for extended periods. Further, since the blade is narrower, at 13/4 wide, cuts are easier to push through. Like the full-size versions, it is useful for nal nishing of surfaces, end-grain work and for shooting miters. The machined and surface ground ductile cast iron body has a 12 bed angle and a movable toe fully enclosed by the body casting. The locking front knob controls the toe to set the mouth opening, while an unobtrusive stop-screw in the throat allows repeatable mouth setting and prevents contact between the blade and toe. The Norris-type adjuster mechanism combines feed and lateral adjustments, making blade setting accurate and easy. Set screws on either side of the blade prevent shifting in use. The front knob and rear handle are bubinga. Yielding an effective cutting angle of 37 to minimize ber tearing, the included 25 bevel blade is 1/8 thick, lapped, and available in A2 or O1 tool steel. For working difcult grain, optional 38 and 50 bevel blades in

A2 or O1 steel as well as a toothed A2 blade are available (see page 68 for blade type information). Made in Canada. Patented. 05P39.01 Small BU Plane, A2 $179.00 05P39.02 Repl. 13/4 A2 Blade, 25 Bevel $ 27.50 05P39.51 Small BU Plane, O1 $179.00 05P39.52 Repl. 13/4 O1 Blade, 25 Bevel $ 27.50 Optional Blades 05P39.03 13/4 A2 Blade, 38 Bevel 05P39.04 13/4 A2 Blade, 50 Bevel 05P39.53 13/4 O1 Blade, 38 Bevel 05P39.54 13/4 O1 Blade, 50 Bevel 05P39.06 13/4 A2 Toothed Blade
Size Comparison of Planes

Mouth adjustment stop-screw

12 bed Adjust mouth by loosening front ball knob and sliding forward or backward.

Blade-setting screw

E
Small Low-Angle Bevel-Up Block Plane Bevel-Up Low-Angle with tote Low-Angle Smooth Smooth and knob Plane Plane Bevel-Up Smooth Plane Low-Angle Jack Plane Enclosed toe can be adjusted for ne shavings (minimum tear-out) or opened for heavier cuts.

Keep the above information handy when placing your order. Printed in Canada ORDERS: CALL TOLL FREE 1-800-871-8158 or SHOP ONLINE at www.leevalley.com Copyright Lee Valley Tools Ltd. 08/11 Mailing list changes? Call toll free 1-800-871-8158. Key #UW0912 We will happily correct our mailing list. 10+

Recyclable

$ $ $ $ $

27.50 27.50 27.50 27.50 31.50